AUSTRALIA Purpose of the AUSREP System: Australia 2. AUSREP is an integral part of the Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR) system in Australia. AUSREP is operated by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority through AusSAR, specifically RCC Australia. GENERAL: (See Plan) The objective of the AUSREP system is to contribute to safety of life at sea by: GEO-POLITICAL: (a) Limiting the time between the loss of a ship and the initiation of Capital City: Canberra. search and rescue action, in cases where no distress signal is sent Nationality: Australian. out. Population: 19,000,000. (b) Limiting the search area for a rescue action, and COMMUNICATIONS: (c) Providing up-to-date information on shipping resources available in International Direct Dial Code: 61. the area, in the event of a search and rescue incident. Number of Internal Airports: 265. Which Ships should report to AUSREP: Major Languages Spoken: English, Native languages. 3. The Commonwealth of Australia Navigation Act 1912 (Division 14 ECONOMY: Part IV) makes participation in AUSREP mandatory for certain ships. Currency: 1 Australian Dollar (AUD) of 100 Cents. Under this Act, the following ships must report: Exchange: (as of July 2002) (a) All Australian registered ships engaged in interstate or overseas US$ 1.00 ␦ AUD 1.80 trade and commerce, while in the AUSREP area. AUD 1.00 ␦ US$ 0.56 (b) Ships not registered in Australia, but engaged in the coasting trade Main Industries: Mining; industrial and transportation equipment; food between Australia and an external territory, or between external processing; chemicals; steel. territories, while in the AUSREP area. ENVIRONMENT: (c) Ships not registered in Australia, but demised under charter parties Territorial Sea: 12 n.m. to charterers whose residences or principal places of business are Other Maritime Claims: Contiguous Zone: 24 n.m. in Australia, while in the AUSREP area. Continental Shelf: 200 n.m. or to the edge of the continental margin. (d) Foreign ships, other than the above mentioned ships, from their Exclusive Economic Zone: 200 n.m. arrival at their first Australian port until their departure from their final Coastline Extent: 25,760 km. Australian port. However, they are encouraged to participate from Climate: Generally arid to semi-arid; temperate in south and east; their entry into and final departure from the AUSREP area. tropical in north. (e) Australian fishing ships proceeding on overseas voyages, while in Natural Resources: Bauxite; coal; iron ore; copper; tin; silver; uranium; the AUSREP area, but not including those ships operating from nickel; tungsten; mineral sands; lead; zinc; diamonds; natural gas; Queensland ports, which may call at ports in Papua New Guinea petroleum. as an incidental part of their fishing operations. A definition of Average Temperatures: ‘overseas voyage’ is given in Section 6(1) of the Navigation Month High Low Act 1912. January 28␥ C13␥ C (f) Suitably equipped small craft on passage of 200 nautical miles or June 11␥ C1␥ C more between different ports, see Notice 4B . September 17␥ C3␥ C Offences: SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR): 4. Regulations under the Navigation Act 1912 provides for penalties 1. On 1st July 1997, a new Commonwealth civil search and rescue involving fines of up to $5,000 for infringements of reporting provisions. organisation, AusSAR was established, which has assumed Operating Authority – RCC Australia: responsibility for both aviation and maritime search and rescue. AusSAR 5. The principal function of RCC Australia is the co-ordination of Search is a discrete business unit of the Australian Maritime Safety Authority and Rescue (SAR) activity within the Australian area of responsibility. and is located in Canberra. When a ship or an aircraft is in distress in RCC Australia is operated 24 hours a day by persons with considerable the Australian SAR area, assistance may be given by ships in the vicinity maritime and aviation experience and qualifications. and/or the following authorities: 6. Communications is at the very heart of search and rescue (a) Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) through AusSAR, co-ordination activities and RCC Australia is well equipped with systems specifically the Rescue Co-ordination Centre Australia enabling access to communications worldwide, including: (RCC Australia), is responsible for SAR for all civil aircraft, and for (a) Telephone. those ships and small craft beyond the capacity of local SAR (b) X.25 and X.400 data communications. resources. RCC Australia is located in Canberra and co-ordinates (c) Telex. aircraft and surface vessels involved in SAR operations within the (d) Facsimile. Australian Search and Rescue Region (SRR). RCC Australia is also (e) Aeronautical fixed telecommunications network (AFTN). the Australian Nodal Mission Control Centre (AUNMCC) for the (f) INMARSAT A/B/C/M/E. international COSPAS/SARSAT distress beacon detection system. 7. Radio communications are provided by Telstra Mobile Satellite and RCC Australia which is manned continuously, may be contacted Radio Services which operate the Coast Radio Station (CRS) network through any Australian Coastal Radio Station (CRS) or INMARSAT. in Australia. In addition to RCC Australia’s functions in the SAR role, it (b) Coastal Radio Stations (CRS) of TELSTRA keep watch on the is also responsible for: International RTF and RTG distress frequencies. The INMARSAT (a) Co-ordination and promulgation of Maritime Safety Information(MSI) Land Earth Station (LES) at Perth provides communications through in the form of NAVAREA X warnings, and Australian Coastal both the Indian Ocean Region (IOR) and Pacific Ocean Region Navigation Warnings (AUSCOAST). (POR) satellites. Details of Australian CRS can be found in relevant (b) Operation of the Australian component of the international Admiralty List of Radio Signals and International COSPAS-SARSAT satellite detection system. This system is Telecommunications Union publications. equipped to receive and evaluate information transmitted by (c) Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF) is responsible for SAR operations Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRBs). involving Australian and foreign military land-based aircraft; but, may (c) Acting as AMSA’s 24 hour point of contact for matters relating to provide assistance to other SAR authorities. AMSA’s area of responsibility. (d) Royal Australian Navy (RAN) is responsible for SAR in respect of RCC Australia Contact Details: naval ships and aircraft. Telephone AusSAR Maritime: (02) 6230 6811. (e) State and Territory Police Forces are responsible for SAR operations International: ␣61 2 6230 6811. involving fishing vessels and pleasure craft within the limitations of Telephone AusSAR Aviation: (02) 6230 6899. their SAR resources. International: ␣61 2 6230 6899. 2. Ships fitted with suitable radio equipment can make a significant Freecall: 1800-641 792. contribution to safety by guarding an appropriate international distress Facsimile: (02) 6230 6868. frequency for as long as practicable, whether or not required to do so International: ␣61 2 6230 6868. by regulations. Aircraft and merchant ships involved in SAR operations Telex: 62349*. should maintain radio silence on 500 kHz from 15 – 18 minutes and from International: ␣71 62349. 45 – 48 minutes past each hour, and on 2182 kHz from the hour to Radio via any Australian Coast Radio Station. 3 minutes and from 30 – 33 minutes past each hour. * Computer connected, do not expect manual response. AUSREP: Concept of the AUSREP System: 4A. THE AUSTRALIAN SHIP REPORTING SYSTEM (AUSREP): 8. On departure from an Australian port or on entering the AUSREP Please note: Not all items in AUSREP have been included. area from overseas: AUSREP/REEFREP New Arrangements: (a) Masters are to send a Sailing Plan (SP) to RCC Australia. 1. The addition of the REEFREP Ship Reporting System (SRS) into (b) A computerised plot will be maintained of the ship’s position. ship reporting arrangements for Australia has required some minor (c) Masters are to send a Position Report (PR) each day at a suitable changes to the AUSREP system. Masters should note that reports to time, the maximum time between any 2 reports is not to exceed the REEFCENTRE will be passed to Rescue Co-ordination Centre 24 hours. Dates and times contained in AUSREP reports are to be Australia (RCC Australia) and reports to RCC Australia will be passed in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). to the REEFCENTRE. The exception to this rule is that Sail Plans (SP) (d) A Final Report (FR) is to be sent on arrival at the destination or on should be sent by the ship direct to RCC Australia prior to departing a departure from the AUSREP area. port within the REEFREP area. SP’s sent from other ports in Australia Should a ship at any time be in a position more than 2 hours steaming may be sent up to 2 hours after departure. Master should also note that from the position that would have been predicted from the last SP or when intending to transit the REEFREP area that extra details such as PR, then a Deviation Report (DR) must be sent. Failure to send an IMO Number, draft, ship description details, cargo information, pilotage AUSREP DR may result in a search being concentrated in the wrong reporting requirements and route descriptions must be reported. Masters area and the possibility that survivors from a stricken ship may not be should also note: found. Masters should also refer to Section 1.16 (Overdue AUSREP (a) The change to field ‘‘N’’ which now requires the date and time (UTC) reports). of next report, and Types of AUSREP Reports: (b) The addition of the new field ‘‘Y’’ for relaying reports to other ship 9. Main Report Types: reporting systems such as AMVER or JASREP. (a) SP Sail Plan For further information on REEFREP see Notice 22A and ‘‘Torres Strait’’. (b) PR Position Report See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 81 AUSTRALIA (c) DR Deviation Report How the Information is Used: (d) FR Final Report 19. The information contained in the PR will be used by RCC Australia 10. Special Report Types: to update the plot. The PR must reflect the position of the ship at the (a) DG Dangerous Goods Report time of the report. Masters should always ensure that the Date/Time of (b) HS Harmful Substances Report next report is appropriate for ship’s time and location on the following (c) MP Marine Pollutants Report day. Speed must be the anticipated speed until the next report time. Special Reports – Defects, Damage, Deficiencies or other Advice on how to describe the course is contained in Appendix B. Limitations: Notes: 11. Masters should advise RCC Australia, or the REEF CENTRE (if in (a) Masters must make sure that their PRs are sent at the time they the REEFREP SRS area) when: nominated. (a) Damage to the ship or its equipment will affect its operation and or (b) The ETA at the Australian destination, or AUSREP area boundary, seaworthiness; or when must be confirmed in the last PR of a voyage. It should also be amended in any report whenever the Master is aware of a revised (b) Damage to the ship or its equipment means that a loss of cargo or ETA. Interval between reports must not exceed 24 hours. pollution from ship is about to or likely to happen. AUSREP Deviation Report (DR): (Examples of such incidents include but are not limited to the following: 20. When to send an AUSREP DR: Failure or breakdown of steering gear, propulsion plant, electrical You must send a DR when you realise that your ship is more than 2 hours generating system, essential shipboard navigational aids, collision, steaming from the position that would be predicted from your last SP or grounding, fire, explosion, structural failure, flooding, cargo shifting.) PR. A DR can also be sent when any other voyage details are altered When making reports about the likelyhood of a discharge, Masters (See additional fields). should take into account the sea and wind state and also traffic density 21. Mandatory Format Fields for your AUSREP DR: in the area at the time and place of the incident. Mandatory fields: A, B, C, N How to send AUSREP Reports: Additional fields: E, F, I, J, K, L, M, P, Q, R, X (Include if appropriate). 12. Why RCC Australia needs to know where you are: (a) In an Australian Port: 22. If your ship is in distress and if you have not been able to send a It is advisable to communicate all reports direct from the ship to Mayday message, the AUSREP positive checking system operated by RCC Australia to avoid delays associated with intermediate RCC Australia may result in an air search to locate your ship. The search agencies. A reverse charge telephone call, a facsimile or telex aircraft will start looking in the area related to your ship’s predicted route message may be used when making an AUSREP report. and speed. If you have failed to report a deviation from your planned (b) Via Coast Radio Stations (CRS): route and speed, the search aircraft may not be able to find any survivors. Reports must be addressed to ‘‘RCC AUSTRALIA’’ and may be sent It is in your best interest to keep RCC Australia up-to-date on all your free of charge through any Australian CRS operated by Telstra voyage details. Send a DR if you are more than 2 hours from a position Mobile Satellite and Radio Services. Schedules and frequencies are which would be predicted from your last report. listed in Admiralty List of Radio Signals, Vo. 1 Part 2. All reports sent AUSREP Final Report (FR): by voice should include the mandatory format fields including the 23. When to send an AUSREP FR: identifying letter. (a) For ships enroute overseas and departing the AUSREP area, send (c) Via INMARSAT: your AUSREP FR at the AUSREP boundary. Reports must be addressed to ‘‘RCC AUSTRALIA’’ and sent via the (b) Ships ending a voyage at an Australian port within the REEFREP Pacific or Indian Ocean Region satellites to Perth Land Earth Station SRS area must report their FR at the last REEFREP reporting point. (Perth LES). These procedures apply only to AUSREP messages. (c) For ships ending a voyage at any other Australian ports, send your Calls Free of Charge: AUSREP FR when your ship is within 2 hours steaming of the port INMARSAT C fitted Ship Earth Stations (SES). Ships will not be or pilot station (See Note below). charged for messages sent via INMARSAT C if these procedures Note: When the ship approaches the Australian destination and arrives are followed: Select Special Access Code (SAC) 43 through Perth at a position where VHF contact is made with the local harbour authority LES only; Pacific Ocean (222) or Indian Ocean (322) (Note: If sent or pilot station, which under normal conditions is within 2 hours steaming through a different LES the SAC message may be misdirected); HF of the pilotage, an FR is to be sent to RCC Australia. Under no through Australian CRS. circumstances should an FR be sent more than 2 hours before arrival. Charged Calls: Alternatively, if the arrival is outside radio watchkeeping hours, the FR INMARSAT A, B or M fitted Ship Earth Stations (SES). Ships will may be telephoned to RCC Australia immediately after berthing, but no be charged for messages sent via INMARSAT A/B or M to RCC later than 2 hours after arrival. If it is known that the ship is to anchor Australia. Select 02 (for Perth) then telex 7162349. or berth where telephone facilities are not available, then the FR should * Ensure ship’s antennae is directed at appropriate Indian or Pacific be passed through the appropriate CRS or via INMARSAT C. Ocean satellite. While reporting to AUSREP, you should ensure that Format Fields for your AUSREP FR: your INMARSAT equipment remains active in the ‘‘LOGIN’’ mode 24. Mandatory fields: A, K, X. at all times. Overdue AUSREP Reports: (d) Via REEFCENTRE: 25. Why you must send your PR and FR: Ships transitting through the REEFREP area should send a PR via As AUSREP is a positive reporting system; if a PR or FR is not received REEFCENTRE on the appropriate VHF channel (See Notice 22A by RCC Australia within 2 hours of the expected time, action is taken to regarding mandatory reporting system). Exceptions to this rule are: ascertain the ship’s whereabouts and confirm the safety of its crew. (i) Send SP direct to RCC Australia prior to departure, or Masters should note that in some parts of the AUSREP area the ability (ii) Send PR direct to RCC Australia if the VHF channel is to conduct an air search may be restricted by aircraft range limitations. unavailable. What if you cannot send your Report Non-Reporting to AUSREP (NOREP): 26. If for any reason, a Master is unable to pass his PR or FR he 13. If the Master of a foreign ship departing on an overseas voyage should attempt to pass a message through another ship, or harbour or from an Australian port does not intend sending AUSREP position other shore authority as appropriate. Methods to do this would include reports, he must send a SP to RCC Australia and include the word VHF, signalling lamp, or use of an emergency transmitter. Masters are NOREP in place of the ‘‘Date/Time of next report’’ in format field ‘‘N’’. requested to ensure that these procedures are followed. Amplifying remarks may be included in field ‘‘X’’ if required. Action taken by RCC Australia: 14. Under this option, RCC Australia will not undertake any ‘‘positive 27. The following is an outline of the action that will be taken by RCC checks’’ regarding the ship’s safety. A NOREP ship must comply with Australia if your report is not received as expected. Circumstances may the mandatory requirement to report to REEFREP when the ship enters dictate more rapid action. the REEFREP area. (a) During the first 2 hours, RCC Australia will carry out internal checks to establish if you ship’s report has been received or not. AUSREP Sail Plan (SP): (b) Overdue ships will be listed on traffic lists to alert Masters to send 15. When to send an AUSREP SP: the overdue report. You may send your AUSREP SP up to 24 hours prior to joining the (c) At 6 hours overdue, a broadcast of the ship’s call sign with system; but: JJJ/REPORT IMMEDIATE will precede traffic lists indicating (a) At ports within the REEFREP area, the SP must be sent prior to concern due to non-receipt of PR or FR. An all station (CQ) departure; and at other Australian ports, the SP may be sent up to broadcast may also be issued. 2 hours after departure. (d) If the ship is INMARSAT equipped, attempts will be made to contact (b) When joining AUSREP at the ocean boundary, the SP may be sent the ship directly. 24 hours prior to entering the area or up to 2 hours after crossing (e) Extensive communication checks with Australian and overseas radio the boundary. stations, owners, agents and other ships are carried out to trace the The SP contains information necessary to initiate a plot and gives an last sighting or contact with the ship. outline of the intended passage. If you do not sail within 2 hours of the (f) At 21 hours overdue, the JJJ/REPORT IMMEDIATE broadcast may time stated in the SP, then you must cancel the SP and send a new SP be upgraded to the Urgency Signal XXX/PAN indicator. Search within 2 hours of the revised sailing time. planning will be in progress and details included in NAVAREA X and 16. Format Fields for your AUSREP SP: facsimile weather broadcasts via AXM and AXI. By the time the Mandatory fields: A, F, H, K, L, M, N, V report is 24 hours overdue, positive SAR action will have been For ships transiting the REEFREP SRS area also started to locate the ship. This action may include the launching of include E, F, J, L, O, P, U). search aircraft where possible. Additional fields: G, I, Q, R, X (include if appropriate). Note: The resources available for an air search decrease with distance AUSREP Position Report (PR): from an Australian base. Search aircraft may also not be launched if it 17. When to send an AUSREP PR: is known that the ship is equipped with a 406 MHz float free EPIRB. Send your PR at the Date/Time of next report as nominated by you in Reports to AMVER: format field ‘‘N’’ of your sail plan. 28. Whilst participating in AUSREP (see Note below), Masters may 18. Format fields for your AUSREP PR: also wish their reports to be forwarded for inclusion in the AMVER system Manatory fields: A, B, C, E, F, N operated by the United States Coast Guard. You should indicate this in Additional fields: X (if appropriate). each report in format field ‘‘X’’ (remarks). This may be particularly important to you when you send your FR at the AUSREP boundary. You

82 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA must ensure that the letters in the work AMVER are not separated by Eligibility: spaces as this may disrupt the computer processing. 3. AUSREP is available to all pleasure craft and fishing vessels which Note: RCC Australia will only forward AMVER reports to the US Coast meet each of the following criteria: Guard while your ship is in the AUSREP area and while you are reporting (a) Proceeding on a passage of over 200 miles between different ports. to the AUSREP system. (b) Having the necessary Australian Communication Authority approved equipment to allow the vessel to maintain contact with a Coastal Radio Station (CRS) operated by TELSTRA for the duration of the Reports to other Reporting Systems: voyage. 29. Reports from ships to other reporting systems (c) Carry an Australian Communication Authority approved satellite (JASREP/SINGREP, etc.) are not normally forwarded by RCC Australia. compatible Emergency Position Indication Radio Beacon (EPIRB), Ships are requested to pass these reports direct. together with safety equipment required under state/territory regulations. (d) Have lodged with the Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC Australia) Further Information or Advice on AUSREP/REEFREP Procedures: a current Small Craft Particulars Form, see Notice to Mariners 30. Further information or advice on AUSREP/REEFREP procedures No. 4C. and copies of these instructions are available free of charge from: Operating Authority: 4. AusSAR through RCC Australia: AusSAR – RCC Australia: RCC Australia contact details: Telephone AusSAR Maritime: (02) 6230 6811. Telephone AusSAR AUSREP: (02) 6230 6880. ␣ ␣ International: 61 2 6230 6811. International: 61 2 6230 6880. Telephone AusSAR Aviation: (02) 6230 6899. Telephone AusSAR Maritime: (02) 6230 6811. ␣ ␣ International: 61 2 6230 6899. International: 61 2 6230 6811. Freecall: 1800 641 792. Facsimile: (02) 6230 6868. Facsimile: (02) 6230 6868. International: ␣61 2 6230 6868. International: ␣61 2 6230 6868. Postal address: P.O.Box 2181, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Telex: 62349*. International: ␣71 62349. Queensland Department of Transport (Maritime Division): Radio via any Australian Coast Radio Station. Telephone: (07) 3224 2832. * Computer connected, do not expect manual response. International: ␣61 7 3224 2832. Identification of Small Craft Report: Facsimile: (07) 3221 7179. 5. Thevessel’s name, a call sign (component A) must be preceded by International: ␣61 7 3221 7179. the words SMALLCRAFT AUSREP. Postal address: G.P.O. Box 2595, Brisbane, QLD 4001. A. Small Craft AUSREP SP Bluebottle VL9191. AMSA Offices in major ports. Regional Harbour Master Offices in (Remainder of report). Note: See Notice to Mariners No. 4A, para 8 , for remainder of the Queensland Ports. Official Chart Agents. components. Action taken when a Report becomes overdue: IMO Message Format Field for AUSREP and REEFREP Reports: 6. The success of any ship reporting system depends upon the participants observing the rules. If an expected report is not received 31. The message format fields listed below comply with IMO Resolution within 6 hours after their nominated report time, then an overdue report A648 (16) of 19th October 1989 , and are described in a manner suitable situation is deemed to exist by RCC Australia. The actions taken in these for them to be used by both AUSREP and REEFREP ship reporting circumstances will depend on the assessment made by SAR authorities, systems. but may include: A (1) Ship name; (2) Call sign; and (3) IMO number. (a) Communications check with relevant TESTRA CRS, Limited Coast B Date/Time of event (UTC). Radio Stations and shipping in the area. C Position (latitude and longitude in degrees and minutes) or when (b) Port checks (checks of ports, anchorages and shelters). within a 2 nautical miles radius of a REEFREP reporting point, (c) Requests for sighting reports from aircraft and other vessels. the name of that reporting point. 7. If these checks are completed, a vessel remains overdue, a further D (Not to be used in AUSREP or REEFREP messages). assessment will be made by the Duty Senior Coordinator at RCC E Course, or if in the REEFREP area, the name of the next Australia as to the appropriate course of action to confirm the vessel’s reporting point, including any alternative route if applicable. safety. More rapid action to confirm the vessel’s safety. More rapid action F Speed (ship’s anticipated average speed until next report in may be initiated if warranted by the circumstances. knots and tenths of knots). If in the REEFREP area, the ETA 4C. Sea Safety Report for Small Craft: at the next reporting point may be nominated instead of speed. 1. By completing an Australian Maritime Safety Authority Small Craft G Name of last non-Australian port of call. Particulars Form, operators of small craft proceeding offshore will be H Date/Time (UTC) and point of joining the AUSREP system. The able to register details of their vessel. Registation is a prerequisite for point of joining must be either the Australian Port the ship is participation in AUSREP (see Notice to Mariners No. 4A, paras 3f and 8). departing from, or if joining from overseas, the latitude/longitude 2. Operators are encouraged to lodge relevant details on the of crossing the AUSREP boundary. appropriate freepost Small Craft Particulars Form so that particulars are I Next non-Australian port of destination and estimated time of readily available at the Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC) in Canberra. arrival at that port. Should it become necessary, this information would be used for search J Coastal pilotage details: (1) Yes/No; (2) Last name of Pilot; and planning during which time is critical. (3) Licence number of Pilot. 3. Voluntary registrations lapse after a period of 3 years and may be K Date/Time (UTC) and point of exit from the AUSREP system renewed at any time by lodging an updated or amended form. A new (point of exit is either the latitude/longitude of crossing the form should always be lodged if any significant alteration is made of the AUSREP boundary or the Australian port to which the ship is craft’s appearance, eg. a different colour scheme, or if any changes are bound). made to the safety and survivial equipment carried. L (1) Name of the final reporting point for REEFREP SRS area; 4. Report forms should not be used as sail plans for individual voyages. or (2) Route information for AUSREP if both are provided, put Sail Plans for individual voyages should always be lodged separately the REEFREP information first and separate from AUSREP with local contacts or through participation in AUSREP. Forms are information with a slash (/). available through agents for Australian Charts and Hydrographic M Radiocommunications arrangements (details such as Coast Publications, many marine authorities, boating and yacht clubs and Radio Stations monitored, INMARSAT A, INMARSAT C mobile Police Stations in coastal areas. numbers and the MMSI/DSC number if equipped). 4D. The AMVER Organisation: N Date/Time of next report (UTC). (Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System) O Draft (fore and aft in metres and tenths of metres). 1. As an aid to SAR efforts in offshore areas of the world, vessels of P* Cargo information may be passed by non-voice means if all nations are encouraged to send movement reports to the United required. (1) Normal name of the cargo; and (2) indicate Yes States Coast Guard ship reporting system (AMVER). Appropriate or No if cargo is classified as hazardous. positional information is made available to recognised SAR agencies of Q* Defects or other limitations such as damage, failure or any nation for the assistance of persons in distress. breakdown affecting the safety of the ship. 2. In the Australian SAR Area, AMVER does not supersede the R* Brief details of type of pollution lost overboard (oil, chemicals, AUSREP system; but, AMVER messages may be accepted as paid etc.) and also report if any pollution sighted. messages from vessels in this area if passed through an Australian CRS. S Weather conditions in area. Other AMVER communication stations and message formats are T Ship’s agents. described in ALRS Vol. 1. U (1) Ship type; (2) ship length (metres); and (3) gross tonnage. 3. Further information may be obtained direct from: V Medical personnel carried. Amver Maritime Relations, Commandant (G-OPR) W Number of persons on board. 2100 2nd St SW X Remarks. Washington DC 20593, USA. Y Request to relay a report to another system, eg. AMVER, Telephone: ␣212 6887764. JASREP, MAREP. Facsimile: ␣212 6687684. Please note: Not all items in AUSREP have been included. NAVIGATION ACT: Amendments to the Navigation Act 1912: 4B. Small Craft Participation in the Australian Ship Reporting This Notice is to advise Shipowners, Ship Operators, Masters and System (AUSREP): crews of vessels of amendments to the Navigation Act 1912 (the Act) 1. Following the success of AUSREP for commercial ships and noting which came into force on 27th July 1995. The Act has been amended the system’s significant contribution to safety of life at sea, the system to specify objective limits for blood alcohol levels for seafarers on all has been further developed for small craft. vessels within Australian territorial seas and all Australian vessels 2. These instructions generally follow the same principals as those for worldwide. The specified limit of blood alcohol content is, in the case of commercial ships as described in Notice to Mariners No. 4A. a Master or seaman while on duty, 0.04 grams of alcohol per See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 83 AUSTRALIA 100 millilitres of blood, and in the case of a Master or seaman on board (2) If: the ship, but not on duty, 0.08 grams of alcohol per 100 millilitres of (a) A Master or seaman is, while on board a ship, under the influence blood. of alcohol or any other drug (whether medicinal or otherwise) to The legislative framework in which the maritime industry operates is such an extent that the person’s capacity to carry out the person’s now reflecting broad community concerns on matters of health and safety duties as Master or seaman is impaired; and as they are affected by the use of alcohol and other drugs. Following (b) The impairment causes or contributes to: the introduction of the Occupational Health and Safety (Maritime (i) The loss of destruction of, or damage to, the ship, its cargo Industry) Act 1993, which reiterates and formalises the duty of care of or equipment; or Employers and the personal responsibility of all crew members not to (ii) The loss or destruction of, or damage to, another ship, its create risks or add to existing risks, the Australian Maritime Safety cargo or equipment; or Authority (AMSA) has acknowledged the need to amend existing (iii) Death or injury to another person; the person is guilty of an provisions in the Act and Marine Orders to adopt community standards offence. Penalty: Imprisonment for 2 years. in relation to the use of alcohol and other drugs by all persons serving Unacceptable Blood Alcohol Content: on board ships. 386B. (1) If a Master or seaman has, while on board a ship, a blood Provisions have been made in the Act to allow for physical examination alcohol content that equals or exceeds the specified limit, that person by a medical practitioner or the taking of breath, urine or blood samples is guilty of an offence against this section. Penalty: Imprisonment for in the event of an authorised person having reasonable cause to believe 6 months. that the capacity of a Master or seaman to undertake the duties of his (2) The specified limit of blood alcohol content is: or her position is impaired because of alcohol or other drugs. It is also (a) In the case of a Master or of a seaman while on duty 0.04 grams an offence for a Master or a seaman to refuse to provide a sample of of alcohol per 100 millilitres of blood; or breath for analysis or refuse to undergo a medical examination and to (b) In the case of a Master or seaman, on board the ship but not submit to tests. on duty, 0.08 grams of alcohol per 100 millilitres of blood. Where the impairment of a Master or a seaman due to the influence (3) The blood alcohol content of a person’s blood may be determined: of drugs is based on the taking of prescription drugs authorised by a (a) By a test of the person’s breath by an approved operator using medical practitioner, it is an offence to be so impaired unless prior to a breath analysis device in a manner prescribed; or coming on duty the person who is impaired declared the circumstances (b) By an examination of the person’s blood or urine by an approved relating to the prescription drugs to the person in charge of the ship. laboratory. Such a declaration must be treated as being confidential and may not Master or Seaman may be required to undergo Examination or to provide be disclosed to a third person except for the purpose of seeking advice Samples: regarding any affect on the person’s ability to carry out their duties. 386C. (1) If an authorised person has reasonable cause to believe: Regulations under the Act are presently being drafted for approval of (a) That the capacity of a Master or seaman to undertake the duties instruments designed and constructed to ascertain the concentration of of his or her position is impaired because of alcohol or other alcohol present in a sample of a person’s breath, operators and analysts drugs; or to carry out breath analysis and prescribed procedures to be undertaken (b) That the blood alcohol content of the blood of a Master or seaman by an approved operator in obtaining a sample of a person’s breath. exceeds the specified limit; the Authorised Person may, by notice Penalties for offences in relation to the provisions in the Act relating in writing given to the Master or seaman, require the Master or to blood alcohol levels are severe and include terms of imprisonment of seaman to do all or any of the following: up to 12 months. (c) To undergo a physical examination by a Medical Practitioner; AMSA will be closely monitoring the application of the provisions of (d) To provide a breath sample to, or to permit the taking of such a the Act and will assist Ship Owners, Operators, Masters and crew sample by, an Approved Operator of a breath analysis members with the practical application of these new requirements. For instrument; Australian vessels, AMSA is working with Employers and Unions in (e) To provide a sample of urine to, or to permit the taking of a planning an educational program for all Australian seafarers. The Code sample of blood or urine by, a Medical Practitioner. of Conduct for the Australian Merchant Navy has been updated to take (2) A notice under Subsection (1) must set out: account of the objective blood alcohol limits. (a) The time at which the requirement was made; and All seafarers should be aware that some Australian State legislation (b) The name of the person who made the requirement; and specifies more prescriptive limits in relation to blood alcohol levels for (c) The place at which, and time within which, the Master or seaman seafarers than the limits specified in the Act and that ship’s personnel to whom the notice is given must present himself or herself for may be subject to State legislation when in port or at anchor within State the purpose of undergoing the examination, or for providing or waters. permitting the taking of the sample, to which the notice relates. Amendments to the Navigation Act 1912 covering Performance of Refusal to provide Sample of Breath for Analysis: Duties relating to Blood Alcohol/Drug Content: 386D. A person who has, in accordance with the requirement of this DIVISION 13 – REPORT OF ACCIDENTS AND OF DANGERS TO Act, been required to provide a sample of breath for analysis is guilty NAVIGATION. of an offence if: (a) He or she refuses to provide a smaple of breath for analysis; or Accidents etc. to be Reported: (b) He or she refuses to provide a sample of breath in accordance 268. (1) Where a ship to which Part II applies, or where, within with the reasonable directions of the operator of a breath analysis Australia or during a voyage to a port in Australia, a ship to which Part II machine. Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months. does not apply: Refusal to submit to Medical Examination: (a) Has sustained or caused an accident occasioning loss of life or 386E. (1) A person who is required under this Act to undertake a serious injury to a preson; medical examination is guilty of an offence if: (b) Has sustained an accident or has otherwise received damage, (a) He or she fails or refuses to submit to the medical examination; or a defect in the ship or its boilers, machinery or equipment has or been discovered, and the accident, damage or defect has (b) He or she fails or refuses, when required under this Act to do affected, or is likely to affect: so, to give a urine sample to the medical practitioner conducting (i) The seaworthiness or safety of the ship; the examination for analysis by an approved laboratory or to (ii) The efficient operation or the safety of the boilers, permit a blood or urine sample to be taken by the practitioner machinery or fixed equipment of the ship; or for that purpose. Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months. (iii) The efficiency or completeness of the life-saving appliances (2) A person who is required under this Act to give a urine sample to or other safety equipment of the ship. a Medical Practitioner for analysis, or to permit a Medical Practitioner to (c) Has been in a position of great peril, either from the action of take a blood or urine sample for that purpose, is guilty of an offence if some other ship or from danger of wreck or collision; he or she refuses or fails so to give the sample, or to permit it to be (d) Has been stranded or wrecked; or taken. Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months. (e) Has fouled or done any damage to a pipeline or submarine cable (3) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against or to a lighthouse, lightship, beacon, buoy or other marine mark, Subsections (1) or (2) if the person establishes that the failure or refusal not being a lighthouse, lightship, beacon, buoy or marine mark was based on religious or other conscientious grounds or on medical to which Section 19B of the Lighthouses Act 1911-1957 applies; grounds. or where a ship, having left a port in Australia, has put back to that port or another port in Australia, the Master of the ship shall, Consumption of Alcohol before undergoing Examination, etc.: as soon as practicable, having regard to the means of 386F. (1) If an Authorised Person requires a Master or seaman to communication available to him or her, report the happening to undergo a medical examination or to give or permit the taking of a sample such person as is prescribed and shall, if so requested by or on of breath, blood or urine for analysis, the person must not, before behalf of that person, furnish a report in writing to that person in undergoing that examination or giving or permitting the taking of that the prescribed form. Penalty: $2,000. sample of breath, blood or urine, consume any alcohol or take any other (2) In this section: drug (whether medicinal or otherwise). Penalty: Imprisonment for ‘‘Fixed Equipment’’ means equipment included in a class of equipment 6 months. specified in the regulations as fixed equipment for the purposes of this (2) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against Subsection (1) section. if the person establishes that the taking of the drug: ‘‘Safety Equipment’’ means equipment included in a class of (a) Was based on a reasonably held belief that failure to take the equipment specified in the regulations as safety equipment for the drug could endanger life or health; or purposes of this section. (b) Was required by a prescription issued by a Medical Practitioner. Impairment of Person’s Capacity to carry out Duties as Master or Medical Drugs: Seaman: 386G. (1) A person who has taken, or who proposes to take, a drug 386A. (1) If a Master or seaman is, while on board a ship, under the for medical purposes must not come on duty or remain on duty after influence of alcohol or any other drug (whether medicinal or otherwise) taking that drug, unless: to such an extent that the person’s capacity to carry out the person’s (a) The person has taken reasonable steps to satisfy himself or duties as Master or seaman is impaired, the person is guilty of an offence. herself that the drug will not affect, or has ceased to affect, the Penalty: Imprisonment for 12 months. person’s capacity to perform the duties of his or her position; or

84 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (b) The person has given a declaration to an approved person setting System (AUSREP), the area of operations being the same as for the out: Australian SAR Organisations. AUSREP was introduced in December (i) The circumstances in which the drug was taken, or will be 1973 on a voluntary basis to enable mariners to familiarise themselves taken; and with the reporting system. Since then legislation has been passed which (ii) The nature and quantity of the drug involved; and makes AUSREP compulsory for all Australian flag vessels and foreign (iii) The time or times at which the drug was taken or will be vessels under certain circumstances which are explained in the AUSREP taken. Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months. Instructions and the relevant Marine Notice. However, all ships are (2) If the person referred to in Subsection (1): encouraged to participate whenever they are in the AUSREP area. (a) Is a Seaman other than a Master, the person must give the In addition to the Centre’s functions in the SAR role, the FSS & SC declaration under Subsection (1) in writing to the Master of the is also the section of the Department of Transport responsible for: vessel on which the person is performing his or her duties; and (i) Co-ordination and promulgation of Navigational Warnings (b) Is a Master, the person may give the declaration either in writing (NAVAREA X), Australian Coastal Navigation Warnings or by radio message or by fax or telephone to his or her (AUSCOAST) and weapons practice warnings. employers. (ii) Operation of the Licensed Foreign Fishing Vessel Reporting (3) A declaration made under Subsection (1) must not be disclosed to System in the 200 nautical miles Australian Fishing Zone. or by a third person except for the purposes of seeking advice concerning In all aspects of the Federal Sea Safety and Surveillance Centre’s the capacity of the person who gave the declaration to carry out the activities, over 2,000 incidents a year are handled, ranging from duties of his or her position. Penalty: Imprisonment for 12 months. co-ordination of full scale search and rescue operations, planning (4) If a person has given a declaration to another person under evacuation of medical cases at sea, plotting the movements of oil slicks Subsection (1), that other person must not, without reasonable excuse, and spillage to receiving reports of illegal fishing by foreign fishing allow the person who gave the declaration to come on duty or to remain vessels and various flare sightings, around Australia’s coastline. on duty if the person to whom the declaration was made knows, or ought PILOTAGE: Pilot Ladders: Australia strictly observes the international reasonably to have known, that the capacity of the person giving the regulations and recommendations for pilot ladders and pilot boarding declaration to carry out the duties of his or her position would be impaired arrangements. by the drug concerned. Penalty: Imprisonment for 12 months. The following refers: Permitting or requiring Performance of Duties by Impaired Person: SOLAS Chapter 5 reg 17 Regulations for Pilot Ladders and 386H. (1) If a person: Mechanical Pilot Hoists. (a) Permits or requires another person to undertake or to continue IMO Res A.426(XI) Recommendation on Arrangements for duty; and Embarking and Disembarking Pilots in Very (b) Knows or ought reasonably to know the other person’s capacity Large Ships. to perform those duties is impaired by the influence of alcohol IMO Res A.667(16) Recommendation on Pilot Transfer or any other drug; the first-mentioned person is guilty of an Arrangements. offence. Penalty: Imprisonment for 6 months. IMO Res A.275 (VIII) Recommendation on Performance (2) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against Subsection (1) Standards for Mechanical Pilot Hoists. if the person establishes that the permission was given or the Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Licensed pilots are available for the whole requirement made on the grounds of necessity. of the Queensland coast, including Torres Strait, the Inner Route of the FEDERAL SEA SAFETY AND SURVEILLANCE CENTRE: Great Barrier Reef, the Great North East Channel, and the reef entrances Information Notice at Hydrographers Passage, Palm Passage and Grafton Passage. See The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, requires ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. governments ‘‘to ensure that any necessary arrangements are made for Compulsory Pilotage: The Inner Route of the Great Barrier Reef between the rescue of persons in distress at sea, around its coasts’’. The Cape York (Lat. 10␥ 41' S.) and Cairns (Lat. 16␥ 40' S.), and also Australian Government being a signatory to the International Convention Hydrographers Passage, has been declared a Compulsory Pilotage for the Safety of Life at Sea, established the Marine Operations Centre District. All vessels 70 m. or more in length and all loaded oil tankers, in April 1972 to comply more fully with the Convention’s requirements. chemical carriers and liquified gas carriers, regardless of length, are The Centre was subsequently renamed as the Australian Coastal required to use the services of a licensed Pilot. The compulsory pilotage Surveillance Centre (ACSC) in 1978 with the introduction of an enhanced areas are rigorously monitored by the Authorities. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. coastal surveillance function and renamed again in 1984, as the Federal IMO Recommendation on Pilotage: The attention of Shipmasters is Sea Safety and Surveillance Centre (FSS & SC). This recent change drawn to the IMO Recommendation A(710) on pilotage in Torres Strait reflects the Centre’s primary role of Search and Rescue, as the coastal and the Great North East Channel. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. surveillance function has been largely transferred to the Coastal Pilotage Providers: Protection Unit of the Australian Federal Police, which is co-located Queensland Coastal Pilot Service Pty.Ltd., Level 13, Dalgety House, within the Centre. 145 Eagle Street, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia (Postal address: The Federal Sea Safety and Surveillance Centre is a part of the GPO Box 209, Brisbane, Queensland 4001). Tel: ␣61 (7) 3839-5144. Department of Transport’s Maritime Safety Division, situated in Canberra FAX: ␣61 (7) 3839-5242. Telex: AA 140222 TORRES. in the Australian Capital Territory. The FSS&SC is in fact Australia’s Cables: 4B TORRES. Contact: Perry Sutton (after hours Tel: ␣61 (7) Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre. 3399-1478). Iain Steverson (after hours Tel: ␣61 (7) 3263-2642). The principal function of the FSS & SC is therefore the co-ordination Australian Reef Pilots (previously The Queensland Coast and Torres of marine search and rescue activity, (other than incidents involving the Strait Pilots Association Pty.Ltd.), Suite 14, 2 Argyle Street, Breakfast defence forces), within the area of Australian responsibility, which is Creek, Queensland 4010, Australia (Postal address: P.O. Box 338, shown in the instructions of the Australian Ship Reporting System. The Albion, Queensland 4010). Tel: ␣61 (7) 3262-4600. FAX: ␣61 (7) FSS & SC works in close liaison with the State Authorities who are 3262-5633. Telex: AA140003 REEFS. Cables: 4BREEFS BRISBANE. responsible for SAR activity within port limits, and where their facilities Contact: Ken Casey, Operations Manager (after hours permit, for small craft such as pleasure boats and fishing vessels in near ␣ coastal waters. The State police are the local SAR Authority around the Tel: 61-18781602). Australian coastline, and are often assisted by the various volunteer Hydro Pilots, P.O.Box 4018, South Mackay, QLD 4740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 49-440455. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4944-0755. Telex: AA48105 coastal associations. ␣ For incidents which occur further out to sea and those beyond the HPILOT. Voicemail: 61 (7) 4944-0455. Email: [email protected] resources of the State Authorities, Defence Forces and Civil Contact: Captain R.A.Swain, Director. marine/aviation facilities are used to perform the air or sea search and UNDER-KEEL CLEARANCE: the resulting rescue. Reliance on Charts and Predicted Tides: 1. Prudent mariners The facilities of the FSS & SC are available to all seafarers whether navigate with adequate under-keel clearance at all times making due they are private boating enthusiasts, commercial fishermen or allowances for all the factors that are likely to reduce the depth beneath professional seamen of the merchant fleets of the world. When a vessel their keels. To ensure an adequate under-keel clearance throughout a is in distress and lives are at stake, no effort is spared to search for and passage, an under-keel allowance may be laid down by a competent rescue survivors. authority or determined onboard when planning the passage. The factors The FSS & SC is manned continuously 24 hours a day by to be taken into account when determining this allowance are given in co-ordinators with considerable marine and in some cases aviation the ‘‘Marines Handbook (NP 100) 6th Edition’’. qualifications and experience. These men have specialised knowledge 2. It has become increasingly evident that economic pressures are in search and rescue procedures to analyse the various situations that causing mariners to navigate through waters of barely adequate depths, may arise and devise methods to resolve them. with under-keel clearance being finely assessed from the charted depths Communications are the very heart of all search and rescue and predicted tide levels. co-ordination and the FSS & SC is well equipped with a network of 3. Hydrographic surveys have inherent technical limitations due partly telephone and telex systems giving a complete coverage throughout in offshore areas to uncertainties in the tidal reductions. Furthermore, in Australia, and overseas to other international marine authorities, such some areas, the shape and hence the depth of the seabed is constantly as the U.S. Coast Guard at Honolulu, San Francisco, and New York, changing. Nautical charts can seldom, therefore, be absolutely reliable Lloyd’s Intelligence, London and the Japanese Maritime Safety Agency in their representation of depth, and when tidal predictions are applied in Tokyo, to name only a few. to the chart as if they were actual tide levels, the uncertainties are clearly Apart from telephone and telex links, radio communications play a compounded. major role when co-ordinating a SAR incident. The Overseas 4. The limitations of hydrographic surveys are discussed at length in Telecommunications Commission (OTC) maintains the coast radio the Mariners’ Handbook and factors affecting tide levels are described stations (CRS) around the Australian coastline, and it is these radio in the introduction to the Australian National Tide Tables. stations which provide the vital link between the ship and shore. The 5. It cannot be too strongly emphasised that even charts based on CRS also have direct telex lines to the FSS & SC. modern surveys may not show all seabed obstructions or the shoalest When advice is received at the FSS & SC of a distress, or any depths, and actual tide levels may be appreciably lower than those information likely to be related to distress, the duty co-ordinator will predicted. initiate whatever action he considers necessary depending on the type HEALTH: of incident reported, whether it be a single flare sighting, a report of a AQIS - AUSTRALIAN QUARANTINE AND INSPECTION SERVICE vessel or yacht overdue, a vessel grounding, or a radio received distress Department of Primary Industries and Energy message. Request for Pratique (Health Clearance) Also operated at the Federal Sea Safety and Surveillance Centre as Commonwealth of Australia Quarantine Act 1908 a functional part of the SAR framework is the Australian Ship Reporting Note: Masters or Medical Officer who wilfully make a false statement in See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 85 AUSTRALIA answer to questions may be liable to a fine not exceeding $5,000 or 6.5 Ladders: imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 years. 6.5.1 The permanent ladder adjacent to an access opening, must be: A. Name of vessel (a) Where the vertical distance between the upper surface of adjacent ...... decks or between deck and the bottom of the cargo space is not Call sign Type more than 6.0 m., either a vertical ladder or an inclined ladder ...... complying with Appendix 17; Nationality (b) Where the vertical distance between the upper surfaces of adjacent ...... decks or between deck and the bottom of the cargo space is more B. Where is the vessel from? Departure date than 6.0 m. an inclined ladder or ladders complying with ...... Appendix 17; and C. Destination ETA first port (c) So designed and arranged that the risk of damage from the cargo ...... loading or discharging gear is minimised. Time: 6.5.2 In ships not having a ‘tween’ deck, the uppermost 2.5 m. of a ...... cargo space measured clear of overhead obstructions, and the lowest D. Name of next port ETD 6.0 m. may have vertical ladders complying with Appendix 17, providing ...... the vertical extent of the inclined ladder or ladders connecting the vertical E. Have there been any deaths during the current voyage? Yes/No ladders is not less than 2.5 m. Have there been any cases of illness during the last 6.6 Shaft Tunnels: 21 days with a fever of 38␥C or above, and accompanied Shaft tunnels passing through cargo holds must be provided with by: ladders or steps at each end of the hold so that persons may cross the (a) rash, jaundice or glandular swelling. Yes/No tunnels easily and safely. (b) diarrhoea lasting longer than 24 hours. Yes/No 6.7 Two means of Access to be provided in certain Ships: F. Are there any animals onboard. Yes/No A cargo space in a ship built on or after 1st August 1998, other than G. Have you carried livestock or grain in the last 6 months? Yes/No a ship used exclusively as a bulk carrier or as a cellular container ship, If YES, list the type, ports visited and cleaning performed since the must be provided with at least 2 means of access. Where possible, these last voyage on which livestock or grain was carried. should be arranged diagonally within the hold, separated as far apart ...... longitudinally, and as far apart athwartships, as possible. One such H. Date of Derat/Derat Exemption Certificate? means of access must be maintained in compliance with 6.1 at all times ...... during loading or unloading. A ship built before 1st August 1998 may I. Ballast Water: alternatively comply with 6.2 of Appendix 7 of Issue 1 of this part. Will you discharge ballast while in Australian waters? Yes/No 6.8 Bulk Carrier Accesses: If YES, have you: 6.8.1 In a bulk carrier, a cargo space requiring personnel access for (a) Exchanged ballast water at sea during the voyage the purpose of loading or unloading must be provided with: and have logbook certification of time and (a) A means of access, including an inclined ladder complying with 3 co-ordinates when re-ballasting occurred: Yes/No or 4 of Appendix 17; and (b) In the case of a ship built on or after 17th November 1986, a second OR means of access. (b) Is your vessel part of a compliance arrangement for 6.8.2 The second means of access referred to in 6.8.1(b): ballast water control accepted by Australian (a) May be an inclined ladder complying with 3 or 4 of Appendix 17; or Quarantine and Inspection Service? Yes/No (b) May be formed, regardless of the depth of the cargo space, from a J. In the past 2 years, has your ship been in a Russian Far ␥ ␥ series of staggered vertical ladders complying with 2 of Appendix 17 East port/s between 40 N. and 60 N. during any period linking platforms complying with 6 of Appendix 17. between July and September? Yes/No 6.9 Access in Cellular Container Ships: (a) If YES, since your last visit to the port/s, has your In a cellular container ship, only one means of access to a cargo ship been inspected and cleared as being free of space is required. This may utilise lengths of staggered vertical ladder Asian Gypsy Moth by agricultural authorities in complying with 2 of Appendix 17 fitted between adjacent transversewebs Australia, Canada, New Zealand or the USA? Yes/No or stringers which serve as working platforms or passageways within (b) If NO, during your last visit to a Russian Far East the cargo space, provided that: port, did you obtain a certificate issued by the (a) No ladder exceeds 6.0 m. in length; and Russian agricultural authorities certifying that they (b) The passageways between ladders are not less than 550 mm. in had inspected the ship and found it free of Asian width. Gypsy Moth egg masses? Yes/No 6.10 Coamings: K. After examination of the vessel and its cargo since 6.10.1 Where a coaming exceeding 450 mm. in height above the deck leaving the last port of call, are you confident that there surface is fitted to an access opening, steps, cleats or rungs must be are no bees on board? Yes/No fitted inside the coaming to form a continuation of the access ladder: (a) To within 450 mm. from the top of the coaming; Shipping Agency Name (b) Providing a foothold: ...... (i) Not less than 300 mm. in width; and Signature and Date (ii) With tread depth in the case of a step, and a clearance from ...... the coaming in the case of a rung or cleat, of not less than NOTE: The granting of Pratique to a vessel does not release it from 150 mm.; being subject to Quarantine. Goods require separate clearance. (c) Spaced at equal intervals corresponding to the steps or rungs of CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: The following is part of Marine Order the access ladder; and – Part 32. (d) So constructed as to prevent slipping. 5. Bulk Cargo: 6.10.2 Where a coaming exceeds 900 mm. in height above the deck, Bulk cargo must not be loaded into or unloaded from a cargo space steps or cleats must be provided outside the coaming suitable for use unless means are provided enabling persons to escape from that space by a person climbing over the coaming to enter or leave the hatch. in case of emergency. GRAIN CARGOES: Guidelines for Grain Cleanliness Surveys: On 6. Accesses, Openings, Ladders, Coamings and Passageways: arrival a vessel fixed to load grain must have holds clean, dry and free 6.1 Requirement for Access: from residues of previous cargoes, free from insect infestation, and be Loading or unloading must not be carried out in a cargo space, the in all respects ready to load. Surveyors from the Australian Maritime depth of which, measured from the level of the uppermost deck of the Safety Authority (AMSA), and the Australian Quarantine Inspection space to the bottom of the space, exceed 1.5 m., unless: Service (AQIS) will board, together with charterers and other surveyors (a) At least one unobstructed and safe means of access is maintained to check the condition of the ship. from the uppermost deck of the space to the level at which such Ships’ crews cannot be used to clean holds after arrival, so every loading or unloading is to take place; or opportunity must be taken to prepare the holds at a previous port or (b) Where the access prescribed by (a) is unavoidably obstructed by enroute to avoid the use of costly Australian labour. cargo, safe access is provided by one portable ladder complying Essential Preparation for Loading: Special attention should be placed on with Appendix 17. removal of all loose scale and rubbish, and the cleanliness of other 6.2 Access to include Opening and Ladder: obstructions which might harbour insects or the remnants of previous A means of access must: cargoes, including underdeck girders, and the underside of steel hatch (a) Include an access opening and an adjacent permanent ladder, both covers. Scale should be removed by high pressure water jets or chipping situated clear of the hatchway through which cargo is loaded or and scraping. If jets are used to remove scale, or areas chipped and scraped are painted over, ample time must be allowed for water to dry unloaded; and and paint fumes to totally disperse. Loose scale or previous cargo (b) Be so located, that a person using it will not enter the space defined residues must not be painted over. by vertical projection of the uppermost hatchway upwards or AMSA surveyors will pay particular attention, in addition to the stability downwards. requirements, to the satisfactory operation of hold bilges, and will require 6.3 Size of Access, etc.: each suction to be tested to demonstrate its efficiency. Following An access opening must be: satisfactory test, each bilge well should have its perforated plate cover (a) Arranged to give an opening clear of all obstructions of not less than put in place, with a single layer of burlap over it to prevent grain getting 600 mm. in length and breadth within the coaming and continuing into the bilge well. They will also require hold lighting to be switched off to the deck below on an axis parallel to the ladder, provided that on and the fuses removed, to prevent any possibility of the lights being left a ship built before 1st August 1998, the clear opening need only be ␺ on and the grain being heated by the lights sufficiently to ignite it. 550 mm. 550 mm. AQIS surveyors will pay particular attention to residues of previous (b) Where necessary, provided with fittings so arranged and located grain cargoes, and to insect infestation. If such are found, the ship will adjacent to the opening, as to afford a secure handhold and foothold probably be required to be sprayed or fumigated. The latter will normally to persons using the opening. require the crew to be accommodated ashore until the vessel is certified 6.4 Cover to Access to be capable of being secured open: safe for them to return. This may be as long as 48 hours. A cover or closing appliance fitted to an access opening must be so AMSA surveyors will require to be satisfied that the ship will have arranged as to be capable of being secured in the open position. sufficient stability to carry the grain to her final destination safely. A form,

86 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Form GA, on which the fully detailed calculations should be shown, is 5. Quantity. available from AMSA offices. This should be completed in detail. Similar Q. 1. Condition of the ship, as relevant. forms from other grain exporting countries, such as the National Cargo 2. Ability to transfer cargo/ballast/fuel. Bureau’s form in the U.S.A., are acceptable in lieu of the Form GA. R. 1. Type of oil or the correct technical name of the noxious Masters are warned that good quality Australian wheat stows well, and liquid discharged into the sea. stowage factors considerably below those normally expected are 2. UN number(s). frequently encountered. AMSA surveyors will also require to be satisfied 3. Pollution category (A, B, C or D) for noxious liquid that the ship will not be overstressed during loading or on voyage. If a substances. ship is loading a full cargo at one port, with only one or two slack hatches, 4. Names of manufacturers of substances or consignee or there will normally be little difficulty in doing this, and reference to an consignor. approved grain loading condition will usually demonstrate compliance 5. An estimate of the quantity of substances. with the longitudinal strength requirements. However, when a ship loads 6. Whether lost substances floated or sank. at two ports, the requirements may be difficult, and for some ships, 7. Whether loss is continuing. impossible, to satisfy. Where doubt exists regarding the stresses that 8. Cause of loss. the cargo may place on the ship, surveyors may require detailed 9. Estimate of the movement of the discharge or lost calculations to be made. substances giving current conditions if known. BALLAST: Ballast Water Management: The IMO International 10. Estimate of the surface area of the spill. Guidelines for Preventing the Introduction of Unwanted Aquatic S. Weather conditions. Organisms and Pathogens from Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediment T. Name, address, telex and telephone number of the ship’s Discharges apply to vessels entering Australian ports. Similar Australian owner and representative. Ballast Water Guidelines also apply for international shipping. Masters U. Ship size and type. should also note that vessels may be subject to inspection by the X. 1. Actions being taken with regard to the discharge and Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service. movement of the ship. Ballast Water Advisory Information: 2. Assistance or salvage efforts which have been requested District Tel or which have been provided by others. Sydney, NSW ␣61 (2) 9364-7222 3. The Master of an assisting or salvaging ship should report Melbourne, VIC ␣61 (3) 9264-6777 the particulars of the action undertaken or planned. Brisbane (S.E.), QLD ␣61 (7) 3246-8755 ** In the case of a probable discharge only. Cairns (far North), QLD ␣61 (7) 4030-7800 Marine Pollutants Report: Darwin, NT ␣61 (8) 8999-2311 (Harmful substances in packaged form) Perth, WA ␣61 (8) 9311-5333 A. Ship: Name, call sign/ship station identity and flag. Adelaide, SA ␣61 (8) 8305-9753 B. Date and time of event. Hobart, TAS ␣61 (3) 6233-3352 C. Position: Latitude and longitude or Canberra, ACT ␣61 (2) 6272-5189 D. Position: True bearing and distance. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.aqis.gov.au/shipping M. Radio communications: Full names of stations. Also see ‘‘Plan’’. P.** 1. Correct technical name or names of goods. POLLUTION: 2. UN number(s). Requirements for Reporting Pollution Incidents: 3. IMO hazard class(s). 1. The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from 4. Names of manufacturers of substances or consignee or Ships 1973/78 (MARPOL) 73/78 entered into force for Australia on consignor. 14th January 1988. Protocol I of the Convention contains comprehensive 5. Types of packages including identification marks (specify requirements and recommendations for ship reporting of incidents whether portable tank, freight container or other, include involving harmful substances. The purpose of these new reporting official registration marks and numbers assigned to the obligations and guidelines is to enable the Australian Maritime Safety unit). Authority to be informed quickly and more accurately about actual or 6. An estimate of the quantity and likely condition of goods. potential accidental spillages or cargo losses as well as illegal discharges Q. 1. Condition of the ship. so that immediate action may be taken. 2. Ability to transfer cargo/ballast/fuel. 2. Reports must be made when an incident involves: R. 1. Correct technical name or names of goods. (a) A discharge or probable discharge of oil, or noxious liquid 2. UN number(s). substances carried in bulk, resulting from damage to the ship or its 3. IMO hazard class(s). equipment, or for the purpose of securing the safety of a ship or 4. Names of manufacturers of goods or consignee or saving life at sea (Harmful Substances Report). consignor. (b) A discharge of probable discharge of harmful substances in 5. Types of packages including identification marks (specify packaged form, including those in freight containers, portable tanks, whether portable tank, freight container or other, include road and rail vehicles and ship borne barges (Marine Pollutants official registration marks and numbers assigned to the Report). unit). (c) Damage, failure or breakdown of a ship of 15 m. in length or above 6. An estimate of the quantity and conditions of goods. which: 7. Whether lost goods floated or sank. (i) affects the safety of the ship; including but not limited to collision, 8. Whether loss is continuing. grounding, fire, explosion, structural failure, flooding and cargo 9. Cause of loss. shifting; or S. Weather conditions. (ii) results in impairment of the safety of navigation; including but T. Names, address, telex and telephone number of the ship’s not limited to, failure or breakdown of steering gear, propulsion owner and representative. plant, electrical generating system, and essential shipborne U. Ship size and type. navigational aids; or X. 1. Action being taken with regard to the discharge and (d) A discharge during the operation of the ship of oil or noxious liquid movement of the ship. substances in excess of the quantity or instantaneous rate permitted 2. Assistance or salvage efforts which have been requested under the present Convention. or which have been provided by others. 3. These measures seek to ensure early notification of pollution or 3. The Master of an assisting or salvaging ship should report threat of pollution. The deciding factor in initiating a report is not so much the particulars of the action undertaken or planned. the distance from the coastline (as in the past) as the possibility of harm ** In the case of a probable discharge only. to the coastline or territorial sea of a country. Consequently, Australian Also see ‘‘Ballast’’. vessels trading overseas should be aware that a POLREP must be made LOAD LINE ZONES: Extension of Seasonal Tropical Zones: direct to the Government of any country affected or likely to be affected Amendments to the Load Line Convention are in course of ratification by a pollution incident. regarding changes to the Seasonal Tropical Zones in Northwest and 4. For incidents affecting or likely to affect Australian interests, reports East Australia. They extend the Seasonal Tropical Zones to cover the should continue to be made to the Manager, Marine Environment ports of Dampier, Port Hedland, Point Sampson and Port Walcott, on Protection Services in the Australian Maritime Safety Authority through the Northwest coast of Australia, during the period 1st May to 30th the AusSAR. November each year, and to cover the port of Gladstone on the East Pollution Report: coast of Australia, during the period 1st April to 30th November. As the 5. POLREP to the Manager, Marine Environment Protection Services amendments have not yet been ratified, ships cannot take advantage in the Authority, Canberra: of the additional loading as of right. In order to be able to load to her Harmful Substances Report: (Oil and noxious liquid substances) Tropical Marks during the appropriate season, a ship’s Flag State Sections of the ship report form which are inappropriate should be Administration must have advised AMSA in writing that it accepts the omitted from the report. proposed amendment, under Article 8(1) of the Load Line Convention, A. Ship: Name, call sign/ship station identity and flag. as equivalent to the current requirements. If in doubt, a Master should B. Date and time of event. seek written advice from his Flag State Administration that it has so C. Position: Latitude and longitude or accepted the relevant amendment. This should be obtained prior to D. Position: True bearing and distance. arrival, as after arrival it will normally be too late to obtain this E. True Course. confirmation. F. Speed in knots and tenth of knoths. TIME: Daylight saving is adopted in some States in accordance with L. Route information: Intended track. table below (GMT ␣): M. Radio communications: Full names of stations. Standard Daylight Saving N. Time of next report. Western Australia 8 hours No change P.** 1. Type of oil or noxious liquid substances on board. Northern Territory 9.5 hours No change 2. UN number(s). Queensland 10 hours No change 3. Pollution category (A, B, C or D) for noxious liquid South Australia 9.5 hours 10.5 hours substances. Victoria 10 hours 11 hours 4. Names of manufacturers of substances or consignee or Tasmania 10 hours 11 hours consignor. New South Wales 10 hours 11 hours See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 87 AUSTRALIA Date of change may vary by as much as 14 days from state to state SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: March 1986 (Updated 2002). (normally late October to early or mid-March). Abbot Point is within a Permanent Tropical Zone, within the Great Barrier Reef. Tropical Zone: 1st April/30th November. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: July 1983. Summer Zone: 1st December/31st March. Radio/Health: I sent a request for Free Pratique to the Commonwealth Anchoring Position: Within one nautical mile of the Pilot boarding ground. Director of Health, Sydney, that being my first port, but the radio operator Pilot Boarding Position: Indicated on Chart AUS No. 255 – Abbot Point instructed our Radio Officer to address the message to Quarantine and Approaches. Lat. 19␥ 48.12' S., Long. 148␥ 03.6' E. Sydney. Pilot boards by pilot boat, tugs stationed at Bowen. This chart is well There was no advice as to the vessel having been granted Free recommended. Pratique when the Port Health Authorities boarded the vessel in Sydney. The Harbour Master and Pilots are stationed in Townsville. I was told that the Radio Pratique must be requested 18 – 24 hours prior Abbot Point: Australia’s most Northerly deep-water coal shipping port, to arrival from the Agents. situated about 20 km. North of Bowen. The port is established under The questionnaire to be answered was Form 106 No. 3.13. the auspices of the Harbours Corporation of Queensland. Developed by the MIM Holdings Ltd. and operated by the Abbot Point Bulkcoal Pty. Ltd. Development began in 1981, and operations commenced in 1984. Coking coal from Collinsville and steaming coal from Newlands are the ABBOT POINT, Queensland: 19.52 S. 148.05 E. only two MIM products handled. Heavy duty railway, using modern rolling stock, and multiple diesel (See Plan) electric locomotives conveys coal from the fields to the 450 hectare site. Loading Procedure: Coal travels on conveyors via a 1,350 tonne surge PORT LIMITS: The area comprised within a line commencing at the bin. There are 2 weightometers and an automatic continuous sampling ␥ intersection of the high water mark and meridian of Longitude 147 59' E. plant. The conveyor system extends along a 100 m. rock causeway and ␥ and bearing 000 True along that meridian to its intersection with parallel a 2.8 km. approach trestle, which also supports a roadway to the of Latitude 19␥ 48' S.; then bearing 090␥ True along that parallel to its deep-water wharf and shiploader. intersection with meridian of Longitude 148␥ 08' E.; then by a line to the Size of Vessels: From 20,000 d.w.t. to 200,000 d.w.t. Larger vessels Northern extremity of Gloucester Head on Gloucester Island; then by have been considered on individual merits. the high water mark along the Western edge of Gloucester Island to the Depths: Approach depth, (stated) 17.2 m. Alongside berth (stated) Southern extremity of the island; then by a line to the Northern extremity 19.4 m. of Cape Gloucester; then by the high water mark to its intersection with Tugs: 2␺55 tonne bollard pull. Tugs’ lines used. the Northern edge of the wharf at Bowen; then by a line to the port Line Boats: None available. entrance beacon to Bowen Boat Harbour; then by a line to the Southern Berthing: In normal circumstances vessels will berth starboard side to. extremity of Dalrymple Point; then by the high water mark to the point However, be prepared to berth either side to in accordance with the of commencement and including all navigable rivers and creeks Harbour Master’s requirements. communicating with that area and the banks and foreshores of the rivers In normal conditions draft is to be adjusted so that the propeller is and creeks. fully immersed and vessel trimmed approximately 1.8 m. by the stern. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Townsville’’. The arrival draft must be cabled to the Harbour Master and Agent who PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilot service provided by Port Pilots will advise any adjustment required. Queensland based in Mackay and Townsville. Prior notice confirming To ensure maximum safety all vessels using heavy mooring wire ropes ETA 24 hours before arrival to be given through local Agent. Boarding are requested to have the ends terminating in a 9 m. rope spring finished ground is Lat. 19␥ 48.12' S. Long. 148␥ 03.6' E. or as directed by Pilot with a standard eye for placing over the bollards and hooks. All mooring vessel. ropes and wires should have a 6 m. tail of light rope spliced into the Maintain listening watch on VHF Channel 16. Standard IMO pilot eye. ladder rigged as per IMO recommendations. Usually starboard side Hooks on mooring bollards are electrically operated and self release. 1.5 m. above water. Pilot Ladder: Constructed and rigged in accordance with SOLAS Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through Hydrographers Passage, requirements. Palm Passage, Grafton Passage and the Inner Route of the Great Barrier Berth: Length of trestle from shore to berth – 2.75 km. Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available from Length of Berth: (Extent of fender system 264 m. approximately). Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal Pilot Length between extreme mooring dolphins – 466 m. Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. For information about Length of Berthing Basin: 512 m. Hydrographers Passage see ‘‘Hay Point’’. Width of Berthing Basin: 70 m. Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at Depth at Berthing Basin: 19.4 m. Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East There are 7 breasting dolphins, equipped with Bridgestone energy Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. absorbing cell-type rubber fenders. ANCHORAGES: Suggested anchorage position is within one nautical Height of top of fenders above datum 7.5 m. approximately. mile of the Pilot boarding ground (See ‘‘Pilotage’’). Height of underside of fenders above datum 0.9 m. approximately. RESTRICTIONS: Ballast condition, propeller fully immersed with Ship Loader: Type: Travelling gantry with luffing boom. maximum trim 2.5 m. by the stern and forward draft not less than 2% Design rate maximum capacity: 4,600 tonnes/p.h. of LOA. Length of travel: 212 m. No restrictions on time, however berthing at discretion of Harbour Boom operating range: ␣12␥ to–10␥. Master with regards to weather conditions. Maximum outreach from fender line: 34 m. Engines must not be immobilised whilst alongside without prior Height above datum (plus 12␥): 27.5 m. ␥ permission of Harbour Master. Height below datum (minus 10 ): 19.5 m. Unberthing in accordance with state of tide and draft. Under keel Travel speed variable from 3 m./min. to 30 m./min. clearance required is 10% of deepest draft plus 0.61 m. Stowage Factor: *Steaming coal: approx. 1.11 cu.m./tonne. Angle of repose from 35␥ –50␥. MAX. SIZE: Optimum max. size vessel is 300 m. LOA (or 200,000 d.w.t.) ␥ and 47.5 m. beam, however, consideration given to larger vessels Coking coal: Approx. 1.14 cu.m/tonne. Angle of repose 33 . provided that mooring arrangements on board vessel are satisfactory. *Vessel achieved a better stowage factor loading steaming coal. With a rise of tide of 3.5 m., vessels may sail with a draft of 18.26 m. Final Quantity: It has to be remembered when requesting to stop loading HEALTH: Standard Australian Regulations and procedures apply, radio that there is about 3,000 tonne on the belt, which must be run off. pratique is available. Loaded Tonnage: Calculated on draft survey. (Vessel experienced VHF: Pilot vessel and tugs, call on VHF Channel 16 and work on VHF S.W’ly winds Force 4 and swell of about 1 m.). Channel 6. Cargo Completion: Vessels must vacate berth without delay, subject to TUGS: 2 twin screw Zed-Pellor tugs of 56 tonnes bollard pull are tidal conditions. Arrival Notice: At least 7 days prior to arrival to Fax: ␣61 (7) 4786-0305. available. Tugs’ lines always used. (a) Name of vessel. BERTHING : One berth only which is a bulk coal loading facility, serviced (b) Type of vessel. (If O.B.O. confirm that vessel is ‘‘Gas Free’’). by conveyor and shiploader. Length of berth fendering 268 m. Plus (c) ETA. 4 mooring dolphins. Depth of water in approaches is 17.2 m. below (d) Total cargo quantity required. (Subject to C/P requirements and datum. Depth of water at berth is 19.4 m. below datum. allowances). Shiploader has a rated capacity of 4,600 tonnes/p.h. and an average (e) Hatch loading sequence, Pour by Pour. capacity of 4,000 tonnes/p.h. Reference to (b) above – Master to advise Agent and Harbour Master. Max. reach from fender face – 34 m. 1. Date vessel discharged last oil cargo. Max. operating air draft above L.W.D. – 27.5 m. 2. Time and place of last Gas Free Certificate. DENSITY: 1021 – 1024. 3. Location and amount of slops on board (and assurance that slop FRESH WATER: Not available. tanks inerted or pressed-up). FUEL: Available by barge from Townsville. 48 hours prior to arrival – advise ETA. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Ship’s crew as watchman, ship’s 24 hours prior to arrival – confirm ETA and Hatch Number (‘‘1st Pour’’). gangway used. Also advise Harbour Master of ETA/Berthing Draft/and ballast water is AIRPORT: Townsville Airport, 210 km. by road. not contaminated. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Note: To avoid delays to berthing and to avoid tug cancellations it is EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Through Abbot Point important that all adjustments to ETA’s are advised to all parties. Control using internal Tel: 337 or external Tel: ␣61 (7) 4786-0337 or All hatches to be clean/dry and opened before berthing. contact vessel’s Agent. Hatch lids are to be clearly numbered, for easy identification, no TELEPHONES: Provided on berthing. responsibility attached to shore loading personnel if any infringement to GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. this requirement. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. All loading is expressed in metric tonnes of 1,000 kg. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. Pratique: Radio Pratique is available. Send message to the ‘‘Quarantine GENERAL: Provisions available on request. Officer’’ through the ship’s Agent, not more than 24 hours prior to arrival. Nearest town is Bowen, 32 km. by road, Bowen has full facilities. (This stipulation is not enforced). The Agent will keep vessel advised.

88 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Text of the message is in accordance with the advised procedure in the Berth ‘H’: Cement/Clinker Loading Berth: Fixed loader with luffing and Sailing Directions for Entry to First Australian Port. slewing boom. Vessels shift along wharf during loading. Maximum If Radio Pratique has not been granted prior to berthing ensure that outreach from wharf edge 17.0 m. there is no contact with the wharf or employees by crew until Pratique Boom Clearance at Wharf Edge above Chart Datum: is granted. Clinker – 20.4 m. Shore Leave: Crew are permitted to go ashore after Immigration and Cement – 14.4 m. Customs Clearance. The Agent can arrange a minibus service to Bowen Gross Loading Rate: and return. Cost about Australian $150.00 for the round trip. The trip to Clinker – 2,000 t.p.h. Bowen is 30 minutes. Cement 750 t.p.h. Telephone: A telephone is placed onboard. STD, overseas and local STEVEDORES: No advance ETA required. operator service on a reverse charge basis. Telephone cards available. MEDICAL: Contact Quarantine Department in ample time. Restrictions: Access to wharf and loading plant is restricted. TANKERS: ‘‘Leak free’’ advice to Harbour Master to be given through Persons requiring access (crew members/visitors) must wear safety Agent. 500 tons slop discharge facilities. Unauthorised persons not helmets, safety shoes and adequate eye protection, and comply with all allowed on board. safety regulations. Berths: Abbotcoal are not responsible for accidents incurred by personnel who ‘‘M’’ Oil Berth Depth alongside 8.7 m. use their wharf gangway. ‘‘N’’ Tallow Berth Depth alongside 8.7 m. Pedestrian access along the wharf approach is not permitted. OSB. 1 Depth alongside 10.0 m. Special authorisation is required for private vehicles and visitors, within DENSITY: Slightly denser than sea water; not affected by tide. the port area and wharf access. FRESH WATER: Inner Harbour: Through Hydrants at 12 – 15 t.p.h. Access to the remainder of the port site is strictly forbidden. Outer Harbour: Berths No. 1 – 4: 120 t.p.h. Derat Examination Certificate: Quarantine doctor will arrange for FUEL: Fuel oil, thin fuel oil, diesel, gas oil. 48 hours notice required. A renewal. Cost Australian $45.00. bunkering barge capable of transporting 1,000 metric tons of bunkering Consuls: None available. oils operates in the port. The use of this bunkering barge will enable Repatriation: Can be arranged. Coach leaves Bowen for Townsville, with vessels to bunker without leaving their loading berths or using road direct flights to New Zealand and Brisbane for other international tankers. connections. CONSULS: The following countries are represented: Fresh Water/Fuel/Diesel: Not available from wharf, there are no facilities. Austria Guatemala Norway Ship Chandler: Will attend vessel if necesary. Bonded stores are also Belgium Italy Peru available. Prices may be high due to transportation costs. Denmark Japan Philippines Finland Lebanon Portugal AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, P.O.Box 409, France Liberia Sweden Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. Germany Netherlands USA FAX: ␣61 (7) 3224-7234. Contact: Captain T. Caldwell, Regional Greece Harbour Master (Townsville). Tel: ␣61 (7) 4771-5135. Fax: ␣61 (7) REPAIRS: All repairs possible. 4721-2028. DRY DOCKS: None. Regional Harbour Master, 60 Ross Street South, P.O.Box 1921, SURVEYORS: E.J.C. Carr & Assoc. Pty. Ltd, 242 A St. Vincent Street, Townsville, Queensland 4810, Australia. Port Adelaide, S.A. 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8447-5924. Fax: ␣61 Terminal Operator: Abbot Point Bulkcoal Pty.Ltd., Abbot Point via (8) 8341-1564. Bowen, P.O.Box 207, Bowen, Queensland 4805, Australia. Tel: ␣61 ␣ GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Optional except for white spirit (7) 4786-0300. FAX: 61 (7) 4786-0305. Contact: B. Byrne, Shipping tankers. Cost varies according to time of shift. and Administration Superintendent (Email: [email protected]). OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Carried out by crew. CERTIFICATES: Last Port Customs Clearance. ADELAIDE, S.A.: 34.51 S. 138.30 E. (See Plan) Ship’s Register. Load Line Certificate. PORT LIMITS: Northern Limit: a line drawn due East from ␥ ␥ Safety Radio Certificate. Lat. 34 40.42' S., Long. 138 22.55' E. to shore. Safety Equipment. Southern Limit: a line drawn due East from Lat. 34␥ 51.30' S., ␥ Light Dues Receipt. Long. 138 24.80' E. to shore. Ship’s Articles (British Vessels). Western Limit: a line drawn between Lat. 34␥ 40.42' S., ␥ ␥ ␥ CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Each Crew member 200 cigarettes or Long. 138 22.55' E. to Lat. 34 51.30' S., Long. 138 24.80' E. 40 cigars or 8 oz. tobacco. Limited amounts of spirits per man. AUS No. 137, 780, 781, 345 and 444. Charts: CARGO GEAR: Accordance Australian Regulations. See ‘‘Melbourne’’. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Customs Officers board at the wharf and if any inspections required, REPATRIATION: Available. Department of Transport officials also board at the wharf. AIRPORT: Adelaide Airport 8 miles, regular airlines. PILOTAGE: Advance notice 24 hours, telegraphic requests through TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. ship’s Agent. VHF Channel 16. Call sign ‘‘Adelaide – Outer Harbour’’ HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day, Waterside Workers’ Picnic Day (late Pilot launch orange hull, yellow deck house, ‘‘Pilot’’ on each side in black January), Good Friday, Anzac Day (25th April), Adelaide Cup Day (3rd letters. Give pilot launch good lee and safe pilot ladder. Pilot boards Monday in May), Eight Hours Day (2nd Mon. October). Restricted 1.5 miles seaward of Entrance Beacon. holidays, Boxing Day, New Year’s Day. ANCHORAGES: One mile West of Entrance Beacon. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Port Adelaide Police 8207-6444. Fire RESTRICTIONS: Controlling depth in channel to container berth 39 ft. Brigade 8204-3825. 4 in. (12.0 m.) and to Inner Harbour 30 ft. (9.1 m.) ISLW. All vessels to TELEPHONES: Available. maintain 1 ft. (0.3 m.) keel clearance in berth at all times. SERVICES: Garbage disposal, cleaning out and fitting out and compass Night berthing/unberthing subject to Harbour Master’s approval. adjusting. 24 hour operations at Container Terminal. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Keel Clearance: 10% of draft with a minimum of 3 ft. (0.9 m.) under keel GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Compulsory daily garbage collection service at all times. using plastic mobile garbage bins (M.G.B’s) of 240 ltr. capacity which MAX. SIZE: Inner Harbour: 206 m. LOA, draft 31 ft. (9.4 m.) Neaps, are placed on board. Charges: $ 40.00 plus $ 2.70 per person per day. subject to tide; 34 ft. 6 in. (10.5 m.) Springs. Contractors: Waste Management Services Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (8) Outer Harbour (Container Berth): 945 ft. (288 m.) LOA, draft 37 ft. 8260-2122. (11.3 m.) Neaps, subject to tide; 39 ft. (11.9 m.) Springs. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Liquid road tankers (1␺16,000, 1␺8,000 and HEALTH: Free Pratique given by radio message. 1␺10,000 ltr. capacity) available from Envirogaro (Cleanaway). Tel: ␣61 VHF: Call sign ‘‘Adelaide Outer Harbour’’, Channels 6, 8, 12, 16 and 67. (8) 472777. Fax: ␣61 (8) 341-1829. TUGS: 4 tugs available (33 – 50 tons B.P.). SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Seafarer’s Centre, 2 Nelson Street, Port Adelaide. BERTHING: Tel: 8447-5733. Services: Telephone, snacks, bar, television, beds, table Depth Berth Length LAT Type Cargo Cranes tennis, snooker, library, showers, money exchange. Open daily from (m.) (m.) 1600 hrs. 13 & 14 303 9.3 Conventional Steel & scrap 2/6.5t travelling AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports South Australia, P.O.Box 19, 27 204 10.9 Bulk loading Cereals 2 loaders, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port Adelaide, S.A. 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 29 245 10.0 Dry bulk and — (8) 8447-0611, 0622. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8447-0606. Cables: Depmah. Repair H 304 11.2 Bulk loading Cement clinker Loader (Fixed) Email: [email protected] Osborne WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Manager, Marine 1 208 10.0 Bulk Liquid — Operations (Email: [email protected]). 2 159 9.6 Bulk Bulk liquid O.H. 1 185 11.5 General Sheep/Cars O.H. 2 183 11.2 General General — O.H. 3 150 11.2 Ro-Ro AIRLIE ISLAND: 21.20 S. 115.10 E. (See Plan) O.H. 4 214 11.2 Ro/Ro quarter Containers — ramp LOCATION: Airlie Island Terminal is now included within the port limits O.H. 6 300 13.2 Container Containers 1␺35t and of the ‘‘Port of Onslow’’ which is situated on the N.W. Australian Coast. berths 1␺45t container Airlie Island is 16 nautical miles N.N.E. from Onslow and 27 nautical crane 60t on miles South of Barrow Island in position Lat. 21␥ 20' S., Long. 115␥ 10' E. hook O.H. 7 300 Master should refer to latest Hydrographic Chart Aus. 743 and the Also see ‘‘Plans’’. Australian Pilot Volume V. The tanker mooring is situated 1.0 nautical BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Berth No. 27: Bulk Grain Loader: Two mile N.N.E. of Airlie Island. travelling loading booms with spouts. Crude oil produced from the Chervil offshore oil field is brought ashore Maximum Outreach from Wharf Edge: South boom 18.1 m., North boom to storage and loading facilities on Airlie Island. 17.7 m. Potential gross loading rate for wheat 1,450 t.p.h. Boom Crude oil produced from the Chervil Field is piped ashore to production clearance at wharf edge 15.1 m. above Chart Datum. and storage facilities on Airlie Island. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 89 AUSTRALIA The crude oil storage situated on Airlie Island consists of 2 floating Table: Tanker Pre-Load Information Sheet roof storage tanks, a pump station, Chervil process plant and associated pipework. The Island is manned on a 24 hour basis. Fax to NWA – (08) 9486 9800 Att.: Production Superintendent Chervil is located 5 nautical miles East of Airlie in Lat. 21␥ 18' 23" S., Long. 115␥ 13' 47" E. From: Date: PILOTAGE: The pilot boarding ground is 15 nautical miles North of Airlie TANKER PRE-LOAD INFORMATION – AIRLIE PROJECT ␥ ␥ Island in position Lat. 21 10' S., Long. 115 06' E. Pilot will communicate Next Tanker Name Fax contact number for tanker: with the ship via VHF from the pilot boat prior to boarding. When the pilot is boarding the Master should ensure that a good lee is provided Shipping Agent: Tel: Fax: and that the pilot ladder is rigged in compliance with current SOLAS Surveyor’s Company: Tel: Fax: regulations. Pilotage to the Airlie Island mooring is compulsory. Airlie Island is now Due Date and Time: incorporated within the Port of Onslow and there are 2 gazetted pilots From Where: for this port. On completion of mooring, the Pilot/Loading Master will act Cargo 1 Volume and ␥API: as terminal representative, liasing with the tanker’s Master on all matters relating to safety, loading and commercial papers. Cargo 2 Volume and ␥API: As soon as possible prior to arrival at the pilot boarding ground the Have Cargoes been fingerprinted by AMOSC? tanker should establish communications with the Airlie Island on VHF Cargo 1: Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Cargo 2: Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Channel 74. Shipping Agent to Tel: (03) 5272 1555 to confirm. ANCHORAGES: Recommended Anchorage: Vessels waiting for the ␥ Fuel, Bunkers C Volume and berth are recommended to anchor in position Lat. 21 10' S., ␥ Long. 115␥ 06' E. The holding ground in this area is poor and Masters API: should exercise caution when anchoring or lying at anchor. Diesel Volume: RESTRICTIONS: Terminal operates 24 hours. Anticipate Airlie Crude Load: Also see ‘‘Max. Size’’. MAX. SIZE: Specifications for tankers berthing at Airlie Island should Destination: conform to the following dimensions and draft restrictions: Will Customs Agents be in attendance? The CBM is designed for tankers size between 30,000 d.w.tonnes Yes ⌼ No ⌼ If Yes, how many ..... and 120,000 d.w.tonnes Will Ship’s Agents be in attendance? The maximum design dimensions are: Yes ⌼ No ⌼ If Yes, how many ..... 300 m. length overall 50 m. beam Will Surveyor’s Agents be in attendance? 120,000 d.w.tonnes Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Max. draft restriction of 13.8 m. fully loaded. Pilot Name: Stirling Marine Services Arrival Draft: Vessels should arrive with a maximum ballast draft to assist Tel: (08) 9335 8444 Fax: (08) 9335 3286 berthing or suitable to the Pilot/Loading Master or where appropriate at IMO draft, without exceeding the maximum draft of 13.8 m. This information supplied by: ...... on ...... (Date) Water Depth: In the berth and approach channel there is a least depth and onpassed by Production Superintendent to: of 15.3 m. To provide a safe margin there is a minimum under keel ⌼ Airlie Island P.I.C. ⌼ Pilot clearance of 1.5 m. to be maintained at all times. Maximum arrival and ⌼ Emergency Response ⌼ Mermaid Marine by fax departure draft is restricted to 13.8 m. Room White Board If the berth or channel is subject to a swell in excess of 0.5 m. the ⌼ Logistics and Technical Assistant underkeel clearance may be increased at the discretion of the By: ...... (Production Superintendent) ...... Date Pilot/Loading Master. VHF: Perth Communications: Novus West Australia Pty.Ltd. – Office: Tel: (08) 9486 7700. Fax: (08) 9846 9800. The ship will have ready 8 ship’s lines and the capacity to Airlie Island: Tel: (08) 9184 6100. Fax: (08) 9184 6240. VHF: secure 8 shore lines. Channel 74. (b) Fairlead positions should be noted to avoid lines crossing each ETA Advice: Master must ensure that Novus West Australia is advised other. of the tanker’s ETA 96 hours prior to arrival and ETA is confirmed or (c) Ship can be berthed either heading East or West depending on updated at 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival. When within weather and tidal conditions. Pilot will advise once on board. range of Airlie Island contact should be established on VHF Channel 74 (d) Manifold and derrick/crane to be used will depend on direction of before going to the VHF working channel. berthing. Loading hose will be brought aboard from the Airlie Pre-Arrival Messages: The 96 hour pre-arrival message should also Island side of the tanker (Southern side of the mooring). advise arrival draft and answer the following questions: (e) Running Lines: Ship’s lines will be run and secured to 8 buoys On receipt of the Pre-Arrival messages, the Shipping Agent is to by line boat. ensure the Australian Marine Oil Spill Centre (AMOSC) (Tel: (03) 5272 Note: If ship is equipped with wires then there is a minimum 1555 (after hours (016) 379 328), Fax: (03) 5272 1839, requirement to have 12 m. rope tails of suitable strength fitted. Email: [email protected]) have the specifications for any oil cargo, This is to allow safe handling of wires by the line boat. which has not been fingerprinted by AMOSC, on board the vessel, so (f) Ship will be required to lower a suitable messenger line to the that an appropriate oil spill response plan can be formulated. The Tanker line boat to retrieve shore lines. Pre-Load Information Sheet (See ’’Table’’) will be used to identify these CARGO OPERATIONS: The propeller shall not be turned with the main cargoes. engine while the flexible loading hose is connected or after it has been BP Oil will provide NWA with the information requested in the form at disconnected without notifying the Pilot/Loading Master. least 1 week prior to the offtake. Master and Pilot/Loading Master will exchange relevant information NWA Airlie Island Crude Oil Terminal General Information and regarding start of loading, maximum loading rate, slow down and Description Manual of July 1998 will always be available to any Tanker stopping procedure. Tankers are required to maintain a 1.5 m. under Master through NWA Pilot and Shipping Agent. keel clearance (UKC) at all times whilst at the loading terminal, unless An AMSA Report – AMSA 355 of 12/97 – of suspected deficiencies the pilot advises that this may be increased. on vessel will be completed by Pilot during this loading and forwarded Loading Line: A 508 mm. (20 in.) loading line runs N.N.E. ␺ 1.0 nautical by him to AMSA, BP and NWA, whether or not deficiencies are found. miles from Airlie Island to the PLEM at the tanker mooring. Attached to MOORING: When the tanker has been manoeuvred into the berth, the the PLEM is a submarine hose string consisting of 11 lengths of 10 m. mooring launch will run the ship’s lines, preventers and swamp moorings ␺ 16 in. diameter hose and one length of 10 m.␺300 mm. (12 in.) as required by the Pilot/Loading Master. diameter rail hose. At the end of the rail hose is a butterfly valve and a When the tanker is safely moored at the terminal the Pilot/Loading 12 in. quick connect Camlock coupling plus blind flange. The hose string Master and the Novus West Australia operator will commence pick-up has a maximum working pressure of 1,550 kPa. operations of the submarine hose. Tank Storage: 2␺150,000 barrel floating roof tanks. The tanker mooring is an 8 leg conventional buoy mooring (CBM). Pump Capacity: The pump station consists of 2 TKL Worthington The berth is aligned 285␥/105␥ with the mean flood/ebb tides running ␥ ␥ centrifugal pumps delivering an average load rate of 2,000 cu.m./hr. 094 /291 respectively. Manifold: Tankers must present a 12 in. manifold in compliance with the The 8 buoy mooring consists of pile driven anchor points: ‘‘Oil Companies Maritime Forum’’ (OCIMF) guidelines. 65 m. ground chain 81 mm. Derrick/Crane: Tankers must have certified derricks or cranes with a 55 m. chain 87 mm. minimum SWL of 10 tonnes. 6 m. chain 81 mm. ␥ Buoy with 1␺100 tonnes quick release hook and preventer consisting Product: Airlie Light Crude – API 44 . of 50 m. of 52 mm. wire, highload swivel, 100 m. of 80 mm. polyester BALLAST: There are no dirty ballast or slop reception facilities at Airlie superline rope with a minimum breaking load of 150 tonnes. Island Tanker Terminal. Vessel’s Masters can be held responsible for The seabed in the vicinity of the tanker mooring is smooth hard caprock the introduction of any marine pests into the Airlie environment if Ballast with patchy sand cover, consequently the holding ground in the area is Sampling, at the discretion of NWA, finds such pests or organisms in considered poor. It should be noted by Masters that the ship’s anchor ballast water discharged at Airlie Terminal. cannot be considered to be an integral part of the mooring system and Ballast water from other ports is not allowed to be discharged at the all preventers, swamp moorings and ship’s lines required must be passed Airlie Terminal. and secured for the tanker to be considered safely moored. Ballast Water Management Plan: Tankers must have on board a The normal arrangement is for one ship’s line to be secured to each ship-specific ballast water management plan as required in Australian of the 8 buoys and a total of 8 shore lines to be taken onboard and waters from 1st August 1998. Guidelines for such management plans secured (8 buoy preventers). The shore lines are to be made fast to have been issued by Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service bitts rather than put on winches. (AQIS). Equipment and Ropes: The purpose of these Guidelines is to inform shipping entering (a) Tankers using the mooring unit must be capable of passing and Australia from overseas of Australia’s requirements in relation to the securing ship’s ropes, receiving and making fast shore control of ballast water and sediment discharge to minimise the risks of preventers. introduction into Australian coastal waters of harmful marine organisms.

90 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA AQIS has the authority under the Quarantine Act of 1908 to require ALBANY, W.A.: 35.02 S. 117.53 E. (See Plan) reporting on ballast water management. Novus WA has informed BP and some known ship’s Agents of these guidelines (July 1998). PORT LIMITS: All the waters of King George Sound and Princess Royal Deballasting: Tankers should not commence discharge of segregated Harbour Westward of a line drawn from Herald Point to Bald Head. ballast without permission of the Pilot/Loading Master. With the available DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. depth of water at the mooring, larger tankers in ballast may in certain PILOTAGE: Compulsory for vessels over 150 g.r.t. Service provided by weather conditions find it more appropriate to discharge ballast after Albany Port Authority. Captain C. Shuttleworth (Harbour Master) departure from mooring. Vessel’s Masters will be held responsible for available on Pager No. 016983366. Tel: (0898) 413056. discharge of ballast water with an Oil in Water (OIW) content greater Fax: (0898) 417566. than 20 ppm (parts per million). Pilot boards vessel with King Point Light bearing 292␥␺3 miles. Pollution: Address: 85 Brunswick Road (P.O.Box 175), Albany, W.A.6330. Tankers shall: ANCHORAGES: King Point Light, bearing 292␥, distance 3 miles, or as (a) Comply with the relevant provisions of the International directed by Agent’s radio message. There is a Prohibited Anchorage of Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships defined as 0.5 miles radius from a position on the line of main leads midway between the ‘‘Convention’’ in the Pollution of Waterways by Oil and Noxious Buoys No. 1 and 2. Substances Act 1987 of the State of Western Australia and the RESTRICTIONS: The Entrance Channel from King George Sound to Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) 1983 Princess Royal Harbour has a width of 550 m. land to land. The of the Commonwealth, those Acts and other legislation of the Navigation Channel therein being 145 m. wide, with a depth of State or Commonwealth pertaining to pollution. 12.8 m. – 12.2 m. LWOST. Depth of Swinging Basin in the harbour is (b) Comply with Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service (AQIS) 12.20 m. and vessels with a draft of 11.50 m. can work No. 3 Berth and Ballast Water Management Plan requirements of Guidelines 9.8 m. No’s. 1 and 2 Berths. Although some margin is allowed at the effective from 1st August 1998. Harbour Master’s discretion, dependent upon weather and tidal (c) Masters must ensure that the tanker is capable of compliance conditions, (HHW 0.9 m.). Vessels up to 200 m. LOA can be berthed with all relevent ISGOTT (International Safety Guide for Oil day or night. Vessels over 200 m. LOA daylight only. Tankers and Terminals) recommendations (February 1996 MAX. SIZE: LOA 225 m., beam 32 m., draft 11.5 m. at Berth No. 3 and edition). 9.8 m. at Berths No. 1 and 2, deadweight 38,000 tonnes. (d) Provide evidence to Novus West Australia that the tanker is HEALTH: Master should supply answers to a prescribed questionnaire enrolled in the International Tanker Owner’s Pollution Federation 24 hours before arrival. Details of the questionnaire can be obtained (ITOPF) Agreement effective February 1997. from vessel’s Agent and answers should be sent to Agent, who will (e) Provide evidence to NWA that the tanker has in force insurances arrange pratique. and certificates as are required of the owner of ships under VHF: Call sign is ‘‘Albany Port’’ and is normally open 0830 – 1700 hrs. Australian law. Monday to Friday except holidays. Otherwise by special arrangement UNMOORING: Channels 6, 12 and 16. Sailing Draft: Tankers will be advised of the allowable sailing draft by TUGS: 2 tugs available, bollard pull 27 tons and 30 tons. Normally tugs’ the Pilot/Loading Master. lines are used. Sailing: On completion of loading the submarine hose will be laid back BERTHING: onto the seabed. The preventers and swamp moorings will be released King George Sound: Safe anchorages are available. and laid back onto the seabed as appropriate. The mooring launch will Princess Royal Harbour: The following berths are available: then assist in letting go the ship’s lines as required. Land Backed Wharf: A continuous wharf face of 608 m. allocated into The unmooring procedure may be varied, particularly should the 3 berths. Berth No. 1: 209 m., depth 10.4 m. Berth No. 2: 172 m., vessel have to vacate the berth in strong winds or adverse weather, and depth 10.4 m. Berth No. 3: 227 m., depth 12.2 m. There is no swell at some ship’s lines may be released before the preventers. This will be any of these berths. at the discretion of the Pilot who will discuss procedures with the Master. Max. permissible ship draft at LW is 11.5 m. at Berth No. 3 and 9.8 m. DEPARTURE: When the vessel is clear of the berth the Pilot/Loading at Berths No. 1 and 2. Master will ensure that all Novus West Australia equipment is returned Load/discharge is by ship’s gear other than loading of grain on to the mooring launch, that all the commercial paperwork is completed, Berth No. 3 which is by shore equipment. including the AMSA Report (Not reproduced), and will conduct the vessel The wharf berths are served by road. to the pilot boarding ground. Berth Uses: No. 1 Wharf has a transit shed with a floor space of TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. 4,300 sq.m. and is used mainly for general cargoes. Whilst the berth GARBAGE DISPOSAL: No service. has not been constructed to receive Ro/Ro vessels, it has been possible WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No service. to work them at this berth. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. No. 2 Wharf is used for loading of livestock and the discharge of rock GENERAL: Weather Reports: Weather reports will be sent to vessel phosphate, sulphur and for general cargoes. This wharf has also been during loading on a 12 hour basis. Airlie Island is located in a tropical designed as a secure wharf for petroleum products discharge. cyclone belt during the months from November to April. With the No. 3 Wharf is a general purpose berth and has been designed for development of any storms, more frequent weather reports, including receiving Ro/Ro vessels and container traffic, although it is used mainly hourly position broadcasts will be received. for the loading of bulk grain. It should be noted that with any forecast of a Northerly wind, tanker CRANES: No cranes are available and ships use their own gear. berthing may be delayed. If the vessel is positioned in the berth and BULK CARGO FACILITIES: All berths are capable of receiving bulk wind direction swings Northerly, the Pilot will be informed and the cargo via ships gear and grabs into hoppers and road trucks. situation reviewed as to whether to cease loading and to vacate the No. 3 Wharf has a grain loading facility consisting of conveyors, berth. Likewise if windspeed exceeds 30 knots during loading, the 3 loading booms and spouts of which any 2 can operate together. The situation will be reviewed as to cease loading and vacate the berth. design loading rate (wheat) is 1,600 t.p.h. The facility is also designed Tides: The mean flood tide flows 094␥ with the mean ebb tide flowing to load 50,000 d.w.t vessels, although vessels up to 67,000 d.w.t. have 291␥. The maximum speed of the tidal flow is approximately 0.5 knots. been accommodated on occasions. The nearest standard port is Onslow but tidal heights and times may be STEVEDORES: By private companies. determined by using site specific data obtainable from the Pilot/Loading Normal Working Day: Day Shift (Ordinary Time) 0730 to 1530 hrs. Master. Normal tidal range is approximately 2.0 m. Evening Shift (Time and a Half) 1530 to 2330 hrs. Night Shift (Double Safety: The Pilot/Loading Master may check some or all the ship’s Time) 2330 to 0730 hrs. Saturday (Double Time) 0730 to 1530 hrs., certificates prior to berthing and any equipment or ship’s ropes as Sunday (Double Time) 0730 to 1530 hrs. and 1530 to 2330 hrs. appropriate. MEDICAL: No advance notice except in case of serious illness to be After berthing the tanker will be required to ensure that the following included in arrival cable, ample hospital facilities available. safety practices are completed prior to commencement of loading: TANKERS: Discharging facilities are provided only at No. 2 Wharf where 1. Ship/Shore safety check list is completed. the hose is 200 mm., connecting to a 300 mm. main. Loading facilities 2. Smoking regulations are adhered to. are provided on all 3 berths from 100 mm. hoses. 3. Emergency satchel is placed in the mooring launch. Max. drafts at these berths are Berth Nos. 1 and 2, 9.8 m. and Berth 4. Both lifeboats are turned out to the embarkation deck. No. 3, 11.5 m. 5. Fire fighting and pollution equipment is ready for immediate use. DENSITY: Average salinity of water in the port is 1026 – 1027. 6. Isolate impressed current cathodic protection systems before FRESH WATER: Available at all berths at a rate of approximately berthing. 60 – 80 t.p.h. Unlimited quantities available. Supply by 62 mm. hoses The Pilot/Loading Master will liaise with the Master on all matters metered individually or if more hose required from 200 mm. main meter. relating to safety of the vessel and loading operations. Masters should FUEL: Light marine diesel oil is available at all berths from pipeline or be ready to vacate the berth and put to sea at short notice when road tanker. Pipeline approximately 100 t.p.h. requested to do so and sufficient crew should always be on hand to tend FIRE PRECAUTIONS: During receival of fuel, Berth No. 2 is isolated moorings and assist with release of loading hose. and all Australian Association of Port and Marine Authorities’ guidelines Cathodic Protection: Before berthing, Masters must ensure that vessels complied with. fitted with impressed current cathodic protection systems are switched CONSULS: None. off and remain off while in the berth. REPAIRS: A slipway of 300 tonne capacity is available. Small repairs Agents: Tankers must make their own arrangements to appoint agents. only are dealt with by Board of Trade Engineers. Shore based facilities Customs and Quarantine: Tankers requiring customs and/or clearances for minor engine repairs. Local shipwrights are available. must make appropriate arrangements through their agents. SURVEYORS: Cargo Inspectors: S.G.S., C.A.S.C.O. and Associated Agents/Customs – Arrange own transport to Onslow. Helicopter Marine Surveyors, W.A., Lloyd’s Register, American Bureau, Bureau provided from Onslow to Airlie Island. Veritas available at 4 hours notice from Fremantle. OPERATOR: Novus West Australia Pty. Ltd., Level 3, 76 Kings Park The Harbour Master is available for Draft, Hold and On-Hire surveys. Road, West Perth, WA 6005, Australia. (Postal address: GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Gangway watchmen required on all P.O.Box 1802, West Perth, WA 6872). Tel: ␣61 (8) 9486-7700. Australian crewed vessels and foreign fuel tankers. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9322-1197, 9486-9800. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Normally carried out by ships crew. Email: [email protected] Contact: Glen Herrera, CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Each crew member 200 cigarettes or Production Superintendent. 40 cigars or 250 gm. tobacco; spirits 1 litre per person. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 91 AUSTRALIA REPATRIATION: Crew changes and repatriation can be carried out with AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 19, Port Adelaide, S.A. 5015, little difficulty. Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8447-0611. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8447-0605. AIRPORT: Airport located 11 km. from port with domestic flights to Perth. Contact: Division Manager, Port Operations. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Operator: Ausbulk, Main Coast Road, Ardrossan, SA 5571, Australia. HOLIDAYS: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. Tel: ␣61 (88) 373306. FAX: ␣61 (88) 373639. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: 98410555; Ambulance WWW: www.ausbulk.com.au Contact: Tim Gurney, Operations Tel: 98423077; Fire Tel: 98412122. Co-Ordinator (Email: [email protected]). EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: State Emergency Service contacted through Police Tel: 98410555. TELEPHONES: Telephones are available at all berths. Arrangements BARROW ISLAND, W.A.: 20.49 S. 115.33 E. made through Agents. (See Plan) SERVICES: Some radio and radar repair facilities available. Minor electrical and mechanical repairs. LOCATION: The port is situated on the Eastern side of Barrow Island, BANKS: Commonwealth Trading, 261 York Street. Tel: 98412022. Western Australia. The moorings are located approximately 9.875 km. Australia & New Zealand, 23 Albany Highway. Tel: 98411300. offshore at Lat. 20␥ 48' 57" S., Long. 115␥ 33' 09" E. Refer to the current National Commercial, 250 York Street. Tel: 98412655. hydrographic Chart No. AUS 742 for further information. Rural & Industries, 232 York Street. Tel: 98411288. PORT LIMITS: 7 nautical miles radius from intersection point at Westpac Banking Corp., 281 York Street. Tel: 98411722. Lat. 20␥ 46' 50" S., Long. 115␥ 27' 54" E. STORING: Vessels can be stored by launch in King George Sound or DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’ and ‘‘Health’’. alongside the berth by road. Stores can be loaded during cargo ARRIVAL: Arrival position: On arrival at the port, the tanker should operations. Forklifts can use all wharves. For stores Customs Form 43 proceed to a position (‘‘Arrival Position’’), approximately 2 nautical miles to be submitted giving details of stores. For any storing in excess of East of the Terminal. 3 hours W.W.F. labour must be engaged. Crane/Derrick: The tanker shall arrive with a crane/derrick rigged on the SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Fremantle Tug Operators, c/o Hall’s Shipping starboard side and in all respects ready to lift equipment including the & General Agencies, Port Road, Albany, W.A. 6330. hose connection equipment from a mooring vessel at the Arrival Position. Bairstow AG & ME, 13 Alicia Street, Albany, W.A. 6330. NOTICE OF READINESS: Subject to any agreement between the Servicing of ships in this area is done by launch, as helicopters are Owner and the Vendor of the crude oil to be lifted, provided that Chevron not readily available to take off sick personnel. Ocean Services Albany is supplied with a copy of that agreement not less than 5 days before operate launches and a 50 ft. tug which are used for servicing ships in the ETA. Notice of Readiness will be accepted when the tanker is all the area. fast in the berth, i.e. when all mooring lines, back-up lines and swamped The transfer of personnel and transport of stores is carried out by mooring lines are made fast. launch. Sick seamen are usually transfered using the pilot boat. MINIMUM STANDARDS OF ACCEPTANCE: A tanker will be accepted Communication is done by VHF. for loading at the Terminal provided it conforms to the minimum SHORE LEAVE: No restrictions. requirements described herein. Chevron may at its discretion refuse to IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Not required. moor or load any tanker which does not conform to the requirements or GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Container available for dry garbage and drums is deficient in any manner whatsoever. In all cases, the Tanker Suitability available for wet garbage alongside. For service Tel: 98-412759. Assessment Form must be completed. Charges A$ 45.00 per day plus A$ 3.00 per crew member per day. 1. Size: See ‘‘Max. Size’’. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Tanker trucks only, capacity 1,500 gallons. 2. Tanker Loading: Tankers loading at the Marine Terminal must Current rate A$ 130.00 per load. Operator: Albany Waste Disposal. comply with the latest SOLAS and MARPOL Conventions and Tel: (98) 41-2467, after hours (98) 44-7656. Protocols. Tankers found to be deficient or substandard in safety SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen (Flying Angel), Lot 12, requirements will not be permitted to moor and load. Princess Royal Drive (P.O. Box 1299), Albany, West Australia 6330. 3. Deballasting: The Terminal will not be responsible for any free water Tel: (98) 41-2440. Located within 5 minutes walking distance from all or deadfreight. For acceptance at the Terminal, tankers must have wharves. Facilities: Canteen, international telephone calls, bus tours, segregated ballast tanks or otherwise comply with the ballast sporting events arranged, chapel/church services, postal facilities, regulations (See ‘‘Ballast’’). There are no reception facilities at the library, pool, table tennis, currency exchange. Terminal for the discharge of dirty ballast. DELAYS: Not normally experienced unless waiting for another vessel 4. Inert Gas System: The cargo tanks will be checked on arrival to on grain loading or deep draft Berth No. 3. verify that they are inerted to 8% oxygen or less by volume and GENERAL: Quarantine incinerator available. pressurised as required by existing regulations. Vessels with tanks AUTHORITY: Albany Port Authority, 85 Brunswick Road, Albany, not properly inerted, and/or with an inoperative inert gas system, W.A. Postal Address: P.O.Box 175, Albany, W.A. 6330. Tel: (Office) will be rejected. In the event of failure of the inert gas system during (98) 413056. FAX: (98) 417566. Cables: 6AHMDMHALB. tanker loading/deballasting operations, or if the tank atmosphere Contact: Captain C. Shuttleworth, Harbour Master. exceeds 8% oxygen, cargo/ballast operations will be stopped, and if the deficiency is not promptly corrected, the tanker will be removed from the berth. ARDROSSAN, S.A.: 34.26 S. 137.55 E. (See Plan) 5. Mooring Equipment: Tankers shall be equipped with mooring equipment which complies with the minimum specifications DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. described in this regulation. APPROACHES: Navigation Beacon: The light beacon, flashing white (i) Mooring Winches: The tanker shall be equipped with mooring every second, marks the Northern side of the seaward limit of the winches which shall: dredged exit channel. ␥ (a) Be power operated and capable of warping the tanker. Lead Lights: Lead light towers line up on a grid bearing 249 . Towers (b) Have a mooring line permanently attached. are located approximately 10 m. from the clifftop edge and approximately (c) Be capable of making fast mooring lines by securing the 610 m. from clifftop edge. brake on the winch. PILOTAGE: Compulsory (except for Ausbulk vessels). 24 hours notice (d) Have warping drums capable of handling preventer lines required. Pilot boards one mile East of berth. and swamped mooring lines. MAX. SIZE: Max. size 46,000 d.w.t. for berthing and loading. Max. LOA (e) If equipped with constant tension devices, have these 200 m. devices disconnected and the brake fully applied. HEALTH: Officials board at berth. 24 hours notice required. VHF: ‘‘Ardrossan Port’’ on Channel 16. Manned weekdays 0730 hrs. – (f) Number at least 8 and be located in the following 1200 hrs. and 1245 hrs. – 1615 hrs. positions: TUGS: Available from Port Adelaide. Poop deck – 4. BERTHING: Foc’sle head – One each, port and starboard, located in Ausbulk Jetty: such a position that the port and starboard swamp Length 931 m. ‘‘T’’ head–6Dolphins and 2 mooring platforms. Total mooring lines may be hove in and made fast to adjacent berth length 409 m. Continuous fendering installed from Dolphin No. 2 mooring bitts (a single winch in this position, located so to Dolphin No. 5 for 160 m. length. Depth of water – 9.2 m. MLWS. that ropes may be similarly handled from either side, may Loading is via a belt conveyor system. A fixed loading boom be acceptable). necessitates vessel warping along ‘‘T’’ head during loading. Aft main deck – One each, port and starboard. Tankers Loading rates: Dolomite 2,400 t.p.h. fitted with only one winch in the aft main deck area will Wheat 800 t.p.h. be accepted provided a line can be deployed Barley 800 t.p.h. mechanically from that winch to each beam. On tankers Boom: fitted with only one winch, where only one of the two lines Height of chute above MLWS – 16.18 m. Loading chute extends across can be handled (hauled or veered) at once, berthing may vessel from wharf face – 16.1 m. be delayed in marginal weather. A tanker will not be STEVEDORES: Arranged with private companies. accepted where only one mechanical line can be Operations: Working hours are flexible to suit vessel’s requirements. deployed and the other would be handled by hand. Working Hours – Night Shift 0001 – 0800 hrs. (ii) Mooring Bitts: The tanker shall have at least 8 sets of mooring Day Shift 0800 – 1600 hrs. bitts. Each set shall be of a size and located near a mooring Afternoon Shift 1600 – 2359 hrs. winch to enable making fast the preventer lines or the FRESH WATER: Small quantities can be made available by special swamped mooring lines as the case may be. arrangement. (Flow rate is approximately 3 tonnes/hour). (iii) Mooring Lines: FUEL: Not available. (a) The mooring line on each mooring winch shall have a GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. minimum breaking strain (MBL) of 80 tonnes. Tankers WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. with mooring lines with a MBL of less than 80 tonnes will SEAMAN’S CLUBS: No seaman’s clubs. only be accepted at the discretion of Chevron. Tankers Religious contact: Les Adams, Weetulta. Tel: 88352233. with mooring lines of less than 80 tonnes MBL may be Post office and shops available in Ardrossan (2 km.). subject to greater than normal delays awaiting berthing WEATHER: Tide: Average rise and fall 1.8 m. – 2.4 m. max. 3.1 m. at in marginal weather conditions. Spring tides. (b) Each mooring line shall have a minimum length of 220 m.

92 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (c) Each mooring line, if a wire line, shall have a fibre tail Accommodation: The tanker shall provide victualling and (attached to each wire) provided by the Terminal, accommodation for the Pilot/Mooring Master and Tanker Safety Officer. 25 m. long ␺ 56 mm. diameter with polyester mooring Additional personnel may at times be required by Chevron to board tail. tankers. The Pilot/Mooring Master will advise numbers on such (iv) Bow Anchors: The bow anchors shall: occasions. (a) Be located on each port and starboard bow. Also see ‘‘Mooring’’. (b) Have a minimum of 10 shackles (shots) of chain in RESTRICTIONS: Minimum Water Depth/Underkeel Clearance: The tankers up to 50,000 tonnes load displacement and a minimum water depth in the vicinity of the berth and in the approach minimum of 12 shackles in tankers over 50,000 tonnes channel is 12.0 m. below C.D. Barrow Island Tanker Moorings. A copy load displacement. of the latest hydrographic certificate of the depth of the water is available (c) Comply with a Classification Society recognised by the from the Pilot/Mooring Master on request. Australian Maritime Safety Authority. To provide a safety margin, should sailing be delayed for any reason, (v) Crane/Derrick: The tanker shall have a crane or derrick on the the following underkeel clearance shall be maintained at all times up to starboard side with a minimum SWL of 10 tonnes. and including the low water following the tanker’s projected sailing time Arrangements for lifting and securing hose must comply with as follows: the Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) (a) for tankers up to 33 m. beam – not less than 1.56 m.; or recommendations. (b) for tankers over 33 m. beam – clearances specified below: (vi) Personnel: The tanker shall provide competent personnel to Beam Underkeel Clearance perform, supervise and approve all work to connect and (m.) (m.) disconnect the loading hose. 33.0 1.56 (vii) Manifold Specification: The tanker’s manifold shall be capable 34.0 1.60 of being connected to a 300 ANSI Flangelok coupling and 35.0 1.63 comply with OCIMF Standards for Oil Tanker Manifolds and 36.0 1.67 Associated Equipment. 37.0 1.71 (viii) Responsibility of Owner: The onus is exclusively on the Master 38.0 1.74 or Owner to ensure that the tanker is seaworthy, and that all 39.0 1.78 equipment is and remains in good working order and condition. 40.0 1.81 Failure by Chevron to reject any tanker not meeting the 41.0 1.85 requirements will not relieve the Owner of liability. 42.0 1.89 6. Safety and Pollution: 43.0 1.92 (i) Safety: 44.0 1.96 (a) Tankers, which could in the opinion of Chevron possibly 45.0 2.00 contravene the International Convention for the Safety of 46.0 2.03 Life at Sea 1974 as amended by the 1978/88 Solas 47.0 2.07 Protocol, will not be accepted. Arrival Condition: Tanker shall arrive ballasted to at least one quarter of (b) Tankers shall be in a state of readiness at all times to its Summer deadweight tonnage, with propeller (and bow thruster if fitted) leave the moorings. Engines should be on 10 minutes submerged, unless directed to carry more ballast by the Pilot/Mooring notice. Master during adverse weather. Tankers should have a stern trim of Tankers visiting the Barrow Island Marine Terminal must less than 4.0 m. comply with the minimum safety requirements specified Also see ‘‘Pilotage – Restrictions’’. in the ISGOTT. MAX. SIZE: The Marine Terminal is restricted to Tankers which have: (ii) Pollution: Tankers shall: (a) A loaded displacement of up to 105,000 tonnes. (a) Comply with the relevant provisions of the International (b) A maximum beam of 47.0 m. Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (c) A maximum slab side area of 4,838 sq.m., being the product of defined as the ‘‘Convention’’ in the Pollution of Waters the overall length and moulded depth. by Oil and Noxious Substances Act 1987 of the State of Tankers with a slab side area in excess of 4,838 sq.m. may be Western Australia and the Protection of the Sea accepted for berthing and loading, provided that the tanker has been (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) Act 1983 of the subject of computer mooring analysis by Chevron Petroleum Technology Commonwealth, and comply with other legislation of the Company. State or Commonwealth pertaining to pollution. HEALTH: Tankers arriving from foreign ports must make prior (b) Ensure that no rubbish is dumped from the tanker at or arrangements for Quarantine and Customs Clearance through their near the Marine Terminal. agents. Port Walcott, Western Australia, is the nearest port where (c) Provide evidence to Chevron that the tanker has in force Customs and Quarantine Clearances can be obtained. insurances and certificates as are required of the Owner RADIO: Initial Message: All incoming tankers must advise the Barrow of ships under Australian law. Island Marine Terminal of their estimated time of arrival (ETA) not less 7. Tanker Inspections: than 96 hours before arrival, and thereafter at intervals of 48 hours, (a) When nominating a tanker for loading at the Terminal, the 24 hours and 12 hours before arrival at the Arrival Position. Should the Shipper shall provide Chevron with a statement in writing, that expected ETA change by more than 1 hour following the 12 hour arrival the nominated tanker has satisfactorily undergone a ship notice, the incoming tanker must promptly notify the Terminal of the new inspection, based on OCIMF guidelines, and that the results arrival time. of the inspection are acceptable to the Shipper as at the time Time to be used for ETA is local time, which is UTC plus 8 hours of inspection, and at the time of nomination. throughout the year. (b) Where a tanker has undergone an inspection as specified in The first message should also include: 7(a), Chevron, at its absolute discretion, may accept the tanker 1. Name of tanker and flag. for loading at the Terminal, subject to the tanker undergoing 2. Inmarsat telephone number including satellite in use (872 or 873). an inspection prior to loading commencing, by a qualified 3. Inmarsat fax number including satellite in use (872 or 873). inspector at the Shipper’s sole cost. In such case, Notice of 4. Name of P&I Club. 5. Cargo requirements in cu.m. at 15␥C. Readiness shall not be tendered until the Shipper provides 6. (a) Total quantity and condition of ballast. Chevron with a written statement, including, without limitation (b) Ballast to be discharged at Chevron Terminal. by fax or telex, that the inspection was satisfactory. (c) Ballast loaded in which port? PILOTAGE: Pilot Boarding: The pilot ladder shall be available to the 7. Maximum loading rate through 1␺12 in. hose. Pilot/Mooring Master and be kept at a proper height for his safe use for 8. Arrival draft. boarding and disembarkation. When the distance from the water to the 9. Estimated departure draft. deck exceeds 9.0 m., the pilot ladder shall be rigged with the 10. Distance bridge to bow in metres. accommodation ladder or an approved mechanical pilot boarding 11. Distance bow to manifold in metres. appliance used. Tanker shall provide adequate lee for embarking and 12. Are all tanks inerted below 8%? disembarking Pilot/Mooring Master, who will board at the arrival position. 13. Can vessel carry out closed loading? The hose connection equipment is contained in 2 large metal boxes 14. Master’s name as he wishes it to appear on the Bills of Lading. which should be lifted onboard at the Arrival Position and landed just 15. Last Port of Call. forward of the starboard manifold. 16. Next Port of Call. Order of Berthing: Tankers will normally berth in the order of arrival, but 17. Discharge port of Barrow Island crude oil. due regard will also be given to nominated date ranges, and such other 18. Confirmation that tanker has a Clean Bill of Health. matters as Chevron deems relevant to a fair and necessary berthing 19. What electrical voltage has tanker and what socket type? order. 20. Number of shackles (shots) of cable on each anchor cable. Restrictions: Berthing shall take place in accordance with the 21. (a) Number and location of mooring wires/ropes on winches. requirements laid down in Chevron’s Marine Operating Procedures (b) Number and location of spare mooring ropes. Manual: 22. (a) Diameter and breaking strain of mooring ropes/wires. (a) During the ebb tide, generally near slack water. (b) Diameter and breaking strain of spare mooring ropes. (b) When sustained wind speeds at the berth do not exceed 20 knots. 23. Are mooring bitts located so that back-up lines may be hove in (c) When the sea is less than 0.7 m. and made fast to the bitts? (d) Provided that forecast winds do not exceed 25 knots and sea does 24. Diameter and safe working load of bitts. not exceed 0.7 m. 25. Holding power of mooring winch brakes. (e) When there is no tropical cyclone, or tropical depression, which 26. Is manifold OCIMF standard? presents a threat to the Terminal, which is likely to develop into a 27. Is tanker fitted with a crane or derrick? cyclone, within 400 nautical miles of the Terminal or likely to pass 28. Safe working load of crane or derrick. within that range within 24 hours of the tanker berthing. 29. Helicopter landing capability, winch or land on? (f) In daylight. ETA messages shall be sent to each of the following centres: Note: In order to berth during ebb tide, the tanker must be at the Arrival Barrow Island: Tel: ␣61 8 9184-3749 (office hours or by arrangement). Position at least 2 hours before the slack tide. A tanker arriving after this Fax: ␣61 8 9184-3799. time may be requested to await suitable tide conditions. Perth (all hours): Tel: ␣61 8 9216-4299. Fax: ␣61 8 9216-4484. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 93 AUSTRALIA VHF: Communications with Pilot/Mooring Master: Fittings and Connections available at the Marine Terminal: Chevron Approaching the terminal: will make available the following fittings to connect the loading hose to Tankers shall listen to Marine VHF Channels 16 and 14 when within the tanker’s manifold: 100 nautical miles of the terminal. (a) A 300 mm. 150 ANSI Flangelok coupling, attached to a 300 mm. Barrow Island does not maintain a listening watch on any radio 150 ANSI spool piece. The Flangelok will be secured to the tanker’s frequency. Tanker’s Agents will communicate the planned pilot boarding presentation flange. The loading hose will be bolted to the Flangelok time to tanker Masters by fax. Any communication with the Terminal spool flange. prior to pilot boarding time should be through the tanker’s Agent. (b) Hanging-off connecting chain and specially modified ‘‘Blake During Berthing and Loading: Stopper’’ for use with loading hose. Chevron will provide portable UHF radios for communications between (c) Nylon straps and associated slings to suspend loading hose from the tanker, mooring vessels and the Terminal Onshore Control Room tanker’s crane/derrick runner. during berthing, loading and unberthing. Channels used are: (d) Flange gaskets and grease. Channel 1 469.775 MHz BERTHING/UNBERTHING: Tidal Berthing: Berthing at the Marine Channel 2 469.800 MHz Terminal shall take place during daylight on ebb tide unless otherwise approved by the Pilot/Mooring Master. TUGS: Mooring Vessels: Chevron will provide 2 vessels to assist in Generally berthing will take place at high water or low water slack tide, mooring tankers at the Barrow Island Marine Terminal: to avoid the period of strongest tidal stream in the middle of the ebb tide. The direction of the tidal stream is approximately 245␥ on flood and (a) A twin screw omni-directional propulsion tug, with a minimum ␥ bollard pull of 35 tonnes will be available for use on a tow line from 065 on ebb, and attains a rate 1.0 knots at Springs. its bow to the tanker’s stern when berthing. It will be positioned Unberthing: Unberthing shall take place in accordance with the as near to the centre line as possible. The tug will stand by requirements laid down in Chevron’s Marine Operating Procedures throughout the loading and assist in unberting. Manual: (b) A mooring vessel will be used to run mooring lines. (a) During ebb tide after completion of loading; or Chevron shall not be held liable for any costs or delays incurred due (b) after consultation with the Master when there are winds greater to a vessel awaiting a tug or mooring vessel to berth. than 20 knots or seas greater than 0.7 m. forecast for or prevailing Tankers should be ready to receive 2 large metal boxes from the utility at the Terminal area, or vessel, containing hose connection equipment, at the time the Pilot (c) when a cyclone is expected to be within 400 nautical miles of the boards. These boxes will be lifted onboard the tanker using the starboard Terminal within 24 hours and is considered to present a threat to crane or derrick. The back up lines and terminal mooring tails will be the Terminal. delivered when the Pilot/Mooring Master boards. Mooring Lines: The Master shall ensure that the mooring lines are run off the winch sufficiently to enable it to be passed to the mooring boat PORT FACILITIES: for running to the mooring buoys. To speed up the running of the first line, the mooring winch should be in single gear. On completion of Pilot/Mooring Master and Tanker Safety Officer: Chevron will provide a mooring, the brake on each mooring winch should be securely Pilot/Mooring Master to: screwed up. (a) assist in piloting and manoeuvring the tanker in and out of the Propeller: The propeller shall not be turned over with the main engine moorings; while the loading hose is connected or after it has been disconnected (b) advise on mooring the tanker; without first notifying the Pilot/Mooring Master. (c) advise on connecting and disconnecting the loading hose; MOORING: (d) advise on matters concerning the safety of the tanker and terminal Mooring Equipment (Tanker): Pilot/Mooring Master: The Pilot/Mooring facilities; and Master will board incoming tankers at the ‘‘Arrival Position’’. The (e) act as Terminal Representative during the loading of the tanker. Pilot/Mooring Master will advise the Master on approach to the berth, Chevron will provide a Tanker Safety Officer to: mooring and unmooring, connecting and disconnecting hoses, and all (a) assist the Pilot/Mooring Master in deploying the tanker’s anchors, other operations within the Terminal area, including all manoeuvring of by observing and reporting the position of the tanker’s bow relative the tanker. The Master, or one of his qualified deck officers, must be on to the leads (range). the bridge at all times while the tanker is being manoeuvred. (b) assist the Pilot/Mooring Master in the mooring of the tanker and act as Terminal Representative during rest periods taken by the Mooring Vessels: Chevron will provide a tug and mooring vessel to Pilot/Mooring Master. manoeuvre the tanker and handle the tanker’s mooring lines and Terminal back-up lines to the buoys and bring the swamped mooring Moorings: An 8 point mooring system consisting of 6 mooring buoys and lines to the tanker and to assist in berthing and unberthing. The tug and 2 swamped moorings are installed. mooring vessel will stand-by during loading and unmoor the tanker on Back-up Lines: The Terminal will provide 3 back-up lines (if required) to completion. back up the tanker’s mooring wires or ropes at positions considered The tug and mooring vessel shall be under the direct control and necessary by the Master, acting on advice from the Pilot/Mooring Master. supervision of the Pilot/Mooring Master. The polyester back-up ropes are 220 m. in length by 56 mm. diameter Any service and/or facilities provided by Chevron, including but not and have 2.0 m. protected eyes at each end. The mooring tails and limited to, the services of a Pilot/Mooring Master, Tanker Safety Officer, back-up lines will be delivered to inbound tankers at the arrival position. tug, mooring vessel and their crews, or mooring and loading equipment, shall be at the tanker’s sole risk. Swamped Mooring Lines: The swamped mooring lines shall be hove Tanker Mooring Procedure: onboard with a messenger of at least 24 mm. diameter, provided by the (i) The Mooring is a conventional buoy mooring, with 6 mooring buoys tanker to the warping drum of the mooring winch. The back-up lines and and 2 swamped mooring lines. The swamped mooring lines are swamped mooring lines will be made fast to the bitts, being stoppered at the port and starboard shoulders. These swamped mooring lines off, using the ‘Chinese’ or ‘Westcountry’ method, HMPE stoppers lie on the sea bed when not in use, well clear of the manoeuvring supplied by the Terminal. area. Terminal-Provided Mooring Tail Lines: The Terminal will provide 25.0 m. (ii) An open running moor is carried out, dropping the port anchor first, long by 56 mm. diameter polyester mooring tails, which will be running ahead and paying out between 9 and 11 shackles (shots) substituted for the tanker’s own mooring tails in tanker’s fitted with of cable, depending on the tanker’s size. When the tanker is in mooring wires. The mooring tails will be shackled to the tanker’s mooring the correct position to drop the second anchor, the starboard wires using specially adapted 35 tonne WLL shackles. anchor is let go. The port cable is put into gear, and the cable Chevron will provide High Modulus Polyethylene (HMPE) stoppers for weighed as the tanker is manoeuvered astern into the berth, whilst making fast the preventer lines and swamped mooring lines to the the starboard anchor cable is paid out. tanker’s mooring bitts. (iii) Whilst working the anchors, as much information as possible Crude Oil Handling Facilities – Onshore: The onshore storage and should be passed by the officer-in-charge of the foc’sle to the bridge to the Pilot/Mooring Master. The amount of cable paid out, pumping facilities include: the direction of the cable and the weight on the cable, are vital (a) 3 ␺ 200,000 bbl. (31,782 kilolitre) floating roof tanks; information for the Pilot/Mooring Master. (b) 2 (gas engine driven) centrifugal loading pumps rated to deliver up (iv) Berthing assistance may be rendered by a tug and mooring vessel. to 13,000 bbls. (2,100 cu.m.) per hour of Barrow Island Crude Oil As the tanker manoeuveres astern, the windward beam tanker with up to a maximum pressure of 100 p.s.i. at the tanker rail; mooring rope/wire, at the after end of the main deck, will be sent (c) one diesel driven stand-by loading pump; away to the windward buoy. The tanker’s own mooring lines will (d) associated computer control and monitoring equipment. be deployed as the weather dictates, and together with the tanker’s Crude Oil Handling Facilities – Marine: The submarine pipeline is anchors will be used to position the tanker in the berth. comprised of 2 sections: (v) Once the tanker is in position and all the tanker’s lines are fast, (a) Linking the shorebase facilities on Barrow Island to the Marine the mooring vessel will tow the swamped moorings alongside the Terminal is 9,875 m. of 510 mm. ␺ 9 mm. steel pipe, the seaward tanker. The swamped moorings will be hove onboard and made end of which is marked with a spar buoy. fast to the tanker’s mooring bitts. The back-up lines shall be run (b) At the seaward end of the pipeline described in (a) there is a flexible to the mooring buoys as determined by the tanker’s Master, rubber tail/rail hose measuring 61 m. of 400 mm. and 9.0 m. of assisted by advice provided by the Pilot/Mooring Master. The 300 mm. (which flexible tail/rail hose is referred to in these back-up lines shall be made fast to the tanker’s mooring bitts. regulations as the ‘‘Loading Hose’’). The tanker end of the loading (vi) The back-up lines and swamped mooring lines should be hove as hose is fitted with a 300 mm. (12 in.) locking butterfly valve. The tight as possible, stoppered off using the HMPE stoppers supplied seaward end of the loading hose is marked with a yellow conical by Chevron and made fast to the tanker’s bitts. It is important that buoy. The tanker’s manifold shall be in compliance with the ‘‘Oil the back-up lines and swamped mooring lines are made fast in Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) Standards for Oil this way. Leaving the back-up lines/swamped mooring lines wound Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment’’, and its presentation onto the tanker’s winches and not made fast to the bitts is not flange shall be equipped with a 300 mm. (12 in.) ANSI Class 150 permitted. flange. The port and starboard swamped mooring lines will be picked up in a similar way to the preventer lines.

94 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA The tanker is not considered all fast in the berth until all the preventer communications are re-established. If the tanker cannot contact the lines and swamped mooring lines are made fast as required by the Terminal, the Pilot/Mooring Master shall be advised. The Pilot/Mooring Pilot/Mooring Master. Master will activate the Emergency Paging System. Once the tanker is all fast, a mooring vessel will tow the hose marker buoy alongside, and the Pilot/Mooring Master will advise the tanker’s Suspension of Loading during Strong Winds: During periods of strong crew on the connection of the loading hose. A responsible officer and winds, the Pilot/Mooring Master may advise the tanker’s Master to sufficient members of the tanker’s crew should be available at the discontinue loading and disconnect the loading hose. manifold to carry out this operation. The loading hose may be hung-off ready to slip or be laid down. CARGO: Barrow Island Crude Oil Properties: Hose Disconnection: API Gravity 36.57␥. ␥ (a) On completion of loading by gravity, the tanker’s manifold valve Density at 15 C in vacuum 0.8415 kg./lt. shall be closed slowly. If the manifold valve is of the type that Reid Vapour Pressure 4.6. ␤ ␥ cannot be closed slowly, the flow of oil shall be stopped by slowly Pour Point less than 54 C. closing a proportional tank valve. The back pressure at the rail will Flash Point (Abel) less than ␤27␥C. ␥ be monitored during this operation. Once the tanker’s proportional Viscosity at 20 C 2.666 cSt. valve and/or manifold has been closed, and it is confirmed that all The average load temperature of the crude oil will vary from Summer oil flow has ceased, the hose end butterfly valve will be closed. to Winter. As a guide, the minimum temperature during Winter (May to ␥ Finally the Pilot/Mooring Master will instruct the Terminal to close October) can be expected to be about 23 C. In the Summer (November the sealine valve. to April) the maximum temperature can be expected to be about 32␥C. (b) The tanker personnel shall make every effort to drain the manifold Masters requiring more information about loading temperature should outboard of the manifold valve between the manifold valve and contact the Terminal. loading hose end butterfly valve into the tanker’s cargo tanks. CARGO OPERATIONS: General: Throughout the loading operation, a (c) When the hose is disconnected from the manifold, sufficient drip responsible deck officer shall be in charge of operations, either on deck, trays must be available to contain any oil remaining in the spool or in the cargo control room. In addition, an efficient deck watch in pieces and reducer and the blind flange will be replaced on the constant contact with the cargo control room must be maintained at all hose. The weight of the hose is taken on the blind pulling flange times. and the hose lifted above the deck. The hose is raised to sufficient Loading rates can be reduced on request at any time. Except in an height to enable the weight to be taken off the hanging-off chain. emergency, 10 minutes notice should be given to the Pilot when rate The hanging-off chain is then slipped and secured to the support reduction is required. Valves must not be closed against the oil flow chain. The hose is lowered to the rail and hung-off by the slipping without permission from the Terminal. Part or full closure of valves during chain to the Blake Slip. The crane hook is removed from the blind loading is extremely dangerous, and can cause extensive damage to pulling flange. equipment. Subject to the ‘‘Conditions of Use’’ (Not reproduced), the Master will be held liable for any damage arising from such malpractice. (d) The hose buoy is then lowered to the water and recovered by the Hose Connection: mooring vessel. The Pilot/Mooring Master will instruct the mooring (a) Upon completion of the mooring operation, the loading hose will vessel to commence towing the hose buoy, and when the weight be connected to the tanker’s starboard manifold. The hose comes on the hose buoy chain, the order will be given to slip the connection will be made by the tanker’s crew, who must be under hose. The handle of the Blake Slip is pulled and the hose falls into the supervision of a responsible deck officer. The Pilot/Mooring the sea. The mooring vessel tows the hose buoy to its resting Master will advise on the correct procedures to be adopted. position. (b) The crane/derrick rigged on the starboard side will be used to hoist Cargo Documentation and Inspection: the loading hose and assist in its connection to the starboard (a) Documents such as the Bill of Lading, Quality Certificate, Quantity manifold. The crane/derrick will be used during loading to suspend Certificate, Tanker Operations Log, Certificate of Origin, Cargo and take the weight of the loading hose. Manifest and Master’s Receipt for Documents/Samples, etc., will (c) When the loading hose is hung-off at the tanker’s rail, and lowered be prepared at the Marine Terminal. When the tanker has been to manifold level, the blank flange on the end of the hose shall be loaded, the documents will be completed onboard the tanker for removed and the loading hose bolted to the Flangelok coupling the Master’s signature. spool flange, previously secured to the tanker’s presentation (b) The official Bill of Lading quantity will be relayed to the flange. Pilot/Mooring Master by radio. In the event of a dispute, the tanker (d) The propeller shall not be turned over with the main engine while will be requested to recheck the measurement and calculations of the loading hose is connected, or after it has been disconnected the quantity, but the Pilot/Mooring Master will not witness such without first notifying the Pilot/Mooring Master. measurement and calculations. After both tanker and Terminal Commencement Checks: The submarine pipeline is left full of crude oil figures have been verified, should an appreciable difference still between tanker loadings. When all hose connections have been made exist, receipt of a Letter of Protest will be acknowledged by the and approved, and safety checks outlined in the International Safety Pilot/Mooring Master. Guide for Oil tankers and Terminals have been completed, the butterfly (c) Letters of Protest, if any, should be handed to the Pilot/Mooring valve on the loading hose shall be opened. The butterfly valve on the Master for onward delivery to Chevron. The Mooring Master will loading hose will be bolted in the open position before loading acknowledge receipt of the Letter of Protest only, and is not commences, and should be checked frequently during the course of authorised to approve such letter or otherwise. loading. (d) From time to time, Owners, Charterers, Consignees, or other Loading Commencement: The tanker’s manifold, one or more cargo tank interested parties, may appoint third party inspectors to survey the valves, shall be opened and crude oil shall be loaded by gravity. Once loading operation on their behalf. Any delays caused by such checks for flow have been completed on the tanker, the Pilot/Mooring inspectors shall be considered delays caused by the tanker. Master will be advised to start the loading pumps. (e) The Pilot/Mooring Master shall keep an Operations Log, detailing WARNING Against Back Pressure: The submarine pipeline and loading the times of all operations, delays, quantities loaded, ballast hose may be damaged if subjected to sudden increases in pressure. discharged and arrival and departure drafts. Back pressure on the loading hose at the tanker’s rails must not exceed (f) Prior to the disembarkation of the Pilot/Mooring Master, the 700 Kpa/100 p.s.i. To avoid damage to the loading equipment the tanker tanker’s Master shall sight and verify the times and details shall ensure that the following precautions are taken: contained in the Operations Log, sign the log in the space provided (a) The flow of crude oil shall not be shut off by closing the tanker’s and affix the tanker’s official stamp thereto. valve or the butterfly valve on the loading hose without the prior (g) Should the Master so require, the Pilot/Mooring Master will sight, approval of the Pilot/Mooring Master; verify and sign the tanker’s Record of Operations prior to his (b) As many tanks as possible are to be open during loading. At least disembarkation. 2 tanks must be open while onshore pumps are operating at full speed. If the Master considers it necessary to load into one tank, or to otherwise reduce the loading rate for safety of its operations, BALLAST: There are no facilities at the Marine Terminal to receive he shall notify the Pilot/Mooring Master in sufficient time to reduce ballast from tankers. the loading rate; (c) The Master shall advise the Pilot/Mooring Master when 250 cu.m. of crude oil are required to complete the loading, so that the onshore DEBALLASTING: The tanker shall wherever possible arrive at the port pumps can be eased down slowly and reduced to idle. with clean segregated ballast which can be discharged overboard during (d) The Master shall advise the Pilot/Mooring Master when 60 cu.m. loading. of crude oil are required to complete loading, so that the onshore pumps can be stopped and loading completed by gravity. Ballast Operations: (e) On completion of loading, the tanker’s manifold valve is to be closed 1. As there are no ballast or slop reception facilities at the Marine slowly to minimise the surge pressure of oil in the pipeline. Terminal, all tankers must arrive with clean ballast suitable for Availability of Deck Machinery: The Master shall ensure that the deck discharging directly to sea in accordance with the standards set by machinery is available for immediate use at any time throughout the the International Conventions. Tankers arriving with ballast unsuitable loading operation. for discharge to sea will be rejected for loading. Any tanker rejected Test Calls During Loading: In order to check radio communcations because of contaminated ballast or sea pollution will automatically between the tanker and the onshore control room, the tanker shall call invalidate her Notice of Readiness and will lose any priority of loading. Barrow Island Terminal every hour at 15 and 45 minutes past the hour. Tankers discharging contaminated ballast overboard shall be subject At 15 minutes past the hour, the tanker shall advise the Terminal of the to the anti-pollution laws of Australia. Penalties for pollution are previous hour’s loading rate, the total quantity loaded and the wind severe. direction and speed at the tanker. Chevron will provide a form in which 2. Tankers arriving at the Marine Terminal should have sufficient ballast the foregoing details shall be recorded. to ensure safe handling and manoeuverability in the prevailing Barrow Terminal shall call the tanker every hour, on the hour and at weather and sea conditions and in accordance with good seamanship 30 minutes past the hour. practice. Should either of these calls fail to establish communications between 3. Tankers should have the ability to deballast concurrently with loading the tanker and the Terminal, after taking reasonable steps to re-establish operations and any crossovers between cargo and ballast system communications, the Terminal will shut down loading until must be blanked. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 95 AUSTRALIA 4. Where a tanker arrives with clean ballast, which is not part of a Long. 136␥ 49' E., and if approaching from a port on the East coast of segregated ballast system and wishes to discharge such ballast over Australia, Pilots from Australian Reef Pilots may be obtained at the last the side, the following conditions shall be met: port. Masters requiring the services of a Pilot should, where possible, (a) The tanker must be operating with dedicated clean ballast tanks give at least 5 days notice. in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 13(9) or (10) of ANCHORAGES: Vessels intending to load concentrate from Bing Bong the MARPOL Annex 1992 revision. should anchor at the Inner Anchorage ‘‘BB1’’ (depth 12.0 m.), 14 miles (b) The tanker must comply with MARPOL Regulation 13A, 1992 offshore in position Lat. 15␥ 26.5' S., Long. 136␥ 30.8" E., or at the revision. recommended Outer Anchorage ‘‘BB2’’ (depth 13.0 m.), in position (c) When operating the oil content monitor required by MARPOL Lat. 15␥ 23.3' S., Long. 136␥ 32.0' E. Regulation 13A, the monitor record shall be kept and the record The sea bed in this area consists of sand and shells, good holding given to the Pilot/Mooring Master for inclusion with the tanker’s ground in all but the severest of weather conditions. Wind direction is in port documents. predominantly from the S.E. with a tidal stream maximum about (d) The discharge ballast from dedicated clean ballast tanks (CBT) 1.5 knots. To facilitate loading operations and to create a lee, it is will be carried out in daylight, so that the quality of the ballast preferable to use the starboard anchor. being discharged to the sea can be constantly observed. RESTRICTIONS: Distance from the water line to the top of the hatch (e) If possible, an independent inspector shall inspect the ballast coaming should not exceed 10.5 m. Hold No. 1 should not be used. tanks at the discharge port where the ballast is taken on and Cargo operations may be suspended with winds in excess of 25 knots certify that the ballast is clean. and wave heights in excess of 2.5 m. (f) Prior to the discharge of the ballast, an independent inspector VHF: M.V. ‘‘Aburri’’ will make contact on Channel 16, then switch to shall inspect the tanks, or tanks containing the ballast and certify working Channel 10. that it is clean and take samples of the ballast, one sample to be MOORING: Mooring Arrangements: The mooring line tie-up will be 3-0-2 retained on board and the other to be kept by Chevron. forward and 2-0-0 aft. The M.V. ‘‘Aburri’’ (shuttle vessel) will send 2 head (g) The Master of the tanker shall make a declaration that the lines lines, one stern line and one aft spring, berthing starboard side alongside, used for the discharge of such ballast are clean and that the on the port side of the export vessel. The export vessel will land 2 head blanks separating the discharge line and the crude oil lines and lines, stern line and one long aft spring to the shuttle vessel. tanks are tight and free from leaks. Occasionally, additional mooring lines from the shuttle vessel are (h) Where this ballast forms part of the ballast required to keep the requested. The vessel has several Yokohama type fenders. The Master tanker at the required safe arrival draft, it should be understood of the shuttle vessel will decide on the berthing position alongside the that it will not be discharged until an equivalent amount of crude export vessel. The export vessel’s crew will be required to tend to all oil has been loaded to maintain a safe draft as required by these mooring lines, both on arrival and departure and at all times whilst the regulations. shuttle vessel is alongside. POLLUTION: See ‘‘Minimum Standards of Acceptance’’. MEDICAL: As there is no doctor or hospital available, only emergency TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. cases are flown to Darwin. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: No facilities available. CARGO OPERATIONS: Once the shuttle vessel is secured alongside, WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. loading will commence via a gantry boom which is swung into position SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. over the hatch. SAFETY: See ‘‘Minimum Standards of Acceptance’’. Under normal conditions, the shuttle vessel will discharge to the export GENERAL: None of the following services are available at the port: vessel at 1,000 tonnes/hr. (a) Customs or Quarantine; FRESH WATER: Not available. (b) ship’s agency, repairs, surveying, bunkers or potable water; FUEL: Not available. (c) medical, consular facilities, telephone, accommodation or laundry; REPAIRS: No facilities. If a tanker requires any of the above services, most can be obtained TIME: GMT plus 9.5 hours. at the port of Dampier. Chevron’s prior approval should be obtained if AGENCY: See ‘‘Documents’’. the attendance of any person to the tanker requires the services of the AUTHORITY: Operator: Carpentaria Management Services P/L, mooring vessel. Private Mail Bag 702, Borroloola 0854, Northern Territory, Australia. Cathodic Protection: Tankers equipped with impressed current cathodic Tel: ␣61 (8) 8975-9850. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8975-9824. Contact: Ian protection systems shall ensure the system is switched off prior to Lockley, Operations Manager. Captain Jorgen Berg, CSS Marine approaching the moorings until the tanker is unberthed. The Master will Manager. be required to sign a declaration to the effect that the impressed current cathodic protection system is turned off before the tanker is allowed to berth. BOTANY BAY, N.S.W.: 34.00 S. 151.14 E. (See Plan) AUTHORITY: Operator: Chevron Australia Pty.Ltd., 250 St. Georges Terrace, Perth, WA 6000. Postal Address: GPO Box S1580, Perth, PORT LIMITS: Seaward Port Limits: An arc of a circle of 4 nautical miles WA 6001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9216-4000. FAX: ␣61 (8) radius, centred on Henry Head Navigation Light, located in position 9216-4444, 4103. Contact: Michael Huggins, Marine Co-Ordinator Lat. 34␥ 00' S., Long. 151␥ 14' 02" E. (Tel: ␣61 (8) 9216-4299. Fax: ␣61 (8) 9216-4044. Mobile: ␣61 (8) DOCUMENTS: 218-6507. Pager: ␣61 (8) 9324-4745. Email: [email protected] 2 Crew Reports (Form 3A). Terminal: Tel: ␣61 (8) 9184-3784 (Office hours or by arrangement). 2 Crew Lists (Form 3B). FAX: ␣61 (8) 9184-3799. 1 Report of Ship’s Stores (Form 5 Part 4). 1 Crew Effects Declaration (Form 5 Part 2). 2 Ports of Call and Loading Lists (B921). BING BONG, N.T.: 15.21 S. 136.30 E. (See Plan) 2 Passenger Reports (Form 2A). 2 Passenger Lists (Form 2B). PILOT’S REPORT: April 1999 (Updated 2000). 2 Quarantine Declarations Pratique (Form PI 1212). 2 Ballast Water Reporting Forms. LOCATION: Bing Bong Anchorage is situated in the S.W. corner of the APPROACHES: Channel to Kurnell berths and swinging basin 11.2 m. Gulf of Carpentaria, West of Vanderlin Islands, approximately67 nautical minimum depth. Channel to port (Port Botany) 213 m. wide and has a miles South of Groote Eylandt. The loading facility exports lead/zinc minimum depth of 15.0 m. The swinging basin at Brotherson Dock is concentrates which are mined at the McArthur River Mine, some dredged to 14.4 m. 100 miles inland. PILOTAGE: Compulsory for sea-going commercial ships, unless The loading facility of Bing Bong, owned by the mine, has been specifically exempted. Preliminary arrangements for a Pilot must be purpose-built to harbour the 3,250 tonne self-discharge vessel made through a local Agent accredited by the Port Corporation. All M.V. ‘‘Aburri’’, and as a consequence, is restricted to vessels with a sea-going ships (including those exempted from pilotage) are to report max. draft of 5.0 m. Being on a mining lease, permission to enter the to ‘‘Botany Harbour Control’’ on VHF Channel 16 when 3 hours from Port loading facility, both from seawards and land, must first be obtained from Limits. ‘‘Harbour Control’’ will advise the vessel to change to VHF the mine’s authorities. Channel 13 for exchange of arrival information. The vessel will be General Description of Shuttle Vessel: M.V. ‘‘Aburri’’ is a LOA 80 m., instructed to maintain watch on VHF Channels 13/16 and to call again 3,250 tonne d.w.t., self-discharging vessel. Loaded draft is 3.8 m. on VHF Channel 13 when 1 hour and 5 miles from the Port Limits. Charts: Australian Charts No. AUS 710 and 310. All vessels under the conduct of a licensed Pilot or command of an DOCUMENTS: Customs Clearance and Radio Pratique are arranged Exempt Master will be requested to briefly test their engines astern through the port of Darwin, as Bing Bong is not a recognised Customs before entering port limits. The Port Corporation will accept testing of port. If permission is granted by Customs, it will be a condition of the the ship’s main engines astern within 12 hours of their arrival at Botany approval that no person or anything leaves the ship whilst at the Bay, provided such testing can be supported by a main engine data anchorage. logger read-out. Beaufort Shipping Agency Company in Townsville act as Agents for The pilot boarding place is at Lat. 34␥ 01.1' S., Long. 151␥ 18.8' E., all vessels entering the anchorage (Tel: (61-7) 4772-4793. Fax: (61-7) which is 4 miles due East of Cape Solander. 4721-5232. Telex: 47131). Vessels are not permitted inside the Port Limits or to proceed Carpentaria Management Services act as Sub-Agent for Beaufort Westward of the pilot boarding ground without specific instruction by Shipping Agency and attend the vessel with a full set of entry documents, ‘‘Harbour Control’’. acting for Customs in the event that they do not attend the vessel. RESTRICTIONS: Tankers not berthed at Kurnell after sunset. Mooring Beaufort Shipping Agency will send the ship copies of the revised normally effected 2 hours before HW at Kurnell No. 3. Pratique Application form and the Ballast Water Management form. MAX. SIZE: These forms should be returned not more than 2 hours and not less Berth Max. Length Max. Draft Max. d.w.t. than 12 hours prior to arrival at the anchorage (earlier is acceptable if (m.) (m.) (tonnes) arrival is on a Saturday or Sunday). Kurnell No. 1 183 11.2 PILOTAGE: Although pilotage to the anchorage is not compulsory, it Kurnell No. 2 200 11.5 has its advantages in that the Pilot will assist with mooring and cargo Kurnell No. 3 254 11.6 operations. When approaching Australia from the N.W., Pilots from Bulk Liquids Berth 243 14.4 90,000 Australian Reef Pilots (Telex: AA14003 REEFS) (Also see ‘‘Torres HEALTH: See ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port. Strait’’) may be embarked off the port of Gove in position Lat. 11␥ 56' S., VHF: See ‘‘Pilotage’’ and ‘‘Sydney’’. 96 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA RADAR: There is a IVSS covering the approaches to the port and the An accommodation ladder should be rigged on the port side and pilot inner and outer harbour areas. Ships seeking radar information should ladders on both sides. contact ‘‘Harbour Control’’. The sequence of letting go the mooring ropes and heaving up the TUGS: Three tugs permanently stationed at Botany Bay. Tugs are anchors depends on the wind direction. required for most manoeuvres. BERTHING: Bulk Liquids Berth: Berthing and unberthing undertaken at all hours and Berth Length Depth Remarks at all stages of the tide. (m.) (m.) Vessels usually turn prior to berthing and go port side alongside Brotherson Dock heading out. Patricks, the Australian Stevedore Terminal The Bulk Liquids Berth at Port Botany services the discharge No. 1 requirements of the petro-chemical industry in New South Wales, and No. 2 is the busiest of Sydney’s ‘common user’ berths. Bulk liquid ͮ 1,000 13.0 – 15.1 Max. draft 15.1 m. No. 2A petro-chemical cargoes are piped to nearby industry storage facilities in No. 3 an adjacent tank farm complex which is operated by private companies, P&O Ports Port Botany Container Terminal (PBCT) including VOPAK Terminals Australia Pty.Ltd., Boral Energy Pty.Ltd., No. 4 Elgas Ltd. and ORICA Australia Ltd. No. 5 ͮ 963 13.8 – 14.8 Location: This facility is located near the entrance to Brotherson Dock No. 5A and comprises a piled approach roadway and pipe support structure with No. 6 ‘‘T’’ head with mooring and berthing dolphins. Bulk Liquids Berth 320 18.3 Tanker Berths Bulk Liquids Berth Users: Kurnell No. 1 200 11.2 Kurnell No. 2 200 11.5 VOPAK Terminals Australia Pty.Ltd: 49 Friendship Road, Matraville, Kurnell No. 3 — 11.9 Multi-Buoy Berth Sydney, NSW 2036. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9666-4455. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9316-8384. CONTAINER HANDLING FACILITIES: WWW: www.vopak.com Contact: Len Daly P and O Ports Port Botany Container Terminal (PBCT): (Email: [email protected]). Street Address: 42 Friendship Road, Matraville, Sydney, (P.O.Box 192), Summary: Providing storage and handling facilities for liquid chemical NSW 2036. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9394-0900. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9394-0955. and petroleum products. Summary: Located on the Southern side of Brotherson Dock, BPCT has a capacity to handle more than 500,000 TEUs per year. The Terminal is owned by a consortium of shipping companies, Elgas Ltd: 30 Friendship Road, Port Botany, Sydney, NSW 2036, ␣ ␣ including P&O Containers Pty. Ltd., Nippon Yusen Kaisha Ltd (NYK), Australia. Tel: 61 (2) 9666-5625. Fax: 61 (2) 9666-6420. Mitsui, OSK Lines (MOL) and Navix Lines Ltd. Summary: The Elgas Sydney LPG Cavern utilises state of the art The Terminal operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. underground technology to store up to 65,000 tonnes of high purity Area: Total terminal area 38 ha. propane (LPG) in a purpose-built unlined rock cavern. Product is Berthing Facilities: Total wharf length 963 m. Depth range 13.8 m. received into the Terminal from refrigerated LPG ships, with the product to 14.8 m. being heated into the underground storage facility. The facility has the Storage: Includes reefer container facilities for 216 integral and capability to receive product at up to 2,000 cu.m./hr. 108 non-integral units. Area: Total Terminal area 7.1 ha. Equipment: Includes 3 twin-lift and 3 high-speed single lift quay cranes, Berthing Facilities: Operates a 12 in. marine loading arm at the Port each with a spreader capacity of 40 tonnes and heavy lift capacity of up Botany Bulk Liquids Berth. to 84 tonnes. PBCT also has a modern fleet of forklift trucks, yard Storage: The storage cavern consists of 4␺230 m. long galleries, each tractors, internal transfer vehicles and 20 rubber tyred gantries (RTGs). 11 m. high ␺ 14 m. wide, located 135 m. below ground. PBCT is fully computerised, using a Computerised Vehicle Booking Loading Equipment: Three road tanker loading bays of which two cater System (VBS) and the Navis Ship/Yard Planning System. for ‘B’ doubles. Access: Road access via Friendship Road. On-site transport facilities The loading of tankers is fully automated with only driver connection/ include 80 truck parking slots and rail sidings linked to the Freight Rail disconnection required. and National Rail Corporation systems. Site A Facilities (Chemical Terminal): Area: 4.5 ha. Patrick - The Australian Stevedore: Product Range: Easy and speciality chemicals, vegetable oils and low Street Address: Penrhyn Road, Port Botany, Sydney, NSW 2036. pressure gases. ␣ ␣ Tel: 61 (2) 9394-0000. Fax: 61 (2) 9394-0395. Capacity: 36,000 cu.m. with 70 tanks ranging from 30 – 2,000 cu.m. Summary: Located on the Northern side of Brotherson Dock, Patrick Type of Tanks: Stainless and mild steel, including various linings. Stevedores have a capacity of more than 600,000 TEUs per year. Patrick Services: Heating, blending, nitrogen blanketing, vapour emission Stevedores operate 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. control, road tanker, Iso-container, IBC filling, drumming, weighbridge, Area: Total terminal area 44.2 ha. pipeline connection to Site B. Berthing Facilities: Total wharf length is 1,000 m. Depth range 13.0 m. Site B Facilities (Petroleum Terminal): – 15.1 m. Maximum draft 15.1 m. Area: 6.0 ha. Equipment: Includes 6 single-lift quay cranes, each with a capacity of Product Range: Gasoline, distillate, jet fuel. 35 tonnes, with 4 also having a heavy lift capacity of 80 tonnes. Capacity: 94,600 cu.m. (Phase 1) with 12 tanks ranging from 1,500 cu.m. Storage: Two sheds located near Berth 3 with an area of 6,400 sq.m. to 16,000 cu.m. and 2,500 sq.m. Reefer container storage includes 568 integral outlets and 216 porthole outlets. Type of Tanks: Mild steel with aluminium internal floater and dome. Transport/Access: Road access via Penrhyn Road. On-site rail includes Services: Blending, vapour emission control, fully automated truck 2␺600 m. sidings linked to the Freight Rail and National Rail Corporation loading. systems. Origin Energy Ltd.: 47 Friendship Road, Port Botany, Sydney, NSW TANKERS: See ‘‘Berthing’’. ␣ ␣ Kurnell No. 1 & 2: Operators: Caltex Refineries NSW. Finger pier with 2036. Tel: 61 (2) 9316-3869. Fax: 61 (2) 9316-4614. 2 berths; No. 1 – Eastside. No. 2 – Westside. Crude 1␺660 mm. Summary: The LPG Terminal has a (pressure) storage capacity of 1␺457 mm. lines. Fuel 1␺609 mm., 1␺304 mm. lines. White 152 mm. 4,500 tonnes LPG in 18 sand mounded tanks. The Terminal is the major – 406 mm. Bunkers and FW ex-wharf. Slop facilities up to 8,200 tons. supplier of high purity aerosol grade LPG propellant to the Sydney market Berthing and unberthing at all tides, berthing during daylight hours only, and maintains dedicated un-odourised equipment and trucks for this can unberth after dark. Vessels restricted by length or deep draft market. On-site equipment enables the removal of some trace impurities restricted to movement one hour either side of tide. from the LPG. All vessels turn prior to berthing and are always heading out. At Berth Area: Total Terminal area 3.78 ha. No. 1 port side alongside, Berth No. 2 starboard side alongside. Berthing Facilities: Operates a 6 in. marine loading arm at the Port Kurnell No. 3 Berth: Operators: Caltex Refineries NSW. Vessel moors Botany Bulk Liquids Berth. using both anchors forward and ropes to 5 buoys and 7 swamp Storage: Includes 18 sand mounded LPG storage tanks of 540 cu.m. moorings, semi-circle (astern). Hoses connected midships – 2␺304 mm. each, giving total storage of approximately 4,500 tonnes LPG. to submarine line (crude), 1␺152 mm. to bunkers, fuel and diesel. Equipment: Fleet of 10 LPG delivery trucks ranging from 2 – 22 tonnes After embarking the Pilot, vessel proceeds on the main entrance leads, capacity. Loading bays for 3 LPG trucks. (312␥), until abeam of Bumbora, or entering the arc of visibility of Bare Transport/Access: Road access for outgoing product. Island Light, then turn to port on the leading beacons line 271␥ 22'. In the meanwhile, the second Pilot has taken up station on the forecastle. ORICA Australia Ltd: 39 Friendship Road, Port Botany, Sydney, The vessel continues on the leading beacons line until the drop marks ␣ ashore are in line and then drops starboard anchor and turns to starboard NSW 2036. Tel: 61 (2) 9316-9974. to drop port anchor. After dropping the second anchor, the vessel goes Summary: ORICA operates an import terminal for propane and butane. astern (with the aid of tugs) until the hose pick-up buoys are abeam of Facilities exist for the import of ethylene and LPG, as well as ethylene the vessel’s starboard manifold. When finishing up 8 shackles of chain export. Purging facilities are also available. will be in the water, so the vessel has to be equipped with minimum Area: 7.25 ha. 12 shackles of chain on both anchors. The anchoring procedures vary Storage: 1␺8,000 cu.m. refrigerated ethylene storage tank. with the individual Pilot. At present, all Pilots drop port anchor first. 1␺14,000 cu.m. refrigerated propane storage tank. 1␺14,000 cu.m. Ships initially connect their own ropes to the mooring buoys and later refrigerated butane storage tank. pick up the preventer wires. Weather conditions may warrant the Access: Pipeline distribution system to ORICA Petrochemical Plant and connection of a second ship’s rope to the buoys. LPG Distribution Terminal. Vessels moor with their anchors at 45␥ angle. Berthing Facilities: Operates a 6 in. marine loading arm at the Port Usually 3 tugs are being used for vessels berthing and 2 tugs for Botany Bulk Liquids Berth. vessels unberthing. Tugs’ lines are being used for towing ropes. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 97 AUSTRALIA Terminals Pty. Ltd: 45 Friendship Road, Port Botany, Sydney, The distance from berth to both tank storage installations is about NSW 2036. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9316-9743. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9316-9742. 0.5 miles. Summary: Terminals Pty.Ltd. provides bulk liquid storage, handling and Sydney Ports Corporation who own and operate the berth are very repackaging services and import and export shipping of non-hazardous safety conscious. They require ship’s ESD to be tested before liquid chemicals, oils and tallows. commencement of discharge. Ship’s fire wallet to go ashore. Frequent Storage: 64 tanks with a capacity for 47,000 cu.m. The tanks range in check rounds are made. Fire hose connected from shore to ship via size from 200 cu.m. – 800 cu.m. Licensed Bond Warehouse. international connection. It is not to be pressurised except in an Berthing Facilities: 6␺150 mm. stainless steel multi-purpose docklines emergency, otherwise berth alarm sounds and valves shut down. capable of servicing any of the tanks. Other liquids are also handled through flexi-hoses, such as chemicals, Transport/Access: Good road access, with road tanker loading or fats and fuels. discharge capabilities. The land on peninsular South of the berth is gradually being in-filled for further tank farm installations. Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated August 1995. Customs: If first port of entry, Inward papers (on Australian forms) to be LPG/LNG FACILITIES: See ‘‘Tankers’’ submitted via Agent by Fax at least 2 days (48 hours) prior to arrival. BALLAST: Tank Cleaning and Dirty Ballast Facilities: APPL Berths No. 1 Failure to do so might delay vessel. and 2: Maximum quantity acceptable 8,255 tons. Rate 1,000 t.p.h. Also advise prior to first port of entry of any stowaways or weapons Approval is required to discharge ballast water within the port. on board. Severe penalties will be imposed by the Corporation for any The forms include Crew Report List, Ships Inward Cargo Report, infringement of Harbour Regulations. Quarantine Declaration, Ballast Report, Report of Impending Arrival, DENSITY: 1025. Previous Ports of Call and Loading Lists, Passenger Lists on arrival, FRESH WATER: Available at all berths, rate 30 t.p.h. Crew Effects Declaration and Report of Ships Stores is also required. FUEL: Marine fuel and diesel oil available at Kurnell Berths No. 1, 2 Customs are generally fair and reasonable. and 3, and at Brotherson Dock by barge (450 tons), or road tanker. If sailing coastwise, Customs then issue ‘Rider Envelope’ with all the FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Normal restrictions. relevant documents, plus Clearance to next port. REPAIRS: Most repairs. Tankers are not allowed to be immobilised. Customs also act for Immigration and sign crew on and off. Approval is required for immobilisation, and applications are made Telephone: Pay/card telephone ashore in watchman’s cabin at end of through the work permit screen on the harbour management system. jetty. DRY DOCKS: None. Airport: Sydney-Kingsford Smith International about 4 miles away. AIRPORT: 6 km. – regular airlines. Chandler: East Coast. Tel: ␣61 (2) 317-2199. Fax: ␣61 (2) 317-2342. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Telex: 22503. HOLIDAYS: Container Terminals work 360 days per year. Sealanes. Tel: ␣61 (2) 666-4533. Fax: ␣61 (2) 666-6581. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Tel: 000. Telex: 120925. SERVICES: Compass adjusting only. Bunkers/Lube Oil: By barge. Vessels cannot take on whilst cargo IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Chicksan/hose is connected, basically due to the fact that the one and DELAYS: Normal only. only barge is not rated as intrinsically safe by the Ports Corporation. GENERAL: Weather: The area is subject to severe squalls during Summer months. These line squalls can be seen approaching from the AUTHORITY: Sydney Ports Corporation, P.O.Box 25, Miller’s Point, South and their passage is confirmed by strong S.-S.E. winds. Winter NSW 2000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9296-4999. FAX: ␣61 (2) storms are caused by the passage of cold fronts moving up the coast 9296-4742. Email: [email protected] from the South. Winds shift rapidly from N.-N.W. to S.W. then S. to S.E. WWW: www.sydports.com.au Contact: J. de-Wit, Shipping Manager increasing in force and building up swell from S.E. (Email: [email protected]). Propellers: The turning of propellers while a vessel is secured to a berth is not permitted unless permission is granted by the Harbour Master. BOWEN, Queensland: 20.01 S. 148.15 E. (See Plan) SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995 (Updated 2002). Charts: AUS. No. 197, 198 and 199. Port Status: Port closed. Approach: From the North, Port Jackson/Sydney area is prominent. Do not get Potter Point, the Northern entrance to Bate Bay, which is The channel was sounded in 1988 and a least depth of 7.0 m. was found. to the South of Botany Bay, confused with Cape Banks, the Northern The depth in the swinging basin was 5.5 m. entrance to Botany Bay. The seaward end of Wharf No. 1/2 has been demolished. Anchoring: Vessels are not permitted to anchor within 3 miles of the The coal loading facility on Wharf No. 3 has been removed. coastline. AUTHORITY: Department of Transport, Division of Harbours and Vessel cannot anchor in Botany Bay, due to berthing movements and Marine, P.O.Box 889, Bowen, Queensland 4805. Tel: (077) 861933. the airport. Telex: 47435. FAX: (077) 862719. Contact: Captain R.C.Johnson, Ships generally have to drift off if awaiting berthing. Regional Harbour Master (Townsville). Tel: (077) 715135). Pilots: VHF as per ALRS and boarding as per AUS. No. 198. Pilot often boards further out, about 4 miles from the entrance, from a fast cutter. Pilot is very partiuclar about the pilot ladder and will give deficiency BRISBANE, including Fisherman Islands, Hamilton and report for slightest defect. Pilotage available throughout 24 hours. Pinkenba, Queensland: 27.27 S. 153.04 E. (See Plan) Steaming time to Bulk Liquids Berth is about 45 minutes. Channel: From Cape Banks to berth is 3 miles, minimum depth 15.0 m. LOCATION: The Port of Brisbane is located on the South-East Queensland coast of Australia between Latitude 26␥ 39' S., and at MLW. ␥ ␥ ␥ Tugs: Three tugs of 35 tons bollard pull are based at Botany Bay. Tugs’ 27 41' S. and between Longitude 153 0' E. and 153 30' E. Charts: Australian Charts No. 235, 236, 237 and 238. lines are used. Normally 2 tugs are used and join vessel off breakwater. PORT LIMITS: A vessel is considered an ‘‘arrived vessel’’ when it is at Berths: Multi-User Bulk Liquid Berth: Berth is heavily utilised. The berth the Pilot boarding grounds 3 nautical miles S.E. of Point Cartwright. is situated at the Southern entrance to Brotherson Container Dock DOCUMENTS: If Brisbane is the first port of entry inward, papers (on (concrete construction). Australian forms) are to be submitted via the agent by fax at least It is the only refined product liquid berth in Botany/Sydney area (Crude 48 hours beforehand. Failure to do so might delay the vessel. Papers and raw products berths and moorings on S.E. side of Botany Bay). required include: It is a tanker ‘T’ type jetty set off about 90 m. from the shore line. Crew Report List (alphabetical order), and passengers if any. Fender length 95 m. Depth 14.5 m. at datum. Ships’ Inward Cargo Report. Vessels always berth head out port side alongside. Forward moorings Quarantine Declaration. go to dolphin connected by catwalk to main jetty. Stern moorings to On arrival, Crew Effects Report and Report of Ship’s Stores. corner of container wharf. 4,2 each end by line boat. Port of Call List. Fresh water available and is included in port dues, so top-up. Ship’s Report of Arrival. Accommodation ladder can be landed. On arrival, papers required include Crew Effects Declaration Store trucks not allowed on jetty roadway to shore. But LPG operated (alphabetical order). forklift can be supplied by Boral (Now ORICA) to take pallet stores from If sailing coastwise, Customs will issue ‘Rider Envelope’ with all parking bay to ship’s side. relevant documents plus Clearance to next port. Terminal: Basically two parcels of LPG handled: If Brisbane is the last port of call in Australia, and vessel is going to Refrigerated – Receivers were Elgas and Gogas (into ORICA Indonesia, Hong Kong or Singapore after Australia, the following forms Terminal). should be faxed prior to departure: Pressured – Receivers were Boral (Now ORICA). Indonesia: Crew List to be faxed to first Indonesia port for Refrigerated Chicksan is the Northern arm (or stern arm port side to) pre-arrival clearance. and ambient the Southern arm. Distance apart 6.0 m. Hong Kong: Crew List to be faxed to Hong Kong for pre-arrival Refrigerated 6 in. ␺ ASA 300. Ambient 6 in. ␺ ASA 300 connections. clearance. Also List of Ports of Call, copies of The refrigerated arm has a height envelope restriction: Registry, Safety Equipment, Safety Construction, Distance above W/L – 4.0 m. to 11.7 m. Safety Radio, Load Line and Derat Certificates. Distance to ship’s side – 0.5 m. to 5.0 m. Singapore: Crew List to be faxed for pre-arrival clearance. Vessel has to shift along berth 6.0 m. (about 30 minutes) between APPROACHES: Good navigation conditions in Moreton Bay except in parcels. Normally ambient (ORICA) discharged first. exceptionally heavy weather in N.W. channel. Minimum depth in N.W. ORICA storage (refrigerated): channel 13.5 m., in Bar Cutting 13.0 m., in Swinging Basin at Luggage 1␺7,500 tonnes Propane. Point 13.0 m., to Hamilton 9.1 m. (all LWOST). Dredged channels in 1␺7,600 tonnes Butane. Moreton Bay minimum 300 m. width. River Cuttings 120 m. width, Bar 1␺4,200 tonnes Ethylene. Cutting 180 m. width. ORICA pumping 300 tonnes/hr. at 5.0 Bar back pressure. In Moreton Bay and Brisbane River the mean spring rise is 2.16 m. ORICA storage: 18␺500 cu.m. pressure tanks. above LAT and mean neap rise is 1.76 m. above LAT. The maximum Pressure pumping rate 160 tonnes/hr. at 9 Bar back pressure, Spring tide 2.71 m. above LAT. The visibility is generally good except temperature ␣4␥C. in cyclonic weather when heavy rain.

98 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA PILOTAGE: The pilotage service in Brisbane is operated by Brisbane CRANES: Marine Pilots Pty. Ltd. Pilotage is compulsory for every vessel with an Location Capacity LOA greater than 35 m., except for those whose Master holds a current No. (Tonnes) Pilotage Exemption Certificate. Hamilton No. 2 1 85 (Jib Crane) The pilot boarding ground is 3 nautical miles S.E. of Point Cartwright, Maritime No. 3 1 75 (Jib Crane) near Caloundra. (Pilots may board or disembark outside these limits by Fisherman Islands No. 1-3 1 40 (Gantry), 50 (Heavy Lift) prior arrangement). 1 35 (Gantry), 60 (Heavy Lift) Requests for pilots should be made via the ship’s agent giving at least 1 40 (Gantry), 80 (Heavy Lift) 24 hours notice. Brisbane Marine Pilots maintain a 24 hour listening Fisherman Islands No. 4-6 2 36 (Gantry), 64 (Heavy Lift) watch on VHF Channel 12. 1 45 (Gantry), 60 (Heavy Lift) Pilots embark and disembark using fast yellow-hulled launches. Ships Fisherman Islands No. 7 2 35 (Gantry), 60 (Heavy Lift) are required to provide a good lee and maintain a speed of 8 knots when CRUISE FACILITIES: See ‘‘Developments’’. embarking/disembarking their pilot. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Hamilton Wharf No. 4: Bulk mineral sand Pilot ladder should be rigged as per Solas Regulations and ISO is exported. Gross handling rate for loader is up to 1,800 t.p.h. Storage Standards, 2.0 m. above the water, with 2 man ropes and a heaving line. sheds – 3,400 sq.m. Brisbane Marine Pilots. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3862-2260. Fax: ␣61 (7) Pinkenba Bulk Terminal: Grain, silica sand and other dry bulk. Vessels 3862-2240. Mobile: 0418-737012 (After hours). up to max. draft of 10.1 m. are handled. Single shiploader with loading Email: [email protected] rate of 1,200 t.p.h. Shed storage 80,000 tons. Silo storage 62,000 tons. Also see ‘‘Radio’’. Incitec South: Bulk liquid and bulk dry cargoes, including ammonia and phosphoric acid. Bulk dry cargoes – fixed gantry ship loader with loading Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great rate of 200 t.p.h. Ammonia storage 100,000 tons and phosphoric acid Barrier Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available storage 20,000 tons. from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal Incitec North: Bulk fertilisers are loaded into 4␺50 ton hoppers, using Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. ship’s gear or mobile crane. Storage capacity 50,000 tons. Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at Pacific Terminals: Bulk tallow, vegetable oil and other non-low flash bulk Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East liquids handled. Discharge rate of 200-300 t.p.h., loading rate of Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. 400 t.p.h. Storage capacity 25,000 cu.m. RESTRICTIONS: Berthing times dependent on vessel’s draft in relation Sugar Terminal: Operated by Brisbane Bulk Sugar Terminal. Mobile to state of tide. gantry loader with 1,500 t.p.h. loading rate. Storage shed 120,000 tons. MAX. SIZE: Waterline length in river 250 m. at 9.7 m. draft. Draft at The berth is also used by cruise ships. HWOST for tankers 12.2 m.; for cargo vessels 9.7 m. and bulk carriers QCL: Bulk clinker, gypsum, slag imports. Cement clinker receival hopper 13.2 m. downstream of Pelican Bank (Fisherman Islands). with travelling grab crane bucket. Discharge up to 400 t.p.h. Storage HEALTH: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Doctor boards at river entrance or at berth. sheds of 5,000 tons, 30,000 tons and 82,000 tons. Available 24 hours per day. Fisherman Islands – Coal: Single shiploader, loading rate up to RADIO: Notification of ETA: Masters of all vessels arriving at Brisbane 3,300 t.p.h. Clinker unloading rate up to 2,000 t.p.h. Stockpile storage should keep their agents informed of their ETA and arrival draft. 300,000 tons. Masters can also confirm ETA direct to Brisbane Port Control by: Fisherman Islands – Grain: Single shiploader, loading rate up to Tel: ␣61 7-3895 1318 (24 hours). 2,200 t.p.h. Silo storage 60,000 tons. Woodchip loading up to 1,000 t.p.h. Fax: ␣61 7-3895 1311. Stockpile storage 100,000 tons. Sugar loading up to 800 t.p.h. Cottonseed loading up to 600 t.p.h. Sugar/cottonseed warehouse shed Telex: AA42215. 40,000 tons. Modem: 7-3895 1384. CONTAINER HANDLING FACILITIES: Masters should contract Brisbane Harbour on VHF Channel 16, two Fisherman Islands: hours and one hour prior to arrival at Point Cartwright, confirming ETA Berth No. 7: Container and Roll-on/Roll-off. Total storage 1,290 TEUs, and to obtain pilot’s boarding/ladder information. including 96 reefers. 3 RTG’s. Operated by Maersk-SeaLand. VHF: Brisbane Port Control’s call sign is ‘‘Brisbane Harbour’’. Berth No. 6: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Operated by P&O Ports. The following channels are used: Berth No. 5: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Operated by P&O Ports. Channel 16 Call up, Answering, Emergencies. Berth No. 4: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Storage shed 5,500 sq.m. Channel 12 Working Channel. Total storage 7,100 TEUs, including 1,200 reefers. Operated by P&O Channel 67 Small Craft. Ports. Channel 6, 8, 9, 10 Pilots and Tugs Berth No. 3: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Storage shed 6,000 sq.m. Channel 63, 73 Water Police/Coast Guard. 12 straddle carriers, 10 heavy forklifts. Operated by Patrick – The Also see ‘‘Radio’’. Australian Stevedore. RADAR: Continual watch kept at Harbour Control on relay from Berth No. 2: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Operated by Patrick – The Caloundra Head and Redcliffe Peninsular Radar Stations. Australian Stevedore. TUGS: Service is provided by Adsteam Harbour, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) Berth No. 1: Containers and Roll-on/Roll-off. Storage 6,000 TEUs, 3895-1022 (24 hours). 5 tugs are available (3␺62 tonnes (4,800 b.h.p.), including 865 reefers. Operated by Patrick – The Australian Stevedore. 1␺50 tonnes (3,600 b.h.p.) and 1␺42 tonnes (2,240 b.h.p.)) bollard pull. Hamilton: Berth No. 1: Containers. Storage shed 3,000 sq.m. Operated by P&O Tugs join vessel approaching the berth, or as may be required elsewhere Ports. in the river. Line boats available. Berth No. 2: Containers. Storage shed 1,811 sq.m. Operated by P&O BERTHING: Ports. Distance Berth No. 3: Containers. Storage sheds 4,400 sq.m. Operated by P&O from River Wharf Nominal Ports. Wharf Mouth Length Depth Berth No. 4: Containers. Storage sheds 3,400 sq.m. Operated by P&O (km.) (m.) (m.) Ports. Fisherman Islands Maritime: No 7 0.9 250 13.0 Berth No. 2: Containers. Storage shed 3,400 sq.m. Operated by Patrick No. 6 1.1 150 13.0 – The Australian Stevedore. No. 5 1.3 250 13.0 Berth No. 3: Containers. Storage shed 4,850 sq.m. Operated by Patrick No. 4 1.5 300 13.0 – The Australian Stevedore. No. 3 1.8 300 13.0 Many of the berths mentioned above also handle general cargo and No. 2 2.5 200 13.0 bulk cargo. No. 1 2.7 200 13.0 Also see ‘‘Berthing’’ and ‘‘Cranes’’. Grain 2.9 240 13.0 BRIDGES: Gateway Bridge in Quarries Reach. The height under the Coal 3.3 240 13.0 bridge is 50.85 m. above HAT. Vessels with uppermost height exceeding Cement 3.3 240 13.5 47 m. must obtain written permission from the Duty Harbour Master Caltex Crude Wharf 3.1 260* 13.3 before passing under the bridge. BP Luggage Point 3.1 320 14.3 STEVEDORES: Ample labour available for all cargo working. Caltex Products 5.7 186 9.8 Normal capacity per gang per shift: 60 tons break bulk; 75 tons QCL 6.8 220 9.8 palletised cargo. Shell 8.6 220 11.0 TANKERS: Port and Harbour Regulations stipulate that tankers use BP Products 8.1 235 11.0 large coir/nylon springs for attaching vessel’s fore and aft springs to the Pacific Terminals 8.9 200 9.0 mooring bollards on the wharves except where tension winches are fitted. The springs are supplied by wharf owners. Incitec-North 9.1 122 10.1 Moorings should consist of at least 4 parts out each end in addition Pinkenba BulkTerminal 9.6 256 10.5 to 2 back springs both fore and aft. If these lines are not tended and Incitec-South 9.6 150 10.5 taut at all times the vessel cannot be considered to be securely moored. Sugar Terminal 13.0 170 10.1 In addition to the above 2 lines have to be made fast: 1 fore-line from Mobil 14.0 190 8.0 the main deck and 1 aft-line from the main deck. Hamilton A rat guard is to be properly fixed to each mooring line and where it No. 1 15.6 140 10.4 is not possible to place a guard on the forward or after spring lines, No. 2 15.4 240 10.4 a piece of tarred rag or hessian should be attached. No. 3 15.3 170 10.4 A Radar Station at Brisbane Port Control, Whyte Island, at the mouth No. 4 15.1 210 10.4 of the Brisbane River, conducts a 24 hours, all weather watching brief Forgacs Cairncross Dockyard 15.0 307 9.1 over all ships entering or leaving the port of Brisbane. Maritime The load line and freeboard of tankers arriving with full cargo may be No. 1 (Dolphin berth) 15.8 170 9.1 inspected by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority. No. 2 15.7 255 10.4 All officials or crew wishing to go to or leave the B.P. Terminal at No. 3 15.3 260 10.4 Luggage Point must do so by launch. Masters should contact the local * Max. LOA. Agents to arrange. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 99 AUSTRALIA Caltex Crude Berth, Fisherman Islands: This berth is located at CONSULS: Fisherman Islands on the South side of the Brisbane River, 1.7 miles Austrian Honorary Consul, 30 Argyle Street, Breakfast Creek. Tel: ␣61 from the inner bar beacons. It is a jetty type dolphin berth with a total (7) 3262-8955. length of 330 m., depth alongside of 12.8 m. LWOST, and is accessible Belgium Honorary Consul, 160 Edward Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) by road. 3210-2811. Crude oil discharging facility 3␺250 mm. mechanical arms, British Consulate General, BP House, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane. 1040 kpa/3,500 cu.m./hr. max. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3223-3200. Fuel oil bunkers available, 1␺150 mm. mechanical arm. Canadian Consul General, Sydney. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9364-3000. Fresh water is available. Chilean Honorary Consul, 33 Stuartholme Road, Bardon. Tel: ␣61 (7) Diesel oil available via road transport. 3368-4073. Shore gangway is available. Cyprus Honorary Consul General, 270 Boscombe Road, Brookfield. No ballast facility/slop reception available. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3374-2223. Berthing either side alongside, port preferable. French Honorary Consul, 10 Market Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) Shore connects arms. 3229-8201. BP Crude Berth, Luggage Point: This berth is an island berth, consisting German Honorary Consul, 10 Eagle Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) of a central platform with 2 breasting dolphins and 2 mooring dolphins 3221-7819. at either side, located on the Northern side of the Brisbane River Greek Honorary Consul General, 215 Adelaide Street, Brisbane. entrance. There is 1␺20 in. crude pipeline from the berth to the BP Tel: ␣61 (7) 3292-7422. Refinery on Bulwer Island of about 6,000 ft. length. In addition there is Italian Consul, 10 Eagle Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3229-8944. an 8 in. bunker line and a 3 in. fresh water line. Shore gangway. No Japanese Consul General, Comalco Place, 12 Creek Street, Brisbane. ␣ ballast or slop facilities or dirty ballast facility. Port side alongside. Tel: 61 (7) 3221-5188. ␣ Grades handled: Malta Honorary Consul, 12 Creek St., Brisbane. Tel: 61 (7) Crude oil discharge 2␺300 mm., 1,402 m., 150 psi/3,500 cu.m./hr. 3307-8888. Netherlands Honorary Consul, 101 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane. max. ␣ Fuel oil, diesel oil, loading 2␺12 in., 1,402 m., 300 cu.m./hr. max. Tel: 61 (7) 3839-9644. New Zealand Consul General, Sydney. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9247-7500. Caltex Products Berth, Lytton: The Caltex Products Wharf is located ␣ further up river from the Caltex crude berth 3.1 nautical miles from the Norwegian Honorary Consul, 217 George St., Brisbane. Tel: 61 (7) 3229-0492. inner bar beacons. The Products Wharf is a jetty type dolphin berth with ␣ a total length of 280 m., depth alongside 9.8 m. LWOST and is accessible Papua New Guinea Consul, 99 Creek Street, Brisbane. Tel: 61 (7) by road. 3221-7915. Philippines Honorary Consul General, 126 Wickham Street, Fortitude Petroleum products loading/discharging facility 4␺200 mm. Valley. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3252-8215. mechanical arms, 1040 kpa, average rate per product 500 t.p.h. Polish Consulate, 324 Queen Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) Grades handled: Diesel, gasolines, kerosenes, fuel oil. 3221-9564. Fuel oil bunkers available. Portuguese Honorary Consul, 379 Queen Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 Diesel oil bunkers available. (7) 3229-2233. Fresh water is available. Spanish Honorary General, 25 Mary Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) Slop facilities available. Slops containing chemical not accepted. 3221-8571. Ballast facilities limited. No added chemicals accepted. Sri Lankan Honorary Consul, 79 Constalation Crescent, Bridgeman Berthing either side alongside, starboard preferable. Downs. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3353-0029. Gangway not available. Swedish Consulate, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3221-9797. Shore connects arms. Switzerland Honorary Consul, 11 Ross St., Newstead. Tel: ␣61 (7) BP Products Berth, Bulwer Island: This berth is located on Bulwer 3257-1666. Island, nearly 3 miles upstream of the BP Crude Berth. The berth is a Thailand Royal Thai Consulate, 87 Annerley Road, South Brisbane. T-head jetty with 2 breasting dolphins, 2 mooring dolphins and mooring Tel: ␣61 (7) 3846-7772. posts on the river bank. Ship’s gangway is used. Ballast and slop facilities United States of America Consul, Sydney. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9373-9200. are available (7,000 tons). Shore connects and disconnects hoses. Uruguayan Honorary Consul, 140 Links Avenue, Eagle Farm. Tel: ␣61 Either side alongside. (7) 3868-1181. Grades handled: REPAIRS: All major repairs undertaken, including main propulsiondiesel All products loading 1␺8 in., 2,764 m., 500 cu.m./hr. max. engines, steam turbines, boilers, reduction gearing servicing, propellers, All products discharging 1␺8 in., 183 m., 150 psi/1,000 cu.m./hr.max. tailshafts, stern bearings, all engine-room repairs, deck gear, radar, radio LPG unloading 1␺6 in., 671 m., 45 cu.m./hr. max. and sonar equipment, fitting-out berths. Dirty ballast 1␺8 in., 90 m., max. 4,460 tons, max rate 1,000 cu.m./hr. DRY DOCKS: Forgacs Cairncross Dockyard offers 24 hour dry dock LPG loading 1␺3 in., 671 m., 145 cu.m./hr. max. and fitting out berth, ship repair and maintenance facilities. Dry dock LPG vent line 1␺2 in., 671 m. capacity 85,000 tonnes. 1␺50 ton crane for dry dock use and 1␺30 ton TEL unloading line. crane for fitting-out berth use. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3227-0888. Fresh water 1␺0.5 in. hose. SURVEYORS: Brian Petitt & Assoc. Pty. Ltd., Thynne Road, Shell, Pinkenba: The terminal is located at Pinkenba and connected with Morningside, Qld. 4171. Tel: ␣61 (7) 399-3755. Fax: ␣61 (7) 399-8850. the berth at Pinkenba by 8 in. pipeline of about 5,700 m. The berth is a GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Normally by crew, but can be hired. T-head with dolphins. It is used to discharge white products, base lube OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Performed by stevedores/crew. oils and solvents. The ship’s boom is used for hose connecting and CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. disconnecting. No dirty ballast facilities. Starboard side alongside. CARGO GEAR: Heavy lift cranes and facilities up to 80 tons available Grades discharged: at certain wharves. Fuel oil, diesel oil, bitumen 1␺8 in., 427 m., 150 psi/1,000 cu.m./hr. AIRPORT: International flights to all major Asian, European, Pacific and max. North and South American destinations. Gas oil, ballast, kerosene, chemicals 1␺8 in., 427 m., TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. 150 psi/850 cu.m./hr. max. HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day; M.U.A. Picnic Day; Australia Day; Good Lub oils 1␺8 in., 732 m., 150 psi/320 cu.m./hr. max. Friday; Easter Monday; Anzac Day; Queen’s Birthday; Christmas Day; Mobil, Colmslie: This berth is located 14 km. from the mouth of the river. Boxing Day. It is a T-head berth with dolphins, used for discharging petroleum Close Holidays – Christmas Day, Good Friday, Anzac Day, Labour products. No dirty ballast. Either side alongside. Day, M.U.A. Picnic Day (No labour available these days). Some public Grades discharged: holiday dates vary from year to year. Consult Agent for current Ballast, kerosene, gas oil, fuel oil, chemicals 1␺8 in., 577 m., information. 150 psi/750 cu.m./hr. max. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Tel: 000 and ask for service required. Fuel oil, diesel oil 1␺8 in., 577 m., 150 psi/800 cu.m./hr. max. TELEPHONES: At all wharves. Can be connected on board. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Lub oils 1␺8 in., 577 m., 150 psi/300 cu.m./hr. max. ␺ SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Seafarers’ Centre, Harbour Road, Hamilton. LPG 1 2 in., 91 m., 15 cu.m./hr. max. Tel: 3268-3495. Public transport to and from the city is Maritime Wharves, Hamilton: Wharf No. 1 at the Maritime Wharves is convenient/available. Look for bus numbers 150, 160, 170, 180 and 190. used to discharge and load bulk oil and chemicals. It is a T-head berth Seafarers’ Centre, Port Drive, Fisherman Islands. Tel: 3895-1181. with dolphins. No dirty ballast facilities. Either side alongside. Regular public (bus) transport is not available. However, group bus tours Grades handled: ␺ and/or group bus transport to the city can be organised by informing the Ballast, kerosene, gas oil, diesel oil, fuel oil, acid, edible oils - 1 8 in., Seafarers’ Centre. Fisherman Islands, 12 hours before the bus is 1,676 m., 150 psi/750 cu.m./hr. max. required. Taxis: Black/White Tel: 131008; Wynnum Tel: 3396-2111(local DENSITY: 1025 (possibly less during cyclone conditions). company); Yellow Tel: 3391-0191. FRESH WATER: From mains, generally at 35 t.p.h. Contact local agent GENERAL: The Port of Brisbane Corporation strengthened its to confirm. commitment to become more internationally competitive by forging FUEL: Oil bunkering facilities are available at Maritime Wharves No. 1, ahead with a new strategic direction. The Corporation will focus on 2 and 3. providing logistic solutions and building business alliances which actively Also from the following oil company terminals: promote trade, improve port performance and develop closer public and B.P. (Pinkenba); Shell (Pinkenba); Caltex (Lytton); Mobil (Colmslie); private sector relationships. B.P. Maritime (Hamilton). DEVELOPMENTS: A longer term strategic port infrastructure plan will The oil companies will also deliver fuel by road tanker to cargo berths. be developed, addressing issues such as the establishment of a A barge bunkering service supplying marine fuel oil, plus lube and gas dedicated breakbulk facility, future use of the sugar terminal, deepening oil, is operated within the port by Riverside Marine. The largest capacity of the Approach Channel and berths at Fisherman Islands, and barge is 1,575 tons, discharging rates up to 580 t.p.h. requirements for the reclamation of additional land. This service is also available at Moreton Bay Anchorage (Brisbane Cruise Terminal: The Multiplex Portside Wharf Passenger Terminal, Roads) for ships requiring bunkering only (24 hours service). Apart from valued at AUS$140 million (U.S.$82.3 million), is to be built on the north pilotage, there are no navigation charges or tugs required to stand by side of the Brisbane River at Hamilton, and will be capable of handling at anchorage. Panamax-sized cruise ships (more than 70,000 d.w.t.), navy vessels and

100 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA various smaller vessels. The Terminal will also have facilities catering Gogas and Elgas receive at 170 tonnes/hr. 13 bar BP. for conferences and public functions. 6 in. 300 ASA hose at both berths into 10 in. line. The Terminal shall consist of a residential development of 6 buildings, Discharge restrictions regarding temperature apply at both berths. consisting of 4 high-rise towers of 10 levels and 2 low-rise towers of Vessel can discharge C3 (Propane) down to ␤30␥C, but first and last 5 levels, totalling 350 units, and retail space to service the cruise ship 50 tonnes must be at ambient or warmer. passengers, tourists and the residential development. All should be The jetty watchman at both berths provides vessel with walkie-talkie. completed in mid-2004. NH3 at Incitec – South: Loading warm product – protest. Media Contact: John Algate (Mr. Beattie). Tel: ␣61 (73) 224 4500. Found oil carry over on cleaning after discharging in Taiwan. Michael O’Meara (Mr. Barton). Tel: ␣61 (73) 224 4600. It is best to load first and last 2 hours into same tank. David Smith (Ms. Rose). Tel: ␣61 (73) 224 2004. Rate: 230 tonnes/hr. at 0.5 bar BP. Shore hose 10 in. 150 ASA. Customs: If first port of entry inward, papers (on Australian forms) to be SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995 (Updated 2002). submitted via Agent by Fax at least 7 days beforehand. Failure to do Charts: AUS. No. 235, 236, 237 and 238. this might delay vessel. Approach: The prominent pinnacles of Glasshouse Mountains are Papers required: Crew Report List (Alphabetical order), Ship’s Inward unmistakable. Point Cartwright with its very conspicuous water tower Cargo Report, Quarantine Declaration, Report of Ship’s Stores, Ports of stands out. Caloundra, 7 miles to South, with its many buildings, is also Call List, Ship’s Report of Arrival. conspicuous. On arrival, the additional papers are required: Crew Effects Declaration The Racon on the Beacon NW2 at Morton Bay Channel entrance is (Alphabetical order). radar conspicuous. Customs generally fair and reasonable. Anchorage: See AUS. No. 235. Anchorage is 4 miles S.S.E. from Point If sailing coastwise, Customs then issue ‘Rider Envelope’ with all Cartwright, outside port limits, if awaiting pilot/berth, in about 30 m. Very relevant documents plus Clearance to next port. exposed and holding ground is poor, so best to steam in poor weather. Customs also act for Immigration and sign crew on and off. Inside Port Limits/Pilotage Waters: Lower end of Morton Bay clear of Telephone: Payphone ashore at all berths. main shipping channel in varying depths from 12.0 m. to 27.0 m., about Airport: Brisbane International Airport on North side of river near BP and 3 miles N.E. of Mud Island. Shell berths. International and domestic flights available. STS transfers under pilotage also take place in this area. Chandler: Several boarded. Pilots: VHF as per ALRS. Pilot boats as per AUS. No. 235 from Technical: We found Heybridge Engineering very good for most Mooloolaba Harbour, inside Point Cartwright, by fast cutter. engineering/technical matters. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3822-3400, 24 hour pilotage dependent on draft and tide. Pilot boards in all mobile 018-876-628, A.O.H. (7) 3344 2460. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3344-3880. weathers, and a good lee is required. Also Keppel Cairncross have recently reopened (together with dry One Pilot used throughout, about 4 hours to tanker berths. dock) on South side of river near Hamilton. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3227-0888. Morton Bay crossed at sea speed. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3899-0879. Red flasing light required for tankers (New regulations to be published). Bunkers: Available ex-BP Jetty (IFO 180 at IFO 380 prices), or by barge. Channel: Morton Bay Channel, about 36 miles in length from Beacon Public Transport: All berths about 7 miles from city. BP and Shell have NW2 to entrance beacons of Brisbane River. no public transport facilities. Incitec (NH3) is 1 mile South of Hemmatt Controlling depth is 13.00 m., which is also maximum draft to Lytton Railway Station with cheap trains into city. Cutting, dependent on tide, squat and weather conditions. Strong cross currents, particularly at Morton Bay entrance. Good AUTHORITY: Port of Brisbane Corporation, Port Office, Sandpiper buoyage and lights. Avenue, Fisherman Islands, Queensland 4178, (Locked Bag 1818, Upriver from Lytton Cutting depths decrease. To Pinkenba Cutting Wynnum, QLD 4178), Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3258-4788, 4888. Turning Basin (the upper limit for LPG tanks) depth is 9.1 m., generally Fax: ␣61 (7) 3258-4702, 4703. Email: [email protected] 10.0 m. is maximum draft handled, dependent on tide. WWW: www.portbris.com.au Contact: Jeff Coleman, Chief Executive Gas carriers generally do not proceed above Pinkenba Swinging Officer. Greg Smith, General Manager – Operations. Bill Tranberg, Basin, which 9.1 m. dredged datum and 280 m. swinging circle. Senior Manager – Facilities. Denis D’Cotta, Manager – Shipping Tugs: Stationed at North end of Whyte Island off Lytton Rocks Cutting. (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3258-4810). 5 tugs available from 42 ton to 62 ton bollard pull, which includes Captain Richard Johnson, Regional Harbour Master, Queensland 2 salvage tugs. Tug’s lines used. Vessels bound for LPG/NH3 berths, Transport, Marine Operations Base, MacArthur Avenue East, met by tugs at Lytton Cutting. Pinkenba, Queensland 4008, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3860-3552. Salvage tugs also do harbour towage. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3860-3571. For small ships often large tugs and for large ships often small tugs, Duty Harbour Master, Queensland Transport, Brisbane Port Control, Pilots have no control. Pilots said QE2 visit ended up with one small tug Howard Smith Drive, Whyte Island, Queensland 4178, Australia. as tug supply depends on tug crew rotas. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3895-1318. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3895-1311. Berths: Three berths handle gas carriers, BP, Shell and Incitec for NH3 (Ammonia). BP: Products berth on North side of river on Bulwer Island, about BROOME, W.A.: 17.59 S. 122.14 E. (See Plan) 8 miles upriver from Brisbane River Channel entrance. Chicksans for products. Hoses for LPG. PORT LIMITS: East limit: From Fall Point (17␥ 59.1' S., 122␥ 20.3' E. Wooden construction with one mooring dolphin each end. approx.) in a direction 180␥ – 4.5 miles to position 18␥ 03.6' S., Pilots quote depth alongside as 10.7 m. MLW. 122␥ 20.3' E., thence; Tanker type ‘T’ jetty. Out from river bank about 20 m. Good fenders. South limit: In a direction 270␥ – 10.5 miles to position 18␥ 03.60' S., Port or starboard side to. Generally Agents request ships head out – 122␥ 09.35' E., thence; port side to (due to tug problems). West limit: In a direction 000␥ – 8.25 miles to position 17␥ 55.40' S., Length of fender landing is 80 m. Dolphin to dolphin 220 m. 122␥ 09.35' E., thence; Roadway about 25 m. from jetty face, which is nearest trucks can North limit: In a direction 090␥ about 3.1 miles to the shore come. (17␥ 55.40' S., 122␥ 12.60' E. approx.). Fresh water through meter. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Brow gangway available. PILOTAGE: Resident Pilot available. Inform Department of Transport of Moorings were 4 and 2 each end. One line boat operated by tug ETA 7 days in advance. Pilot boards approximately 292␥ (T) distant company. Mooring gang was good, but do not like wires. They will not 4.5 miles from Gantheaume Point. handle breast wires at LW. RESTRICTIONS: Channel between Channel Rock and Middle Bank Use of aft store crane not possible. dredged to 5.3 m. LWOST. Vessels of more than 5.2 m. draft restricted Shell: 600 m. upriver from BP on North bank of river at Lytton. General to height of tide for arrival/departure. HWOST 8.38 m. HWONT 5.24 m. products berth. No Chicksans. MAX. SIZE: Draft 9.15 m. Same construction as BP. Fender length 80 m. Mooring dolphin either HEALTH: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. end, 205 m. apart. VHF: Channels 6, 12 and 16. Pilots quote depth alongside as 10.5 m. MLW. TUGS: None. Accommodation ladder can be landed. BERTHING: 2 berths. Outer berth max. length 186 m., 9.75 m. LWOST. Either side to (Generally port side to). Inner berth length 146 m., depth 8.5 m. LWOST. Tanker ‘T’ jetty stands out from river bank about 15 m. STEVEDORES: Labour available 24 hours. Maximum shift length Nearest roadway for trucks about 20 m. from jetty face. 14 hours. Aft stores crane can just plumb. FRESH WATER: Unlimited supply. Rate up to 20 t.p.h. (up to 50 t.p.h. Moorings and procedure same as BP. with booster) at a cost of $1.60 per 1,000 litres. Incitec – South: For NH3. Located at Pinkenba Swinging Basin, South FUEL: Diesel oil available, provided prior notice given to BP or Shell side of river. Vessel can land accommodation ladder. Agents. Flat face quay used for fertiliser loading. Fender length 150 m. REPAIRS: Minor repairs possible through Broome Slipways. One mooring dolphin either side connected by catwalks to quay, CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 205 m. apart. CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Quoted 10.5 m. alongside MLW. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Fresh water available. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage disposal available with skips, A$18.00 Vessels berth port or starboard side alongside, but generally starboard per removal at any time. side to. Overseas garbage subject to quarantine restrictions as no large Terminal: LPG at BP and Shell: Interconnected by 4 in. lines. Tanks from capacity incinerator available. Garbage Contractor: Tel: 091-921169. 100 m. – 1,000 m. from jetties. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Very limited service available – Mobile road LPG pressure storage discharge. tanker capacity 8,000 litres. Three receivers in total (Boral, Gogas (Shell) and Elgas). No barges, no shore tanks, no special berth available. Telephone Boral is situated beside BP Terminal, whilst Gogas and Elgas are at garbage contractor on telephone number above. the Shell terminal. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. If discharging at BP, Boral can receive at 150 tonnes/hr. 7 bar BP. GENERAL: Tides: Both ebb and flood in direction of line of jetty. Tide Gogas and Elgas receive at 130 tonnes/hr. 15 bar BP. has apparent ebb period of 8 hours, flood 4 hours. Slack water 2.5 hours If discharge at Shell, Boral receive at 140 tonnes/hr. 14 bar BP. prior HW and LW. Information given by radio. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 101 AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Department of Transport, P.O. Box 402, 1 Essex HEALTH: Quarantine inspection required if Bunbury is first Australian Street, Fremantle, WA 6160, Australia. Tel: (089) 239-2399. port. Quarantine inspection for Health Clearance – hours of inspection FAX: (089) 239-2279. Contact: M. Russell, Director of Marine. 0600 – 2200. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Department of Transport, P.O.Box 46, Broome, WA 6725, Australia. VHF: The Base Station is ‘‘Port of Bunbury’’, Call Sign ‘‘V Z 6 P O’’, Tel: 08-91-921304. FAX: 08-91-921778. Cables: Port General which monitors Channel 16 and works on Channel 12. Tugs on Manager. Contact: R. Hill, Operations Manager. B. Martin, General Channel 6 or 10. Manager. It is not manned continuously, but a listening watch is kept prior to a vessel’s expected arrival, except when the Master has previously been advised by radio to anchor and await pilot. BUNBURY, W.A.: 33.19 S. 115.38 E. (See Plan) TUGS: Operator: River WIJS Pty.Ltd. 2 tugs available. ‘‘Riverwijs Grace’’ (43 tonne bollard pull) and ‘‘Riverwijs LOCATION: Charts: Australian Charts No. 115, 334, 335, 755, 756 Isabelle’’ (43 tonne bollard pull). Join vessel off berth. Tugs line normally and 4726. used. The tugs are normally manned from 0800 hrs. to 1600 hrs. Publications: Australia Pilot, Volume V. weekdays. At other times, tugs must be pre-arranged. DOCUMENTS: Ships intending to call at an Australian port should BERTHING: Berth names from the 1st May 1996: complete a ‘‘Ships Impending Arrival Details’’ form with Australian Old Name New Name Customs at least 48 hours prior to the vessel’s arrival through their Agent. Outer Harbour No. 1 Berth 1 The information required is comprehensive, requiring full details of the Land Backed Berth No. 1 ship, the intended date of arrival in Bunbury, crew identity information, Ilmenite Berth whether there are passengers or animals on board, previous ports (at Outer Harbour No. 2 Berth 2 least 4), last visit to Australia and intended port calls together with details Land Backed Berth No. 2 of ship’s certificates, including pollution insurance. Inner Harbour No. 1 Berth 3 Master and crew are advised that Customs require prior approval Woodchip Berth before any items can be landed from the vessel. Inner Harbour "A" Berth 4 The following is a guide to the required forms to be completed on Alcoa/Alumina Berth arrival: Inner Harbour No. 2 Berth 5 Form 5 Part One Ship’s Report of Arrival General Purpose Berth Form 3A Crew Report and Crew List – Surnames in Inner Harbour "B" Berth 6* alphabetical order. Worsley Alumina Berth Form 3B Crew Report Inner Harbour "C" Berth 8 Form B921 (Rev5/92) Ports of Call List. * Berth 6 not yet constructed. Form 5 Part 4 Report of Ship’s Stores. Berth 7 is being reserved for a new berth which may be Form 4 Part Two Crew Effects Declaration. constructed on the South side of the inner harbour. As a further guide to completing the Crew Report, the following should Outer Harbour: be contained as essential to the information relevant to each crew Berth No. 1 (Mineral Sands): Primarily a specialised bulk berth, length member. 184 m., with a travelling mechanical shiploader (length of travel 134 m.), Crew agreement reference No., full name, male or female, date of rated at 800 tonnes per hour, linked with adjacent storage for the export birth, country of birth, current document of identity type, current of Mineral Sands. The berth is designed to handle Panamax vessels document No., nationality and rank or rating. 225 m. LOA and 32.2 m. beam. Vessels up to 233 m. in length have If Passengers on Board: been safely accommodated at this berth. The controlling max. sailing 3 copies List of Passengers To be Divided into Ports draft for the berth is 8.8 m. plus height of tide. Disembarking in Australia of Disembarkation Berth No. 2 (Dangerous Goods and Tankers): General purpose berth, (Form M308) length 184 m. 5 copies List of Passengers not Deepest Draft: Southwest end 8.0 m. and Northeast end 9.0 m., plus an allowance for tide. Disembarking in Australia ␺ (Form M309) Weighbridge: Capacity 70 tonnes, platform 18 m. 3.5 m. In addition to the above Forms, the following certificates need to be Original Wooden Cargo Jetty: Now disused, and not maintained. Not sighted. suitable for laying up. Inner Harbour: 1. Last Port Clearance. No. 3 Berth (Sotico-Woodchip): Primarily a specialised woodchip 2. Ship’s Registry. loading berth, length 381 m., equipped with a fixed mechanical loader, 3. Load Line. rated at 1,000 t.p.h., linked to adjacent storage. Vessels should prepare 4. Safety Radio. extra long flaked back springs on the main deck amidships for hauling 5. Safety Construction the vessel along the berth during loading operations. 6. Safety Equipment. The max. size of a woodchip carrier that can safely move up and down 7. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate and Attachment. the berth is a vessel up to Panamax size LOA 217 m. and 32.2 m. beam. 8. International Tonnage Measurement Certificate. Vessels can berth either side to. Pre-Arrival (48 hours prior to Arrival): Crew List and Ship’s Arrival Details No. 5 Berth (General Purpose): General purpose berth, length 240 m., (Ship’s Particulars, previous Ports, Certificates). depth alongside 12.2 m., equipped with mobile hoppers for bulk PILOTAGE: Compulsory for commercial vessels over 150 gross tonnes, discharge. Large ship’s side storage area available. There is a rail spur with exception of Masters who hold an exemption certificate for the port. on to this berth, but not to the ship’s side. Radio Harbour Master, Bunbury 48 hours, 24 hours and 4 hours notice Weighbridge: Capacity 100 tonnes, platform 28 m. ␺ 3.5 m. (Pilot to be ordered well in advance of any public holiday). VHF No. 4 Berth (Alcoa Alumina and Tankers): Specialised bulk alumina Channel 16 – pilot boat. Base set not manned continuously but pilot boat loading berth, utilised by Alcoa and Worsely Mining Companies. may be contacted 1 hour before arrival. Pilot boat – White hull, orange Equipped with a travelling mechanical shiploader rated at 2,000 t.p.h., wheelhouse, three blue stripes, ‘‘No. 104’’ on hull, name ‘‘Leschenault’’ linked to adjacent storage. and ‘‘Koombana’’. The berth consists of a series of 4 dolphins, capable of handling a Pilot boards 1.5 – 2.0 miles from Breakwater in position Lat. 33␥ 17' S., Panamax vessel up to LOA 225 m. and beam 32.2 m. Vessels normally Long. 115␥ 37' E. berth starboard side to. Departure: Vessels to notify the Port Authority 12 hours before departure, Vessels up to 230 m. in length, and 36 m. beam, may be to be confirmed 4 hours and 2 hours prior to departure. accommodated without shifting ship during loading. ANCHORAGES: Between Latitudes 33␥ 16' S. and 33␥ 17' S. and Also see ‘‘Tankers’’. Longitudes 115␥ 36' E. and 115␥ 37' E. No. 8 Berth (Mineral Sands): The berth has a 250 m. wharf face and is Holding ground is fair, but unprotected during bad weather conditions. suitable for Panamax vessels (72,000 d.w.t., 225 m. LOA, 32.2 m. In such conditions Masters are advised to remain at a minimum of 5 miles beam). The berth is also suitable for Ro-Ro vessels up to 238 m. LOA off the coast. with the ramp extended and load displacement of 35,000 tonnes. The RESTRICTIONS: Vessel may berth and sail at night, but this will be minimum size vessel is small tankers 105 m. – 115 m. and approximately dependent on priority of other vessels, labour availability, and weather 10,000 d.w.t. conditions. There is a 2,000 t.p.h. shiploader, that can travel 167.5 m. along the Vessels more than 210 m. LOA may at the Harbour Master’s discretion quay, is linked to adjacent storage and large open area for handling be restricted to daylight berthing only. general and heavy cargoes. Channel Limitations: Deepest draft in Inner Harbour at all berths is obtained using the DUKC system. Also see ‘‘Max. Size’’. Depth in Approaches 13.4 m. at Chart Datum. Air Draft/Outreach of Mechanical Loaders (above chart datum)*: Depth in Inner Harbour 12.2 m. at Chart Datum. Air Stepped to 12.8 m. at seaward end, at Chart Datum. Berth Draft* Outreach Depth at Berth No. 4 12.7 m. at Chart Datum. (m.) Depth at Berth No. 8 12.4 m. at Chart Datum. No.1 Breakwater Berth 14.4 22.0 m. from Wharf Face. Depth in Approaches to Outer Harbour 9.6 m. at Chart Datum. No.2 Breakwater Berth Tides: No.3 Inner Harbour 17.0* 18.5 m. from Wharf Face over a Maximum predicted H.W. Springs 1.3 m. above Chart Datum. length of 163 m. Minimum predicted L.W. Springs 0.0 m. above Chart Datum. No.4 Inner Harbour 13.5 Mechanical trimmer permanently Heights are subject to atmospheric conditions; up to 0.3 m. either side attached. of predicted height. No.8 Inner Harbour 14.0 22.0 m. from Wharf Face. MAX. SIZE: Outer Harbour: Max. length 225 m. Deepest permissible * Vessels can berth with an air draft of 21 m. when the shiploader is in loaded draft 9.0 m. at No. 1 Berth and 8.7 m. at No. 2 Berth. Vessels the stowed position. must have minimum of 5% of max. draft under-keel clearance. Hopper Limits: (No.5 Inner Harbour): Inner Harbour: Max. length 233 m. Max. draft 11.6 m. Ship side to hopper centre 4.9 m. The Inner Harbour does however make use of an (Active) Dynamic Hopper height 2␺6.1 m. Under-Keel Clearance (DUKC) program that can allow vessels to load Head clearance under hoppers 4 hoppers at 3.74 m. in excess of 12.0 m. with minimum under-keel clearance of 0.6 m. 2 hoppers at 3.34 m.

102 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Bulk Discharging Rate: (No.5 Inner Harbour): Free grabbing average of The facility is capable of handling a discharge rate of 4,000 tonnes/hr. 100 t.p.h. per grab. Vessels are required to discharge at a minimum average rate of Stack 1,000 tonnes/hr. There is one storage tank with a capacity of Wharf Loading Limits: Vehicle Tonnes 34,000 tonnes. (sq.m.) BALLAST: Australia relies on very strict Quarantine laws to safeguard No.1 Breakwater Berth Standard Semi Trailer 1.7 against the introduction of foreign diseases, pests and anything which No.2 Breakwater Berth 10 tonne Mobile Crane 3.4 adversely effects the Australian environment, quality of life, its No.5 & 8 Inner Harbour ‘Towmotor AH60’ 60 T. 4.4 neighbours and its position as a trading nation. ‘Scheuerle’ 96 wheel 350 T. Prior to any vessel’s arrival, a ship must lodge a Quarantine ‘MS18’ 14.7 T. Declaration for Vessels (Pratique) Form PI 1212-8/98 with the Australian Fendering System Levels: Quarantine Inspection Service (AQIS). The form must be lodged with Height AQIS no more than 24 hours prior to, and no less than 12 hours prior Berth Fenders Above C/D to the vessel’s arrival. The form can be faxed and then administered by No.1 Breakwater Berth Horizontal Rubber Fenders 3.0 m. the ship’s Agent. If the ship does not have a fax, then the ship’s Agent No.2 Breakwater Berth Timber Facing 1.0 m. will assist in this matter. No.3 Inner Harbour ‘Bridgestone’ C1600H 2.0 m. The information required by AQIS relates to a name and description Rubber Fenders of the vessel. They will also need to know the previous ports of call, No.5 Inner Harbour Horizontal Rubber Fenders 2.5 m. whether there are animals on board or if the vessel previously carried Vertical rubber Fenders over 1.5 m. livestock. They will need to complete compliance information on 65 m. section. approved ballast water management and the state of health of the ship’s No.4 Inner Harbour ‘Seibu’ H1400 Timber Faced, 0.5 m. crew. Rubber Fenders. Information on the management of ballast water must be provided on No.8 Inner Harbour Vertical rubber fenders over the appropriate form. entire berth length. Ship’s ballast water should not be overflowed within the port of All Wharf Deckings 3.66 m. Bunbury and no cargo residues may enter the harbour. Gangway: DENSITY: No.1 Breakwater Berth Ship’s Gangway Outer Harbour 1024-1025 No.2 Breakwater Berth Ship’s Gangway Berth No.4 Inner Harbour 1022.5-1024 No.3 Inner Harbour Shore Gangway from shiploader Berths No.3 & 5 Inner Harbour 1023-1026 No.5 Inner Harbour Ship’s Gangway FRESH WATER: Readily available. Rates: Outer Harbour 25 t.p.h. No.4 Inner Harbour Shore Gangway from S.W.dolphin Inner Harbour 30 t.p.h. and Inner Harbour (non potable) 100 t.p.h. No.8 Inner Harbour Ship’s Gangway FUEL: Furnace oil by road from Perth. Marine and light diesel by road. Mooring Gangs: Mooring gangs are provided by P&O Ports. Mooring CONSULS: Vice-Consul for Norway. launches are provided by sub-contractors. REPAIRS: Ship repairs, engineering, electrical and electronic repairs Mooring gangs should be ordered before 1500 hrs. on any given can be arranged through agent. working day, normally Monday to Friday. On weekends, if there are DRY DOCKS: None. expected movements between 1700 hrs. Friday and 0830 hrs. Monday GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not required, except for Hazchem (Tuesday if Monday is a public holiday), advice must be given to the products. Harbour Master’s Office no later than 1500 hrs. on the Friday, to ensure OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Preferably by crew. there are no operational delays. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Each crew member 200 cigarettes initially CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Forklifts: 1␺35 tonne forklift is and thereafter as required in reasonable quantities. Wine and/or Spirits, available. open bottles of spirit on arrival not to exceed 1 litre and thereafter as BULK CARGO FACILITIES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. required in reasonable quantities. Imports: Caustic soda, petroleum coke, phosphate rock, methanol, CARGO GEAR: Must comply with Australian Loading and Unloading potash, mineral sands, vegetable oil, chemical fertiliser, general. Safety Regulations. See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Exports: Alumina, woodchips, mineral sands, silica sands, kaolin clay, REPATRIATION: Facilities available. timber, chemical fertiliser, spodumene, rutile/leucoxene. AIRPORT: Light aircraft landing strip only. Stowage Factors: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Cargo Stowage Factor/tonne HOLIDAYS: Days on which work cannot be performed by stevedores: Alumina (smelter grade) 1.2 cu.m. Good Friday and Christmas Day. Aluminium Hydrate 0.95 cu.m./34 cu.ft./tonne POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Emergency Number Bunbury 000. Police Caustic Soda 0.67 cu.m. Tel: 9791-2422. Ambulance Tel: 9791-1111. Fire Brigade Woodchips: Tel: 9721-4644. Pine 2.7 cu.m. TELEPHONES: Available on application. Bluegum 3.0 cu.m. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Daily collection by Bunbury Port Authority. Bins Marri Karri 3.0 cu.m. placed alongside. Charges: Up to 3 bins – AU$154.0 per visit. More than Ilmenite 0.35 cu.m. – 0.42 cu.m. 3 bins – AU$38.5 per bin. Silica Sands 0.74 cu.m. Quarantine Notice: Chemical Fertiliser/Phosphate Rock 0.68 cu.m. – 0.74 cu.m. (i) It is the responsibility of the ship’s Master to ensure that all food Spodumene 0.63 cu.m. waste, organic refuse, galley scraps and waste from the ship is Zircon 0.36 cu.m. disposed of in the yellow bins provided and marked ‘‘Quarantine’’ Synthetic Rutile/Leucoxene 0.63 cu.m. at the end of the ship’s gangway. Coarse Rutile 0.4 cu.m. (ii) Lids must be closed immediately after waste has been placed in Hold Cleanliness: These inspections can take place at anchor if the the bin. weather is acceptable and the manoeuvre can be done safely or (iii) At no stage must the bin or its contents be disturbed, unless alongside the berth. Alcoa, Worsley and all cargoes require a high level authorised to do so. of cleanliness. There should be absolutely no rust scale at all, or evidence (iv) Where possible, waste contents must be placed in sealed bags. of any previous cargo residues in the holds, deck heads, coamings, (v) Any breach of the above requirements must be immediately underside of hatches or trackways. notified to the Port Superintendent. Tel: (412) 100-583. Ladders to board the draft surveyor should be similar to embarking (vi) Failure to comply with the above requirements may result in or disembarking the Pilot. Engines at anchor should be at the ready to prosecution. make a satisfactory lee. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Service by road tanker. Contact Wren Oil. Zircon, spodumene, synthetic rutile/leucoxene and silica sands require Tel: ␣61 (8) 9725-4002. Contact ship’s Agent to arrange service. extremely high levels of cleanliness, and it may be necessary to liaise SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, Victoria Street, Bunbury. with ship’s Agent to ensure there are no misunderstandings. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9721-2370. Arrangements can be made to conduct hold cleaning at the port of DELAYS: Generally no delays. Bunbury via the ship’s Agent. However, delays can occur if there is not GENERAL: a suitable lay-by berth available or there is a shortage of labour as a Oily Water Disposal: Privately owned road tankers with limited capacity result of other ships working at the port. It should be noted that Alcoa available. will not allow ships to clean at their berth. Stores: Available through local providoring companies, including bonded Mobile Shiploader: There is a mobile shiploader capable of servicing stores. Panamax size vessels, available to load parcels of product such as Services: Electricity, garbage disposal, and other sundry services by zircon, at Berths No. 5 and 8. The loader has an outreach of 16.0 m. arrangement with the Port Authority. and an air draft of 14.0 m. at Chart Datum. It has a loading rate of Taxis: Pick-up and delivery to berth. Tel: 131008. 1,000 tonnes/hr. DEVELOPMENTS: One new berth to be constructed with depth STEVEDORES: Weekdays – ETA to be advised by 1500 hrs. previous 12.2 m. for handling of alumina. day for labour requirements on that day. Weekends – ETA required by 1500 hrs. Friday. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: February 1993 (Updated 1998). Also see ‘‘Berthing – Mooring Gangs’’. Approaches: Australian Chart No. AUS 115, found to be as charted. MEDICAL: Medical attention available. Hospital facilities available. Pilots: Pilots request that vessels arriving do not come closer than Vaccinations and valid certificates required. 1.5 miles from the Buoy No. 3. They will come further out to meet TANKERS: Berth No. 2: There is one pipeline, primarily for handling approaching vessels. Boarding speed about 5 – 6 knots. methanol for Dyno Industries through a 150 mm. (6 in.) diametercoupling Ship Supply Services: Chandlers will attend vessels at Bunbury. with outer diameter 168.3 mm. Vessels normally berth starboard side On this visit, vessel was attended by Sealanes, 178 Marine Terrace, to. South Fremantle, for Unitor Gasses, and Imes Ship Supply, 47 Quarry The facility is capable of handling a discharge rate of 250 tonnes/hr. Street, Fremantle, for provision. Vessels are required to discharge at a minimum average rate of Fuel: Vessels are not permitted to take bunkers at the alumina loading 150 tonnes/hr. There are 6 storage tanks with capacity 7,000 tonnes. berth, but may take bunkers by road tanker at other berths. Berth No. 4: There is provision for discharging bulk liquid caustic soda The nearest bunker facility is at Fremantle. through ‘Chicksan’ connections to adjacent storage tanks. Connection Repatriation/Airport: Perth International Airport is about 2 hours away by is 300 mm. (12 in.) bore with diameter 450 mm. – 480 mm. flange. road. Joining and repatriation can be arranged through this airport. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 103 AUSTRALIA Loading Rate: At alumina facility, rate is 2,000 tones per hour, and work STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. is reported to be on a 24 hour basis, 365 days a year. (1) Yes. Holds: Hold cleanliness for loading alumina is to the grain standards for (2) Yes at sugar berth. No at oil berth. Australia. (3) Yes. Crew List: The Agent requested a Crew List to be faxed from the previous (4) Yes. port (Singapore), and this was updated by telex for persons signed-off (5) Same as other Australian ports. at a port of refuge during the passage to Bunbury. (6) No. None available. No problems were experienced with Immigration formalities. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Identity Cards: Immigration Authorities were happy that recent GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Collection service available from port authority, photographs of all crew on suitable I.D. cards were ready on arrival for including quarantine garbage. Drums provided alongside. Base charge retention on board. $65.00 plus $45.00 per drum. Collection time by arrangement. The Agent arrived on board with a polaroid camera, to take the WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Waste disposal available through local photographs if required, and also the Flying Angel will take photographs contractor by tanker truck. and arrange I.D. cards. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. Radio Pratique: Granted prior to arrival, the required quarantine DELAYS: Vessels can berth at any state of the tide provided there is message having been sent to the agency some 36 hours before arrival. 0.9 m. under keel clearance. Vessels sail on flood tide only. When acknowledging ETA messages, the Agent sent reminders that AUTHORITY: Bundaberg Port Authority, M.S. 108, Bundaberg, this message was to be sent to them, and not direct to the Health Queensland 4670. Tel: ␣61 (71) 594233. FAX: ␣61 (71) 594655. Authorities. Contact: D. Antrobus, Chief Executive Officer. Captain M. Lutze, Mobile Telephone: Placed on board by the Agent. Harbour Master.

AUTHORITY: Bunbury Port Authority, P.O.Box 4, (Casuarina Drive), Bunbury, WA 6231, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9721-2800. FAX: ␣61 (8) BURNIE, Tasmania: 41.03 S. 145.55 E. (See Plan) 9721-8253. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.byport.com.au Contact: D. Figliomeni, Chief Executive Officer PORT LIMITS: Within all waters that are bounded by an imaginary circle (Email: [email protected]). H. Evans, Harbour Master having a radius of 3 nautical miles and centred at the Eastern end of (Email: [email protected]). the Island Breakwater situated in Emu Bay. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Port Corporation requires Inward Manifests to be lodged on arrival. Agents supply Manifests and BUNDABERG, Queensland: 24.45 S. 152.24 E. non-negotiable copy Bills of Lading to Customs for checking prior to (See Plan) vessels arrival. APPROACHES: Port situated on Western shore of Emu Bay with good PORT LIMITS: Along the major arc of a circle radius 4 miles, centred easy approach. Bay is 2 miles wide and 1 mile deep facing in a Northerly on South Head light (24␥ 45.6' S., 152␥ 24.7' E. approx.), commencing direction. The bottom is sand and clay interspersed with patches of reef at a point (24␥ 44.3' S., 152␥ 20.6' E. approx.), extending in a Northerly, and rock, particularly in the South Eastern sector of Bay. Vessels may Easterly and Southerly direction to a point near Bargara (24␥ 48.6' S., anchor on main leads in vicinity of Pilot Boarding Ground, but it is not 152␥ 27.6' E. approx.). advisable to remain at anchor during strong on-shore winds. Port protected by 2 breakwaters: the inner, founded at inner end of Blackmans DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. ␥ APPROACHES: Depths: (Datum) Channel 7.26 m.; Swinging Basin Reef, lies in a 110 direction and is 380 m. long. The other, an island structure 488 m. long and protecting the port from Easterly weather, lies 7.26 m., Sugar Berth 9.66 m.; Oil Berth 9.66 m. Keel clearance normally ␥ ␥ ␥ 0.9 m. in a 130 /310 direction, with its N.W. end bearing 045 , 213 m. from the PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Radio not less than 24 hours ETA; VHF S.E. end of the Inner Breakwater. Channel 16. Vessels approaching the port from the West should, by day, keep the two orange beacons on the shoulder of Round Hill open to the North Pilot boards 2.5 miles East of South Head Lighthouse. ␥ Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great and then turn onto the main harbour leads which are in transit 224 true. Barrier Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available By night, keep in the white sector of Round Hill Point Light until the from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal 2 blue triangular lead lights come into transit. Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. Vessels approaching from the East should keep well off until clear of Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at Round Hill Point and then turn onto the main leads by day, or the main Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East lead lights by night. Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. PILOTAGE: Compulsory for vessels over 35 m. LOA. Prior advice RESTRICTIONS: Length 182.87 m. maximum. Vessels not to pass out through local Agents, ETA by radio telegraphy through Melbourne Radio through sea reach on ebb. Channel width 76 m. Also see ‘‘Delays’’. (VIM) or Hobart Radio (VIH) to Burnie Port Corporation. Immediate HEALTH: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. advice VHF Channels 16 and 12. VHF: No radar service. Bundaberg Port Authority office, craft, tug and Pilot launch – 12.5 m. orange hull with buff cabin aft, name ‘‘William Bowen‘‘. International Signals apply. Boarding area on main harbour pilot launch can be contacted on VHF Channel 16 during office hours. ␥ ␥ RADAR: See ‘‘VHF’’. leads 224 (T) with Round Hill Point Lighthouse bearing 170 (T). Ladder TUGS: One tug, 33 tonnes bollard pull, owned by Gladstone Tug 1.0 m. from water, manropes, no boat rope. Boarding speed 8 knots. Services Pty. Ltd., and one work boat of 4 tons bollard pull, owned by ANCHORAGES: See ‘‘Approaches’’. the Port Authority, which may be used for pushing, are available, both RESTRICTIONS: Maximum length 280 m. 24 hour service. fitted with VHF. Ship’s lines or tug’s lines are used, and no charge for MAX. SIZE: See ‘‘Restrictions’’. Tankers to Berth No. 5 with 11.0 m. tug’s lines. depth at L.W. plus 3.5 m. tide. BERTHING: No. 1 Bulk Sugar Berth 190 m. long. No. 2 Oil, Molasses, HEALTH: Pratique automatic when from other Australian ports. When 80 m. long. from overseas Pratique should be applied for 12-24 hours before arrival SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: to vessel’s Agent. Bulk Sugar Berth: Loading by movable gantry at 1,400 t.p.h. VHF: Port equipped with VHF, R/T operating International Maritime Bulk Molasses: Loading rate 240 t.p.h. No facilities for containers or Bands. Pilot vessel, tug, and other floating plant similarly equipped. Roll-on/Roll-off traffic. ‘‘Burnie Harbour’’ on VHF Channels 16, 12, 14 and 67 continuously. Pilot Oil Berth: Facilities for discharge all petroleum products and loading vessels and tugs on Channels 16, 12, 8, 6 and 67. molasses. RADAR: No radar service. MEDICAL: Hospital facilities available. Also see ‘‘VHF’’. TANKERS: 10 in. lines. No slop discharge facilities. Oil tankers, TUGS: Tug(s) join East of Island Breakwater. Usually lashed alongside with tug’s lines (no extra charge). When on towing duty, usually tug’s discharge only. Molasses tankers, load only. Depth alongside tanker ␺ berth 9.66 m. Datum. line. 1 40 tonne bollard pull tug stationed in the port. Additional tugs DENSITY: Average density about 1025. available from nearby ports. FRESH WATER: Available, delivered by hose, variable loading rate and BERTHING: McGaw Pier: Berth No. 4 has 183 m. of effective berthage quality (bore water) 12 t.p.h. Cost A$ 2.00 per 1,000 litres. with a dredged depth of 10.5 m. The axle loading on this berth is FUEL: All grades available, 24 hours notice required. unlimited. A stern loading ramp has been constructed at the inner end. CONSULS: None. Berth No. 5, a modern pre-stressed concrete berth, is 213 m. in length REPAIRS: Almost all types of deck and engine repairs possible. with a large mooring dolphin off the seaward end. Vessels of 250 m. in DRY DOCKS: No dry dock. Slipway for small vessels only. Mobile and length are accommodated. The width of the apron is 13.4 m. and axle floating cranes may be hired. loading is 50 tonnes. The berth incorporates a bulk loader with a capacity SURVEYORS: in excess of 1,000 tonnes per hour. The berth is also suitable for general (1) Cargo surveyors available (Lloyd’s Agent). cargo and container operations. The dredged depth at the berth proper (2) Classification surveyors available from Brisbane. is 11.0 m. At the inner end provision is made for the quarter ramps of GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not necessary, but available. the largest Ro/Ro vessels. There is a liquid acid discharge point, a tallow OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: By crew. loading point and a petroleum products discharge point at this berth (See CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. ‘‘Tankers’’). CARGO GEAR: No additional local regulations. See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Berth No. 6 is a modern pre-stressed concrete berth 198 m. length REPATRIATION: Facilities exist. and dredged to 11.5 m. Axle loading is 50 tonnes. AIRPORT: Airport 2 miles from city serviced by regular internal airlines. A single lift post Panamax portainer (40 ton at 44.5 m. and 80 ton at TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. 23.5 m.) is available at this berth, which can accommodate vessels HOLIDAYS: Normal Queensland holidays observed but cargo worked (including Ro/Ro quarter ramp) of 280 m. in length. The berth is dredged regardless of holidays. to 11.5 m. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Dial 000 from the port. There is a storage shed of 1,500 sq. m. and 201 reefer points. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Contact Bundaberg Berth No. 7 is 219 m. long and 40 m. in width and has 2 large mooring Harbour Master. dolphins on the seaward end which enables vessels of 280 m. in length TELEPHONES: Telephone connection placed at tanker berth and sugar to berth. The berth is dredged to 11.5 m. berths. On this berth, there is a woodchip loader and a twin lift Paceco gantry BANKS: Major Australian Banks have branches in Bundaberg. crane (28 ton per normal lift and 65 ton on 2 hoists heavy lift). Both 104 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA cranes travel the entire length of the berth. Axle load is 50 tonnes. There CAIRNS, Queensland: 16.56 S. 145.47 E. (See Plan) are 114 reefer points at the berth and quarter ramp vessels can be accommodated. PORT LIMITS: Port charges commence once the vessel enters the On the outer end is a new woodchip shiploader which can travel the entrance channel at Lat. 16␥ 50' 00.56" S., Long. 145␥ 49' 53.64" E. length of the berth and loads at about 1,200 t.p.h. DOCUMENTS: Mobile cranes available if required. 1 Ship’s Articles. Cargo: The port is equipped to handle all types of cargo. This includes 3 Crew Reports (Forms 3A and 3B). containers, general cargo, dry bulk, bulk liquids, woodchips, logs and 4 Passenger Reports (Forms 2A and 2B). livestock. Large quarter ramp vessels can be accommodated at 3 berths 4 Transit Passenger Lists (Form M309). and there is also one stern loading ramp. There is ample container 1 Ship’s Report of Arrival (Form 5 part 2). handling and storage area within the port with an abundant supply of 1 Return of Barber’s Stock on a Ship or of Stocks in a Ship’s Shop power points for refrigerated containers and fantainers. Container or Canteen (Form 5 part 3). services include steam cleaning, pre-tripping, repairs and surveys. 1 Report of Ship’s Stores (Form 5 part 4). Mechanical Equipment: A comprehensive fleet of mechanical handling 1 Ports of Call and Ports of Call Loading List (Form B921). equipment is available, including container handling forklifts of up to 1 Last Port Clearance. 30 tonnes capacity. 1 Request for Radio Pratique Health Clearance. Cold Store Complex: The Corporation operates a cold store with a ARRIVAL: Vessels bound for the port are required to advise their ETA capacity of 31,279 cu.m. (1,104,620 cu.ft.), which can hold product at 72 hours before arrival, and again at 48 hours, and then every 12 hours. ␤25␥C. In addition, there is a small cool room of 134 cu.m. (4,731 cu.ft.) Also see ‘‘Radio’’ and ‘‘VHF’’. capacity, which can operate between ␣15␥C and ␤5␥C. APPROACHES: Deep water passage to Cairns through the Great Cold storage is available for small or large quantities of frozen goods Barrier Reef is available via Grafton Passage from the East, which is at competitive rates. Cool storage is available only for small quantities. 34 km. long and 8 km. wide. It is free of any encumbrances and is lighted by a group flashing light on Fitzroy Island, which is visible in clear weather BULK CARGO FACILITIES: for a range of 47 km. Alternately the inner reef passage via Torres Strait Conveyor Loader: At bulk berth for export of zinc, lead and copper can be taken from the North. concentrates to 1,000 t.p.h. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign ships 35 m. LOA and Inward Bulk: Berth and crane at Berth No. 6. over, as well as all Australian registered ships 50 m. LOA and over, Sulphuric Acid: Discharge facility at tanker berth and bulk berth, with unless a current Pilotage Exemption Certificate is held by the Master. rate of 1,000 t.p.h. Request for Pilot: A pilotage service is provided by Port Pilots STEVEDORES: Labour to be ordered (1) by 1400 hrs. for following day Queensland for ship arrivals, departures and removals by Pilots based (weekdays), (2) by 1300 hrs. Friday for Saturday and Sunday, (3) by at the North Queensland Port Pilots (NQPP) (Cairns). All pilot transfers 1400 hrs. Sunday for Monday. are conducted by pilot launch. NQPP Pilots service 7 ports within the MEDICAL: Notify Agent prior arrival of extra requirements other than North Queensland region and therefore require sufficient notice to ensure pratique. General Hospital 1 km. from port. Cholera revaccinations the availability of Pilots. arranged by prior notice. Pilotage Booking Procedure: Ships requiring the services of a Pilot are TANKERS: Tankers berth at Berth No. 5. The manifold is 8 in. diameter required to give a minimum of 48 hours notice for arrivals, removals and departures. All bookings for Pilots should be made to the ‘‘Duty Pilot ANSI 150 and is located 75 m. from the Eastern end of the wharf. (Cairns)’’. Bookings should be made by: DENSITY: 1025 to 1028. Tel: 0500 500-212, ␣61 (7) 4031-9612. FRESH WATER: Readily available at all wharves, rates 50 t.p.h. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4052-7462. FUEL: Diesel and heavy fuel available from road tankers. ALL BOOKINGS MUST BE CONFIRMED BY FACSIMILE. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Normal precautions. Watchmen and oil company Arrivals: Details required at the time of booking include: employees on duty while tanker pumping. Tug in port while tanker is at Ship’s name (and previous name if applicable). berth. Lloyd’s Number. CONSULS: None. Ship’s ETA and ETD. Ship’s draft fore and aft (for arrival and departure). REPAIRS: Engineering firms with extensive workshops are situated Ship’s LOA and beam. nearby. Ship’s GRT. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Watchmen not used. Pilotage destination. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Stevedores will close hatches. Whether ship has fixed or controllable pitch propeller. CERTIFICATES: Whether ship has an operable bow thruster. Tonnage Certificate. Nationality of Master and crew. Safety Construction. Preferred side alongside. Safety Equipment. Whether lines launch has been ordered. Safety Radio Telegraphy. Whether Pratique has been granted. Whether ship is conducting own agency; if so, an address for invoicing Load Line. is required. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigs. or 250 grams tobacco. Beer is Whether or not standard pilot ladder boarding arrangements exist; if carried outside the bond. One bottle spirits per man. not, clarification of boarding facility is required. CARGO GEAR: Australian ‘Marine Orders’ apply. Pilot Boarding Position: Pilots will board ships in position REPATRIATION: On crew member signing off Agent requires passport Lat. 16␥ 48.6' S., Long. 145␥ 50.6' E., approximately 1.7 nautical miles or identification card. Agent handles repatriation details and notifies N.N.E. of entrance Beacons C1 and C2. Immigration Department, Hobart, re movements of crew member. For large deep draft ships, the Pilot may require to board further out AIRPORT: Daily services: 17 km. distant. to sea. In this case, ships should be 3 nautical miles from the entrance beacons on the line of the leads. TIME : See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great HOLIDAYS: Cargo work performed on all holidays except Christmas Barrier Reef to Torres Strait and also Grafton Passage is conducted by Day, Good Friday, WWF Picnic, Anzac Day, Labour Day. licensed Pilots available from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Dial 000. and Queensland Coastal Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for TELEPHONES: Telephones are not available at wharves. details. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: The port provides a full galley waste and Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at rubbish disposal service, including incineration of garbage. Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL : Arranged through ship’s Agent. RESTRICTIONS: Under-Keel Clearance (UKC): SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Flying Angel near Berth No. 7. Over 40,000 g.r.t.: UKC 2.0 m. in channel and 0.6 m. in Swing Basin. AUTHORITY: Burnie Port Corporation, P.O.Box 216, Burnie, Up to 40,000 g.r.t.: UKC 1.5 m. in channel and 0.6 m. in Swing Basin. Tasmania 7320, Australia. Tel: ␣␣61 (3) 6434-7300. FAX: ␣61 (3) Up to 30,000 g.r.t.: UKC 0.9 m. in channel and 0.6 m. in Swing Basin. 6434-7373. Email: [email protected] Up to 20,000 g.r.t.: UKC 0.6 m. in channel and 0.6 m. in Swing Basin. WWW: www.burnieport.com.au Contact: Captain M.J. Boss-Walker, OR Harbour Master. Captain T. Bozoky, Assistant Harbour Master/Pilot. On actual squat figures (provided for a channel similar to Cairns at 12 knots) plus 60 cm. Swing Basin as above: 60 cm. MAX. SIZE: Cairns can routinely accommodate vessels up to 32,000 d.w.t. Maximum draft is 8.5 m. Larger drafts may be accommodated depending on tide. BUSSELTON, W.A.: 33.38 S. 115.20 E. Longest Vessel to date: ‘‘Legend of the Seas’’, LOA 264.26 m. Heaviest Vessel to date: ‘‘Oriana’’, 69,153 g.r.t. Port Status: Closed Port. Largest Cargoes: Raw Sugar: ‘‘Eryu Maru’’, 30,961 tonnes, 9.3 m. draft. Bulk Molasses: ‘‘Teamtroma’’ 22,980 tonnes. This port is closed to commercial shipping. Petroleum Products: ‘‘Palmerston’’ 26,162 tonnes, 9.5 m. draft. DEVELOPMENTS: A new marina has been constructed within the Shire HEALTH: Radio Pratique can be obtained 24 hours a day, 7 days a week through the ship’s Agent, or direct from the Department of Primary of Busselton at Port Geographe. Facilities construction now in progress. Industries. Mooring available. Contact: Marina Manager, Port Geographe Site ␣ VHF: A VHF radio service is maintained by the Cairns Port Authority on Office, Layman Road, Busselton 6280, Western Australia. Tel: 61 (8) Channel 16 (156.8 MHz), call sign ‘‘Cairns Harbour’’. 9754-8300. TUGS: Patrick Sleigh Inchcape is the Agent for licenced towage AUTHORITY: Busselton Shire Council, Locked Bag 1, Southern operator, North Queensland Marine Towage Pty. Ltd. Drive, Busselton, W.A. 6280, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9781-0444. For vessels over 100 m., tugs are compulsory under the following FAX: ␣61 (8) 9752-4958. Email: [email protected] conditions: WWW: www.busselton.wa.gov.au Contact: J. Bettink, Director. Vessels 100 m. – 130 m. One tug Elizabeth Allan, Administration Officer, Technical Services. Vessels over 130 m. Two tugs See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 105 AUSTRALIA Vessels going to and from Wharf No.12 that One tug STEVEDORES: Northern Shipping and Stevedoring (NSS) has a full do not require swinging time workforce, supplemented as required by casual and interport Suitably equipped and manoeuvrable vessels may not require tugs, transfers. There are 3 operating shifts: 0001 hrs. – 0700 hrs., depending on wind and tide conditions. 0800 hrs. – 1500 hrs. and 1600 hrs. – 2300 hrs. Continuous work is These conditions can be varied according to the pilot. available on request. NSS also has a range of stevedoring equipment Two tugs are generally available in the port, one strictly for port use available, including forklifts up to 23 tonnes, excavators, endloaders and and the other for outer port. A third tug can be made available from the container spreaders. port of Mourilyan if required. Tugs details are: Cairns also has a number of intrastate coastal operators using their Name Bollard Pull Propulsion System own labour to load vessels servicing outlying communities. ‘‘Babinda’’ 15 tonnes Directional Kort nozzles MEDICAL: Medical and dental services are located close to the port ‘‘Hamilton’’ 27 tonnes Twin screw and Cairns has 2 major hospitals. ‘‘Otto Assman’’ * 28 tonnes Directional Kort nozzles Health requirements are according to the World Health Organisation. * Based at Mourilyan. People from Yellow Fever areas or visitors to these areas require a BERTHING: Wharves No. 1 to 6 form a continuous quay length of 595 m. vaccination certificate if entering Australia within the 6 day incubation (1,952 ft.) with a height of 5.0 m. (16 ft. 5 in.) above port datum and period. design depth of 8.4 m. (27 ft. 7 in.) LAT, unless otherwise noted. TANKERS: LP Gas and Petroleum: Wharf No. 10 has a maximum vessel Wharves No. 7 and No. 8 form a continuous length of 250 m. (820 ft.) length of 200 m., design depth of 9.3 m. LAT and wharf height of 4.8 m. with wharf height of 5.2 m. (17 ft. 1 in.) above port datum. There are a above port datum. Alternately used for bunkering. further 3 Special Purpose Wharves No. 10, 11 and 12 in Trinity Inlet. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. No. 1: Passenger vessel berth used in conjunction with Wharves LPG/LNG FACILITIES: See ‘‘Tankers’’. No. 2 and No. 3 for longer vessels. DENSITY: 45 – 50 mS/cm. No. 2: Cruise Liner Terminal No. 2 is serviced by Wharves No. 1 to FRESH WATER: Fresh potable water is available at all wharves on No. 3. arrangement with the Cairns Port Authority through Agent. Up to No. 3: General cargo and passenger berth with 1,271 sq.m. shed, 120 tonnes/hr. can be loaded at Wharf No. 1 and 60 tonnes/hr. at and is used in conjunction with Wharves No. 1 and No. 2 for Wharves No. 2 to 6. Charges are in accordance with the Cairns City longer vessels. Council scale of water charges. No. 4: General and dry bulk cargo berth. FUEL: Quantities of fuel over 30,000 litres can be supplied at Wharf No. 5: General and dry bulk cargo berth. No. 10. For quantities less than 30,000 litres, vessels can be supplied No. 6: General cargo berth and containerised cargo loading berth at Wharf No. 8. served by 25.4 tonne fixed wharf crane. Adjacent container A bunkering barge service is offered by Jardine Shipping for quantities terminal has open storage area of 3,800 sq.m. up to 700,000 litres. This service provides fuel lighterage for products No. 7/8: General cargo, dry bulk and containerised cargo loading berth. from the local fuel distributors. Heavy oil, medium fuel oil and distillate It has a wharf height of 5.2 m. (17 ft. 1 in.) above port datum can be delivered. Adequate notice must be given. and design depth of 9.3 m. (30 ft. 6 in.) LAT. For vessels up For small commercial and fishing vessels refuelling up to 50,000 litres, to 250 m. (820 ft.) in length. facilities are provided by Trinity Petroleum Services Co. at the fuel wharf No. 10: Tanker berth for oil and LP gas with maximum permissible at Commercial Fisherman’s Base No. 1. vessel length of 200 m. with a wharf height of 4.8 m. Pleasure craft and charter craft may refuel 7 days a week at the Trinity (15 ft. 9 in.) above port datum and design depth of 9.3 m. Petroleum Services Mobil facility at the Marlin Jetty. Trinity Petroleum (30 ft. 6 in.) LAT. Alternatively used for bunkering. also provides tanker service to vessels alongside Wharves No. 1 – 8 No. 11: Royal Australian Navy berths. and in designated areas of Commercial Fishermen’s Base No. 2. No. 12: Bulk sugar terminal and bulk molasses berth with a length of FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Hydrants and hose reels are located at all 183 m. (600 ft.), wharf height of 5.0 m. (16 ft. 5 in.) above port wharves and berths. Fuel berth (Wharf No. 10) has an independent datum and design depth of 10.5 m. (34 ft. 5 in.) LAT. It is firefighting pump, foam monitors and a supply of foam concentrate is served by a travelling gantry loader with an average capacity available for fire brigade use. The tug ‘‘Babinda’’ is equipped with of 1,750 tonnes/hr. from adjacent sugar sheds that have a firefighting equipment and can pump 2,275 litres per minute. Several holding capacity of 234,000 tonnes. It is also equipped with a other vessels are also fitted with equipment for small craft firefighting 500 mm. pipeline for loading molasses at a discharge rate of purposes. approximately 300 tonnes/hr. from molasses tanks with a CONSULS: Consulate for Austria, 43 The Esplanade, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 holding capacity of 18,600 tonnes of molasses. (7) 4031-6666. Marlin Marina: This floating marina has 114 berths – 98 for game fishing Italian Consul, 1st Floor, 35 Grafton St., Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) vessels, dive vessels and pleasure craft from 8.0 m. (26 ft.) – 21.0 m. 4031-6676. (69 ft.) in length, 14 for tourist and commercial vessels up to 34.0 m. Papua New Guinea Consulate, 15 Lake Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) (112 ft.) in length, and 2 berths for seaplanes. Each berth has access 4052-1033. ␣ to water and power with fuel available at the adjacent Marlin Jetty. Consulate of Sweden, 130 Grafton Street, Cairns. Tel: 61 (7) A tourist vessel terminal with waiting lounge and booking offices is 4051-9876. located behind the marina within the Pier Marketplace. This shopping REPAIRS: Cairns has an extensive, highly experienced shipbuilding and complex also offers a large food hall with numerous restaurants, bistros repair industry with a growing export list for vessels such as trawlers, and bars; includes a large range of fashion stores and tourist retail naval patrol vessels, luxury yachts and high speed catamarans. outlets, together with a 200 room international standard hotel. DRY DOCKS: A dry dock is available for vessels up to 60 m. in length Commercial Fishing Berths: The port has 2 bases for fishing vessels, as well as 2 travel lifts, a floating dry dock and 5 slipways, the largest CFB1 and CFB2, located in Smith’s Creek. There are mooring facilities with a capacity of 3,000 tonnes. For larger vessels, voyage repairs of for 94 vessels (59 at CFB1, 35 at CFB2) with access to fresh water and any kind can be undertaken alongside by experienced local repair electricity. A loading/unloading berth is located at CFB2, or alternatively companies. the main wharf may be used by prior arrangement with the Piermaster. SURVEYORS: Cargo inspectors available through the Department of Fuel is also available at CFB1. Transport (Harbours & Marine). Pile Berths: Cairns has 206 pile berths for small aircraft located on the Surveyors are available through: Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4031-4633. Eastern side of Trinity Inlet. There are also areas designated for Russ Larkin & Assoc. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4031-6046. anchorage only, situated North and South of the piles, East of Admiralty Olufson D. Holdings. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4032-1536. Island and in Smith’s Creek. Captain Copland & Assoc. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4093-7945, 4033-0300. Barge Ramps: There are 2 barge ramps located about 1 nautical mile Mobile: 0408 772-164. upstream in Smith’s Creek between Cairns Cruising Yacht Squadron Germanischer Lloyd: D. Olufson Holdings Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (7) and Commercial Fisherman’s Base No. 2. Both ramps accommodate 4032-1536. vessels up to 55.0 m. (180 ft.) in length, with a maximum beam of 13.0 m. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Supplied by North Queensland (42 ft. 8 in.) and maximum gross tonnage of 500 g.r.t. There is access Shipping Services Pty.Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4054-1121. Fax: ␣61 (7) to a cargo consolidation area of 3,000 sq.m. 4054-2616. CRANES: A fixed wharf crane is located on Wharf No. 6 with a capacity Port Officers are on duty 24 hours per day. of 25.4 tonnes (wharf weight restrictions apply). Mobile and handling Additional security is supplied during cruise liner visits, and more equipment is available from local stevedores or hire contractors. The officers can be arranged through the ship’s Agent of North Queensland equipment available includes forklifts up to 22.7 tonnes capacity, 2 tonne Shipping Services Pty.Ltd. to 40 tonne capacity mobile cranes, tractors, bulldozers and tow motors. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Hatches to be closed by the crew. CRUISE FACILITIES: Cruise Liner Terminal No. 2: Located at Wharf CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 250 grams of tobacco and 1.125 litres of No. 2, the terminal has immigration and customs facilities. It is next door alcohol is permitted per crew member. to the interstate coach station and adjacent to the Cairns central business REPATRIATION: Facilities are available for crew repatriation. Prior district. Public telephones are also located within the terminal. arrangement should be made with Australian Customs Service and the SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Department of Immigration through Agent. Containerised/General Cargo: Wharves No. 6, 7 and 8 are specialised AIRPORT: Cairns International Airport is located 8 km. from the seaport. general cargo/container berths. Wharf No. 6 has a 25.4 tonne capacity There are 8 international airlines presently operating regular services to fixed wharf crane and adjacent open storage area of 3,800 sq.m. Cairns. Flights are available to Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia, Wharves No. 7 and 8 form a continuous quay length of 250 m., has New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Singapore and Guam. Connecting design depth of 10.8 m. and wharf height of 5.2 m. above port datum. flights are available to numerous other destinations, including Mumbai, It has an open storage area of 10,374 sq.m. Christchurch, Frankfurt, Harare, Honolulu, Johannesburg, London, Los Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’. Angeles, Madang, Manila, Nadi, Papeete, Rome, Toronto, Vancouver Bulk Sugar Terminal: Wharf No. 12 has a berth length of 183 m., design and Wellington. There are also 6 domestic airlines with services to all depth of 10.5 m. LAT and wharf height of 5.0 m. above port datum. It is major domestic cities and more than 30 regional centres. served by a travelling gantry loader with an average capacity of TIME: GMT plus 10 hours ‘‘L’’, all year round. 1,750 tonnes/hr. HOLIDAYS: 2002: It is also equipped with a 500 mm. pipeline for loading molasses at a New Year’s Day Tuesday, 1st January discharge rate of approximately 300 tonnes/hr. from molasses tanks with Australia Day Monday, 28th January a holding capacity of 18,600 tonnes of molasses. Easter (Good Friday) Friday, 29th March

106 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Easter Sunday Sunday, 31st March temperature is ␣5␥ C., preferably ␣7␥ C. Shore hoses are 6 in. 300 ASA Easter Monday Monday, 1st April with 10 in. line to tanks. ESD on ship which closes valves ashore and Anzac Day Thursday, 25th April on end of hose against vessel’s manifold valve (50 seconds closingtime). Labour Day Monday, 6th May Pumping rate about 160 tonnes/hr. at 10 bar. Queen’s Birthday Monday, 10th June Documents: Customs/Immigration documentation as Townsville. Cairns Show Day Friday, 19th July Chandler: We used Nautilus. Christmas Day Wednesday, 25th December Telephone: Pay/Card phone at Berth No. 8, next to toilet block (5 minutes Boxing Day Thursday, 26th December walk). POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Dial 000. Airport: Cairns International Airport is 4 miles to the NW. Frequent EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Australian Volunteer Coast domestic flights to Brisbane. International flights to Far East destinations. Guard: Tel: ␣61 (7) 4051-2192, 4031-6182. They monitor radio frequencies 27.88 MHz. and 27.91 MHz., AUTHORITY: Cairns Port Authority, P.O.Box 594, Cairns, North VHF Channel 16, CV11 and HF frequencies 2182 kHz and 2524 kHz. Queensland 4870, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052-3888. FAX: ␣61 (7) TELEPHONES: Only major vessels may have lines connected, generally 4052-1493. Email: [email protected] arranged by the ship’s Agent. Mobile telephones can be supplied. WWW: www.cairnsport.com.au Contact: Andrew Liepa, Manager Public telephones are located at Commercial Fisherman’s Bases 1 Operations (Email: [email protected]). Dave Burgess, and 2 and at the rear of No. 2 Cruise Liner Terminal. Piermaster (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4051-2558). Patricia Jankowski, Marketing SERVICES: Services such as compass adjusting, radio and radar Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052-3827. repairs, supply of charts, nautical publications and safety equipment, can Email: [email protected]). be arranged through Agent or local suppliers. Navigation and Safety: Queensland Transport, Marine and Ports Compass Adjuster: Captain Robert Moss, Marine Operation Service Division, Tingira Street, Portsmith, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052-7400. & Salvage, P.O.Box 464, Gordonvale, QLD 4865. Tel: ␣61 (7) Contact: Regional Harbour Master. 4056-5527. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4056-5002. Mobile: ␣61 (428) 184534. Email: [email protected] BANKS: CAPE CUVIER: 24.13 S. 113.23 E. (See Plan) Australia & New Zealand Banking Group Ltd., 21-23 Grafton Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4050-4775. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4050-4740. Also see ‘‘Carnarvon’’. Bank of Queensland Ltd., 17 Spence Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4051-9188. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4051-7242. LOCATION: Cape Cuvier is situated on the N.W. coast of Australia Commonwealth Bank of Australia, 76 Lake Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 approximately 75 km. N.N.W. of Carnarvon, in position Lat. 24␥ 13' S., (7) 4041-2760. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4052-1083. Long. 113␥ 23' E. National Australia Bank Ltd., 14 Shields Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) Charts and Publications: 4080-4111. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4080-4120. Australian Pilot Volume V Westpac Banking Corporation, 63 Lake Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) Australian Chart AUS 329 (N.W. Cape to Pt. Cloates) 4051-5633. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4031-3378. Australian Chart AUS 330 (Pt. Cloates to Quobba Pt.) Suncorp Metway Bank Ltd., 13a Spence St., Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) Australian Chart AUS 331 (Quobba Pt. to Geraldton) 4044-8788. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4031-2279. British Chart BA 1055 (Bedout Island to Cape Cuvier) STORING: Vessels can be stored by barge or from shoreside. Vessels PORT LIMITS: This port is now incorporated in the Port of Carnarvon can be stored from barges during loading and unloading as per the limits of which have been extended as follows: requirements of the Cairns Harbour Master – Queensland Transport ‘‘A line due West for 4 nautical miles from a point on the mainland in (Marine and Ports Division). Trucks and forklifts are permitted to proceed Lat. 24␥ 10' S. and Long. 113␥ 26' 4.5" E., and thence in a S.S.W. direction alongside and local riggers can be employed to assist with storing. to Cape Ronsard at the North End of Bernier Island’’ and then as for SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Legend – Nautilus Australia, 26 Martyn Carnarvon to the starting point. Street, Cairns. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4031-1146. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4031-1256. DOCUMENTS: The following documents are currently required and must Pickers Yacht & Ship Chandlers, 108 Mulgrave Road, Parramatta be completed prior to arrival and sailing. Park. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4051-1944. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4051-0629. Form 42A: Ship’s Stores Consumed in Australia. R.F.D. Safety Marine Pty. Ltd., 182 Scott Street, Portsmith. Tel: ␣61 Form M&S–11 (2 copies): Crew List. (7) 4052-7381. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4051-1280. Form W080: Boarding Report. Sharplift Pty. Ltd., 87 Cook Street, Portsmith. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4035-1981. Form 5: List of all Articles Owned or in Fax: ␣61 (7) 4035-1065. Possession of Master, officers and Taylor Marine, 42 Tingira Street, Portsmith. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4035-1322. crew. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4035-1661. Form QA4: Quarantine Notice. SHORE LEAVE: Crew members are allowed ashore. Form QA5 (if required): Ship Master’s Bond. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Seaman’s Book is sufficient. Form F Q360: Primary Health Report. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Cairns Port Authority provides daily garbage Ship’s Stationery: Crew List. collection services for both non-quarantine and quarantine garbage as APPROACHES: Red Bluff about 12 miles North of Cape Cuvier can be determined by the Department of Primary Industries. Garbage should picked up by radar at a distance of about 20 miles. Cape Cuvier is easily be placed in sealed plastic bags (inside covered bins), and kept on the identified by large white salt hill. vessel until collected. The berth is floodlit at night when a vessel is being loaded. Non-quarantine garbage removals are charged according to the PILOTAGE: Facilities provided by vessels for Pilot boarding at Cape manpower required and plant and machinery utilised. Cuvier must comply strictly with SOLAS regulations in all aspects. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: There is no dedicated berth, waste oil can be Pilot, supplied by Dampier Salt Limited, will board approximately1 mile collected by tanker truck with prior arrangement through: North of jetty-head. Cairns Waste Disposal: Tel: ␣61 (18) 772020 or (7) 4055-2481. Any delays to vessels berthing due to non-compliance with Solas North Queensland Waste Disposals: Tel: ␣61 (18) 183634 or (7) regulations (IMO current resolutions) will be for Owner’s account. 4057-7511. Guidelines for all ships calling at Cape Cuvier: From past experience SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. we have found it necessary to insist that all vessels intending calling at Cape Cuvier must supply plans showing winch layouts and deck SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995. machinery. In the case of older type vessels it is in the Owner’s interest Charts: Aus. No. 262 and 830. that the Pilot checks the vessel before arrival. The best way to organise Approach: The Murray River range of hills to the South of Cairns provides this is to send the plans of the vessel’s winch configuration to the Pilot a good landmark. (via Dampier Salt Limited) for approval. The beaconed channel is conspicuous with few other features around. The winches are the controlling factor and must be in first class working Anchorage: The anchorage is outside Cairns Port Limit as per AUS. 830 condition. There must be no rust on the brake drums and all brake linings and is exposed. We noticed other vessels anchored around position must be renewed and to be of non-asbestos material. If the vessel is Lat. 16␥ 49.5' S., Long. 145␥ 53' E. old it may be necessary to machine the brake liner so that the brakes Pilots: VHF Range is good. Contact as per ALRS. Pilotage available will grip. The worm drive brake lever must be free and greased and be 24 hours but dependent on tide for large vessels. Pilot boards from fast able to apply considerable pressure on the brake linings without running cutter in position Lat. 16␥ 49' S., Long. 145␥ 50.5' E. Time to berth is out of thread. approximately 1 hour. North of Cairns to Torres Strait, Barrier Reef The winch reels must be capable of taking 250 m.␺80 mm. rope on pilotage is compulsory for most classes of vessels. vessels over 30,000 d.w.t. and 250 m.␺70 mm. for vessels under Channel: The channel has good lights and is dredged to 8.5 m. 30,000 d.w.t. All ships must have a minimum of 4 drums each end, and Minimum UKC in calm weather is 0.6 m. We found 7.1 m. draft any for vessels over 50,000 d.w.t., preferably 6 winch drums. tidal state to Tanker Berth. Normal maximum draft is 8.5 m. (dependent The winches must be capable of supplying full power for long periods on tide). Deeper drafts up to 10.0 m. can be considered, but dependent so steam or hydraulic lines and associated machinery must be in first on tide and weather (swell). class working order. Tugs: 3 small tugs of 20 ton bollard pull each are available. One tug is Remember: The condition of the winches control the safety of the vessel away frequently working one of the small outports. Tugs lines are used. while in berth. Berth: Multi-User Tanker Berth No. 10: The berth handles all fuels, The leads must be good with all rollers working. The 2 centre winches bunkers and LPG. Berth is a tanker type ’T’ jetty of concrete construction are used for 266 m.␺36 mm. wires so they must have provision for and handles vessels up to 200 m. LOA. Berth is dredged to 9.5 m. datum. securing the wire to the side of the drum. Roller leads (aft only) must The berth has a fender flat face of 50 m. with outlying mooring dolphins have a 75 mm. top bar to prevent the wires from jumping off the rollers North and South. The fenders are good. when the vessel is trimmed by the stern. For this ship starboard side alongside is best as we can more easily The Pilot will remain on board for the entire loading and will be land Brow gangway. Tie up is 3-2 each end. Head/stern lines to detached responsible for moving the vessel in the berth. Good accommodation dolphins by line boat, only one boat so mooring can take a long time. with toilet and shower facilities and meals must be provided. Fresh water is available but meter is unreliable. Berths No. 1, 2, 3, 4 ANCHORAGES: Recommended anchorage is in position with the jetty for Cruise Ships, No. 5 and 6 for General and No. 7 and 8 for Containers. bearing approximately 200␥ (T) at a distance of 1.5 miles. Depth at Terminal: BORAL Gas: 200 m. to tanks of 4,500 cu.m. capacity. Pressure anchorage is about 15 fathoms. 3 cables off the shore, the depth is about storage only. We have only discharged Propane. Boral works with 9 fathoms. Holding ground is good. Townsville exchanging product by rail car. Minimum operating RESTRICTIONS: No berthing at night. Also see ‘‘Pilotage’’. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 107 AUSTRALIA MAX. SIZE: Vessels of 70,000 d.w.t. call on a regular basis. Depth 2. All vessels shall provide satisfactory ship’s lines on both fore and alongside is 17.80 m. after decks, such to pick up the 36 mm. diameter steel wires, 2 from HEALTH: In the case of each vessel arriving from overseas the following each mooring buoys Nos. 2 and 5. information must be sent to the Port Health Authorities between 12 and 3. All working and spare lines supplied by the vessel are to be in first 24 hours before arrival, addressing the message to the relevant shipping class working condition. agency (a copy of which message is required to be sent also to Dampier Note: If vessel cannot supply lines, Dampier Salt Ltd. will supply at no Salt Limited (Telex No. 99283)): cost. 1. The expected hour and date of arrival of the vessel. Mooring Equipment – Supplied by Dampier Salt: 2. Confirmation that the Master has individually inspected all persons 1. Dampier Salt shall supply 2␺265 m.␺36 mm. diameter steel wires on board within 24 hours before arrival. from each of mooring buoys Nos. 2 and 5. These lines are to be run 3. Particulars of any cases of serious illness on board. back to the vessel and secured on drum winches to act as the fore and 4. Confirmation that all persons on board are satisfactorily vaccinated aft longitudinal mooring lines. against cholera and in possession of valid Vaccination Certificate. 2. Dampier Salt Limited shall supply all ropes necessary for 5. Request for permission to enter Port. stopping-off polylines. On receipt of quarantine message, Dampier Salt Limited, will advise Berth Operating Conditions: Unless the Pilot otherwise directs, berthing anchorage position if vessel is not berthing on arrival. operations will generally be restricted to the following conditions: Vessels must also ensure International Quarantine signals are Winds: Zero winds from Northern quadrants and below 25 knots within displayed at all times until cleared by the Quarantine Officer (Clearance the Southern sector between East and West. will be issued via Shipping Agency). Swells: Up to a mean amplitude of 2 m. Whilst berthed at Cape Cuvier all food and organic waste must be Ballast: The vessel to maintain ballasted state with the propeller 75% kept in efficiently sealed containers and frequently doused with a soluble immersed and a stern trim. disinfectant. No garbage may be thrown overboard. Berth Occupancy: Unless the Pilot otherwise directs, berth occupancy RADIO: Vessels Arrival Requirements: Cape Cuvier is a First Port of will generally be restricted to the following conditions: Entry, and all vessels bound for the berth are required to contact Dampier Winds: Below 35 knots from the Southern quadrants. Below 10 knots Salt Limited, Telex No. 99283 (Fax: (08) 9414029. Cables: 6 CDPR from the Northern quadrants. SALT C), with the following information additional to Port Health Swell: Up to a mean amplitude of 2.5 m. messages (See ‘‘Health’’): Mooring Procedure: 1. Upon departure from previous port, estimated time of arrival and 1. Preparation before Berthing – Two central drums, both fore and aft, whether or not the port is the first port of call in Australia. are to be left bare ready to receive the 36 mm. diameter wires when 2. 10 days before intended arrival at the port, the estimated time of these wires are landed on board from mooring buoys Nos. 2 and 5. arrival and whether or not the port is the first port of call in Australia. 2. On berthing – Immediately prior to berthing, a number of shore 3. 7 days before intended arrival at the port, confirmation or any based personnel will board the vessel to assist in handling lines during variation of the advice previously given. berthing. As instructed by the Pilot, polylines will be run out as both 4. 4 days before intended arrival at the port, confirmation or any breasting lines and to pick up the steel wires from the fore and aft mooring variation of the advice previously given. buoys. Polylines unable to be held on drum winches will be taken up on 5. 48 hours before intended arrival at the port – estimate time of arrival the drum ends. at the Pilot boarding ground and also advise the vessel’s estimated draft The Pilot will give instructions as to how much tension is to be applied fore and aft. to each line. 6. 24 hours before intended arrival confirmation or any variation of 3. On Warping – During the shiploading operation, it will be necessary the advice previously given. to shift the vessel such that the shiploader can load the vessel in 7. 12 hours before intended arrival, final confirmation of time of arrival. accordance with the loading schedule. Normally, the shiploader will load Note: Because of the isolated location of Cape Cuvier and the need to only two hatches from the one positioning of the vessel. organise transport for the various berth services it is imperative The shore-based personnel will board the vessel to assist in line that ample notice is given on arrival times. This is particularly so handling for the warping operation. The tugs will also assist as required. for weekend arrivals. Failure to adhere to these requirements may Under the direction of the Pilot, lines shall be played out or taken in jeopardise vessels berthing to the detriment of Owner’s account. such to warp the vessel to the next loading position. VHF: Call sign: Cape Cuvier. Available frequencies: Channels 6, 8, 12, 4. On unberthing – All lines shall be dropped or taken in as instructed 16, 67. Loading Operation Frequency: 155.97 MHz. Emergency Working by the Pilot. The shore personnel will assist in line handling. Frequency: Channel 67. STEVEDORES: Dampier Salt Ltd. A continuous watch must be maintained by the vessel on VHF Channel MEDICAL: Master to advise by telex via coastal radio if any crew 16. All vessels approaching the Port or at anchor must maintain a members require medical or dental services. Prior advice will generally continuous watch on this frequency. Disregard of this requirement is a ensure adequate arrangements can be made to accommodate such contravention of Berth By-Laws and may adversely affect expeditious requests. Insufficient notice, or advice only on berthing may jeopardise berthing. the chances of obtaining normal medical/dental treatment. Emergency TUGS: A contractor operates the tugs which are available at all hours. medical treatment is normally available through Carnarvon Regional The following craft are available to assist in berthing and unberthing: Hospital. Tug ‘‘Pilbara Neptune’’, bollard pull 28 tonnes. Length 26.41 m., CARGO OPERATIONS: Condition to Load Salt or Gypsum: breadth 9.3 m. Main engines: 2␺Dilhatsu eight cylinder at 950 BHP 1. Ensure that vessel’s holds are thoroughly washed and all traces of each. Twin screw ‘‘Z’’ peller. the previous cargo are removed. ‘‘Boolathana’’ – tug. Bollard pull 25 tonnes. Length 24 m., breadth8 m., 2. For salt cargoes only,ensure that vessel’s holds are thoroughly lime ␺ draft 3.4 m. Main engines: 2 V12 Caterpillar 398 1,400 r.p.m.,850 b.h.p. washed with slaked lime (calcium hydroxide – Ca(OH)2 and that no other each. Twin screw Kort nozzles. substances are mixed with it. Tug ‘‘Cuvier’’, bollard pull 37 tonnes. Twin screw Kort nozzle, 2080 kw. Note: Limewashing is a pre-requisite for vessel’s loading salt. BERTHING: Salt and Gypsum Loading Berth: Situated at Lat. 24␥ 13' S., In the event that holds are not acceptable, the Master may be required Long. 113␥ 24' E. The berth is used only for salt loading. to sign a ‘‘Letter of Indemnity’’ accepting the cargo on behalf of the A central timber decked wharfhead carrying a fixed position, stiff arm, Operating Line, acknowledging that holds are in the condition described slewing and luffing conveyor boom shiploader with deflector. in the report by the independent Marine Surveyor. Six mooring buoys anchored to the seabed. Provided the vessel’s holds are acceptable to the Surveyor as being Vessels moor to buoys and warp themselves into position for loading ‘‘clean’’ the Surveyor will issue a Hold ‘‘Cleanliness Certificate’’. each hold. The shiploader generally has the capacity to load 2 adjacent 3. Ensure that mooring lines are laid out in readiness for berthing in holds for each warped position of the vessel. accordance with ‘‘Mooring Procedure’’. The principal berth dimensions are as follows: Loading Procedure: The vessel is to ensure that the first 2 holds to be Natural seabed level: R.L. – 17.8 m. loaded have the hatch covers removed on berthing. On berthing the Minimum distance between vessel and jettyhead structure: 14.5 m. vessel will be positioned by the Pilot, such that the loading can Berth length 670 m. between fore and aft mooring Buoys No. 2 and 5. commence immediately upon acceptance of the Notice of Readiness Berth width 180 m., between breasting mooring Buoys No. 3 and 4, and verification that vessel’s holds are clean to standards set by Dampier and minimum vessel stand-off from jettyhead (14.5 m.). Salt Limited. R.L 0.0 m. is Indian Spring Low Water at Cape Cuvier. The maximum An independent Marine Surveyor appointed by Dampier Salt will agree tidal range at Cape Cuvier is 1.7 m. all draft readings and ballast soundings with the Chief Officer prior to The principal shiploader dimensions are as follows: commencement of loading. Jettyhead area: 18 m.␺18 m. The Dampier Salt Limited (DSL) Shipper will board the vessel prior to Jettyhead deck level: R.L. 13.2 m. berthing to check that the vessel is ready to load. This Officer will agree Shiploader boom underside: R.L. 16.2 m. with the Chief Officer a loading sequence, loading schedule, warping Shiploader boom outreach: Approx. 30 m. procedures, draft problems (if any) and any other matters relating to the Shiploader boom luff: incline 45␥ loading of the vessel. Warping procedures shall be confirmed with the decline 15␥ Pilot. Shiploader boom loading arc: incline 18␥ The DSL Shipper will draw up a loading schedule, after consultation decline 15␥ with the Chief Officer, nominating the approximate hold loading duration, Shiploader boom slew: ␾ 90␥ times of warping and the estimated time of completion of loading, and Shiploader boom conveyor width: 1,600 mm. sailing time. Shiploader boom conveyor speed: 3.1 m./sec. The Pilot will normally remain on board the vessel for the duration of Shiploader boom conveyor capacity: 3,500 t.p.h. loading in order to liaise with the Chief Officer on matters concerning Average loading rate: 2,500 t.p.h. the loading procedures. Also see ‘‘Loading’’. A belt weightometer is used by Dampier Salt Limited to indicate loading MOORING: Ship’s Mooring Lines: rates and tonnages loaded in each hold. This instrument has an accuracy 1. Vessels shall provide the following lines: of ␾1.5%. It is the practice of Dampier Salt Limited for the Surveyor and 6␺250 m.␺80 mm. diameter polylines on forecastle deck. Chief Officer to agree a preliminary draft survey when the second last 6␺250 m.␺80 mm. diameter polylines on afterdeck (in case of vessels hold is approximately 80% loaded. This survey then allows the correct under 30,000 d.w.t., 70 mm. to apply). loading of the remainder of the cargo so as to ensure correct trim and All lines to have a reinforced soft eye, 1 m. long in the outer end. prevent inadvertent overloading. The final loaded cargo tonnage is

108 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA determined by draft survey, calculated by and agreed between the The recommended anchorage is defined by a line joining the following Surveyor and Chief Officer. co-ordinates: No labour is available at Cape Cuvier to board the vessel for any (a) Lat. 14␥ 52.81' S., Long. 145␥ 15.74' E. shipboard duties other than handling of mooring lines. Trimming is by (b) Lat. 14␥ 52.99' S., Long. 145␥ 16.72' E. conveyor discharge at the end of the loading spout only. (c) Lat. 14␥ 54.03' S., Long. 145␥ 16.67' E. General Specifications: Salt: Stowage factor of salt. Normal stowage (d) Lat. 14␥ 54.49' S., Long. 145␥ 18.86' E. density 32 cu.ft./long ton or 0.89 cu.m./tonne. Angle of repose 33␥. RESTRICTIONS: Berthing may be suspended in winds exceeding Gypsum: Stowage factor 0.65 cu.m./tonne. Angle of repose 32␥. 20 knots. Loading is usually stopped if wind exceeds 40 knots. Distance DENSITY: 1025 (Apparent density). 1023 (Relative density). from the waterline to the top of the hatch coaming not to exceed 35 ft. FRESH WATER: Not available. Arrival Condition: Vessels should arrive in a condition where the vessel FUEL: Not available. is trimmed by the stern with the propeller completely immersed and the REPAIRS: There are no ship repair facilities. However, vessels may forward draft not less than 2% of the vessel’s overall length. carry out repairs of a limited nature but only with the prior approval of MAX. SIZE: Max. d.w.t. 70,000 tons. Max. LOA 225 m. Max. beam 32 m. Dampier Salt Limited and the Harbour Master. Max. draft 14.5 m. DRY DOCKS: None. Berth depth 13.7 m. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: No shore watchmen available. Also see ‘‘Developments’’. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: To be opened/closed by ship’s crew. HEALTH: Customs and Health Clearance can be obtained off Cairns if CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes in opened carton, or 0.25 lb. using Grafton Passage. If approaching from the North, arrangements for cigars, or 0.5 lb. tobacco, and one opened bottle spirits per crew clearing the ship must be arranged through Agent at Cairns. member. Port Health Inspection: Dry stores and fridges are inspected by An Australian Customs Boarding Officer is resident in Carnarvon. Government Inspector from Cairns, garbage bins must be properly Regulations of Australian Department of Customs and Excise apply to covered. No garbage collection available. Because of the restrictions on the Port. the environment in this area, no waste or garbage should be disposed CARGO GEAR: Not required. Salt loading is by conveyor belt. of into the sea. It should be noted that a Scientific Research Station is REPATRIATION: Road connection to Carnarvon, which is 97 km. situated on nearby Lizard Island, any waste materials may well be distance from Cape Cuvier, thence air connection with Perth where monitored, resulting in heavy fines if Masters of vessels are found guilty international flights available. Crew changes not possible. of disposing of garbage in this area. VHF: See ‘‘Pilotage’’ and ‘‘Anchorages’’. AIRPORT: Carnarvon has a daily air service to Perth. Connecting flights TUGS: No tugs available. The two 40 ft. mooring launches are not for other Australian cities and also for overseas destinations are available allowed to tow. from Perth. BERTHING: Because of the exposed position of the wharf, vessels TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. should ensure that all mooring lines are in good condition and to facilitate GENERAL: Port is gazetted under Western Australian legislation and the handling of lines, each should have a 30 mm. rope tail attached to controlled under Ports and Harbours Regulations. the eye, about 6 m. in length. This is required for handling of the fore Ordering Stores: Ordering of stores not possible. and aft lines by the launches. Anchors and windlass must be in good Access to Vessel: working order as the normal routine is to berth starboard side to using At Anchorage: Whilst at anchorage, access will be by authorised the port anchor, which can be hove home after vessel is all fast. Vessel personnel only from the line launch or one of the tugs. lies on the east side of the wharf head outward. This ship (29,000 d.w.t.) In Berth: Whilst in berth, access will normally be by rope ladder via the used 2 breast lines and 2 backsprings at each end plus 2 long drifts on shiploader boom. No shore access possible for ship’s crew members. the head and stern lines. All lines should be prepared and made ready, Vessels Engines: Vessel’s engines are not to be demobilised whilst the prior to berthing approaches to avoid delays and complications during vessel is in berth. Adverse weather conditions affecting the area may berthing procedures. Forward breast lines are normally positioned first. require the vessel to be moved. Vessels in the berth will be on notice Vessels are required to have 14 mooring lines in good working order to shift at all times. on arrival at the port. AUTHORITY: Operator: Dampier Salt Limited, Lake Macleod Division, Ballast: On arrival all vessels must have clean ballast water as, being P.O.Box 501, Carnarvon, WA 6701, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9956-3216. in close proximity to the Great Barrier Reef,any polluted ballast will not FAX: ␣61 (8) 9941-4029. Telex: AA 99283. Cables: 6CDPRSALTC. be tolerated. There are no facilities at Cape Flattery to transfer dirty Contact: Susan Watson, Shipping Officer ballast ashore. (Email: [email protected]). Hold Inspection: Cleanliness required is of a higher standard than that required for grain cargoes. Should the ship fail inspection, the crew have the privilege of painting. No indications of rust will be tolerated. Loading Arm: The loading arm is a single stacker type with telescopic CAPE FLATTERY, Queensland: 14.59 S. 145.21 E. chute and trimmer. Slewing angle 45␥ to 115␥. Luffing ␣17␥ to ␤15␥. (See Plan) Travelling distance 139 m. Outreach 21.5 m. from face of the fenders. Loading rate about 1,300 t.p.h. (average), 2,000 t.p.h. (maximum), clearance water to boom at dolphins is a minimum of 15 m. Max. air SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: April 1987 (Updated 2002). draft above L.A.T. – 14.5 m. Cargo: High quality Silica Sand in bulk. Crew covers with vinyl sheeting LOCATION: Cape Flattery is situated approximately 200 km. North of on completion of each hold and before sailing. Cairns on the East coast of Queensland. The Port exports bulk silica Prior to sailing the Loading Master requires:- sand and is within the boundaries of the Great Barrier Reef. 4 Notices of Readiness Entrance can be made either from the South (Grafton Passage or 4 Stowage Plans Inner Route) or from the North (Torres Strait and Inner Route). 4 Statements of Facts. PORT LIMITS: The area comprised within a line commencing at a point MEDICAL: As there is no hospital or doctor, emergency cases only are on the H.W. mark at Latitude 14␥ 50' S. on the mainland at the northern flown to Cairns. extremity of Lookout Point, thence by a line due east for 2.0 nautical FRESH WATER: Not available. miles at its intersection with Longitude 145␥ 15.8' E., thence in a S.E’ly FUEL: Not available. direction for about 7.2 nautical miles to the intersection of OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Hatches are opened and closed by Long. 145␥ 22.1' E. and Lat. 14␥ 55.2' S. Thence in a S.S.E’ly direction crew. Once open the stevedores prefer not to close them again for fear for a distance of about 4.5 nautical miles to the intersection of of cargo contamination by loose scale or dirt falling from the underside Long. 145␥ 23' E. and Latitude 15␥ 00' S., thence in a W’ly direction for of the hatch covers, other than in heavy rain. a distance of about 2.7 nautical miles to a point on the H.W. mark to CERTIFICATES: The following Certificates were examined: Ship’s the point of commencement together with all navigable waters, rivers, Register, Load-line, Safety Equipment, Safety Construction, Safety creeks communicating with that area, and the banks, shores and Radio, I.O.P.P. Certificate and De-Rat. Cargo Equipment and hold foreshores thereof. accesses must conform to Australian Regulations. DOCUMENTS: AIRPORT: There is a landing strip for light aircraft on the north side of 2 Crew Lists, Pages 1 and 2. (Form 11) the Cape. As there are no roads or rail service, this is the only means Crew Declaration (Customs Form 5) of transport for pilots, Agents and Port Officials who are all based in Ship’s Stores Consumed in Australia (Form 42A) Cairns. Loading Ports List (Form B 921) SHORE LEAVE: No shore leave as Cape Flattery is in an Aboriginal 2 Ship’s Reports Inwards (Customs Form 1) Reserve. Department of Primary Industry (Animal Declaration) (Form E) GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. Health Declaration (Form F) WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. The Agent brings a full set of papers with him and acts for Customs SEAMAN’S CLUBS: No facilities are available at Cape Flattery due to the remoteness of the area and the difficult and dangerous terrain. All in the event that they do not attend. crew members are required to remain aboard the vessel. PILOTAGE: When approaching Australia from the N.W., reef pilotage WEATHER: The wharf is exposed to the weather which for most of the is compulsory. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. year (9 months) is the S.E. Trades. The wharf lies in a direction of about Local Pilotage: Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port Pilots 150␥ T. The berthing of vessels will be determined by the strength of the Queensland stationed in Cairns (Duty Pilot Tel: 0500-500-212. winds and currents at the time of berthing. The current usually runs Fax: 0740-319-612). under the wharf in a N.E’ly direction, ranging up to 1 knot and may be It is necessary to give 48 hours notice of E.T.A. at the Pilot Boarding stronger during the wet season (December to March). After N’ly winds Ground with an update at 24 hours, via Agent at Cairns. The Pilot will it does occasionally set S’ly or S.W. board 3 miles north of the wharf or at either anchorage. At present Because of the exposed area and the wharf facilities, vessels berthing will be carried out in daylight hours only. The Pilot boat has a alongside must remain with their engines ready as the weather can black hull with brown upperworks and has VHF Channel 16 and other deteriorate rapidly and the vessel may have to vacate the berth at short working channels, it also doubles as one of the mooring boats. notice, therefore any work on the vessel’s engines is prohibited. Also see ‘‘Cairns’’ – ‘‘Pilotage’’. GENERAL: ANCHORAGES: On approaching the port, and if not berthing on arrival, Cleanliness: Holds must be free of all rust. vessels should anchor on the North side of the Cape and maintain a Surveys: Draft surveys are carried out although somewhat hampered listening watch on VHF Channel 16. by the fresh S.E’ly winds. Shore scale seems unreliable. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 109 AUSTRALIA Shippers: Cape Flattery Silica Mines Pty. Cables: ‘‘Flattrysand’’. NOTE: Masters or Medical Officers who wilfully make a false statement Telex: AA48381. in answer to any question, are liable to a fine not exceeding $ 5,000 or Stores: There are no supplies of stores available. Anything required by imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 years. the local population that cannot be shipped by plane must come by lighter Question Answer from Cairns. 1. Name, type and nationality of offtake vessel...... DEVELOPMENTS: Report – May 2001: Max. Size: Berthing facilities 2. Where from and departure date? ...... are to be upgraded, increasing vessel size to max. 80,000 d.w.t. 3. Where bound and ETA first port ...... Berth Facilities: One new berthing dolphin will be installed (totalling 8), 4. Details of any communicable disease or illness or ...... and 3 will be upgraded. death on board since sailing. AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, 5. Are there any animals or plants on board? ...... Brisbane 4001, Queensland, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (70) 3224-7088. 6. Have you carried livestock in the last six months? ...... FAX: ␣61 (70) 3224-7234. Email: [email protected] If yes: List type, ports visited and cleaning performed WWW: pcq.com.au since last livestock voyage...... Operator: Cape Flattery Silica Mines Pty.Ltd., Box 6212, Mail Centre, Optional section (answering this section will facilitate clearance of your Cairns, Queensland 4870, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (740) 515099, 603966. vessel when it arrives in port). Telex: AA 48381. Fax: ␣61 (740) 518960, 603993. Cables: Flatrysand. If the vessel is entering in ballast: WWW: www.cfsm.com.au Contact: A. Temperley, General Manager. 1. Have you: (a) Exchanged ballast water at sea during the voyage and logbook certification of time and co-ordinates when CARNARVON, W.A.: 24.53 S. 113.40 E. (See Plan) re-ballasting occurred or: (b) Certification that the area where ballasting took place is Also see ‘‘Cape Cuvier’’ and ‘‘Useless Loop’’. free from toxic dinoflagellates? OR BERTHING: There is a small boat harbour but no other facilities are 2. Is your vessel part of a compliance arrangement for ballast water available. control accepted by Australian Quarantine and inspection services? 3. Will you be discharging ballast whilst in Australian waters? Yes/No CHALLIS VENTURE, including Jabiru Venture: NOTE: The granting of pratique to a vessel does not release it from 12.07 S. 125.00 E. (See Plan) being subject to quarantine. Goods require separate clearance. Date ...... Signed ...... LOCATION: The Jabiru and Challis Oilfields are in the Timor Sea, about RADIO: Advice of Arrival: Incoming vessels must advise BHP Petroleum 680 km. West of Darwin and some 300 km. off the Kimberley coast of Operations Manager and the Facility of their ETA 72 hours and 48 hours North Western Australia. before intended arrival and give the following information: ‘‘Challis Venture’’ – Lat. 12␥ 07' 17" S., Long. 125␥ 00' 43" E. 1. Name of vessel and radio call sign. ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ – Lat. 11␥ 55' 33" S., Long. 125␥ 00' 23" E. 2. HF radio telephone frequencies, if so equipped. DOCUMENTS: Masters will complete the following forms which will be 3. Inmarsat identification number and which satellite in use. delivered to Customs by the ship’s Agents at least 48 hours prior to 4. Arrival draft and trim. arrival: ETA should be confirmed or varied, as appropriate, 48 hours before Ship’s Inward Cargo Report (Form 1). arrival. Passenger Report (if applicable) (Form 2A and Form 2B). Radio Communication with ‘‘Challis Venture’’: The ‘‘Challis Venture’’ Crew Report (Form 3A and Form 3B). has radio communication hours of 0600 to 1800 local time (2030 hrs. – Masters should endeavour to complete the following forms ready for 0830 hrs. GMT). collection on arrival by Customs Officers, if the facility is the vessel’s The ‘‘Challis Venture’’ operates without a dedicated Radio Officer, first Australian destination: however messages can be sent to the Facility via Inmarsat, the shipping Ship’s Report of Arrival (Form 5 – Part 1). Agent representing the offtake vessel (Note: Currently Inmarsat Crew Effects Declaration (Form 5 – Part 2). communications are not available. Inmarsat System A being replaced Ship’s Stores consumed in Australia (Form 42A). by Inmarsat mini M – numbers will be advised at a later date). Shipmaster’s Notice (Animals, Hides and Skins) Not for Importation ‘‘Challis Venture’’ Call sign: VLV 4720 (Form QA4). ‘‘Challis Venture’’ Inmarsat 582 1543357 CHAV X Shipmaster’s Bond regarding animals carried (only if pets on board) number for telex: 583 1543357 CHAV X (Form QA5). ‘‘Challis Venture’’ Inmarsat 0011 872 1543357 The Customs Officer in attendance will advise any other documentary number for telephone: 0011 873 1543357 requirements, and provide forms if necessary. The Facility is on the Indian Ocean or the Pacific Ocean Inmarsat, Because the ‘‘Challis Venture’’ and ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ are not depending on conditions. designated ports, offtake vessels should have their Agents apply for Incoming offtake vessels may use the frequencies 4125 kHz or Certificates of Permission for Entry to Australia at other than a designated 4143.6 kHz for radiotelephone communications with the Facility. The port as required under Section 58 of the Customs Act 1901 ‘‘Challis Venture’’ will use VHF Channel 72 as a working frequency. (Commonwealth of Australia). The ‘‘Challis Venture’’ is equipped with a radio direction finding (RDF) Customs Authorities have advised that permission will generally be beacon with a frequency of 404 kHz. Call sign is XCHA and range is granted. However, Customs Officials retain the right to board offtake 100 nautical miles. The beacon transmits on request. vessels for inspection at their discretion and Masters of offtake tankers Radio Communication with ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’: The ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ has are required to provide accommodation and mess facilities for visiting radio communication hours of 0600 to 1800 local time (2030 hrs. – Customs Officers. APPROACHES: The Facility Master will advise by radio the bearing on 0830 hrs. GMT). which offtaking vessels should approach. ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ Call sign: VJJJ Hazard to Navigation: An unlit wave rider buoy is located at ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ Inmarsat 582 1543604 JABV X Lat. 11␥ 57.97' S., Long. 125␥ 03.42' E. number for telex: 583 1543604 JABV X PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory. The Facility Master or an ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ Inmarsat 0011 872 1543604 appropriately qualified nominee of the Facility Master will transfer to the number for telephone: 0011 873 1543604 offtake vessel when it reaches a distance of 2 nautical miles from the ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ is on Indian Ocean or Pacific Ocean Inmarsat, Facility and will act as Pilot during approach and mooring. depending on conditions. Two Berthing Superintendents from the Facility will board (one being Incoming offtake vessels may use frequency 4125 kHz or 4143.6 kHz the Pilot) and will remain on board the offtake vessel for the time the for radiotelephone communications with the Facility, which will listen for vessel is moored. Suitable accommodation is to be provided for these incoming offtake vessels between 2030 to 0830 hrs. GMT on 4125 kHz, personnel. VHF Channel 16 and 500 kHz. The Facility will use VHF Channel 6 as READINESS: Restricted Berthing Hours: Notice of Readiness will only a working frequency. be accepted during the hours 0700 to 1600 when prevailing weather The ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ is equipped with a radio direction finding (RDF) conditions permit safe mooring. beacon with a frequency of 436 kHz. Call sign is JVX and the range is Notice of Readiness: Arriving offtake vessels may not tender Notice of 100 nautical miles. The beacon transmits continuously. Readiness until 2 nautical miles from a facility and until otherwise in all VHF: See ‘‘Radio’’. respects ready to approach, moor and offtake in accordance with these TUGS: A supply boat will make fast to the stern of the offtake vessel regulations and the Terminal Conditions. using a static tow rig supplied by the supply boat. The supply boat will ANCHORAGES: There are prohibited anchoring areas in the vicinity of remain fast for the duration of the offtake. the Timor Sea production areas. If an offtake vessel cannot moor on BERTHING: ‘‘Challis Venture’’: The ‘‘Challis Venture’’ is a purpose built arrival at one of the Facilities and wishes to anchor, it must be within 115,000 d.w.t. barge fitted with process facilities and a metering system the Permitted Anchoring Areas. Contact should be made with the Master to enable stabilisation of crude oil and delivery to offtake vessels. The of either Facility for information and guidance on this matter. ‘‘Challis Venture’’ has around 135,000 kl. total storage capacity Vessels should make every endeavour to arrive with propeller and (approximately 845,000 bbls. or 110,000 metric tonnes). Oil is delivered rudder fully submerged and trim should not exceed 10% of the after through a 16 in. floating hose system at a rate of approximately 5,000 kl. draft. Masters should note that in event of arrival with excessive trim or (31,500 bbl.s) per hour. Allowing for start up and slow down periods, too light in draft, berthing will be refused. 103,290 kl. (approximately 650,000 bbls.) will require over 20 hours RESTRICTIONS: See ‘‘Anchorages’’. pumping (Note: Maximum load out available is now 410,000 bbls., due MAX. SIZE: 150,000 d.w.t. to Lloyd’s restriction on the facility). HEALTH: Australian Government Requirements: A Radio Pratique ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’: The ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ is a converted 140,000 d.w.t. message should reach the vessel’s Agent no more than 24 hours, and tanker with process facilities and a metering system to enable no less then 12 hours before arrival, as per the following instructions. stabilisation of crude oil and delivery to offtake vessels. The ‘‘Jabiru Please answer the following questions, indicating NIL where Venture’’ has around 155,000 kl. total crude oil storage capacity necessary, and answer them in order. If answers are not correct, or not (approximately 975,000 bbls. or 126,000 metric tonnes). Oil is delivered in the correct order, it could cause unnecessary delay to vessel berthing. through a 16 in. floating hose system at a rate of approximately 3,400 kl.

110 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (21,400 bbls.) per hour. Allowing for start up and slow down periods, Typical Cargo Properties: 103,290 kl. (approximately 650,000 bbls.) will require over 30 hours Challis Crude: pumping (See ‘‘Note’’ in ‘‘Challis Venture’’ above). Density at 15␥C. 0.8272 Standard of Offtake Vessels: Offtake vessels between 25,000 d.w.t. and API gravity 39.5 150,000 d.w.t. only can be accommodated at any Facility. Viscosity at 20␥C. 3.04 cst. Exhibited (See ‘‘Appendix’’) is a Questionnaire to which the offtake Pour Point ␤9␥C. vessel is obliged to provide answers before being nominated to visit a Reid Vapour Pressure 23.5 kPa (3.4 p.s.i.) Facility. It is imperative that if at any time the particulars given in those Jabiru Crude: answers should be seen to be inaccurate, or should change in any Density at 15␥C. 0.8139 respect, BHP Petroleum Operations Manager and Master of the Facility API gravity 42.3 must be notified forthwith in writing. Without prejudice to any other Viscosity at 20␥C. 3.45 cst. consequence of such inaccuracy or change, failure to so notify and to at 40␥C. 2.41 cst. provide all necessary details relating thereto may cause delay at the Pour Point 15␥C. Facility. Reid Vapour Pressure 31.0 kPa (4.5 p.s.i.) The offtake vessel should be fitted with a centre Panama type fairlead Offtake tankers going into cold seas may require heating coils. and bow chain stoppers capable of handling the 76 mm. diameter chafing MEDICAL: Medical and dental services are not available at any Facility. chain. In emergencies, medical evacuation to Darwin can be arranged, which The bow windlass or winch must be capable of pulling 15 tonnes and may take 6 hours. should have one empty drum to take the 72 mm. diameter messenger FRESH WATER: Not available. line. The drum must have a good hauling lead from the Panama fairlead FUEL: Not available. directed through the chain stopper in order to retrieve the chafing chain REPAIRS: Repairs are not permitted whilst moored to a Facility. and hawser. TIME: GMT plus 9.5 hours. Also see ‘‘General’’ before first port. Under no circumstances will the warp end be used to heave in the SHORE LEAVE: Not possible. system. A winch drum only is acceptable. APPENDIX: Offtake vessels should have manifolds and associated offtake To: BHP Petroleum, Darwin Operations. Fax No. (089) 844139. equipment conforming to Oil Companies’ International Marine Forum BHP Petroleum, Melbourne Marketing. Fax No. (03) 6541723. (OCIMF) standards and a manifold derrick or crane rated at 10 tonnes From: S.W.L. Date: Given the particular requirements of each Facility, offtake vessels These vessels details are required prior to acceptance to lift from the should ensure that their mooring systems are checked for suitability and floating production storage and offtake facilities ‘‘Challis Venture’’ and safety before finalisation of charter arrangements and before arrival at ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’. a Facility. 1. Name of Vessel: Offtake vessels must be covered by a current ITF Certificate. Offtake 2. Previous Names, if any: vessels will also be required to provide accommodation for any of the 3. Port of Registry/Flag: following people for the duration of offtake. 4. Name of Owner: 2 Berthing Superintendents from the Facility. 5. Registered Address: Independent Surveyor. 6. Nationality of Officers/Crew: Customs Officers. 7. Vessel Classification Society/Classed as: 8. Year of Build: Shipping Agent. 9. Call Sign: Ship/Floating Production Facility Safety Check: On arrival at the Facility, 10. Inmarsat No.: the offtake vessel will be subject to a safety check by the Facility Operator 11. L.O.A.: in accordance with the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and 12. Breadth: Terminals. The Terminal Conditions provide that the Facility may refuse 13. Distance, Bow to Manifold: to allow the offtake vessel to berth or may order the offtake vessel away 14. Distance, Ship Side to Manifold: from the berth, or otherwise suspend or terminate provision or 15. Diameter of Manifold: performance of services to the offtake vessel, if at any time the offtake 16. Diameters of available Manifold Reducers: vessel fails to meet the relevant safety standards. 17. Does Manifold/Associated Equipment comply with O.C.I.M.F.? Mooring: Supply boat service is required. The Pilot and hose coupling 18. S.W.L. of Manifold Crane/Derrick: tools will be transferred to the offtake vessel by the Facility workboat. 19. Summer/Tropical/Winter D.W.T.: When the offtake vessel is ‘‘onsite’’ the mooring hawser will be made 20. Summer/Tropical/Winter Drafts at Full D.W.T.: fast to the bow of the offtake vessel. 21. Cargo Capacity at 98%: Mooring operations are the responsibility of the offtake vessel crew 22. Maximum Loading Rate: acting under the supervision of one of the Berthing Superintendents from 23. Arrival Drafts: the Facility. 24. Has Vessel C.B. Tanks? Engines on Standby: Offtake vessels are required to keep their engines 25. Has Vessel S.B. Tanks? on continual ‘stand-by’ and be ready to respond to requests for engine 26. Can Vessel load and deballast simultaneously with two valve movement immediately. Vessels will be required to move astern to separation? prevent creeping up or jack-knifing as necessary. 27. Has Vessel a Centre Panama Lead? The hawser system has a working load of 200 tonnes and offtake 28. Panama Lead Dimensions: vessels may use astern power to keep station. All engine movements 29. Has Vessel a Chain Stopper: should be made with due care. 30. Can Chain Stopper accept 76 mm. Diameter Chain? Deballasting Operations: The Facility Master must be consulted before 31. Distance, Panama Lead to Chain Stopper: commencement of deballasting operations. 32. Can Windlass lift 15 tonnes: Watches: A qualified officer with authority to manoeuvre is to keep a 33. Has Vessel Leads allowing Mooring Hawser to be hauled from bridge watch whilst the offtake vessel is on station. Reliable the Panama Lead via the Chain Stopper onto an empty Drum? communications are to be established between the bow and the bridge. (Not the warping drum-end): Connection of Hose: After the mooring hawser has been made fast, the 34. Has Vessel a Designated Helicopter Landing Area? workboat will pull the floating hose to the offtake vessel. At ‘‘Jabiru 35. Does Master and/or Crew speak English? Venture’’ the hose will be connected to the starboard side of the offtake 36. Is Vessel covered by I.T.F. Agreement? vessel. At the ‘‘Challis Venture’’, the connection will be made to the port 37. Vessel’s Last Port of Call before Challis/Jabiru? side. The hose-end must then be lifted on board using the offtaking 38. At which Port may Vessel be inspected by Operators tanker’s manifold derrick or crane. Representative? The connection of the hose is the responsibility of the offtake vessel’s 39. Has Vessel a ‘‘Challis, Jabiru Berthing Handbook’’ on board? crew, under the guidance of the Berthing Superintendents from the 40. A Legible Copy of the Fo’c’sle Deck Arrangement must be Facility. supplied before an Offtake Vessel can be accepted by BHP The hose-end connection is a 16 in. ‘Camlock’ quick release coupling Petroleum Pty.Ltd. for the safe berthing astern of the ‘‘Challis and will fit standard 16 in. ANSI 150 lb. flanges. Venture’’ or ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’. If possible, the Plan should show The floating hose is fitted with a self sealing breakaway coupling for the proposed lead from the Panama Fairlead to the Winch Drum. emergency disconnection. NOTE: Submission of this Questionnaire to BHP Petroleum Pty. Ltd. Manifold adaptors/extenders to suit the above should be supplied by shall be an acknowledgement and acceptance by Offtake Vessel the offtake vessel. (Including its Owners, Agents, Master and Crew) and Cargo Owner of Delivery may be suspended for safety reasons during visits by the ‘‘Terminal Conditions’’ which govern operation of, access to and helicopters to the Facilities, should flights be necessary, and/or if weather usage of, the ‘‘Challis Venture’’ and ‘‘Jabiru Venture’’ Facilities. conditions exceed safety limits. GENERAL: Departure after Loading: Unless otherwise permitted by the Operator, Services: The remote, deep-sea location of the Facilities severely limits offtake vessels shall depart within 6 hours of completion of loading. An the provision of services. Offtake tankers should ensure that they carry Early Departure Procedure is available, should this be required or supplies adequate for a return journey. necessary for any reason, and is as follows. The quantity of cargo loaded Visitors to the Facilities: Access to any one of the Facilities is by a 2 hour is computed initially by the Operator using oil sales metered volume and light aricraft flight from Darwin to Troughton Island, and then a 1 hour a provisional density figure. The appropriate gross cargo so determined helicopter flight to the the Facility. Because of the limited capacity of will be introduced on the Bill of Lading in the designated ‘‘Approximate scheduled flights, the difficulties in arranging extra flights and the severe Quantity Report’’ section. accommodation constraints on board each Facility, the attendance of After departure of the vessel, a final density, sediment and water visitors is not normally possible. content of the cargo will be determined by the Operator. After this Customs, Department of Transport Officers, independent surveyors, determination, the Operator shall inform the vessel by telex of gross and ships’ Agents, buyers’ representatives and any others intending to visit, nett cargo quantity loaded. The nett quantity will be introduced on the should seek permission of the Operations Manager at least 2 days before Bill of Lading in the designated‘‘Precise Quantity Report’’ section and scheduled arrival of the offtake vessel. Earlier advice would be signed for by the vessel Agent and Operator. appreciated. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 111 AUSTRALIA Firefighting: Each Facility has only firefighting equipment required for its HEALTH: The ‘‘Request for Pratique’’ (Health Clearance), properly own purposes. It can give no aid to offtake vessels in case of fire. In completed including the section concerning ballast water, should reach the event of an emergency on board an offtake vessel or on one of the the vessel’s Agent no more than 24 hours, and no less than 12 hours, Facilities, the offtake vessel will be released. before arrival. Pollution Control: The ‘‘Challis Venture’’ holds a small quantity of RADIO: Advice of Arrival: Incoming vessels must advise Marine dispersant for pollution control which can be dispensed from the Superintendent and the Agent of their ETA on their departure from their workboat or, subject to call-out delay, from a helicopter, should this be last port. ETA should then be confirmed 7 days, 5 days, 3 days, 48 hours necessary. and 24 hours before intended arrival and give the following information: Without derogating from the Terminal Conditions, liability for any costs (i) Name of vessel and radio call sign. of countering any pollution caused by oil which has passed the point (ii) HF radio telephone frequencies, if so equipped. where the offtake vessel’s permanent hose connection connects to the (iii) Inmarsat/Selcall identification number and which satellite in use. terminal operations loading facilities will be for the account of, and (iv) Arrival draft and trim. recoverable from, the offtake vessel. 7 days before intended arrival, the vessel must advise the quantity of No refuse is to be dumped overboard. The I.M.O. convention on the cargo required and the vessel loading sequence/hatch rotation. dumping of waste at sea applies. Any waste water discharged should 48 hours before arrival, the vessel should confirm that all navigational, have an oil content of no more than 15 p.p.m. mechanical equipment and engines are in good working order. Liability for pollution, its consequences and control is governed by the VHF: VHF radio telephone Channels 16, 12 and 6. Call sign ‘‘Cockatoo Terminal Conditions. island’’. Stores: Not available. TUGS: Towage: All towage and hire of lines launch is subject to the Dirty Ballast: Dirty ballast, slops or refuse cannot be accepted at any United Kingdom Standard Conditions for Towage and Other Services Facility. (Revised 1974). Government Charges: Customs, Immigration and Health inspections will BERTHING: Mooring lines are taken ashore by lines launch. Sufficient usually be carried out by one Customs Officer but, at the discretion of and suitable mooring lines must be immediately available as the vessel customs authorities, several Customs Officers may carry out a particular approaches the berth. inspection. Vessels must be ready in all respects to commence loading on Offtake vessels will be liable for Customs fees charged per person completion for berthing. Hatches must be clean and open. per hour. Inspections will generally require a minimum of 14 hours, The vessel will be berthed with the first hatch to be filled adjacent to including travelling time. the shiploader. Light Dues, Oil Pollution Levies: The Northern Territory Department of Wharf and Shiploading Facilities: The loading jetty at Cockatoo Island Mines and Energy advises that vessels offtaking from the Facilities are consists of a mooring dolphin and 7 berthing dolphins aligned in a not required to pay light dues or oil pollution levies. 117␥(T) – 297␥ (T) direction. The centreline of the shiploader is located Weather: Prevailing winds are Southerly from May to October. at approximately Lat. 16␥ 06.3' S., Long. 123␥ 36.8' E. Berthing dolphins The wet season is during the Summer months – November to April – extend 170 m. to the East and 110 m. to the West of the shiploader. and at that time prevailing winds are Northwesterly. The mooring dolphin is a further 80 m. to the West of the Western most During the Summer months, the Timor Sea is subject to occasional berthing dolphin. The berthing dolphins are provided with a facing of cyclones. In January and February, in particular, weather and sea states timber and rubber tyre fendering from deck level to low water level. may prevent mooring and/or loading for periods of a few days. Berthing is normally port side to. The general arrangement of the berth The limiting significant wave height for mooring is 2.2 m. On this basis is shown in the ‘‘Plan Section’’. mooring will be feasible 85% of the time. For offtake vessels already The depth of water alongside is 10.5 m. at LAT with a tidal range moored, the design limits for the hawser will be approached when between MLWS and MHWS of 8.9 m. significant wave height reaches 2.8 m. and winds reach 36 knots. On A tide gauge is positioned on Dolphin No. 4. This tide gauge is this basis, loading will be feasible 93% of the time. calibrated to LAT (i.e. Zero on the tide gauge equates to a least depth Charts: alongside of 10.5 m.). Australian: AUS. 314. Masters are at all times to ensure that the vessel has an under-keel British: B.A. 1047, B.A. 942A. clearance (UKC) of at least 0.5 m. Vessels may need to cease loading These charts cover the general area and the site of each Facility. during low water periods to ensure that the minimum UKC is maintained. OPERATOR: BHP Petroleum Ltd., Lot 4233, Pruen Road, Berrimah, The shiploader consists of a fixed, retractable, luffing conveyor boom NT 0828, Australia. (Postal address: P.O.Box 37871, Winnellie, located between the 2 centre dolphins. the outreach of the shiploader is NT 0821, Australia). Tel: ␣61 (89) 221122. Telex: AA 85146. ␣ 13.7 m., with a maximum throwing distance of 4.3 m. The shiploader is FAX: 61 (89) 844139. Cables: Hempet, Darwin. Contact: Manager, fixed in location, non-slewing, but capable of luffing to a limited extent. Darwin Operations. The clear height under the shiploader boom at MHWS is 15.5 m. Due to the fixed nature of the shiploader, ship’s Masters are required to bring each hatch in sequence under the boom, by warping the vessel COCKATOO ISLAND, W.A.: 16.07 S. 123.35 E. along the jetty by use of ship’s gear. During these operations, Company (See Plan) employees are in attendance for handling the shore end of mooring lines only and to advise the Master when the vessel is in position. The vessel’s LOCATION: Cockatoo Island is located in the Buccaneer Archipelago, Master is fully responsible for the warping operations at all times. To aid some 140 km. North of Derby in the Kimberley Region of Western in vessel berthing, a tug will be permanently stationed at the Island. Australia. Reference should be made to Charts B.A. No. 1206, AUS. 733 General cargo is not handled at this jetty. and AUS. 40. Approach should be made on the recommended courses MEDICAL: Medical and dental services are not available. In laid down on B.A. Chart No. 1206, entering Yampi Sound to the South emergencies, medical evacuation to Derby can be arranged, which may of Irving Island (Tanner Island Lt.). take 3 hours. DOCUMENTS: Customs and Immigration: Masters will complete the CARGO OPERATIONS: The Master is at all times responsible for the following forms which will be delivered to Customs by the ship’s Agents loading of his vessel. Throughout loading, a ship’s Officer must be on at least 48 hours prior to arrival at the Facility: duty to ensure correct hatch by hatch loading. Failure to comply may Form 1 Ship’s Inward Cargo Report. delay loading. Due to the fixed nature of the shiploader, and hence the Form 2A and Form 2B Passenger Report (if applicable). requirement to warp the ship for hatch changes, it is in the vessel’s Form 3A and Form 3B Crew Report. interest to minimise the number of pours in the loading sequence Masters should endeavour to complete the following forms ready for consistent with safe loading of the vessel. collection on arrival by Customs Officers, if the Facility is the vessel’s Whilst the shiploading facility is fitted with a weightometer, figures first Australian destination: received therefrom are to be used as a guide and reference to them will Form 5 Part One – Ship’s Report of Arrival. not relieve the Master of responsibility for maintaining adequate draft Part Two – Crew Effects Declaration. checks and supervising the loading accordingly. Form 42A Ship’s Stores Consumed in Australia. Ballast is to be discharged at a rate which prevents disruption to Form QA4 Shipmaster’s Notice (Animals, Hides and loading, final trimming and completion. Ballast shall be adjusted to Skins) Not for Importation. ensure that a minimum clearance of 1.5 m. is maintained between the Form QA5 Ship’s Masters Bond regarding animals vessel’s structure and the shiploader boom. The attention of Masters is carried (only if pets on board). drawn to the rapid tide movements experienced at the berth in this The Customs Officer in attendance will advise any other documentary respect. Failure to comply could result in a disruption to loading attributed requirements, and provide forms if necessary. as downtime to the vessel. Government Charges: Customs, Immigration and Health Inspections will The net loading rate of the shiploader is 1,400 tonnes per hour. The usually be carried out by one Customs Officer, but at the discretion of gross loading rate can be expected to be 18,000 tonnes per working Customs Authorities, several Customs Officers may carry out a particular day. inspection. Loading is normally carried out continuously. Commencement of Vessels will be liable for Customs fees charged per person per hour. loading will normally be at the start of the next shift following receipt of Vessels will be liable for the provision of accommodation if an Officer the Notice of Readiness. Shifts commence at 0600 hrs. and 1800 hrs. attends. Sundays and public holidays are excluded as working days, however APPROACHES: Vessels should make every endeavour to arrive with some such days may be worked under particular circumstances. propeller and rudder fully submerged and trim should not exceed 10% Cargo is iron ore concentrate of particle size nominally less than 1 mm. of the aft draft. Masters should note that in event of arrival with excessive The moisture content of the concentrate is approximately 5% by weight, trim or too light in draft, berthing will be refused. and the stowage factor is 0.39 cu.m. per tonne. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory. Concentrate cargoes are sensitive to moisture content. Masters should Pilot boarding ground, Lat. 16␥ 07' S., Long. 123␥ 35' E., as marked on ensure that all hatches are covered during rain periods. It is Chart AUS. 40. recommended that the Masters have all hatches, except the working Pilotage services are provided strictly subject to the Facility Conditions. hatch, closed during loading operations, especially in the wet season, READINESS: Notice of Readiness: Arriving vessels may not tender when heavy rain squalls prevail. Notice of Readiness until 2 nautical miles from the Facility, in Free Departure after Loading: Unless otherwise permitted by the Marine Pratique and until otherwise in all respects ready to approach, and berth Superintendent, vessels shall depart as soon as practicable after in accordance with these regulations and the Facility Conditions. completion of loading. Notice of Readiness will only be accepted during the hours 0600 hrs. FRESH WATER: Not available. to 1600 hrs. when prevailing weather conditions permit safe berthing. FUEL: Not available.

112 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA REPAIRS: Repairs are not permitted whilst a vessel is moored at the due to age there is a possibility of them being uprooted. Our vessel Facility. berthed starboard side alongside by making tug fast on port quarter and TIME: GMT plus 8 hours (Also see ‘‘General’’ before first port). dropping port anchor (4 shackles) in water and paying out gently. The SHORE LEAVE: Not possible. All crew are to remain onboard. Access jetty in my opinion is on its ‘last legs’ and to add to the problem, there to shore will be denied due to the movement of heavy mining equipment. is a slight curve between Dolphin 1 and 1A. This complicates matters WEATHER: From November to March, Yampi Sound which covers the even further when bringing vessel alongside. The conveyor belt Cockatoo area is near the Southern extremities of the N.W. monsoonal maximum extended reach barely cleared our vessel’s centreline by influence, and cyclones can be expected during this period. The effects 1.0 m., and one had to be very vigilant to ensure vessel was upright at of cyclones are more prevalent in this area early in this period, however all times. The pour rate was said to be 1,500 tonnes/hr., but on checking cyclonic conditions have been experienced at Yampi Sound during found an error on the conveyor weightometer (varying from 3% to 6%). February/March. As per our Charter Party, the vessel was to be ‘spout trimmed’, but this During the season November to March (known locally as the ‘‘Wet’’), proved impossible as there were no facilities for attachment of spout. In the prevailing winds are Westerly, strong at times, particularly during the this case, cargo was just run out by the conveyor belt, and this resulted afternoon. Rain and thunder squalls are also frequent during the ‘‘Wet’’, in cargo ‘peaking’ up in the hold. In the final stages of loading, ‘peaking’ and Masters are warned to be watchful for storms, as the accompanying reached 16.6 m. where cargo work had to be temporarily stopped, in winds can be gale force. order that crew could trim the ‘peak’ and to ensure hatch covers could The season April to October (known locally as the ‘‘Dry’’) brings a be properly secured. period of very little rain and frequent periods of strong S.E.’ly winds during Further added problem was a 10.5 m. patch alongside jetty, thus we the mornings, giving way to light Westerly sea breezes in the afternoon. had to ensure loading was completed during high water (Range of No cyclones are likely during this period. tide ␤9.0 m.). Tides: At Cockatoo Island jetty, the tidal stream sets Eastward except The Pilot liaises with the stevedores and linesmen for all shiftings and for a period from 1 hour before to 3 hours after H.W. when tidal stream carries out pre-loading and final draft check on behalf of the shippers. sets Westward. At Spring tides, these streams may run at up to 1.2 knots, The Pilot and the ship’s Agent stay on board (provided decent however, they may become confused at Neap tides. accommodation is available). GENERAL: Stores: Not available. Vessel’s Particulars: 52,600 tonnes d.w.t., LOA 216 m., beam 31.8 m. Dirty Ballast, Slops or Refuse: Cannot be accepted. and Summer draft 12.33 m. Firefighting: The Facility has only firefighting equipment required for its Cargo Particulars: Iron Ore Concentrates (We loaded 49,500 tonnes own purposes. It can give no aid to vessels in the event of fire. If there with sailing draft 11.88 m. forward and 12.16 m. aft. Density 1022). is an emergency on board a vessel or at the Facility, the vessel will be Transportable Moisture Limit: 8.7% released. Average Moisture Content: 5.2% Pollution Control: The berth does not hold any quantity of dispersant for Stow Factor: 0.4 cu.m./tonne polllution control. Facilities: Because of the remoteness of this Facility, there are no Without derogating from the Facility Conditions, liablity for any costs medical or recreational facilities. Provisions and fresh water are not of countering any pollution caused by an oil spillage from the vessel will available. In case of extreme medical cases, patient will be flown by light be for the account of, and recoverable from, the vessel. fixed wing aircraft to Derby, which is approximately 1.5 hours flying time. No refuse is to be dumped overboard. The IMO Convention on the dumping of waste at sea applies. Any waste water discharged should AUTHORITY: Facility Owner: Portman Iron Ore Ltd., Level 11, have an oil content of no more than 15 ppm. 1 William Street, Perth, WA 6000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9426-3333. Liability for pollution, its consequences and control is governed by the FAX: ␣61 (8) 9426-3344. Telex: AA93163. Facility Conditions. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.portman.com.au Visitors to the Facility: Access to any one of the facilities is by light Contact: Port Manager. aircraft from Broome or Derby. Because of the limited capacity of Facility Operator: Henry Walker Eltin, 55 Broadway, Nedlands, scheduled flights, the difficulties in arranging extra flights and the severe WA 6009 (Postal address: P.O.Box 1166, Nedlands, WA 6909), accommodation constraints at the Facility, the attendance of visitors is Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9389-4777. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9389-9699. not normally possible. WWW: www.hwe.com.au Customs, Department of Transport Officers, independent surveyors, Manager of the Marine Operations: Stirling Marine Services Pty.Ltd., ship’s Agents, buyers’ representatives and any others intending to visit, 17 Mews Road, Fremantle, WA 6160, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) should seek permission of the Marine Superintendent at least 2 days 9335-8444. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9335-3286. before scheduled arrival of the vessel. Earlier advice would be Email: [email protected] Contact: Peter Harris, appreciated. Superintendent. Supplies and Services: The remote, offshore location of the Facility Port Hedland Office: Tel: ␣61 (8) 9173-1651. Fax: ␣61 (8) severely limits the provision of services. Offtaking vessels should ensure 9173-1343. that they carry supplies adequate for a return journey. Officials: Customs: COSSACK PIONEER, W.A.: 19.35 S. 116.27 E. Tel: 61 91 93 6999, after hours 61 91 93 7469. Fax: 61 91 93 6960. (See Plan) Shipping Agent: Adsteam Agencies Pty.Ltd. LOCATION: The ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ is located in about 85 m. of water, Tel: 61 89 335 2196. approximately 80 nautical miles N.N.W. of the Port of Dampier in position Fax: 61 89 335 1920. Lat. 19␥ 35.4' S., Long. 116␥ 26.7' E. Telex: 92220 BURSHIP. General Charts for Area: AUS 327 – Port Walcott to Monte Bello Islands. Tug Operator: Stirling Marine Services Pty.Ltd. AUS 741 – Approaches to Dampier Archipelago. AUS 57 – Dampier Tel: 61 89 335 8444, after hours 61 89 335 8444. Archipelago. Fax: 61 89 335 3286. General Information: The ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ is a converted Cockatoo Island: 150,000 d.w.t. tanker that has a total oil capacity of approximately Tel: 61 89 9191-7511. 174,475 cu.m. (1,097,000 bbls.). Fax: 61 89 9191-7507. Oil is delivered to offtake tankers through a floating hose with a 16 in. Operator: The Cockatoo Island Iron Project is operated by Henry Walker (400 mm.) flange at a rate of approximately 4,000 cu.m./hr. Eltin (HWE), who are the Managers for Portman Iron Ore Ltd., the (25,100 bbls./hr.). Owners of the Project. HWE have appointed a Marine Superintendent For example, a cargo of 650,000 bbls. (103,290 kilolitres) will require to manage all aspects of the marine operations of the Facility, which is a time period of approximately 30 hours pumping. solely for the purpose of loading iron ore concentrate onto bulk carriers. The floating hose is fitted with a breakaway coupling which will part WARNING: Ships Masters are to advise all crew members not to swim in case of an emergency disconnect to minimise pollution. in the vicinity of the vessel and berth due to the presence of large The coupling is designed to close quickly so that pollution of the saltwater crocodiles. environment is reduced. Cockatoo Island is a nature reserve and crew are not to remove clams, Rules Within Terminal Limits: These rules must be strictly observed by corals or other sea life from the reefs. Any offenders are liable to all Offtake Tanker personnel while the Offtake Tanker is moored to, or prosecution. within 5 nautical miles of the Terminal. Fishing from the vessel is acceptable as permitted by the West DOCUMENTS: Customs and Immigration: Masters should complete the Australian State Fishing Laws, i.e. a bag limit of 10 fish per day per following forms that should be delivered to Customs by the Offtake person within designated sizes. Tanker’s Agents at least 48 hours before arrival at the Terminal: Visitors should be constantly alert and aware to the danger from Form 1 Ship’s Inward Cargo Report. snakes that inhabit the island. Form 2A and Form 2B Passenger Report (if applicable). Form 3A and Form 3B Crew Report. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: July 1996. Masters should endeavour to complete the following forms ready for Cockatoo Island was reopened in 1995 for exporting the last collection on arrival by Customs Officers, if the Terminal is the Offtake 40 shipments before final closing down (Editor’s Note: Still open). Tanker’s first Australian destination: General: In conversation with the loading foreman, I understand Form 5, Part One Ship’s Report of Arrival. Cockatoo Island Facility was opened 50 years back and hence the Part Two Crew Effects Declaration. reason why the loader is fixed. This necessitates vessel to be warped Form 42A Ship’s Stores Consumed in Australia. up and down jetty in order to carry out loading. It is in vessel’s own Form QA4 Shipmaster’s Notice (Animals, Hides and Skins). interest to reduce number of ‘‘loading runs’’ as warping must be carried Not for Importation. out by ship’s crew facilitated by a tug which is on stand-by to assist as Form QA5 Shipmaster’s Bond regarding animals carried need be. (only if pets onboard). The mooring arrangement consists of 2 polyprops (no wires), head The Customs Officer attending will advise any other necessary and stern lines, a breast and backspring fore and aft. These lines are documentary requirements, and provide forms if necessary. very long lines (220 m. length) and backsprings are to cross one another. Because the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ is not a designated port, offtake This arrangement proved to be very good with the springs playing a tankers should have their Agents apply for Certificates of Permission for major role during warping operations. While warping vessel, one has to Entry to Australia at other than a designated port, as required under be very careful not to exert to much pressure on the shore bollards as Section 58 of the Customs Act 1901 (Commonwealth of Australia). See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 113 AUSTRALIA Customs Authorities have advised that permission will generally be AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS: The Offtake Tanker granted. However, Customs Officers retain the right to board offtake Master must ensure that all Government requirements have been tankers for inspection at their discretion and Masters of offtake vessels satisfied by confirming this with the vessel’s Agents. This includes the are required to provide accommodation and mess facilities for visiting AQIS Australian Ballast Water management requirements. Customs Officers. Pratique must be granted. Customs and Immigration requirements are to be met before an offtake vessel visits the Terminal. Inspections: Customs, Immigration and Health Inspections will usually APPROACHES: Navigation Aids on ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’: At the bow and be carried out by one Customs Officer, but at the discretion of Customs stern: White morse light ‘‘U’’ (ии–), period 15 seconds, visibility Authorities, several Customs Officers may carry out a particular 10 nautical miles. inspection. At the bow only: Red morse light ‘‘U’’ (ии–), period 10 seconds, Offtake tankers will be liable for Customs Fees charged per person visibility 3 nautical miles. per hour. If Customs Officers elect to attend the Offtake Tanker, it will In restricted visibility: A fog signal – morse ‘‘U’’ (ии–) sounding at be for the duration of the stay of the vessel at the Terminal. intervals not exceeding 30 seconds. Hazards to Navigation: There is a 5 nautical mile restricted area around the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’, and offtake tankers should not approach closer ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS: Offtake Tanker Standards: Safety is than 5 nautical miles unless Terminal permission has been granted. paramount at the Terminal, and offtake tankers will not be accepted for Two gas platforms to the West have a 5 nautical mile restricted area berthing and loading unless they meet the following criteria: around each platform. 1. Summer deadweight (SDWT) of between 25,000 d.w.t. and North Rankin ‘‘A’’: Lat. 19␥ 35.0 ' S., Long. 116␥ 08.3' E. 150,000 d.w.t. (approx. 175,000 tonnes displacement). Goodwyn ‘‘A’’: Lat. 19␥ 39.2' S., Long. 115␥ 55.75' E. 2. A maximum distance from bow to centre of manifold of 139 m. An export gas pipeline runs between ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ RTM and 3. OBOs and combination carriers may be acceptable at the Terminal, North Rankin ‘‘A’’. Anchoraging is prohibited in the area bounded by subject to the following requirements, in addition to the standard Lat. 19␥ 30' S. to Lat. 19␥ 40' S. and between Long. 116␥ 08' E. to integrity, management and compatibility issues: Long. 116␥ 27' E. (5 nautical miles either side of the pipeline). A flow line (a) The vessel’s age must be less than 10 years. from a sub-sea well N.N.E. of the facility extends from Lat. 19␥ 27.0' S., (b) All responsible officers must be experienced in tanker Long. 116␥ 29.2' E. to Lat. 19␥ 35.4' S., Long. 116␥ 26.7' E. Anchoring is operations and hold the appropriate petroleum endorsement. prohibited 5 nautical miles either side of this pipeline or within 5 nautical (c) The vessel must have traded exclusively in oil for the previous miles of the well head (Lat. 19␥ 27.0' S., Long. 116␥ 29.2' E.).See‘‘Plan’’. 3 cargoes. An unlit yellow mooring buoy is located in position Lat. 19␥ 37.64' S., (d) The vessel must have traded predominantly in oil during the Long. 116␥ 30.71' E. (121␥(T) ␺ 4.5 nautical miles from the ‘‘Cossack previous 12 months. Pioneer’’ RTM). 4. Only segregated ballast tanks (SBT) – No clean ballast tanks (CBT). The floating hose and pick-up line extends up to 250 m. astern of the 5. Current ITF Certificate or acceptable ITF conditions. Terminal. 6. The Owners, Charterers, Agents or Master of the offtake tankers The workboat monitors VHF Channels 16 and 17, and will be near are members of the International Tanker Owners Pollution the Terminal when an offtake tanker is expected. Federation Limited (ITOPF) or Intertanko and have insurance The ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ can disconnect from the yellow Riser Turret covering liabilities under the International Convention on Civil Mooring (RTM) when a cyclone is approaching, or for other operational Liabilities for Oil Pollution Damage 1969 and 1992 Protocols. requirements. The RTM extends about 3.0 m. above the water and is 7. The Owners, Charterers, Agents or Master of the offtake tankers fitted with radar reflectors. A light with the following characteristics is maintain coverage with a P&I Club which is a member of the displayed: Yellow morse light ‘‘U’’ (ии–), period 15 seconds, visibility International Group of P&I Clubs, for legal liability for oil pollution 4 nautical miles. damage up to the maximum amount being offered by the If the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ does disconnect, a workboat may be towing International Group of P&I Clubs (currently U.S.$ 500 million) plus a 250 m. long floating hose with appropriate towing signals between the any supplementary coverage available through such P&I Clubs. Terminal and the Port of Dampier, a navigation warning will be issued 8. Offtake tankers must comply with MARPOL and SOLAS and all by Dampier Port Authority (DPA). ship’s documents and certificates must be valid. Membership of a Alternatively, the floating hose may be moored to the unlit yellow P&I Club is also required. mooring buoy referenced above. 9. Offtake tankers must be able to run their engines astern for Restricted Zone and Anchoring/Drifting Areas: Offtake tankers should extended periods (up to 12 hours), if so requested by the Terminal. avoid anchoring within the area bounded by Lat. 19␥ 25' S. to 10. Offtake tanker operations must at all times be in accordance with Lat. 19␥ 40' S. and Long. 116␥ 08' E. to Long. 116␥ 30' E. and/or10 miles the recommendations of the current issue of the ‘‘International North or South of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ to avoid possible damage to Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals’’ (ISGOTT), the sub-sea flowlines and inter-platform pipelines. ICS/OCIMF ‘‘Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum)’’ and ‘‘Single Offtake tankers wishing to drift should remain within VHF range and Point Moorings Maintenance and Operations Guide’’. should keep at least 5 nautical miles away from the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ 11. All Parties should read Item 10 of the Terminal Conditions (Not and adjacent platforms and pipelines. reproduced), and be fully aware of possible action, should an offtake Glomar Shoal, approximately 20 nautical miles to the East, has water tanker be found deficient, substandard or fails to comply with any depths of 22 m. – 30 m. and has been used previously as an anchorage of the above requirements. for tankers. 12. Current International Safety Management Code ‘‘Safety PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory. Management Certificate’’ must be valid. For the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ offtake operation, the Pilot (Terminal 13. Acceptance of the provision of the workboat under the 1974 United Representative), Pilot/Assistant Mooring Master (Terminal Kingdom Towing Agreement. Representative), vessel’s Agent and Marine Surveyor will embark and disembark at the approaches to the Port of Dampier. Mooring Equipment: Bow arrangements must comply with OCIMF’s The Pilot boarding ground at the port of Dampier is located in position ‘‘Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at Lat. 20␥ 24' S., Long. 116␥ 44' E. Single Point Moorings’’. Upon embarkation of offtake party, the Offtake Tanker shall proceed A summary of relevant requirements are detailed in the table below: to ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’. The steaming distance is approximately Bow Stopper One or two capable of accepting 76 mm. chafe 65 nautical miles. chain SWL of 200 tonnes. The ETA at ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ will be adjusted to comply with a Winch Clear lead from bow stopper to winch drum (not pre-arranged berthing time. drum end). The Offtake Tanker should contact Dampier Port Control on VHF Able to lift at least 15 tonnes. Channel 16 for confirmation of pilot boarding arrangements. Able to store 200 m. of 72 mm. diameter pick-up A pilot ladder should be rigged on the port side in accordance with rope and 200 m. of 24 mm. messenger line. current SOLAS regulations. The ladder should be rigged 2.0 m. above Additionally, a sharp, long handled axe is required to be made available the water with 2 manropes. on the forecastle at all times. Masters should provide safe access to and from the Offtake Tanker Manifold Equipment: Manifolds and associated equipment must comply at all times with regard to the SOLAS convention and IMO Resolution with OCIMF’s ‘‘Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and A.667(16). Any offtake tanker that fails to provide such access could Associated Equipment’’. incur a delay in berthing or sailing. A summary of relevant requirements are detailed in the table below: The Pilot (Terminal Representative) and Terminal Representative will Cruciform Centre to Centre board with the Agent, Surveyor and, on occasions, Customs Officers. It Ship Size Ship Size Lifting Equipment Bollards Spacing of is requested that the Tanker Chief Officer meets the Pilot to facilitate From To Min. SWL* SWL † Manifolds‡ the pre-mooring inspection and distribution of equipment. Suitable (d.w.t.) (d.w.t.) (tonnes) (tonnes) (m.) messing and accommodation for these personnel will be required during the offtake. The Pilot (Terminal Representative) and Surveyor will require 25,001 60,000 10 25 2.0 single berth accommodation. The Pilot will remain on board the Offtake 60,001 150,000 15 25 2.5 Tanker during the offtake. * 10 m. clear lift above each manifold. Slew each way by power under A suitable derrick or crane rigged over the port side, fitted with a safety load. hook will be required at this time to transfer luggage and equipment from † Midway between each manifold pair. the workboat/pilot boat. The offtake tanker’s crew will be required to ‡ Flange 4.6 m. from ship’s side. transfer some equipment used in the mooring operation to the foc’sle Offtake tankers are moored bow to stern of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ and transfer hose connection equipment to the port manifold. with a 55 m. long combination chain/rope hawser. There is a capability Anchors: Anchors will be housed and secured with wires before entering for a quick release for the hawser, but this is only used for emergency the 5 nautical mile restricted area and remain so until after departure disconnection. from the Terminal. A workboat will usually make fast to the stern of the Offtake Tanker Inspection Prior to Mooring: The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will to maintain a safe distance from the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ and to prevent inspect the foc’sle layout and proposed securing arrangements before jack-knifing and minimise ‘‘fishtailing’’. mooring. The manifold area will also be inspected at this time. On occasions, the Offtake Tanker may be required to have its engines The Master of the Offtake Tanker should be aware that any running astern for some or all of the time it is connected. discrepancies between the information given on the Questionnaire and

114 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA the Offtake Tanker’s layout or equipment will result in a delay to the 72 Hours Notice: mooring operation, and failure to rectify these discrepancies will Advise: ultimately result in the refusal of the Offtake Tanker to moor at the AA ETA Pilot Boarding Ground Dampier. Terminal. BB Arrival draft. Problems with equipment that will be used in the mooring operation CC Arrival displacement. that have not been brought to the notice of the Terminal should be DD Master’s full name. brought to the attention of the Pilot (Terminal Representative). EE Port of Registry. Winches are to have power and be observed to turn at the berthing Confirm: inspection. FF Tanks free of leakage and all cargo systems fully operational. Terminal Inspection: For the purpose of tanker vetting, an offtake tanker GG Inert gas system operational and tanks inerted to less than 8% may be required to undergo a ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Terminal inspection. oxygen by volume. The full co-operation of the Master and crew for such an inspection is HH Stress calculations for cargo and ballasting made and within requested. The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will advise the Master if recommended safety limits. such an inspection is to take place. The inspection is based on OCIMF II The maximum loading rate for the present loading operation. guidelines. The Master will be provided with a copy of the Inspection JJ All navigation, mooring, lifting equipment and engines fully Report. When such a Terminal inspection is required, it will be completed operational. after the vessel has moored and cargo has commenced. It will not delay KK Quantity of cargo on board. the berthing of the Offtake Tanker or any other terminal operation. LL Pilot ladder and equipment comply with SOLAS standard. Testing of Engines and Steering Gear: Mooring to the Terminal requires MM Pump room adequately ventilated and illuminated. close quarters manoeuvring, and it is imperative that all possible steps NN Mooring communication system is operational. are taken to avoid loss of power to the engines or steering gear at this OO Deck lighting fully operational. time. PP The propeller is fully submerged and maximum allowable trim The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will fully test the operation of the is 0.015 ␺ LOA. engines and steering gear before the commencement of approach to QQ The vessel can load and deballast concurrently. the Terminal. RR The vessel has complied with voluntary regulations for Notice of Readiness (NOR): Notice of Readiness (NOR) may be exchange of ballast water. tendered when the Offtake Tanker has arrived at the Port of Dampier. Confirm that whilst moored at the Terminal: The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will acknowledge receipt of the SS The bridge shall be manned by a responsible deck officer. Tendered Notice of Readiness (NOR), when he is satisfied that all the TT The engine control position shall be manned by a responsible Terminal requirements have been adhered to and that the Offtake Tanker engineer. is in all respects ready to load. UU The cargo control room shall be manned by a responsible Notice of Readiness will not be accepted when the Terminal is on officer. ‘‘Restricted’’ or ‘‘Closed’’ status. VV A deck watch shall be maintained on the forecastle and in ANCHORAGES: See ‘‘Approaches’’ – Restricted Zone and addition during cargo operations at the port side manifold and Anchoring/Drifting Areas. have communication with the bridge and cargo control room. RESTRICTIONS: Offtake tankers will normally be moored during WW When moored at the facility, is the main engine capable of being daylight hours (0600 hrs. – 1630 hrs.) (weather permitting). Night run astern at low revolutions for extended periods (up to berthings may be carried out, subject to requirements. Disconnection 12 hours), if so required by the Terminal? can be carried out at any time. Confirm since vesssel was nominated for loading: HEALTH: To comply with the Australian Government Health XX The vessel has satisfied Port State Control inspections and Requirements, a Radio Pratique message should reach the Offtake there are nil deficiencies. Tanker’s Agent no more than 24 hours, and no less than 12 hours before YY The vessel has nil detentions. arrival, according to the following instructions. ZZ The vessel has no conditions of class. If so, they are: ..... The Offtake Tanker Master should sign and date the message. 48 Hours Notice: Please answer the following questions, saying ‘‘Nil’’ where necessary, 1. Confirm ETA. and answer them in order. If answers are not correct, it could cause 2. Confirm arrival drafts. unnecessary delay to your vessel mooring. 24 Hours Notice: Any costs incurred to the Operators will be to the Offtake Tanker’s 1. Confirm ETA. account. 2. Confirm arrival drafts. 3. Confirm Offtake Tanker has been granted Radio Pratique. NOTE: Masters or Medical Officers, who wilfully make a false statement 12 Hours Notice: in answer to any question, are liable to a fine not exceeding AUS$5,000 1. Confirm ETA. or imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 years. If the ETA changes by more than 1 hour after the 12 hour notice is Questions: given, the Offtake Tanker must promptly notify the MSPMS Duty Pilot 1. Name, type and nationality of Offtake Tanker. of the new ETA. 2. Where from and departure date? NOTE: Failure to give 12 hours notice will extend the Allowable Laytime 3. Where bound and ETA first port? by an amount equal to the period between the time the Offtake Tanker 4. Details of any communicable disease or illness or death onboard Final Notice was given and 12 hours before the Offtake Tanker arrived. since sailing. Final Notice: 5. Are there any plants or animals onboard? The offtake tanker should contact Dampier Port Control on VHF 6. Have you carried any livestock in the last 6 months? Channel 16 for confirmation of pilot boarding arrangements. If Yes: Any changes to the information provided on the ‘‘Questionnaire’’ List type, ports visited and cleaning performed since last livestock should be sent to the MSPMS Duty Pilot immediately. voyage. Note: On arrival, the propeller must be fully submerged and maximum Optional section (answering this section will help clearance of your vessel allowable trim is 0.015 ␺ LOA. when it arrives in port). VHF: Dampier Port Control: Call on Channel 16. If the vessel is entering in ballast: Support Vessel ‘‘Pacific Bloodhound’’: Operates on Channel 17. 1. Have you: Terminal: Call on Channel 16, operates on Channel 17. (a) Exchanged ballast water at sea during the voyage and log book Also see ‘‘Radio’’. certification of time and co-ordinates when ballasting took place; TUGS: Workboat: ‘‘Pacific Bloodhound’’, call sign ‘‘HO 6499’’. or Also see ‘‘VHF’’. (b) Certification that the area where ballasting took place is free from MOORING: Also see ‘‘Pilotage’’. toxic dinoflagelates? Mooring Operation: The Pilot (Terminal Representative)/Offtake Tanker OR Master information exchange will take place prior to the mooring 2. Is your vessel part of a compliance arrangement for ballast water operation. Prior to the commencement of the offtake operation, the control accepted by Australian Quarantine and Inspection Services? offtake equipment necessary for the operation will be transferred to the 3. Will you be discharging ballast water while in Australian waters? Offtake Vessel’s port side manifold from the workboat. Yes/No The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will position the Offtake Tanker NOTE: The granting of Pratique to a vessel does not release it from about 300 m. astern of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’. The mooring operation being subject to Quarantine. Goods require separate clearance. will be conducted by the Offtake Vessel’s crew, under the instruction of RADIO: a responsible officer. The Assistant Mooring Master will be situated on ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’: the foc’sle to provide advice to the ship’s crew and observe the mooring Call Sign: VNXP. operation. Hours: 24 hours. The workboat will pass a polypropylene messenger to the foc’sle of VHF: Channel 16 or working Channel 17. the Offtake Tanker and may then proceed to the stern to put up a tow INMARSAT: line from the workboat. The messenger to the foc’sle must lead through the chain stopper to Satellite used: Sat A-Indian Sat B Sat C an empty drum along the path the polypropylene pick-up line will take. Telephone: 154 5365 761945971 The messenger line is 24 mm. ␺ 200 m. long and the pick-up line is Facsimile: 154 5366 761945972 72 mm. ␺ 200 m. long. Telex: 154 5365 450300393 Offtake tankers must have a winch with an empty drum of sufficient Workboat Name: ‘‘Burrup Tide’’. capacity available for these lines. Workboat Call Sign: To be advised. The messenger must be run directly onto the winch barrel and must Workboat VHF Channel: To be advised. never be placed around the drum end. MSPMS Pilot: The messenger line/pick-up line should be heaved in as the Offtake Telephone: 618 9158 7153, 618 9158 7154 and 618 9158 7159. Tanker approaches the Terminal. The pick-up line is permanently Facsimile: 618 9144 1404. attached to the mooring hawser chafing chain and the combined weight Telephone (24 hour): 618 9158 8171. of the hawser and chafing chain is about 3.5 tonnes. Notification of ETA: The following ETA messages are required to be After the messenger line/pick-up line has been passed to the Offtake forwarded to both the Terminal and MSPMS (Mermaid Sound Port and Tanker from the workboat, the workboat may then proceed to the Offtake Marine Services) Duty Pilot. Tanker stern in order to make fast a suitable line to effect a drogue tow. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 115 AUSTRALIA The winch must be capable of lifting at least 15 tonnes to allow for Venting: Only the ‘‘closed loading’’ method of loading is allowed at the losses due to changes in lead direction and friction, and allow the bow Terminal. Ullage ports may be opened for short periods to allow to be warped in if necessary. sampling/ullaging providing the ISGOTT recommended procedures are Three links of chain must pass through the bow stopper when it is followed. brought inboard. Venting must be either through mast riser or hi-velocity vents fitted Once the chafing chain is in the bow stopper and the securing bar is with flame arresters. in position, the Offtake Tanker will be moved astern until there is a Tank pressure should be such that there is sufficient flow through the moderate weight on the hawser and the workboat let go from the Offtake vents to minimise the build-up of hydrocarbons on deck. Tanker stern if providing a drogue tow. Commencement of Loading: The Pilot will monitor the commencement The engines may be kept running astern until the hose is connected of cargo from the Offtake Tanker’s cargo control room, and when the and the workboat has made fast to the stern of the Offtake Tanker to cargo control officer is ready, will advise the Terminal to start loading at take up the static tow. the agreed rate (usually 500 cu.m./hr.). MEDICAL: Medical and Dental Services: Not available. The offtake loading hose will normally contain crude oil but during the Emergency medical facilities are available in Karratha, but transport cyclone season and occasionally due to Terminal requirements, the is by helicopter and may take up to 3 hours to arrange. offtake loading hose will contain salt water. This will be advised at the CARGO OPERATIONS: Crude Oil Specifications: (Approximate) Pre-Loading Meeting. Density at 15␥C: 0.7881. When cargo is confirmed to be entering the tanks and the manifold S.G. 60/60␥F: 0.7885. is secure, the Terminal Representative will gradually increase the loading API: 47.9. rate to the agreed rate at the request of the Offtake Tanker’s cargo Pour Point: ␤18␥C. control officer. Maximum rate is 4,000 cu.m. Ambient temperature 36␥C (to be confirmed). During Loading: A responsible officer from the Offtake Tanker in Hose Connection: When the Offtake Tanker has stabilised in a position possession of the Terminal UHF radio must be on cargo watch astern of the Terminal, the workboat will bring the floating hose to the throughout the loading operation. port side manifold area. A member of the Offtake Tanker’s crew must be on watch at the The manifold should be prepared before berthing to accept 1␺16 in. manifold at all times. (400 mm.) 150 ASA flange. The foc’sle must be manned by a crew member with a radio in contact The hose flange is fitted with a rubber ‘‘O’’ ring and no fibre gasket with the bridge throughout loading and report the condition of the hawser, is required, but it is important that the ship’s flange is smooth, clean and chafing chain and bow stopper. free of rust. Hose connection will be done by the ship’s crew under the Loading rates can be adjusted any time during the loading, but at least supervision of a responsible officer. 5 minutes notice should be given to the Terminal, except in emergencies. The Pilot/Assistant Mooring Master will provide advice and observe Cargo figures must be exchanged hourly with the Terminal and any the connection of the hose. serious anomalies checked. Safety Check and Pre-Loading Meeting: The Pilot (Terminal If all radio communications fail, the ship’s whistle must sound 7 short Representative) will complete relevant sections of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ and 1 long blast which will cause cargo operations to cease. Offtake Tanker Port Document before commencement of loading. The Suspension of Cargo Operations during Calm Conditions: Occasionally Chief Officer shall be available to accompany the Pilot (Terminal there may be conditions of little or no wind at the Terminal, and in such Representative) to complete this check list. cases, cargo operations may be stopped to prevent a build-up of Following the successful completion of these relevant sections, the hydrocarbon gases in the area. Pilot (Terminal Representative) will have a pre-loading meeting with the Suspension of Cargo Operations due to Lightning: Cargo operations Chief Officer to discuss the cargo operation and complete the Cargo will be suspended when electrical storms are in the immediate vicinity Planning Sheet. of the Terminal. Offtake tankers should ensure that all cargo tank vents The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will confirm the sea valves are are closed at this time. closed and sealed. The sealing of the sea valves is conducted by the Helicopter Operations: Helicopters will arrive and depart the Terminal, surveyor. usually during daylight hours, and will not interrupt loading unless The relevant sections of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Offtake Tanker Port requested by the Offtake Tanker Master. Document is then completed and signed. Interruption of Loading due to Adverse Conditions: If an offtake tanker Floating Hose Management in Cyclone Season: The offtake loading has ceased loading and has been disconnected from the Terminal due hose will normally contain crude oil, but during the cyclone season and to inclement weather or the approach of a cyclone, communications with occasionally due to Terminal requirements, the offtake loading hose will the Terminal must be maintained. contain salt water. This will enable reconnection and the resumption of loading at the Static Tow: The workboat will proceed to the stern of the Offtake Tanker earliest possible opportunity. to engage the static tow. Completion of Cargo: The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will be in the A line should be passed to the workboat to enable a towline to be Offtake Tanker’s cargo control room 30 minutes before the completion sent up and secured to the stern of the Offtake Tanker. of cargo to relay all requests for change of loading rate and stopping of When there is a steady weight on the towline, the offtake tanker’s cargo to the Terminal. engines will be stopped under the direction of the Pilot (Terminal Responsibility for ‘‘Ship Stop’’ or ‘‘Terminal Stop’’ will be as per the Representative). cargo planning sheet of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Offtake Tanker Port Main Engine and Steering Gear: The ship’s engines must remain on Document. ‘‘stand-by’’ for the duration of the offtake as they may be required at any When the request to stop cargo has been made, the Pilot (Terminal time. If there is a failure of the main engine, the Pilot (Senior Terminal Representative) will advise when the cargo flow has stopped and the Representative) must be informed immediately. The Offtake Tanker shall ship’s manifold valve can be closed. The offtake loading hose butterfly prepare for an emergency disconnection. valve will then be closed and locked by the Pilot/Assistant Mooring Steering gear is to be kept operational, or available for an immediate Master (Terminal Representative). start. The Pilot will confirm that the butterfly valve has been locked in the Personnel Requirements: It is a Terminal requirement that for the closed position. The Offtake Tanker manifold valve will then be closed duration of the Offtake Tanker’s visit to the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Terminal and the Offtake Tanker manifold may then be drained. at all times: Offtake Loading Hose Water Flushing: During the cyclone season and A responsible officer with a VHF radio must be on watch on the bridge at other times due to operational requirements the offtake loading hose at all times. The engine room must be manned to enable an immediate may be flushed with water. The details of this will be arranged at the response for requested engine movements. Pre-Loading Meeting and noted on the Cargo Planning Sheet. A responsible crew member in radio contact with the bridge must be When the Terminal is ready to commence this operation, the manifold on the foc’sle at all times during the moored period. will be re-opened and the hose flushed to the Offtake Tanker. The personnel/manning requirements may be amended at the The Pilot will advise when the hose flushing has been completed and discretion of the Pilot (Senior Terminal Representative). the Offtake Vessel manifold may be closed. Additionally, at all times during cargo operations, the cargo control Hose Disconnection: Before commencing the hose disconnection, the room is manned by a responsible officer. Offtake Tanker engines are tested astern. The workboat is then released A deck watch, in communication with the control room, is maintained from the static tow and the Offtake Tanker’s engines will then be put on at the port side manifold. to minimum revolutions astern. This operation will be co-ordinated by Cargo Operations: Pre-Loading: On completion of the relevant sections the Pilot (Terminal Representative)/Assistant Mooring Master. of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Offtake Tanker Port Document, lining up for When the manifold has been drained, the hose will be disconnected cargo operations can begin, however the manifold valve must remain under supervision of a responsible officer. closed. The Pilot (Terminal Representative) will provide, advise and observe When the Offtake Tanker is lined up and ready to commence cargo, the disconnection of the hose. the Pilot/Assistant Mooring Master will then confirm that the butterfly Departure: The Pilot (Terminal Representative)/Assistant Mooring valve has been locked in the open position before commencing loading. Master will advise the Offtake Tanker when preparations to slip the The Offtake Tanker should then open its manifold valve under the mooring hawser can begin. direction of the Pilot/Assistant Mooring Master. The Offtake Tanker will usually be let go immediately after the offtake A member of the ship’s crew should be on watch at the manifold at loading hose is released. the commencement of and throughout the loading and immediately A responsible Officer with radio contact with the bridge must be on advise of any leaks. the foc’sle during the unmooring operation. The Pilot will provide a UHF and VHF radio with spare batteries and The unmooring operation will be conducted by the offtake vessel’s charger to allow communication with the Terminal’s Central Control crew under the instruction of a responsible officer. Room and the wheelhouse of the workboat. The control room will be The Assistant Mooring Master will be situated on the foc’sle to provide attended by a responsible Officer throughout the loading. advice to the ship’s crew and observe the unmooring operation. Communications with the Terminal will be on UHF Channel 3. Should The pick-up line must be paid out as the Offtake Tanker is clearing this UHF radio fail, communications should be on VHF Channel 17 or the Terminal. When the line is clear, the Pilot (Terminal Representative) Channel 16. will manoeuvre the vessel to a position at least 2 nautical miles astern Offtake tankers loading at the Terminal shall be capable of departing and downwind/downcurrent of the Terminal. with sufficient positive stability any time should the offtake operation have The Offtake Tanker should provide a good lee on the port side to effect to be aborted. a safe transfer of the offtake operation equipment to the workboat.

116 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Upon transfer of this equipment, the Offtake Tanker shall depart for the Terminal or through the vessel’s Agent. This will enable reconnection the Port of Dampier to disembark the Pilot (Terminal Representative), and the resumption of loading at the earliest possible opportunity. Terminal Representative, Agent and Surveyor to the pilot boat. Procedures Affecting Offtake Tankers: Circumstances may arise when Documentation and Early Departure Procedure: For operational and a cyclone is in the vicinity of the Terminal, which will require the Terminal safety reasons, it is usual for offtake tankers to use an Early Departure Master to deviate from normal operational procedures by: Procedure (EDP), by which the Master of the Offtake Tanker authorises Ordering an offtake tanker to unmoor and depart early. (in writing) the ship’s Agent to sign the Bills of Lading on behalf of the The Terminal will give the loading offtake tanker as much notice as Master. is possible if the offtake cannot be completed. The Terminal will provide the approximate cargo figures soon after Offtake tankers, loading at the Terminal during cyclone season, shall the completion of loading. Should the ship’s figures and Terminal be capable of departing with sufficient positive stability any time, should approximate figures differ by more than 0.5% of the volume, quantity of the offtake operations have to be aborted. cargo loaded by the Offtake Tanker must be remeasured. The Master of the Offtake Tanker has the prerogative to delay berthing The EDP allows the Offtake Tanker to commence the voyage to the or, when already connected, to cease loading and disconnect from the discharge port when the Pilot (Terminal Representative), Agent and ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ at any time. surveyor have disembarked and the representative cargo sample is It is acknowledged that the Master of the Offtake Tanker may wish to onboard. clear the area early enough to ensure that the Offtake Tanker is not at The Agent will either fax or telex the Bill of Lading figures to the Offtake risk from cyclonic activity. In such situations, the Master of the Offtake tanker on completion of the laboratory analysis and cargo calculations Tanker has the prerogative to delay berthing or, when already connected, for Master’s approval. to cease loading and disconnect from the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ at any BALLAST: Discharge of Ballast/Waste Water: The Terminal has no time. provision for accepting ballast or waste water of any description. Terminal Status during Cyclone Alert: Offtake operations will be greatly Deballasting: The Pilot and Offtake Tanker’s Chief Officer must agree influenced by forecasts of cyclone movement, intensity, wind speed and on a deballasting plan that will minimise any potential for the Offtake wave heights. Tanker to develop excessive bow movement, or create snatch loads on Due to the erratic nature of cyclones, it is not possible to lay down the mooring hawser. If necessary, ballast should be retained onboard absolute criteria regarding the status of the Terminal, but the following until such time that the Offtake Tanker is considered to have table provides a general guide: displacement that will minimise these motions. Furthermore, when Status Cyclone Alert Status deballasting is started, the discharge rate should match the loading rate Open Blue to ensure that the Offtake Tanker does not return to a condition where Restricted Yellow she might develop excessive yawing motions. Closed Red FRESH WATER: Not available. Definitions used for Cyclone Alert Status: FUEL: Not available. All clear: Issued when a cyclone has been downgraded to a REPAIRS: There are no facilities available for repairs. state less than a cyclone. Under the Terminal Rules, repairs and maintenance to the Offtake Blue alert: Cyclonic activity more than 1,000 nautical miles Tanker’s machinery and equipment are limited to those that do not impair from Terminal. the following: Yellow alert: Cyclonic activity between 405 and 1,000 nautical 1. The propulsive power or manoeuvrability of the Offtake Tanker. miles from Terminal. 2. The firefighting or fire detection capability. Red alert: Cyclone is less than 405 nautical miles from the 3. The safe and efficient handling of cargo, ballast, bunkers and slops. Terminal or a tropical depression less than 4. The safe operation and integrity of the foc’sle mooring system. 405 nautical miles from the Terminal likely to 5. The safe operation of electrical equipment in hazardous zones. develop into a cyclone within 24 hours. 6. The safe operation and integrity of the communications equipment. GENERAL: Oil Pollution: The Terminal has a limited supply of pollution 7. The safe and efficient operation of the Inert Gas System. control equipment and has no provision to provide assistance in case 8. The safe and efficient operation of the lifting equipment. of an oil spill from an offtake tanker. 9. The safe and efficient operation of main deck lighting. All costs incurred as a result of pollution from the Offtake Tanker will 10. The safe and efficient operation of pump room lighting and be recoverable from the Offtake Tanker. ventilation. Any indication of oil pollution or spill is to be drawn to the attention of Hot Work: Strictly prohibited. the Pilot (Terminal Representative) immediately. REPATRIATION: No facilities. Tank Washing and Tank Entry: Tank washing and tank entry is strictly The Pilot boat will not be available for offtake tanker crew changes or prohibited. storing operations, other than in case of emergency. Stores: Not available. SHORE LEAVE: Not possible. Firefighting: The Terminal cannot provide assistance in case of fire or GARBAGE DISPOSAL: The Terminal has no reception facilities for explosion on an offtake tanker. refuse or garbage of any description. No refuse or garbage of any In case of an emergency on the Offtake Tanker, the loading will cease description is to be dumped in the sea under Australian law. immediately. The hawser quick release system may be activated. Incinerators are not to be used within 5 nautical miles of the Terminal. Where possible, the offtake hose will be disconnected first, but if this WEATHER: The region is hot and subject to cyclonic activity from is not possible, the hose breakaway coupling will be activated. November to April, although cyclones may occur outside this period. The Visitors to the Terminal: Due to the isolated position of the Terminal and region may be affected by several cyclones a year. Masters, Owners the difficulty of arranging transport, it is not normally possible for and Charterers’ attention is drawn to the Cyclone Procedures in this non-operations personnel to visit the Terminal or the Offtake Tanker. section. Consumption of Alcohol and/or Drugs: The Offtake Tanker must comply The prevailing winds are Easterly in Winter (May to August) and South with the (OCIMF) Standards for drugs and alcohol. Failure to comply Westerly in Summer (October to March). Winds of more than 20 knots with these standards may result in the stoppage of cargo operations and can be experienced for several days. disconnection from the Terminal, and could result in the Offtake Tanker When loading, and if drifting in the vicinity of the Terminal, Masters being rejected for future liftings from any Terminal operated by the should note that during times of spring tides and light winds, tidal rate Company. and direction can change dramatically and without warning. Rates of up It is a requirement that the Pilot and Assistant Mooring Master do not to 5 knots may be experienced under these conditions. consume drugs or alcohol during their tour of duty. Offtake tanker’s Terminal Status: This table provides a general guide to the status of the personnel should observe and respect this requirement. Terminal based on sea and weather conditions. Fishing: Fishing of any description is not permitted whilst the Offtake Status Sig.Wave Height Wind Visibility Tanker is connected to the Terminal or within the restricted zone as (10 min. avg.) fishing lines may foul the sub-sea equipment and jeopardise the safety Open Ͻ2.5 m. Ͻ30 knots Ͼ2 nautical of underwater operations. miles Swimming: Personnel are not allowed to swim or dive from the Offtake Restricted Ͼ2.5 m. and Ͼ30 knots and Ͻ2 nautical Tanker. Ͻ3.0 m. Ͻ35 knots miles Smoking: Closed Ͼ3.0 m. Ͼ35 knots 1. Smoking is to be prohibited on the open deck of the Offtake Tanker. Open: No limitations on berthing during daylight hours, 2. When the Offtake Tanker is moored to the Terminal, controlled offtake or disconnection. Night berthings may be smoking is restricted to not more than 3 ‘‘public’’ rooms within the carried out, subject to requirements. accommodation. These ‘‘Smoking Rooms’’ will be selected with Restricted: No offtake tanker is allowed to berth. An offtake regard to security and safety by the Master in consultation with the tanker already fast may continue offtake operations. Pilot. Closed: No offtake tanker is allowed to berth. An offtake 3. Doors to smoking rooms must be kept closed except for access. tanker already berthed will be required to depart. The 4. Smoking in cabins is not permitted. decision to disconnect an offtake tanker will be Matches and Lighters: The carrying of matches and lighters by based on several factors. This will be discussed with personnel on the open deck of the Offtake Tanker is strictly prohibited. the Master of the offtake tanker if conditions are Photography: Use of electronic cameras, video equipment or any other expected to be close to the limit. portable electronic device not intrinsically safe on the open deck of the The Offtake Tanker will also be disconnected if the following conditions Offtake Tanker is strictly prohibited. occur: Questionnaire: (a) More than 3 hawser tension loads of 150 tonnes within one hour, or; ‘‘COSSACK PIONEER’’ QUESTIONNAIRE (b) Hawser tension equals or exceeds 200 tonnes at any time. Instructions: (c) RTM angle exceeds recommended limits. The questionnaire must be completed each time a vessel is nominated The tension on the hawser is monitored and recorded in the Terminal’s to load cargo at ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Terminal. Central Control Room. SWL’s and dimensions are to be answered in metric as indicated. The Offtake Tanker will be advised on the hawser tension in marginal Where a choice of answers is given (e.g. Yes/No), delete the answer(s) conditions. that do not apply. If an offtake tanker ceases loading and disconnects from the Terminal A legible copy of the forecastle deck arrangement, showing the due to inclement weather or the approach of a cyclone, communications proposed lead from the Panama lead to the winch drum (not drum end), with the Terminal must be maintained. This can be done directly with is to be attached to the completed questionnaire. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 117 AUSTRALIA The questionnaire and the forecastle plan are to be signed (name, 56. Distance bridge front – mid point manifold: metres position and company of signatory to be included), dated and marked 57. Distance bow – mid point manifold: metres with a company stamp to acknowledge that the information is accurate 58. Does the vessel have a bulbous bow? Yes/No and all equipment is operational. 59. Nett registered tonnage: tonnes The questionnaire and plan should be forwarded to: 60. Gross tonnage: tonnes Mermaid Sound Port and Marine Services. 61. Summer deadweight: tonnes Attention: Port Operations Superintendent. Communications: Fax No.: ␣61 8 9348 5611. 62. Does the vessel have an operational public address / Upon sending the completed questionnaire, please contact the Port tannoy system between the bridge, forecastle and aft Operations Superintendent on ␣61 8 9348 5621, to advise that a vessel mooring station? Yes/No has been nominated for loading at the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer’’ Terminal. 63. Is vessel fitted with VHF in the cargo control room? Yes/No A period of 24 hours is required for vetting purposes. 64. How many intrinsically safe radios are provided for If there are subsequent changes in the validity of the information cargo operations? provided, or change in the operational status of equipment, the Terminal, Propulsion Equipment: the Marine Co-Ordinator and the Port Operations Superintendent shall 65. Means of main propulsion: Motor/steam be advised at the earliest opportunity. 66. Number of propellers: General Information: 67. Type of propeller(s): Fixed/controllable pitch 1. Name of vessel: 68. When moored at the Terminal, can the offtake vessel 2. Year of built: run its main engine astern at low revolutions for 3. LR / IMO number: extended periods (up to 12 hours), if so requested by 4. Last previous name (if applicable): the Terminal? Yes/No 5. Flag: 69. Is the vessel fitted with a bow thruster? Yes/No 6. Last previous flag (if applicable): 70. If Yes, what is the brake horsepower? BHP 7. Call sign: 71. Is the vessel fitted with a stern thruster? Yes/No 8. INMARSAT number: 72. If Yes, what is the brake horsepower? BHP 9. Vessel’s fax number: Manifold and Lifting Equipment: 10. Vessel’s telex number: 73. Does the vessel comply with the latest edition of 11. Vessel’s Email address: OCIMF ‘‘Standards for Oil Tanker Manifolds and 12. Has the vessel visited the Terminal before? Yes/No Associated Equipment’’? Yes/No 13. Is a copy of the ‘‘Cossack Pioneer Terminal 74. If No, what does not comply? Handbook’’ on board? Yes/No 75. Are pressure gauges fitted outboard of manifold 14. If Yes, which edition: valves? Yes/No 15. Type of vessel: (1) Oil tanker, (2) OBO, (3) O/O, 76. Does the vessel have a 16 in. (400 mm.) manifold on (4) Chemical, (5) Other (specify): the port side? Yes/No 16. Does the vessel have a Segregated Ballast System 77. If No, does the vessel have a 16 in. (400 mm.) (SBT)? Yes/No reducer in good condition? Yes/No 17. Is vessel fitted with an inert gas system? Yes/No 78. Horizontal distance from vessels vertical side to the 18. Type of hull: (1) Single hull, (2) Double hull, presentation flange of the manifold on the port side? metres (3) Double bottom, (4) Double side, (5) Other 79. Maximum loading rate through one port side 16 in. (specify): (400 mm.) manifold? cu.m./hr. Classification: 80. SWL of port side crane/derrick: tonnes 19. Classification Society: 81. If derrick, is it able to slew and top under power whilst under 20. Class Notation: load? Yes/No/NA Owners Details: 82. Is safe working load (SWL) clearly marked on all 21. Registered Owner: lifting equipment? Yes/No 22. Full address: 83. What is the maximum outreach of vessel’s cranes or Operators Details: derricks outboard of the vessel’s side? metres 23. Name of Operator Single Point Mooring (SPM) Equipment: (if different to Owner): 84. Does vessel comply with the latest edition of OCIMF 24. Full address ‘‘Standards for Equipment Employed in the Mooring (if different to Owner): of Vessels at Single Point Moorings (SPM)’’? Yes/No 25. Office Telephone number: 85. Is vessel fitted with bow chain stopper(s)? Yes/No 26. Office Fax number: 86. If Yes, how many: 27. Office Email address: 87. If Yes, state type: 28. Contact person: 88. If Yes, what is the safe working load (SWL)? tonnes 29. Contact person after hours telephone number: 89. Are test certificates for the chain stopper(s) available 30. Number of years this vessel operated by this Operator: on board? Yes/No Safety Management: 90. Can the bow chain stopper(s) accept 76 mm. 31. Does the Operator hold an International Safety diameter chain? Yes/No Management Code Document of Compliance? Yes/No 91. Are closed fairleads of OCIMF recommended size 32. If Yes, does the vessel hold an International Safety (600 mm. ␺ 450 mm.)? Yes/No Management Code Safety Management Certificate? Yes/No 92. If No, give details of size mm.␺ mm. 33. Has vessel been involved in a pollution incident 93. What is the distance between the bow fairlead and during the last 12 months? Yes/No the stopper/bracket? metres 34. Has vessel been involved in a grounding incident 94. Is there a direct lead from the bow stopper to the during the last 12 months? Yes/No winch drum (Not the drum/warping end)? Yes/No 35. Has vessel been involved in a collision during the 95. Is the winch storage drum capable of safely last 12 months? Yes/No accommodating 200 m. ␺ 72 mm. and 200 m. ␺ 36. Is there a copy of ‘‘International Safety Guide for Oil 24 mm. fibre pick-up rope? Yes/No Tankers and Terminals’’ (ISGOTT) on board? Yes/No 96. Lifting capacity of winch to be used to pick-up the 37. If Yes, what edition? mooring? tonnes Vessel Management: Helicopter Operations: 38. Are all vessel documents and certificates valid? Yes/No 97. Can the vessel comply with the ICS Helicopter 39. Does the vessel comply with the ITF Agreement? Yes/No Guidelines? Yes/No 40. Does the vessel have a current 1969 and 1992 Civil 98. If Yes, winching or landing area provided Winching/landing Liability Convention (CLC) Certificate? Yes/No 99. What is the diameter of the circle provided? metres 41. Name of the P&I Club insuring the vessel: 100. Can vessel transmit helicopter homing signal on 42. Pollution liability insurance limit: USD 410 kHz? Yes/No 43. Confirm that the Owner/Operator has made all Double Hull Vessels: reasonable efforts to ensure that no loss of Note: Only vessels with double hulls need answer these questions. performance or functionality will occur at any of the 101. Is vessel fitted with centre line bulkhead in all cargo known Year 2000 dates of concern. Yes/No tanks? Yes/No 44. Does the vessel employ the OCIMF Drug and 102. If Yes, is bulkhead solid or perforated? Solid/perforated Alcohol policy or equivalent? Yes/No 103. Is vessel fitted with any full breadth ballast tanks? Yes/No 45. Is there a ‘‘No Smoking’’ policy in place? Yes/No 104. If Yes, how many ballast tanks are full breadth? 46. Is there a permit to work system in place? Yes/No 105. Does the vessel meet the IMO definition of ‘‘double Crew Management: hull’’? Yes/No 47. Nationality of Officers: OBOs/Combination Carriers: 48. Nationality of crew: Note: Only OBOs Combination Carriers need answer these questions. 49. Are manning levels in compliance with the minimum 106. Confirm all hatch covers are gas tight Yes/No manning certificate? Yes/No 107. List all cargoes carried during previous 12 months 50. Are all officers and engineers qualified in accordance 108. Confirm all responsible officers have tanker with STCW 95? Yes/No experience and possess petroleum endorsements Yes/No 51. Do the senior personnel speak English? Yes/No Signature: Company: 52. Do all senior officers have oil tanker endorsements Name: on their certificates? Yes/No Position: Date: Particulars: OPERATOR: Cossack Pioneer Support Group, Woodside Energy 53. Length overall (LOA): metres Ltd., PO Box D188, Perth, WA 6840, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 54. Extreme breadth: metres 9348 6035. Mobile: 0405 257 550. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9220 1989. 55. Distance bow to bridge: metres WWW: www.woodside.com.au Contact: Ken Edwards, Senior Marine Engineer (Email: [email protected]). 118 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA DAMPIER, W.A.: 20.38 S. 116.45 E. (See Plan) Vessels proceeding to Parker Point Ore Wharf, East Intercourse Island Wharf and the Service Wharf: 1. Every vessel, intending to load a cargo of iron ore at Dampier, shall, LOCATION: Port Dampier is located on the N.W. coast of Australia in on departure from the last port of call, cable the following information, the Dampier Archipelago. Legendre Island in position Lat. 20␥ 21' S., addressing the message 6D HAMIRON DAMPIER AA 99151. Long. 116␥ 51' E. forms the N.E. extremity of the Archipelago and 1.1 Estimated time of arrival, quantity of cargo required, deepest Rosemary Island in position Lat. 20␥ 28' S., Long. 116␥ 37' E. forms the departure draft and distance between keel and hatch coaming. N.W. extremity of the Archipelago. Example: NAME OF SHIP, ETA PM20/4, 108000K/T, 16.46M, The port facilities are constructed: 24.15M. adjacent to Parker Point in Lat. 20␥ 39' S., Long. 116␥ 43' E. 7 days before intended arrival at the port, confirmation or any East Intercourse Island in Lat. 20␥ 39.03' S., Long. 116␥ 40.4' E. variation to the above, and indicate loading order by hatches of the products to be lifted. Mistaken Island in Lat. 20␥ 39.2' S., Long. 116␥ 39.6' E. Example: NAME OF SHIP, ETA 1000/4, 108000 k/t, 16.46, 24.15m, Withnell Bay LNG: Lat. 20␥ 35.2'S., Long. 116␥ 45.7' E. ␥ ␥ 1/10000 FINES, 7/10000 FINES, 9/10000 FINES, 2/10000 LUMP, Dampier Public Wharf: Lat. 20 36.9' S., Long. 116 44.8' E. 4/10000 LUMP, 6/10000 LUMP, 3/8000 FINES, 5/10000 FINES, 2/8000 LUMP, 6/6000 LUMP/ 7/5000 FINES, 3/8000 FINES, PORT LIMITS: A vessel is considered to be an arrived vessel from the TRIM 3000 FINES. TOTAL 108000 k/t. time of crossing the quarantine line, which runs due East from Courtenay 2. Vessels with cargo for Hamersley Iron shall, on departure from the Head Lighthouse. loading port or 7 days before arrival, whichever occurs first, cable Port Limits: The limits of the port extend Northwards from the N.W. tip the following information addressing the message 6D HAMIRON of Legendre Island to a position Lat. 20␥18.2' S., Long. 116␥ 50' E., then DAMPIER AA99161: Estimated time of arrival, quantity and nature in a W.S.W. direction to a position Lat. 20␥ 23.7' S., Long. 116␥ 36' E., of cargo to be discharged, stowage and the deepest arrival draft. North of Rosemary Island, then South to the Northern shore line of West Example: NAME OF SHIP, ETA AM/4, 4700MT, GENERAL 1/1200, Intercourse Island, and along the shore line of West Intercourse, the 2/200, 3/1400, 4/1800, DRAFT 7M. mainland up to Flying Foam Passage and part of the Western side of Also see ‘‘Tankers’’. Dolphin Island, back to Legendre. APPROACHES: From the 100 fathom line in Lat. 19␥ 20' S., Long. DOCUMENTS: 116␥ 20' E., a channel 15 miles wide, leading 157␥ was surveyed by the Form 5 Part 1 Report of Arrival – Notification of the vessel’s Royal Australian Navy in 1963 and found to be clear of dangers. This impending arrival to the port. approach is recommended for ships arriving from the North and N.E. Form 5 Part 2 Crew Effects Declaration – declaring goods, Ships arriving from the West pass North of Tyrell Rocks situated to the quantity, description and value. In the case of N.W. of the Monte Bello Islands and then should pass not less than watches, radios, cameras, binoculars and the like, 5 miles to the North of Rosemary Island on the Latitude of Legendre makers name or brand and serial numbers to be Island Light. shown. Shipping Channels: Hamersley’s departure channel is situated on the Form 5 Part 4 Report of Ship’s Stores – Declaration of narcotics Western side of Mermaid Sound, and is dredged to a least depth of and restricted drugs, firearms and bonded stores. main channel 15.35 m. (L.A.T.). Forms 3A and 3B Crew Report and Crew List – a declaration of all The Woodside Channel is situated on the Eastern side of Mermaid crew, passengers and supernumeries giving full Sound and is dredged to a least depth of 12.20 m. (L.A.T.). names, date of birth, nationality, identification document number, rank on vessel and country of PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory except for vessels 150 g.r.t. or less birth. and those whose Masters hold a valid Pilotage Exemption Certificate. Each person on board is to be a holder of a valid travel identification Pilotage services operate from the pilot cutter ‘‘Pilbara Mercury’’ and Bell document (e.g. Passport, Seaman’s Book). These are to be retained by 206B Jetranger helicopter for Hamersley Iron. Pilotage for Woodside is the Master at all times and are to be produced to Customs Boarding by pilot boat ‘‘Burrup Pilot’’ and Puma helicopter. Officers upon request. Pilot boarding and disembarking arrangements must comply with the The above forms need to be communicated to Customs via the ship’s SOLAS regulations and be properly rigged and attended. Australian agent at least 48 hours in advance of the vessel’s arrival to port limits. Pilot Boarding Ground: There are 4 pilot boarding grounds/pilot boarding The following ship’s documents should be available for inspection: areas. They are: Certificate of Register. No. 1: Lat. 20␥ 24.88' S., Long. 116␥ 42.15' E. International Tonnage Certificate. (1 mile N.W. of the Seabuoy). Load Line Certificate. No. 2: Lat. 20␥ 25.50' S., Long. 116␥ 44.48' E. Safety Equipment Certificate. (1 mile N.E. of Channel Buoy). Safety Radio Certificate. No. 3: Lat. 20␥ 30.90' S., Long. 116␥ 43.02' E. Safety Construction Certificate. (Abeam of No. 6 Buoy). Australian Commonwealth Light Dues Receipt. No. 4: Lat. 20␥ 38.58' S., Long. 116␥ 38.18' E. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate. (King Point, East Lewis Island 350␥␺0.6 m.). Articles of Agreement and Account of the Crew. No. 1 Pilot boarding ground is for vessels using the Hamersley Iron Pilot Oil Record Book/Ship’s Log. Service to either Parker Point, East Intercourse Island, Service Wharf Valid Derat or Exemption Certificate. or Mistaken Island Salt Berth. Crew Identity Documents. No. 2 Pilot boarding ground is for vessels using the Woodside Petroleum International Vaccination Certificates for all onboard. Pilot Service to Withnell Bay Terminal. No. 3 and 4 Pilot boarding grounds will be allocated to vessels by ARRIVAL: Port Authority: The Master of any vessel intending to enter Dampier Port Control. the port shall notify the Harbour Master at least 24 hours before arrival, Note: LNG’s with helicopter landing deck aft will have Pilots boarding or if arriving from a point less than 24 hours away, then from that point. further seaward as directed by Pilots boarding. This notification is also to advise the Harbour Master of the vessel’s Pilots may board either by helicopter or pilot boat. draft and as to whether the equipment and machinery for the navigation Woodside Pilots operate from the vessel ‘‘Burrup Pilot’’ and Hamersley and propulsion of the vessel are fully operational for the purposes of Pilots from the ‘‘Mercury’’. safety, piloting the vessel and, also if the vessel is to berth at a Company Vessels should contact Dampier Port Control on Channel 16, 4 hours wharf, also advise as to the vessel’s proposed berthing, working and before arrival. departure programme. Helicopter – Landing Requirements: Pilots will board suitable vessels by Vessel’s proceeding to Dampier Public Wharf: If Dampier is the first port means of a helicopter which will land on a hatch cover. Normally this of entry into Australia, vessels should send their messages to both their applies to bulk carriers and not general cargo vessels. The helicopter Agents and the Dampier Port Authority, Telex: 198230. will not be used for oil tankers, which will, with other vessels unsuitable In the case of vessels arriving from overseas: for helicopter operations, be boarded by launch. The helicopter used is (i) ETA 7 days before their intended arrival, their draft and details of a float equipped Bell 206B Jetranger weighing 769 kilos and is fitted with cargo to be worked. VHF Channels 16 and 11. Where a vessel is to be boarded by helicopter, the vessel must meet In the case of all vessels: the following criteria: (i) 72 hours before intended arrival at the port advising estimated time of arrival at the pilot boarding ground, including in the Boarding by Helicopter: Pilots will board suitable vessels by means of message, if not previously given, the forward and aft arrival draft a helicopter which will usually land on a hatch cover. This service and details of cargo to be worked. generally applies to gearless bulk carriers or those vessels which have (ii) 48 hours before intended arrival, confirmation or any variation of sufficiently clear landing area as described in this section and are not estimated time of arrival. carrying petroleum products. (iii) 24 hours before intended arrival, confirmation or any variation of The helicopter normally used is a float equipped Bell 206B Jetranger estimated time of arrival. which has a maximum all up weight of 1,450 kg. and is fitted with VHF (iv) Coastal vessels may not be able to advise their ETA’s in Channels 11 and 16. accordance with these rules. Where possible, the Master should Where a vessel is to be boarded by helicopter, the vessel must meet advise his ETA as soon as practical. the following criteria: Coastal vessels should advise whether the Master holds a (a) A hatch cover capable of supporting 2,900 kg., that is, possessing current Pilotage Exemption Certificate and, if so, the date of last a load density of not less than 400 kg./sq.m. and with minimum time that he visited the port. dimensions of 12 m. If cambered, then the angle should not ␥ Cargo information: Prior to departure from the loading port, Masters shall exceed 7.5 . forward by first class airmail a copy of the vessel’s inward manifest to (b) Mark a hovering area on the hatch cover with a circle of not less the Port Authority. than 12 m. diameter and 15 cm. thick.

See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 119 AUSTRALIA (c) Mark a landing area within the hovering area with the letter ‘‘H’’ Pilot Ladder Specifications: having sides of 2.0 m. and a width of 13 cm. The landing area is (mm.) to comprise a square space, having sides measuring no less than Length of spreaders not less than 1,800 (5 ft. 10 in.) 5.0 m., the centre of which will be concentric with that of the Length of step not less than 480 (19 in.) hovering area, and shall be free of lifting lugs, wedges, ventilators Width of steps not less than 115 (4.5 in.) and any other obstructions which are likely to hazard the Thickness of steps not less than 25 (1 in.) helicopter landing skids. When the helicopter skids are positioned Side Ropes: within the landing area as described above, the main rotor shall Circumference not less than 60 (2.25 in.) be contained within the hovering area. Diameter not less than 20 (0.75 in.) (d) The markings in (b) and (c) above shall be in white or yellow on Spacing of steps 300-380 (12 in. – 15 in.) a dark background. Recommended space between top (e) Paint on handrails, lugs, ventilators and other obstructions on the of one step and underside of the hatch cover should be a distinctive colour which shall be highly one above 310 (12.25 in.) visible by day or night. Recommended clear space (f) Surrounding the hovering area, there shall be an area not less between pairs of side ropes (not than 6 m. in width in which there shall be no obstructions which specified by SOLAS) 400 (16 in.) could hazard the rotor system more than 0.5 m. above the hatch Note: The use of pilot ladder retrieving lines attached to the lower portion cover. Two approach paths at least 150␥ apart in azimuth shall of the ladder is not permitted. exist, being free of all obstacles above an approach gradient of Use of Pilot Hoists: Any pilot hoist used in the Port of Dampier must 11.5␥. comply with the Australian Standards. Use of a hoist is at the Pilot’s (g) The combined hovering area and obstruction free area in (f) shall discretion. comprise the helipad area. No ship’s personnel shall be within ANCHORAGES: Outer Anchorage: The area bounded by the following this area during helicopter operations unless they are below hatch positions: cover level. Lat. 20␥ 24' S., Long. 116␥ 36' E. Any hats worn by crew approaching the helicopter must be Lat. 20␥ 25' S., Long. 116␥ 36' E. secured by a chin strap. Crew must not attempt to approach the Lat. 20␥ 22' S., Long. 116␥ 41' E. helicopter unless requested to do so by the helicopter pilot. Lat. 20␥ 25' S., Long. 116␥ 41' E. (h) Ensure that all hatch wires, derricks, cranes, aerials, etc., are Vessels will be advised of their designated anchor position in this area clear of the approach paths to the helipad area. All loose objects by Port Control and will be expected to proceed to this position without must be removed from this area. the services of a Pilot. A continuous VHF radio watch must be maintained (i) The approach paths to the helipad across both sides of the ship at all times. shall be free of obstructions higher than 0.5 m. above hatch cover Inner Anchorage: Under certain circumstances, anchorage positions level. within Mermaid Sound are available. Vessels may only proceed to this (j) An officer shall be available to escort the Pilot to and from the anchorage under the direction of a Pilot. helipad area. Vessels are not allowed to anchor outside these areas without the (k) Ships departing the port must wash down the helipad before the permission of the Harbour Master. helicopter lands (Day and night). Gas Trunk Line: A high pressure subsea gas line has been established on the seabed to supply gas to the onshore treatment plant situated at In addition for Night Operations: Withnell Bay. The pipeline follows the following route in the approaches (a) The termination area shall be illuminated with floodlights situated to and within the port. In a 135␥ (T) direction to: outside the helipad area, with the light beams directed downwards (i) Lat. 20␥ 23.45' S., Long. 116␥ 45.27' E., thence to on to the hatch cover, in such a manner as not to blind the (ii) Lat. 20␥ 24.36' S., Long. 116␥ 46.2' E., thence to helicopter pilot. (iii) Lat. 20␥ 26.84' S., Long. 116␥ 46.83' E., thence to (b) An illuminated wind indicator shall be displayed in a conspicuous (iv) Lat. 20␥ 29.82' S., Long. 116␥ 46.68' E., thence to position clear of the helipad area and easily visible from the air (v) Lat. 20␥ 32.26' S., Long. 116␥ 45.58' E., thence to shore (e.g. a wind sock or answering pennant). in position (c) On request, when other ships are in the area, provide a means (vi) Lat. 20␥ 35.4' S., Long. 116␥ 46.4' E. of identification by flashing a light towards the helicopter on A prohibited area is delared 5 cables either side of this pipeline. approach. HEALTH: Please send Radio Pratique message to Agency Telex Number not more than 24 hours before arrival or less than 12 hours Before making the initial landing, the helicopter pilot will visit your ship before arrival. and: See ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port. (a) Decide whether your vessel is suitable for helicopter operations. On receipt of quarantine messages, Harbour Master will advise (b) Discuss with you any alterations which may be necessary to make anchorage position if vessel not berthing on arrival. landings possible. Inspections may be carried out at the jetty or at anchorage at the discretion of the Quarantine Officer. Rat guards are to be maintained on all mooring lines while vessels are berthed in Dampier Harbour. Radio Procedure Vessel/Helicopter: Before landing on a vessel, the VHF: Dampier Port Control maintains a continuous watch on VHF helicopter pilot must receive clearance to land from the Master on VHF Channel 16. All vessels approaching the port or at anchor must also Channel 11 as follows: maintain a continuous watch on this frequency. Helicopter: ‘‘(Name of vessel) this is Dampier pilot helicopter. I request Continuous watch is also maintained on VHF Channel 11, the working clearance to land.’’ channel for general port traffic information. Vessel: ‘‘Dampier pilot helicopter this is (name of vessel) you are Failure to maintain a continuous VHF watch may result in vessels cleared to land.’’ berthing out of turn. Vessel should be ready to advise the helicopter pilot of the relative Call Sign Dampier Port Control cross wind across the deck. Channel 16 General call and continuous watch channel. Channels 11 & 14 Port working channels. Channel 72 Can be used vessel to vessel. Boarding by Pilot Boat: When boarding by pilot vessel, it is most Channel 67 Emergency working channel. important that a lee be given to allow the Pilot to board. Generally ships Channels 10 & 13 Tugs will be requested to be underway prior to Pilot boarding. Failure by ships Arrival: Vessels will either be directed to an anchorage by Port Control, to afford a lee may result in the Pilot being unable to board, with or to the pilot boarding ground. consequent delay. TUGS: Pilbara Harbour Services Pty. Limited own and operate 4 tugs, All vessels, where the Pilot is boarding by boat, must rig a ladder in workboats and lines launches which are available to shipping on a accordance with ‘‘International Maritime Organisation SOLAS 24 hour service. Regulations’’. Under SOLAS Chapter V, Regulation 17 amended in 1973 The following craft are available to assist in berthing and unberthing by IMO Resolution A263 (VIII), and in 1979 by Resolution A426 (XI), and for hire: and the Port of Dampier Regulations (1979), the following points are Bollard Pull stressed: h.p. tons (a) The rigging of pilot ladders and the embarkation and disembarkation ‘‘Pilbara Star’’ 4,800 55 of Pilots thereby shall be supervised by a responsible officer of the ‘‘Pilbara Saturn’’ 4,800 55 ship. ‘‘Pilbara Comet’’ 4,200 45 (b) Every pilot ladder shall be secured in a position clear of any possible *‘‘Pilbara Mars’’ 4,200 45 discharges from the ship, and so that each step rests firmly against Three (3) Lines Launches the ship’s side. One (1) Workboat – 400 h.p. (c) Every pilot ladder shall be secured in a position where the Pilot can Mermaid Sound Port & Marine Services (Woodside) also own 4 tugs gain safe and convenient access to the ship after climbing not less and one pilot boat to assist in the berthing of vessels at Withnell Bay than 1.5 m. and not more than 9.0 m. LNG berth. (d) Whenever the distance from the water to the point of access to the Bollard Pull ship exceeds 9.0 m., access must be by means of a combination tons of a pilot ladder and an accommodation ladder. ‘‘King Bay’’ 50 (e) Adequate lighting must be provided at night. ‘‘Withnell Bay’’ 50 (f) Manila manropes of between 28 mm. and 32 mm. in diameter should ‘‘Hearson Cove’’ 60 be rigged on each side of the ladder for its full length. ‘‘Cowrie Cove’’ 60 (g) The ladder should be clean. MOORING: Hamersley Wharves: Mooring lines are taken ashore by Failure by Masters, to comply with the requirements outlined above, lineboat. Vessels using heavy wire ropes are required to have the ends has in the past in Australian ports resulted in delays to shipping and, in terminated with a 9 m. rope spring finished with a standard eye for placing some instances, heavy costs against the vessel concerned. over the bollards and slip hooks.

120 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA All mooring ropes and wires to have a 6 m. tail of light rope spliced Minimum Condensate Tanker Mooring Requirements: into the eye to facilitate the transfer from the boat to the dolphin. (a) Minimum requirements for tankers with all wire moorings: Vessels shall be ready in all respects to commence loading on Nylon Lines required completion of mooring, hatches cleaned and opened. Tanker Size Wire Rope Tail Breast d.w.t. Diameter Diameter Springs STEVEDORES: Subject to application. Contact local shipping Agents. (1,000 tons) (mm.) (mm.) 30–50 32 64/80 64 30–50 34 72/80 44 MEDICAL: Doctors are permanently resident at Dampier and Karratha 30–50 36 80/88 44 and a modern General Hospital is situated in Karratha. 50–70 34 72/80 66 50–70 36 80/88 44 TANKERS: Withnell Bay Terminal: Owned and operated by Woodside 50–70 38 80/88 44 Offshore Petroleum. Tel: (08) 91588100. Fax: (08) 91588000. Telex: 70–90 36 80/88 66 AA99710. The Terminal exports LNG, LPG and Condensate from 70–90 38 80/88 44 2 single berth jetties adjacent to Withnell Bay, in position Lat. 20␥ 35' S., 70–90 40 80/96 44 Long. 116␥ 45' E. The S.W.ly jetty is designed to support the loading and 90 – 110 40 80/96 44 mooring facilities required to ship LNG, and the N.E.ly jetty is designed 90 – 110 44 96 44 to ship LPG and Condensate. Both berths are designed to accommodate 110 – 150 44 96 4 4 tankers from 30,000 to 150,000 S.d.w.t., with a maximum berthing (b) Minimum requirements for tankers with mixed or all soft ropes: dispaclement of 90,000 tonnes. To ensure 24 hour non-tidally restricted Wire Soft Rope Lines required berthing, tankers should arrive with a draft of 10 m. or less. The maximum Tanker Size Diam. Diameter Breast drafts alongside the berths are: Low water tide height plus 12.2 m. for d.w.t. (Springs) (Breast) Springs the LNG berth and LWT plus 12.5 m. for the LPG/Condensate berth. (1,000 tons) (mm.) (mm.) 30–50 30 64 64 Woodside Channel: A channel has been dredged to the Withnell Bay 30–50 – 64 66 Terminal. The entrance buoy to this channel has been placed at 50–70 32 64 64 Lat. 20␥ 26.2' S., Long. 116␥ 43.7' E. This buoy exhibits a light flashing 50–70 – 64 68 (2) Red every 5 seconds. The Woodside Channel has a least depth of All wires are to be fitted with nylon tails. 12.0 m. Withnell Bay Jetty: The LNG and Condensate loading facility is adjacent Communications: ␥ ␥ to Withnell Bay, in position Lat. 20 35.2' S., Long. 116 45.7' E. To assist in Terminal planning and to satisfy Port Regulations, the The loading platform is equipped with 4␺16 in. LNG loading arms (2 of following pre-arrival messages are to be sent to the tanker’s Agent. The which also act as vapour return lines) and 2␺12 in. condensate loading Agents have instructions as regards to the distribution of messages. arms. ␺ The LPG/Condensate Loading Jetty is equipped with 2 12 in. Tanker Pre-Arrival Messages: The following information is required by ␺ LPG arms and 2 12 in. Condensate arms. the Withnell Bay Terminal and is to be sent to the tanker’s Agent by all While alongside the berth, minor repairs and maintenance to tanker’s tankers using the facility. The tanker’s Agent is to forward the information machinery and equipment shall be limited to those items which do not to the Woodside Radio Room for distribution. impair or require the following: (i) On departure from last port of call (in any event no less than 5 days (i) The fire detection or firefighting capability. prior to arrival): ‘‘Answer Withnell Bay Questionnaire’’. (ii) The safe and efficient handling of cargo. (ii) 7 days prior to arrival ‘‘Advise ETA and Arrival Draft Dampier’’. (iii) The propulsive power or manoeuvrability of the tanker. (iii) 3 days prior to arrival ‘‘Advise ETA’’. (iv) The safe operation and integrity of the mooring system. (iv) 2 days prior to arrival ‘Advise ETA, arrival and departure drafts’’. (v) The safe operation of electrical equipment located in gas dangerous ‘‘Confirm all cargo systems operations’’. zones. (v) Any changes of more than 6 hours after 7 day ETA. ‘‘Hot Work’’ in non-approved areas and work on open decks or on the (vi) 24 hours prior to arrival ‘‘Confirm ETA’’. jetty head which involves hammering, chipping or use of power tools, is (vii) Any changes of more than 1 hour in last 24 hours prior to arrival. strictly prohibited. Note: Tanker’s Agent are to request the tanker to send the 24 hours Fresh Water: Not available. ETA (Item 6) and any changes of more than 1 hour within 24 hours of Bunkers: Not available. arrival (Item 7) to Woodside Radio telex direction in addition to the Agent. Woodside Radio: Refuse: No garbage, rubbish or refuse may be thrown overboard whilst Telex: AA99571. the vessel is within port limits. The Master may make special Fax: (08) 91588131. arrangements with the Agent or Government authorities for removal and Tel: (08) 91588198. disposal during an extended stay. Gangway: A shore gangway is provided. This is lifted on and off the Withnell Bay Questionnaire: tanker by a shore crane. Ship’s personnel are required to assist in this CONDENSATE: To be answered by all tankers on departure from the operation with respect to the best placement of the gangway on board. last port of call (in any event to be received at least 5 days prior to Company Regulations: The ship will be provided with a copy of the Jetty arrival). Australian coastal tankers, which have previously berthed at Rules and Company Procedures on arrival. No tanker may load without Withnell Bay, need only answer AA to EE, plus KK (Provided there have prior agreement to comply with these requirements. been no changes to the remainder since the previous call at Withnell Access: Subject to Company safety requirements, access to and from Bay). the tanker is permitted via the jetty. All personnel wishing to enter or AA: ETA Pilot Boarding Ground. leave the Terminal must be cleared through the Woodside Terminal BB: Arrival Draft. security gates by pass checked against a Crew List deposited by the CC: Arrival Displacement. ship’s Agent. DD: Estimated Departure Draft. EE: Confirm: Stores: Due to vehicle access restriction and the jetty configuration, 1. Tanks free of leakage.

storing of tankers via the jetty is not allowed, except to items of fresh 2. Inert gas system operational, tanks inerted to less than 8% O2. goods which can be hand-carried down the jetty. Storing via a launch, 3. All cargo systems, transfer equipment inspected, leak free and which can be arranged by the Agent, will be strictly controlled and must operating correctly. take place prior to or on completion of loading. No vessels are allowed 4. Stress calculations for cargo, ballasting, bunkering transfers alongside the tanker without the permission of the Master and the made and within recommended safety limits. Pilot/Loading Master. 5. The maximum loading rate for the present loading operation. 6. All navigation, mooring equipment and engines fully operational. Minimum Requirements for Tankers: As a general condition for FF: 1. Ballast quantity, type (SBT, CBT, DIRTY), origin. tankers at the Terminal, it is required that tankers comply with the 2. Can the vessel load and deballast concurrently. If not, advise following: time required to deballast. (a) Equipment: All tankers must be in a sound state of repair, with main 3. Advise if shore reception required. engines, mooring winches and windlasses all in proper working GG: Has the vessel complied with voluntary regulations for exchange order. of ballast water. (b) Certification: All tankers must be in possession of a complete and HH: Maximum loading rate through 2 starboard side 12 in. manifolds. valid set of safety certificates. These to include: II: Does manifold arrangement comply with OCIMF standards. (a) Load Line Certificate. JJ: Type and complement of moorings. (b) Safety Construction Certificate. KK: The Pilot will discuss the mooring operation with the Master prior (c) Safety Radio Certificate. to berthing. When mooring, the tanker must not tension any wire (d) Cargo Equipment Register. or line before shore personnel move clear. (e) Safety Equipment Certificate. Master to confirm understanding of this requirement. (f) Cargo Gear Certificate. (c) Tankers to be in all respects ‘‘In Class’’. (d) – LPG: To be answered by all tankers, on departure from the last port of (e) All tankers nominated to load condensate must be in possession of call (In any event to be received at least 5 days prior to arrival). a valid IOPPC (International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate). AA: ETA Pilot Boarding Ground. (f) It is the policy of the Company that tankers loading at the Withnell BB: Arrival Draft: Bay Terminal should have inerted tanks. Prior to loading, a tanker’s CC: Estimated Departure Draft.

tanks may be checked for O2 content by the Terminal operator.

See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 121 AUSTRALIA DD: Confirm: There are 2␺12 in. condensate loading arms on the LNG Jetty for 1. Vessel fully cooled under LPG vapour and arrival tank bottom loading condensate and receiving ballast water. The arms are designed temperatures? to accept ship’s manifolds of 10 in. or 12 in. or 16 in. However, if a tanker 2. Composition of previous 3 cargoes? is to load on this jetty, 2␺12 in. port side manifolds are requested. 3. All cargo systems leak free and fully operational? The condensate loading arms on the LPG Jetty have a vertical range 4. Starboard manifold configuration, the order (fwd to aft) and of 5.8 m. – 26.8 m. above LAT. The arms on the LNG jetty have a vertical size of the presentation flanges for loading? (e.g. Butane, range of 3.0 m. – 25.5 m. above LAT. Propane and L 12 in./V 8 in./V 8 in./L 12 in.). The maximum loading rate via the 2 arms is 6,000 cu.m./hr. 5. Advise maximum loading rate, whether both grades can be Emergency Shut-Down System (ESD): An ESD transmitter is placed on loaded simultaneously, and if not, the order of loading board the tanker prior to the commencement of loading. This transmitter required? is not intrinsically safe and must be installed in the tanker’s cargo control 6. Gas detection system is operational and calibrated for the room. When activated, this transmitter will shut down the loading pumps cargo to be loaded? and close the loading arm valves. 7. Cargo transfer emergency stops tested from all locations to Ballast Operations: Tankers must abide by the Western Australian ensure correct operations of valves, alarms and interlocks? ‘‘Pollution of Waters by Oil and Noxious Substances Act 1987’’. This Act 8. Ensure operation of the tank high level and pressure alarms incorporates the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of and interlocks. Pollution from ships as corrected by the Process-Verbal of Rectification, 9. Where adjustable setting safety valves are installed, confirm dated 13th June 1978 (1978 Protocol). they are set for the cargo to be loaded. In effect, clean ballast and segregated ballast may, provided they 10. Is the vessel subject to sloshing restrictions? conform in all respects with MARPOL requirements, be discharged 11. All navigation equipment, mooring equipment and engines overboard. Any pollution, however, can incur severe fines and heavy fully operational? clean-up costs. EE: Has the vessel complied with voluntary regulations for exchange Shore Ballast Facilities: Limited quantities of dirty ballast can be accepted of ballast water? ashore. However, due to operational requirements prior permission is FF: Does manifold arrangement comply with OCIMF standards? needed. GG: Type and complement of moorings? Contaminated Ballast: Dirty ballast containing heavy metals or chemicals HH: The Pilot will discuss the mooring operation with the Master prior cannot be accepted ashore. Masters will be required to sign a declaration to berthing. When mooring, the tanker must not tension any wire to this effect prior to discharging ballast ashore. The Terminal may or line before shore personnel move clear. require the ballast to be sampled prior to discharge. Master to confirm understanding of this requirement. Note: Vapour samples taken on arrival. Masters must ensure all tanks Also see ‘‘Service Wharf’’ and ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated have positive pressure. June 1995. VHF Communication of Arrival: All tankers within VHF range of the Port CARGO OPERATIONS: Hamersley Wharves: Vessels loading iron ore of Dampier must call Dampier Port Control on Channel 16 (Channel 11 are recommended to exhibit either on top of the hatch lids or on the working) for advice on Pilot boarding, anchorages, berthing and other deck or coaming adjacent to the hatch, numerals identifying the hatch. traffic information, etc. These are to be of such a colour and size as to be clearly visible to the Pilotage and Berthing Arrangements: The Pilot/Loading Master: The shiploader operator stationed at the end of the shiploader boom. Pilot/Loading Master acts as both Pilot and Terminal representative on Reference to loading is to be made by hatch, not hold and all weights all tankers using the Terminal. It is incumbent on the Master to ensure are to be expressed in metric tonnes. full co-operation with the Pilot/Loading Master. The tanker is required to Confirmation in writing of the cargo booking is delivered on board on provide a cabin and messing facilities for the Pilot/Loading Master whilst berthing by the Loading Supervisor. in the Port of Dampier. This document contains four copies of the loading sequence. The first Tanker Drafts: The following UKCs are to be allowed for the tanker to copy is retained on board, the remainder completed and passed to the transit the Woodside Channel which has a minimum depth of 12 m. Supervisor for distribution as required. Attention is drawn to the run-off Inwards: quantity required to be loaded to clear the conveyors at the completion 30,000 ton to 150,000 d.w.t. Tanker of loading. UKC ␦ 2.0 m. Red, green and white list lights, clearly visible to the shiploader Outwards: operator are recommended fittings on all vessels loading iron ore. 30,000 ton to 50,000 d.w.t. Tanker A fixed white light shall indicate the vessel is upright. UKC ␦ The greater of 1.2 m. or 10% draft. Masters are cautioned the loading of iron ore is carried out by draft. 50,000 ton to 150,000 d.w.t. Tanker Frequent ‘‘on the run’’ draft checks between hatch changes should be UKC ␦ 1.5 m. carried out. Whilst shiploading sequences are equipped with weight To ensure 24 hour non-tidal restricted berthing, tankers should arrive scales, these figures are to be used only as a guide and reference to with a draft of 10.0 m. or less. Due to the sustained wind patterns that them will not relieve the Master of the responsibility of adequately often affect the port, the Pilot/Loading Master may request a tanker to maintaining draft checks and supervising the loading accordingly. adjust her arrival ballast draft or trim where necessary. Maximum Final confirmation of tonnages on board will be the result of a draft berthing displacement is 90,000 tonnes. survey carried out by the Master and the Company’s surveyor. The maximum draft alongside LNG jetty 12.2 m. plus low water tide Ballast shall be adjusted to ensure at high water a minimum clearance height and alongside LPG/Condensate jetty is 12.5 m. plus low water of 1.0 m. is maintained between the vessel’s structures and the tide height. shiploader. Ballast to be discharged at a rate which prevents disruption All tankers berthing at the Withnell Bay Terminal will Towage Services: to loading, final trimming and completion. utilise the services of the tugs provided by MSP and MS; up to 4␺50 tonne bollard pull tugs are available. Subject to tide, ships shall be ready to vacate the iron ore berths on Tug Requirements (Minimum): completion of loading and have all gear tested and available for use on Tanker d.w.t. departure. ␺ 1,000 ton Berthing Departure Ships departing during the hours of darkness will require to have fitted 30 – 80 2 2 on the fore mast a small steering light visible from the bridge. Vessels 80 – 100 3 2 in excess of 100,000 d.w.t. must be fitted with a centre line steering 100 – 150 4 2 compass. Berth Mooring Arrangements: The LNG berth consists of 6 breasting Stowage Factors: The following stowage factors are provided for dolphins and 6 mooring dolphins. The LPG/Condensate jetty consists of guidance: 4 breasting dolphins and 4 mooring dolphins. Lump Ore 2.35 tonnes/cu.m. The mooring dolphins are each provided with a quick release triple Fine Ores 2.50 tonnes/cu.m. hook for breast lines. Angle of Repose: Lump and Fines – 37␥. The breasting dolphins are each provided with a quick release double PARKER POINT ORE JETTY: Operator: Hamersley Iron Pty.Ltd., hook for spring lines. The breasting dolphins are fitted with double P.O.Box 21, Dampier, WA 6713. Tel: (08) 91436000/91435924. Yokohama fenders with vertical panels. Telex: AA99151. Fax: (08) 91435804. Cables: 6D HAMIRON DAMPIER Each hook has a safe working load of 125 tonnes and is equipped AA99151. with a load sensor attached to the mooring load monitoring system. The The ore jetty consists of a tubular steel pile structure carrying a deck Pilot/Loading Master has access to this system via the Woodside Radio and rail traverse of a slewing boom shiploader. Room. 8 multi-spring pile dolphins fitted with Yokohama air block fenders are Mooring of tankers is facilitated by the use of mooring capstans on situated clear of the ore jetty structure and vessels berth port side each dolphin and a messenger line system. alongside, mooring to these dolphins. See ‘‘Plan’’ for standard mooring Weather Restrictions Alongside: The Company procedures contain the pattern. limiting criteria with regard to cyclones, wind, sea states, etc., which may Iron ore is the only product handled over this facility and following are affect loading and/or cause an early departure from the berth. A principal dimensions: comprehensive alarm system with input of all critical sea and weather Length of jetty: 268.9 m. parameters is monitored by the Terminal and the Woodside Radio Room. Depth of water alongside: 17.20 m. (LAT) Approximate properties of North West Shelf Condensate are as follows: Travel of shiploader: 180 m. Density at 15␥C 0.76 to 0.77. Flash Point ␤50␥C (Volatile stock). Radius of ore delivery from fender facing: 23.8 m. R.V.P. Maximum 41KPa (6 psi). Height under side boom at LAT: 23.00 m. Temperature 26␥ –40␥C. Total length of fendering, No. 1 to No. 9 dolphins: 344.8 m. Static Accumulator Cargo Handling Requirements: North West Shelf Rated capacity of shiploader: 7,500 tonnes/hr. Condensate is a Static Accumulator Cargo and tankers will be loaded The ore jetty is connected to the East Intercourse Island departure in accordance with the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and channel by a 170 m. wide departure channel dredged to 15.35 m. (LAT) Terminals (ISGOTT) Section 7.4. in 1982. Loading Equipment: There are 2␺12 in. condensate loading arms on Parker Point ore loading facility accommodates vessels up to the LPG/Condensate Jetty for loading condensate. The arms are 140,000 d.w.t. designed to accept ship’s manifolds of 12 in. or 16 in. Tankers are The maximum departure draft from this berth is dependent upon tidal normally requested to present 2␺16 in. manifolds on starboard side. conditions and adequate under keel clearance.

122 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA EAST INTERCOURSE ISLAND ORE JETTY: Operator: Hamersley MISTAKEN ISLAND SALT BERTH: Operator: Dampier Salt Pty.Ltd., Iron Pty.Ltd., P.O.Box 21, Dampier, WA 6713. Tel: (08) P.O.Box 1619, Karratha, WA 6714. Tel: (08) 91436811. Telex: AA99566. 91436000/91435924. Telex: AA99151. Fax: (08) 91435804. Cables: 6D Fax: (08) 91436800. Cables: 6DDPR SALT LTD. HAMIRON DAMPIER AA99151. The berth is situated at Lat. 20␥ 39.2' S., Long. 116␥ 39.6' E. The berth The ore jetty consists of a tubular steel pile structure carrying a deck is used only for salt loading and consists of 8 steel piled structures and rail traverse of a slewing boom shiploader. comprising of: Nine multi-spring dolphins fitted with Yokohama air block fenders are A central timber decked wharf head carrying a fixed position, stiff arm, situated clear of the ore jetty structure and vessels berth starboard side slewing and luffing conveyor boom ship loader, with deflector capability alongside, mooring to these dolphins. See ‘‘Plan’’ for standard mooring for spout trimming. pattern. Seven individual concrete decked rigid berthing/mooring dolphins, Iron ore is the only product handled over this facility and the following each fitted with 2 large diameter rubber fenders. The dolphins are are principal dimensions: situated so as to hold the ship clear of the wharf head at all times. Length of jetty: 341.4 m. Vessels may berth either side to, moor to and warp along the dolphins Depth of water alongside: 21.50 m. (LAT) using ship’s winches on forward and aft lines and also central springs Travel of shiploader: 230.0 m. attached to Dolphin No. 4. Radius of ore delivery from fender facing: 25 m. The principal berth dimensions are: Overall length between dolphins: 358 m. Height under side boom at LAT: 25.0 m. Minimum depth of water on approach path: 10.5 m. LAT. Total length of fendering, No. 1 to No. 9 dolphins: 429.8 m. Depth of water alongside: 12.0 m. LAT. Rated capacity of shiploader: 9,000 tonnes/hr. Vessels at berth – underkeel clearance: 1.0 m. Basin length: 430.0 m. Minimum depth of water on departure path: 12.0 m. LAT. Basin width: 84.0 m. Clearance up to 50,000 d.w.t.: 1.0 m. The ore jetty is connected to the open sea by a 167.7 m. wide Clearance over 50,000 d.w.t.: 1.5 m. departure channel dredged to 15.35 m. (LAT). Maximum outreach of loading boom from fender facing: 17.4 m. East Intercourse Island ore loading facility accommodates vessels up Height of dolphin fender above I.S.L.W.: to 250,000 d.w.t. The maximum departure draft from this berth is Bottom buffer centre: 2.3 m. dependent upon tidal conditions and adequate under keel clearance. Top buffer centre: 6.2 m. Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ – February 1987. Loading capacity of shiploader: max. 3,500 tonnes/hr. Average loading operation: 2,300/3,000 tonnes/hr. DAMPIER PUBLIC WHARF: Operator: Dampier Port Authority. Shore Leave: Masters are advised that the berth is situated on a privately The approach to the wharf has a least depth of 7.5 m. LAT. owned mining lease. In the interests of safety, no unauthorised shore The wharf consists of a concrete deck supported by tubular piles. leave is permitted, although fishing from mooring dolphins and shore is Access is by a concrete approach bridge 35 m. long and 9.5 m. wide. permitted. Access to the mainland can be arranged through the vessel’s Seven berths are available; the main or Western berth can accept Agent. vessels of up to 25,000 tonnes displacement, and the Eastern berth, Loading Procedure: The vessel is to ensure that the first two holds to which is suitable for smaller craft, supply vessels, etc. be loaded have the hatch covers removed on berthing. On berthing, the Priority Use Agreement: Masters should be aware that a ‘‘priority use’’ vessel will be positioned by the Pilot such that the loading can commence agreement is in place between the Port Authority and Woodside Offshore immediately upon acceptance of the Notice of Readiness and verification Petroleum. Under certain circumstances this will mean that a vessel that vessel’s holds are sufficiently clean to standards determined by working cargo will be obliged to move off the wharf and wait whilst a Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Limited as acceptable to load. vessel carrying Woodside cargo berths, discharges and sails. Neither An independent Ships’ Surveyor, retained by Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Limited will take all draft readings during the berthing the Port Authority or Woodside accept any responsibility for costs operation in order that the commencement of loading will not be delayed. incurred by this procedure. Ship’s arrival condition and ballast readings prior to commencement of Arrival Advice: If Dampier is the first Port of Entry into Australia, vessels loading will be agreed between the Chief Officer and Surveyor. should radio through the normal recognised coast stations, addressing An Operations Supervisor from Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Limited their messages to both their Agents and the Dampier Port Authority, will board the vessel immediately following mooring to check that the telex No. 198230. vessel is in readiness to load, and then commence the loading operation. In the case of vessels arriving from overseas: This Officer will then agree with the Chief Officer loading sequence, (i) ETA 7 days before their intended arrival, their draft and details of loading schedule, warping procedures, draft problems (if any) and any cargo to be worked. other matters pertaining to the loading of the vessel. In the case of all vessels, cable: He will draw up a loading schedule confirming with the Chief Officer (i) 72 hours before intended arrival at the Port advising estimated the approximate hold loading duration, times of warping and the time of arrival at the Pilot boarding ground including in the estimated time of completion of loading, and sailing time. message, if not previously given, the forward and aft arrival draft An Operations Supervisor will remain on board the vessel for the and details of cargo to be worked. duration of loading in order to liaise with the Chief Officer concerning (ii) 48 hours before intended arrival, confirmation or any variation of the procedures and times to move the vessel so as to load each hold estimated time of arrival. in warp sequence and maintain critical draft, where applicable. (iii) 24 hours before intended arrival, confirmation or any variation of A belt weightometer is used by Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Limited, to indicate loading rates and tonnages loaded in each hold. estimated time of arrival. ␾ (iv) Coastal vessels may not be able to advise their ETAs in This instrument has a proven accuracy of 1.5%. It is the practise of accordance with these rules. Where possible, the Master should Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Limited, for the Surveyor and Chief advise his ETA as soon as practical. Officer to agree a preliminary draft survey when the second last hold is Coastal vessels should advise whether the Master holds a current approximately 80% loaded. This survey then allows the correct loading pilotage exemption certificate and, if so, the date of last time that of the remainder of the cargo so as to ensure correct trim and prevent he visited the Port. inadvertent overloading. The final loaded cargo tonnage is determined by draft survey, calculated by and agreed between the Surveyor and Cargo Information: Prior to departure from the Loading Port, Masters Chief Officer. shall forward by first class airmail a copy of the vessel’s Inward Manifest The Port of Dampier is situated in the Summer Zone for load line to the Port Authority showing description and weight of the cargo to be purposes. discharged at Dampier – a Manifest. No labour is available at Dampier to board the vessel for any shipboard Principal Dimensions: duties. Trimming is by conveyor discharge at the end of the loading Western Berth: spout only. Any subsequent trimming required must be undertaken by Dredged basin: Chart datum minus 10 m. over 280 m. ␺ 63 m. the ship’s crew. Wharf face: 209 m. Stowage Factor: Stowage density 32 cu.ft. per long ton or 0.89 cu.m. ␥ Height of deck: 6.8 m. above chart datum. per metric tonne. Angle of repose 33 . It has been found that the cargo Deck area: 4,400 sq.m. does not shift during the vessel’s voyage to discharge port. Mooring Dolphins: Dolphin ‘A’ 39 m. South of main deck. Typical Specification – Australian Salt NaCl (Sodium Chloride): Dolphin ‘B’ 36 m. North of main deck. Appearance: Generally clear, white and free from organic matter. Main deck, breast and Additives: Nil additives in final washed product. mooring bollards: Total 21 ␺ 50 tonne capacity. Component Average % by weight Fendering consists of tubular rubbers which are designed to offer a Moisture content 2.30 satisfactory mooring face for vessels in winds of up to 40 knots. Calcium content 0.004 Magnesium content 0.02 Bunkers and Fresh Water: Bunkers can be delivered by hard bunkering Potassium content 0.01 points. Sulphate content 0.13 Chloride content 58.97 SERVICE WHARF: Operator: Hamersley Iron Pty.Ltd. Water insolubles content 0.01 Petroleum products are received over this facility and vessels are Heavy metals less than 15 ppm. acceptable up to a max. draft of 7.19 m. (LAT). NaCl content 97.40 The wharf consists of steel sheet pile cells constructed in water of Chemical analysis expressed in combined form: surrounding depths of 6.51 m. (LAT). NaCl 97.41% A berthing basin 243.8 m. long and 38.10 m. wide has been dredged CaSO4 0.12% to a depth of 7.73 m. (LAT) on the Western side. MgSO 0.05% The wharf is 69.5 m. in length and faced with piles on which are 4 MgCl2 0.04% secured rubber fenders. Mooring buoys are positioned off the N.E. and KCl 0.03% S.W. extremity of the wharf and head and stern lines are secured to Moisture 2.30% these buoys. Insolubles 0.01% Ships generally berth port side alongside. Location of Berth in Relation to Dampier Township: See ‘‘Plan’’ for standard mooring pattern. The berth although geographically in close proximity to the township of Dampier is in fact a journey of some 40 km. by road. The only land See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 123 AUSTRALIA access to the berth being through Company property. During shiploading 138. Communication to be Maintained: and/or replenishing of the salt stockpile on Mistaken Island, there is a (1) The Master of a vessel within the Port engaged in cargo operations continuous 24 hour per day movement of large heavy haulage trucks involving dangerous goods shall ensure that: along a narrow causeway which makes the movement of private (a) 2 suitable independent telephone or radio systems for vehicles, taxis or individuals extremely hazardous. Therefore access to communicating between the vessel and the shore are available the township through Dampier Salt property is strictly controlled and and limited. (b) throughout the cargo operations, all reasonable endeavours Vessel Arrival Requirements: are used to maintain communication between the vessel and Dampier Salt do not operate an agency but still have shipping officers. a responsible person on the shore by means of each of the All vessels calling at the Salt Berth are attended by a nominated Dampier 2 systems referred to in paragraph (a). Salt (Operations) Pty. Ltd. Shipping Officer. Penalty: $2,000. (2) For the purposes of sub-Regulation (1) (a), a radio system is not Services Required: suitable unless each unit is portable and is carried by a person 1. Master to advise by telex via coastal radio if any crew members nominated for the purpose of maintaining communication in are required to attend doctors or dentists. Prior advice will accordance with sub-Regulation (1) (b). generally ensure adequate arrangements can be made to accommodate the requests. Insufficient notice, or advice on berthing may jeopardise the chances of obtaining normal 134. Certain Preliminary Requirements: medical/dental treatment. Emergency medical treatment is (1) The Master of a vessel within the Port shall ensure the loading on available at all times. to, or unloading from, the vessel of flammable liquid is not 2. Telex advice of any and all stores requirements should be given commenced until: to Dampier Salt (Operations) Pty. Ltd., at least 4 days prior to (a) agreement has been reached between the persons on the arrival. Stores orders received later than this may not be able to vessel and those on the shore who are responsible for the be filled, although the majority of items normally requested are loading or unloading upon a plan for the procedures to be carried locally by the ships’ providores. followed; Prior telex advice will ensure the maximum supplied – whilst advice (b) an effective barricade has been erected on the wharf to prevent to the Agent on arrival may not be sufficient time to fulfil the full access to the vessel or pipeline hose connections by persons requirements of the vessel. not concerned in the loading or unloading; (c) satisfactory provision has been made for watchmen to be in DENSITY: 1025. attendance: FRESH WATER: A limited supply of fresh water is available in an (i) to prevent the entry on to the vessel of persons not emergency. authorised to do so under Regulation 133; (ii) to take possession from persons about to board the vessel FUEL: Fuel for ships’ bunkers is available. of matches, mechanical lighters, and other appliances REPAIRS: Minor ship repair work can be arranged through ship’s capable of producing ignition; and Agents. However, Masters requiring major work are recommended to (iii) generally to assist in complying with these regulations and cable their Agents advising their requirements in advance. to carry out such directions as may be given under these regulations; and, SURVEYORS: Caleb Brett. Tel: (08) 91442482. (d) all persons concerned in the loading or unloading fully A.M.S.A. Resident government surveyor. Tel: (08) 91852640. understand the stand-by requirements for normal stopping of GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Gangway and Deck Watch: Whilst shore pumps on completion of loading or unloading and the alongside any berth, mooring lines are to be regularly checked and kept emergency stop procedures applicable to both the vessel and tight. the terminal. A continuous watch is to be maintained, and Masters should ensure Penalty: $2,000. that the gangway is fitted with a safety net, manropes and illumination. (2) A barricade shall be taken not to comply with the requirements of A lifebuoy and line is to be kept alongside the gangway. sub-Regulation (1) (b) unless: (a) it encloses an area of the wharf extending to at least 30 m. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: By crew. beyond each end of the vessel concerned and to at least 30 m. CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. measured from, and at right angles to, the side of the vessel that is closest to the wharf; and, CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. (b) it is erected and maintained by, under the authority or under REPATRIATION: Limited facilities available. and in accordance with the direction of, or otherwise to the satisfaction of, the Harbour Master. AIRPORT: Daily service to Perth. Karratha Airport is 15 km. from the (3) Provision made for watchmen shall be taken not to comply with port. the requirements of sub-Regulation (1) (c) unless it is made by, TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. under the authority or under and in accordance with the direction TELEPHONES: Ship-to-shore telephones are available at all berths for of, or otherwise to the satisfaction of, the Harbour Master. ship-to-shore communications. Ships and jetty telephones are barred (4) Where a vessel within the Port is to be loaded with, or unloaded access to STD and trunk line facilities. of, flammable liquid, the Master of the vessel shall ensure that, before loading or unloading is commenced, a box or satchel on SERVICES: A Walport film exchange is available – contact ship’s Agent. which the words ‘‘Emergency Documents’’, in black letters, are A sealed road connects Dampier with Perth extending North to Port clearly displayed is placed on the wharf in a prominent and readily Hedland. This highway provides all weather access from the State accessible position at least 30 metres from the vessel and that the capital. box or satchel contains: A bus service operates between Dampier and Perth and Dampier and (a) details of the plan referred to in sub-Regulation (1) (a), Port Hedland. including particulars of relevant times, sequences and rates; Postal and telegraphic facilities are available at Dampier Post Office. (b) a list of the characteristics of: Business Hours: 0900–1230 hrs., 1330–1700 hrs. weekdays. (i) the cargo, if any, on board the vessel; and, Customs: A sub-collector of Customs and staff are resident in Dampier (ii) the flammable liquid to be handled and regulations of the Department of Business and Consumer and details of the position where it is or, as the case may be, Affairs–Bureau of Customs will apply. is to be stowed; (c) a crew list, including reference to persons joining or leaving Police: A police sergeant and police officers are stationed at Dampier. the vessel while it is in the Port; and, Township: Dampier is a modern township built overlooking Hampton (d) a plan of the general arrangement of the vessel. Harbour at the S.W. extremity of the Archipelago. It has a population of Penalty: $2,000. approximately 3,000 and an enclosed air-conditioned shopping centre and hotel-motel cater for everyday requirements. 122. Firefighting Equipment: GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage skips can be provided either on the The Master of a dangerous goods vessel within the Port shall ensure wharf or on board the vessel. Collection can be arranged as required. that at all times while a vessel is berthed at a wharf or is handling Contact: Brambles Manford, Tel: (08) 91851433. dangerous goods: WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Available by tanker truck only, at Dampier (a) fire hoses complete with nozzles have been run out fore and aft, Public Wharf. Contact: Lyons & Pearce, Tel: (08) 91853422. connected up, and are ready for immediate use; (b) the vessel’s supply of water for firefighting is available; SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Seafarers’ Centre: A seafarers’ centre operated (c) the vessel’s firefighting equipment is otherwise ready for immediate by the Missions to Seamen Flying Angel Club is located on the use; Esplanade, Dampier, overlooking the Hampton Harbour. The centre is (d) the vessel’s International Ship-Shore Fire Connection is connected equipped with a shop and recreational facilities. Telephone: (08) to the fire hydrant of the vessel that is nearest to a gangway; and, 91831424. (e) a hose is connected between the vessel’s International Ship-Shore REGULATIONS: Fire Connection and a shore hydrant unless a fire tug is standing 140. Leakage and Spillage: by. The Master of a vessel within the Port shall ensure that: Penalty: $2,000. (a) if any leakage or spillage occurs during the loading on to, or unloading from, the vessel of flammable liquid, the loading or 119. Alternative Escape Route: unloading shall be forthwith stopped, all valves shall be closed, The Master of a dangerous goods vessel berthed at a wharf within the and the Harbour Master shall be forthwith notified; and, Port shall ensure that the outboard side accommodation ladder or lifeboat (b) if any leakage or spillage of oil or oily ballast water on to the deck is turned out as an alternative means of escape. occurs, scupper plugs are not removed and steps are taken Penalty: $2,000. forthwith to prevent oil or oily ballast water from going overboard. Penalty: $2,000.

124 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA 99. Compliance with Certain Requirements: (a) Nature of the preceding three cargoes the vessel has carried. (1) The Master of a vessel having on board flammable liquid or on to (b) Date and place last oil cargo was discharged. which flammable liquid is being loaded shall ensure that, in (c) Statement on the condition of the slop tanks and whether these handling the flammable liquid, the requirements of the International are pressed up or fully inerted and sealed. Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals (Third Edition) (d) The date and place of issue of the Gas-Free Certificate carried published by the International Chamber of Shipping as amended on board. from time to time are complied with in addition to the other 1. Where vessels have been issued with a Gas-Free Certificate prior requirements of these regulations. Penalty: $2,000. to their call at Dampier, such vessels can berth on arrival or (2) The Master of a vessel having on board liquefied flammable gas whenever the berth is free. or on to which liquefied flammable gas is being loaded shall ensure 2. Where vessels arrive at the Port of Dampier without a Gas-Free that, in handling the liquefied flammable gas, the requirements of Certificate on board, such vessels must be issued with a Gas-Free the International Chamber of Shipping Tanker Safety Guide Certificate before berthing. (Liquefied Gas)(1979 Edition) published by the International 3. No Gas-Free Certificates signed by the Ships’ Masters will be Chamber of Shipping as amended from time to time are complied accepted. with,in addition to the other requirements of these regulations. 4. Gas-Free Certificates will be acceptable only from an industrial Penalty: $2,000. chemist or any other competent person approved by the Port 100. Safety Testing of Certain Vessels: Authority. (1) In this regulation: Charts and Publications: ‘‘the rules’’ means Rules for the Safe Handling and Storage 1. Australian Pilot Volume V. of Dangerous Substances and Oil in Port Areas (1984 2. Australian Chart No. 741 (Approaches). Edition) 3. Australian Chart No. 57. made by the Association of Australian Port and Marine 4. Australian Chart No. 58 (Port). Authorities as amended from time to time; 5. Australian Chart No. 59 (Plans). ‘‘hot work’’ means any construction, demolition, alteration, Vessels Arriving to Discharge General Cargo: repair or maintenance involving burning, welding, riveting, (a) Owners are required prior to accepting cargo for Dampier, to grinding, drilling, grit, sand or shot blasting, or any other submit a copy of the vessel’s General Arrangement Plan for the heat, fire or spark producing operation. purpose of ascertaining the vessel’s acceptability in sufficient time to permit recommendations to be made on the positioning and (2) Subject to sub-Regulation (4), the Master of a vessel within the stowage of the cargo. Port shall not cause or permit: (b) Prior to departure from the loading port, Masters shall forward by (a) ore in bulk to be loaded on to the vessel into tanks or spaces first class air mail a copy of the vessel’s cargo plan showing the in which flammable liquid has previously been carried; or, nature, description and weight of the cargo to be discharged at (b) any hot work to be carried out in or near tanks or spaces in Dampier – Cargo Manifest. which: The documents referred to in (a) and (b) above shall be forwarded to (i) flammable dangerous goods have previously been carried; Dampier Port Authority, P.O. Box 285, Dampier, W.A., 6713. or, Also see ‘‘Arrival Advice’’ above. (ii) danger may arise from breathing the atmosphere, Stores: Stores and provisions can be arranged. For large orders Masters unless he first obtains: are recommended to cable their Agent giving 7 days notice of their (c) a Certificate of Test in accordance with the rules from an requirements. approved person, to the effect that: (i) the appropriate standard safety designation of the tanks SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: February 1987 (Updated 1992). or spaces into which the ore is to be loaded in or near Vessel (LOA 339 m., breadth 55 m., d.w.t. 322,941 tonnes) berthed at which the hot work is to be carried out is, in accordance Port Dampier, East Intercourse Island Ore Jetty in November 1992 for with the rules ‘‘Safe for Men – Safe for Hot Work’’. loading iron ore. The vessel was the largest to visit the port. (ii) the appropriate standard safety designation of every other Sailing draft calculation as follows: tank or space on the vessel is, in accordance with the rules, Depth in Channel 15.35 m. ‘‘Safe for Men – Safe for Hot Work’’; or ‘‘Not Safe for Men plus Tide – Safe for External Hot Work Only’’, and, minus 1.70 m. under keel clearance (iii) every such other tank or space on the vessel has been The pilot was transferred on arrival and departure by helicopter. inerted or filled with water; and, (d) in the case of hot work to be carried out as described in SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: June 1995. paragraph (b), the written approval of the Harbour Master. Berth: Withnell Bay – LNG Wharf. Penalty: $2,000. Operation: Loading. (3) The Harbour Master may exempt the Master of a vessel from the Connection: Hard arms. requirements of sub-Regulation (2) if he is satisfied that: Cargo: Condensate. (a) flammable liquid has not, or for the purposes of sub-Regulation Gangway: Shore gangway. Difficult to land on deck due to interference (2) (b) flammable dangerous goods have not been carried in from the ship’s accommodation ladder span wire. the tanks or spaces into which the ore is to be loaded or in or Protest: Noted protest due to delay before berthing. near which the hot work is to be carried out during the last 3 voyages on which cargo has been carried in those tanks AUTHORITY: Dampier Port Authority, P.O. Box 285, Dampier, or spaces; and, WA 6713, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9159-6555, 9159-6556 (Port Control, (b) since flammable liquid was or, for the purposes of 24 hours). Telex: 198230. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9159-6557, 9159-6558 (Port sub-Regulation (2) (b), flammable dangerous goods were last Control). Contact: Captain G.F. Hammonds, Chief Executive carried in the tanks or spaces they have been properly cleaned Officer/Harbour Master. Captain S. James, Deputy Harbour Master. and ventilated and a certificate as described and to the effect Captain M. Williams, Assistant Deputy Harbour Master. described in sub-Regulation (2) (c) has been obtained from an approved person, and any such exemption may be given subject to the taking of such other precautions as are specified DARWIN, N.T.: 12.28 S. 130.50 E. (See Plan) by the Harbour Master. (4) An exemption under sub-Regulation (3) shall have effect according LOCATION: The port is located on the Southern shore of the Beagle to its tenor. Gulf in the Timor Sea, in position Lat. 12␥ 28' S., Long. 130␥ 50' E. (5) Application to the Harbour Master for an exemption under Charts: Charts No. AUS 26, AUS 28 and AUS 309. sub-Regulation (3) may be made in writing setting out a description Nautical Publications: Admiralty Pilot Vol V. of the cargo carried on each of the last 3 voyages and the dates Admiralty List of Lights (Vol K). on which they were loaded and the application shall be Admiralty Tide Tables (Pacific). accompanied by a copy of the certificate referred to in Admiralty National Tide Tables (AHP11). sub-Regulation (3) (b) that the Harbour Master is satisfied is Marine Information Manual Australia. authentic. A copy of the Port Handbook and (in season) the Port Cyclone WEATHER: The Archipelago is situated in the cyclone belt with an Procedures will be issued to Masters of arriving vessels. incidence of about three cyclones per year in an area extending from PORT LIMITS: A line between Charles Point and Lee Point defines the Port Hedland to North West Cape. seaward limits of the port. The cyclone season lasts from November to April. DOCUMENTS: Vessels arriving at Darwin as their first Australian port Prevailing winds are Easterly in Winter and Westerly in Summer but will require the following documentation: surrounding hills give considerable protection. Forces in excess of 1 Ship’s impending arrival details. 20 knots are seldom experienced. 1 Primary Health Report. The port facilities are situated in sheltered waters and experience only 1 Crew Lists, Form M & S 11. slight seas and occasional low Northerly swell in the Summer months. 1 Passenger Lists, Forms M308, 309, 310. Tides: Tidal streams are weak within the Archipelago, the flood flowing 1 Port of Call Lists. to the South with a maximum strength of less than one (1) knot at Spring 1 Crew Personal Effects List, Form 5 – Part 2. tides in the berthing area. 1 Barber’s and Ship’s Stock, Form 5AA. Spring range is 5.3 m. and neap range is 3.2 m. 1 Stores List, Form 5 – Part 4. Mean sea level is 2.7 m. (Lowest Astronomical Tide). 1 Animal Pets Aboard, Form QA4. Dampier is a standard port in the Australian National Tide Tables, 1 Ship’s Log. published by the Hydrographer Royal Australian Navy. 1 Last Port Clearance. 1 Safety Certificates: Construction, Equipment, Radio, International GENERAL: Gas-freeing of Vessels: The port requirements regarding Oil Pollution Prevention, Marine Oil Pollution (MOP) (Tankers Only). gas-freeing of OBO or other vessels presenting at the port are as follows: Where possible, cargo manifests and stowage plans should be The Master of an OBO vessel shall cable the Harbour Master Port of forwarded by airmail or Fax, ahead of the vessel to the local Agents. Dampier addressing its message ‘‘6D Port Auth’’ or (08) 91596556 (Fax), Enquiries regarding Customs Allowances should be directed to either or 198230 (Telex) 72 hours before intended arrival at the port, advising: the vessel’s Agent or to the Customs Officer at time of boarding. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 125 AUSTRALIA Australian Customs Service, which includes Immigration formalities VHF Channel 16 is for calling and distress only; Channel 10 should can be contacted on Tel: ␣61 (8) 8946-9999. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8946-9932, be used for routine working. or VHF Channel 16. The standard Colregs signals may be used by vessels requiring a APPROACHES: The Middle Pass, the channel through Charles Point Pilot. Patches, at the entrance to Darwin Harbour, has a least depth of 13.0 m. VHF: Communication within the port is by VHF-FM radio using the Vessels drawing more than 11.0 m. need to wait for appropriate tidal following frequencies: conditions before entering the port. Channel 16: Distress and calling. PILOTAGE: Darwin buoyage is IALA ‘‘System A’’. Pilotage is compulsory Channel 67: Distress. for all craft exceeding 25 m. LOA unless a current Pilotage Exemption Channel 10: General Port working and routine business. is held by the Master. Channel 12: Tug working. Pilot Boats: There are 2 pilot cutters, the ‘‘John Grice’’ and ‘‘Mathew Channel 6: Frances Bay Mooring Basin. Flinders’’. The ‘‘John Grice’’ has an unpainted aluminium hull with orange Call sign is ‘‘Darwin Harbour’’. deck housing. The ‘‘Mathew Flinders’’ has a blue hull with white deck Ships arriving off the port should make contact on Channel 16 and housing. Both have the word ‘Pilot’ painted on either side of the hull, shift to Channel 10 for routine working. This can be done as part of and are equipped with VHF radio, radar and oil pollution equipment. The ‘‘Notice of Arrival’’ which is required 4 hours before ETA Channel Rock ‘‘John Grice’’ is also equipped with fire and salvage pumps. Buoy. Both pilot boats are radar equipped. VTS: No radar service available. Boarding: The usual pilot boarding point is 1 nautical mile N.W. of TUGS: Coastal Tug and Barge Pty. Ltd. operate 2 twin screw Channel Rock Buoy (No. 6). Pilot boarding arrangements must be conventional tugs of 40 tons and 20 tons B.P. One tug is equipped with according to the International Maritime Organisation Regulations. firefighting facilities. Vessels awaiting pilotage may anchor 1 nautical mile N.W. of Channel Contact: Tel: ␣61 (8) 8981-2901. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-1987. Rock Buoy, in 25 m. of water, sand bottom and good holding ground. Line Boats: Frances Bay Marine offer 2 small metal work boats for line Special arrangements can be made for deep draft vessels, whereby handling and limited picket boat service. the Pilot will board one mile Eastward of Charles Point Patches Buoy Contact: Tel: ␣61 (8) 8981-4588. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8981-4574. (No. 5) situated at Lat. 12␥ 20.4' S., Long. 130␥ 40.5' E. Vessels awaiting Launches: Launches up to 50 passenger capacity are available for pilotage from Charles Point Patches Buoy may anchor 2 nautical miles services to vessels at anchor. North of the buoy, where there is not less than 20 m. of water and good Those and other vessels, including landing barges up to holding ground. 20 tonnes d.w.t., can be contacted through the Port Office. In the case of bad weather, the pilot boat will lead ahead to sheltered BERTHING: waters, using VHF-FM radio for communication. Height Ship’s Masters familiar with the port may be invited to proceed to the Depth above Max. Deck Width of Quarantine area, 0.3 nautical miles – 0.5 nautical miles West of ‘Q’ Buoy Berth Alongside Length Datum Loading Apron (No. 10 Iso.Y.Sec), where there is good holding ground in not less than (m.) (m.) (m.) (tonnes/sq.m.) (m.) 15.0 m. of water. Electric power cables cross the port North of Emery East Arm 12.2 (E) 490 9.5 – 25.3 Point, and anchorage in this area is prohibited. See Charts No. AUS 27 13.0 (W) and AUS 28. No. 1 (Petroleum) 11.7 142 10.4 3.0 12.0 No. 2 West 10.5 150 9.5 2.5 35.0 Also see ‘‘Radio’’. (Containers, Coastal Pilotage: Pilotage through Clarence Strait, to or from Torres Dry Bulk) Strait or Gulf of Carpentaria ports, is conducted by Pilots of the Torres No. 2 East 9.7 150 9.5 4.0 35.0 Pilots Pty. Ltd., Australian Reef Pilots Ltd. and Hydro Pilots. See ‘‘Torres (Container Strait’’ for details. Dry Bulk) ANCHORAGES: Masters familiar with the Port may be invited to proceed No. 3 West 6.3 146 10.6 2.8 12.2 to the Quarantine Anchorage area, West of Quarantine Buoy (No. 10), (General) situated at Lat. 12␥ 28.6' S., Long. 130␥ 49.9' E. The Quarantine No. 3 East (General) 6.7 146 10.6 2.8 34.0 Anchorage area offers good sand holding ground in not less than 15 m. No. 4 West (Fishing) 4.0 140 9.2 4.2 11.9 of water. No. 4 East (Fishing) 3.1 140 9.2 4.2 9.0 Also see ‘‘Health’’. Fishermen’s Wharf 4.0 200 8.5 1.0 21.0 RESTRICTIONS: Tankers are only allowed to berth during daylight hours (Fishing) but may depart at night, subject to weather. Special Facilities: MAX. SIZE: Ships up to 246 m. LOA and 12.83 m. draft have been Berth No. 1: Travelling belt loader, Ro-Ro. accepted at Berth No. 1 by special arrangement. Drafts over 11.0 m. Berth No. 2 West: Container crane, Ro-Ro. may be accepted by prior consultation for Berths No. 1 and No. 2, Berth No. 2 East: Container crane. depending on tidal conditions. East Arm: Owner: Port Authority. Operator: Multi-User. East Arm: 100,000 d.w.t., 110,000 tons displacement, beam and LOA Cargoes Handled: Exports – Livestock, containers, general and heavy unlimited. Arrival/Departure draft 12.0 m. ␣ tide – 1.5 m. Under-Keel lift cargo. Clearance. Drafts in excess of 12.0 m. accepted.* Imports – Dry bulk, containers, general and heavy lift cargo. Berth No. 1: 80,000 d.w.t., LOA 250 m., beam 24.0 m. (Tankers The berth is constructed of sheet piling with solid infill and lies on unlimited), draft 11.37 m.* 127␥(T)/307␥(T), and is equipped with Svedala fenders of 4.0 m. Berth No. 2: 100,000 tons displacement, LOA 300 m., beam unlimited, diameter. The berth face length is 490 m. (300 m. depth 13.0 m., and draft 11.4 m.* 190 m. depth 14.0 m. at C.D.). Deck loading is 6 tons/sq.m. or 1,000 tons Berth No.3: LOA and beam unlimited, draft subject to the approval of over 10.0 m. ␺ 10.0 m. The approach to the berth is via a 2.5 km. the Harbour Master. causeway. 100 tons – 150 tons Brambles crawler cranes available at * Subject to the approval of the Harbour Master. the berth. HEALTH: Quarantine Reporting: A vessel approaching the Port and No. 1 Berth (Iron Ore Wharf): Owner: Port Authority. Operator: requiring pratique, should send a message to the Quarantine Office not Multi-User. more than 24 hours and not less than 12 hours before arrival, containing No. 1 Berth is a dolphin type berth with a face length of 142 m. Two the following information: Name of vessel, call sign, ETA, number of mooring dolphins are positioned 69 m. East and West of the berth, which passengers, number of crew, number of passengers disembarking, and can routinely accommodate vessels up to 250 m. LOA and 11.37 m. last port of departure and date. The message should also state whether draft, giving total berth length of 282 m. Under-keel clearance of 0.5 m. or not there is any disease on board, whether or not livestock have been to be maintained at all times. carried within the last 6 months, and whether or not there are any animals The berth is used mainly for the import of bulk petroleum, as well as or birds on board at present. the export of bulk ores and ore concentrates. In addition, No. 1 Berth On arrival the health report should be given to the Quarantine Officer, can be utilised as a Ro-Ro berth for vessels with large starboard quarter 2 copies being furnished on the prescribed form (Q360 Form A), one of ramps, such as first and second generation PAD and SCAN carriers. which will be signed by the Quarantine Officer and returned to the Master. The wharf is equipped with a travelling belt loader, designed for ores A Passenger List and Crew List together with a List of Passengers and similar dry bulk cargoes. The loader has a transit distance of 140 m. Disembarking including their permanent address within the country is along the wharf and an outreach of 15.59 m. and trimming head also required. (Commonwealth Health Department – Quarantine projection of 18.0 m. beyond the fenders. The high water air draft of the Regulations – Part III: 18, 19, 20 and 21.) loading boom is 11 m. The loader is connected by travelling belt to the The telegraphic address of the Quarantine Department is ‘‘Quarantine shore stockpile area, a distance of approximately 450 m. Bulk cargoes Darwin Telex: AA 86658’’, also available on Tel: ␣61 (8) 8981-8733, or can be loaded at a maximum gross rate of 1,000 tonnes p.h. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-0223. A variety of product lines are installed to handle petroleum and acid Health Clearance: The Quarantine Officer will clear vessels, other than cargoes: Black oil 30 cm. livestock carriers, at all times, subject to the provision of suitable lighting White Oils 30 cm. during the hours of darkness. A gangway should be made available for Distillates 20 cm. the use of the Quarantine Officer. The appropriate day or night signal Marine Diesel 15 cm. should be displayed until clearance is obtained. (By night – red over LPG 10 cm. white lights.) Subject to receipt of a satisfactory health message, radio Sulphuric Acid 20 cm. pratique may be available on request. Discharge rates up to 300 tonnes/p.h. (1,050 kPa) can be accepted Quarantine Anchorage: The Quarantine Anchorage extends 0.5 nautical on each of the main pipelines. miles West of Quarantine Buoy (No. 10). Vessels requiring to use the A 5,000 ton sulphuric acid tank is located within the port. anchorage may be subject to pilotage. No. 2 Berth West (New Fort Hill Wharf): No. 2 Berth West, 150 m. in RADIO: ETA: Notice of ETA and request for a Pilot must be made to length. the Harbour Master not less than 24 hours before anticipated arrival at Maximum deck loading is 2.5 tonnes/sq.m. and height of deck is 9.5 m. Channel Rock Buoy (No. 6), situated at Lat. 12␥ 25.1' S., Long. above datum. Minimum depth alongside is 11.0 m. at C.D. 130␥ 46.9' E. The berth is equipped with rubber pile fenders. Communications: Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-2039. Ro-Ro Facility: In 1982 the ‘‘Linkspan’’ Ro/Ro facility was installed at Confirmation of ETA is required at least 2 hours before arrival at the Western end of No. 2 Berth, establishing the berth as the centre for Channel Rock Buoy (No. 6). Such confirmation, or any amendment to Ro/Ro operations. ETA, should be made on VHF Channel 16 or the Port Working Frequency The Ro-Ro facility consists of an extendable version of the ‘‘Linkspan’’ of VHF Channel 10. Both Channels are continuously monitored. ship-to-shore semi-buoyant bridge 77 m. in length, connecting with a

126 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA 30 m.␺42 m. pontoon and is workable at all tidal levels. Load limit is area. Covered walkways and viewing areas are adjacent to the cruise 45 tons. terminal. The pontoon can be extended, retracted and ballasted, thus enabling There is also a 1,750 sq.m. retail centre with restaurants. Ro-Ro vessels of any size or type – side-loading, end-loading, Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. quarter-loading (port or starboard) – to use the Port of Darwin. CONTAINER HANDLING FACILITIES: East Arm: 24 reefer points on For example, when extended: hardstand and 20 reefer points located at the transit shed. The pontoon forms a corner berth for use by ships with their own Berth No. 2: The Container yard has a total capacity for 402 TEU and ramps. Non-ramp ships can be loaded or discharged over extendable 64 reefer points. There are also container wash-down and pre-tripping finger flaps. facilities available. Ships with port or starboard quarter ramps or stern ramps, lying port Also see ‘‘Cargo Handling Facilities’’. side to the wharf, can be handled with equal ease. Vehicles discharged ␥ BRIDGES: There are no bridges or other restrictions to prevent access over a starboard quarter ramp make a 125 turn on the pontoon to reach to the Port by vessels of not more than 12 m. draft. Ships of greater the end of the ‘‘Linkspan’’, draft may need await tide at Charles Point Patches. Large international Ro-Ro vessels, such as first and second generation STEVEDORES: P&O Ports Ltd., GPO Box 775, Darwin, NT 0801. PAD and SCAN carriers, can lie at the No. 1 Berth, working cargo over Tel: ␣61 (8) 8981-8533. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-0604. Telex: AA85200. their starboard quarter ramps. Patrick Stevedores, GPO Box 939, Darwin, NT 0801. Tel: ␣61 (8) When the pontoon is retracted, its outer end forms an extension of 8941-1368. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-1670. No. 2 Berth West. The facility can then be used for vessels like car Working hours: Starting and finishing times of shifts shall fall within carriers, with side doors or starboard shoulder ramps. No. 2 Berth East: No. 2 Berth East is a 150 m. extension to No. 2 Berth, the following ranges: giving a total wharf length of 300 m. Minimum depth alongside is 11.0 m. Shift Start Finish at C.D. Day 0700 – 0800 1400 – 1500 The berth is equipped with rubber pile fenders. Twilight 1300 – 1600 2000 – 2300 Maximum deck loading is 4 tonnes/sq.m., and on the rear apron Night 2200 – 2400 0500 – 0700 6 tonnes/sq.m., enabling containers to be stacked 2 high and catering Night shifts by arrangement. Weekend labour (including mooring for forklift axle loads of 100 tonnes. Deck height above datum is 9.5 m., gangs) must be ordered by 1300 hrs. Friday. Monday labour must be with minimum depth alongside 12.0 m. ordered by 1300 hrs. Sunday. Monday to Friday labour must be ordered Both No. 2 Berths, West and East, are served by an I.H.I./ Sumitomo by 1300 hrs. day prior to vessel working. rail-mounted, single lift gantry container crane. The crane has a container MEDICAL: Full hospital facilities available without prior notice. handling capacity of 30 TEU per hour and a heavy lift capacity of TANKERS: See ‘‘Restrictions’’ and ‘‘Berthing’’. 70 tonnes. A 10 cu.m. grab is available for the handling of bulk cargoes. Precautions: Governed by Australian Ports Association standards. No. 3 Berths, West and East (Outer Stokes Hill Wharf): No. 3 Berths, Copies of Port tanker rules are supplied on arrival and will be amplified West and East, comprise the outer side of a concrete decked, steel piled by Pilots if necessary. wharf with a 300 m. trestle approach. Total length of the two berths is BALLAST: See ‘‘Waste Oil Disposal’’. 292 m., with a least depth of 8.0 m. at C.D. Height above datum is DENSITY: The usual water density of 1024 may reduce to 1021 during 10.6 m. Permissible wheel loading for standard type vehicles is 6 tonnes, the wet season owing to river run-off. while maximum deck loadings are West Berth with 2.8 tonnes/sq.m. and FRESH WATER: Good quality potable water is available in unlimited East Berth with 3.1 tonnes/sq.m. with some local restrictions. quantities at all berths. Delivery rate is approximately 100 tonnes/p.h. The berth is equipped with 400 mm. diameter rubber pile fenders. per connection. Both berths are used mainly for passenger ships, survey vessels and FUEL: All grades of fuel up to 45 cST and lubricants are available. visiting naval craft. Fuel is available by pipeline, subject to availability, at the East Arm, No. 4 Berths, West and East (Inner Stokes Hill Wharf): These berths, Iron Ore, Fort Hill and Stokes Bay Berths. Other berths are supplied by on the inner side of Stokes Hill Wharf, are reserved for smaller vessels tank truck. such as prawn trawlers, tugs and the like. Maximum length of vessel is CONSULS: The following Consuls are located in Darwin: restricted to 70 m. Honorary Consul for Belgium Total length of the berths is 280 m., with a least depth alongside of Mr. P. Barr, G.P.O. Box 2140, Darwin, N.T. 0801. 4.5 m. Height above Datum is 9.2 m., with maximum deck loading of the Honorary Consul for the Czech Republic West Berth 4.2 tonnes/q.m. and of the East Berth 2.2 tonnes/sq.m. Mr. Ladislav Kloubek, 53 Chapman Road, Nightcliff, N.T. 0810. Bunker fuel up to 45 cSt is available by 12 cm. pipelines. Honorary Consul for Finland The berth is equipped with 300 mm. – 400 mm. hardwood pile fenders. Mr. Earl B.M. James AM, GPO Box 884, N.T. 0801. Fishermen’s Wharf: The facility has a concrete deck on steel piles with Honorary Consul of France an overall length of 200 m. The least depth is 4 m., deck height is 9.5 m. Mr. John Flyn, P.O.Box 4797, Darwin, N.T. 0801. above datum and deck loading is 1.0 ton/sq.m. Facilities include bunkers and fresh water. The wharf is designed as Honorary Consul for Germany an assistance to the fishing industry and is situated adjacent to Darwin Mr. H. Maschke, P.O. Box 38995, Winnellie, N.T. 0821. Ship Maintenance Services repair works, with its 400 ton synchrolift Honorary Consul for Greece dock. Full cold and dry storage facilities are under construction. Mr. J. Anictomatis, c/o G.P.O.Box 48, Darwin, N.T. 0801. Darwin Fishing Harbour Mooring Basin: A fishing boat mooring haven Consulate of Indonesia with lock access is now operational adjacent to Frances Bay Small Ships Mr. Widodo Surano, G.P.O.Box 1953, Darwin. Facility with a depth of 5.0 m., and provides 85 berths of either length Honorary Vice-Consul for Italy 20.0 m., 25.0 m. or 30.0 m. at 4.5 m. wide concrete fingers. A further Mr. Carlo Randazzo, GPO Box 551, Darwin, N.T. 0801. 4 berths are located at the service wharf, available with shore power, Honorary Consul-General for Japan fresh water and sanitary facilities. Mr. R. Morris, G.P.O.Box 1616, Darwin, N.T. 0801. Storage Facilities: The first stage of the Darwin Container Terminal, Honorary Consul for Mexico immediately adjacent to No. 2 Berth West, was completed in May, 1983. Mr. Sakib Awan, GPO Box 3405, Darwin, N.T. 0801. Fitted with 64 power points for refrigerated containers, the Terminal is Honorary Consul of Norway currently able to accommodate approximately 450 TEU when double Mr. A. Furre, P.O.Box 39513, Winnellie, N.T. 0821. stacked. Honorary Consul for Philippines CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: An extensive range of cargo Mr. R. Matthewson, P.O.Box 10, Berrimah, N.T. 0828. handling equipment is maintained by the Port Authority and the Honorary Consul for Portugal Stevedores. Mrs. M. Dos Anjos, 15 Colster Crescent, Wagaman, N.T. 0810. Fork lifts vary in lifting capacity from 2.5 tonnes to 27 tonnes. Honorary Consul of Sri Lanka Mobile cranes of up to 16 tonnes lifting capacity are owned by the Dr. Pathirannehelage, 16 Clarke Crescent, Nightcliff, N.T. 0810. Port Authority. Larger mobile cranes up to 150 tonnes can be hired Honorary Consul for Switzerland locally. Mr. P. H. Fuchs, 46 Wells Street, Ludmilla, N.T. 0820. A variety of tractors and trailers (6.1 m. and 12.2 m.) are available as Honorary Consul for Sweden internal transfer vehicles and for ro/ro container operations. Mr. H. Bradley, G.P.O. Box 330, Darwin, N.T. 0801. Container Crane: No. 2 Berths, West and East (New Fort Hill Wharf) REPAIRS: Routine maintenance and boilermaking assistance to light are equipped with an I.H.I./Sumitomo rail-mounted, single lift gantry engineering standards. There is no heavy foundry in the Port. container crane. Also see ‘‘Regulations’’. The crane has a handling capacity of thirty 6.1 m. (or fifteen 12.2 m.) DRY DOCKS: Darwin Ship Repairs and Engineering operates a containers per hour and a heavy lift capacity of 70 tonnes at 50% ␺ ␺ outreach. It is equipped with a 10 cu.m. grab for bulk cargoes. syncrolift platform with dimensions 65.0 m. LOA 22.0 m. beam Selected Data – Container Crane: 2,550 tons capacity for dry docking. Approach to syncrolift dredged to Containers per hour 30 TEU 4.0 m. below Chart Datum. Bulk capacity 10 cu.m. grab Corringle Slipway, operated by Perkins Shipping, has 2 marine Capacity at 32.0 m. outreach 40 tonnes slipways, one capable of lifting up to 500 tons and the other 60 tons. Capacity at 14.45 m. outreach 70 tonnes SURVEYORS: Representatives of most Cargo Surveyors and Outreach from fenders 32 m. Classification Societies can be brought from interstate or overseas at Total outreach 35 m. short notice. Lloyd’s Agent at the port represents most of the Height to bottom of boom 30 m. Classification Societies and both Commonwealth and N.T. Surveyors Total height 50 m. are appointed at the Port. Total height (boom raised) 70 m. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Gangway watchmen are compulsory Total weight 850 tonnes for tankers and are supplied by the Stevedores at union award rates. Speed of travel on rails 27 m./min. Hold watchmen are not necessary. Shed or gate watchmen may be CRANES: See ‘‘Cargo Handling Facilities’’. required during the handling of hazardous cargoes. CRUISE FACILITIES: Operator: Port Authority. Contact: Jan Young, Gangways: Various shore gangways are available for hire from the Wharf Precinct Manager. Stevedores. The Stokes Hill Wharf is equipped with a 1,000 sq.m. passenger OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Ship’s hatches are usually handled by terminal, of which 840 sq.m. is air-conditioned and 160 sq.m. outdoor MUA labour while the vessel is alongside. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 127 AUSTRALIA CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Australian Commonwealth Regulations Visibility: Visibility in the district is usually good but may be affected by apply. dust during the ‘‘Dry Season’’ and humidity during the ‘‘Wet Season’’. Customs Officers may board all vessels upon arrival. Requests for Fog is virtually unknown. During the ‘‘Wet Season’’ severe the services of Customs Officers should be made through the vessels’ thundersqualls with heavy rain frequently occur. These are usually brief Agents. Customs office hours 0800 hrs. – 1630 hrs., Monday to Friday, but gusts may reach 60 knots and the wind generally shifts through 360␥. excluding public holidays. 48 hours notification is required. Vessels at anchor should veer a good scope of cable and have a second REPATRIATION: Scheduled aircraft connect with all Australian states anchor ready for immediate use. several times daily. Direct overseas flights arrive and depart daily. All GENERAL: facilities exist for changes of crew and repatriation of seamen. Allocation of Berths: The allocation of berths is determined by the AIRPORT: Darwin International Airport is located 10 km. from the port. Harbour Master. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Signals: The Port of Darwin adheres to the International Code of Signals HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day, New Years Day, Good Friday, May Day and the International Rules for Prevention of Collision. (Labour Day, first Monday in May), Anzac Day (25th April) and Picnic Two special emergency sound signals are used in the Port. In the Day (first Monday in August). Working within the port on the above days case of fire, the morse letter F (ии– и) should be continuously sounded is at the discretion of the stevedoring companies. on the ship’s whistle or siren. In the case of oil spill or other pollution of POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: All emergency services are available the harbour waters, the morse letter P (и ––и) should be continuously through the Harbour Office. Automatic fire alarms are installed sounded. throughout the Port and alarms can be raised or emergencies reported Electricity: Shore power connections are installed at all berths 415 V AC, on Channel 16 at any time. 3 phase, 100 Amp (See ‘‘Berthing’’). Emergency Tel: 000 Port Security: The Port Authority operates its own security service, Police Tel: 8922-3344 staffed by Port Authority personnel. Patrols throughout the Port area Fire Tel: 8946-4122 take place around-the-clock. Ambulance Tel: 8927-9000 Requests for additional security for special cargoes should initially be Hospital Tel: 8920-7211 addressed to the Port Authority. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Any maritime emergency DEVELOPMENTS: Railway Links: The Adelaide to Darwin rail link will will initially be handled through the Harbour Office. The responsibility be completed in 2004, and will be able to handle trains as long as 1.6 km. may eventually be transferred to another authority depending on the hauling up to 250 double-stacked containers. magnitude or complexity of the emergency. Cranes: Provision has been made for the installation of a portainer crane also see ‘‘Police/Ambulance/Fire’’. on the East Arm quay. TELEPHONES: This service is available aboard ships at all berths by Stage 2 Port Development: Stage one of the port development plan is prior arrangement through the Agents. Standard rates apply. now fully operational. SERVICES: A Compass Adjuster is available in the port area. BANKS: No foreign bank branches exist in the Northern Territory but Stage 2 consists of a further development of the Eastern Arm, costing local banks represent most overseas finance houses. AU$100 million. STORING: Vessels can be stored by truck or by launch if at anchor. (a) The new facilities will include an extension of 110 m. to the general Vehicles and boats may not approach tankers while working cargo. cargo berth, so totalling 600 m. of continual berth face, able to Forklifts and shore cranes can be used to assist stores loading. Local handle Panamax vessels and 3rd generation container vessels. labour is available to assist storing. The usual Customs Regulations (b) The construction of a 16.0 m. wide railway access causeway to apply regarding drawback of duty or tax. link the Adelaide – Darwin railway and National rail network to SHORE LEAVE: When Immigration and Customs requirements have the Intermodal Container facility, incorporating a 200 m. wharf with been satisfied, there are no restrictions on crew members’ shore leave. priority access to container vessels, common user facility with Identity cards or shore passes are not necessary. capacity for the provision of 3 quayside cranes, able to handle A Telephone Interpreter service is available by telephoning 822111 at 3rd generation container vessels. any time. Most major European and Asian languages are included. (c) The reclamation of 4 hectares for the Intermodal container GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Drums (quarantine) and skips (non-quarantine) terminal that will have annual capacity of 250,000 TEU per year. available alongside. Garbage no charge, extra bins A$ 103.90/bin. The facility will have provision for 2 railway sidings and mobile Quarantine waste for vessels less than 25 m. – no charge. Vessel of terminal operating equipment. 25 m. or more in length – A$ 45.00/day plus A$ 3.00 for each person (d) A further extension of the berth by 150 m. to a total length of on board for each day or part of a day, subject to a daily maximum of 750 m. with the construction of a dedicated bulk liquids berth and A$ 1,500.00. mooring dolphins. The berth will have a vessel design capacity The dumping of garbage into port waters is strictly prohibited. of 80,000 d.w.t., LOA 250 m., unlimited beam and max. arrival WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Private contractors will remove dirty ballast draft of 13.5 m. (with prior approval of the Harbour Master). water, waste oil, sewage, sludge and chemical waste, but quantity is Also see ‘‘Plan’’. subject to tank truck capacity. AUTHORITY: Head Office: Port of Darwin Port Corporation, G.P.O.Box 390, Darwin, NT 0801, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8922-0660 Waste oil and sewage reception facilities are available at the East ␣ Arm by pipeline to shore holding tanks. (all hours). FAX: 61 (8) 8922-0666. Email: [email protected] Tanker trucks available from contractor (6,000 litres). Contact: WWW: www.nt.gov.au/dpa Contacts: Barry Berwick, Chief Executive Hannons Pty. Ltd., Tel: 8932-4277. Officer. Captain J. Butler, Port Manager. Captain W. Bruce Wilson, SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Stella Maris. Tel: 8981-4092. Operations Manager/Harbour Master. REGULATIONS: Restrictions and Regulations: Vessels must not Operations: Fort Hill Wharf, Kitchener Drive, Darwin NT 0800, immobilise main engines without permission from the Harbour Master. Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8999-3986, 8999-3974 (Duty Office – Tankers: Tankers will not be allowed to immobilise at any time of year 24 hours). Mobile: ␣61 (18) 893-590 (Duty Office – 24 hours). while working cargo. Petroleum tankers and other carriers of hazardous FAX: ␣61 (8) 8941-2039. liquid bulk cargoes will be issued on arrival with a copy of port ‘‘Procedures for Tankers’’, which sets out in full the procedures to be carried out in case of fire, oil spill or other accident. Tankers are not berthed before sunrise or after sunset but can depart any time. DERBY, W.A.: 17.17 S. 123.35 E. (See Plan) Anchorage: Anchorage is prohibited in area between Emery Point, LOCATION: General Description: The facility is a purpose-built storage Mandorah and Bullocky Point, where high voltage power lines cross the harbour bottom. Anchorage is not advised in the foul area South of and loading facility for the transportation of zinc and lead concentrates. Channel Rock Buoy, which is obstructed with wartime wreckage. The Terminal lies within King Sound and has a tidal range of Cyclone Procedures: Darwin is within the Southern Zone of tropical approximately 10 m., resulting in the drying out of the jetty at LW. Due revolving storms. The season extends from November to April and the to the restricted access to the jetty, bulk concentrate is transported from Port and environs may be more or less affected at any time during that the jetty to a deep water anchorage by barge. period. All vessels entering the port during the ‘‘Cyclone Season’’ are Publications: Australian Pilot Volume V. supplied with copies of the Port procedures which set out in detail the Charts: Royal Australian Naval Charts No. 733 and 732. PORT LIMITS: All waters to South and Eastward of a line through various stages of alert and warning, together with actions to be taken ␥ ␥ in the case of an approaching cyclone. Ships may be placed on short Valentine Island in a 053 – 233 direction to the mainland on each side. notice for sea and required to maintain themselves in seagoing condition DOCUMENTS: Customs: Currently the port is a non-prescribed port for at all times. Customs purposes. The nearest Customs office is located in Broome. DELAYS: Berthing delays are very infrequent. Occasional labour Customs may charge Owners for any time and expense incurred in shortages develop when several general cargo vessels are working. visiting the vessel. WEATHER: Darwin is in the Southern Zone of Tropical revolving storms. APPROACHES: Apart from the Black Rocks Light adjacent to Point The season extends from November to April, and during this period the Torment, there are no navigational aids in King Sound. Due to the lack port may be affected. of navigational aids in the area and strong tidal influences, passage All vessels entering the port during the Cyclone Season are supplied through Sunday Strait to and from the anchorage can only be made at with copies of the Port Procedures, which set out in full the various stages low slack water during daylight hours. of alert and preparation to be observed in the case of an approaching PILOTAGE: Not compulsory for King Sound as advised by the Western Cyclone. For more details contact the ship’s Agent. Australian Department of Transport. Due to the prevailing tidal Tides: Darwin is a standard port (No. 6323) and full predictions are given movements, Western Metals do however provide a local Pilot for all in the Australian National and Admiralty Tide Tables. Tidal streams at chartered vessels entering and leaving King Sound to and from the Springs may exceed 3 knots in channels and reach 3 knots at berths. designated anchorage. Tidal Information: The designated pilot boarding position is located near the entrance to MHWS: 6.9 m. above Chart Datum. Sunday Strait, King Sound, on the N.W. coast in approximate position MHWN: 5.0 m. above Chart Datum. Lat. 16␥ 15' S., Long. 123␥ 10' E., boarding from a tender launch. MLWN: 3.2 m. above Chart Datum. On some occasions the Pilot is not available when required, due to MLWS: 1.3 m. above Chart Datum. conflicting commitments at the port of Broome. This may result in a delay The maximum daily tide height is 8.0 m. (HWS). of up to 24 hours for vessels entering or leaving King Sound. The minimum daily tide height is 4.1 m. (HWN). Masters should refer to Australian Pilot Volume V for additional advice Darwin harbour has a maximum tidal range of 8.0 m. regarding pilotage.

128 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA The pilot boarding position is not recommended as an anchorage for Once loading of the first barge is complete, the barge is let go under vessels arriving early off King Sound. In such an instance, a more the supervision of the Loading Master, which will then return to the Derby suitable holding area may be found 20 miles N.N.E. of the pilot boarding export facility for reloading. One complete loading cycle from wharf to position near Caffarelli Island. anchorage to wharf takes approximately 25 hours. ANCHORAGES: The anchorage lies approximately 40 miles from the Loading Rate: Concentrate is loaded at approximately 400 tonnes/hr. entrance to Sunday Strait in King Sound, in the vicinity of Point Torment Trimming: All trimming operations are performed manually using an 8 ton and about 20 miles from the Derby Wharf, in position Lat. 17␥ 01' S., bulldozer. The bulldozer is carried on the deck of the barge, and vessels Long. 123␥ 28' E., with depth of 18.0 m. to 20.0 m. at Mean Low Water. must have the capacity to lift the bulldozer at a full horizontal outreach. The bottom is a mixture of sand and mud and provides good holding Cranes should preferably be positioned forward of each hold to be ground. loaded, and should be capable of 360␥ rotation to enable the bulldozer Due to limitations in the approaches to the anchorage, max. draft of to be transferred between adjacent holds. 12.0 m. (brackish water) applies. The anchorage is located inside the FRESH WATER: Not available. port limits. FUEL: Not available. As there are strong tidal influences in the proximity of the anchorage, TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. it is recommended that both bridge and anchor watches be continuously HOLIDAYS: The port is closed on the following days: New Year’s Day, maintained whilst the vessel is at anchor, with the main engines and Australia Day, Labour Day, Good Friday, Easter Monday, Anzac Day, windlass available for immediate use. Foundation Day, Queen’s Birthday, Christmas Day and Boxing Day. RESTRICTIONS: Vessel Restrictions: Vessels are to be modern, SHORE LEAVE: Due to Customs requirements, shore leave is not single-deck, bulk carriers with engines, bridge and accommodation aft. possible at the port. Vessels fitted with tweendecks are generally considered unsuitable. REGULATIONS: Responsibility: The advice given above does not form The distance from the waterline to top of hatch coaming of the loading part of the Western Metals Charter Party. It has been prepared to provide vessel should be minimum 6.0 m. and not exceed 10.0 m. The hatch Owners and Masters with additional information about the ship loading openings must be minimum width of 10.0 m. and length of 14.0 m. operation at the Derby anchorage. Western Metals shall not be liable Vessels with longitudinal centre line bulkheads, twin hatches or fixed for any incidental or consequential damages arising out of the above, hatch beams are unsuitable. The vessel’s beam should not be less than and Owners and Masters are advised to seek independent advice from 18.0 m., nor exceed 30.5 m. Agents, Brokers or other knowledgeable experts. Master’s Declaration: The vessel must not be fitted with any features that impede the reach MASTER’S DECLARATION of the barge loading arm. The minimum unobstructed distance between FOR LEAD CONCENTRATES open hatches over each hold to be loaded should be not less than I, the below signed as Master of the MV ...... acknowledge receipt 14.0 m. Vessels with fixed log stanchions are unsuitable, unless the and understanding of the following physical and chemical properties for stanchions are adjacent to the crane housing. Hatch covers must fold lead sulphide concentrate as determined by the use of recognised fore and aft and not be side rolling. Other non-collapsible obstructions international procedures as specified in the IMO Bulk Cargo Code. such as stanchions or boom rests must be no higher than the height of 1. Physical Hazards:This commodity is considered to be a cargo, which the hatch coaming. may liquefy during the voyage. During the wet season, from the beginning of December to the end Precautions: The Shipper warrants that the transportable moisture of March, vessels should be fitted with electro-hydraulic and not single limit shall not exceed 7.05%, and shall be determined by tests wire pull hatch covers. carried out prior to the loading process. Further information on vessel restrictions are available from the 2. Chemical Hazards:This commodity is considered to be a cargo Loading Master. which can present a hazard during transport due to its chemical Also see ‘‘Approaches’’ and ‘‘Weather’’. nature and properties. The material is liable to oxidation and may RADIO: Vessels should where applicable tender their approximate ETA have a tendency to self-heat with associated oxygen depletion. 20 days, 15 days, 10 days, 7 days and 5 days, followed by their Precautions: Entry into the cargo space to be limited until Master is confirmed ETA 3 days, 2 days and 1 day prior to arrival, to Western satisfied that adequate oxygen levels exist. Metals and the Loading Master...... At least 7 days notice should be given of the proposed loading plan, as well as any other specific information requested by Western Metals MASTER’S DECLARATION or the Loading Master. FOR ZINC CONCENTRATES The notification of ETA is extremely important due to many key I, the below signed as Master of the MV ...... acknowledge receipt personnel, including the Pilot and the Loading Master, having to be flown and understanding of the following physical and chemical properties for to Derby prior to the vessel’s arrival. This also allows for pre-loading of zinc sulphide concentrate as determined by the use of recognised the barge 24 hours prior to the vessel’s arrival. international procedures as specified in the IMO Bulk Cargo Code. CARGO OPERATIONS: Loading Master: The co-ordination and 1. Physical Hazards:This commodity is considered to be a cargo, which supervision of the loading operation at the anchorage is undertaken by may liquefy during the voyage. the Terminal Loading Master. Precautions: The Shipper warrants that the transportable moisture The Loading Master will approve suitability of all vessels nominated, limit shall not exceed 10.19%, and shall be determined by tests undertake survey inspections, supervise the tie-up and letting go of the carried out prior to the loading process. barge, co-ordinating loading and trimming of vessel, and at the 2. Chemical Hazards:This commodity is considered to be a cargo anchorage, determining by draft survey(s) total weight of cargo loaded. which can present a hazard during transport due to its chemical The Terminal prefers that all vessels be consigned to nature and properties. The material is liable to oxidation and may Shipper’s/Charterer’s Agent at the loading port. Such agency duties are have a tendency to self-heat with associated oxygen depletion. undertaken by the Loading Master who ensures familiarity with the Precautions: Entry into the cargo space to be limited until Master is loading process that results in obvious cost savings for all parties. satisfied that adequate oxygen levels exist. The Loading Master remains on board the vessel for the duration of ...... the loading at the anchorage. The vessel is required to provide a cabin for the Loading Master’s use. WEATHER: In heavy rain, loading will cease to ensure the concentrate Western Metals, the Terminal Operator, has appointed does not exceed its transportable moisture limit. W.A. Mercantile Services Pty.Ltd. (also trading as Griffith W.A. Services) In winds exceeding 15 knots, loading will cease to comply with to provide the Loading Master. company policy and environmental requirements to minimise dust and Mercantile Services: Tel: (618) 99-642-122. Fax: (618) 99-214-452. possible spillage into King Sound. Email: [email protected] Contact: John Wilson and George Cyclones: Since 1910, a cyclone or severe cyclonic depression has Fossey, Loading Masters. passed within 110 km. of Derby on average once every 4 years. Crew: Owners must be able to guarantee that the Master or Chief Officer The Bureau of Meteorology issues a Cyclone Watch warning when of the vessel nominated for loading is fluent in the English language. there is the possibility of a cyclone passing through the area within the next 48 hours. If there is the possibility of a cyclone passage within the Transfer Barge: The ‘‘Western Challenge’’ is a purpose-built, next 24 hours, the Bureau of Meteorology will issue a Cyclone Warning. self-discharging barge, that is approximately 80 m. long and 24 m. wide. In the event of a Cyclone Watch being advised by the Bureau of The barge is pushed by a tug, and fitted with a bow thruster for additional Meteorology, loading of the barge shall cease. If the barge has already control. The barge and tug are operated by North West Barging. ␺ ␺ been loaded, loading operations will continue if weather conditions The barge has a central storage bin, measuring 26 m. 18 m. permit. 6.5 m., and is capable of holding 4,200 tonnes of concentrate. The barge In the event of a cyclone, a suitable position with good holding ground has retractable hatch covers. is available in King Sound in approximate position Lat. 16␥ 45' S., On the port side of the barge is a fully enclosed concentrate discharge Long. 123␥ 22' E. boom with feed hopper and conveyor for transferring concentrate to the GENERAL: Provisions and Stores: Not available. ship. The discharge boom has a reach of approximately 12 m., can be ␥ ␥ slewed 15 either way horizontally and luffed 15 up or down from the SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: February 1998 (Updated 2000). horizontal. Charts: Aus. No. 323 and No. 733. Australian Pilot Volume V. The barge and tug are operated by Carpentaria Marine on behalf of Pilotage: Pilot boards in position Lat. 16␥ 15' S., Long. 123␥ 10' E. in Western Metals. All issues and questions regarding operations should daylight only, and at low slack water because of strong current (8 knots be sent to the Loading Master. – 10 knots) in Sunday Strait. Low slack water is 2 hours 15 minutes after Loading: The barge will be fully loaded and ready for loading vessels at L.W. at Yampi Sound. the anchorage prior to the arrival of the vessel. Upon arrival of the vessel, Pilot brings vessel to loading anchorage in position Lat. 17␥ 01' S., the barge is moored to the starboard side of the vessel under the Long. 123␥ 28' E., with 18 m. – 20 m. water at L.W. Tide amplitude supervision of the Loading Master. 8 m. – 10 m. Good holding ground. Once moored alongside, the barge’s discharge boom is slewed into Quarantine: Radio Pratique Message to be sent via Agent 48 hours in position with the loading spout over the ship’s hold to be loaded. advance. Quarantine Officer and Loadmaster board together with Pilot. When it is necessary to reposition the barge to load another hold, the Documents: As other Australian ports. discharge boom is slewed back into its carrying position on the barge Loading: Concentrates are loaded from barge ‘‘Western Challenge’’ before the barge is warped to a new position alongside the ship using which is pushed by tug (Barge dimensions: L ␦ 80 m., B ␦ 24 m., the barge’s winches. The loading process then recommences. H ␦ 20 m. maximum). Barge capacity 4,500 tons. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 129 AUSTRALIA Air draft to ship’s hatch coaming 10.0 m. Berth No. 2 West: Barge is equipped with bow thruster and is well fendered. Operation: * Disused and awaiting re-development. A bulldozer for trimming is transferred with ship’s cranes. Structure: Dismantled. Density: Brackish water depending on tide. Length of Wharf: No wharf face. Services: No fresh water, provisions, stores or repairs. Dredged Depth: 7.0 m. below L.A.T. Shore Leave: Not allowed. Wharf Deck Level: 5.46 m. above L.A.T. General: During a cyclone warning, vessel was shifted to a safe position Telephone: Plug not available. in King Sound (Lat. 16␥ 45' S., Long. 123␥ 20' E.) with good holding Max. LOA: N/A ground. After the cyclone passed, vessel returned to loading anchorage. Max. Beam: N/A * Note: This berth not commercially usable, awaiting project development AUTHORITY: Department of Transport, 1 Essex Street, Fremantle, to replace with steel piled, re-inforced concrete deck. Proposed depth W.A. 6160, Australia. Tel: (08) 9239-2399. FAX: (08) 9293-2295. of 10.5 m. Contact: Director – Marine Safety. Shire of Derby/West Kimberley, P.O.Box 94, Derby, W.A. 6728, Berth No. 3 West: Australia. Tel: (08) 9191-1433. FAX: (08) 9191-1221. Operation: General user berth. General cargo and bulk tallow. Email: [email protected] Contact: P. Andrews, Chief Executive Structure: Re-inforced concrete caisson construction, except Officer. for the Northern end 45 m. portion of re-inforced Operator: Western Metals, Level 12, Durack Centre, 263 Adelaide concrete deck supported by timber piles. Distance Terrace, Perth, W.A. 6000, Australia. Tel: (618) 9221-2555. between wharf face and cargo shed 10 m. FAX: (618) 9221-1519, 9323-5733. Length of Wharf: 160 m. (nominal – part of 317 m. total length of WWW: www.westernmetals.com.au Contact: Ian Hind, Marketing wharf). Manager (Mobile (61) 417-934-961, after hours (618) 9332-6683). Dredged Depth: 5.0 m. – 7.2 m. below L.A.T. Barge Operator: Carpentaria Marine, Derby Export Facility, Wharf Deck Level: 5.5 m. above L.A.T. P.O.Box 1220, Derby, W.A. 6728, Australia. Tel: (08) 9191-2121. Storage: One shed 110 m. long ␺ 24.7 m. wide ␺ 7.2 m. FAX: (08) 9191-1194. Contact: Brenton Winn, Facility Co-Ordinator high. (Email: [email protected]). Wharf Cranes: None. Terminal: Tel: (618) 9191-2121. FAX: 9191-1455. Contact: Derby Stern Ramp: Nil. Loading Master (W.A. Mercantile Services Pty.Ltd. (Also trading as Telephone: Two plugs available. Mobile telephone service also Griffith W.A. Services), P.O.Box 2220, Geraldton, W.A. 6530, available. Australia. Tel: (618) 9964-2122. FAX: (618) 9921-4452. Telex: 198805 Reefer Points: None. GRYFYD. Email: [email protected] Contact: John Wilson, Other Buildings: Port Operations Centre manned 24 hours per day, Marine Surveyor (Mobile (61) 418-939-252). George Fossey, Marine and wharf labour amenities are located at the Engineer/Surveyor (Mobile (61) 417-919-697)). Northern end of the cargo shed. Railways: A single track siding runs parallel to the wharf behind the storage shed, 38 m. from the wharf face. DEVONPORT, Tasmania: 41.11 S. 146.22 E. Max. LOA: 206 m. (See Plan) Max. Beam: 37 m. Berth No. 4 West: PORT LIMITS: Within all waters bounded by an imaginary circle, radius Operation: General user berth. Oil products, bulk wheat, 3 nautical miles, centred on Mersey Bluff Lighthouse and all waters of refrigerated, container, general cargo, livestock. the Mersey River up to the Victoria Bridge. Bulk tallow. Quarter ramp Ro/Ro. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Structure: Re-inforced concrete deck supported by steel piles. APPROACHES: Port situated 1 mile inside Mersey River, the entrance Wharf Length: 157 m. (nominal – part of 317 m. total length of to which is sheltered by the Mersey Bluff on the West and by a wharf). breakwater on the East bank. There is an anchorage in vicinity of Dredged Depth: 10.7 m. below L.A.T. boarding ground, but it is inadvisable to remain at anchor during periods Wharf Deck Level: 5.5 m. above L.A.T. of strong on-shore winds. The Inner Harbour provides good all-weather Hardstanding: 1.2 ha. South of cold store. shelter. There is a swinging basin which can accommodate vessels of Storage: A two storey cold store 49 m. long, 25 m. wide, with length 200 m. or more, especially where tugs are used. a capacity of 7,200 cu.m. is located on the wharf. PILOTAGE: Compulsory. 24 hour service for all vessels where Masters Wheat silos with a capacity of 11,000 tons are are not in possession of a valid Exemption Certificate. Pilots will board located behind the wharf. Transfer of grain from ship when required at a position within 400 m. of a point Mersey Bluff to silo is via a belt conveyor in a tunnel below wharf Lighthouse bearing 215␥(T) ␺ 2.9 nautical miles. level. Discharge rate 560 t.p.h. Masters of vessels requiring the services of a Pilot are advised to radio Weighbridge: Public weighbridge with 60 tons capacity, the Harbour Master, Devonport, their ETA and vessel’s arrival draft 12 20 m. LOA. hours prior to arrival. Oil Pipelines: 1␺200 mm. diameter white products oil line. ANCHORAGES: The quarantine anchorage is defined as to the North 1␺250 mm. diameter white products oil line and of a line running East and West through the Mersey Bluff Lighthouse. 1␺250 mm. diameter black products oil line convey Vessels must lie clear of the fairway into the River. oil from tankers at the berth, through a hatch in the RESTRICTIONS: Approach channel 9.2 m. Lowest Astronomical Tide wharf deck, to tank farms 0.8 km. to the South. (L.A.T.). Tidal range is 2.44 m. average, 3.20 m. Spring. Enquiriesshould 1␺150 mm. diameter bulk tallow line to storage be made for vessels exceeding 30 ft. (9.6 m.) draft and 600 ft. (180 m.) tanks at rear of No. 5 West Berth. length. Railway: A two track siding runs parallel to the wharf face Tides: Lowest Recorded Tide Minus (␤)0.18 m. behind the cold store. Mean High Water Spring Tides 3.50 m. Stern Ramp: Nil. Mean High Water Neap Tides 2.92 m. Telephone: Two plugs available. Mean Low Water Neap Tides 0.89 m. Reefer Points: 6 portable at short notice. Mean Low Water Spring Tides 0.63 m. Other Buildings: Nil. Wharf width in way of cold store 10 m. Tide data changed to L.A.T. (01.01.2000). Max. LOA: 206 m. MAX. SIZE: LOA 225 m., max. draft 10.5 m. Also see ‘‘Restrictions’’. Max. Beam: 37 m. HEALTH: Pratique is mandatory for all vessels arriving from overseas Firefighting Remote controlled fire fighting monitor on tower ports. Agents normally make necessary arrangements. Capacity: 12.5 m. above H.W.L. F.W. type 6% AFFF. VHF: 24 hour listening watch – Channel 16, switching to Channels 12 1,800 lts./min. delivery, at South East corner of cold and 67 as required. Call sign is ‘‘Devonport Harbour’’. store. TUGS: Twin screw 2,250 b.h.p. (bollard pull 39 tonnes) immediately available. Additional tugs, as required, available at reasonable notice. Berth No. 5 West: BERTHING: Operation: Boral Gas Co.Pty.Ltd. LPG pipelines to storage Berth No. 1 West: facility. Livestock berth. Operation: Bulk cement. Structure: Three re-inforced concrete dolphins and a Structure: Reinforced concrete decks on steel piles. One 45 m. re-inforced concrete tee-head are supported on portion and 2 dolphin type sections of 32 m. and steel piles and inter-connected by catwalks. The 37 m. lengths respectively, with 19 m. space structure incorporates a single stock race for between. transfer of livestock from the small Bass Strait Island Length of Wharf: 87 m. trading vessels. Dredged Depth: 9.5 m. below L.A.T. Wharf Length: 40 m. across tee-head. Wharf Deck Level: 5.46 m. above L.A.T. Dredged Depth: 7.2 m. below L.A.T. Storage: Four cement silos of 26,335 tons capacity owned Wharf Deck Level: 4.5 m. above L.A.T. by Goliath Portland Cement Co. stand directly Storage: Boral Gas tank farm LPG 1,260 tonnes. Large cattle behind the concrete portion of wharf deck. Bulk yards behind berth. cement is transferred pneumatically from rail Other Buildings: Pacific Terminals plant with 6 bulk tallow silos, total wagons to the silos and from the silos to ship. capacity 2,000 tons, situated behind wharf. Wharf Cranes: None. 150 mm. pipeline with loading rate 200 tons/hr. to Stern Ramp: Nil. No. 3 and No. 4 West Berths. Telephone: One plug available. Mobile telephone service also Safety: Equipped with an extensive fire protection system, available. incorporating two tower mounted fog monitors and Max. LOA: 170 m. fixed spray heads. The few electrical fittings are Max. Beam: 37 m. ‘‘flame proof’’. Load Rate: Bulk cement 1,200 tonnes/hr. Max. LOA: 110 m. Proposed Depth: 9.5 m. Max. Beam: 20 m.

130 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Berth No. 1 East: MEDICAL: Outpatient and lie-in facilities are available at the hospital Operation: Leased and operated by the TT-Line for passenger proper 8 km. from port. and Ro-Ro freight ferry. Structure: Land-tied steel sheet pile wall wharf face. TANKERS: Berth No. 4 West: Discharge lines for black and white Length of Wharf: 115 m. products. LPG handled at Berth No. 5 West. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. Dredged Depth: 6.7 m. below L.A.T. DENSITY: 1025. Wharf Deck Level: 4.57 m. above L.A.T. Hardstanding: 2.1 ha. of concrete and bituminous pavement FRESH WATER: Available all wharves. 40 t.p.h. suitable 43 tons axle loads. FUEL: Road tanker delivery only. Storage: One transit shed 45 m. long ␺ 19 m. wide ␺ 6.5 m. high. REPAIRS: The Port Corporation can carry out limited repairs. Fuller Stern Ramp: 11.4 m. between kerbs, no height restrictions. repairs can easily be arranged to be carried out by the numerous Loads 2 lanes of 43 tons axle load forklift, or one engineering firms in the vicinity of the port. Underwater diving service is 260 tons gross low loader. available with facilities for photography, welding, survey and repairs. Telephone: Plugs available at stern ramp and passenger SURVEYORS: Cargo Inspectors: For Devonport, the appropriate Cargo gangway. Inspector would be Briar Maritime Services Pty.Ltd. Tel: (03) 6429 3272 Reefer Outlets: For 48 containers. (Mobile 0418-14-085). Other Buildings: Two storey terminal building incorporating Surveyors: There are no surveyors in the Devonport area but, Lloyd’s passenger facilities and labour amenities. 0.6 ha. of Agents are readily available in Launceston, just over 1 hours’ drive way. parking space for passenger vehicles. Gatehouse: Two storeys 37 m. long, 5 m. wide. CARGO GEAR: Australian Navigation (Loading and Unloading) Quarantine Inspection shed. Regulations apply. Max. LOA: 170 m. AIRPORT: Devonport (Pardoe) Airport is situated approximately 8 km. Max. Beam: 37 m. from the port with approximately 6 flights per day each way to/from Berth No. 2 East: Melbourne (the services are reduced on Sundays). There are also Operation: North end of berth (90 m.) dedicated to Holyman intra-island services. Facilities at the airport are being increased and an Coastal Express Ro-Ro service who occupy the increase in the intake of flights should follow. berth from 0730 hrs. – 1630 hrs. 6 days a week. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. South end of berth (90 m.) general purpose berth. Commodities handled, Ro-Ro containers, general HOLIDAYS: Work all days except Christmas Day, Good Friday, Anzac cargo. Bulk-salt, china clay, cement, clinker, Day, Labour Day, Picnic Day W.W.F. gypsum, livestock. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Fire 6424-1886 (Other than alarm, Structure: 24.4 m. wide re-inforced concrete deck on steel 6424-1887); Police 6423-7511; Ambulance 6424-5077. piles, land backed. Length of Wharf: 180 m. fendered length (nominal – part of 298 m. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: total length of wharf). 1. At Sea in Australian Waters: Under the AUSREP system which Dredged Depth: 9.7 m. below L.A.T. became effective from 1st April, 1982, all Australian and foreign vessels Wharf Deck Level: 4.5 m. above L.A.T. from arrival at first port until departure from the last port, must report at Hardstanding: 1.9 ha. in addition to wharf deck, cargo sheds least once every 24 hours, a position report and destination, to the 43 tons axle load. Australian Coastal Surveillance Centre, Canberra (A.C.S.C.), who are Storage: One transit shed 30 m. long ␺ 15 m. wide ␺ 7.0 m. responsible for the Australian SAR area, the largest in the world covering high, with open front. one nineth of the earth’s surface. In the event of a report not being made, In addition to hardstanding areas, there is SAR operations will begin within 24 hours of a missed report. Although appropriately 2 ha. of space available for bulk cargo not mandatory until first port of arrival, foreign vessels would find it in storage. their best interests to inform Canberra of their arrival in Australian waters Wharf Cranes: None. and their departures therefrom. Stern Ramp: 25 m. long, 23 m. between side rails. No height 2. Alongside: In addition to the emergency numbers listed restrictions. Loads 6 tons/sq.m. uniform distribution. (Police/Ambulance/Fire), there is a State Emergency Service responsible 35 tons forklifts and reach trucks. 80 tons capacity for major emergencies. In Devonport the Harbour Master is the local 4 axle ‘‘Rolux’’ trailer units. co-ordinator, but the service can be contacted direct on Burnie Telephone: Plug available. 6431-3160 or 6431-4144. The service is manned 24 hours a day. Reefer Outlets: For 54 containers. TELEPHONES Other Buildings: Amenities and garage building (35 m. ␺ 9 m.). : Available each berth. Max. LOA: 206 m. SERVICES: Shipwrights and carpenters available at 24 hours notice. Max. Beam: 37 m. Underwater diving services available. Berth No. 3 East: BANKS: There are no American or European banks in the area, although Operation: General purpose berth. Commodities handled all the Australian banks are usually affiliated to one or other of the major containers (ship’s gear). Quarter ramp Ro-Ro. banking houses. There has been a Commission Report (the Campbell General cargo, bulk salt, clay. Report), submitted to Federal Parliament recommending that foreign Structure: Re-inforced concrete deck on steel piles, land fill banks be allowed to trade in Australia, but as yet, the report has not behind access ramps only. been acted upon. Length of Wharf: 118 m. (nominal – part of 298 m. total length of The normal method of credit card usage is by Bankcard, issued by wharf). the Australian banks. These can be obtained outside Australia through Dredged Depth: 11.7 m. below L.A.T. for length of 180 m., i.e. to the overseas branches of Australian banks, particularly those situated 60 m. South of No. 3 East fendered wharf. in London. Visa, Mastercard, American Express and Diners Club cards Wharf Deck Level: 4.5 m. above L.A.T. are also accepted by certain banks and establishments. Access usage Hardstanding: 2 ha., South of Berth No. 3 East. is no longer permitted. Storage: Nil. STORING: Vessels are normally stored by truck and not barge. On all Wharf Crane: One travelling, slewing, class 3, capacity 25 tons at berths, except No. 2 West, trucks are able to proceed alongside a vessel. 32 m. radius, 30 tons at 25.9 m. radius. Maximum outreach beyond fender line 24.4 m. radius. Travel At No. 2 West, trucks can approach within about 30 metres. The same distance 122 m. Range of lift 18 m. above to 12 m. applies to fork lift trucks. The ship’s Agents are normally responsible for below wharf. arranging labour for storing. Speeds: hoist 24 m./min., luff 18 m./min., slew SHORE LEAVE: Once Customs and Immigration requirements have 1.4 rev./min., containers and a 4.6 cu.m. capacity been met, there are no restrictions upon crews except those imposed electro-hydraulic grab are available. by the Master and that they must have rejoined their ship by sailing time. Load Rate: 25 cycles/hour. For non-English speaking crews, there is a telephone interpreter service Stern Ramp: Nil. in the following languages: Chinese, Greek, Croatian, Serbian, Italian, Telephone: 2 wharf plugs. Mobile telephone service also Spanish, Polish and Vietnamese. available. Reefer Outlets: For 110 containers. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Port collects ships garbage, $150 per service. Max. LOA: 150 m., due to overlap of vessels at No. 2 East. Bins are provided for onboard ship and alongside. Max. Beam: 37 m. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Newmans Pumping Service – Burnie. All wharves are floodlit for night work and are under T.V. surveillance. Tel: 6431-4766. Collection possible at any berth, rates and conditions Ample fresh water at a rate of 32 – 40 tonnes per hour available at a obtainable on application. nominal charge. Three phase power, telephones and victualling available SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen located near No. 2 Berth to all berths. Bunkering by road tankers only. Garbage disposal by West (Hours 0700 – 2200). arrangement. Other cranage available – floating crane 35 tonne capacity, 2 mobile cranes of 20 tonnes and 6.5 tonnes capacity, 2 large forklifts GENERAL: Ballast: Discharge of ballast water and sediment from ships – capacities 20,321 kilos and 23,133 kilos and numerous small forklifts. as per Commonwealth Department of Primary Industry and Energy AQIS BULK CARGO FACILITIES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Notice No. 90/1. STEVEDORES: Agents for ships arrange stevedores. AUTHORITY: Port of Devonport Corporation Pty.Ltd., 48 Formby Wharf Labour Working Hours: Sunday – Friday: 0830 hrs. – 1530 hrs., Road, Devonport, 7310 Tasmania. Postal Address: P.O.Box 478, 1530 hrs. – 2230 hrs. and 2230 hrs. – 0530 hrs. Devonport, 7310 Tasmania, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6424-0911. Saturday: 0800 hrs. – 1500 hrs., 1500 hrs. – 2200 hrs. and 2200 hrs. FAX: ␣61 (3) 6424-6418. Email: [email protected] – 0500 hrs. WWW: www.portdev.com.au Contact: R.J. Barnard, Chief Executive. Ro-Ro Terminal: Continuous by arrangement. Captain R.C. O’Neill, Harbour Master. Bulk Cargoes: Continuous by arrangement. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 131 AUSTRALIA EDEN (Twofold Bay), N.S.W.: 37.04 S. 149.55 E. HEALTH: A Health Message is required at the First Port of Entry from overseas. This is to be despatched within the period 12 hours and (See Plan) 24 hours prior arrival at the First Port of Entry, and to advise the following information: APPROACHES: Entrance depth into Twofold Bay is 36 m. Bottom sand. Name of vessel, ETA, last port of call, date of departure, number of Tidal data: Higher HW 1.3 m., Lower HW 1.1 m. crew on board, number of passengers on board (if any), and confirmation PILOTAGE: Compulsory, boarding ground is 1 mile East of Lookout that all on board have valid vaccinations and details of any sickness Point Lighthouse (position Lat. 37␥ 04.5' S., Long. 149␥ 56.5' E.). Call VHF ‘‘Eden Maritime’’ on VHF Channel 16. : Port VHF limited to Channels 6, 9, 12, 16 and 67. Call sign ‘‘Esperance Harbour’’, range 70 miles. MAX. SIZE: Woodchip Berth can accommodate vessels up to ␺ ␺ 50,000 g.r.t., LOA 230 m. and max. draft 11.3 m. TUGS: 2 30 tonne B.P. and 1 65 tonne B.P. VHF: Channels 16, 12, 72 and 8 available. BERTHING: The Inner Harbour consists of one land-backed berth of TUGS: 1 tug of approximately 45 tonne B.P. and 1 tug of approximately 244 m. (No. 1), depth 14.5 m. A second berth of 213 m. in length 27 tonne B.P. 3␺12 m. work boats. adjoining the first is to the S.E. (No. 2), depth 14.5 m. The depth in the BERTHING: approach channel is 19.0 m. Maximum draft permitted is 13.2 m. plus Woodchip Loading Berth: ‘‘T’’ Head jetty with centre loading point tide, pending maintenance dredging. Berth No. 3 is located on the located at Mungaroo Point. Berth consists of a pier, extending from the breakwater and has depth of 19.0 m. Max. draft 17.8 m. plus tide. On shore with 5 dolphins and 5 mooring buoys. Berth can accommodate occasions it may be possible to exceed this draft but reference must be vessels up to 50,000 g.r.t. Loading rate 1,000 t.p.h. Depth alongside made to the Harbour Master before so doing, who may at his discretion 12.5 m. permit an increase dependent on tide and prevailing weather conditions. Breakwater Wharf: Situated on Eastern side of Snug Cove inside At all berths shore coir and/or nylon springs may be used to breakwater. Fendered concrete wharf 105 m. long. Depth at inner end supplement ships moorings. 3.0 m. mid-point 6.0 m. and outer end 8.8 m. CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Inner Harbour berths, one link belt Multipurpose Jetty: Situated in the centre of Snug Cove, concrete decked bulk loader on each berth, for grain at No. 1 Berth and minerals at No. 2 steel pile jetty 200 m. long. Depth at outer end 7.0 m., which extends Berth. Rates achieved for commodities – grain 1,000 t.p.h., minerals for 100 m. inshore. 600 t.p.h. – 2,000 t.p.h., phosphate and sulphur 100 t.p.h. per ship’s Mooring Jetty: Situated at the Western end of Snug Cove, concrete grab. decked steel pile jetty 150 m. long, used only for fishing vessels. Berth No. 3 handles iron ore at 4,500 t.p.h. Private Jetty: Situated at the cannery at Cattle Bay. Length 145 m. Depth Mobile Cranes: P. & H. Omega 20, 18 tonnes capacity and Cranvel at outer end 5.2 m. 8 tonnes capacity. STEVEDORES: By arrangement. Permanent sheep yards can be erected at No. 2 Berth with holding TANKERS: Tankers moor to buoys South of the breakwater and capacity of 11,500 head. Races and loading ramps available for both discharge through a submarine pipeline to the shore. Max. length of sheep and cattle. vessel 183 m. Max. draft 10.3 m. STEVEDORES: Working hours: Continuous for minerals. Other cargoes: FRESH WATER: Available at Breakwater Wharf and Multipurpose Jetty. 0730 hrs. – 1530 hrs., 1530 hrs. – 2330 hrs. and 2330 hrs. – 0730 hrs. FUEL: Distillate and diesel fuel available. ETA to Agent by 1200 hrs. previous day for labour requirementsTuesday REPAIRS: Slipways, and repair facilities for fishing craft only available. to Friday. For weekend requirements ETA to Agent by 1200 hrs. on Minor repairs can be effected. Thursday. For Monday labour ETA to Agent by 1200 hrs. Friday. DRY DOCKS: None. MEDICAL: Advance notice not required. Normal facilities and AIRPORT: Merimbula, 17.7 km., with daily flights to Sydney and hospitalisation available. Melbourne. TANKERS: Tankers berth at No. 2 Berth, Inner Harbour. HOLIDAYS: See ‘‘Sydney’’. Tanker discharge line 14 in. reduced to 8 in. at discharge manifold. GENERAL: Access: By road only to berths. Average discharge rate 800 t.p.h. Navigation Information: Australian Pilot Vol. II, Sailing Directions N.S.W. DENSITY: 1027. Coast (10th Edition). Charts: AUS 806, AUS 191. FRESH WATER: Available at all berths; one hose 40 t.p.h., two hoses Customs: Proclaimed First Port of Entry, Customs Tel: ␣61 (2) 70 t.p.h. charge, $1.30 per kilolitre. 6496-1667. Fax: ␣61 (2) 6496-3181. Documents as for Port Kembla. FUEL: Available by road tanker only. Advise Agent of grade and quantity AUTHORITY: Waterways Administration, P.O. Box 11, Miller’s Point, at least one week before arrival. Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9364-2003. FAX: ␣61 (2) CONSULS: Nearest at Fremantle. 9364-2321. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.eden.nsw.gov.au REPAIRS: Welding, rewinds, under-water inspections. Large structural Contact: J. Sturday, Manager – Ports and Projects (Tel: ␣61 (2) repairs not possible. 9364-2003. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9364-2644. Mobile: 018-400-829. DRY DOCKS: None. Email: [email protected]). Roly Webb, Ports and SURVEYORS: Projects (Tel: ␣61 (2) 9364-2313. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9364-2444. (1) Harbour Master acts as Cargo Inspector and Australian Maritime Email: [email protected] Mobile: 018-205-981). Safety Authority Surveyor on request. Port of Eden, Pilot Station, P.O.Box 137, Eden, NSW 2551. (2) Harbour Master represents Lloyd’s Register on request. Tel: ␣61 (2) 6496-1719. FAX: ␣61 (2) 6496-3024. Contact: Captain GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Shore watchman is supplied at M. Saunders, Harbour Master (Mobile: 014-426-744). entrance to Berth No. 2 in the case of tankers only. Shore watchmen are available if requested by vessel. It is more normal for ship to provide gangway watchmen from crew. Irrespective a gangway watchman must ESPERANCE, W.A.: 33.52 S. 121.53 E. (See Plan) be on duty at all times at any berth. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Handled by crew. DOCUMENTS: The following documents should be available for REPATRIATION: Facilities exist for repatriation of crews. inspection: AIRPORT: Feeder airline services connect with Perth and international Ship’s Papers, including the following Certificates: flights. 13 flights per week in either direction. Airport is 25 km. from Register. harbour area. Load Line. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Safety Equipment. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police 000; Ambulance 000; Fire 000. Safety Radio. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Contact Port Authority. Safety Construction. TELEPHONES: Available all berths. Australian Light Dues Receipt. BANKS: All major Australian banks. Articles of Agreement and Account of the Crew (or equivalent). STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. Western Australian ‘‘Port Bill’’ – Tonnage Dues Receipt. 1. By truck. Valid Derat or Exemption Certificate. 2. Storing can be completed during loading or discharging. Crew’s Identity Documents. 3. Trucks can unload at ship’s side. International Vaccination Certificates of all persons aboard. 4. Forklifts can be operated. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory except where Exemption Certificates 5. Normal Customs procedures apply. are held. Send ETA to ship’s Agent, 7 days, 48 hours and 24 hours 6. Storing usually completed by ship’s crew although other labour may before arrival. VHF Channel 16 – pilot boat and base set. Base set not be used. manned continuously but pilot boat may be contacted 1 hour before SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Contact ‘‘Sealanes, Fremantle’’. arrival. Pilot boat painted yellow with black rubbing band and white centre In the case of emergencies, arrangements have been made to fly in house. Word ‘‘Pilot’’ painted on both sides of house. Pilot boards a helicopter on charter or on less urgent cases make use of the locally 1.5 miles N.E. of Gull Island. Pilot ladder and ancillary equipment must based tug. comply with international regulations. Lee to be provided against swell. SHORE LEAVE: Crew allowed ashore provided Immigration Act It is more usual for vessels to approach from the Westward. In this complied with in relation to Identification Cards. case use may be made of either West or Causeway Channels. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Approaching from the Eastward is not recommended. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage services are provided – drums are ANCHORAGES: Vessels proceeding to anchorage should anchor in an placed on board the ship on arrival and are collected daily. E.N.E. direction from the Eastern extreme of the breakwater. Good Tel: 90712111. Charges per 24 hour period or part of: A$110.00-244.00, holding is found in depths ranging from 14.5 m. – 27.5 m. However, depending on number of crew. plenty of cable should be veered and at least 6 shackles is WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Road tanker service available from local recommended. In the most boisterous conditions vessels have held well contractor J.T. O’Brien Sewerage Disposal. Tel: 90712151 for costs and with from 6 to 8 shackles out. However, the vessel should always be general information. watched. A pilot ladder and not accommodation ladder is recommended SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Flying Angel. for vessels at anchor due to the swell conditions which normally prevail DELAYS: Not normally encountered. at the anchorage. AUTHORITY: Esperance Port Authority, P.O.Box 35, Esperance, RESTRICTIONS: The port operates throughout 24 hours. W.A. 6450, Australia. Tel: 9071-2111. FAX: 9071-1312. MAX. SIZE: Berth No. 1 and No. 2: 80,000 d.w.t. Contact: C.A. Stewart, General Manager (After hours 9076-5039). Berth No. 3: 180,000 d.w.t. Captain I.R. Harrod, Harbour Master (Tel: 9071-2601).

132 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA EXMOUTH, W.A.: 22.20 S. 114.10 E. (See Plan) FRESH WATER: Available providing sufficient notice is given. Jetty connection is 2.5 in. Camlock fitting. Arrange via the ship’s Agent. FUEL: Fuel oil not available. Diesel available in limited quantities through SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: October 1984 (Updated 2002). HEH or as arranged via the ship’s Agent. REPAIRS: HEH can assist with emergency minor structural/mechanical DOCUMENTS: The following documents should be forwarded to the repairs, but have very limited facilities available. ship’s Agent 48 hours prior to the vessel’s arrival: Immobilisation of Engines: Not recommended due to strength of current Impending Arrival Notice. and poor mooring facilities. Immobilisation of main engines only with Crew List, Form 3B. express permission from Pilot or HEH. Quarantine Pre-Arrival Report. AIRPORT: The airport is situated approximately 30 km. South of Ballast Water Treatment/Exchange Log. Exmouth. Skywest Airlines service Exmouth on a regular basis. On Arrival: TIME: There is no daylight saving in Western Australia. Ship’s Report of Arrival. HOLIDAYS: The following holidays apply throughout Australia: Crew Report, Form 3A. New Year’s Day; Australia Day; Good Friday; Easter Sunday; Easter Ship’s Stores List. Monday; Anzac Day; Christmas Day and Boxing Day. Crew Effects Declaration, Form 42A. Western Australia State holidays: Last Port Clearance. Labour Day; Foundation Day and Queen’s Birthday. Last Ports of Call List. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: ␣61 (8) 9949-2444. Inward Manifest. Ambulance Tel: ␣61 (8) 9949-1011. Fire Tel: ␣61 (8) 9949-1222. On Departure: EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: State Emergency Service Outwards Manifest. – SES available on Tel: (08) 994-9488. Quarantine and Customs: The ship’s Agent handles all procedures. TELEPHONES: Not available. There is a telephone on the wharf, which APPROACHES: Depth in Approach Channel at LWOS: The approach can be made STD, ISD upon request to Commanding Officer HEH. shelves gradually from 18.3 m. – 10.5 m. against the berth. The bottom SERVICES: Wide range of services available. See local telephone is sand and shell. directory for details. PILOTAGE: Not compulsory, but strongly recommended for all vessels BANKS: Westpac Banking Corporation, Maidstone Crescent. Tel: (08) without good local knowledge. Pilot can be arranged through the ship’s 9949-1213. Fax: (08) 9949-2073. Agent. Pilot boarding ground is 1 nautical mile East of the main jetty. ␣ Agents for Commonwealth Bank at Local Post Office. Contact: Paddy Evelegh, Pilot – Placer Marine. Tel: 61 (8) 9317-2064. ANZ Bank at supermarket. ANCHORAGES: 1 nautical miles N.E. of the jetty. STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. RESTRICTIONS: Berthing/unberthing generally during daylight hours 1. Vessels can be stored by truck. but may be undertaken at night depending on prevailing weather 2. Trucks are allowed onto wharf. conditions. Berthing carried out at slack water. 3. Customs regulations if required would be from Perth/Port Hedland. Also see ‘‘Berthing – Berthing Operations’’. SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: See ‘‘General’’. MAX. SIZE: LOA 185 m., draft 14.0 m. (Approaches) and 10.0 m. SHORE LEAVE: Social activities limited. However, Exmouth has much (Recommended alongside), beam 30.0 m. to offer the camera buff with its scenic and wildlife attractions. HEALTH: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Desired as proof of identity if need arises. VHF: On the approach to the port, call ‘‘Exmouth Control’’ on Channel 16. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Arranged via the ship’s Agent. The port works on Channel 21. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Arranged via the ship’s Agent. TUGS: None. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: No Seamen’s clubs in Exmouth. Local clubs BERTHING: Straightforward approach from sea on recommended track include the Truscott Memorial Club, Golf Club, Lawn Bowls Club. to Learmonth. Reasonably deep water and no navigational hazards in GENERAL: No contact with receivers (U.S. Navy). Liaison is with a Royal vicinity of track. Australian Navy Officer on secondment to U.S. Navy. Berth is a ‘T’ head jetty with a neck of 315 m. and berthing face less Ship’s Agents: None resident locally. Ship’s Agents travel from than 50 m. Breasting dolphins are connected to the jetty head in line ␥ ␥ Fremantle, Carnarvon or Dampier. with main face which lies 018 (T) – 198 (T). New rubber fendering has Provisions: Available if sufficient notice is given. Arranged via the ship’s been fitted on all the dolphins along the berth face. Unconnected mooring Agent. dolphins further extend the total berth length to 320 m. Depth alongside Tidal Data: Higher high water 2.0 m. Lower high water 1.4 m. is 10.5 m. at LWOS. Reference: Australian National Tide Tables AHP 11. Berthing: Entirely dependent on the prevailing weather. With a strong Location: The pier is located 16 km. from the town of Exmouth. Easterly wind at certain times of the year, it may be prudent to abort Gangway: 7.0 m. gangway available through HEH. Arranged via the berthing or sailing until weather has moderated, since this berth is very ship’s Agent. close to the beach. Customs: Customs clearance not available at Exmouth, this would need Vessels can berth port side to or starboard side to, depending on wind to be prearranged from Perth or Port Hedland. and tide at the time. AUTHORITY: Commanding Officer, Naval Communications Station Berthing is entirely dependent on the prevailing weather. With a strong Harold E. Holt (HEH), P.O.Box 125, Exmouth, WA 6707, Australia. Easterly wind at certain times of the year, it may be prudent to abort Tel: ␣61 (8) 9949-3320, 9949-3374 (After office hours). FAX: ␣61 (8) either berthing or sailing until weather has moderated, as this berth is 9949-3308. Contact: Commander S.E. Jones, Commanding Officer. very close to the beach. Breast lines are to be landed first by boat as necessary. Once alongside, springs can be landed by heaving line. Head lines and stern lines are then taken by the lineboat to the individual mooring dolphins FREMANTLE, W.A.: 32.03 S. 115.44 E. (See Plan) for final positioning in the berth. Due to the exposed location of the berth (prevailing wind/wave Also see ‘‘Kwinana’’ conditions), the Pilot is to make a decision, based upon the weather conditions, as to whether it is safe to berth. PORT LIMITS: Port Limits and Area of Jurisdiction: The regulations of Due to environmental considerations, the Navy has adopted a policy the Port of Fremantle apply to all waters within the port limits. The port to avoid the use of anchors wherever possible when berthing at the Point limits are detailed in the Fremantle Port Authority Act and shown on Murat Jetty. It has thus determined only to accept tankers with bow charts relevant to the port. The outer boundaries of the Port of Fremantle thrusters, delivering fuel for the Naval Communication Station. Vessels are shown in the Plan Section. without bow thrusters attempting to berth at the facility must have due The Port of Fremantle comprises the Inner Harbour and Outer regard to the prevailing weather conditions, as well as the above policy. Harbour. The Outer Harbour includes all waters of Gage Roads and The approach to the berth gently shelves from a depth of 16.0 m. to 10.5 m. alongside the berth. The bottom is sand and shells. Cockburn Sound (often referred to as Kwinana). Berthing Speed: Dependant upon the size of the vessel. For example, DOCUMENTS: Documents required on Entry: a 40,000 d.w.t. vessel at 53,000 tons displacement would have a 2 copies Form M&S 11 List of Crew. maximum berthing speed impacting on 2 breasting dolphin fenders of 3 copies Form M&S 11 Attachment sheet. 0.15 m./sec., and a ship at 30,000 tons displacement impacting on 2 copies Form 42A Stores List. 2 breasting dolphin fenders would have a maximum berthing speed of Form 5 Articles owned or in possession of Master, 0.22 m./sec. Officers or crew. Also see ‘‘Restrictions’’ and ‘‘Plan’’. 1 copy Form 5AA If there is a shop on board. CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Cargoes Handled: General cargo 2 copies Form B921 Green Loading Ports List. and fuel oil. 1 copy Form QA3 Declaration of animals carried as cargo, only CRANES: 50 tonne and 12 tonne cranes available through Harold E. Holt if on board. Base (HEH). Arranged via the ship’s Agent. 1 copy Form QA4 Declaration of ship’s pets. STEVEDORES: Arranged through Commanding Officer HEH and 1 copy Form QA5 Shipmaster’s Bond to cover ship’s pets. carried out by HEH base support personnel. 2 copies Form AQ360 Health Report. MEDICAL: Limited medical and dental support is available through Form M302 One per crew member. With reference to Exmouth District Hospital. The hospital has 15 beds, 2 doctors and Seaman’s Identification Cards, a passport 1 dentist available. size photograph of the seaman is sufficient. TANKERS: Discharging: 1␺8 in. pipeline at manifold with ANSI bolted Seamen in possession of some national travel flange. From the jetty to shore, the pipeline gauge increases to 12 in. documents are no longer required to have an The connection is located 5.0 m. North of the central point of the berth Identification Card Form M302. Manifest of and has a manifold height of 7.5 m. above MSL. The pipeline and system Passenger, if applicable. is tested to 1,500 Kpa. Normal operating pressure is around 700 Kpa. Of the above, Form 42A and Form 5 need only be completed at first Discharging Rate: Between 750 t.p.h. and 900 t.p.h., depending on port of call in Australia. Individual passenger cards are utilised. Agents vessel’s pumps. require 7 copies of Manifest of Cargo on board, and at least 1 set of Tank Cleaning/Purging/Gas Freeing: Not allowed whilst berthed copies of Bills of Lading. These are normally received by airfreight or alongside. airmail direct from Agents at loading port outside Australia, therefore it BALLAST: Discharge of segregated ballast only. is not necessary for Masters to be in possession of either Manifest of DENSITY: 1025. Cargo onboard or appropriate copies of Bills of Lading. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 133 AUSTRALIA Documents to be Available for Inspection: The following certificates and 3. Between a line drawn through S. and N.Mole lights and a line running documents should be available for inspection on arrival: 263␥T from S.Mole to a line running 349␥ parallel to the Western (1) Tonnage Certificate. Beacons of Success Channel. (2) Register showing vessel’s name, port of registry, gross and nett RESTRICTIONS: Inner Harbour: Approach channel from 600 m. tonnages and Owner. seaward of North Mole dredged to 13.4 m., thence 13.2 m. to East end (3) Load Line Certificate, which must be current. of Berth No. 2. Basin 13.0 m. and 11.0 m. (See Chart AUS. 113). (4) Safety Radio Certificate. Outer Harbour: Main approach channels dredged to minimum of 14.7 m. (5) Safety Equipment Certificate. (48.25 ft.) below datum – secondary channels leading to Alumina (6) Light Dues Receipt. Refinery Jetty and Steelworks Jetties dredged to minimum of 38 ft. (7) Ship’s Articles. (11.6 m.) below datum. (8) Clearance from previous port. Vessels in Ballast: For safe navigation, the ship’s propellor should be (9) Register of Cargo Gear/Cargo Gear Certificates/Marine Orders immersed, the bow deep enough for adequate vision from the bridge 32 refer. and draft suitable for the vessel size, in order to minimise leeway (See (10) Safety Construction Certificate. table below). Vessels which cannot meet the criteria for minimum draft (11) Passenger Safety Certificate. may be delayed if wind conditions are unfavourable. (12) Ship’s Log. Table of Recommended Minimum Drafts: (13) Valid Derat or Exemption Certificate. D.W.T. Forward Draft Aft Draft (14) Oil Record Book. Up to 10,000 2.0 † (15) Crew Travel documents. 10,000 – 20,000 2.0 – 2.5 † (16) International Vaccination Certificates of all personnel. 20,000 – 30,000 2.5 – 3.0 † (17) International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate. 30,000 – 50,000 3.0 – 5.0 6.5 APPROACHES: All vessels making to enter Port of Fremantle must 50,000 – 100,000 5.0 – 7.0 6.5 – 7.5 make their approaches passing to the North of Rottnest Island. 100,000 – 150,000 7.0 – 8.0 7.5 – 8.5 Unless constrained by draft and compelled to take a Pilot at the outer † No more than 0.6 m. of the propeller to be exposed. boarding ground, all inward vessels may proceed to Gage Roads, either Navigation Restrictions: Tankers over 250 m. in length and over 40 m. to anchor or embark a Pilot at the inner boarding ground. beam in ballast condition are not navigated in Success/ParmeliaChannel A deep water channel S.E. of Fairway/Landfall Buoy and distinguished ␥ during the hours of darkness. Tankers over 40 m. beam loaded using initially by Buckland Hill directional PEL light (Position Lat. 32 01.105' S., Success/Parmelia Channel are subject to draft limitation if the hull is a Long. 115␥ 45.566' E.) provides a depth of 15.2 m. in the white sector box section type. into Gage Roads, the channel being marked by 5 buoys. The bank between the 10.0 m. contour and the Deep Water Channel Gas Carriers: Depending on direction, gas carriers will not be berthed provides a minimum depth of 10.6 m. in the white sector of Woodman Lt. in winds over 25 knots at Steelworks Jetty No. 2. Berthing of wide beam (Position Lat. 32␥ 07.92' S., Long. 115␥ 46.6' E.), but is subject to large tankers (36 m.) may be limited by lower wind strengths. swells after Westerly winds. The red/white blend of Woodman Lt. clears Depths/UKC: the 10.0 m. contour on this bank. Max. A least depth of 13.1 m. in the green sector of Woodman Lt., and Channel Depth Min. Width UKC close to the East of deep water channel, is available for those vessels (m.) (m.) (m.) which do not required the deep water channel on departure but who Inner Harbour 13.2 1.0 may be affected by swell to the West of the deep water channel. Deep Water 15.2 15% Relevant Charts: Success/Parmelia 14.7 152.4 *13/14% AUS 112 Approaches to Fremantle. Woodmans/Jervoise/Medina 8.5 122/152 10% AUS 113 Port of Fremantle. Stirling 11.7 122.0 1.0 AUS 117 Gage Roads and Cockburn Sound. Calista 11.6 152.4 1.0 AUS 754 Lancelin to Pt. Peron. * 13% Summer (November to April), 14% Winter (May to October). Also see‘‘Kwinana - BP’’ - ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated February2000. Deep draft tankers may transit at a reduced UKC when bound to or PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory in the Port of Fremantle, except for from BP Refinery under a controlled program based on wave and tide ships not exceeding 150 g.r.t., and for ships, the Masters of which hold analysis. operative Pilot Exemption Certificates. There are 2 pilot boarding MAX. SIZE: Draft limited by minimum under-keel clearance (See grounds: the outer boarding ground which is situated 3.5 nautical miles ‘‘Restrictions’’). N.E. of Bathurst Point, Rottnest Is., and the compulsory pilot boarding At Berths No. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9, draft of 41 ft. (12.5 m.) is available; ground in Gage Roads to the Westward of Hall Bank Buoy, which is at all other berths up to 34 ft. 6 in. (10.5 m.) draft but with suitable tide approximately 2 miles from the entrance to the Inner Harbour. and by special permission of Harbour Master up to 35 ft. (10.6 m.) draft. Note: Pilotage is compulsory from the Outer Boarding Ground for ships HEALTH: All overseas vessels are subject to quarantine and may only drawing 11.0 m. or more. enter Australia through a declared first port of entry. They continue to It is necessary for all vessels to give 48 hours and 24 hours notice by be subject to quarantine until Pratique (Health Clearance) has been radio telegraphy of the expected time of arrival at Fairway Buoy, followed granted by a Quarantine Officer. If examinations and inspections are by a third notice, confirming or amending the previous notice, 2 hours satisfactory, the vessel is granted Pratique for all Australian ports. ahead of the expected arrival time in that locality. 24 hours Quarantine Clearance of overseas vessels is available. Ships requiring a Pilot at the non-compulsory ground must include this Treatment of crew members for illness other than quarantineable requirement in their 24 hours Notice of Arrival. diseases is arranged by private practitioners through ship’s Agent. Two pilot vessels available, both painted international orange. Pilots Radio Pratique: Concession of Radio Pratique is available to all vessels may be contacted by VHF Channel 12. except those which carry livestock. Radio Pratique may be applied for Usually pilot ladder is required on the port side for vessels inward and by livestock vessels, however, they will be boarded and inspected by a starboard side for vessels outward, even when the wind is in the East, Quarantine Officer before the vessel is allowed to berth. unless Easterly wind is very strong as there is nearly always a West to (a) 1. The Master or Agent must make a request (Form Q2) to N.W. swell. If in doubt call Port Signal Station on VHF Channel 12. Pilot does not board vessel at anchor. Department of Health within 12-24 hours prior to the arrival of Pilot ladder to be 2 m. above sea level with manropes slightly shorter. the vessel, answering all the questions on the form. Boat-rope not required. The ladder should be clean and conform with 2. If answers are satisfactory, Radio Pratique will be granted for Regulation 17 of SOLAS. The vessel should be making 3 – 4 knots. Fremantle from a specified time and date enabling the vessel to SOLAS Regulations are strictly adhered to i.e. Single length of ladder, proceed to the berth without displaying the ‘‘Q’’ flag signal. non-slip surface (Aluminium NOT acceptable), 12 in. spacing between 3. A Quarantine Officer will board the vessel at the berth. If the steps, no more than 2 replacement steps, all ropes on ladder and answers given on the Declaration of Health (Q360) are manropes to be manila and not covered (nylon and polypropylene not satisfactory, Pratique may then be granted for all Australian ports. acceptable), Regulation 17(a) Part (VII) and (VIII) very important, (b) Notwithstanding that Pratique for all ports may have been granted, a responsible officer to stand-by and not a sailor. the Master will still be responsible for reporting any case of infectious Pilot’s preference is a ladder. disease, which may subsequently occur whilst the vessel is in ANCHORAGES: The following anchorages are available for vessels to Australian waters. hold at prior to moving to their berth: Should a case of infectious disease (not being a quarantineable (a) Vessels with a draft of 11.0 m. or greater awaiting a Pilot should disease) occur onboard whilst the vessel is at sea in Australian anchor 2 miles to the West of Fairway/Landfall Buoy. Holding ground waters, the Master will be required to advise by radio the Quarantine is fine sand and coral. Officer for the State in which the next port is situated, who will (b) Vessels of less than 11.0 m. draft, expecting a Pilot on the same arrange to see the case on arrival. day of arrival, may anchor in the vicinity of Hall Bank Beacon in The Master will not be required to fill in a Supplementary Health Gage Roads. Holding ground is fine sand and shell. form and the vessel will be permitted to proceed directly to berth (c) Vessels of less than 11.0 m. draft, not expecting a Pilot on the same without flying ‘‘Q‘‘ flag. day of arrival, should anchor in the Western area of Gage Roads. Should a case of suspected quarantineable disease occur onboard Holding ground is fine sand and coral. whilst at sea in Australian waters, the Master is required to radio (d) Vessels of less than 11.0 m. draft may anchor South of a line running details to the Quarantine Officer for the State in which the next port between S.Mole (32␥ 03.4' S., 115␥ 43.9' E.) and Success/Parmelia is situated and await instructions. The Quarantine Officer will decide Channel with permission of Harbour Master. Holding ground is sand according to circumstances whether to inspect the vessel outside and mud. the Quarantine Line or permit it to proceed to berth, and he will Vessels at anchor are permitted to operate their own boats by suitable advise the Master. arrangement with the Customs. A ferry service will only be provided (c) Should it come to notice in any particular case that Radio Pratique through arrangement with the Agent. has been granted as a result of a wireless message sent in Quarantine Anchorage: Vessels which have not been granted Pratique accordance with sub-paragraph (a), whereas in fact the wireless must not pass South of a line between N.Mole (32␥ 03.1' S., message contains false information, the matter will be investigated 115␥ 43.4' E.) and Mewstone (32␥ 05' S., 115␥ 40' E.). and reported to the Director General of Health who will decide Prohibited Anchorages: Chart AUS 112: whether Radio Pratique will be denied in future to the vessel on 1. Between Fairway/Landfall Buoy and No. 1 Deep Water Channel. which the Master holds responsibility. 2. Deep Water Channel. Also see ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port.

134 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA RADIO: Notice of Arrival: The Fremantle Port Authority regulations Berth No. 2: require that all vessels give the following notification of their expected Length 175 m. Depth 11.0 m. arrival: Berth No. 3: (a) 48 hours notice of arrival at Fairway Buoy indicating: No longer operational. (i) Maximum draft. Berths No. 4/5/6: (ii) Details of hazardous cargo. Length 526 m. Depth 13.0 m. (iii) Any requirement for Pilot embarkation at the Outer Boarding Container Terminal. Ground if the vessel’s draft is less than 11.0 m. Served by 2 twin lift portainer cranes – 3 cranes. (b) 24 hours notice of arrival at Pilot Boarding Ground. Capacity 65 tonnes and 67 tonne. (c) 2 hours notice of arrival by VHF. Single lift – 64 tonne. Note: The above notifications of ETA are regulatory requirements. Ro/Ro facilities – ship’s quarter/side ramps. However, any variance from the latest advised time should be notified Berths No. 7/8/9: to the Harbour Master as soon as possible. Length 765.5 m. Depth 13.0 m. All messages of notification of arrival should be addressed to the Container Terminal – Shed 78 m. ␺ 47 m. Harbour Master and sent directly to the Port Authority Signal Station. Ro/Ro facilities – ship’s quarter/side ramps. 3 cranes. Failure to provide the correct Notice of Arrival may cause a vessel to Berths No. 11/12: be delayed in berthing. Length 429 m. Depth 11.0 m. Also see ‘‘VHF’’. 10 m. wide, articulated stern ramp (length 19.815 m., width 10.432 m.) VHF: The Port of Fremantle maintains a signal station on top of the Port at Eastern end. Capacity main axle of forklift 53 tonnes or stacked cargo, Authority Building (32␥ 03.20' S., 115␥ 44.23' E.) which is manned on a 5 tonnes per sq.m. Wharf decking 4.4 m. above LW. Back-up area 7 ha., 24 hour basis. access by heavy duty roads. The signal station is a limited coast radio station, and is therefore not Bitumen feedstock and Geelong fuel can be discharged by 300 mm. able to handle public correspondence. line to Shell. The call sign of the signal station is ‘‘Port of Fremantle’’. CRANES: 3 ‘twin lift’ portainer cranes, 3 single lift container cranes, Orders concerning shipping movements, allocation of berths and quay cranes of 7.5 tonnes and 3 tonnes capacity, mobile cranes of up related matters are passed to ships, Pilots, tugs and mooring staff to 25 tonnes capacity. through the signal station. In addition to the recording of shipping Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. movements, the Port Control Officer on duty deals with calls of an urgent STEVEDORES: Shipboard stevedoring by private contractor, usually nature involving fire, accident, mechanical and electrical breakdown, arranged by ship’s Agent. ETA should include particulars of cargo, boats and/or ships in distress, the need for medical assistance and showing heavy lifts, dangerous or hazardous cargoes, hatch stowage, navigation light failure. gangs required, etc. Vessels anchoring on arrival should establish communication at MEDICAL: Notice not necessary but advisable if treatment required. Full 2 hours notice with ‘‘Port of Fremantle’’ and listen on Channel 12. hospital facilities available. Cholera vaccinations essential if ship comes All communications with the signal station whether by VHF or from affected areas. International certificates must be current. telephone are recorded. TANKERS: BP Oil Refinery Jetty: See ‘‘Kwinana’’. VHF Allocation: DENSITY: Salt 1025, generally at all tides. Distress and Calling: FRESH WATER: Available 24 hours a day, delivered by up to 8 hoses Channel 16: All vessels are to monitor this frequency when each of 50 tonnes/p.h. approaching the port until they are advised to keep a Note: Seasonally a water shortage in the Fremantle area may limit watch on Channel 12. the amount of water which can be supplied to ships. Outward vessels are to revert to Channel 16 after FUEL: Marine fuel (2 grades); Marine diesel. Notice 14 days then passing the Fairway Buoy. 48 hours. Working Channel: FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Ship’s watchman to be on duty. Ship heading Channel 12: All vessels navigating within the port limits or at an out. Fenced off on land. Buoys 50 ft. (15 m.) out from ship marking anchorage within the port must maintain a continuous prohibited area. listening watch on this frequency. CONSULS: In addition to the signal station maintaining a radio watch Austria Belgium Denmark on Channel 12, the Port Authority’s Pilot vessels also Finland France Germany keep watch on this channel. Guatemala Italy Japan Port User Channels: Netherlands Norway Philippines Channel 6: Tug Operations – Inner Harbour. Portugal Sweden U.S.A. Channel 10: Alternate Tug Operations – Inner Harbour. REPAIRS: All types of deck and engine repairs possible. Channel 11: Alternate Port Operations Working Channel. DRY DOCKS: Shiplifters: Jervois Bay 7,520 tonnes; Australia Channel 68: Alternate Tug Operations – Outer Harbour. Shipbuilding Industry 2,600 tonnes and Swan Dock 1,100 tonnes. Channel 13: Tug Operations – Outer Harbour. SURVEYORS: Germanischer Lloyd: C.R. Cox & Associates, c/o Tandon Channel 69: Ship to ship. Marine Services, 39 Canning Highway, East Fremantle, W.A. 6158 Channel 14: H.M.A.S. Stirling – working channel. (P.O.Box 350, Fremantle, W.A. 6160). Tel: (08) 93398222. Fax: (08) Fax, Telex and Telephone: 93398023. Messages of notification of arrival may be sent directly to the Port GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Watchman required (Ship’s crew). Authority signal station by fax or telex. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: By arrangement between ship’s Facsimile: 61 8 9430 3414 Agent and Stevedore. 61 8 9430 3400 CERTIFICATES: Health; Derat; Load Line; Ship’s Register; Articles. Telex: FREHM AA 95919 Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Telephone: 430 3400 CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: According to local Customs Department. Cable: 6 FFREHM CARGO GEAR: Strict surveillance of cargo handling gear by Common- Coast Radio Station: wealth Government Dept. of Transport Australia. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. All waters of the Port of Fremantle are within the VHF coverage of REPATRIATION: Facilities exist for repatriation of crews. Perth Radio (VIP). Public correspondence to a shore telephone may be made directly on AIRPORT: 35 km. to Perth International Airport. 23 km. to Perth either Channel 23, 26 or 60. Domestic Airport. Maritime safety information messages, including coastal weather TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. forecasts and navigation warnings, are transmitted on Channel 67 at the HOLIDAYS: The port is operational 24 hours, 365 days. Contact following times (Western Standard Time: i.e. GMT plus 8): individual stevedoring and towage companies for relevant holiday 0718, 1318, 1918 information. TUGS: Inner Harbour: 3 available up to 4,800 h.p., join vessel in Gage POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Roads. A number of small tugs are also available in the port. Contact Ambulance – 9277 9999, 9277 8899 or 000. Agent for further details. Fire – 9335 2201, 9335 6262 or 000. Outer Harbour: 2 tugs are available. Tugs join ships approx. 2.5 miles Police – 9430 5244 or 000. from berths. Port Security – 24 hours. Emergency Response Vessel: The Port Authority maintains a fully Rockingham Fire Brigade – 9527 1827. equipped response vessel equipped as a fire tender. TELEPHONES: Telephones can be supplied to any vessel – installation BERTHING: Victoria Quay: time plus proportion of annual rental plus cost of calls. Berth Length Depth Remarks SERVICES: All special services available. (m.) (m.) SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Stirling Marine Services Pty. Ltd., P.O.Box A 201 No longer available. 892, Fremantle, W.A. 6160. Tel: (08) 93358444. Telex: AA92821 B 153 No longer available. Towboat. C 198 No longer available. Services: Passenger launches for crew ferries, agents, providores to D 176 11.0 General cargo berth. vessels at anchor in Gage Roads and Cockburn Sound. Stores lighters E 230 11.0 General cargo berth. and fresh water up to 150 tonnes per trip. Draft survey, paint punts, lines F 204 11.0 Passenger Terminal over shed. running. G 206 11.0 Function Centre over shed. Other Operators – Seaborne: H 275 11.0 No shed. Brambles Manford, 191 St. George’s Terrace, Perth, W.A. Wharf strengthened for loads up to 145 tonnes. Finbar International, 42 Magnet Road, Canningvale, WA. 6155. All cranes have been removed from berths, mobile cranes only. Tidewater Port Jackson Marine Pty. Ltd., 94a Murray Road, Bicton, North Quay: W.A. 6157. Berth No. 1: Western Marine Service Co., 17 Mews Road, Fremantle, W.A. 6160. Length 207 m. Depth 11.0 m. Shed 122 m. ␺ 31 m. Other Operators – Airborne: General cargo berth, bulk tallow loading. Merifield Helicopters Pty. Ltd., 28 Broadway, Nedlands, W.A. 6009. Coflexip Stena Offshore heavy lift company operation using fixed Mayne Bristow Helicopters Pty. Ltd., Jandakot Airport, Jandakot. heavy lift crane is available (hook only). Crane 300 tonnes at 25 m. and Jayrow Helicopters W.A. Pty. Ltd, 320 Great Eastern Highway, 150 tonnes at 32 m. Redcliffe, W.A. 6104. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 135 AUSTRALIA Vowell Air Services (Helicopters) Pty. Ltd., Hope Road, Jandakot Lat. 38␥ 08.103' S., Long. 144␥ 23.119' E. Airport, 6164. Lat. 38␥ 08.335' S., Long. 144␥ 22.328' E. Lloyd Helicopters Pty. Ltd., 64 Canning Highway, Victoria Park, Lat. 38␥ 08.335' S., Long. 144␥ 22.328' E. W.A. 6100. Lat. 38␥ 08.192' S., Long. 144␥ 21.979' E. Westcoast Helicopters Pty. Ltd, P.O.Box 108, Belmont, W.A. 6104. Lat. 38␥ 07.902' S., Long. 144␥ 22.020' E. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Lat. 38␥ 07.770' S., Long. 144␥ 22.205' E. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: It is a breach of the Quarantine Act and F.P.A. (d) The least depths of the above anchorages are as follows: regulations to discharge garbage, etc. into F.P.A. waters. To comply with Least Depth Max. Draft the Quarantine Act, all food refuse on board ship must be placed in (m.) (m.) vermin proof receptacles until disposed of either by dumping at sea well Western Anchorage 8.5 7.9 away from F.P.A. or other restricted areas, or by placing in the 200L Eastern Anchorage 7.3 6.7 capacity containers provided by the F.P.A. and disposed of by Southern Anchorage 7.7 7.1 incineration. (Flammable liquids should not be included due to (All positions AGD 66). incineration). Contact: Fremantle Port Authority, Tel: (08) 94304911, 5. Inner Harbour: As directed. Fax: (08) 93361391. Note: Vessels desiring launch communication with the shore will WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Service available using tanker trucks or normally anchor South of the Hopetoun Channel. barges. Masters of vessels are cautioned (a) that the bottom of the Inner Tanker trucks: Harbour is soft mud and is not good holding ground and (b) that vessels Apex Septics, 23A Felspar Road, Welshpool, W.A. 6106. Tel: (08) should not be immobilised unless with the express permission of the 94583706. Fax: (08) 94532831. Harbour Master. Vessels at anchor should be adequately ballasted. Cleanaway, Lot 24, Camboon Road, Malaga, W.A. 6062. Tel: (08) 92492244. Fax: (08) 92491033. RESTRICTIONS: The maximum draft for any vessel to navigate in port Liquid Salvage, 4 Kembla Way, Willetton, W.A. 6155. Tel: (08) waters is 11.6 m. 94575955. Fax: (08) 93541240. The movement of vessels in the channels with a draft of 10.8 m. or Barges: Stirling Marine Services, 17 Mews Road, Fremantle. Tel: (08) more will be regulated by the Harbour Master, and is subject to the 93353286. Fax: (08) 93353282. actual tidal rise. Total Marine Services, 4 Rous Head Road, North Fremantle, Times for entering the channels and/or departing from the various W.A. 6159. Tel: 9430 5595. berths for these vessels can be obtained from the Victorian Channels Contact the companies direct regarding prices as these are negotiated, Authority (Harbour Master’s Office). also re shore tank capacities. Night Navigation: Woodchip vessels require daylight for navigation in SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Stella Maris Seafarers Centre, 14 Queen Victoria the port, being defined as 30 minutes before sunrise to 30 minutes after Street, Fremantle, W.A. 6162. Tel: (08) 93351958, 93356836. Fax: (08) sunset, applicable from the entrance to the Point Richards Channel. 93356836. Facilities include accommodation, mass, telephone, currency Vessels in Ballast: For safe navigation, the ship’s propeller should be exchange, bar and restaurant, postage facilities, shop, pool, table tennis, immersed and the bow deep enough for adequate vision from the bridge, book and magazines, TV. e.g. 170 m. – 200 m. LOA and draft 4.5 m. forward and 7.0 m. aft. The Flying Angel Club, 76 Queen Victoria Street, Fremantle, Tanker 230 m. LOA, draft 5.5 m. forward and 8.0 m. aft. Containerships, W.A. 6160. Tel: (08) 93355000. Fax: (08) 93361690. livestock carriers, etc., must have adequate forward vision from the REGULATIONS: Normal port regulations. Special Regulations for tankers berthing at Oil Refinery Jetties. wheelhouse. DEVELOPMENTS: Dredging of Inner Harbour to 13.0 m. completed. Reconstruction of Berth No. 9 (Inner Harbour) to give 1,180 m. from MAX. SIZE: Berth No. 4 completed. Max. Draft AUTHORITY: Fremantle Port Authority, 1 Cliff Street, Fremantle, Berth Depth (with tide) Western Australia 6160, P.O.Box 95, Fremantle, W.A. 6160. Tel: ␣61 (m.) (m.) (8) 9430-4911. After hours 9430-4962. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9336-1391. Pt. Henry Pier 12.0 11.4 Email: [email protected] WWW: www.freport.wa.gov.au Bulk Grain Pier No. 1 10.5 9.9 Contact: Captain E. J. Atkinson, Harbour Master/Shipping Services Bulk Grain Pier No. 2 12.3 11.6 Manager. Mrs. K. G. Sanderson, Chief Executive Officer. Bulk Grain Pier No. 3 12.3 11.6 Corio Quay North No. 1, 2 and 3 11.0 10.4 Corio Quay South No. 1 11.0 10.4 GEELONG, Victoria: 38.09 S. 144.22 E. (See Plan) Lascelles Wharves No. 1, 2 and 3 12.3 11.6 Refinery Piers No. 1, 2, 3 and 4 12.3 11.6 LOCATION: The port is located at the Western end of Corio Bay. Pt. Wilson Explosives Pier 9.1 8.5 Charts: Australian Charts AUS 143 and 157. A gross Under-Keel Clearance (manoeuvrability margin) of 0.6 m. is Nautical Publications: Australian Pilot, Volume 11 (NP 14). required when manoeuvring within swinging basins, docks and berths. DOCUMENTS: Maximum length of vessel berthed at Pier No. 3 is 235 m. 2 Crew Lists Form 3A and 3B, 48 hours prior to arrival. 1 Store List Form 5 Part 4, 48 hours prior to arrival. HEALTH: An overseas vessel approaching the port requiring Pratique 1 Ports of Call Form, 48 hours prior to arrival. shall send a message to the Quarantine Officer not more than 24 hours 1 Form 2A – Ship’s Passenger Report, only if passengers on board. and not less than 12 hours before arrival containing the following 1 Form 2B – Ship’s Passenger Report, only if passengers on board. information: name of vessel, ETA, number of passengers, number of 2 Form 5 Part 1 – Report of Arrival. crew, number of passengers disembarking, port of departure and date, 1 Form 5 Part 2 – Goods in Crew Possession. disease on board. 1 Form 5 Part 3 – Return of Stores. 1 Form QA3–OnlyforAnimalCargo. By supplying the Agent the answers to 9 questions on the request for 1 Form QA4–Ship’s Pets (only if pets on board). Radio Pratique (Health Clearance) Form (See ‘‘General – Health’’ before Request for Radio Pratique (Health Clearance) (24 hours prior to first port), the vessel may be permitted to berth prior to the granting of arrival). Pratique. PILOTAGE: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Radio ETA to ‘‘Seapilots Melbourne’’ On arrival the health report shall be given to the Quarantine Officer, 24 hours prior arrival advising deepest draft. Pilot station equipped with 2 copies being furnished on the prescribed form, one of which will be radio-telephone continuous watch on 2182 kHz., and VHF Channels 16 signed by the Quarantine Officer and returned to the Master. and 12. Pilots carry portable sets. ANCHORAGES: VHF: The Port of Geelong controls movement of traffic within the port 1. Quarantine: As directed. and maintains a 24-hour watch. 2. Explosives: Communication is affected as follows: Outer: 088␥ from Pt. Wilson Beacon 3.52 miles. Circle 0.25 miles 1. Telephone. (03) 52266300. (463 m.) radius. Depth 9.7m. 2. Radio Telephone VHF F/M (International Channel). Call sign 3. Vessels over 9.1 m. draft: outside No. 2 Beacon Pt. Richards (VL 3KV) Port of Geelong. and South of the line of prolongation of the Pt. Richards (i) Channel 16 Calling (continuous watch). Channel. Least depth 12.5 m. (ii) Channel 13 Working. 4. Anchorages have been established within the following (iii) Channel 12 Working (continuous watch). co-ordinates: (iv) Channel 8 Pilots and Tugs (continuous watch). (a) Western Anchorage: (v) Channel 6 Tugs. Lat. 38␥ 06.396' S., Long. 144␥ 22.662' E. (vi) Channel 67 Safety. Lat. 38␥ 06.397' S., Long. 144␥ 23.177' E. These frequencies are the same as those operated by the pilot Lat. 38␥ 07.425' S., Long. 144␥ 22.978' E. launches, Pilot Station at Queenscliffe, Point Lonsdale Signal Station Lat. 38␥ 07.461' S., Long. 144␥ 22.617' E. and all Port Phillip tugs on commercial towage. Lat. 38␥ 07.193' S., Long. 144␥ 22.237' E. ␥ ␥ Lat. 38 06.885' S., Long. 144 22.279' E. TUGS: Vessels normally towed from Hopetoun Channel to berth, ␥ ␥ Lat. 38 06.396' S., Long. 144 22.662' E. extended towage if required. Two twin-screw 40 tonnes bollard pull tugs (b) Eastern Anchorage: ␥ ␥ (‘‘Edina’’ and ‘‘Macedon’’) stationed in Geelong throughout 24 hours.Use Lat. 38 06.397' S., Long. 144 23.177' E. of tug’s line optional. Tugs equipped with VHF Channels 6, 8, 12 and 16. Lat. 38␥ 06.397' S., Long. 144␥ 23.823' E. ␥ ␥ Orders for tugs and launches should be advised by 1700 hrs. on the Lat. 38 07.359' S., Long. 144 23.637' E. day before the service is required. This arrangement applies 7 days a Lat. 38␥ 07.425' S., Long. 144␥ 22.978' E. ␥ ␥ week. Lat. 38 06.397' S., Long. 144 23.177' E. Unscheduled orders will be tended to at the first opportunity, (c) Southern Anchorage: dependant on whether crews are already in attendance or need to be Lat. 38␥ 07.770' S., Long. 144␥ 22.205' E. called for a specific job. Lat. 38␥ 07.678' S., Long. 144␥ 23.120' E.

136 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA BERTHING: Please ensure that tank vessels entering the port have either rope Length Depth Use and facilities moorings, wires with rope tails, or that vessels with wire moorings are No. (m.) (m.) berthed in locations where the wire eyes are placed on sliphooks. Bulk Grain Pier DENSITY: Normally 1025, may decrease to 1023 after much rain, or 1 201 10.5 Bulk grain export. Gantry extends 154 m. of increase to 1027 in Summer after prolonged dry spell. berth. Max. outreach 24 m. Rate for wheat FRESH WATER: Available at all berths from shore hose at 40-50 t.p.h. 1,600 tonnes/hr. FUEL: Marine fuel and diesel fuel available by bunkering barge and road 2 201 12.3 Bulk grain export. Gantry extends 154 m. of tankers. berth. Max. outreach 25.0 m. Rate for wheat FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Stringent restrictions against burning or welding 1,600 tonnes/hr. on vessels carrying dangerous cargoes. Standard fire precautions. 3 168 12.3 Rate for wheat 2,500 tonnes/hr. Woodchip CONSULS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 1,000 tonnes/hr. REPAIRS: All services available. Most Melbourne repair and service Corio Quay South 1 firms will also undertake work in Geelong. 1 183 11.0 Stern loading ramp for Roll-on/Roll-off. Rail DRY DOCKS: Rippleside Slipway: 1,000 tons on 47.85 m. B.P. and access. repair workshop. Corio Quay North 1 OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Crew or stevedores, to Master’s 1 183 11.0 Dry bulk loading. Rate of loader 1,000 t.p.h. requirements. It is normal to request bulk carriers to arrive at berth with Corio Quay North 2 all hatches open. 1 183 11.0 Rail access. Gen. cargo shed 91 m. ␺ CERTIFICATES: 30.5 m. Derat Certificate (Health Requirement). Corio Quay North 3 Ship’s Articles (British) (Customs requirement). 1 161 11.0 Gen. cargo shed 97.5 m. ␺ 27 m. Ship’s Register (Customs requirement). Lascelles Wharf Load Line Certificate (Customs requirement). 1 185 12.3 Dry bulk cargo * Safety Equipment Certificate (Customs requirement). 2 173 12.3 Dry bulk cargo * Safety Radio Certificate (Customs requirement). 3 275 12.3 Last Port Clearance (Customs requirement). Refinery Pier CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes or 250 gm. tobacco or 1 213 12.3 Petroleum products. 40 cigars. Spirits: Any bottle opened not to exceed 1 litre. 2 213 12.3 Petroleum products. CARGO GEAR: Australian Navigation Act requirements. See 3 275 12.3 Crude oil, chemicals and LPG export. ‘‘Melbourne’’. 4 275 12.3 Crude oil, chemicals and LPG export. REPATRIATION: Possible without difficulty. Pt. Wilson Explosives Pier AIRPORT: Nearest major commercial airport is Tullamarine, 85 km. 2 168 12.3 Dangerous cargo. Commonwealth (50 miles) distant, from which there are frequent interstate and Government controlled. international flights. Airport accessible by road in about 1 hour Pt. Henry Pier 15 minutes (direct bus). 1 152 12.0 Bulk alumina and allied products. Unloading TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. gantry. Rate 250 t.p.h. HOLIDAYS: Closed holidays: Christmas Day; Waterside Workers’ Picnic * See ‘‘Bulk Cargo Facilities’’. Day; Labour Day; Good Friday; Anzac Day (Tanker operations CRANES: Robert Purnell Crane Barge: The floating barge has a SWL excepted). Other holidays: Australia Day; Easter Monday; Queen’s of 35 tonnes at 17.0 m. radius and 10 tonnes at 35.0 m. radius. Birthday; Geelong Cup Day. Corio Quay: One portal crane, SWL 6 tonnes serves Berths No. 1 and 2. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police 11444; Ambulance 5222 2555 or BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Two level luffing, grabbing cranes each 000; Fire 5222 2333. linked to a mobile hopper, are capable of discharging directly into road TELEPHONES: Placed aboard on arrival; ship charged for calls and trucks or by means of a shuttle conveyor incorporated into each hopper. service. This allows discharge onto a wharf conveyor allowing cargo to be SERVICES: Cleaning, painting, fitting out, etc., fumigation. Good fresh discharged directly into the bulk handling facility. stores available. The conveyor system’s handling rate for vessels discharging is SHORE LEAVE: No restrictions. 3,000 t.p.h. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Service available through agent. Garbage A wharf receival hopper is situated at the Northern end of Lascelles collected from shore end of gangway. No drums or skips provided. No. 2, allowing self-discharge vessels to unload directly into the bulk A$ 255.00 per service charge. handling facility. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: By private contractor. Arrange through agent. The cranes and hoppers can traverse the full length of Lascelles No. 2 SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, 7 The Esplanade, North and No. 3 berths. ␺ Shore, Victoria 3214. Tel: 52786985. Facilities/Services: Shop, There are 2 sheds: Shed No. 1 – 162 m. 53 m. with total capacity international telephone, church services, football matches, outings, of 80,000 tonnes. postage facilities and mini-bus collection. Shed No. 2 – 155 m. ␺ 45 m. has 3 cargo bays with a total capacity GENERAL: Tidal Range: The average tidal range for Neaps is 0.7 m. of 50,000 tonnes. and Springs 0.8 m. Lowest recorded (LLW) is 0.35 m. and Highest Each bay is separated by a 6 m. high retaining wall with full height (HHW) is 1.52 m. at Chart Datum. dust curtain. Divers: Commercial divers are available at short notice. STEVEDORES: Labour ordering: Day labour must be ordered by 1000 hrs. the preceding day. Twilight shift and midnight shift must be SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: January 1997 (Updated 1998). ordered by 1400 hrs. Saturday labour must be ordered by 0900 hrs. Anchorage: The anchorage for bulk carriers, wood pulp carriers, general Friday, Sunday labour by 1100 hrs. Friday (day and twilight shift), Sunday cargo and tanker vessels is in Corio Bay. The anchoring is carried out midnight before 1100 hrs., Friday. Monday labour is ordered at 1000 hrs. by the Pilot, usually under the direction of the Port of Geelong. Vessels Sunday. Special requirements exist for labour requirements on public can anchor either North or South of the marked Hopetoun Channel. The holidays. holding ground as described is soft mud and poor. On anchoring, the MEDICAL: Comprehensive medical facilities available, including Pilot informed me that a minimum of 6 shackles in the water will ensure 459-bed Geelong Hospital (Tel: 5226-7111). If vessel to be in port less a safe anchorage with wind speeds up to 40 knots, this is providing the than 24 hours it is advisable to radio Agent informing him of medical vessel is ballasted to a minimum of the light ballast condition, i.e. for a requirements prior to vessel’s arrival. vessel of this size, 184 m. LOA, then the minimum draft must be 4.5 m. TANKERS: Refinery Pier: 4 berths, depth alongside 12.3 m. Pumping forward and 7.0 m. aft. platform 4.9 m. above low water, wharf 3.7 m. above low water. One-ton The Harbour Master does not allow immobilisation of main engines crane at each berth and accommodation ladder. unless under exceptional circumstances. No. 1 and 2 Berths: Pier 887 m. long, direction 315␥, berth 213 m. Health: Radio Pratique was applied for 24 hours prior to arrival at Port approx., suitable for ships up to 183 m. LOA. Ships moor to 2 spring Phillip Pilot Station. Vessels are not informed of granting of Pratique until dolphins 61 m. apart; pumping platform set back 1.7 m. from line of these the Pilot is aboard and has safely navigated the Rip. He then contacts dolphins. Port Lonsdale Signal Station who furnishes him with the date and time No. 3 and 4 Berths: A branch from the main pier, direction 330␥, berth of granting Radio Pratique. 275 m. approx., suitable for ships up to 265 m. LOA. Ships lie alongside Berths: Cunningham Pier has now been completely refurbished as a a concrete sprung berthing beam 73 m. in length. No. 4 Berth equipped tourist attraction with a restaurant on the end. It is not used for berthing with 4 rubber coned fenders, capstans and 90 tonnes S.W.L. mooring general cargo vessels for commercial purposes. hooks for berthing large vessels. Distance between backspring bollards The Bulk Grain Piers now belong to the private sector. The piers are designated North and South. 35 m. Hoses 8 in. – reduction from 10 in. available. New grain pier to the North of the existing pier (berth South side only), Ballast: Tank Cleaning and Dirty Ballast Facilities: Line 12 in. Maximum max. draft 11.6 m., for loading of grain and woodchip. Berth takes quantity restricted by ullage in shore tank. Rate 900 t.p.h. Berths 1, 2, Panamax size vessels and is owned by Vicgrain. 3 and 4. All ballast must be discharged via the shore reception facilities Gangway/Watchmen: Due to the privatisation of the Bulk Grains even though oil free. Severe penalties will be imposed by the Authorities Terminal, the compulsory requirement for gangway/watchmen has for any infringement of harbour regulations. ceased. Geelong Port Authority takes a serious view of any form of oil pollution Garbage Disposal: The disposal of garbage is available. There is no within the harbour, and Courts impose heavy penalties on offenders. need for any arrangements for disposal via your Agent. They board on Essential Master advises ship personnel before berthing of necessity for arrival and discuss disposal. It is not compulsory to dispose of garbage extreme care to ensure no oil spillage occurs. ashore. Port Authority Circular: Mooring Ropes: In the light of new Tanker The latest rates for disposal are as follows: Terminal Safety requirements based on recent I.M.O. recommendations, (a) Up to 3␺200 lt. containers Aus.$ 343.00 some modification of the former stipulation regarding wire rope moorings (b) 4 to 9␺200 lt. containers Aus.$ 514.00 may now be considered. Where backsprings are crossed on Refinery (c) 10␣␺200 lt. containers Aus.$ 774.00 Berths 1 and 2, rope remains the preferred mooring. Otherwise where Please also note that the Australian Quarantine and InspectionService sliphooks are provided, wire moorings will be accepted, whereas they (A.Q.I.S.) will visit the vessel on arrival to check vessels garbage and are not acceptable on bollards. pest control. They are very strict about these matters. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 137 AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: TOLL GeelongPort, 65 Brougham Street, General: Two wharf gantries each with a capacity of 1,000 tonnes/hr. (P.O.Box 344), Geelong, Victoria 3220, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) Gantry traverse 167 m. 5226-6310. FAX: ␣61 (3) 5272-1560. WWW: www.tollports.com.au Airdraft: Retracted 16.3 m. Contact: V. Tremaine, General Manager. Robert Conder, Marketing Fully extended 13.5 m. above zero tide. Manager (Email: [email protected]). Grain Storage Capacity: Vertical Cells 200,000 tonnes Annexe 90,000 tonnes West End Depot 326,000 tonnes GERALDTON, W.A.: 28.46 S. 114.36 E. (See Plan) Plus 167,000 in open storage bulkheads, if required. Total storage capacity 783,000 tonnes. PORT LIMITS: Inner Harbour includes all that area of water in Champion Grain Gross Ship Loading Rates: Bay bounded by a line drawn from Gregory Street, Geraldton, along the Wheat 1,000 tonnes/hr. per gantry foreshore to a point due South of the Western extremity of the Barley 800 tonnes/hr. per gantry breakwater; thence along the breakwater to the Western extremity of Oats 700 tonnes/hr. per gantry the Eastern breakwater; thence S.E. to the foot of the said Gregory Lupins 1,000 tonnes/hr. per gantry Street, and also including the Entrance Channel thereto. Canola 750 tonnes/hr. per gantry Outer Harbour includes all that area of water in Champion Bay and Minerals: Geelvink Channel bounded by an imaginary line drawn from Point Moore Berth No. 4: Plant owned by Geraldton Port Authority and operated by lighthouse true West as far as Longitude 114␥ 30' E. thence true North Geraldton Shipping Agencies under licence agreement. to the shore of the mainland about 2.75 nautical miles (North and West Geraldton Shipping Agencies. Tel: (08) 9964 2228, (08) 9964 3999. from Woolawar Gully), but excluding the waters of Geraldton Inner Mobile: 0418 939-992. Fax: (08) 9964 3222. Harbour and the Entrance Channel thereto. Mid-West Shipping & Wharf Services Pty.Ltd. Tel: (08) 9964 0580. DOCUMENTS: Shipmaster’s Bond QA 5, Departure Notice, 2 Crew Specifications: One wharf gantry. Lists. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Shiploader capacity 2,000 t.p.h. PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilot boards North and West of the Fairway Maximum loading capacity of facility restricted to 1,800 t.p.h. due to Buoy (Lat. 28␥ 45.97' S., Long. 114␥ 32.61' E.) certified weightometer constraints. All vessels are advised not to approach Eastward of the Fairway Buoy. Shiploader Dimensions: Airdraft 14.2 m. at zero tide (e.g. 13.4 m. at Pilot ladder and accessories, including access to vessel, must comply 0.8 tide). in all respects with current IMO/SOLAS requirements. Failure to comply Boom Outreach: Boom fully retracted, from fenders to product drop will incur delays. 7.6 m. At NO time will mechanical pilot hoists be utilised due to swell Boom fully extended, from fenders to product drop 18.3 m. conditions. Stand-off fenders available at A$180.00. ANCHORAGES: The anchorage for vessels off the Port of Geraldton is Stand-off fenders fitted, from S/O fenders to product drop 6.2 m. Westward of a North/South line drawn through the Fairway Buoy. Long traverse 180 m. Vessels must not anchor Eastward of the Fairway Buoy or within Shiploader attachments available. 0.5 nautical miles of the buoy. Anchorage holding ground is moderate Articulated chute – concentrate slinger. holding only. Current Gross Ship Loading Rates: RESTRICTIONS: Swells up to 5.0 m. in outer approaches. Zircon 1,200 – 1,600 tonnes/hr. Movement of loaded vessels may be restricted by Harbour Master. Rutile 1,200 – 1,500 tonnes/hr. Tankers, vessels over 200 m. LOA and vessels over 30.5 m beam Ilmenite 1,000 – 1,500 tonnes/hr. only manoeuvred in daylight hours. Synthetic Rutile 600 – 800 tonnes/hr. Bluff Point Leads or Outer Channel: Depth of water 10 m., minimum SREP 500 – 740 tonnes/hr. width of channel 180 m. Garnet 1,100 – 1,300 tonnes/hr. Curved Section of Channel: Depth of water 9.7 m. to 9.4 m. Bulk Talc 1,000 – 1,300 tonnes/hr. Western Mining Inner Harbour Channel and Manoeuvring Area: 9.1 m. Depth Corporation alongside Berth No. 1 is 8.8 m. Depth alongside Berths No. 2-5 is 9.4 m. Washed Fines 1,000 – 1,350 tonnes/hr. Western Mining All depths are at Port Datum, which is zero on the tide gauge. Corporation MAX. SIZE: Length 213 m.; Beam 30.4 m. Permissible drafts: 8.7 m. at Bulk Talc 950 – 1,000 tonnes/hr. Commercial LW – 9.1 m. at 0.8 m. of tide, 9.3 m. at 1.1 m. tide, provided swell at Minerals Talc Waverider Buoy does not exceed 3 m. Vessels wishing to load to Copper Concentrate 800 – 1,000 tonnes/hr. maximums dependent on tide prevailing should contact Harbour Master Zinc Concentrate 1,000 – 1,250 tonnes/hr. before so doing. Lead Concentrate 1,000 – 1,250 tonnes/hr. Vessels in excess of the above will be accepted at the discretion of Nickel Concentrate 1,000 – 1,250 tonnes/hr. the Harbour Master. Vessels up to 233 m. LOA and 32.3 m. beam have STEVEDORES: 35 men. Working hours 0800 – 1700, Monday – Friday. been handled. Extended shifts and evening shifts all days except Saturday. Midnight HEALTH: First Port of Entry, radio Australian Quarantine and Inspection shifts available. FRESH WATER: At each berth at 25 t.p.h. Service not less than 12 hours prior to arrival advising state of health. FUEL: Light diesel oil at 80 t.p.h. by tanker truck or by pipeline at Berth Also see ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port. No. 4 and 5. RADIO: ETA: ‘‘6GPA Harbour Master Geraldton’’ requires 48 hours and FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Fire fighting unit available. 24 hours notice prior arrival. The 24 hours message should be timed to REPAIRS: Engine and engineering repairs can be carried out. Arrange be delivered before 1630 hrs. local time on the day before arrival so that through Agents. arrangements can be finalised, when possible, in working hours. Please GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Normally done by ships’ crew. also indicate fore and aft draft in the 48 hours’ notice. Vessels with Two shore watchmen are employed on all tankers, and vessels Facsimile facility may send these ETAs to Fax No. 099-640546 undergoing fumigation. (Email: [email protected]). OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Done by ships’ crew. Masters are advised for medical and or other emergencies; the CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Each crew member 200 cigarettes or Harbour Master should be contacted through Principal or Local Agents. 40 cigars or 8 oz. tobacco and limited amounts spirits per man. Vessels arriving in ballast are requested to retain all clean ballast until CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. after berthing. Discharging ballast before arriving may preclude berthing REPATRIATION: Crew changes can be carried out with little difficulty. if strong wind conditions prevail. Vessel’s ballast must comply with AIRPORT: Local airport 11 km. East of town. International – Perth, IMO/MEPC/July 1991 Requirements. 430 km. to the South. VHF: VHF available for communications with Pilot. Channels 6, 9, 12 TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port (GMT plus 8 hours). and 16. Continuous watch not maintained. HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day, Boxing Day, Easter, Labour Day, Anzac TUGS: 2 ␺ 28 tons bollard pull. Tugs used at discretion of Harbour Day, Queen’s Birthday, Foundation Day. Master. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police 99641511; Ambulance 99641808; BERTHING: The wharf is divided into 4 berths numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4 Fire 99212222. from East end. TELEPHONES: Available at each berth (ordered through Agent). Berth No. 1 (Length 99 m.). The berth is used as a general purpose SERVICES: Compass adjustment, radio and radar repairs available. berth. Contact Agents. Berth No. 2 (Length 203 m.). The berth has an unobstructed apron of BANKS: Commonwealth, Westpac, Bankwest, A.N.Z. Banking Group, 27.5 m. for almost the full length of berth. Berth use is limited to small National Australia Bank. vessels and tugs as deck loading is restricted to 1 tonne. STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. Berth No. 3 (Length 203 m.) mainly for loading of bulk grain. There 1. Stored by truck. 2. Not applicable. are 2 loading gantries on the wharf each capable of loading wheat at 3. Trucks allowed alongside (with the exception of tankers). the rate of 1,000 tonnes/hr. 4. Forklifts allowed (with the exception of tankers). Berth No. 4 (Length 281 m.): It is possible to use No. 4 for general 5. Storing of ships must abide by Customs Regulations. purposes, but a loading gantry and conveyor system at the berth is used 6. Waterside workers would be employed to assist with storing if for loading mineral sands. Max. rate 1,800 t.p.h. Air draft for loader is required. 14.0 m. at zero tide. SHORE LEAVE: No restrictions. Berth No. 5 is situated to the N.W. of the main wharf and runs in a IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Not required. N.N.E. direction. The berth is 213 m. in length with a mooring dolphin GARBAGE DISPOSAL: A collection service is available. 2␺100 litre at the Southern end. The berth is used for general purposes and tanker portable plastic containers are provided for use on board. Contact: discharge. Geraldton Port Authority. Tel: 99640522. Charges: A$ 45.00 per service Berth No. 6 is 213 m. in length and is a continuous extension of Berth plus A$ 3.00 per crew member per day per service. Collection and No. 5. It is used for general cargo, livestock, fertiliser discharge, etc. dropping off clean bins daily from 0700 hrs. to 0800 hrs. CRANES: None. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: ‘‘Freemans Waste Disposal’’. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Grain: Tel: (08) 99213415. Fax: (08) 99214371. 2 tanker trucks of 9,000 litres Berth No. 3: Controlled by Co-Operative Bulk Handling Ltd. Tel: (08) each are available. Charges: A$1.81 per 100 litres. Service available at 9921-3322. any berth. Disposal at Council tip site.

138 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, Marine Terrace, Geraldton. The max. daily tide height is 4.9 m. Tel: (08) 99213272. Opening hours: 1900 – 2230. Club will close earlier The min. daily tide height is 2.7 m. if unattended. If service required during other hours please ring bell. Tankers carrying petroleum products may enter during hours of Facilities: Chapel, international telephone calls, stamps, money darkness only at Harbour Master’s discretion. exchange, refreshments, T.V. and video, library, snooker and table MAX. SIZE: The Port can accommodate vessels of up to 17.0 m. draft tennis, shop with souvenirs and toiletries. on any day of the year. The maximum draft for entrance channels is DELAYS: All subject to weather conditions. dependent on tidal conditions. Length and breadth dependent uponwharf GENERAL: Mineral Sands Loading: We would like to remind Owners to which vessel is to proceed. of the very stringent hold cleanliness requirements for vessels loading Principal wharves are: mineral sands, particularly rutile and zircon. Wharf Berth Depth at L.W. Owners will be aware that these sands are refined very high quality Auckland Wharf No. 1 11.3 products and Surveyors require vessels to be completely free of all No. 2 11.3 chemical residues, especially loose rust scale, before presenting for No. 3 11.3 loading. Any work required must be done by shore labour, which is costly No. 4 11.3 and time consuming. Barney Point 15.0 Charts: South Trees East 12.8 AUS 81 Approaches to Geraldton. West 12.8 AUS 751 Houtman Abrolhos and Geelvink Channel. Clinton Coal Wharf 18.8 AUS 332 Quobba Point to Geraldton. Boyne Wharf (Smelter) 15.0 AUS 333 Geraldton to Wedge Island. Fisherman’s Landing Wharf No. 4 11.2 1033 Champion Bay to Cape Naturaliste No. 5 11.2 (Australian Pilot Vol 5 1972). HEALTH: A system of Radio Pratique has been adopted for vessels WA 939 Geraldton and Geraldton Harbour. calling at Gladstone as a first port in Australia provided they are regular AUTHORITY: Geraldton Port Authority, G.P.O.Box 1856, Geraldton, callers from disease free areas. WA 6531, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9964-0522. FAX: ␣61 (8) All vessels requiring Pratique must radio answers to a series of 9964-0546. Cables: ‘‘6 GPA’’ – to Harbour Master. questions regarding crew health, etc. to ship’s Agents 24 hours prior to Email: [email protected] WWW: www.geroport.wa.gov.au arrival. Contact: Captain Dennis Parsons, Harbour Master (Tel: ␣61 (8) See ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port. 9964-0543. Mobile: 0409-640-543. After hours Tel: ␣61 (8) RADIO: Radio messages passed to Agents via any coastal radio station. 9964-8209. Answering Service: 9964-0545. Fax: ␣61 (8) 9964-0546. All shipping cables to Agents, etc., should be prefixed ‘‘Shipserv’’ to Email: [email protected]). Captain David Murgatroyd, enable delivery destination outside ordinary postal hours if necessary. Deputy Harbour Master (Tel: ␣61 (8) 9964-0544. Mobile: VHF: Shipping movements are controlled by VHF Radio, the base station 0409-640-544. After hours: 9964-8520. being operated by the Harbour Master and his Staff. Email: [email protected] Fax: ␣61 (8) 9964-0546). TUGS: 2␺46 ton B.P. (‘‘Wistari’’ and ‘‘Tom Tough’’) and 1␺50 ton B.P. (‘‘Kuttabul’’). A fourth tug is available when required. Tugs normally join vessel in vicinity of South Trees Point. Tug’s lines always used when GLADSTONE, Queensland: 23.51 S. 151.15 E. vessels are piloted. There is no extra charge for use of tug’s lines. (See Plan) BERTHING: Large vessels loading at all times normally swing and berth starboard side to, head to sea, on flood tide. Vessels discharging bauxite LOCATION: The port is located in position Lat. 23␥ 49.61' S., at South Trees Island Wharf, berth at periods of slack water (high or Long. 151␥ 34.6' E. low). Vessels loading alumina at this wharf berth either on flood tide or Charts: Australian Charts No. AUS 245, AUS 246 and AUS 819. slack water – never on ebb tide. PORT LIMITS: Commencing at a point on the HW mark on the most Auckland Point Wharves: With total length of 760 m., there are 4 berths Easterly tip of Connor Bluff (Curtis Island) to position Lat. 23␥ 49.61' S., at Auckland Point, owned by the Gladstone Port Authority. Long. 151␥ 34.6' E.; No. 1 Berth: Common user berth for export of bulk products (previously thence in a generally West, South-Westerly direction to a point on the used for coal storage and export – now available for other bulk products). HW mark on the most Northerly tip of Tiber Point (Hammock Hill Island); Bulk products are exported through this berth over 2 bulk shiploaders thence by a line in a Westerly direction across Colosseum Inlet to a each with a capacity of 800 tonnes/p.h. These loaders travel a distance point on the high water mark on Wild Cattle Island; of 142 m. along the wharf and are adjoined by 2 conveyors to the thence by that high water mark in a generally North-Westerly direction stockpile area. Depth of water at berth is 11.3 m. LWOST to a point on the most Northerly tip of Wild Cattle Island; No. 2 Berth: This berth handles the export of grain (wheat, grain thence by a line in a Westerly direction to a point on the high water sorghum, oil seeds) from the rich grain growing areas of the mark on the mainland; Dawson/Callide Valleys and the Central Highlands. Grain is stored in thence by that HW mark along the mainland to a point on the HW the adjoining complex of silos and storage sheds. mark on the North bank of Munduran Creek at its junction with The Total Port capacity for storage of grain is over 82,000 tonnes. Taken Narrows; from the storage areas by conveyors, the grain is loaded onboard vessels thence by a line in a generally Easterly direction across The Narrows by 2 mobile gantry shiploaders at a combined rate of 1,600 tonnes/p.h. to a point on the HW mark on the North bank of Monte Christo Creek The berth depth is 11.3 m. LWOST. at its junction with The Narrows; No. 3 Berth: Petroleum products imported through this berth are stored thence by that HW mark in a generally Southerly, Easterly and in the tank farms constructed by the major oil companies on reclaimed Northerly direction back to the point of commencement and including all land adjacent to the berth. This vital fuel is then distributed throughout navigable rivers and creeks communicating that area and the banks, Central Queensland. Caustic soda and LPG are also imported at this shores and foreshores of the rivers and creeks. wharf. General cargo, containers, heavy lifts and break-bulk vessels also DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. use this berth. The berth depth is 11.3 m. LWOST. PILOTAGE: Compulsory for all merchant vessels. ETA’s may be sent No. 4 Berth: A multi-user wharf designed to handle containerised, through Brisbane Station, not less than 24 hours before arrival, followed breakbulk, general and heavy lift cargoes. This facility is located directly by amended advices where necessary as pilot launch takes 1.5 hours in front of the Gladstone Container Terminal. The berth depth is 11.3 m. to reach Pilot Boarding Ground from town. Pilotage compulsory for all LWOST. merchant ships. Pilot boards at the Fairway Buoy which is approx. 28 km. Barney Point Wharf: This wharf with a total length of 205 m. is owned West of Bustard Head. VHF Channel 16 may be used to contact Pilot and operated by Gladstone Port Authority. This multi-user/multi-product Station, call sign ‘‘Gladstone Harbour Control’’; 24 hour watch facility handles primarily coal exports. Other bulks, such as magnesite maintained. Pilot boat also has VHF. Pilot boat orange launch and and cottonseed, are also handled at this facility. The stockpile area has displays usual signals. a capacity of 400,000 tonnes. Shiploading is done by a single Boarding of Pilots may be possible by helicopter if vessel meets certain 2,000 tonnes/hr. mobile shiploader. The berth depth is 15.0 m. LWOST. requirements. The decision will be made after radio communication with South Trees Wharf: Owned and operated by Queensland Alumina the vessel. Limited, this facility handles all cargoes for the giant alumina refinery. Gladstone Port Authority Pilot Station: Tel: ␣61 (7) 4976-1600. Bauxite is imported from Weipa (in North Queensland) and alumina is Fax: ␣61 (7) 4976-1407. exported to all parts of the world. The other components necessary for Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great the alumina process – caustic soda and fuel oil are also imported over Barrier Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available the wharf. Depth at the berth is 12.8 m. LWOST. from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal Boyne Wharf: Constructed to serve the needs of Boyne Smelters Ltd., Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. the wharf is 250 m. long and will cater for vessels up to 60,000 tonne Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at capacity. Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East A causeway 710 m. long provides access to the wharf and to a sealed Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. area (400 m. ␺ 50 m.) for storage of aluminium billets. On the wharf is ANCHORAGES: The Outer Harbour Anchorage (but within the Port a 400 tonnes/p.h. mobile unloader to handle petroleum and liquid pitch. Limits) has been gazetted in the vicinity of Fairway Buoy. Good inner Depth at the berth is 15.0 m. LWOST. anchorage, inside Gatcombe Head approximately 0.7 nautical miles Fisherman’s Landing Wharves: Most Northerly of the wharf centres, both South of Bushy Islet in sand and mud, having a depth of 17.5 m. – Fisherman’s Landing Wharves are owned by the Gladstone Port 22.5 m. North of the Facing Island Leads, is available at the Harbour Authority and operated by multi-users. Master’s discretion. Fisherman’s Landing Wharf No. 4: Cement and cement clinker from RESTRICTIONS: The port is served by an entrance channel, some Queensland Cement Limited and fly ash are exported over the wharf 10 km. long, with a bottom width of 183 m., dredged to 16.3 m. at alongside imports of caustic soda. The berth has a pivoting radial LWOST. shiploader that operates at 2,000 t.p.h. Berth depth is 11.2 m LWOST. The max. allowable draft of a vessel passing through the channel is Fisherman’s Landing No. 5: Bulk Liquids Wharf exports medium shale determined by the following formula: oil and imports liquid ammonia. The berth has 2 SVT 300 mm. loading Allowable draft in metres ␦ 16.3 m. ␣ tide height ␤1.5 m./2.0 m.* arms. Berth depth is 11.2 m LWOST. *␤1.5 m. (for vessels less than 85,000 d.w.t.); ␤ 1.8 m. (for vessels Clinton Coal Wharves and R.G. Tanna Coal Terminal: Owned and of 85,000 d.w.t. to 200,000 d.w.t.) and ␤ 2.0 m. (for vessels greater than operated by Gladstone Port Authority. The facility has 2 berths at 18.8 m. 200,000 d.w.t.). depth. Two shiploaders provide operations at rate of 8,000 tonnes/p.h. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 139 AUSTRALIA (2␺4,000 tonnes/hr.). Berths presently cater for vessels from SHORE LEAVE: Crew members allowed ashore provided vaccination 25,000 d.w.t. to in excess of 220,000 d.w.t., 17.0 m. draft and 55 m. certificates in order. beam. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: GARBAGE DISPOSAL: A collection service is available. Drums and Max. skips are provided alongside. Charges are A$79.20 per collection, Outreach Throw Max. Location Length of from of Beam of Commodity A$57.60 to burn garbage and A$26.70 for dumping. No. of Units Travel Wharf Trimmer Vessel Capacity handled Storage WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: A collection service is available for moderate (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (t.p.h.) (tons) quantities using tanker trucks. This is arranged by the ship’s Agent. Auckland 142 15.5 15.2 32 1,600 Bulk 110,000 SEAMAN’S CLUBS: The Missions to Seaman, Corner of Bryan Jordan Point No.1 (combined) (combined) products ␣ (2 units) Drive and Alf O’Rourke Drive, Gladstone, Qld. 4680, Australia. Tel: 61 Auckland 155 19.3␣ 19.0 32 1,600 Grains 82,000 (7) 4972-0355. Point No.2 (combined) Trimmer/ (combined) Facilities available include shop, international telephone service, (2 units) Jetslinger available church services, mini-bus collection, postage facilities and games made Barney Point 176 15 11.0 45 2,000 Coal 400,000 available at the Club. (1 unit) DELAYS: No unusual delays other than berth availability or unusual tidal South Trees 192 25.6 N/A 35.4 1,200 Alumina 238,000 conditions. East (1 unit) South Trees 184 24.45 N/A 35.4 2,000 Bauxite 1,000,000 GENERAL: No cranes on wharves. Mobile cranes available for hire. No West (2 units) lighterage facilities. Electricity available to ships. Passengers not Clinton 593 43 N/A 55 4,000 Coal 3,900,000 normally embarked or disembarked this port, as no facilities for them. Coal Wharf (1 unit) DEVELOPMENTS: R.G. Tanna Coal Terminal: A third berth capable of Clinton 593 46 N/A 55 4,000 Coal 3,900,000 handling vessels up to 220,000 d.w.t. is to be constructed at the Eastern Coal Wharf end of Berth No. 2. This berth will be used as a secondary berth to the (1 unit) existing 2 primary berths (Berths No. 1 and 2) for vessels waiting to load Type of Units: Mobile gantry loaders, except South Trees West coal. (2 mobile gantry grab unloaders). Work will involve extending the existing wharf by 396 m., extention of STEVEDORES: Special ETA advice necessary if week-end labour the 2 existing conveyors to allow the shiploaders to travel to the end of required and must be ordered by 1400 hrs. on previous Friday. Monday the new extention, widening of the existing jetty to allow for two-way labour for vessels arriving after Friday must be ordered by 1500 hrs. on traffic, infill of existing gaps in Berth No. 1 and increased handling Friday. The only commodities requiring shore labour are bulk grain and capacity of 6,000 t.p.h. Completion date January 2003. general cargo. Contact: Ken Birleson, Gladstone Port Project Engineer. Tel: ␣61 (7) P&O Ports. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4972-1644. Mobile: 0412-012-713. Fax: ␣61 4976-1315. (7) 4972-4401. Tide/Draft Table: The Harbour Master at Gladstone has issued a Patrick Stevedores. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4972-3766. Mobile: 0409-875-598. tide/draft table following the completion of the dredging programme. A Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-3966. copy of the full table is available from Agent’s office, but we quote below Total Stevedoring Services. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4935-2000. examples of drafts extracted from the full table: Mobile: 0429-494-364. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4935-2100. Tabulated Vessels up to Vessels over MEDICAL: Dependent duration stay in port, prior notice for medical tide height 85,000 d.w.t. 85,000 d.w.t. attention not required (other than notice of infectious diseases). Hospital (m.) (m.) (m.) facilities available. Current vaccination certificate for each member of 2.2 16.0 15.5 crew required. 2.5 16.3 15.8 TANKERS: Diameters of discharge lines 12 in., (0.305 m.) and 8 in. 2.8 16.6 16.1 (0.203 m.) for white oils and 6 in. (0.152 m.) black oils, no slop discharge 3.1 16.9 16.4 facilities. Main tanker berth at Auckland Point Wharf (Berth No. 3), 3.4 17.2 16.7 minimum depth alongside 11.30 m. LWOST. 3.7 17.5 17.0 DENSITY: Average density 1024 – 1028. 4.0 17.6 17.1 FRESH WATER: Available all wharves. Fresh water hydrants placed at 4.3 17.7 17.2 intervals along wharves. 4.6 17.8 17.3 FUEL: All grades of marine fuels are available and can be delivered to 4.9 18.0 17.5 all berths by barge. Pipeline delivery is available to all vessels working The maximum daily high tide height is 4.9 m. (HWS). The minimum cargo at South Trees East berth. Bunker only deliveries of fuel oil and daily high tide height is 2.7 m. (HWN). MDO is a feature of the bunkering facilities at Gladstone. Contact: BHP Transport. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4972-2613.Mobile: 0408-426-401. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995 (Updated 1998). Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-2691. Charts: AUS 244, 245 and 246. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Where petroleum and goods of dangerous Approach: No prominent features until fairly close when Rodds inflammable character are being unloaded, watchman shall be employed Peninsular with Bray Hills is conspicuous. to collect matches from all persons in vicinity and to patrol wharf within A new buoy has been placed in position Lat. 23␥ 53.3' S., the limits in which petroleum cargo is being handled. Every vessel Long. 151␥ 31' E. (Fl.W.3 sec.), surrounded by very small spar buoys. carrying inflammable liquids when in any Queensland port shall display New Fairway Beacon (with Racon) is shortly to be constructed in this red flag, not less than 1 m. (3 ft.) square with white circular centre position. Existing Fairway Buoy will then be removed. 15 cm. (6 in.) in diameter. Anchorages: Outer anchorage is exposed, although high winds generally CONSULS: None. only associated with tropical depression to North. The anchorage is about REPAIRS: Minor engine and deck repairs are undertaken. 5 miles N.N.W. of Richards Point (Rodds Peninsular), outside port limits. DRY DOCKS: None available. Slipway capable of lifting vessels up to Inner Anchorage: South Trees Anchorage, off Boyne Wharf or Quoin 125 tons displacement with max. beam 23 m. and max. draft forward Anchorage, 1 mile North of South Trees Wharf for small vessels. Inner of 6 ft. anchorages are subject to strong tidal streams. SURVEYORS: Australian Maritime Safety Authority. Tel: ␣61 (7) Pilots: VHF range good, contact as per ALRS. Pilot is available 24 hours, 4972-9045. Mobile: 0408-213-812. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-3841. but large vessels are dependent on tide. Chris Tanner Pty. Ltd. (Marine Surveyor). Tel: ␣61 (7) 4978-1665. Pilot boards from a fast cutter, a position indicated on AUS 246. Transit Mobile: 0418-792-920. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4978-1928. time to LPG Berth at Auckland Point is about 1.5 hours. Rodd’s Bay Maritime. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4972-6199. Mobile: 0414-615-182. AMSA are conducting trial with Gladstone Pilots for ‘Bridge Team Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-6540. Pilotage Management’. Roslin Marine Services Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4978-1655. If bunkering at South Trees Anchorage before or after berthing, Pilot Mobile: 0407-275-277. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4978-6302. generally stays onboard vessel and requires a cabin. Captain Rod Knowles. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4978-4052. Mobile: 017-950-575. Channel: Good synchronised lights which are very conspicuous. The Fax: ␣61 (7) 4978-4982. channel is dredged to 16.3 m. datum (1998). Strong tidal currents may be encountered. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Services of watchmen is not Tugs: 4 tugs available, 3␺40 ton and 1␺20 ton B.P. The tugs are recommended except in the case of petroleum tankers previously stationed between Auckland Point and Barney Point. Tug’s lines are mentioned. used. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Either by ship’s crew or shore labour. Berth: LPG into pressure storage is handled at Auckland Point on CERTIFICATES: List of certificates usual for Australian ports. See Eastern end of berth, where the flat quay is used for general and ‘‘Melbourne’’. containers. The Western end is for bulk grain loading. The depth is CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 0.5 lb. of tobacco or 200 cigarettes, to be 11.5 m. datum. Vessels always berth starboard side to. opened. 1 only 26 ounce bottle, to be opened. The quay is of concrete construction. Gangway can be landed without CARGO GEAR: To be in accordance with Commonwealth Navigation difficulty. Fresh water is available. Tie up is 3␣2 each end. A lineboat (Loading and Unloading Safety Measures) Regulations. See is available to assist with mooring lines. ‘‘Melbourne’’. Terminal: Boral Gas: 4␺500 cu.m. Pressure tanks are located 1,000 m. REPATRIATION: Facilities for effecting crew changes and necessary from the quay. Discharge rate is 210 tonnes/hr. at 9 Bar B.P. for Propane. repatriations can be arranged. Prior notice required. The terminal works with Brisbane in taking in extra product by road AIRPORT: Airport approximately 3 km. from port and is regularly served and rail cars. by 2 internal airlines. Daily flights to Brisbane with connections with The cargo is discharged by shore hoses of 6 in. 300 ASA into a 10 in. overseas airlines. line to the tanks. Terminal require at minimum of ␤25␥C for main TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. discharge, ideally at ambient. Road and rail tankers can only be loaded HOLIDAYS: Only 2 official holidays in year when it is not possible to at ␣6␥C. Hence temperature restriction. First 250 tonnes and last arrange cargo work: Christmas Day and Boxing Day. 100 tonnes required at minimum of ␣2␥C to fill one shore tank with hot POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Telephone number of these services in product for immediate delivery to rail tankers. We delivered at ␣1.5␥C. cases of emergency only is ‘‘000’’ and ask to be connected to the Shore figures given on completion, which is unusual for East Coast. required service. Emergency call to Hospital is Tel: 4976-3218. Terminal requires ship’s walkie-talkie. TELEPHONES: Public phones available on wharf. Watchman in hut near gangway and also at roadway gate. SERVICES: No tank cleaning facilities. No slop facilities. Documents: Customs/Immigration documentation as Townsville. 140 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Bunkers: Available by barge at Inner Anchorage (South Trees), but LPG The shiploader is connected by a belt conveyor system to the bauxite ships not allowed to bunker whilst vessel alongside connected. stockpiles and to the alumina silos, 3,202 m. (10,500 ft.) and 2,592 m. A modern and efficient barge can provide all grades throughout (8,500 ft.) distant respectively from the wharf head. 24 hours. The bulk liquids berth consists basically of mooring dolphins and The anchorage has strong tidal currents. fenders associated with a pipe bridge support. Three pipe-lines are Technical Services: Poor. We tried for radar service, but not available. provided namely: Best to use Brisbane, Townsville or Cairns. (1) 46 cm. (18 in.) diameter for bunker fuel oil. Chandler: Nautilus: Tel:␣61 (7) 4972-1044. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-1889. (2) 35 cm. (14 in.) diameter for caustic soda. Telephone: Coin telephone near silos, short walk from berth. Card (3) 25.4 cm. (10 in.) diameter for diesoleum, petroleum and aviation phones in town, about 20 minutes walk away. kerosene. Airport: About 3.5 miles away along Dawson Highway. Frequent There are 2␺8 in. and 1␺10 in. Ennis Wheaton discharge arms with domestic flights to Brisbane. Camlock manifold fittings for fuel oil and caustic soda. White products are handled through 8 in. flexible hoses. AUTHORITY: Gladstone Port Authority, P.O.Box 259, Gladstone, If other types of fittings are required to effect discharge, arrangements Queensland 4680, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4976-1333. FAX: ␣61 (7) should be made by the tanker vessel to provide such items. 4972-3045. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.gpa.org.au The length of each pipe-line is approximately 1,982 m. (6,500 ft.) Contact: Leo Zussino, General Manager. covering the distance from bulk liquids berth to shore tank farm. Queensland Department of Transport, Marine Operations Central A depth of water of 13.6 m. below Chart Datum (at low water ordinary Region, P.O.Box 123, Gladstone, Queensland 4680, Australia. Spring tide) is available at both the alumina/bauxite and bulk liquid berths. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4973-1200. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4972-5520. Contact: Captain This will allow simultaneous occupancy by a tanker and bulk carrier, M.G. Lutze, Regional Harbour Master. of up to approximately 60,000 d.w.t., under ordinary conditions. Maximum size of tankers handled is 100,000 d.w.t. part-loaded. Maximum airdraft at manifold 18.0 m. – tide. When airdraft greater GOVE, N.T.: 12.12 S. 136.40 E. (See Plan) than 13.0 m., ship’s crane/derrick is required to assist with disconnection. General Cargo Wharf: This wharf extends in a S.E. direction from the DOCUMENTS: The following documents are required a minimum Eastern side of the land strip leading to Dundas Point. The wharf bears 48 hours before arrival: 315␥ (T) ␺ 1,342 m. (4,400 ft.) from Half Tide Rock and is a substantial Customs Impending Arrival Details Form. structure 94 m. (310 ft.) long by 27.89 m. (91 ft. 6 in.) wide connected to Crew Report Form (Crew List). the shore by an access jetty 287.2 m. (950 ft.) long and 5.49 m. (18 ft.) On arrival: wide. Ship’s Report of Arrival (Form 5 Part 1). The wharf has been designed for vessels of max. length of 165 m. Crew Report (Form 5 Part 2). (541 ft.) and of up to 20,000 d.w.t. to berth at each side under normal Crew Effects (Form 5 Part 3). conditions. Vessels of up to 30,000 tons can be accommodated under Ship Stores Report (Form 5 Part 4). suitable tidal conditions. Ports of Call List. The depth of water alongside is 10.0 m. (32.8 ft.) below chart datum Clearance from Last Port. (LWOST) on the S.W. side and 11.5 m. (37.7 ft.) on the N.E. side. All Statutory Certificates to be sighted by Customs Boarding Officer. Fisherman’s and Light Cargo Wharf: This wharf is located near Harbour PILOTAGE: Compulsory for vessels proceeding to Alcan Gove facilities. Island in Melville Bay. It is administered by V. B. Perkins Pty. Ltd. Total The Pilot will board at the anchorage position. wharf length is 48.0 m. and width 18 m. Max. wharf loading by vehicles Coastal Pilotage: Pilotage services between Gove and Darwin via 4.5 tonnes/sq.m. The minimum available depth alongside is 5.0 m. Clarence Strait, or to Torres Strait, are conducted by pilots available Ramps: 2 Landing barge ramps accommodating landing barges up to from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal 1,500 g.r.t. A 28 tonne SWL fork lift is available for cargo operations. Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. CRANES: 8 mobile cranes, capacities between 5 tonnes and 90 tonnes. ANCHORAGES: Melville Bay affords good holding ground, the bottom STEVEDORES: No local stevedoring companies. being either sand or mud and the depths ranging up to 48 ft. (14.64 m.) MEDICAL: Medical services and a large modern hospital with West of Dundas Point. Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor comprehensive theatre, medical and surgical facilities, at Nhulunbuy, approximately 4 cables (0.4 nautical miles) N.W. of the Fairway Buoy. 9 miles from the port. The Quarantine Officer and Customs Officer normally clear vessels TANKERS: See ‘‘Berthing’’. alongside the berth, but may on occasions board at the anchorage. DENSITY: 1020 – 1022. A vessel is considered to be an ‘‘arrived ship’’ for purposes of laytime FRESH WATER: Available at all berths. when she enters the Quarantine Anchorage. FUEL: Diesel available at Fisherman’s and Light Cargo Wharf for small RESTRICTIONS: Approach Channel to bulk cargo and tanker jetties has craft only (yachts). No fuel oils available at Alcan Gove’s berths due to minimum depth 13.8 m. access problems. Approach Channel to general cargo jetty has minimum depth 11.59 m. REPAIRS: Limited facilities, minor repairs only. MAX. SIZE: Max. arrival draft 12.8 m. SURVEYORS: There is a local independent surveyor to carry out draft, Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. on-hire and bunker surveys. However, Lloyd’s Surveyor available from HEALTH: The Port of Gove has been declared Port of First Entry for Darwin or Cairns. health clearance of vessels arriving from overseas. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening and closing carried out by Vessel to fax Quarantine Pre-Arrival Report (Pratique) Form and ship’s crew. Ballast Water Treatment/Exchange Log to Alcan Gove, 24 hours prior CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes and 1 litre of spirits per crew to arrival to arrange permission to berth from the Australian Quarantine member. Service. REPATRIATION: Facilities exist for effecting crew changes and RADIO: Notice of Arrival: Prior to arrival, vessels are requested to radio repatriation, but not recommended. the following information: AIRPORT: Gove is served by commercial flights to and from Darwin (i) For all vessels: and Cairns, 7 days a week. Services to other parts of Australia and the (a) ETA Gove – 10 days rest of the world are frequent from Darwin and Cairns. – 5 days TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. – 2 days SHORE LEAVE: After clearing inwards, crew members may proceed – 1 day ashore. Travel through Alcan Gove Plant by car and taxi only. Walking Messages should be sent. is prohibited for safety reasons. (b) Anticipated draft forward and aft. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: May be required. (ii) For bulk carriers, anticipated hatch loading plan, loading GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. sequence and quantity required in each pour. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. (c) For petroleum tankers, approximate quantities to be SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. discharged and grade of product desired for first discharge, REGULATIONS: It is forbidden to take firearms, alcoholic beverages and order of unloading various grades if more than one and foodstuffs ashore. grade is carried. AUTHORITY: Alcan Gove, PO Box 21, Nhulunbuy, NT 0881, All communications by telex or fax to Alcan Gove Shipping Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8987 5418. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8987 5410. (Telex: AA 85045. Fax: ␣61 (8) 8987 5410). Telex: 85045 (Port Telex). Contact: H. Cole, Port Captain. M. Brown, VHF: The Alcan Gove Harbour Master’s Office maintains a listening Harbour Pilot. watch on Channel 16 during office hours (Monday to Friday 0700 hrs. – AGENT: Agency undertaken by Alcan Gove Shipping. 1530 hrs.). Outside office hours, call Plant Security on Channel 16. Channels used are 16, 12 and 6. Call sign ‘‘Gove Harbour’’. TUGS: 1␺41 tons B.P. and 1␺35 tons B.P. One Pilot/line handling boat GRIFFIN VENTURE: 21.13 S. 114.39 E. (See Plan) also available. Tug’s lines are used in most instances, but no extra charge is made. LOCATION: The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ is located in position BERTHING: Bulk Cargo Wharf: The bulk cargo wharf runs in a N.W./S.E. Lat. 21␥ 13' 24" S., Long. 114␥ 38' 40.4" E. direction and bears 189␥(T) 2,440 m. (8,000 ft.) from West Woody Island The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Floating Production Storage and Offtake Facility triangulation point. The wharf has a ‘T’ head which is connected to the (FPSO) operates in the Griffin, Scindian and Chinook Oil Fields in the shore by an access bridge 946 m. (3,120 ft.) long and 3.05 m. (10 ft.) Indian Ocean. wide. The oilfields have been developed by Joint Venturers which operate The Northern branch of the wharf head constitutes the bauxite/ alumina the Facility through the agency of BHP Petroleum Pty. Ltd. berth and the Southern branch the bulk liquids berth. The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ is a purpose built FPSO with process facilities The bauxite/alumina berth is mounted with a travelling, luffing and a metering system to enable stabilisation of crude oil and delivery shiploader with telescopic trimming spout having an outreach of 28 m. to Offtake Vessels. The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ has around 120,000 kl. total (91 ft. 9 in.) from the fender line. The distance of travel along the berth crude oil storage capacity (approximately 750,000 bbls. or 90,000 metric is 164.2 m. (540 ft.). The clearance beneath the spout at maximum tonnes). Oil is delivered through a 16 in. floating hose system at a elevation for loading is 13.2 m. at berth side. maximum rate of 4,000 kl./hr. (25,000 bbls./hr.). Allowing for start-up, The shiploader has a designed capacity of 2,000 tonnes/p.h. for slow-down and ballasting requirements, 103,290 kl. (approximately bauxite and for alumina. 650,000 bbls.) will require over 32 hours pumping. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 141 AUSTRALIA Charts: Australian – AUS. 328, 415, 416, 743. Failure to comply could incur a delay in berthing or sailing, and all and These charts cover the general area and the site of the Facility. any costs shall be borne by the Offtake Vessel. Any such delays may READINESS: The Notice of Readiness from arriving Offtake Vessels prejudice the Offtake Vessel’s acceptance in the future at any Facility will not be accepted until 3 nautical miles from the Facility, and until they operated by BHP Petroleum. are in all respects ready to load in accordance with the Handbook and ANCHORAGES: Anchoring within the Exclusion Zone surrounding the the Terminal Conditions. ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ and sub-sea pipeline is not permitted (See ‘‘Anchoring’’ Notice of Readiness will only be accepted during the hours 0700 to below). If an Offtake Vessel cannot moor on arrival at the Facility and 1600 when prevailing conditions permit safe mooring. wishes to anchor, the Master of the Facility shall be contacted for DOCUMENTS: information and guidance on this matter. Health: To comply with the Australian Government health requirements, Offtake Vessels should make every endeavour to arrive with propeller a Radio Pratique message should reach the Offtake Vessel’s Agent no fully submerged and in association with a trim by the stern of not greater more than 24 hours, and no less than 12 hours before arrival, as per than 0.015L. Masters should note that in the event of arrival with the following instructions. The Offtake Vessel Master should sign and excessive trim or too light a draft, berthing may be refused. date the message. Anchoring: The Offtake Vessel shall not anchor in the Exclusion Zone. The Exclusion Zone is centred on the Facility (Lat. 21␥ 13' 24" S., Please answer the following questions, indicating ‘‘Nil’’ where necessary, ␥ and answer them in order. If answers are not correct, or not in the correct Long. 114 38' 40.4" E.) and extends in a 5 nautical mile radius around order, it could cause unnecessary delay to your vessel berthing, and it. It also extends 1 nautical mile either side of the sub-sea natural gas any costs incurred to the Operators will be to the Offtake Vessel’s pipeline. account. The coordinates specifying the pipeline’s route are: Note: Masters or Medical Officers, who wilfully make a false statement Latitude Longitude 21␥ 13.4' S. 114␥ 38.7' E. in answer to any question, are liable to a fine not exceeding Aus$5,000 21␥ 14.4' S. 114␥ 39.2' E. or imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 years. 21␥ 28.6' S. 114␥ 47.2' E. Question Answer 21␥ 32.2' S. 114␥ 49.0' E. 1. Name, type and nationality of Offtake Vessel. 21␥ 42.8' S. 114␥ 49.4' E. 2. Where from and departure date. 21␥ 45.0' S. 114␥ 50.7' E. 3. Where bound and ETA first port. RESTRICTIONS: Restricted Berthing Hours: Notice of Readiness will 4. Details of any communicable disease or illness or only be accepted during the hours 0700 to 1600 when prevailing weather death onboard since sailing. conditions permit safe mooring. 5. Are there any animals or plants onboard? MAX. SIZE: Offtake Vessels between 25,000 d.w.t. and 150,000 d.w.t. 6. Have you carried livestock in the last 6 months? only can be accommodated at the Facility. Maximum displacement If Yes: tonnage is 175,000 tonnes. List type, ports visited and cleaning performed since HEALTH: See ‘‘Documents’’. last livestock voyage. RADIO: Radio Communication with ‘‘Griffin Venture’’: Optional Section: (answering this section will facilitate clearance of your ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ has radio communications 24 hours. vessel when it arrives in port). ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ call sign: VNGP If the vessel is entering in ballast: ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ INMARSAT C: 450300253 1. Have you: 450300254 (a) Exchanged ballast water at sea during the voyage and ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ INMARSAT M Fax: 873 761340349 logbook certification of time and co-ordinates when ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ INMARSAT M Voice: 873 761340348 reballasting occurred; or ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ VHF: Channel 72 (b) Certification that the area where ballasting took place is free Advice of Arrival: Incoming Offtake Vessels shall advise agent and the from toxic dinoflagelates? or Facility of their ETA 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours before intended 2. Is your vessel part of a compliance arrangement for ballast water arrival and give the following information: control accepted by Australian Quarantine and Inspection Name of vessel and radio call sign. Services? HF radio telephone frequencies, if so equipped. 3. Will you be discharging ballast whilst in Australian waters? INMARSAT telephone, fax and telex numbers and which satellite Note: The granting of Pratique to a vessel does not release it from being to use. subject to quarantine. Goods require separate clearance. Arrival draft and trim. Customs and Immigration: Masters should complete the following ETA should be confirmed or varied, as appropriate, 24 hours before forms which should be delivered to Customs by the ship’s Agents at arrival. least 48 hours prior to arrival at the Facility: VHF: See ‘‘Radio’’. Form 1 – Ship’s Inward Cargo Report. TUGS: Not available. Form 2A and Form 2B – Passenger Report (if applicable). Note: Vessels, whilst moored to the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ will be held in Form 3A and Form 3B – Crew Report. position using a static tow configuration. Offtake vessels are required to Masters should endeavour to complete the following forms ready maintain engines on standby throughout the period while connected to for collection on arrival by Customs Officers, if the Facility is the the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’. Offtake Vessel’s first Australian destination: BERTHING: Standard of Offtake Vessels: Annex A (See ‘‘Annexes’’) is Form 5 – Part One – Ship’s Report of Arrival. a sample of the Offtake Vessel Questionnaire which the Operator of the – Part Two – Crew Effects Declaration Offtake Vessel shall have completed (including the Foc’sle Plan) and Form 42A – Ship’s Stores consumed in Australia. transmitted to the Master of the Offtake Vessel. The Offtake Vessel Form QA4 – Shipmaster’s Notice (Animals, Hides Operator is obliged to provide answers before being nominated to visit and Skins) not for importation. the Facility. It is imperative that if at any time the particulars given in those answers should be seen to be inaccurate or should change in any Form QA5 – Shipmaster’s Bond regarding animals respect, BHP Petroleum Manager Dampier and Master of the Facility carried (only if pets onboard). must be notified forthwith in writing. Without prejudice to any other The Customs Officer in attendance will advise any other documentary consequence of such inaccuracy or change, failure to so notify and to requirements, and provide forms if necessary. provide all necessary details relating thereto may cause delay at the Because the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ is not a designated port, Offtake Vessels Facility. should have their Agents apply for Certificates of Permission for Entry Visiting Offtake Vessels shall be aware of the Oil Companies’ to Australia at other than a designated port as required under Section International Marine Forum (OCIMF) publication ‘‘Recommendations for 58 of the Customs Act, 1901 (Commonwealth of Australia). equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at Single Point Moorings’’, Customs Authorities have advised that permission will generally be and shall be fitted with the appropriate equipment in accordance with granted. However, Customs Officers retain the right to board Offtake these recommendations. Winches or capstans used to handle moorings Vessels for inspection at their discretion, and Masters of Offtake Vessels shall be capable of lifting at least 15 tonnes. are required to provide accommodation and mess facilities for visiting The bow windlass or winch that will be used for mooring shall be Customs Officers. capable of picking-up the mooring hawser and chaffing chain which will Government Charges: Customs, immigration and health inspections have a combined weight of not more than 3.2 tonnes. When assessing will usually be carried out by one Customs Officer but, at the discretion the capabilities of the windlass/winch, allowance should be made for the of Customs Authorities, several Customs Officers may carry out a efficiency loss due to friction, and change of direction of the mooring particular inspection. messenger line between the bow Panama lead and the windlass/winch. Offtake Vessels will be liable for Customs Fees charged per person The drum must have a good hauling lead from the Panama lead directed per hour. If Customs Officers elect to attend the Offtake Vessel, it will through the chainstopper, in order to retrieve the hawser and chaffing be for the duration of the stay of the vessel at the Facility. chains. The windlass/winch will have one drum empty capable of Light Dues and Oil Pollution Levies: The Department of Minerals and accepting a 150 m. ␺ 72 mm. messenger line, on arrival at the Facility. Energy, Western Australia, advises that vessel offtaking from the Facility Under no circumstances shall the warp end be used to heave in the is not required to pay light dues or oil pollution levies. mooring system. A winch drum only is acceptable. APPROACHES: The Facility Master will advise by VHF radio final Offtake Vessels shall have manifolds and associated offtake berthing instructions to the Master of the Offtake Vessel. equipment conforming to OCIMF Standards and a manifold derrick or PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory. The Facility Master, or an crane rated at 10 tonnes SWL as a minimum. appropriately qualified nominee of the Master, will transfer to the Offtake Given the particular requirements of the Facility, Offtake Vessels Vessel when it reaches a distance of 3 nautical miles from the Facility, should ensure that their mooring arrangements and equipment are and will act as Pilot during approach and mooring. Two Berthing checked for suitability, and can comply in all respects with the Terminal Superintendents from the Facility will board with the Master and will requirements before finalisation of charter arrangements and before remain onboard the Offtake Vessel for the time the vessel is moored, arrival at a Facility. Failure to comply in all respects with these at the discretion of the Facility Master. Suitable accommodation shall be requirements could result in difficulties and delays at the Facility, all and provided for these personnel. any costs so incurred will be to the Offtake Vessel Owners’ (as defined Safe Access: Masters shall provide safe access to and from their vessels in the Terminal Conditions) account. at all times in accordance with the SOLAS convention and IMO Offtake Vessels shall comply with latest SOLAS and MARPOL recommendations. conventions and protocols. Tankers found deficient and sub-standard in any safety requirements will be refused berthing and loading.

142 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA The inert gas system shall be capable of operating throughout the (c) An emergency situation concerning the Facility or floating hose Offtake Vessel’s operations at the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Terminal. The occurs. Terminal may check the condition of the tanks on arrival, and throughout (d) Helicopter operations to the Facility at the discretion of Master or the operations. In the event of failure of the system or, when the tank Field Superintendent. atmospheres depart the SOLAS maximum permissible safe limits, the (e) Weather conditions exceed safety limits. Offtake Vessel shall be unmoored from the Terminal. Action to be taken in the Event of an Emergency: The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Offtake Vessels must be covered by a current ITF Certificate or has in place an Emergency Response Plan which is coordinated with equivalent. Perth Operations. Through this plan, shore based emergency support Offtake Vessels will also be required to provide accommodation,where can be activated and controlled. available, for all or any of the following personnel for the duration of the As stated in the Terminal Conditions, the Offtake Vessel Master is offtake: responsible for the Offtake Vessel at all times. In an emergency situation 2 Berthing Superintendents from the Facility. on the Facility, the Facility Master will inform the Offtake Vessel Master Independent Surveyor. of the situation and advise of actions the Offtake Vessel should take. If Customs Officer. an emergency situation arises on the Offtake Vessel, the vessel’s Master Shipping Agent. shall immediately inform the Facility of the situation and the actions being Management Representative. taken. Offtake Vessel Safety Check: On arrival at the Facility, the Offtake Griffin Crude: Vessel shall be subject to a safety check by the Facility Operator. Density at 15␥C – 0.7583 Annex C is a sample of the Offtake Vessel Safety Check List used to API Gravity – 55.0 perform the safety check, and is based on the Ship/Shore Safety Check Viscosity at 20␥C – 1.24 List from the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals. Pour Point ␥C–␤48.0 The Terminal Conditions (Annex B) (Not reproduced) provide that the Reid Vapour Pressure – 37.25 kPa Facility may refuse to allow the Offtake Vessel to berth or may order Temperature range of the crude oil ␥C – 26-35 the Offtake Vessel away from the berth, or otherwise suspend or DEPARTURE: Departure after Berthing and Early Departure terminate provision or performance of services to the Offtake Vessel, if Procedures: At the completion of the transfer of cargo, approximately at any time the Offtake Vessel fails to meet the relevant safety standards. 2-3 hours are required for the finalisation of figures, and the completion Drug and Alcohol Policy: It is a Terminal requirement that all Offtake of all documentation before the Offtake Vessel is cleared for sailing. Vessels have in place, and comply with, a Drug and Alcohol Policy that However, an Early Departure Procedure is preferred for operational and accords to the OCIMF guidelines. Such action in not complying with this safety reasons, and is as follows. requirement could result in the Offtake Vessel being rejected for further The quantity of cargo loaded is based on Independent Surveyor liftings from any Facility operated by BHP Petroleum in the future. figures. The loaded volume (‘‘gross cargo’’) cargo so determined will be It is a BHP Petroleum requirement that under no circumstances shall recorded on the Bill of Lading in the ‘‘Approximate Quantity Report’’ any alcohol or drugs be consumed by any BHP Petroleum personnel section. The floating hose will be disconnected, and the mooring hawser for any reason at any time. BHP Petroleum requests that Offtake Vessel slipped. The Surveyor will complete his figures on the Offtake Vessel personnel also observe and respect this operating requirement whilst and then return to the Facility with the Berthing Superintendents and the the Offtake Vessel is made fast to the Facility. Agent. The Offtake Vessel is then released from any further obligations Mooring: Neither tug nor supply boat services are available. The Pilot, at the Terminal and may commence its voyage. Berthing Superintendents and equipment will be transferred to the After departure of the vessel, a final density, sediment and water Offtake Vessel by the static tow supply vessel. The Pilot will bring the content of the cargo will be determined by the Operator. After this Offtake Vessel to a position astern of the Facility, when the mooring determination, the Operator will inform the Offtake Vessel of gross and hawser will be made fast. net cargo (gross cargo less base sediment and water at 15␥C) quantity The mooring operations are the responsibility of the crew of the Offtake loaded. The net quantity will be introduced on the Bill of Lading in the Vessel, acting under the direction of one of the Berthing Superintendents designated ‘‘Precise Quantity Report’’ section and signed for by the from the Facility. vessel’s Agent and Operator. Berthing in Inclement Weather Conditions: Transfer of Personnel: Due FRESH WATER: Not available. to the locality of the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’, there will be occasions when the FUEL: Not available. prevailing weather conditions are in excess of the operating criteria of REPAIRS: Repairs are not permitted whilst an Offtake Vessel is moored the Facility’s workboat, but within the parameters of normal tanker to the Facility. Under no circumstances are the main engines to be loading operations, providing berthing can be executed and the floating disabled for any period of time (See ‘‘Berthing’’ – ‘‘Engines on hose connected. Stand-By’’). Mooring Hawser: After the personnel and equipment have been REPATRIATION: Crew changes are not permitted. transferred, the Pilot will position the Offtake Vessel approximately TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. 400 m. – 500 m. astern of the Facility. The facility’s workboat is used to SHORE LEAVE: Not possible. transfer messenger line to the tanker. GENERAL: Weather: The wet season is during the Summer months The mooring hawser will be transferred to the Offtake Vessel by BHP (October – March), when the prevailing winds will be in the South – Petroleum personnel according to BHP Petroleum procedures and under South West quadrant. the direction of the Berthing Superintendent. During the Summer months, the North West Shelf is subject to Engines on Stand-By: For the complete period the Offtake Vessel is occasional cyclones. In January and February in particular, weather and made fast, it shall be ready to respond to requests for engine movements sea state conditions may prevent mooring or loading for periods of up immediately. The Offtake Vessel may be required to run its main engines to a few days. astern for extended periods of time on low engine revolutions. During the Winter months (June – August), the prevailing winds will Offtake Vessels shall be required to move astern to prevent creeping be in the South – South East quadrant. There are two transitional periods, up on the Facility of jackknifing (as necessary). All engine movements April/May and September, when neither conditions are prominent. should be made with due care. Inclement Weather Mooring/Unmooring: The weather conditions and If for any reason there is a main engine failure, the Facility Master forecasts are closely monitored before the arrival of the Offtake Vessel shall be informed immediately. and during the actual offtake. In the event of deteriorating weather Deballasting Operations: The Offtake Vessel shall not commence conditions or the approach of a cyclone, mooring may be delayed or if deballasting operations without prior consultation with, and the the Offtake Vessel is already moored, shut-down operations will be agreement from, the Facility Master. implemented in a timely manner and the Offtake Vessel unmoored. Watch: A qualified Officer(s) with the authority to manoeuvre the main The recommended criteria for when Offtake Vessels should be engines shall keep a Bridge Watch continually for the period the Offtake unmoored is: Vessel is made fast. Reliable radio communications shall be established (i) Three occurences of a peak mooring hawser tension greater than and maintained at all times between the Berthing Superintendent on the 100 tonnes force within one hour. bow and the bridge. All communications shall be in English and the (ii) A single occurence of a peak mooring hawser tension greater than qualified officer shall be fluent in the English language. 150 tonnes force. MEDICAL: Medical and dental services are not available at the Facility. Fishing: No fishing shall be permitted from the Offtake Vessel within the In emergencies, medical evacuation to Karratha can be arranged, which Exclusion Zone. may take 4 hours. Supplies and Services: The remote, deep-sea location of the Facility CARGO OPERATIONS: Connection of Hose: After the mooring hawser severely limits the provision of services. Offtake Vessels should ensure has been made fast, the workboat will pull the floating hose to the Offtake that they carry supplies adequate for a return journey. Vessel. The hose will be connected to the port side manifold of the Stores: Not available. Offtake Vessel. The hose end will then be lifted onboard using the Offtake Dirty Ballast, Slops or Refuse: Cannot be accepted at the Facility, and Vessel’s manifold derrick or crane. under no circumstances can dirty ballast, slops or refuse be discharged The connection of the hose is the responsibility of the Offtake Vessel’s to the sea. crew, under the guidance of the Berthing Superintendent from the Firefighting: Limited assistance may be supplied by the static tow vessel. Facility. Pollution Control: The static tow supply vessel holds a small quantity of The hose end connection is a 16 in. Camlock quick-release coupling dispersant for pollution control which can be dispensed, subject to and will fit standard 16 in. ANSI 150 pound flanges. call-out delay, from a helicopter, should this be necessary. The floating hose is fitted with a self-sealing breakaway coupling. Without derogating from the Terminal Conditions, liability for any Manifold reducers to suit the above should be supplied by the Offtake pollution caused by oil, which has passed the Offtake Vessel’s Vessel. permanent hose connection, will be for the account of, and recoverable Control of the Transfer Operations: The Facility will control the transfer from, the Offtake Vessel Owners (as defined in the Terminal Conditions). of oil in a manner and at a rate mutually agreed between the Facility Offtake Vessel shall comply fully with all relevant provisions of the and the Master of the Offtake Vessel. It will be the responsibility of the MARPOL Convention. Offtake Vessel Officers and personnel to monitor the loading of oil into Visitors to the Facility: Access to the Facility is by a helicopter flight from their cargo tanks and the discharge of their ballast. Karratha or Barrow Island. Because of the limited capacity of scheduled Suspension of the Transfer: The Facility will halt transfer operations flights, the difficulties in arranging extra flights and the severe when: accommodation constraints onboard the Facility, the attendance of (a) Radio communication between the Facility and the Offtake Vessel visitors is not normally possible. is lost. Department of Transport officers, buyers’ representatives and any (b) Instructed to by the Offtake Vessel. others intending to visit, should seek permission of the Operations See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 143 AUSTRALIA Manager at least 4 days before scheduled arrival of the Offtake Vessel. 29.Has vessel a chain stopper that complies with the Earlier advice would be appreciated. Should permission be granted, BHP latest edition of OCIMF’s ‘‘Recommendations for Petroleum will be requiring full cost recovery in relation to the costs to Equipment employed in the Mooring of Ships at a BHP Petroleum in transporting visitors to the Facility. Single Point Mooring’’? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ ANNEXES: 30.Can chain stopper accept 76 mm. diameter chain? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Annex A: Offtake Vessel Questionnaire. 31.Distance, Panama lead to chain stopper: ...... (m.) To: BHP Petroleum, Trading & Marketing 32.What is the lifting capability of the Mooring Winch? ...... Attention: Operations Officer – Melbourne 33.Does the lead of the mooring hawser allow it to be Fax No.: (03) 9652 6693 hauled from the Panama lead via the chain stopper From: ...... onto an empty drum? (NOT the warping drum end): Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Date: ...... 34.Do the Senior Personnel speak English? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 35.Does the vessel comply with the requirements of the The following vessel details are required prior to acceptance to lift International Transport Federation (ITF) Agreement? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ from the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Floating Production Storage and Offtake 36.Does the vessel have in place a Drug and Alcohol Facilities. Policy complying with (as a minimum) the statement issued by the latest edition of the OCIMF’s Guidelines Notes: for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Onboard Ship? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 1. A legible copy of the foc’sle deck arrangement plan must be supplied 37.Vessel’s last port of call? ...... showing the proposed lead from the Panama fairlead to the winch 38.– drum. 39.Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Club insuring the vessel? ...... The plan shall be signed, stamped with the company name and dated 40.What is the Pollution Liability Insurance limit? ...... to acknowledge that the plan is accurate and that all equipment 41.At which port may the Vessel be inspected by BHP Petroleum’s shown is in service. representative? 2. For Yes or No answers, tick the box that applies. 42.Has the vessel BHP Petroleum Berthing and Terminal 3. The completed Questionnaire and the foc’sle plan must be sent to Handbook(s) Onboard? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ the Master of the Offtake Vessel. If Yes for what Facilities and what revision numbers? Facility Revision number Section 1.0 General Vessel Details ...... 43.Does the vessel operate a management system 1. Name of Vessel: ...... certified to ISO 9002 or equivalent? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 2. Previous Names, if any: ...... 44.Does the vessel have a dedicated helicopter winching 3. Port of Registry and/or Flag: ...... area? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 4. Name of Owner: ...... If Yes, complete Section 2.0 and Section 3.0. 5. Registered Address: ...... If No, complete Section 3.0. 6. Nationality of Officers and Crew: ...... Section 2.0 Public Transport Helicopter Winching Details 7. Vessel Classification Society / classed as: ...... 8. Year of build: ...... 1. Where is the winching area located? 9. Type of vessel: Crude Oil Tanker, Product Oil Tanker, Oil/Bulk/Ore, (a) Bow/Forward/Midships/Aft/Poop Deck Bulk/Oil Carrier, etc...... (b) Port/Starboard/Centre If the vessel is an Oil/Bulk/Ore or Bulk/Oil Carrier, answer questions 2. What is the size of the winching area? (See ‘‘Plan’’) 9.1 and 9.2. (a) What is the diameter of the Clear Zone?: 9.1 What were the last three cargoes? ...... (m.) ...... (b) What is the diameter of the Intermediate Zone?: ...... (m.) 9.2 Are the following personnel familiar with oil carrying operations? (c) What is the diameter of the Manoeuvring Zone?: Master Yes ⌼ No ⌼ ...... (m.) 1st Mate Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 3. Are the Clear Zone and the Manoeuvring Zone circles 2nd Mate Yes ⌼ No ⌼ marked and is ‘‘Winch only’’ marked?: Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Chief Engineer Yes ⌼ No ⌼ If Yes, what are the: Second Engineer Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Circle Diameter (m.) ...... 9.3 Do the following personnel who are familiar with oil carrying Circle Colour ...... operations have the appropriate endorsements to their Colour of the ‘‘Winch only’’ letters ...... certificates? If No, what is marked? ...... Master Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 4. Obstructions (See ‘‘Plan’’) 1st Mate Yes ⌼ No ⌼ (a) Plot all obstructions within the Manoeuvring 2nd Mate Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Zone on Plan (See ‘‘Plan’’ – ‘‘Winching Area Chief Engineer Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Diagram’’), and state their heights. ⌼ ⌼ (b) Are obstructions in the Manoeuvring Zone Second Engineer Yes No ⌼ ⌼ 9.4 Is all equipment used on deck intrinsically safe marked with bright contrasting colours? Yes No in preventing ignition sources? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 5. Firefighting Equipment: 9.5 Is there a permit-to-work system in place? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Is the following firefighting equipment or its equivalent available for 9.6 Are there No Smoking regulations in place? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ all helicopter operations? (a) At least 2 dry powder extinguishers with 9.7 Are there at least two certified personnel ⌼ ⌼ onboard to undertake Crude Oil Washing aggregate capacity of not less than 45 kg. Yes No operations? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ (b) Foam application system (fixed or portable) 10.Call sign: ...... capable of delivering a foam solution at a rate 11.INMARSAT No.: ...... of 6 litres per minute for each square metre of 12.Length overall (m.): ...... Clear Zone with sufficient foam compound to enable the rate to be maintained for at least 13.Breadth (m.): ...... ⌼ ⌼ 14.Distance, bow to manifold (m.): ...... 5 minutes. Yes No (c) Carbon dioxide (CO2) extinguishers with an 15.Distance, ship side to manifold (m.): ...... aggregate capacity of not less than 18 kg. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 16.Diameter of manifold (mm.): ...... (d) Deck water system capable of delivering at least 17.Diameters of available manifold reducers (mm.): ...... 2 jets of water to any part of the helicopter 18.Does manifold/associated equipment comply with the operating area. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ latest edition of OCIMF‘s ‘‘Standards for Oil Tanker ⌼ ⌼ (e) At least 2 fire hose nozzles of the dual purpose Manifolds and Associated Equipment’’? Yes No type. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ If No, what does not comply ...... (f) Fire resistant blankets and gloves. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 19.Safe working load of manifold crane/derrick: ...... (g) At least 2 fire protective suits. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 20.Are the vessel’s main engines capable of being run (h) Is all firefighting equipment inspected, tested astern for prolonged periods of time at low engine ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ and in serviceable condition? Yes No revolutions? Yes No 6. Rescue and Medical Equipment: 21.Summer/Tropical/Winter deadweight tonnes: ...... Is the following rescue and medical equipment in serviceable 22.Cargo capacity at 98% full: ...... condition close to the helicopter operating area? 23.Maximum loading rate (cu.m./hr.): ...... (a) Large axe. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 24.Arrival drafts (m.): Forward ...... Aft: ...... (b) Crowbar. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ (For trim calculation purposes) ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ (c) Wire Cutters (Bolt Cutters). Yes No 25.Has vessel Segregated Ballast Tanks (SBT)? Yes No (d) First aid equipment. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 26.Has vessel Clean Ballast Tanks (CBT)? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ 7. Is the following communication equipment available for all helicopter If Yes, complete 26.1 and 26.2 Yes No operations? 26.1 Does the vessel monitor ballast discharges (a) Marine VHF FM radio capable of transmission from CBT using the oil in water monitor that and reception on Channel 16 and 2 other complies with the latest IMO (MARPOL) simplex working frequencies. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ regulations? (b) Portable radio transceiver (walkie-talkie) 26.2 Can vessel load and deballast simultaneously ⌼ ⌼ capable of communication between deck and with two valve separation? Yes No bridge. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 27 Has vessel a Panama lead on the foc’sle head for ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ ⌼ (c) VHF AM aeronautical radio 118-136 MHz. Yes No acceptance of the mooring hawser? Yes No If Yes, specify the authorised frequency...... MHz. 28.Dimensions of the forward Panama lead that shall be used for the mooring hawser...... (mm.)

144 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA

8. Is the following level of manning available for all helicopter Communication Agreement operations? ⌼ ⌼ The equipment described below shall be utilised as the communications (a) Deck party officer-in-charge. Yes No system between the Offtake Vessel and the FPSO throughout the offtake (b) At least one person wearing a fire protective suit operation: and 2 persons to attend firefighting equipment and to act as a rescue party. Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Equipment Description/model/make Channel/frequency/number 9. Is the ship’s rescue boat or lifeboat capable of ...... immediate lowering or launch? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ ...... 10.Are ship’s personnel familiar with shipboard helicopter ...... operations? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ If Yes, how many helicopter operations has the vessel handled in For Offtake Vessel For FPSO the last 12 months? ...... Name: Name: 11.Does the vessel have the ICS (International Chamber Rank: Position: of Shipping) Guide to Helicopter/Ship Operations Signature: Signature: Third Edition, May 1989, on board? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ 12.Does the P&I Club insurance in Section 1 SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: September 1994 (Updated 2000). ⌼ ⌼ Question 40 cover aviation operations? Yes No The ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ is a Floating Production and Storage Unit in position Lat. 21␥ 13.4' S., Long. 114␥ 38.6' E., about 30 miles from the Winching Area Diagram: See ‘‘Plan’’. coast of Western Australia. Helicopter service is from Dampier, about 100 miles (approximately Section 3.0 Acknowledgement of the Stated Information 1 hour flying time), and Barrow Island, about 40 miles away (approximately 20 minutes flying time). All information stated in this questionnaire is accurate at the date of Normal production of crude oil is about 50,000 bbls. per day, though completion shown below: this could be increased by opening additional wells. The Terminal also Signed: ...... Date: ...... exports gas by pipeline to the shore. Position: ...... Name: ...... The maximum size of ship accepted by the Terminal has been Company: ...... 150,000 d.w.t. There have been 217 export cargoes loaded at the facility since it’s opening in January 1994. ANNEX B – Terminal Conditions: Not reproduced. Agents are from Dampier and Perth. A representative of the Agency flies out to the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ and boards before berthing. The Agent remains on board until departure. ANNEX C – Offtake Vessel Safety Check List: Radio Pratique is sent to Agents using standard format. SBT ballast Name of the Offtake Vessel? was reduced to half tank level and refilled twice at sea prior to arrival. Name of the FPSO Facility? Customs can board on arrival at ‘‘Griffin Venture’’, though probably Date of arrival: will not attend on a regular basis. Time of arrival: Port entry requirements are as normal for Australian ports. Customs CHECK LIST QUESTIONS REMARKS require fax of Crew List and ship’s details 48 hours prior to arrival (See ⌼ ⌼ 1. Is the ship securely moored? Yes No Form below). 2. Is the ship ready to move under its Port Dues and Marine Oil Pollution Levy are not collected at the facility. ⌼ ⌼ own power? Yes No On arrival, contacted ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ on VHF. Channel 72 is the 3. Will there be at least four people on working channel. When disconnected from the riser, channels are 16 duty controlling the operation who and 72. Ships are required to remain at least 5 miles off the facility until speak English and have effective instructed to proceed closer for berthing. Ship stopped and drifted – rate means of communication with each of drift about 1 knot in S.E.’ly direction (September). other? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Berthing is carried out from 0700 hrs. until 1630 hrs. 4. Is the agreed offtake vessel/FPSO Two Berthing Masters (plus Agent and Surveyor (SGS) board by communication system operative? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ launch using combination ladder when ship is about 2 miles astern of 5. Has the offtake vessel a plan for the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’. cargo and ballast handling? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Berthing is carried out as for normal SBM practice. The messenger 6. Have the emergency shut-down line and pick-up rope are wound on to mooring winch drum and the requirements of the Berthing and chaffing chain is secured in chain stopper. Only one chain is available Terminal Handbook been understood? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ with SWL of 200 tonnes. The pick-up rope is a 72 mm. polyproylene. 7. Are hoses and firefighting equipment Distance off and speed are relayed to the Berthing Master from the on board positioned to cover the assistants on the fo’c’sle and from the stern of the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’. The cargo deck and manifold and ready ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ has a radar gun for speed and distance off for immediate use? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ measurement. 8. Are scuppers effectively plugged and The hose connection is to the port side and is a 16 in. line with Camlock drip trays in accordance with OCIMF securing arrangement. requirements? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ One Berthing Master remains on the fo’c’sle throughout the time the 9. Are un-used cargo connections ship is secured to the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’. Shuttle tanker and ‘‘Griffin blanked? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Venture’’ are held in line by static tow operation conducted by a tug. 10.Are the sea and overboard discharge However, engines may be required to go astern in the event of tug valves closed and lashed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ problem. 11.Are all cargo and bunker lids closed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ The Berthing Master supervises the lifting and securing of the cargo 12.Is the tank venting system away from hose. the cargo deck and is inert gas Normal OBQ inspection is carried out by the surveyor. Cargo density blanketing being used? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ is given on basis of previous lifting from facility. Actual density was 0.7596 13.Are all hand-held torches of an at 15␥C, 83.5␥F API 54.70. approved intrinsically safe type? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Offtake Vessel Safety Check List is used. 14.Are portable VHF/UHF transceivers of Loading is started as soon after connection as possible. It is advisable an approved, intrinsically safe type? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ that initial loading is done into one tank. The cargo is started at minimum 15.Are the ship’s main radio transmitter rate of about 1,000 cu.m./hr. until it is established that all is correct aerials earthed, the VHF on low onboard, then it is increased to a maximum rate of 4,000 cu.m./hr. power and radars switches off? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Loading rate from the facility varies, depending on the amount of cargo 16.Are all electric cables to portable available. electrical equipment in hazardous Contact is maintained by UHF radio to the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ Control zones disconnected and removed Room, and also on VHF Channel 72 and UHF Channel 1. from power? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Slowing and stopping cargo is almost instantaneous. 17.Are all external doors, windows and As soon as loading is complete, the hose is disconnected, then the portholes in the accommodation ship unmoors. The 2 Berthing Masters carry out the unmooring. leading onto or overlooking the tank After unmooring, cargo survey is carried out, and on completion of deck closed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ calculations the personnel depart. 18.Are air-conditioning intakes which may EDP is used by the facility. The final density is given as soon as permit the entry of cargo vapours possible after the loading is completed. The Offtake Vessel’s figures, closed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ calculated by the surveyor after allowing for water and vessel’s 19.Are the ‘‘No Smoking’’ requirements experience factor, is used for Bill of Lading. Due to the swell conditions, being observed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ a Letter of Protest must be given to the facility for using the ship’s figures 20.Are only electric cooking appliances in and for the ship’s movement during taking the ullages. Berthing Master use in the galley? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ signs same on behalf of facility Master. 21.Are naked light requirements being No boarding by helicopter is envisaged for this facility. Helicopters to observed? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ and from facility are arranged as required. Cost varies, but is about 22.Are there sufficient lifeboats for an A$8,000 to A$10,000. emergency escape? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ No stores or shore assistance is available at the facility. 23.Is the pumproom mechanically Additional charts which were required are AUS.327, AUS.328, ventilated and able to be kept running AUS.415 and AUS.744. throughout the offtake operation? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Weather criterion for mooring and for ships to be released from the 24.Have the drug and alcohol facility will be decided by the Marine Supervisor on the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’. requirements of the Berthing and There is also a tension monitoring device on the mooring. Terminal Handbook been understood? Yes ⌼ No ⌼ Mooring does also depend on the sea condition and the ability of the ‘‘Griffin Venture’’ to launch her boat. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 145 AUSTRALIA BHPP have a fixed criterion for unmooring ships and the ‘‘Griffin HEALTH: Vessels are granted Pratique at the Anchorage 1.1 miles West Venture’’ in the event of a cyclone being in the vicinity. Cyclone season of the wharf or at the Jetty. is from October through to April. RADIO: The Port is able to communicate with vessels which are fitted Customs: with VHF radio through normal international Maritime Channels and the AUSTRALIAN CUSTOMS SERVICE call sign is ‘‘Milner Bay’’. However, the shore station is only open during SHIP’S ARRIVAL DETAILS office hours unless prior telegraphic arrangement is made. Office hours are 0730 hrs. to 1730 hrs., Monday to Friday. The vessel ...... departed ...... on (date) . . . . . It is requested that vessels arriving at any hour of the day should and will arrive at ...... on (date) . . . . . at . . . hours. monitor VHF Channel 16 as sometimes attempts are made to contact SHIP’S PARTICULARS vessels outside of office hours. Channels available are 16, 67 and 1. Previous Name: ...... 2. Vessel Type: ...... 06 (private). 3. Port of Registration: ...... 4. Official Number: ...... ETA’s are requested at least 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. 5. Vessel Call Sign: ...... 6. Animals on Board: ...... Tel: (08) 8987-4251. Fax: (08) 8987-4202. 7. Tonnages: Gross: ...... VHF: Port – Channels 16, 06 and 67. Tugs – Channels 16, 12, 06 and 67. Net: ...... ␺ Deadweight: ...... TUGS: 1 30 tonne bollard pull. 8. Last 4 Overseas Ports of Call:1: ...... Date: ...... Normally join the vessel 0.75 miles from berth. 2: ...... Date: ...... Tug’s lines taken for berthing. 3: ...... Date: ...... BERTHING: The ore-loading jetty is situated in approximately 4: ...... Date: ...... Lat. 13␥ 51.5' S., Long. 136␥ 25' E., with a depth of water alongside of 9. Does Master hold valid identity documents for all crew?: Yes/No 11.5 m. L.A.T. with a tide range of 1.8 m. The jetty consists of a central 10. Number of Passengers on Board: ...... landing 98.75 m. long and 10.97 m. wide, with two breasting dolphins SHIP’S CERTIFICATES – EXPIRY DATED on the North and South ends of the central landing. Distance between outer dolphins is 340 m. A roadway extends from the shore to the central Load Line: ...... Safety Equipment: ...... landing, virtually parallel to and on the North side of the loading conveyor Safety Construction: ...... Oil Insurance: ...... belt. Local Tidal Information may be obtained from the Port Safety Radio: ...... Navigation Levy: ...... Superintendent on arrival. IOPPL: ...... MOPL: ...... The line of dolphins is offset 8␥ from the jetty stem which runs out Intended Date of Departure: ...... Next Port of Call: ...... 411.5 m. from the shore in a 249␥ 45' direction so that care must be Note: This Document is to be lodged at Customs along with a copy of exercised in placing the vessel for loading. All breasting dolphins are the Crew List 48 hours prio to the vessel’s arrival. fendered with vertical timbering. When berthing, vessels should keep well clear of the loading head in the centre of the jetty, as it is possible OPERATOR: BHP Petroleum Pty.Ltd., 152-158 St. George’s Terrace, that a vessel on a too fine approach could cause damage to the loading Central Park, Perth, WA 6000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9278-4888. ␣ boom with the flare of the bow. FAX: 61 (8) 9278-4899. Contact: Marine Superintendent. Vessel must have rat guards in position at all times (except while shifting ship), otherwise they will be liable to a fine. As Groote Eylandt is a reserve this requirement is rigidly enforced. GROOTE EYLANDT (Milner Bay), N.T.: Loading rate is 900 t.p.h. –1,100 t.p.h. and the vessel is required to 13.52 S. 136.25 E. (See Plan) shift ship to load each hatch as the loading boom is fixed. Shore labour is available to shift lines, etc., as required. Shore labour will not trim LOCATION: Milner Bay is situated on the Northwestern corner of Groote manganese ore, which is dump loaded from the conveyor. Eylandt which is itself situated in the Southwestern area of the Gulf of This is a seasonal tropical loading zone from 1st April to Carpentaria. 30th November. It is a ‘‘Port of First Entry’’ to Australia. Doctor and Police are in Accommodation: Visitors accommodation in the GEMCO township of residence on the Eylandt. Customs and Quarantine service available. Alyangula is severely limited and shipowners who are arranging for a PORT LIMITS: The waters in Milner Bay bounded by a line commencing change of personnel at Groote Eylandt are requested to ensure that the at the HW mark on the N.W. coast of Groote Eylandt in position arrival of crew members at Groote coincides as closely as possible with Lat. 13␥ 50' 05" S., Long. 136␥ 24' 29" E. and proceeding in a the arrival of the vessel. 260␥ 44' 10" direction to a point in Lat. 13␥ 50' 28" S., MEDICAL: There is a Medical Centre and medical staff available if Long. 136␥ 22' 03" E. at the high-water mark on the East coast of necessary. Valid vaccination certificates are required, covering the Connexion Islet; thence by a line following the contour of the coast of requirements of the Australian Government Department of Health. Connexion Islet at the HW mark to ‘‘Boulder’’ in position FRESH WATER: Available. Rate 9 tonnes/hour. Lat. 13␥ 50' 46" S., Long. 136␥ 20' 14" E.; thence by a line bearing ␥ ␥ ␥ FUEL: Not available. 151 30' to a position Lat. 13 53' 34" S., Long. 136 21' 47" E.; thence FIRE PRECAUTIONS: A permanent fire-fighting facility is installed on by a line bearing 80␥ 44' 10" to a point being Lat. 13␥ 52' 54" S., ␥ the ore-loading jetty. It is an automatic system which starts as soon as Long. 136 25' 58" E. thence by a line following the contour of the coast a fire hydrant is turned on, and delivers a 140 p.s.i. through a 2.5 in. at high-water mark to the point of commencement. hydrant with a 5 TPI V thread connection. DOCUMENTS: All shore hoses are 2.5 in. and are equipped with fog nozzles. Foam 1 Crew List to be supplied to Agent 48 hours prior to arrival in order equipment is also available on the jetty with an output of approximately to obtain faster clearance. 1,000 gallons per minute. Fire-fighting lines on the jetty deliver salt water 1 Crew List. only. International shore connection available. 5 Passenger Lists. 1 Port of Call List. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes, 1 bottle spirits, 3 bottles of 1 Stores List. beer per person. 1 Crew’s Personal Effects List. REPATRIATION: Can be effected to most countries from Groote Eylandt 1 Impending Arrival Report. via Darwin which is serviced by Qantas and British Airways. Due to the PILOTAGE: Compulsory to Ore Jetty. remoteness of Groote Eylandt, repatriation of crew members should only There is a Port Superintendent and a Port Officer at Milner Bay who be considered in a ‘Force Majeure’ circumstance. All necessary bookings will assist Masters in berthing and departing from the jetty. Approaching and reservations are made through the local airline office and Seamens’ Groote Eylandt from the Northwards, vessels should steer to a position Discount Fares, where applicable, are utilised. 10 miles North of the Northeast Islet, which is rocky on the Northern AIRPORT: Ansett N.T. operate a 9 times a week jet service to and from coast and rises to grassy hills. From the above position, steer to pass Darwin and Cairns. about 3 miles North of Chasm Islet until the recommended track on chart TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. AUS. 14 is reached. This track, 221␥ passes about 1 mile East of Brady HOLIDAYS: Cargo worked on holidays. Rock (light Gp. Fl. (3) ev. 12 secs.) and continues on this course until SHORE LEAVE: The area is an Aboriginal reserve and shore leave is Bickerton Island Light (Fl. 5 secs.) bears 250␥ when the course should allowed in the town area only. be altered to steer for Hand Islet on the recommended track (250␥). IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Seamen calling at this port have to be in When 2.3 miles off Hand Islet, alter course to 195␥ to pass 1.4 miles possession of Seamen’s Identification Card, Seaman’s Book or clear of Connexion Island Light (Fl.2.5 seconds). As soon as the jetty in Passport. Milner Bay bears 085␥, alter course to 133␥. Remain on this course until GARBAGE DISPOSAL: No facilities available. the jetty bears 070␥␺1.7 miles, whereupon the ship should be brought WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. ␥ round to steer 270 to pass 0.7 miles to the South of Burley Shoal South SEAMAN’S CLUBS: No seaman’s club. There is one recreation club Cardinal Buoy Q(6) ␣LFl. 15 secs. When the jetty bears 058␥␺3.7 miles, ␥ walking distance from the port. alter course to 040 , which will take the vessel to the anchorage and WEATHER: Tides cause some eddying in both the Connexion and pilot boarding ground. Warwick Channels, but these cause no concern provided normal care If vessels enter via the Connexion Passage, care must be taken to is exercised. avoid the 5.4 m. fathom patch off N.W. Bluff and keep clear of the 8.2 m. Prevailing winds from May to October are S.E. and blow strongly at patch about 3.5 miles N.E. of Connexion Islet. times during the day but ease off considerably after sunset. Coastal Pilotage: Pilotage services between Gove and Darwin via Clarence Strait, or to Torres Strait, are conducted by pilots available There are occasional heavy fogs in the area in June and July in the from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal early morning and these sometimes persist until 1000 hrs. or 1100 hrs. Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. From November to May the wet season prevails with winds blowing ANCHORAGES: Good holding ground is found 1.6 miles West of the mainly from the N.W. with heavy rains and occasionally, more than jetty where there is a good sand bottom free of obstructions with about moderate seas. 20 m. of water. Due to currents up to 3 knots in the area, it is advisable GENERAL: Stores: Not available. to use at least 6 shackles. Quarantine is granted at this anchorage. Notary Public: A Notary Public is not available. RESTRICTIONS: Vessels berth in daylight but can unberth up till AGENCY: See ‘‘Authority’’. The Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty. 2100 hrs. Ltd. act as ships’ Agents in all cases. MAX. SIZE: The max. size is handymax, max. breadth 32.2 m., max. Mail for vessels to be addressed to: ‘‘Vessel’s Name’’, Groote Eylandt draft is 12.2 m. and max. air draft is 12.9 m. Mining Co. Pty. Ltd., Groote Eylandt, N.T. 0885.

146 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty. Ltd., Port Office, MAX. SIZE: Depth Below Keel Required: 10% of draft up to 30 ft. Alyangula, Groote Eylandt, N.T. 0885, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) (9.14 m.), 4 ft. (1.2 m.) between 30 ft. (9.14 m.) and 40 ft. (12.19 m.), 8987-4284. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8987-4202. Cables: 8A MILBAY. 5 ft. (1.5 m.) over 40 ft. (12.19 m.). Email: [email protected] WWW: www.bhpbilliton.com Long Island Point (LIP) Jetty can accommodate vessels of up to Contact: Port Superintendent or Port Officer. 165,000 d.w.t. (See information relating to acceptance of large tankers into Western Port Bay.) See ‘‘Tankers’’. HEALTH: All overseas vessels at first port of entry to Australia or at any subsequent ports, subject to quarantine until pratique granted or until vessel released from quarantine. If examinations and inspections HASTINGS, Victoria: 38.21 S. 145.14 E. (See Plan) satisfactory vessel granted pratique for all Australian ports. A list of names and addresses of passengers also required at first port of entry. LOCATION: The port of Hastings is the commercial port located in 24 hours quarantine clearance of overseas vessels available. Treatment Western Port Bay. Within its limits are 2 large islands, namely French of Crew members for illnesses other than quarantineable diseases Island occupying the middle of the bay and Phillip Island fronting the arranged by private practitioners through ship’s Agent. bay to seaward and forming 2 entrances to the Port. The Western and Radio Pratique: Concession of Radio Pratique is available to all main entrance which is easy of access has a minimum low water depth vessels except those which carry stock animals. Following requirements of 14.9 m. and is available for vessels of deep draft. The Eastern to be met in the case of a vessel requiring Radio Pratique or permission entrance is narrow and tortuous and is available only for small vessels. to berth. Height of tide within the bay is some 2.50 m. at Neaps and 3.20 m. at (a) (1) The Master of the vessel or his Agent must make a request Springs. (using Form Q2) to the Department of Health within the period PORT LIMITS: The Port Authority considers a vessel to be arrived when of 24 hours prior to the arrival of vessel giving answers to all she crosses an imaginary line between West Head and Point Grant. questions on the form. DOCUMENTS: Application for berth, tugs, mooring launches, (2) If the answers given are satisfactory Radio Pratique will be given telephones, and notification to load or unload, to be delivered by ship’s for Hastings from a specified time and date enabling the vessel Agent to the Port Authority not less than 24 hours before arrival. to proceed to the berth without displaying the quarantine signal. (3) A Quarantine Officer will board the vessel at the berth, if the Customs Documents required: answers given on the Declaration of the Health (Q360) are found No. of Copies to be satisfactory pratique may then be granted for all Australian Required ports. Form M & S 11 (List of Crew) 3 (b) Notwithstanding that pratique for all ports may have been granted, Form 42A (Stores List) 1 Master will still be responsible for reporting any case of infectious disease Form 5 (Articles owned or in possession of Master, Officers 1 which may subsequently occur whilst vessel is in Australian waters. or crew) Should a case of infectious disease (not being a quarantineable Form B921 – Green – Loading Ports List 3 disease) occur on board whilst vessel is at sea in Australian waters, Form QA3 (Declaration of animals carried as cargo), only 1 Master will be required to advise by radio Commonwealth Regional if on board Director of Health for State in which next port situated, who will arrange Form QA4 (Declaration of ship’s pets) 1 for a Quarantine Officer to see case on arrival, Master will not be required Form QA5 (Shipmaster’s Bond to cover ship’s pets) 1 to fill in a Supplementary Health Form and vessel will be permitted to Form A Q360 (Health Report) 2 proceed direct to berth without flying ‘‘Q ’’ flag. Form 40 Application for Clearance Should a case of suspected quarantineable disease occur on board Of the above, Forms 42A and 5 need only be compiled at first port whilst at sea in Australian waters, Master is required to radio details to of call in Australia. Passenger — individual Passenger Cards are utilised the Commonwealth Regional Director of Health for State in which next therefore no List of Passengers required. Agents require 7 copies of port situated and await instructions. Commonwealth Regional Director Manifest of cargo on board and at least 1 set copies Bills of Lading. of Health will decide according to circumstances whether to inspect These normally received by airfreight or airmail direct from ship’s Agents vessels outside Quarantine Line or permit it to proceed to berth and will at loading port outside Australia therefore not necessary for Masters to advise Master. be in possession of either Manifest of cargo on board or appropriate (c) Should it come to notice in any particular case that Radio Pratique copies of Bills of Lading. has been granted as a result of a wireless message sent in accordance Customs forms available from Pilot on arrival. with sub-paragraph (a) whereas in fact wireless message contains false Declaration: Declaration Prior to Arrival: The Master of a ship which information, matter will be investigated thoroughly and reported to the carries liquid bulk dangerous substances or oil in bulk, other than oil fuel Director-General of Health who will decide whether radio pratique will used for the propulsion or operation of the ship, shall ensure that the be denied in future to vessel on which Master and the ship’s surgeon Port Authority is advised, in writing, with answers to the following hold responsibility. questions at least 48 hours prior to arrival in the port: RADIO: Advice to Ships Masters on Hastings Harbour Control: 1. Is the hull leak free? GENERAL INFORMATION (When vessel within 1 hour of port). 2. Is an inert gas system fitted? 1. Radio Watch A radio watch will be kept by Harbour 3. Is the inert gas system, if fitted, fully operational? Control on VHF Channel 16 from 1 hour 4. Is a crude oil washing system fitted? before ship is due at the pilot boarding 5. Is the crude oil washing system, if fitted, fully operational? ground and from 1 hour prior to departure time. Main working channel is 14. 6. Are there any defects to the ship, machinery and equipment, ␺ ␥ which may affect safe pilotage, berthing, cargo or ballast 2. Pilot Boarding Ground Position 3 mile 180 from West Head operations? will be identified as position ‘‘A’’. 7. Have stress calculations for the envisaged programme of cargo 3. Fairway Buoy Position of Fairway Buoy (ISO. 2 sec.) will handling, ballasting and bunkering been made? be identified as position ‘‘B’’. 8. Is the hull stress calculated within recommended safety limits? INWARD BOUND VESSELS 1. Vessels shall report to Harbour Control at least 1 hour before arrival Additional information required for liquefied gas carriers: at position ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’, giving ETA position ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’, deepest draft 9. Are all cargo tanks and lines free of air? and information re-hull leaks and health of crew, etc. 10. Is the re-liquefaction or boil-off control equipment in good working 2. Vessels must request permission to enter port. It is an expressed order? condition of entry that any malfunction or impairment of machinery, PILOTAGE: Pilotage compulsory for merchant vessels except those steering and propeller indicators which could cause restrictions in specially exempted. Pilots for the Port of Hastings are available at any the manoeuvring ability of the vessel, is reported to Harbour Control time provided notification of ETA is given 24 hours in advance and and to the Pilot when engaged. confirmed 6 hours prior to arrival. Pilot for the Port of Hastings will board 3. Vessels shall advise Harbour Control when passing Fairway Buoy from a launch, painted orange and showing the signals and lights (position ‘‘B’’). Sea lashings to be removed from anchor cables and prescribed for such vessels, by day approximately 3 miles Southward anchors made ready for immediate use. from West Head. By night in the white sector of McHaffie’s Point Light, 4. Vessels shall advise Harbour Control when rounding Sandy Point with Cape Schank Light bearing 295␥ (White), at the entrance to Western and request VHF Channel for berthing operations and tugs. Port. Pilot launch is equipped with VHF Channel 16 (156.8 MHz). Port 5. Vessels shall report to Harbour Control (Channel 14) when all fast, working channel is VHF Channel 14 (156.70 MHz). A speed of 7 knots finished with engines and tugs dismissed. must be maintained. OUTWARD BOUND VESSELS In adverse weather, vessels to 9.75 m. draft may board Pilot adjacent 1. Vessels shall contact Harbour Control 1 hour before fixed time of to yellow buoy 2 miles – 084␥ from Flinders Jetty Light. At night buoy departure advising if they will/will not be ready to sail in 1 hour’s shows Fl. Y. 4 secs. time. Port Authority’s Office requires notification of vessel’s ETA at Fairway 2. Vessels will be advised at sailing time by duty Harbour Master re Buoy 24 hours prior to arrival. Confirmation of ETA is required 6 hours permission to sail, port movements, etc. prior to arrival. To minimise delays in co-ordinating Port services vessels 3. When vessels clear their berth and tugs dismissed and proceeding expecting to arrive between the hours 0900 to 1700 hrs. should ensure they shall report this to Harbour Control (Channel 14). Port Authority receives confirmation by 0830 hrs. that morning. 4. Vessels to advise Harbour Control when (a) Rounding Sandy Point. Vessels expecting to arrive between the hours 1700 hrs. to 0900 hrs. (b) Clear of Port. should confirm ETA by 1530 hrs. that afternoon. VESSELS PROCEEDING TO ANCHORAGE Vessels expecting to arrive during a weekend period should indicate 1. Vessels inward and outward to an anchorage are to use the same ETA by 1530 hrs. on Friday, then follow above procedure. procedure as in above for inward and outward vessels respectively. Telex No. of this Office is AA 34051 and Fax: ␣61 (3) 5983-8684. Vessels will be advised if required to anchor and what anchorage ANCHORAGES: Anchorage within port between Southern edge Tortoise to use. Whilst at anchor vessels shall keep a continuous listening Head Bank, and Northern shore of Phillip Island. Anchorage 4 miles in watch on Channel 14. length, East to West, and 1.25 miles wide, depths 16 m. – 27 m. at 2. Vessels shall advise Harbour Control when they have anchored Western end, decreasing 11 m. – 20 m. at Eastern end. and also when vessels are underway again from an anchorage. ENGINE TRIALS AND LIFEBOAT DRILLS, ETC. An anchorage area having a least depth of water of 8.5 m., has been 1. Vessels wanting to carry out engine trials shall first obtain established adjacent to Long Island Jetty. permission from the duty Harbour Master. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 147 AUSTRALIA 2. When lifeboat drills are to be held and boats swung out and put Long Island Terminal – General: into the water the duty Harbour Master shall be given prior notice. Tank Height above sea level – Crude Base 13.7 m. Tank Full 28 m. 3. All vessels in the port shall notify Harbour Control (Channel 14) of LPG Base 7.6 m. Tank Full 36.6 m. any distress signals sighted or any untoward occurrence. Distance of tank farm Crude 3 km. TUGS: Two tugs are available both of 3,800 kW. and 50 tonnes bollard to Jetty – LPG 1 km. pull. Tugs join vessel at Sandy Point. Tug’s line used. Tugs are fitted Hose and Pipe-line diameters: with VHF and radar and fire-fighting equipment. Additional tugs available No Hoses. ‘‘Chicksan’’ arms used. Airdraft to manifold 17.5 m. from Melbourne given 24 hours notice. above MHW. BERTHING: Berthing subject to Port Authority’s direction. Two oil berths, Crude: 2␺16 in. and 1␺12 in. diameter loading/ballast arms. 2␺30 in. 2 steel works berths (one is Ro/Ro) and 2 tug berths are available (One diameter pipelines. tanker berth (No. 2 Crib Point) out of commission). Max. pumping rate 7,250 t.p.h. Max. back pressure 125 p.s.i. Steel Industry Wharf (2 Berths) (16.5 n.m. from Entrance): Berths are LPG: 3␺12 in. diameter loading/vapour arms. 1␺20 in. diameter owned and utilised by BHP Coated Products Division. Approach channel refrigerated pipeline. 1␺12 in. diameter vapour pipeline. 1␺4 in. has a depth of 9.1 m. Depth alongside both berths is 12.1 m. Swing diameter pressure pipeline. basin diameter 457 m. Steel works is 2.5 Km. from berth. 1␺8 in. diameter loading arm for refrigerated and pressure LPG is Steel Industry Wharf No. 1: Ro/Ro Berth – Vessels with stern door or also fitted with a 4 in. vapour return line. starboard quarter ramp up to 15,000 tonnes. Max. pumping rate – refrigerated products 1,400 t.p.h. Ramp details: Length 28 m. (curved), width 8.5 m. Ramp made up of – pressure product 45 t.p.h. 7 sections which are hydraulically operated to allow accommodation of Following are requirements for LPG carriers loading at Long Island Point various types of stern loading/discharging vessels. Jetty: Ramp section is approximately 3 m. proud of stern berthing fenders. 1. Vessels to present at loading port with cargo tanks precooled and Starboard Quarter Ramp details: Concrete landing pad ashore ready to load fully refrigerated butane and must contain a liquid butane appropriate for a quarter ramp of 10.17 m. width, 50.3 m. length overall, heel. Similar procedure for propane. and angled at 31.5␥ to ship’s centre line. Stern of vessel approximately 2. Vapours in the ship’s tanks must not contaminate the product in 17 m. off ramp for stern door vessels. any way that may cause the quality specification to be exceeded in any Steel Industry Wharf No. 2: Conventional General Cargo Wharf. 152 m. particular case. long, 24 m. to 15.6 m. wide. Reinforced concrete wharf with wooden 3. Vapours in the ship’s tanks should not react with the product in fendering. A mooring dolphin is provided 30 m. N.E. No. 2 Berth is any way to cause a hazard or prevent the vapours from being returned adjacent and extends in a N.E. direction from No. 1 Berth. to the shore compressor system. Max. size of vessel: 200 m. length overall. 4. The ship’s tanks must be free of sulphur compounds/L.G.odourants. Tidal range at berth: Between 2 m. and 3 m. Manifold connection requirements: Nature of Bottom: Mud, clay and some rock. (m.) (ft.) Vessel can dock/undock during hours of darkness, subject to tidal Distance manifold flange to ship’s side Min. 0.91 3 conditions. Max. 3.66 12 Vessels moor using ship’s lines to Port Authority’s requirements. Height C/L manifold flange above water level/ Pilots used, unless Master holds special exemption. Water available. vessel Lightest Condition: 17.04 55.9 Bunkers by Road Tanker only, subject to Port Authority’s approval. Manifold spacing Min. 1.83 6 Engines may be immobilised whilst ship is alongside, subject to duty Max. 3.66 12 Harbour Master’s approval. Height of C/L manifold flange above deck Min. 7.6 2.5 Stores and supplies can be delivered from dock or by launch. Max. 1.60 5.5 STEVEDORES: Hastings is a class ‘‘B’’ port for stevedoring facilities. Flange connection 305 mm. (12 in.) 150 ASA to match Chicksan Arms. Port Waratah stevedores available. Require ETAs of vessels from Agent. Connection to be approximately mid way between stern and stem to Ordering time for labour: Tuesday-Friday, by 1430 hrs. previous day. enable satisfactory mooring of vessel.. Saturday-Sunday, by 1430 hrs. previous Friday. Monday, by 1430 hrs. Hoses will not be permitted for the loading of refrigerated LPG. previous Sunday. All close holidays observed. Compliance with standard safety check list is required. MEDICAL: Four qualified medical practitioners available and 20-bed Reducers: Terminal has 6 in., 8 in., 10 in. and 12 in. ASA Reducers. Nursing Hospital. Agent should receive prior notice of particulars of Arms connected by Esso. vaccinations required. Ballast Facilities: Normal capacity 16,000 tonnes and up to TANKERS: 20,000 tonnes with one week’s notice. Quantities in excess of Information Relating to Acceptance of Large Crude Tankers into the Port 20,000 tonnes may, in exceptional circumstances, be accepted by Esso, of Hastings: but only after consultation with the terminal management. The following parameters should be used by ship’s Charterers and Pollution: Cases of discharging dirty ballast or oil spillage will be Agents as a guide to determine the acceptability of large tankers into investigated and vessels are liable to fines and/or detention. Vessels the Port of Hastings. shall not discharge into the waters of the port any part of the contents 1. Displacement tonnage in arrival ballast condition to 110,000 tonnes. of their cargo, slop or ballast tanks (this includes clean ballast) or tank 2. LOA to 300 m. washings or bilges which are liable to pollute these waters. Masters shall 3. Draft in ballast condition to 9.5 m. ensure that pipelines and equipment are clean before using them for 4. Distance from manifold centreline to water line: 16.5 m. at Crib Point discharging anything into the waters of the port. Scuppers shall be jetty, 17.5 m. at Long Island Point jetty. plugged effectively and no leakage or spillage from any vessel shall be Distance from manifold flange to ship’s side: Minimum 1.0 m., allowed to leak or be swept overboard. maximum 4.5 m. to 5.0 m. Masters of vessels must seek permission from the Port Authority 5. Only clean ballast from segregated ballast tanks is permitted to be before pumping anything into the waters of the bay. discharged into Western Port Bay (i.e. no ballast water from any tank The State of Victoria has stringent laws in force concerning the capable of carrying oil is permitted to be discharged into Western Port pollution of the sea by oil. Bay notwithstanding the cleanliness of the tank or the previous cargoes Smoke emissions controlled under the Clean Air Act which will operate carried in the tank). under the jurisdiction of the Environment Protection Authority. There are no ballast reception facilities at Crib Point. Esso can accept Ballast (Tankers): All ballast contained in tanks connected in any way up to 16,000 tonnes of ballast without difficulty and up to 20,000 tonnes to the vessel’s cargo carrying system, is to be discharged to shore with 1 week’s notice. Quantities in excess of 20,000 tonnes may, in tankage. exceptional circumstances, be accepted by Esso but only after Fire Precautions: Tankers shall not immobilise main engines whilst consultation with the terminal management. alongside jetties. No oil cargo handling or physical preparation for same 6. Consultation with Port Authority is required prior to fixing any vessel permitted unless firewatch tug is on duty. over 100,000 d.w.t. or having loaded draft over 13.0 m. into or out of Tank Washing/Gas Freeing: Permitted alongside subject to approval Western Port. from the Port Authority. All tank washings to be discharged ashore. Crib Point Jetty: (2 Berths, 13 n.m. from Entrance): Berths are State Garbage: No garbage or rubbish shall at any time be jettisoned into the owned. The approach channel has 14.3 m. below chart datum, swing waters of the port. The Master, Owner or Agent of a ship shall, through basin has a diameter of 610 m., and depth of 14.3 m. the Port Authority, make all arrangements for garbage and rubbish to No. 1 Crib Point: Capable of accommodating tankers of 100,000 d.w.t., be collected from ships within the port and to be delivered to the port max. LOA 300 m., max. permissible draft 13.0 m. with a depth alongside incinerator for destruction. of 15.8 m. Shore gangway used at this berth. Bunkers: Small quantities of marine fuel are available from road tankers. Grades Handled – Products, chemicals, crude, veg oils and gas. Fresh Water: Available, approximate rate 100 t.p.h. Approximate price Imported motor spirit and auto diesel only through 10 in. line and $1.00 per 4.5 cu.m. Delivered from hydrants at Jetty Heads at all Berths. flexible hose string using ship’s gear. Density: Average density between 1025 and 1030 oz. per cu.ft. Hose and pipeline diameters: Mooring: Vessels secure to oil jetties using ship’s lines and shore Max. back pressure 100 p.s.i. Hoses connected by shore labour. preventer wires, if considered necessary. See ‘‘Plan’’. Airdraft to manifold 16.5 m. above MHW. Ballast capacity – Nil. Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated April 1993. Terminal Operator: Vopak Terminal, 5 Barclay Crescent, 3915 Hastings, LPG/LNG FACILITIES: See ‘‘Tankers’’ Victoria, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 966-6445. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9694-1182. CONSULS: None. Nearest consuls located in Melbourne. Contact: Len Daly (Email: [email protected]). Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Jetty Operator: Toll Holdings (contact Port Authority). REPAIRS: Facilities for medium size deck and engine repairs. All repairs No. 2 Crib Point: State owned and now out of commission. Capable of subject to Port Authority’s approval. accommodating vessels to 90,000 tonnes deadweight (in ballast) with a SURVEYORS: Cargo Inspectors: Caleb Brett, Cargo Superintendents depth alongside of 12.8 m. Shore gangway available. Two dolphins available from Melbourne. All major classification societies, surveyors provided 61 m. apart. and insurers represented as for Melbourne. Long Island Jetty: (1 Berth 15.5 n.m. from Entrance): Berth is State GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: A shore watchman may be hired. owned and utilised by Esso (Australia). The approach channel has a Cost borne by the vessel. depth of 14.3 m., swing basin has a diameter of 548 m. and a depth of CERTIFICATES: 14.3 m. There is a depth of 15.8 m. alongside the berth. Berth used for Clearance from last port. export of Gippsland Crude and LPG. Can accommodate vessels up to Ship’s Register. 165,000 tonnes. Shore gangway used. Articles of Agreement.

148 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Official Log Book. fitted for emergency use only with no metering of returned gas. Load Line Certificate. Connections are both 12 in. 150 ASA. No bunker/bulk lubes, no barge Safety Radio Certificate. at Western Port, Esso do not allow any bunkering operation on their Safety Equipment Certificate. jetty, so must do this at anchor. Understand bunker/lubes barge would Safety Construction Certificate. have to travel from Melbourne via Southern Ocean. Limited supply of Derat Certificate. lubes available in drums. IMO Certificate of Fitness for LPG Carriers. Connected ship’s fire main into shore system using ship’s hose. Light Dues Certificate (receipt). Pre-Loading Formalities: Formalities took 1.5 hours. Ship/shore Pratique Certificate from last port (if to be used in this port). telephone (battery type) placed in Office or Cargo Control Room. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: (a) Tobacco: each crew member permitted Business calls only on abbreviated numbers. There is an emergency either 200 cigarettes or 250 gm. of pipe tobacco, or 250 gm. of Fine Cut stop on the walkie-talkie which stops shore pumps and closes shore Tobacco out of Bond. (b) Wine and/or Spirit: each crew member is valves. allowed 1 litre of wines or spirits (opened). If constant wind speed reaches 30 knots, loading is stopped, and at CARGO GEAR: No shore cranes. All vessels must comply with 35 knots Chicksan arms are disconnected. Commonwealth of Australia Regulations prescribed under the Navigation Loading went very smoothly with adjustment in rates undertaken Act. See ‘‘Melbourne’’. quickly. Loading was slow as one shore tank decommissioned for REPATRIATION: Facilities available. 10 year inspection, and towards the end of loading, 2 remaining tanks AIRPORT: Nearest major commercial airport is Tullamarine, 55 miles were almost empty. Density Butane 5746 at 15␥C in vacuum loading distance, from which there are frequent interstate and international temperature ␤5␥C. flights. Airport accessible by road in about 2 hours by taxi-car. Safety: Ship/Terminal/Port Authority Safety Check List completed for HOLIDAYS: Oil terminals work on all holidays. Steel Works observe every operation. In addition, Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) close holidays. conducts safety surveys. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Hastings Tel: ␣61 (3) 5979-7033; General: Bangladeshi, Bruneian, Flipino and Pakistani nationals require Ambulance Frankston Tel: ␣61 (3) 978-4555; Fire Hastings Tel: ␣61 (3) Australian Seamans Identification Cards. These are provided by 5979-1345, and Crib Point Tel: ␣61 (3) 5983-9221. Customs, and require a full face photograph. We used ship’s polaroid. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Port Emergency Plan is These Identification Cards remain onboard. They are not shore passes. activated by Duty Harbour Master with Co-ordination Centre initially For crew signing-off, Customs issue ‘‘Permission to Offsign’’ docket, established in the Port Authority Office, Stony Point. this covers A$ 20.00 departure tax at airport. TELEPHONES: A telephone service may be installed onboard every Shore launch to anchorage costs A$ 700.00, so one has to be ship berthed at the tanker terminals. STD (Subscriber Trunk Dialling) is circumspect. This did not include Easter tariff. not available from these telephones. Trunk calls may be obtained by Stores launch/barge is available for hire at approximately $ 160.00 per dialling 0176 and reversing the charges. hour. Cost of labour to load stores is additional to this charge. SERVICES: Licensed compass adjuster available. Underwriters’ New Seamans Club is situated 1.0 km. North of Long Island Point Representatives available. Radio and radar repairs available. Jetty. Bus collects from jetty at 1845 hrs. Club is only open 1900 hrs. – BANKS: American and European bank offices are represented from 2100 hrs., but there is a telephone and money changing facilities. Melbourne. STORING: Vessels may be stored by barge or truck. At tanker terminals AUTHORITY: TOLL Westernport, P.O.Box 102, Hastings 3915, storing is not allowed during loading or discharging operations. Trucks Victoria, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5983-9406. FAX: ␣61 (3) 5983-6043. and forklifts are restricted to a point 60 m. from jetty head. Bonded stores Telex: AA34051. Email: [email protected] Contact: Captain are handled under Customs supervision. Local labour is available to R. Cox, Harbour Master. assist with storing. SHORE LEAVE: Crew members permitted shore leave, and launches can be supplied to vessels at anchor, provided vessels have pratique, HAY POINT, including Dalrymple Bay, Queensland: and have been cleared by Customs. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Required for all nationalities except Canada, 21.16 S. 149.19 E. (See Plan) Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, Fiji, Ghana, Hong Kong, India, Iran, Israel, PORT LIMITS: The seaward Port Limits extend from the North shoreline Italy, Japan, Kenya, Lebanon, Malaysia, Malta, Nauru, New Zealand, at the entrance to Bakers Creek by a line in an East North Easterly Norway, Pakistan, South Africa, South Korea, Tanzania, Uganda and direction to Lat. 21␥ 10' S., Long. 149␥ 20' E. thence East to United Kingdom. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Lat. 21␥ 10' S., Long. 149␥ 30' E., thence South to Lat. 21␥ 18' S., Cards available from Customs on arrival, if required. Long. 149␥ 30' E. thence West to the shore South of Hay Point. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Collected by road from small vessels at the Oil A vessel is considered to have arrived when it anchors within Port Terminal and all vessels at the steel works. Other collections by launch. Limits or if proceeding directly alongside at the time when the Pilot The service is co-ordinated by the Port Authority. boards. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: By arrangement with Oil Terminal Operator DOCUMENTS: The documents required by the Customs Department (Esso). are: DELAYS: No delays anticipated. Port operates 24 hours per day. 2 Crew Lists. 1 Declaration of Dutiable Goods (Australian Customs Form 5). SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: April 1993 (Updated 1998). 1 Ports of Call List showing previous 6 ports. Berth: Long Island Point (LPG). 1 List of Dutiable Stores and Drugs held on board (Australian Pre-Arrival: ETA every 2 days to Essolip, attn. Ruth Spencer Customs Form 42A). (Telex: Essolip AA31457). Last Port Clearance. Crew list faxed to Agent with following information required: The Customs Officer will also wish to sight the following documents: 1. Reference No. in agreement. Ship’s Register. 2. Family name. Safety Radio Certificate. 3. Given names. Safety Construction Certificate. 4. Sex. Safety Equipment Certificate. 5. Rank/rating. Load Line Certificate. 6. Identity document type. The documents required by the Department of Health are: 7. Document number. 2 Declarations of Health (Australian Government Department of 8. Date of birth. Health Form Q.360). 9. Country of birth. 1 Crew List. 10. Nationality. 1 Vaccination List. Ballast changed on passage with coordinates in Movement Book/Deck 1 Ports of Call List. Log/Official Log Book. The Quarantine Officer will also wish to sight a current Derat Pilotage/Immigration Pre-Arrival information as per ‘‘Guide’’. Exemption Certificate. Documents: All ship’s certificates, copy of Certificate of Fitness to Agent. PILOTAGE: Hay Point: Pilotage, which is compulsory is provided by Customs Officer doubled as Immigration Officer. Must use Australian Port Pilots Queensland, whose Pilots are stationed at the port. Vessels forms which he brought out to anchorage. should notify the Duty Pilot (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4943-6455. Fax: ␣61 (7) Forms required: 4943-6499), through their Agents of their ETA 24 hours before arrival 1 copy (Australian Form 5) Articles owned by or in possession of and they will be advised of the Pilot boarding area. The boarding areas crew. are generally 2.3 miles S.E. or N.E. of Hay Point Wharf, depending on 1 copy Stores List (declare drugs only). whether the vessel is berthing port side or starboard side alongside. 3 copies Crew List, 1 each for Customs/Immigration, Agent, Harbour Vessels must make a good lee for the pilot boat and have a pilot Master. ladder rigged in accordance with the provisions of the Navigation Pilot: Boarded 3 miles South of West Head. Must use manropes. (SOLAS) Regulations. Ship anchored North of Cowes on Philip Island. Good holding ground. Boarding of Pilots may be possible by helicopter if vessel meets certain Western Port is tidal with tide running at approximately 3 knots at requirements. The decision will be made after radio communication with Springs. the vessel. Berthed portside to against the ebb. Moorings (3, 2, 2), head and Dalrymple Bay: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The Pilot Boarding sternlines soft ropes. Area is normally 1.5 miles E.N.E. of the berth. Vessels should be Tugs: ‘‘Cooma’’ and ‘‘Hastings’’, each 3,800 h.p. with 50 tonne bollard underway and follow instructions given by either the Pilot or ‘‘Hay Point pull. Tugs made fast fore and aft, tug’s lines used. VTS’’. Only during berthing, trim should not exceed 2.5 m. by the stern Jetty: Runs North to South, and is well fendered along parallel body. with the propeller fully immersed. Pilot transfer will be by helicopter. Moorings made fast on slip hooks. First moorings ashore are springs Vessels should advise their Agent at the earliest opportunity if they sent by shore messenger, the other moorings sent by mooring launch cannot accept a helicopter land-on situation. to dolphins numbered 1 to 6 (North to South). Offshore anchor lowered Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through Hydrographers Passage, clear of pipe. Standard fire wires rigged. Palm Passage, Grafton Passage and the Inner Route of the Great Barrier Shore Gangway/Connections/Bunkers:To enable gangway to land clear Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available from of obstructions on deck, Northerly 2 Chicksan arms connected to ship’s Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal Pilot aft 2 manifolds, connected 1 liquid and 1 vapour. Vapour connection Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 149 AUSTRALIA Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at HEALTH: Radio Pratique may be requested through a vessel’s Agents, Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East between 12 and 24 hours prior to arrival. This is generally granted if Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. there are no unusual circumstances. See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Hydrographers Passage: Masters’ attention is drawn to Sailing On receipt of quarantine message the Agent will obtain from the Directions for Hydrographers Passage compiled by the Australian Harbour Master an anchorage position and advise vessel not berthing Department of Transport. Relevant extracts are: on arrival. ‘‘Hydrographers Passage shortens the route between Hay Point and Inspections may be carried out at the jetty or at anchorage at the Japan via Rossel Island by approximately 220 miles’’. discretion of the Quarantine Office. Note 1: In 1987 the R.A.N. surveyed Diamond Passage in the Coral Pratique is available in the berth on a 24 hour basis, 7 days per week. Sea. Use of this channel and Jomard Entrance now results in a voyage Rat guards are to be maintained on all mooring lines whilst the vessel reduction of about 245 miles. is alongside. ‘‘Vessels too deep to pass through Torres Strait in safety and bound Whilst in the vicinity of the port, vessels are required to store garbage for ports in the Singapore to Europe (via Suez) range may find it shorter, aboard in containers approved by the Quarantine Inspector. and with a greater likelihood of favourable weather and currents, via RADIO: Notification of Expected Arrivals and Loading Plan: Hay Point: Hydrographers Passage, East and North of Papua New Guinea, and It is required that the Master of an incoming vessel notify by radio/telex through Sagewin Strait, than the alternative route via Bass Strait and of the estimated time of arrival at the Port, 7 days, 48 hours and 24 hours the Great Australian Bight.’’ prior to expected arrival. Local time should be used in all Note 2: The route via Hydrographers Passage, Diamond Passage and communications. The loading plan should be provided 48 hours prior to North of Papua New Guinea to Suez is approximately 125 miles shorter expected arrival time. Messages should be addressed to 4HUTAHSHIP, than the Great Australian Bight route. Hay Point, Telex AA48148. Note 3: During the Southern Winter months, vessels bound for Europe Advice of Arrival: Dalrymple Bay: All ships scheduled to load at via the Cape of Good Hope have found better sailing conditions and Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal (DBCT) are to radio, through the normal obtained a faster voyage by taking the route North of Papua New Guinea recognised coastal radio stations or by telex, the following notifications, rather than the Great Australian Bight. addressing their messages to: ANCHORAGES: Northern Anchorage: 9 anchorages. Cables: 4MDALBAY, Mackay Southern Anchorage: 7 Anchorages. Telex: AA46374 Also see ‘‘Plan’’. (i) 7 days before the intended arrival at the Port, or on departure RESTRICTIONS: A vessel arriving at the port must have its propeller from the last discharge or loading Port, whichever is the sooner, totally immersed and be trimmed not more than 2.5 m. by the stern. advising answers to the following questionnaire? Hay Point harbour uses a Dynamic Real Time Underkeel Clearance (a) (UKC) Program, and Masters will be advised by the Harbour Master – ETA at DBCT anchorage. through their Agent on maximum sailing drafts and UKC whilst loading – Hatchwise stowage and loading sequence, specifying the quantity of each cargo pour, based on loading with one at the berths. loader at rates of up to 7,000 t.p.h. Vessels berthing port side to: Normal draft calculations apply. – Where multiple parcels are being loaded, confirm that each Vessels berthing starboard side to: Normal draft calculations. parcel can be completed before loading the next parcel. Dalrymple Bay – Arrival and departure drafts, fore and aft, based on the Vessels berthing starboard side to: Normal draft calculations apply. maximum allowable stern trim for berthing of 2.5 m. with Vessels berthing port side to: Normal draft calculations less propeller fully immersed. additional 0.9 m. if vessel of NOTE: Ballast tanks, where possible, should be either fully 100,000 d.w.t. and over. pressed up or empty. The state of the tide determines which side to each vessel will berth. – Total time required for deballasting. However, by arrangement with the shippers the vessel can wait for a – Berthing airdraft. more suitable state of tide to enable the vessel to berth on the side – Distance from side of vessel to inside edge of hatch coaming. where draft restrictions do not apply. This can result in delays of up to – Please confirm all cargo holds are free from previous cargo 4 hours. residues. MAX. SIZE: Max. LOA 300 m., breadth 56 m. and draft 17.5 m. – Type of hatch cover. Berth No. 1: 170,000 d.w.t. Berth No. 2: 230,000 d.w.t. – Advise any obstructions protruding beyond ship’s side. Dalrymple Bay: – Can your vessel accept a helicopter land-on situation? If so, Vessel Size: 20,000 d.w.t. (minimum). specify the hatch number or dimensions of the largest hatch 230,000 d.w.t. (maximum). and the distance between obstructions one metre above Length Overall: 320 m. (maximum). hatch top. Breadth: 50 m. (maximum). – Does your vessel have Australian Radio Pratique format Distance from forward end of questions (A) to (K)? foremost hatch to after end of – Does your vessel have a copy of all Australian Customs aftermost hatch to be loaded: 214 m. (maximum). Forms? Maximum Berthing Displacement: 110,000 tonnes. – Master’s Name, Number and Nationality of Crew. Minimum Clearance between NOTE: Send 48/24 hour ETA notices together with confirmation Deck Obstructions: 15.0 m. of total cargo required to Shippers 4MDALBAY, Mackay Maximum Draft Table – Port of Hay Point: (Telex: AA46374). Height of Tide Draft Height of Tide Draft (b) Masters of vessels which are only part loading at DBCT shall (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) advise the following additional information: 0.0 11.29 3.4 14.38 If arriving part loaded: 0.1 11.38 3.5 14.47 – Berthing Displacement. 0.2 11.47 3.6 14.56 – Previous Loading Port. 0.3 11.56 3.7 14.65 – Stowage of Loaded Cargo. 0.4 11.65 3.8 14.74 If completing loading at subsequent Port(s): 0.5 11.74 3.9 14.83 – Next Loading Port. 0.6 11.83 4.0 14.92 (c) Masters of O.B.O. vessels are to supply the following 0.7 11.92 4.1 15.01 information: 0.8 12.01 4.2 15.10 – Nature of the preceding 3 cargoes the vessel has carried. 0.9 12.10 4.3 15.20 – Date and place the last petroleum product was discharged. 1.0 12.20 4.4 15.29 – Statement on the condition of the slop tanks. Are these 1.1 12.29 4.5 15.38 pressed up or fully inerted and sealed? 1.2 12.38 4.6 15.47 – Date, place and authority of issue of the Gas-free Certificate 1.3 12.47 4.7 15.56 carried on board. 1.4 12.56 4.8 15.65 (ii) 48 hours and 24 hours before intended arrival at the Port 1.5 12.65 4.9 15.74 advising: 1.6 12.74 5.0 15.83 – Confirmation or variation of previously advised ETA at the 1.7 12.83 5.1 15.92 anchorage/pilot boarding ground. 1.8 12.92 5.2 16.01 (iii) Immediately upon arrival at the anchorage/pilot boarding ground 1.9 13.01 5.3 16.10 as designated, within Port limits, advising: 2.0 13.10 5.4 16.20 – Arrival/Anchorage time. 2.1 13.20 5.5 16.29 – Chart position. 2.2 13.29 5.6 16.38 – Declaration that the vessel is in all respects ready to load, 2.3 13.38 5.7 16.47 with clean hatches and hatch covers opened on berthing. 2.4 13.47 5.8 16.56 – First pour. 2.5 13.56 5.9 16.65 – Actual arrival drafts, Forward and Aft. 2.6 13.65 6.0 16.74 VHF: There are VHF Marine Radios installed at the berths and on the 2.7 13.74 6.1 16.83 tugs and lineboats for communications during berthing and unberthing 2.8 13.83 6.2 16.92 operations. 2.9 13.92 6.3 17.01 Vessels should keep a continuous watch on Channel 16, commencing 3.0 14.01 6.4 17.10 2 hours before arrival and while at anchor. 3.1 14.10 6.5 17.20 The call sign for the Port is ‘‘Hay Point Harbour’’. 3.2 14.20 6.6 17.29 The port working channels are: 3.3 14.29 6.7 17.38 Channel 12: 156.60 MHz (Operations). Vessels over 100,000 d.w.t. berthed portside to have their underkeel Channel 14: 156.70 MHz (Operations). clearance increased. Deduct 0.9 m. of the available draft indicated in Channel 16: 156.80 MHz (Calling). the above table. Channels 6, 8, 67 and 74 are also available.

150 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA TUGS: 2 tugs each of 75 tonnes bollard pull are available to service Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal: vessels using the Hay Point Services wharves and 2 Z-peller tugs each ONSHORE: of 55 tonnes bollard pull are available for the Dalrymple Bay Terminal. Train Unloading: Tugs normally join vessel at pilot boarding area. Tugs lines are used. Rail System Gauge 1,067 mm. BERTHING: The Port of Hay Point currently consists of 3 coal loading Unloading Method Bottom Dump to R.C. Pit. berths as follows: Locomotives 5 locos and LRC unit. Hay Point Services Berth No. 1: Coal Wagons 124␺61 tons net and Berth Details: 137␺70 tons net (suitable for Berth Alignment 350␥ True 80 tons future). Design ship size 14,500 – 150,000 d.w.t. Train Payload 7,500 to 9,600 tons. Dredged Depth 16.38 m. Train Length 2,100 m. (approx.). Dredged Width 60.96 m. Rail Track Weight 53 kg./m. Dredged Length 342.90 m. Rail Receival Station No. 1: Depth outside dredged area ␤13.03 m. Conveyor Takeaway Rate 4,250 t.p.h. H.A.T. ␣7.14 m. Receival Conveyor Belt Width 1,800 mm. M.H.W.S. ␣5.78 m. Receival Conveyor Belt Speed 3.23 m./s. M.H.W.N. ␣4.46 m. Rail Receival Station No. 2: M.L.W.N. ␣2.22 m. Conveyor Takaway Rate 4,250 t.p.h. (5,000 t.p.h. M.L.W.S. ␣0.90 m. future). L.A.T. ␤0.00 m. Receival Conveyor Belt Width 2,000 mm. Gangway Landing Platform RL 9.2 m. Receival Conveyor Belt Speed 3.75 m./s. Distance to the outer edges of the Stockpiling: 6 fenders 203.6 m. No. of Stockpile Rows 4 (Note: All levels refer to chart datum). Row Length 1,200 m. Shiploader: Row Width (Narrow) 60 m. Nominal loading rate 4,000 t.p.h. (Wide) 100 m. Longitudinal travel distance 188.98 m. Total Stockpile Capacity 2.1 million tonnes ‘‘live’’. Longitudinal travel speed 30.48 m.p.m. Yard Machines 3 stacker/reclaimers. Longitudinal creep speed 6.10 m.p.m. 1 stacker. Shuttle travel length 18.59 m. 1 reclaimer. Shuttle travel speed 10.97 m.p.m. Average Stockpiling Rate Telechute hoist/descent speed 10.06 m.p.m. per Machine 4,250 t.p.h. Spout rotation ␾190␥ at 1 r.p.m. Average Reclaiming Rate 3,600 t.p.h. (Babcock Moxey). Maximum outreach of telechute 26.52 m. from fender face. per Machine 4,250 t.p.h. (Krupp). Belt size 183 cm. Yard Conveyor Belt Width 1,600 mm. Belt speed 267.31 m.p.m. Yard Conveyor Belt Speed 5 m./s. Shiploader has pivoted boom. OFFSHORE: Surge Bin: Mooring Dolphins: Surge Bin Capacity 1,000 tons. 1MD1 4␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan ␺ Sample Plant: 1MD2 3 100 tons sliphooks with capstan Location Seaward end of causeway. 1MD3 3␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan ␺ Causeway: 1MD4 3 100 tons sliphooks with capstan Length 280 m. Breasting Dolphins: ␺ Armour Unit Type Hanbars. 1BD1 2 100 tons sliphooks with capstan Armour Unit Sizes 11.5 tons, 5 tons. ␺ 1BD2 to 5 1 150 tons sliphooks with capstan Approach Jetty: 1BD6 2␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan Jetty Length 3,850 m. Hay Point Services Berth No. 2: Roadway Deck Structure Prestressed Concrete Planks. Berth Alignment 330␥ True RL Roadway ␣17 m. LWD. Design ship size 25,000 – 200,000 d.w.t. Roadway Width between Kerbs 3.76 m. Dredged Depth ␤16.68 m. Roadway Design Load NAASRA T44. Dredged Width 60.96 m. Headstocks Steel Box Section. Dredged Length 365.76 m. Pile Type Steel Pile – 12 mm. Depth outside dredged area 13.03 m. 16 mm. wall. H.A.T. ␣7.14 m. Pile Diameter 1,200 mm. M.H.W.S. ␣5.78 m. Pile Bent Spacing 24 m. M.H.W.N. ␣4.46 m. Trestle Conveyor Capacity 7,200 t.p.h. M.L.W.N. ␣2.22 m. Trestle Conveyor Belt Width 2,000 mm. M.L.W.S. ␣0.90 m. Trestle Conveyor Belt Speed 4.94 m./s. L.A.T. ␤0.00 m. Wharf (2 Berths): Gangway Landing Platform RL 10.0 m. Design Vessel – Maximum 2␺200,000 d.w.t. vessels with Distance to the outer edges of the 80 m. separation between 6 fenders 188.7 m. them. (Note: All levels refer to chart datum). Design Vessel – Minimum 20,000 d.w.t. Shiploader: RL Top of Front (seaward) Rail ␣17.6 m. LWD. Nominal Loading Rate 6,000 t.p.h. Deck Structure Prestressed Concrete Planks. Maximum longitudinal travel distance 191.41 m. Pile Type Steel Piles – 12 mm., 16 mm. Normal longitudinal travel distance and 20 mm. wall thickness. (between limit switches) 184.40 m. Pile Diameter 1,200 mm. Longitudinal travel speed 30.48 m.p.m. Normal Bent Spacing 12 m./13 m. Longitudinal creep speed 15.24 m.p.m. No. of Berthing Dolphins 18 Shuttle Travel speed 15.24 m.p.m. No. of Mooring Dolphins 4 Telechute travel height 18.29 m. Distance between Extreme Berthing Telechute hoist/descent speed 6.10 m.p.m. Dolphins 662.5 m. Spout rotation ␾190␥ at 0.7 r.p.m. Distance between Extreme Mooring Maximum outreach of telechute 28.96 m. from fender face. Dolphins 880.5 m. Belt size 213 cm. Berthing Dolphin Fender Type Bridgestone Cell Fenders 2␺2.25 m. dia. on Berth No. 1. Belt speeds: ␺ Inner shuttle 256.03 m.p.m. 1 2.5 m. dia. on Berth No. 2. Berth Depth ␤20.0 m. LWD. Outer shuttle 281.94 m.p.m. Channel Depth ␤13.4 m. LWD. Maximum outreach of inner shuttle 3.96 m. from fender face. Highest Astronomical Tide Approx. 6.7 m. Intermediate outreach of inner shuttle 3.66 m. inside fender face. MHWS 5.49 m. Outreach of telechute corresponding MHWN 4.23 m. with intermediate position of Available Draft in Channel at MHWS 16.6 m. inner shuttle 21.34 m. from fender face. ␣ with Underkeel Clearance shown (2.27 m.). Elevation of bottom of inner shuttle 23.93 m. Available Draft in Channel at MHWN 15.5 m. Elevation of telechute retracted ␣23.93 m. ␣ with Underkeel Clearance shown (2.15 m.). Elevation of telechute fully extended 5.64 m. Wharf Conveyor Belt Width 2,000 mm. ␣ Elevation of base of Operator’s Cab 25.30 m. Wharf Conveyor Belt Speed 4.94 m./s. Telechute can be rotated in the fully RL of Conveyor Belt RL 29.37. retracted position to ␣25.60 m. Shiploader: Mooring Dolphins: Maximum Loading Rate 7,200 t.p.h. 2MD1 4␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan Shiploader Conveyor Belt Width 2,500 mm. 2MD2 3␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan Shiploader Conveyor Belt Speed 3.2 m./s. 2MD3 3␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan Maximum Operating Wind Speed 72 km.p.h. 2MD4 3␺100 tons sliphooks with capstan Maximum Reach of Chute from Breasting Dolphins: Front Rail 41.5 m. 2BD1 3␺100 tons sliphooks Fender Face from Front Rail 7.5 m. 2BD2 to 5 1␺100 tons sliphooks on each Maximum Reach of Chute from 2BD6 2␺100 tons sliphooks Fender Face 34.0 m. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 151 AUSTRALIA Shuttle Travel 21.7 m. The Shiploader Operator has been instructed to observe the trim lights Shiploader Longitudinal Travel 622 m. and to keep the vessel upright during loading and to stop loading in the Highest Boom Working Position ␣12␥ event of a hatch becoming too full. Lowest Boom Working Position ␤10␥ The sole responsibility for the correct and safe loading of a vessel Distance from 0.0 LWD to Underside and the assessment of tonnages being loaded, as is customary, rests of Boom in ␣12␥ position at with the Master and it is strongly recommended that a responsible officer Fender Face (Airdraft) 30.3 m. is on deck at all times, directing and supervising the loading to a spout Cyclone Security Tie-down to Strongpoints trimmed condition. No mechanical or manual trimming will be undertaken (2 off). by the Company. The vessel is to provide sufficient lights on board for Moorings: Due to the open sea nature of the berths vessels with wire night loading and shall open and close hatch covers as recommended rope moorings should have a synthetic tail at least 10 m. long fitted to by the Terminal. assist in mooring and to reduce breakages. Vessels which are scheduled to load more than one parcel shall MOORING: Dalrymple Bay: Mooring lines are taken ashore by line complete each parcel before starting the next. When loading launches. First lines must always be of synthetic or similar floating type. multi-parcels of coal, attention to the opening and closing of hatches is Vessels using heavy wire ropes, for whatever purpose, shall have the recommended to ensure each parcel is loaded into the required hold. ends terminated with a rope spring, finished with a standard eye for Masters are cautioned that the determination of the mass loaded is placing over the bollards and slip hooks. The rope spring should not be carried out by Draft Survey and frequent ‘‘on the run’’ draft checks less than 17.0 m. long to facilitate manhandling. between hatch changes should be carried out. Whilst conveyor belts are All mooring lines are to have a 3.0 m. tail of light rope spliced into the equipped with weight scales, these figures can only be used as a guide. eye to facilitate the transfer from the launch to the dolphins. Reference to these will not relieve the Master of the responsibility of Mooring lines which do not meet these specifications may be refused. adequately maintaining draft checks and supervising the loading No vessel shall be moored or fastened to any wharf except to bollards, accordingly. slip hooks or other securing places provided for the purpose. Subject to tide, ships shall be ready to vacate the berth on completion It is the Master’s responsibility to ensure that all mooring lines are of loading and have all gear tested and available for use on departure. adequate and in good condition. Mooring lines shall be kept taut and secure at all times whilst alongside. Time lost as a result of improperly secured lines will be charged to the vessel’s account. Heaving lines are to be tied at the splice of the eye on spring and Draft Survey: The weight determination of coal loaded onto a vessel is breast lines to facilitate manhandling carried out by an approved Draft Surveyor utilising the ship’s scales. Hay Point: Every vessel at berth shall be properly moored, fastened or All Draft Survey calculations will be rounded to the nearest tonne. anchored as the case may require, and it is the Master’s responsibility An initial Draft Survey will be carried out on completion of berthing to to ensure that all lines are adequate and in good condition for all determine all weights on board. The Surveyor will review the proposed operations. Lines should be kept taut and secure at all times at the berth. loading plan and be available to advise the Master on the loading First lines must always be of synthetic or similar, preferably of floating sequence and quantities most appropriate to the Terminal’s facilities, type. Wires may be used for springs and breast lines but are not equipment and early despatch of the vessel. recommended for head or stern lines. During the final stages of loading, the Surveyor will attend the vessel MEDICAL: Hospital and dental facilities available in Mackay 37 km. by road. Agent should if possible be notified at least 24 hours before arrival and be available to advise the Master on the final trimming and cargo of medical attention required, or on Friday if arriving over weekend. distribution. CARGO OPERATIONS: Dalrymple Bay: Loading Coal: For cargo The final Draft Survey will be carried out immediately on completion stowage calculations the following stowage factors may be used as a of loading. guide: The Master or a suitable person nominated by him is required to Blair Athol : 41.5 cu.ft./tonne accompany the Surveyor and assist in determining the quantity of coal Riverside : 38 cu.ft./tonne loaded and its stowage. German Creek : 37 cu.ft./tonne Properly certified accurate and legible ships scales shall be made Oaky Creek : 38 cu.ft./tonne available to the Surveyor. Vessels shall be in all respects ready to commence loading on The Draft Surveyor is approved by the Company to give guidance and completion of mooring, with holds clean and hatch covers open. A advice which he considers to be in the best interest of the Terminal and detailed loading plan, agreed to by the Company, which clearly shows the quick despatch of the vessel. The Company does not warrant the hatch quantities, loading sequence and quantity of coal to be reserved accuracy or reliability of such information nor shall it be liable for any for trimming, including anticipated sailing draft, is required to be act or omission on the part of the advice of the Draft Surveyor, howsoever presented before loading can commence. caused. Ballast shall be adjusted to ensure that a minimum clearance of 1.0 m. is maintained between the vessel’s structure and the Shiploader at high water. Ballast is to be discharged at a rate which prevents disruption to loading, final trimming or completion. Geared vessels are to have cranes lowered to the horizontal position Gas-Freeing of Vessels: No Gas-Free Certificate signed by the Ship’s on the offshore side of the vessel during loading. Cranes should not be Master will be accepted. swung out of the parked position until the Draft Surveyor has read initial The Master of an O.B.O. vessel shall not allow his ship to berth at drafts and confirmed these with the Chief Officer. the Terminal unless the vessel is certified to be gas-free and a Certificate Loading Procedures: A portable radio and telephone will be placed on of Test has been issued by an authority approved by Dalrymple Bay board for ship/shore communications during shiploading operations. Coal Terminal Pty. Ltd., certifying that the tanks, holds and/or spaces The Shiploader Operator is in direct radio and telephone contact with are free from explosive, flammable and injurious gases, fumes and the Control Room and the Terminal’s Production Supervisor at all times. vapours and slop tanks are pressed up or fully inerted and sealed, and In case of problems during loading, the Production Supervisor may be such certificate is still valid. contacted via the Shiploader Operator or the Control Room. The Slop tanks pressed up or fully inerted and sealed shall not be opened telephone numbers of these are listed on the Terminal Loading Plan, a whilst the vessel is alongside the berth. copy of which is retained by the Master. All costs in connection with the inspection, testing and issue of a The responsible ship’s officer may direct the Shiploader Operator at Certificate of Test in relation to a tank or hold or space for the purposes any time. of these requirements shall be charged to the vessel’s account. The Shiploader Operator will contact the on-duty ship’s officer by radio A Notice of Readiness will not be accepted from an O.B.O. vessel and request that a deck officer be present during the last 15 minutes of unless it is certified gas-free in accordance with the above requirements. final trimming of all hatches estimated to be loaded to between 90% to 100% capacity. The stowage of coal is the sole responsibility of the Master or his nominee, and his instructions and directions will be complied with within the limits of the Terminal facilities. Any changes in loading sequence must be immediately relayed to the Production Supervisor. The coal is either reclaimed from the Terminal’s stockpiles by Hay Point: Bucketwheel Reclaimers or received direct from the Rail Receival (a) Vessels will be loaded in turn: Vessels will be generally loaded Station. It then passes through a 1,200 tonne capacity surge bin, after in turn, in the order of arrival provided that: which it is conveyed a distance of 3.8 km. to the Shiploader at a nominal (i) A suitable berth is available. rate of 7,200 t.p.h. (ii) The vessel is ready in all respects to receive cargo. On directing the Shiploader Operator to stop loading during normal (iii) All the specified cargo is available at the Terminal. operations, between 150 and 200 tonnes of coal will need to be poured, (iv) It is in accordance with the instructions of the Charterer or to empty the wharf conveyor belt, before the Shiploader is permitted to his Agent. travel from South to North. (b) Detailed Loading Plan: Vessel shall present a detailed loading At the completion of loading, the entire conveying system will need to plan immediately on arrival, including hatch quantities with loading be emptied of coal. The surge bin and all Reclaim, Jetty, Wharf and sequence and quantity of coal to be reserved for fore and aft Shiploader conveyor belts can hold up to 3,355 tonnes of coal, depending trimming by hatches, including anticipated sailing draft. on the position of the Reclaimers and Shiploader and the feed rate being (c) Independent Marine Surveyor: The weight of each shipment shall used. The Production Supervisor will be able to give an estimate of the be determined by an independent Marine Surveyor. The time used quantity of coal to be expected. An allowance for these tonnages must for all surveys shall be to the vessel’s account unless alternative be made during the final stages of loading. arrangements have been made. In the final stages of loading, a minimum quantity of 250 tonnes shall (d) Ship’s Cargo Stowage: Cargo is belt weighted by weightometers be requested for the final pour. during loading, however, no guarantee of accuracy can be given Red, green and white list lights, clearly visible to the Shiploader of this equipment. It is the ship’s responsibility for maintaining Operator, are recommended fittings on all vessels loading coal. A fixed draft checks during loading to obtain correct stowage and prevent white light shall indicate the vessel is upright. overloading.

152 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (e) Shiploader Air Draft Clearance – Berth No. 2: The Shiploader CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes, 26 oz. bottle spirits every boom on Berth No. 2 is of a fixed height horizontally shuttled out 10 days. over a ship’s loading hatch. The underside clearance of this loader is calculated at 24.0 m. REPATRIATION: Readily available through Mackay Airport which has minus the height of the prevailing high tide. daily connections to Brisbane and worldwide. Example: 6.0 m. tide would reduce the underside clearance to 18.0 m. AIRPORT: At Mackay, 50 km. by road. Serviced by Australian Airlines Vessels arriving at Hay Point allocated for Berth No. 2 must ballast and Ansett. Regular daily flights to Brisbane and Sydney. down to an air draft in accordance with this calculation. The minimum air draft is taken as the highest point of a hatch TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. cover or other structure that could obstruct the horizontal travel of the Shiploader from entering a designated hatch. HOLIDAYS: Public holidays as for Brisbane. Loading operations are Deballasting during loading must not exceed the loading rate to unaffected except for Christmas Day. maintain safe clearance of a minimum of 0.6 m. between ship POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: 512 000. Ambulance and loader for subsequent high tides. Tel: 572 222. Fire – contact relevant terminal operating company. (f) Trimming: Vessel holds will be trimmed using the telescopic and spoon chutes on each Shiploader. No mechanical, on-board, EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Australian Coastal trimming is available at the port. Surveillance Centre, Canberra. Search and Rescue Tel: ␣61 (6) (g) Berth Dredged Depth: Berth No. 1 is dredged to 16.5 m. below 247-5244. Chart Datum. Berth No. 2 is dredged to 16.7 m. below Chart Datum. TELEPHONES: Hay Point: A portable mobile telephone is placed During loading, Masters will be advised the maximum loadingdraft onboard each vessel for crew to use phone cards. at L.W. when loading to maximum draft. Berth No. 1: Tel: 4943-8258. Gas Free Certificates: The Master of every O.B.O. vessel shall include Berth No. 2: Tel: 4943-8259. the following information with the 48 hour arrival notice (ETA), addressed to: SERVICES: Compass adjusting and radio, radar or gyro repairs can be By Radio: ‘‘4HUTASHIP’’ Hay Point arranged if prior notice is given. By Telex: ‘‘AA48148’’. Nature of preceding 3 cargoes the vessel has carried, and dates BANKS: Major Australian banks are represented in Mackay. Contact of loading. through ships’ Agent. Date and place last petroleum product was discharged. Statement on the condition of the slop tanks. SHORE LEAVE: Permitted. Nearest city is Mackay, 50 km. away. Date and place of issue of the Gas-Free Certificate carried on board. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Citizens of certain non-Commonwealth No Gas-Free Certificate signed by the Ship’s Master will be accepted. countries require identification cards. The Master of an O.B.O. vessel shall not allow his ship to berth at the Terminal facilities unless the vessel is certified to be gas-free and a GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. Certificate of Test has been issued by an authority acceptable to the Port Authority, certifying that the tanks, holds and/or spaces are free WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. from explosive, flammable and injurious gases, fumes and vapours and slop tanks are pressed up or fully inerted and sealed, and such certificate SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Stella Maris Seafarer’s Centre, 43 Brisbane St., is still valid. Mackay. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4953-4038. Open from 1800 hrs. to 2200 hrs., Sampling Systems: Sampling of coal during shiploading operations is Monday to Saturday. Bus available for crew members’ shore leave. carried out by an independent registered analyst to determine the qualitative and quantitative aspects of each shipment. GENERAL: Charts and Publications: Australian Pilot Volume III. All samples are prepared and analysed in accordance with the current Australian Chart No. Aust. 249. Sailing directions and other information British Standards. for the Ports and Harbours of Queensland. Ports of Queensland and B.S. 1016. Parts 1 – 21. Analyses and Testing of Coal and Coke. their services. B.S. 1017. Part 1. Sampling of Coal. Weather Conditions: The Port of Hay Point is situated in the cyclone A Primary Cutter, actuated at preset time intervals, traverses the full belt. An incidence of about 2 cyclones per year can be expected on the width of the free falling coal stream delivering a representative increment Queensland coast, usually during the cyclone season between onto a Belt Feeder. The Belt Feeder speed is controlled to deliver the November and April. primary increments to be continuously traversing Secondary Cutter, Prevailing winds are South-Easterly and velocities in excess of where a representative number of increments are extracted and 25 knots are infrequent. deposited on a slow moving Reversible Belt Feeder. Discharge from this The port facilities are sheltered from major swell by the Great Barrier conveyor when reversed provides samples at top size for size analysis Reef. However, prolonged South-Easterly winds of more than 20 knots and other tests, while normal operation of this Feeder discharges the can occasionally make conditions unsafe alongside and Masters are coal at a uniform rate into a Double Roll Crusher. advised to order Pilot and tugs in sufficient time should these conditions The continuous discharge from the Crusher (minus 5 mm.) falls onto occur. a Slotted Belt Feeder which conveys the sample reject to the Sample Reject Conveyor for return onto the main conveyor. Tides and Currents – Hay Point: Formal tide tables are available from The representative increments passing through the Slotted Belt the Department of Transport (Marine and Ports Division). Feeder are passed into a self-sealing container to/from the common From studies carried out in the Hay Point area by hydrographic gross sample. investigators, there is an indication that the tidal currents flood in a direction between 145␥ to 170␥ True and the ebb current flows in a An automatically operated trolley changes the sample containers at ␥ ␥ predetermined tonnage intervals. direction of 330 to 360 , with a maximum speed (in knots) approximately one-tenth of the predicted tidal range (in feet) at that time. A maximum The sampling system was tested for bias following the principles laid ␥ down in the standards. A full cross-section of coal from the stopped belt current speed occurs in a direction of 340 True with an ebbing tide. The was used as the intrinsically unbiased reference method. Results from change of direction in the current occurs about 1.25 hours prior to the 55 pairs of samples were statistically examined and no significant bias tidal extremes. was found. Tides and Currents – Dalrymple Bay: Tidal streams are generally weak, Safe Departure Clearance: Safe clearance ␦ 10% ␺ Draft plus 0.6 m. reaching a maximum strength of 2 knots at Spring tides. The flood tide Safe Clearance in Berths: Safe clearance ␦ 10% ␺ Draft. sets 150␥ and the ebb sets 330␥ parallel to the berth with the direction DENSITY: Average 1024. of the stream changing about 1.5 hours before the predicted tide times. FRESH WATER: Not available. Mean High Water Spring Tide 5.78 m. FUEL: Bunker enquiries can be directed to BHP Transport Pty.Ltd., Mean Low Water Spring Tide 0.90 m. Marine Fuels Department, Melbourne. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6092473. Fax: ␣61 Mean Spring Tidal Range 4.88 m. (3) 6092276. Telex: AA 30708. Mean Neap Tidal Range 2.24 m. CONSULS: See ‘‘Brisbane’’. Mean Sea Level above Chart Datum 3.34 m. REPAIRS: Minor repairs only. Vessels not permitted to immobilise at The Port of Hay Point is a standard port in the Australian National berths. Tide Tables published by the Hydrographer, Royal Australian Navy and DRY DOCKS: None. in the Official Tide Tables for Queensland published by the Department SURVEYORS: Cargo and Draft Surveyors in attendance at berths. On of Harbours & Marine. hire and gas-free surveys can be carried out. Arrange through Agents. This harbour uses a Dynamic Real Time U.K.C. Program. Surveys: Vessels calling at the Port should be aware that the berths are The least depth in the channel is 13.03 m. open to the sea making measurement of slack ballast tanks difficult and The Harbour Master has advised maximum permissible drafts relative time consuming. It is therefore desirable that vessels present with as to predicted height of tides, for general guidance, which may be amended many tanks pressed up and overflowing or empty to stripping level as from time to time at the Harbour Master’s discretion to suit prevailing can be achieved whilst complying with the Harbour Master’s conditions. requirements. This will avoid possible lengthy delays at the intital survey. Surveyors: Associated Surveyors Queensland, Mackay, Queensland Discharge of Refuse, Oil, etc.: Government Authorities demand that no 4740. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4957-2864, 4957-4188. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4957-2861.Mail person using the Port shall discharge any garbage, refuse, vegetable or Address: PO Box 384, Mackay, Queensland 4740. food matter, deck cleanings, polluted bilge water, oil or rubbish of any Abacus Marine Services Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4957-7460. Fax: ␣61 description in the vicinity of the Port or within 80 km. of the Great Barrier (7) 4955-4459. Reef. Heavy penalties will be imposed for breaches of the relevant Analysts and Surveyors: Carbon Consulting International Pty. Ltd. regulations. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4955-0399. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4955-7955. Stores: Limited ships’ stores and provisions may be loaded at the GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: None available. Terminal and would be available from Mackay based chandlers and OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: To be opened and closed by ships providors. crew. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 153 AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, Macquarie No. 2/3: Common user deep sea berth suitable for quarter Brisbane 4001, Queensland, Australia. Contact: Operations Manager. ramp vessels. Quay length 328 m., minimum depth 8.8 m., up to 14.7 m., Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. FAX: ␣61 (7) 3224-7234. depending on trim. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au Macquarie No. 1: General cargo berth, quay length 168.9 m., water Ports Corporation of Queensland, Hay Point Road, Horyu Maru depth 6.2 m. to 9.8 m. Drive, PMB 7, Mackay Mail Centre, Queensland 4740. Tel: ␣61 (7) Elizabeth St. Pier: Used for residential accommodation. Berth for fishing 956-3109, After Hours Harbour Control (Radio Watch) 4956-3254. vessels and small craft only. Quay length 153 m., water depth 7 m. to Fax: ␣61 (7) 4956-3367. Telex: AA46483. 11.3 m. ␣ Captain B.J. Lee, Harbour Master, Hay Point. Tel: 61 (7) Princes No. 1: Common user Ro-Ro berth for vessels equipped with 4957-7238. their own ramps. Quay length 138 m., water depth 7.2 m. Ramp is fixed Operators: Hay Point Services Pty. Ltd., Hay Point (Via Mackay), with an axle load SWL of 40 tonnes. Queensland 4740. Mail Address: Mail Service 283, Mackay, Princes No. 2/3: Queensland 4740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4943-8222. FAX: ␣61 (7) Length 260 m., minimum depth 7.9 m. Passenger 4956-3421. Telex: AA48148. Cables: 4mutaship Mackay. vessels up to 280 m. LOA can be accommodated with bow over Princes Email: [email protected] Contact: Sam Bonanno, Port No. 1. General cargo and suitable for quarter ramp vessels. Manager (After Hours Tel: ␣61 (7) 4969-5568). Macquarie No. 5/6: Comprises 2 Ro/Ro berths with adjustable ramps Dalrymple Bay Coal Terminal Pty. Ltd., Hay Point Road, M/S F283, each having an axle loading SWL of 59 tonnes. Quay lengths 135 m. Mackay, Queensland 4740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4956-3122. and 180 m., minimum depth 11.2 m., up to 14.7 m. depending on trim. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4956-3353. Telex: AA46374. Cables: 4MDALBAY, A marshalling area provides 4.4 ha. of fenced hardstanding. Macquarie Mackay. Contact: Captain A. Carter, General Manager. No. 5 is equipped with a 35 tonne container gantry crane. Selfs Point Oil Wharf: Dolphin type berth with a wharf face length of 98 m., length over dolphins of 258 m., and a water depth of 14.0 m. HOBART, including Risdon, Tasmania: Facilities are available for discharge of all black and white products including LPG. In addition vessels may obtain supplies of marine fuel 42.53 S. 147.20 E. (See Plan) oil and marine diesel oil for bunkers. PORT LIMITS: ‘Harbour’ means so much of the waters of the River Risdon: Owned by the Electrolytic Zinc Company of Australasia, situated Derwent and its Estuary as lie to the Northward of a line drawn from the 2 miles above the Tasman Bridge on the Western side of the river. Quay Derwent Light (on the Iron Pot Islet) to Kelly Point, on North Bruny; length 400 m., water depth 10.2 m. to 10.7 m. Imports of raw and together with so much of the D’Entrecasteaux Channel as lies to the semi-processed materials such as zinc concentrates, phosphate rock, Northward of a line drawn from the Southern end of Partridge Island to muriate of potash etc., are discharged by a conveyor system. Exports Southport Island; and together with all bays and estuaries opening either of manufactured zinc, cadmium, sulphate of ammonia are loaded via into the said River Derwent or the said D’Entrecasteaux Channel. 1 modern gantry type crane of 24 tonnes SWL, also equipped with DOCUMENTS: As for all Australian Ports. 12 tonne grab. A conveyor fed shiploader is now available. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels exceeding 35 m. in Facilities are available for loading Sulphuric Acid at facility with a length. For vessels bound for Hobart (including Risdon) the pilot boarding minimum depth of 10.2 m. at chart datum. ground is Lat. 42␥ 56' S., Long. 147␥ 22.6' E. Notice of ETA and request CRANES: One 35 tonne container handling gantry crane with 34 tonne for a Pilot must be advised at least 24 hours in advance and confirmation capacity, 31 m. from face of fendering. Maximum spreader height above or amendment of this ETA must be made not less than 2 hours prior to wharf 27 m. Also rail length 225 m. the vessel’s arrival at the Pilot Station. Channel 16 VHF is continuously 1␺31 tonne crane; 1␺15 tonne crane; forklifts ranging from 170 kg. monitored and ETA may be confirmed or adjusted on this frequency to 24,000 kg., 3 tow-motors; and 1␺12 m. tri-axle trailer container using the call sign ‘‘Hobart Harbour’’. Vessels can generally establish handling crane. contact on Channel 16 at ranges in excess of 50 nautical miles from BRIDGES: See ‘‘Restrictions’’. Hobart and are requested to do so. Port Tower – Fax: (03) 62346116. STEVEDORES: 3 shifts, 7 days a week, 0800 hrs. – 1500 hrs., The pilot boat is 13.1 m. LOA, white upper works, blue hull and orange 1500 hrs. – 2200 hrs., 2200 hrs. – 0500 hrs. deck with the word ‘Pilots’ on each side. The newest vessel is capable of 23 knots. MEDICAL: Full hospital facilities available without prior notice. ANCHORAGES: Vessels awaiting Pilot may anchor South of a line TANKERS: See ‘‘Berthing’’. 090␥ true from John Garrow Beacon. Depth of water is 20 m. with good DENSITY: Varies from 1016 at Risdon to 1025 at Hobart. holding ground. FRESH WATER: Fresh water is available at all wharves. Delivery is RESTRICTIONS: Navigation within the Port of Hobart is on a 24 hour effected via hydrants at convenient points along the wharves. Hose basis with the following exceptions: connections are 64 mm. diameter standard thread and delivery rates (i) Vessels of 25 m. or more in length will not be permitted to pass from 40 tonnes to 60 tonnes per hour per connection. under the Tasman Bridge from Monday to Friday inclusive FUEL: All grades of fuels and lubricants available. Vessels may be between the hours of 0700 to 0915 and 1600 to 1830. supplied at Selfs Pt. Wharf (See ‘‘Berthing’’) or by road tankers. (ii) At Risdon vessels exceeding 175 m. in length and of a draft more CONSULS than 10 m. may be restricted from departing berth during the hours : Consulates exist for the following countries: of darkness if such vessel has to swing to proceed to sea. Denmark Greece Norway The following overhead clearance restrictions exist within the Port of Finland Italy Sweden Hobart: France Japan Switzerland (i) The centre line of the Main Navigation Span of the Tasman Bridge Germany Netherlands United Kingdom is 45 m. above MHWS. REPAIRS: Facilities available for minor engine and hull repairs. Several (ii) The overhead clearance of the power cable just South of the repair firms are situated in Hobart. Electrolytic Zinc Company Wharf at Risdon is 45.7 m. above DRY DOCKS: No dry docks, however a modern slipway owned and MHWS. operated by the Marine Board is available for vessels up to 1,200 tonnes MAX. SIZE: The maximum depth of water at the entrance to the River displacement. Derwent is 15.2 m. Ships of up to 12.6 m. draft can be accommodated, SURVEYORS: A Commonwealth Surveyor is available from Devonport, depending on trim, at Macquarie No. 4 Berth. There is no restriction as and Lloyd’s Agents also represent other Classification Societies. to length and beam. Max. draft available at Risdon is 10.2 m. Germanischer Lloyd: Wellco Pty.Ltd., 39 Derwent Park Road HEALTH: Australian Commonwealth Rules apply. (P.O.Box 94), Moonah, 7009 Tasmania. Tel: (002) 723011. Fax: (002) Requests for Radio Pratique should be forwarded to the Quarantine 731019. Office, Hobart through the vessel’s Agent. They should be in writing and GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Can be supplied at Union award include answers to the Radio Pratique questionnaire. rates. Watchmen will be required during discharge/loading of dangerous Where delivery of the request for Radio Pratique by the Agent is difficult cargoes. or impossible, such as night time or at weekends, the request and answers to the questionnaire may be given by telephone on the strict OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Normally handled by stevedores while understanding that the Agent delivers the written documents as soon as alongside or by ship’s crew before arrival. practicable on the next working day. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Australian Commonwealth Regulations On receipt of a request for Radio Pratique, the vessel’s Agent will be apply. informed whether Radio Pratique will or will not be granted and it will CARGO GEAR: Discharge/loading is usually by ship’s gear except at be the responsibility of the vessel’s Agent to inform the vessel. Risdon and Macquarie No. 4. However a number of cranes are available VHF: Hobart Ports Corporation maintain a listening watch on Channel 16 for hire Hobart Ports Corporation. and Channel 12 on a 24 hour basis from the Port Control Building Hobart. REPATRIATION: All facilities exist for crew changes and repatriation of When contact has been established all traffic must be passed through seaman. Scheduled aircraft connect with all states several times daily Channel 12. Tugs are worked on Channels 6 or 8. Vessels can usually where services operate world-wide and there is also one overseas flight establish contact on Channel 16 at ranges in excess of 50 nautical miles per week via New Zealand. and are requested to do so. (See also ‘‘Pilotage’’). TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. RADAR: There is no Port Control Radar but the pilot boats are radar equipped. Minimal fog may occur during April to July but shipping is HOLIDAYS: Work can be performed every day by H.P.C. stevedores. seldom delayed because of it. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Automatic fire alarms are installed TUGS: Up to 5 tugs are available with sufficient notice. 3 tugs normally throughout the port and emergencies can be reported to Port Control available on call with bollard pull up to 40 tonnes. Vessels bound for on Channel 16, 24 hours a day. Otherwise fire, police and ambulance Risdon will pick the tug up just North of the Tasman Bridge. A nominal calls may be reported by dialling 000. additional charge is made for the use of tugs’ lines. TELEPHONES: Available at all wharves and may be placed on board BERTHING: vessels. Standard rates apply and coin operated telephones are Hobart: available for use by ship’s crews. Macquarie No.4: Common user container/general cargo berth. Quay SERVICES: A number of Compass Adjusters are available. length 244 m., water depth 12.6 m. 3 ha. of sealed cargo area, adequate SHORE LEAVE: No restriction on crew shore leave or need for shore reefer holding points, rail siding connecting into main rail system, wharf passes as long as Immigration and Customs requirements have been apron, axle loading 70 tonnes. It is equipped with a 35 tonne container satisfied. gantry crane.

154 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Hobart Ports Corporation arranges collection KWINANA: 32.14 S. 115.47 E. (See Plan) by drums alongside as requested. Ships Waste Disposal: For removal and destruction or disposal of ship’s waste disposal from vessels subject to Regulation 33c of the (A) KWINANA – ALCOA Quarantine (General) Regulations: (B) KWINAWA – OTHER FACILITIES (a) For each collection from interstate and overseas vessels in or near the Port of Hobart actually provided where the total complement on board, (A) KWINANA – ALCOA: including crew, does not exceed 50 persons. A$ 176.00 (b) Where the total complement exceeds 50 persons Also see ‘‘Fremantle’’. the following charges shall apply: (i) a fee for each collection from a vessel which The following information was provided by Alcoa of Australia Ltd. remains in or near the Port of Hobart and a APPROACHES: service is actually provided, plus A$ 57.00 Alcoa Alumina: Jetty Approach: The Alcoa Jetty is located on the East (ii) a fee in respect of each person on board said side of Cockburn Sound and is approached from Gage Roads via the vessel during the day a collection is provided. A$ 3.45 Success, Parmelia, Stirling and Calista Channels. (iii) Maximum charge per day A$1,703.00 Vessels in ballast and subject to weather and draft limitations may as (c) Where ships waste at Port Huon and Spring Bay is removed by a an alternative use the Woodman, Jervoise and Medina Channels within contractor, the vessel concerned shall be debited with the total cost Cockburn Sound. incurred, plus 10% administrative cost. Alumina loaders berth on the Northern side of the jetty, port side. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No special berth. Contact: Taswaster: Loaded Caustic Tankers berth on the Southern side, starboard side to. Tel: (03) 6272 7885, 6272 4544. Tasmanian Pumping: Tel: (03) Max. Draft 62724544. (m.) SEAMAN’S CLUBS: The Missions to Seamen, 31 Morrison Street, Fremantle Approach – Gage Roads 13.1 Hobart. Tel: (03) 6234 6016. All types of services can be arranged or Cockburn Approach – Parmelia and Success Channels 14.7 are available at the Mission. Alcoa Kwinana – Jetty Approach AUTHORITY: Hobart Ports Corporation, P.O.Box 202 B, 1 Franklin Northern – Woodman, Jervoise and Medina Channels 8.5 Wharf, Hobart, Tasmania 7001, Australia. Tel: (03) 6235 1000. Southern – Sterling and Calista Channels 11.7/11.6 FAX: (03) 6231 0693, Port Tower (03) 62346116. Anchorage – Gage Roads on sand Email: [email protected] Contact: C. Drinkwater, Chief Executive. Kevin Cockburn Sound on clay 16.45 Badcock, Operations Manager. Captain Martin North, Harbour Master Refer Chart AUS.117 for detail. (Email: [email protected]). Alcoa Caustic Discharge: During daylight hours, vessels approach from Cockburn Sound via Southern Channels assisted by 2 tugs and Pilot, drop the port anchor in the vicinity of Cell 8, then move astern parallel to the jetty until the vessels’s discharge manifold is in line with the South Side Alcoa discharge boom on Cell 3. KARUMBA, Queensland: 17.30 S. 140.50 E. (See Plan) RESTRICTIONS: Berthing and Sailing: Anytime subject to weather, quarantine, Pilot and tug availability. LOCATION: The port of Karumba is located on the Southern coast of MAX. SIZE: Alcoa Caustic Discharge: the Gulf of Carpentaria. The township of Karumba is 30 km. North of Vessel Dimension Limitations: Normanton and 600 km. N.E. of Mount Isa. Karumba is accessible by Maximum Length Overall 200 m. road from both Mount Isa and Cairns. The road from Mount Isa is sealed. Maximum Breadth Not a limiting factor The road from Cairns (800 km.) is mostly sealed, except for a 87 km. Maximum Draft 11.2 m. section of gravel. 37 km. of the gravel section is expected to be sealed (But subject to an additional allowance for tides granted by FPA). by December 1995, and the entire section sealed by 2000. If possible, tankers should ballast whilst discharging cargo, minimising PORT LIMITS: Within 10 nautical miles radius of Water Tower to the height above water line to avoid damage to the metal discharge boom South of wharves. and to reduce time from completion until sailing. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Due to the fendering system and cellular structure of the jetty, minimum APPROACHES: See ‘‘Restrictions’’. limitations also apply but these affect only smaller tankers and each PILOTAGE: Contact Regional Harbour Master in Cairns. nomination is judged separately. ANCHORAGES: None. BERTHING: RESTRICTIONS: Restricted by a sand bar. Alcoa Alumina: Berthing and loading will be facilitated if the vessel Depth over bar is 1.0 m. at LAT. Tidal range 0.4 m. at MLLW and arrives with sufficient ballast for navigation requirements and retains as 3.7 m. at MHHW. much ballast as possible for as long as possible without delaying the Dredging will provide a 6 km. channel with a minimum depth of 3.6 m. loading. at LAT and have width 60 m. To aid the Pilot in lining up the vessel at the first hatch to be loaded TUGS: None available. it is necessary to advise the distance from the centre of the hatch to the BERTHING: Facilities are privately owned. front of the bridge. A pilot marker is then placed on the jetty. Facility Wharf Use Equipment and Facilities Mooring Arrangements and Shifting Ship: 1. It is the vessel’s responsibility to provide adequate mooring lines Fuel Wharf Petroleum Storage – 4,000 tons. and to tend them properly whilst at the berth. A vessel with under Raptis Wharf Seafood Receival depot. strength or insufficient moorings will be considered unseaworthy. Unloading conveyor. The quality of equipment and supervision shall be such that the Cold storage – 500 tons. ship is able to remain in the berth, in all normal weather conditions, Gulf Freight Wharf General Cargo Fixed leg crane – 25 tons (for 6 m. containers). without undue surging backwards and forwards or drifting off the Seafood Storage shed – 700 sq.m. wharf face. Bunkering Forklift. If, due to drift, it becomes apparent that the loading chute is Refuelling barge. endangered, loading will cease immediately. Time lost in such an Storage tank – 800 tons. event could be treated as a vessel delay. Cold storage – 100 sq.m. 2. As the shiploader is of the fixed type, vessels are loaded by Karumba Cold Stores General Cargo Storage shed – 175 sq.m. warping them backwards and forwards along the jetty so as to Wharf Seafood Cold storage – 175 sq.m. position the various hatches underneath the loading chute. If the Ruby Marine Wharf General Cargo Mobile crane – 5 tons. ship is to be moved ahead, normally the sternlines and forward Bunkering Diesel storage – 800 tons. spring are slackened, whilst heaving on the headlines and the Integrated Resources Livestock Exports Mobile crane – 12 tons. after spring. To move astern, the process is reversed and the line International Pty. Ltd. Stockyards and associated to the swamped mooring is used. infrastructure. Mornington Barge 3. The loader spout must be completely withdrawn and retracted to Wharf General Cargo Mobile crane – 5 tons. its ‘‘parked’’ position, and the gangway removed from the vessel’s Karumba Slipway Vessel Maintenance Slipway. side prior to commencement of warping. CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: The port handles zinc, lead and It is imperative not to commence warping the vessel without visual livestock. contact and agreement with shore personnel to proceed. CRANES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. 4. You will be advised 30 minutes before completion of each hold STEVEDORES: None available. and we request your co-operation in providing your crew for vessel MEDICAL: No facilities. movements as promptly as possible. FRESH WATER: Available in limited quantities. 5. When your crew move ropes during warping, it is important they FUEL: Available if arranged in advance. do it when they can safely adjust or handle the ropes. It is best DRY DOCKS: One slipway available. if they move the spring and breast lines before a shift. That way, the lines are in their correct positions at the end of the shift, when AIRPORT: Only used by light aircraft. they come under tension. Spring lines, in particular, should be POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE : Police (077) 459120. Ambulance (077) moved before they get too short and steep. 459137. 6. IMPORTANT – SPRING LINES DEVELOPMENTS: See ‘‘Plan’’. Unless care is exercised by the crew there is a tendency for the AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, (PO Box 409, slackening spring to fall beneath the fender line and then snag Brisbane, 4001 Qld.), 24th Floor, CML Building, 300 Queen Street, there when being taken up. It can also ‘‘hold up’’ on the ship’s Brisbane, Qld 4000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 7088. FAX: ␣61 (7) side. 3224 7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au Contact: Brad This can create an extremely hazardous situation when it frees Fish, Chief Executive Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 8728. Fax: ␣61 (7) and whips up the ship’s side and beyond. 3224 7234. Email: [email protected]). Gary Campbell, In the event of a line snagging, it is absolutely imperative that no Communications Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 crew member look over the side to check the cause or be in an 7234. Email: [email protected]). area that could be subject to the whip of the line when freed (See See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 155 AUSTRALIA ‘‘Plan’’). It is suggested that the possible snagging be checked Stowage factor: 1.05 cu.m. per tonne in a bulk carrier. from the comparative safety of the wing of the bridge and the Transportable Moisture Limit (TML): 17% crew liaise with the Shore Supervisor regarding clearing the snag. Average Moisture Content (this product): Less than 3% To minimise the possibility of springs fouling the underside of the Absorbs moisture, not to be loaded in heavy rain. Is chemically inert dock fenders it is strongly recommended that: and will not contaminate or damage other cargo except through dust (i) A messenger line attached to a ‘‘D’’ shackle be used on the effect alone. No inherent vice. slackening spring to keep the spring alongside the ship and Ship Loader – Dimensions, Loading Rate and Limitations: above the fender line. The non-traversable, lifting and slewing loader is located on the fourth (ii) The spring should not be slackened excessively. cell, 318.2 m. from the shore. 7. Because of the frequency of shifting, the ship’s crew will be on The loader is an open spout feed type with a dust control box fitted almost continuous standby. No matter how experienced the crew, on the load chute and is fed by conveyor systems from storage bins tiredness may affect their ability and judgement. ashore. Normal seagoing practice dictates the responsibility of loading to NOTE: Vessel is required to move under its own power, to enable the Chief Officer. At this berth he should be given sufficient loader spout positioning over hold. Fullest co-operation of vessel’s crew support to ensure that he is not unduly fatigued. It will also help and officers is required to minimise non-loading time. if the number of moves between hatches is kept to the minimum The loader is capable of a maximum of 1,300 t.p.h. whilst loading and compatible with the vessel’s strength and design limitations. allowing for vessel movements, achieves an average overall loading rate Line Priorities: Many ships are not fitted with sufficient self-tensioning or of 800 t.p.h. from start to finish of loading, depending on vessel’s self-stowing mooring winches to be able to work all mooring ropes direct configuration and hold capacities. from the winch drums. Where only 2 or 3 such winches are fitted, it is All cargo is weighed continuously by a Weightometer, accurate to important that they be used to the best advantage. We recommend that within 2.0%, which permits a record of hatch tonnages. However the the following priorities be observed: Weightometer is a guide only and must not be relied on as total cargo 1. Forward: loaded is determined by draft survey. (a) Two head lines, for warping ship ahead. (May be turned up The loader spout is capable of being raised and lowered and the on windlass warping drums). supporting boom swings horizontally through approximately 20␥ West to (b) For’d spring – for warping astern. 15␥ East of North at maximum extension of boom. (c) Breast line – for holding alongside. HW to underside of loader boom in operating position is 17 m. (d) Third head line, extra breast lines, etc. Fender face to vertical centre line of spout extended is 17.45 m. 2. Aft: Fender face to vertical centre line of spout retracted is 7.85 m. (a) Two stern lines, for warping astern. Loader chute fully lowered is 7.32 m. below HW mark. (b) Line to swamped mooring – for warping astern. Loader chute fully raised is 8.61 m. above HW mark. (c) After spring – for warping ahead. HW is 3.66 m. below top of cell. (d) After breast line – for holding alongside. Variation between HW and LW rarely exceeds 1.22 m. (e) Third stern line, extra breast line, etc. Loader boom must be fully retracted to raise and lower for vessel 3. Where a breast line cannot be secured directly to a winch or berthing and departure. warping drum, a second breast line should be provided. Alumina Vessel Limitations: Cleanliness/Draft Survey: Prior to loading, the vessel’s holds and hatch Length Overall 200.0 m. covers will be inspected by an Independent Surveyor engaged by Alcoa Breadth 30.5 m. or the Consignor. Draft 10.97 m. This Surveyor will also conduct a Draft Survey in conjunction with the Height of hatch coaming (or any equipment in way of loader access) Chief Officer. not to exceed 15.85 m. above waterline. Shipping Foreman: Alcoa’s Shipping Foreman supervises the loading of Ship’s beam; the distance from shell to inside of fore and aft coaming the vessel and will liaise with the Chief Officer. Hatch stowages and at centre hatches, not to exceed 7.92 m. order of loading should be advised to the Foreman prior to Vessels with division in holds or centre line bulkheads unacceptable commencement of loading. for loading at this facility. Pollution: We are obliged by Fremantle Port Authority Regulations to Projections outside main hull line must not exceed 0.5 m. report any pollution caused by vessels at our berth. All drains, hatch wells, bridges, etc., to be dry and sealed, vents to Alcoa Caustic Discharge: The vessel is secured and Alcoa staff be closed before loading. connect the discharge boom to the vessels’s discharge manifold. Cargo to be protected against sweat, however not necessary to cover At present no gangway is provided by Alcoa and vessels must provide steel bulkheads. and rig suitable access. Recommended that winches and engine room skylights be covered A safety net must be rigged by the vessel under the gangway that to avoid dust nuisance. complies with the Navigation (Miscellaneous Equipment) Regulations. Vessels not fitted with easily closed hatch covers, should have hatch Also see ‘‘Developments’’. tents or tarpaulins prepared to quickly cover open holds during adverse CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Alcoa Caustic Discharge: weather. Discharge Facilities – Dimensions and Capabilities: Articulated metal Hatch/Hold Cleaning: Holds must not be cleaned whilst vessels are boom – single point discharge, 0.3 m. (12 in.) diameter pipe and ASA150 secured at Alcoa Berths. flange. Connected by 0.406 m. (16 in.) diameter pipe to surge tank at Vessels whose holds have not been passed as suitable for loading foot of jetty. alumina, must make arrangements to have those holds brought up to Pumping head 12.192 m. (40 ft.) to top of surge tank. Surge tank the required standard. As cleaning cannot take place at Alcoa berth, the 335 m. from vessel’s side. vessel must move to a suitable berth within the port, for this purpose. Maximum throughput not to exceed 2,000 tonnes/hr. governed by the Working Times: 7 days per week, 24 hours per day. following limitations: Berthing and Sailing: Any time, subject to weather, Pilot and tug (a) Discharge pressure not to exceed 1,034.25 kPa per sq.m. availability. 2 tugs are required for berthing. (b) Minimum operating pressure 689.5 kPa. Vessels in excess of 10.2 m. draft and/or 185 m. in length overall Survey: Upon arrival at the Company’s berth, a Company-appointed require 1 tug for sailing. surveyor will collect the loadport sample(s) from the vessel’s Chief Officer Vessels in excess of 11.0 m. draft require 2 tugs for sailing. and will take samples from each of the holds containing caustic soda Survey: Holds will be inspected for cleanliness by a qualified surveyor for Kwinana discharge. The Surveyor will also perform an ullage survey appointed by Alcoa or the Consignee prior to loading commencing. Holds on these holds and determine the quantity of caustic soda solution must be free of all rust scale, residues of previous cargo, dry and swept discharged. This quantity and analysis of the referred samples will be as required for wheat cargo. Alcoa has no responsibility for vessel used to determine the 100% NaOH (DMT) quantity of caustic soda cleanliness. delivered. A qualified surveyor will also carry out a full draft survey in conjunction The Dry Tank Certificate will be signed by the Company’s Surveyor with the Chief Officer. upon satisfactory completion of discharge. Documentation: On completion of loading, an Alcoa Officer or Description of Product: Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) generally known as Representative will attend on board to complete all documentation. caustic soda or lye is a commercially important alkaline, shipped for The vessel’s Agent compiles the Notice of Readiness, Time Alcoa as approximately 50% NaOH aqueous solution. It has the Sheet/Statement of Fact, Manifest and any supplementary documents appearance of water, is odourless and does not appear dangerous. required by Charterers and Owners. However, it is one of the harshest chemicals and requires stringent safety The details for the Timesheet/Statement of Fact will be taken from the precautions. It is especially corrosive to eyes and skin and this means shore log maintained by the Shipping Foreman. that: The Alcoa Officer or Representative compiles the Bills of Lading, If someone gets caustic in his eye, the eye must be washed with water Weight Certificates and provides details of times, hold quantities etc., at once. Washing must start within 10 seconds or the eye may be for completion of required documents. permanently damaged. GENERAL: Facilities, Supervision and Manning: The berth consists of If someone gets caustic on his skin, the skin must be washed with 8 cells, each 18.9 m. in diameter spanning 335.3 m. No. 1 Cell is plenty of water. Washing should continue for at least 20 minutes to help 152.4 m. from the shore. No. 8 Cell is 487.7 m. from shore. prevent a caustic burn. This is important. Caustic burns are slow-healing There is a maximum of 12.2 m. depth of water alongside the jetty and and painful. vessels are restricted to a maximum of 10.97 m. It is very important for your crew to wear the right protective clothing The jetty runs due West from the Plant site. Loading vessels will berth and to be properly trained. port side to, heading West and discharging vessels berth starboard If you dispose of caustic waste, you must conform to State and Federal side to. laws. The loading berth is fitted with line haul winches, guides, bollards, Documentation: Notice of Readiness and Time Sheet compiled by the quick release hooks and cleats to assist in line-handling operations. vessel’s Agent will be signed upon completion of discharge and prior to There is also a heavy line astern to ‘‘swamped mooring’’, to which the departure by Alcoa’s Representative. ship’s line can be attached to assist between hold moves. This heavy Working Times: 7 days per week, 24 hours per day. line should be let go upon completion of loading to enable Alcoa staff CARGO OPERATIONS: to recover it before Pilot arrives.

Alcoa Alumina: Description of Product: A fine white powder Al2O3, All line handling on the jetty is carried out exclusively by Alcoa staff density 0.99 cu.m. (36 cu.ft.) per tonne. and ship’s crew are prohibited from handling lines on the jetty.

156 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA A remote controlled gangway is situated on Cell 4 adjacent to the RESTRICTIONS: None. However, deep draft tankers are controlled by ‘‘loader’’. Dynamic Wave and Tide Data, which create windows for entry and The loader operator controls the gangway and will put it in position in departure to the channel. response to the call button either from the ship for those wishing to go MAX. SIZE: See ‘‘Berthing’’. ashore or at the foot of the gangway for those boarding. Signs indicate Tankers: location and operation of call device. However, discharging vessels on Berth Max. LOA Max. Draft the South side must provide their own access. A safety net is required (m.) under the gangway which must be provided and fitted by the vessel. Jetty No. 1 229 Maximum draft is calculated by use of the (Refer Navigation ‘Miscellaneous Equipment’ Regulations). Jetty No. 2 229 Dynamic Wave and Tide Data, and is agreed Dock Access Restrictions: Due to the construction of the jetty which Jetty No. 3 275 with BP Australia prior to loading of vessel. provides limited access for vehicles, it is necessary to restrict traffic to Max. Draft: The maximum ship draft acceptable at the BP Oil Refinery ensure maximum access for emergency vehicles. Jetty at Kwinana is 41 ft. 6 in., this being the maximum draft permitted The overall control of movements at the jetty is strictly under the in the approach channels. Tankers of deeper draft may be permitted direction and control of the Alcoa Foreman who liaises with Security under a controlled program based on wave and tide analysis. Refer to Staff on personnel and vehicle access. Harbour Master. Directions given by Alcoa shipping and security staff must be complied Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated February 2000. with immediately. HEALTH: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. Access to the jetty by personnel and vehicles will be restricted where Tankers: The ‘‘Approval to Berth’’ scheme is used if an inbound tanker the access of emergency vehicles or safety is jeopardised. submits the required information by radio to his Agents not more than Access to the dock will be allowed at the discretion of Alcoa 24 hours and not less than 12 hours prior to arrival. supervisory staff whose decision is final. VHF: Fremantle Port Control has Channels 6, 12, 14, 16 and 67. (a) When the safety of personnel and vehicles is not endangered. Kwinana Tanker Agency has Channels 8, 12, 14, 16 and 67. (b) A vehicle is on lawful business providing services to Alcoa or to TUGS: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. the vessel, i.e. provisions, laundry, lubricating oils, servicemen Tankers: Two tugs are stationed at Kwinana for handling tankers. and emergency services, etc. Bollard pull capacities of these tugs are as follows: (c) Company vehicles servicing equipment or transferring personnel. Challenger 56 tonnes (d) Vehicles delivering baggage, large parcels, carrying persons Champion 51 tonnes requiring medical attention or Pilots and Masters to and from the Two steel workboats, 9.84 m. in length and 250 h.p., are available for vessel. running lines. Passenger capacity 6 persons. (e) No hindrance to emergency vehicles will occur. Workboats can be contacted on VHF Channels 12 and 14. (f) When a vehicle does not exceed 15 tonnes all up weight. BERTHING: (g) At the Master’s request. Steelworks: Vehicles are not to remain on the jetty unattended for any reason, Jetty No. 1: (Not currently in use). and must complete their business and be removed from the jetty Originally built for ships loading. promptly. Alcoa reserves the right to remove vehicles from the jetty Length of berth 195 m. without consulting the owner or driver, should the need arise and will Depth 11.0 m. accept no responsibility for accidental damage to the vehicle should this occur. Persons proceeding in an unsafe manner on the jetty will be fully Jetty No. 2: For bulk carriers loading and unloading cement clinker responsible for any claims made due to their actions. slag, sugar, silica/mineral sands, zircon, LP gas, coke, coal, limestone, No bunkering facilities are available on the dock, however a barge etc. from Fremantle is available for the transfer of fuel oils, subject to weather Length of berth 268 m. conditions. Depth at berth 12.19 m. Road tanker delivery of fuel oil is prohibited on the dock. Maximum length of ship 244 m. Water is normally available at 50 tonnes per hour from connections Depth 12.19 m. on the dock. Max. draft 10.97 m. Provisions, laundry and engineering services have access to the 1 travelling loading/unloading unit: vessel from the dock. Maximum length of traverse 122 m. The movement of flammable materials over Alcoa property is strictly Outreach from wharf edge – grabs 20.4 m.; spouts 23 m. controlled and permission must be sought from the TransportationOfficer The loading section handles material from a conveyor belt to ship’s before any transfer to or from vessels at the berth. hold. Unloading section involves fast grab operations between ship’s General Information: The jetty is 17 km. from Fremantle by road with no hold and conveyor belt. public transport services readily available. Gross handling rate: Loader 2,000 t.p.h. Unloader 750 t.p.h. Alcoa Security Personnel will provide first aid for minor injuries and an ambulance is available at the plant for urgent transferring of patients Bulk Cargo Jetty: Two berths to accommodate bulk carriers unloading to hospital, however, normal medical needs will be arranged by the bulk cargoes. The berth serves the fertiliser works nearby and can be Agent. used by other importers by means of direct discharge to motor vehicles There is a telephone in the jetty office. All local calls are free. This from hoppers built into the unloaders, or directly into portable hoppers telephone also provides the facility for interstate or overseas calls but on the Berth No. 2. Pipeline facilities are available for phosphoric acid, on a ‘‘reversed charges’’ basis only. caustic, etc. Access to and from the jetty is normally by means of a remote Berth No. 1: Length 259 m. controlled gate and it will be necessary to follow the instructions on the Depth 13.4 m. notice boards at the gates to gain entry or exit. 2 travelling unloaders: Besides voice communications with the main Security Office there is Grab capacity 9.5 tonne. remote control television surveillance of the whole dock area. Maximum length of traverse 187 m. DEVELOPMENTS: The Terminal Operator Alcoa is in the final stages Outreach of grab 25.7 m. of securing statutory approval for Stage One of a proposed new funded Conveyor belt carries material to shore stockpile. port facility that will be located immediately North of the AIS Jetty Capacity 1,000 t.p.h. (Kwinana Bulk Berths No. 1 and No. 2). Berth No. 2: Length 221 m. OPERATOR: Alcoa of Australia Limited, P.O.Box 252, Applecross, ␣ ␣ Depth 13.4 m. WA 6153, Australia. Tel: 61 (9) 316 5111. FAX: 61 (9) 364 8920. Hopper discharge to trucks. Telex: AA 93910. Cables: Kwinalumin – Perth. A continuous bulk unloader is presently under construction. Contact: D. Mihovilovich, Logistics Officer. It will eventually be able to handle vessels up to 100,000 d.w.t. Max. sailing draft 41 ft. 06 in. For sailing drafts greater than 41 ft. 6 in. (12.65 m.), refer to Harbour (B) KWINANA – OTHER FACILITIES: Master. Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’ dated February 2000. Also see ‘‘Fremantle’’. Kwinana Grain Loading Jetty: One Berth. APPROACHES: Least depths to 15.20 m. outer harbour approaches To accommodate ships loading bulk grain cargoes. An approach neck and deep water channel in Gage Roads. Access into Cockburn Sound 750 m. in length carries the conveyor system to berthing face. is via Success and Parmelia Channels with least depth of water of Length 291 m. 14.7 m., and bottom channel width of 152.4 m. Depth 16.8 m. Tides: The average rise and fall is 0.45 m., maximum 1.5 m. and 4 loaders with a combined capacity of 5,000 t.p.h. minimum 0.15 m. Also see ‘‘Tankers’’ and ‘‘Part A’’. PILOTAGE: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. TANKERS: Tankers: Pilotage is compulsory. Tankers with a draft of 11.0 m. or BP Refinery: The Marine Terminal facilities of BP Refinery (Kwinana) deeper embark the pilot outside Landfall Buoy in position Pty. Ltd. are situated within the enclosed waters of Cockburn Sound of Lat. 31␥ 57' 18" S., Long. 115␥ 38' 48" E., and the ship must not proceed the Port of Fremantle. The Terminal operates a total of 3 jetties, handling beyond this area without a pilot in attendance. For tankers on a lesser a wide range of petroleum products for both import and export. draft, the pilot will board off Hallbank Beacon within Gage Roads. Terminal Name: BP Refinery Kwinana Tanker Terminal. Pilotage is compulsory for all or any movements within port limits. Charts: Australian No. 112, 117, 754. Arriving tankers must give a 48 hour, 24 hour and 2 hour notice of Berths: A concrete steel piled shore arm extends Westerly for some arrival by radio to the Harbour Master, Fremantle. Telex No. 95919 396 m., joining a 549 m. arm parallel to the shore, from which three ‘‘T’’ FREHM should be included in cable address. Head Jetty berths extend on the seaward side. Each ‘‘T’’ Head is 71.6 m. Arriving tankers must have the correct, up-dated charts and sailing in length, with a distance between centres of 259.08 m. On each ‘‘T’’ directions for entry to the Port of Fremantle. Head there are 4␺100 ton capacity bollards. In addition, each berth has ANCHORAGES: Gage Roads with depths to 16.5 m. on sand. 3 bollards (North and South). Jetty No. 3 has 50 tonne mooring dolphins Cockburn Sound with depths to 18.3 m. on clay, well sheltered in all at each end of the ‘‘T’’ Head for the reception of tankers up to weathers. 150,000 s.d.w.t. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 157 AUSTRALIA Jetties No. 1 and 2 are provided with 3␺200 mm. diameter marine required. Ship’s derrick or stores crane to be rigged and ready to lift loading arms and 1␺200 mm. diameter marine loading arm for bunkers. stores onboard at the required time. The craft cannot come alongside Jetty No. 3 is provided with 3␺300 mm. diameter marine loading arms whilst ship is working cargo or ballasting, unless boat is aft of and 1␺200 mm. diameter marine loading arm for bunkers. accommodation, when Fremantle Port Authority approval must be Jetties No. 1 and 2 have a 41 cm. crude discharge line with 20 cm. obtained. shore hoses. Launch Services: One larger launch with capacity for 30 passengers or Jetty No. 3 has a 71 cm. crude discharge line with 4␺30 cm. shore 5 tonnes ␺ 6 cu.m. hold space for stores, etc., and is fitted with VHF hoses. Crude oil can be received at the Terminal at up to 6,000 tonnes Channel 12. per hour. Also see ‘‘Fremantle - Tugs’’. Depths: TV Cassette Exchange Service: The Tanker Agency has an exchange Jetty No. 1 14.7 m. at L.W.O.S.T. service for Walport Video Cassettes. Jetty No. 2 14.7 m. at L.W.O.S.T. Other services: Taxis are permitted to enter the Refinery area and Jetty No. 3 14.7 m. at L.W.O.S.T. pick-up or deliver to the Jetties. Manning: Each Jetty is manned by a ‘‘Jetty Operator’’ when hoses are Ship’s requirements of lubricating oil can be delivered in bulk at all connected throughout the period the ship is alongside. A 24 hour Jetties. continuous shift system is worked within the Terminal, with shift changes at 0700 hrs. and 1900 hrs. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: February 2000. The Jetty Operator must always be contacted for any ship-shore cargo, Vessel: Gas carrier, 38,000 cu.m. ballast, slops or tank washing operations, and for any emergency that Berth: Kwinana Bulk berth. may arise. Similarly he will contact the ship prior to any shore-ship Cargo: Ammonia. cargo/water/bunker movements. He will arrange hose connections, Publications: Australian Charts No. 754, 117, 114, 113 and 112. sampling and ullaging prior to departure, on arrival and at other times Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol. 6. as necessary. The Head Operator will make visits to ensure compliance Documents: The Agent handles all inward papers. with Jetty Safety Regulations and Operating Procedures, and to assist The Customs Officer handles all Immigration procedures and only in answering queries. boards on arrival if there are crew members being repatriated. The The Area Team Leader Shipping (Tel: 9419 9559) is the normal shore Customs Officer generally boards during the day between 0900 hrs. and representative, and is responsible for all organisational and 1700 hrs., Monday to Saturday, and checks all the ship’s papers. The administrative duties in the Terminal area. He can be contacted via the ship’s Bonded Store was not sealed. Jetty Operator/Head Operator/Shift Supervisor Offsites. The following papers are required to be faxed 7 days prior to arrival The Process Manager Offsites is the overall co-ordinator of the Tank or at the earliest opportunity to the Agent: Farm and Jetty activities and is not on shift. In normal day working hours, Australian forms (Will accept IMO forms if nothing else available): he can be contacted by telephoning 9419 9402, and via the Shift 1 copy Crew Report (Forms 3A and 3B). Supervisor Offsites on 9419 9799, or the Head Operator on 419 0322 1 copy Ship’s Report of Arrival (Form 5). out of hours. 1 copy Ship’s Impending Arrival Details. A Documentation Clerk will provide the ship with final Certificates of 1 copy Ports of Call List. Quality/Bills of Lading and other documentation as necessary prior to 24 hours prior to arrival, fax: departure. 1 copy AQIS Quarantine Declaration (Pratique). A Fremantle Port Authority representative will visit all ships from time 1 copy AQIS Ballast Water Reporting Form, Pages 1 and 2. to time to ensure compliance with Port Authority Regulations. He must On arrival: be contacted in any emergency via the Jetty Operator. 1 copy Report of Ship’s Stores (Form 5 Part 4). The ship’s Agent should be contacted for all matters, including those 1 copy Crew Effects Declaration (Form 5 Part 2). concerned with cargo movements. The Crew Effects Declaration must include all electrical items with Cargo Movement Facilities: serial numbers and value. Line Length to Tanks AQIS generally board during the vessel’s stay and can be strict. No. of Loading Jetty Jetty Jetty Vessel’s garbage disposal log entries are checked. Vessel’s without an Product Lines Size Rate* No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 incinerator must be able to produce evidence that plastics have not been (mm.) (t.p.h.) (m.) (m.) (m.) disposed of overboard. Lube Oil 2 200 200 450 – – The ship’s galley food overboard food disposal equipment must not Gas/Diesel Oil 2 300 600 900 1,150 1,400 be used in Australian ports. The ship’s ballast form must correspond Fuel Oil 3 400 700 900 1,150 1,400 with the Deck Log Book regarding positions where ballast changes were Crude Oil 1 700 – – – 1,550 carried out prior to arrival. 2 400 1,050 1,300 1,550 Approaches: The lighthouse light on Rottnest Island can be observed Kerosene 3 300 550 1,400 1,650 1,900 at 26 miles and makes a good landfall identification point when arriving Motor Spirit 2 300 600 1,400 1,650 1,900 Unleaded Motor Spirit 2 200 500 1,400 1,650 – from mid-Indian Ocean. Avgas 1 300 550 1,400 1,650 1,900 The Fairway/Landfall Buoy emitting Racon ‘V’ can be distinguished at TEL/CR50 1 100 – – 1,800 – approximately 12 miles on both 3 cm. and 10 cm. radars. Ballast 1 350 – 1,280 1,530 1,730 Buckland Hill directional light is visible at more than 20 miles. Bunkers Channel: On the approach to Kwinana, the vessel’s draft is restricted Gas Oil 1 200 400 900 1,150 1,400 by max. depth of 14.7 m. in the Success/Parmelia Channel leading from Fuel Oil 1 250 200 900 1,150 1,350 Gage Roads to Cockburn Sound, so giving an approximate draft of * each line 12.7 m., depending on the under-keel clearance requirement which is Receiving tank base height above sea level is 5.5 m. based on a computer model using auto-tidal readings. Average receiving rate for TEL/CR50 is 67.5 t.p.h. and for Ballast Pilotage from Fremantle Outer Pilot Station to the Kwinana Bulk Jetty 900 t.p.h. takes approximately 2 hours. The channel can be navigated in winds up Standard Restrictions for Ship Discharge: to about 30 knots. Max. Back Pressure During the channel transit, vessels must have crew standing by on Jetties No.1, 2 and 3 Jetty No. 3 the focsle, ready to let the anchors go in an emergency. Vessels transit Finished Products 1,035 kPa — the channel at 11.0 knots. Deballasting/Tank Washing 1,035 kPa — Pilotage: Pilots operate throughout 24 hours at Kwinana. Gas carriers, Crude/Fuels 1,040 kPa tankers and vessels with draft over 11.0 m. embark the Pilot at the Outer FRESH WATER: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. Pilot Station, in position Lat. 31␥ 55.55' S., Long. 115␥ 36.0' E. Tankers: Available by pipeline to all Jetties, delivery rate about 50 tonnes There are 2 pilots on duty at night and 3 during the day. The Pilots per hour per hose. Kwinana tugs can supply up to 100 tonnes of fresh can be contacted via Fremantle Port on Channel 12. water to ships at the anchorage. In fair weather, the Pilot will board the vessel from a fast catamaran FUEL: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. craft called ‘‘Osprey’’, and in heavy weather from an 18 knot launch. Tankers: Diesel oil is supplied via a 20 cm. shore line, and fuel oil via The Pilot normally disembarks the vessel just South of Buoy No. 3. a 20 cm. shore line, at about 200 tonnes/hr. Marine loading arms of The Pilots require strict compliance with the ‘International Pilots 200 mm. diameter are used for bunkering and product loading. Marine Association’ pilot ladder rules. The pilot ladder must be clean, manropes loading arms of 300 mm. diameter are used for crude oil discharges are mandatory and any ladder tripping line to be kept tight and well clear (Jetty No. 3 only). of the pilot cutter. SERVICES: Fresh and dry stores are readily available at Kwinana with When vessels depart the port, there are often delays due to other delivery as required. Prices are reasonable and quality excellent. Bond vessel movements. Minimum 2 hours notice is required to be given by stores are readily available, but it is advisable for arriving ships to radio the Agent when booking the departure Pilot. requirements ahead for weekend or public holiday arrivals. The maximum operating wind strength for the Pilots is approximately A laundry service, with pick-up and return within 24 hours, can be 35 knots. This also depends on swell and direction. The critical area is provided. where the Success/Parmelia Channel enters into Cockburn Sound, with All types of ship repairs, including engineering, electrical, approximate maximum cross winds of 30 knots, depending on vessel shipwrighting, plumbing, etc., can be arranged. type. Radio, radar, gyro compass repairs can be arranged. Anchoring in Gage Roads does not involve an additional pilotage fee, A full supply of Australian and British Admiralty Charts can be provided but anchoring in Cockburn Sound involves an additional fee. locally. Anchorages: Gas carriers, tankers and vessels with draft over 11.0 m. A full range of banking and postal service are available at the ‘‘Kwinana anchor if necessary on arrival not less than 2 miles West of the Hub’’ shopping complex, some 10 km. from the Refinery. Landfall/Fairway Buoy, approximately 4 miles N.E. of Bathurst Point Medical, dental, hospital and chemist facilities are all readily available Rottnest Island, in depth of 27.0 m. Holding is fine sand and coral. The in the local area. X-ray facilities are available at Rockingham and anchorage is exposed to Easterly swells and winds. Fremantle Hospitals. Dry cargo vessels normally anchor in Gage Roads at the numbered Also see ‘‘Fremantle’’. anchorage areas as per Chart No. AUS 122. Tankers: Providoring: Ship’s stores can be delivered to ship by craft. Tankers awaiting a BP berth and bulk carriers awaiting survey for the Shore labour is provided to deliver stores from the craft, but ship’s crew Kwinana grain facility anchor in Cockburn Sound. This will involve a must be used to take delivery of stores onboard. The craft will come double pilotage fee. The anchorage is generally sheltered and free of alongside, subject to suitable weather, on arrival or as otherwise swell.

158 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Garden Island, which forms the Western side of Cockburn Sound, Garbage/Waste Oil Disposal: There are AQIS bins located at all the belongs to the Australian Armed Forces and houses the Eastern Royal berths. The cargo receiver’s representative will sign the receipt for Australian Navy facility at H.M.A.S. Stirling. plastics that have been landed. Restrictions: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Vessels needing to dispose of large quantities should contact the Radio: Vessels should send their pre-arrival message and ETA at least Agent to arrange collection from the ship. 24 hours prior to arrival to Fremantle Port Authority. Details of the There is a waste oil collection service. This is collected by tank truck. information required can be found in the Admiralty List of Radio Signals Seamans Clubs: There are 2 clubs located in Fremantle. Vol. 6. Stellar Maris. Tel: 9335 1958. VHF: When 2 hours from the Pilot Station, vessels should call ‘‘Fremantle Flying Angel. Tel: 9335 5000. Port’’ on Channel 12. Fremantle Port Control monitors Channel 12 Stellar Maris will operate a minibus service to Kwinana for a small throughout 24 hours. charge, by prior arrangement. Tugs: Two ‘Z Peller’ drive tugs (1␺4,200 B.H.P./51 tonnes bollard pull Launches: There are several launch services available for vessels and 1␺3,200 B.H.P./42 tonnes bollard pull) are stationed at Kwinana. waiting at Gage Roads or Cockburn Sound, running either into Fremantle Extra tugs can be obtained from Fremantle if required. or a boat harbour between the BP jetty and bulk cargo jetty. The cost Tugs made fast using tugs’ lines running from the tug’s bow. Except is approximately AUS$100 per trip during working hours, and AUS$390 for the largest tankers using the BP berths that are required to use 3 tugs, during overtime hours. but normally 2 tugs are used. At the outer anchorage, the ship’s boat can be used, but prior Berthing: Kwinana covers all berths from the Alcoa berth in the North permission must be obtained from Customs and Port Control. to the grain jetty in the South, a distance of 4 miles. Taxis: The watchman at the end of the jetty can order taxis. LPG vessels can berth at the AIS Steelworks Jetty No. 2 for LPG Approximately AUS$35.00 to Fremantle. Swan Taxis Tel: 131-388. exports, berth length 268 m., with a restriction of 50,000 tonnes d.w.t. General: Shopping: There is a shopping mall a short distance from the The normal max. draft in the channel and at the berth for LPG vessels Terminal in Kwinana or Rockingham and is approximately AUS$10.00 is 10.5 m., although vessels up to 11.0 m. have been handled. Vessels by taxi. berth head out port side to. Berthing and unberthing restricted to daylight There is also a very large DIY store (Buntings) just North of the bulk only. berth on the Fremantle road. AUS$10.00 by taxi, and jetty staff will pick Vessels loaded with refrigerated ammonia berth at the Fremantle Port you up with purchased goods in their pick-up truck. Authority common user bulk cargo jetty, just South of the BP piers. The jetty can accommodate 2 vessels at a time, but ammonia is only handled at the Northern berth, Berth No. 1. Vessels up to 245 m. with draft 12.7 m. AUTHORITY: See ‘‘Fremantle’’. can be handled. The bulk berths have large floating caisson fenders on Refinery Operator: BP Refinery (Kwinana) Pty.Ltd., (P.O.Box 2131, Rockingham, WA 6168), Mason Road, Kwinana, WA 6167, Australia. chains every 2.0 m. ␣ ␣ Mooring: At the bulk cargo jetty, the tie-up is 3-2-2 fore and aft. There Tel: 61 (8) 9419-9500. FAX: 61 (8) 9419-9801. Contact: Garry is a large mooring gang with one mooring launch. They will handle wires, Kennedy, Area Team Leader Shipping/Loading Master but only one at a time. (Email: [email protected]). The mooring gang covers both Fremantle and Kwinana, so delays can be expected. The mooring operation takes approximately 1 hour, due to the exact positioning of the Chicksan. LAUNCESTON, including Inspection Head, Beauty Point Cargo: Propane and butane are loaded at the AIS Steelworks Jetty No. 2 and Bell Bay, Tasmania: 41.27 S. 147.07 E. (See Plan) at 1,000 tonnes/hr. Approximately 1␺40,000 tonnes shipment is loaded per month, mainly to Japan. PORT LIMITS: A circle of radius 3 nautical miles centred on Low Head The same Chicksan is used for the discharge of ammonia. Lighthouse defines the seaward limit of the Port of Launceston (including Refrigerated ammonia is discharged at the Kwinana Bulk Cargo Jetty Port Dalrymple which comprises Bell Bay, Beauty Point Harbour and Berth No. 1 at up to 700 tonnes/hr., the max. rate normally 600 tonnes/hr. Long Reach). There is a mobile Chicksan that is also used for LPG exports at AIS A vessel is considered to have arrived when at the Pilot Boarding Steelworks Jetty No. 2 that has a 14 in. 150 ASA coupling. The Terminal provides a 12 in. reducer to fit to the vessel’s manifold. Ground. There is a 4 in. 150 ASA vapour coupling. The vessel provides the Charts: Aus. No. 167 and 168. reducer for coupling the shore to vessel’s vapour return line. Nautical Publications: Australian Pilot Vol. II. Connection/disconnection carried out by shore staff. DOCUMENTS: Agents prepare Bills of Lading and Shipping Documents. The Chicksan is rather elaborate with surge chambers for Only documents required Crew List and Passenger List. Light Dues environmental protection. There is very little fore and aft movement in receipt is necessary if payment is made before arrival. the Chicksan, so the vessel’s moorings must remain tight. The Chicksan PILOTAGE: The Pilot service is provided by the Port and is compulsory can accommodate vessels up to 65,000 cu.m. in ballast. for all vessels over 35 m. LOA, unless a valid Pilot Exemption Certificate A Terminal representative stays onboard at all times to co-ordinate is held. operations. If the vessel requires to change discharge rate for any Contact the Port by radio giving ETA 24 hours before arrival, and give reason, such as changing pumps/tanks, the Terminal must be informed updated ETA to Bell Bay on VHF radio 3 hours before arrival at the Pilot beforehand so that flow valves on the Chicksan can be adjusted. Boarding Ground (Lat. 41␥ 01.2' S., Long. 146␥ 44.3' E.). The vapour return manifold is to be left open at all times during the It is essential to notify the Port of changes to a vessel’s ETA or ETD discharge. The refrigerated shore tanks (1␺30,000 tonnes and as soon as possible. 1␺10,000 tonnes) are located 800 m. from the jetty. Pilots board from launch (fitted with VHF Channels 12 and 16, call All shore personnel are very co-operative. sign ‘‘Tamar Pilot’’), 3.0 nautical miles N.W. of Low Head Lighthouse. There is an ammonia production plant in the final stages of When approaching the pilot boarding ground, vessels should not construction that will cover the normal requirements for Western proceed South of Lat. 41␥ 02' S. Australia. Imports will then only be required in the peak season, ANCHORAGES: Position: Low Head Lat. 41␥ 01' S., Long. 146␥ 45.7' E. commencing in the Southern Hemisphere spring for fertiliser production. Vessels may anchor off the port, however a more sheltered anchorage Notice of Readiness: The Notice of Readiness is made out to is available within the port at Bell Bay. ‘‘Westfarmers CSBP Limited’’ and received by the Agent on arrival. RESTRICTIONS: Navigation of Lower Reaches: Medical: If multiple vaccinations are required or in the case of a casualty, (a) Draft Limitations: Determined by a 1.4 m. clearance under the keel a doctor or nurse will visit the vessel. giving maximum permissible draft at LW 9.0 m. plus height of tide, Fresh Water: Available at all berths, including the bulk cargo jetty, at and maximum permissible draft at HW 11.5 m. approximately 45 tonnes/hr., costing AUS$2.00 per tonne. Shore hoses (b) Size Limitations: For vessels exceeding 250 m. LOA and/or 45 m. are generally used. beam with draft in excess of 9.0 m. contact Harbour Master. Fresh water is also available by tug at the anchorage. Maximum single (c) Time Limitations: supply is 200 tonnes and is very expensive. Entry: Vessels over 170 m. LOA enter on flood tide only. Earliest Fuel: Bunkers are available by pipeline at some berths including Kwinana entry is LW at George Town. Vessels then enter according to draft bulk berth or by barge. Most grades are available. At least 3 days notice through to 30 minutes after HW at George Town. Pilots board required by the Agent. approximately 15 minutes before these times. Fire Main Connection: Ship’s international shore connection is Departure: Vessels over 170 m. LOA single up for departure within connected to a suitable fire hydrant on the starboard side aft. Then a the following limits: Large vessels berthed at Woodchip Berths – shore fire hose from the jetty is connected to the ship’s fire main so that from 1 hour before, up to HW or LW (George Town) depending it can be pressurised by the shore fire pump. on draft and tide. Vessels berthed at all other down river berths – Repairs: A number of companies offer repair services. There is no dry from 1 hour before to 1 hour after HW or LW (George Town) dock available. depending on draft of vessel and tide. There is a ship lift at Transfield Shipbuilding located between Kwinana Shifting of Vessels: The shifting of vessels of any size from berth and Fremantle, capable of handling up to 8,000 tonnes d.w.t. Surveyors: The surveyor will check the ship’s figures on arrival and prior to berth within the Port will be undertaken 24 hours a day, subject to departure from the berth. to any special requirements at the berth. Airport: Perth International Airport is located East of the city, (d) Night Navigation (Entrance Channel): approximately 40 minutes from Kwinana Bulk Cargo Jetty. Entry: Vessels over 230 m. length at Pilot’s discretion. Telephones: The Agent provided the vessel with a mobile telephone for Departure: Vessels over 230 m. length at Pilot’s discretion. local use. There were no public telephones on the bulk berth, and the Navigation of Upper Reaches: The Upper Reaches are navigable to the nearest public telephone is a few kilometres away. City of Launceston. Storing and Provisions: There are 2 ship chandlers in Fremantle. The Limitations: Length 100 m., draft 5.5 m. prices and service are comparable. Vessels must load any stores before Special Conditions: Contact Harbour Master for vessels and conditions discharging can start. The Agent will arrange for the stores to come outside these limits. alongside on arrival whatever the time, day or night. Vessels can lift the Datum: Lower Reaches: LAT (Lowest Astronomical Tide)␦AHD* minus stores straight off the truck on the jetty. 1.977 m. Sealanes. Tel: 9432 8888. Upper Reaches: LWOST (Low Water Ordinary Spring Tide)␦AHD minus IMES. Tel: 9434 3300. 2.260 m. Shore Leave: The cargo receiver provides shore passes for access back *AHD ␦ Australian Height Datum. onto the jetty. Tidal Range: George Town – average 2.3 m. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 159 AUSTRALIA Depths Alongside: Berth No. 2 (Ro/Ro and Container): A specially designed Ro/Ro and Berth Depth container terminal, equipped with stern loading facilities capable of (m.) carrying wheeled and mobile cargo. Eastern (At Lowest Astronomical Tide): Length of Wharf: 86.6 m., width 38.0 m. No. 1 Bell Bay 10.8 Mooring Dolphin: 227.9 m. East of ramp end. No. 2 Bell Bay 8.4 Fender Dolphin: 116 m. East of ramp end. No. 3 Bell Bay 11.8 Depth Alongside: 8.4 m. at L.A.T. No. 4 Bell Bay 12.0 Height of Deck above Datum: 5.03 m. No. 5 Bell Bay 12.0 Crane: 30 tonnes portal, electric, horizontal luffing, slewing, travelling No. 6 Bell Bay 10.0 – 12.4 wharf crane for handling containers and unit loads (Manufacturer: Long Reach Thermal Power Station 12.3 Stothert & Pitt). Upgraded to 30 tons mid-1995. Long Reach No. 1, Woodchip N. 11.5 Maximum radius: 32 m. (Forest Resources) Minimum radius: 10.67 m. Long Reach No. 2, Woodchip S. (A.P.P.M.) 11.2 Tail radius: 5.7 m. Western (At Lowest Astronomical Tide): Maximum outreach from wharf fenders: 24.39 m. Inspection Head Wharf 9.9 Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 39.62 m. HEALTH: Organised by ship’s Agent. Notify Agent prior to arrival. Centre of crane to outer edge of wharf fenders: 7.62 m. Pratique automatic if vessel visits other ports in Australia prior calling Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/maximum radius: 24.5 m. Launceston, otherwise contact: Health Department, Commonwealth Maximum depth of hook below wharf deck/maximum radius: 5.0 m. Dept. of Health, Quarantine Dept., Ship Inspection Service, ANL Length of travel: 28.0 m. Terminal, Bell Bay, Tas. 7252. (P.O.Box 132, George Town, Tas. 7253). Maximum hoisting speed: 24.38 m./minute (30 tonnes). Tel: (003) 82 2224. 48.77 m./minute (no load). Radio Pratique: The Master of any vessel arriving from overseas should, Maximum lowering speed: 36.58 m./minute (30 tonnes). not more than 24 hours and not less than 12 hours before arrival, transmit Ro/Ro Ramp: 20 m. width. Capacity of 200 tonnes. to the Quarantine Officer, if necessary through the Agent, a statement Axle Loading on Ramp: 63 tonnes (forklift). giving the following details: Wharf Deck Loading: 2.7 tonnes/sq.m. (5 cwt/sq.ft.). A. Name, type and nationality of vessel. Wharf Axle Loading: 53 tonnes. B. Itinerary for last 21 days. If over 21 days from last port, name of Marshalling Area: 4.72 ha. port and date of departure. A total of 1.8 ha. of the heavy traffic area has been upgraded with the C. Name of first Australian port and ETA. laying of 80 mm. thickness concrete pavers. D. Number of crew. This is the largest area of segmental paving in Tasmania. Covered E. Number of passengers. storage 397 sq.m. height suitable for double stacked cassette units. F. Any deaths on board during the voyage? Give details. Rail: Rail spur services marshalling area. G. Any cases of illness during the last 21 days with a fever of 38␥C Reefer Outlets: 102 for 120 refrigerated containers, each 415V, 30 Amp. or above, and: Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 50 tonnes/hr. per connection. (a) accompanied by rash, jaundice or glandular swelling, or Bunkering: Road tanker. (b) accompanied by diarrhoea lasting longer than 24 hours. H. Persons suffering from venereal disease during the voyage? Berth No. 3 (Temco, Bulk and General): A concrete decked, steel piled I. Live fish, birds, reptiles or other animals being carried (including wharf providing for handling of general and bulk cargoes. ship’s pets). Length of wharf: 152.5 m.; width 20.4 m. J. Livestock carried on previous voyages in the last 6 months? Mooring dolphins: 236.9 m. apart. Please advise type of livestock, date of voyage and ports visited. Depth alongside: 11.8 m. at L.A.T. Have all stock-carrying compartments been thoroughly cleaned Height of deck above Datum: 5.18 m. and disinfected? Cranes: 19 tonne slewing, luffing, grabbing, travelling crane with trailing K. Do you request Radio Pratique? hatch hopper on rails. (Manufacturer: Caillard Levage). RADIO: See ‘‘VHF’’. Lifting capacity: 19 tonne at 30 m. max. radius; 25 tonne at 24 m. VHF: Port Control: (Manned 24 hours). Tel: (03) 6382 0175. Telefax: (03) max. radius. 6382 0143. Pilot Call Sign: ‘‘Tamar Pilot’’. Maximum radius 30 m. Radio Service: The Port of Launceston (POL) Port Control Room at Bell Minimum radius: 10 m. Bay is manned 24 hours and operates a radio service on the following Tail radius: 6 m. frequencies. Maximum outreach from wharf fenders: 22.49 m. Channel 16 – International distress and calling. Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 37.51 m. Channel 12 – Port working frequency. Centre of crane to outer edge of wharf fenders: 7.51 m. Channel 67 – Alternate calling and distress. Maximum height of bottom of grab above wharf deck/max. radius: HF 2182 kHz International distress and calling (for emergency use 18 m. only). Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/max. radius 22 m. Call Sign: ‘‘Bell Bay Control’’. Maximum depth of bottom of grab below wharf deck/maximum radius: Assistance Afloat: Contact Port Control. Assistance Ashore: Contact 14 m. Port Control. Emergency Assistance: Contact Port Control. Length of travel: Length of wharf for 108 m. Port Office: The ‘‘Port Office’’ at Bell Bay includes the Harbour Master’s Associated equipment: Trailing hatch hopper with operator’s cabin. Office and the ‘‘Port Control’’ room. The Harbour Master controls Estimated unloading rate (grab): 500 tonnes/hr. shipping movements, berth and shed allocations, cargo storage areas Average loading rate (grab): 660 tonnes/hr. and equipment requirements. Wharf deck loading: Deck and approaches: 4.3 tonnes/sq.m. Up to Tugs, linesboats and linesmen are ordered by the ‘‘Port Control’’ staff 140 tonne loads on suitable transporters can be accommodated with on behalf of vessels’ Agents. reference to Port Engineer. It is therefore essential that any change in a vessel’s ETA or ETD be Axle loading on deck/pavement: 20 tonnes; 17.8 tonnes (forklift). communicated to the ‘‘Port Control’’ as soon as possible. Transit shed space: 744 sq.m. TUGS: Towage services are operated by North Western Shipping and Wharf power: 2␺415v, 30 Amp.; 2␺240v, 10 Amp. Towage Co. Pty. Ltd. with 2 ship handling tugs (over 30 ton bollard pull) Telephones: Stevedores Tel: (03) 6382 1733. Temco – Wharf Office based at Inspection Head Wharf. Both are fitted with radar; one fitted Tel: (03) 6382 0397. with a fire monitor. Fresh Water: Available at maximum rate of 50 tonnes/hr. per connection. ‘‘York Cove’’, 32 tonne bollard pull, 2,167 B.H.P., twin azimuth Bunkering: Road tanker. propulsion. ‘‘Riston Cove’’, 34.5 tonne bollard pull, 2,650 B.H.P., twin azimuth Berth No. 4 (Petroleum and other Liquid Product Berth): A ‘‘T’’ head propulsion. concrete decked berth. Vessels up to 240 m. can be accommodated at Other tugs are available at several hours notice from other ports. this berth. Launches are available for small ship and barge handling. Length of wharf: 54.5 m.; width 10.4 m. All tugs are equipped with VHF radio with Channels 6, 8, 12, 16 and 67. Mooring dolphins: 356.2 m. and 179.2 m. apart. BERTHING: Bell Bay: On the Eastern shore within 8 nautical miles of Depth alongside: 12.0 m. at L.A.T. the entrance. Height of deck above datum: 5.0 m. Deck loading: 2.5 tonnes/sq.m. Berth No. 1 (Comalco (Private)): A concrete decked and piled wharf, ␺ providing facilities for handling of aluminium and bulk cargoes. Pipelines: (a) 2 250 mm.; one for black and one for clean oil. (b) 1␺100 mm.; for discharge of LP Gas, 440 kPa (64 lb./sq.in.). Length of wharf: 152.4 m.; width 18.95 m. ␺ Width of apron: 9.1 m. (c) 1 75 mm. vapour return line. Mooring dolphins: 2 at 330.4 m. apart. Manifold is 19 m. from downstream fender. Width of approaches: 6.1 m. Mobil Oil Tank Farm: Bottom of tanks in tank farms 33 m. above Depth alongside: 10.8 m. at L.A.T. manifolds on wharf. Pacific Terminals Bulk Storage Depot: 1␺1,300 tonnes, 2␺100 tonnes, Height of deck above datum: 5.40 m. ␺ Wharf deck loading: 2.7 tonnes/sq.m. (5 cwt/sq.ft.). 1 50 tonnes. Axle loading: 20 tonnes. Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 50 tonnes/hr. per connection. Alumina: Alumina is discharged by self-unloading vessels to hoppers, Bunkering: Fuel oil 100 mm. and 150 mm. connections, rate of then by conveyor to the silo. 50/60 tonnes/hr. Diesel oil by road tanker, 75 mm. connection at Petroleum Coke: Discharged to hoppers then road-hauled to the works. 18 tonnes per 1 hour 15 minutes. Oil Fuel: Via 200 mm. pipe; base of tanks is 30.48 m. above wharf level. Firefighting: 2 mobile monitors 3,800 – 7,600 LPM. In 2 of 3 strategic Manifold is in the centre of wharf (Emergency use only). locations when discharging fuels. Mobile sea water diesel pump with Liquid Pitch: Via 100 mm. pipe to tanks. capacity for 7,600 LPM at 700 kpa. with permanent sea suction. Wharf Power: 3.3 Kv, 415 V, 240 V supply. Permanent foam concentrate tank with 7,600 litres of 3% AFFF. Fresh Water: Available at maximum rate of 50 tonnes/hr. per connection. Permanent foam concrete and water reticulation lines for pre-connection Bunkering: Road tanker. of equipment.

160 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Berth No. 5 (Container and General): Operator: P&O Ports. Bell Bay Industrial Area: A welded beam restrained bulkhead berth, backfilled and paved. (a) Incinerator: Quarantineable waste disposal, with average destruction Length of wharf: 206 m. rate of 325 kg.hr. over a 6 hour period, equipped with hydraulically Depth alongside: 12.0 m. at L.A.T. operated loader and ram. Height of deck above Datum: 5.0 m. (b) Weighbridge: 16 m. long, weighing up to 50 tonnes. Cranes: (a) Portainer Crane: (Manufacturer: Deer Park Engineering. (c) Butane Gas Storage Sphere: (Gas Corporation of Tasmania) – Owner: P&O Ports). capacity of 600 tonnes. Capacity and spreader: 27.5 tonnes (20 ft.) and 36 tonnes (40 ft.). Maximum outreach from wharf fenders: 31.09 m. (twin lift), 33.52 m. Long Reach: On the Eastern shore within 12 nautical miles of the (single lift and 40 ft.). entrance. Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 40.915 m. Thermal Power Station Berth (H.E.C.): Maximum lift above wharf deck: 21.03 m. ␺ Maximum depth below wharf deck: 14.59 m. A ‘‘T’’ head concrete decked, steel piled wharf, 26.2 m. 13.4 m. with Hoist speed empty: 74.4 m./minute. a concrete approach from land 3.66 m. wide. Hoist speed full capacity load: 36.6 m./minute. Mooring Dolphins: 3 at 291 m. apart. Associated equipment: Fitted with dual hoist system and twin lift Fender Dolphins: 4 at 110 m. apart. spreader. Depth Alongside: 12.3 m. at LAT. (b) 40 tonne mobile harbour crane, with standard capacity of 40 tonnes Height Above Datum: 5.66 m. (under hook) and heavy lift capacity of 100 tonnes (under hook) Wharf Deck Loading: 488 kg./sq.m. (100 lb./sq.ft.). (Manufacturer: Gottwald). Axle Loading: 14.3 tonnes. Pipes for Discharge: 3␺250 mm. lines, feeding into 2␺300 mm. lines to Standard load/radius limits: 40 tonnes at 11 m. – 31 m., then reducing ␺ to 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. 3 15,000 tonne tanks: head 0.00 m. when tank is empty to 18.29 m. Heavy lift/load radius limits: 100 tonnes at 11 m. – 17 m., then reducing when tank is full. Pipe connections are ‘‘Chicksan’’ booms. to 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. Wharf Power: Nil. Maximum radius: 42 m. Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 30 tonnes/hr. per connection. Minimum radius: 11 m. Bunkering: Road tanker to 20 tonne all-up weight. Maximum Outreach from wharf fenders: 33.67 m. No. 1 Woodchip Berth (Northern): Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 50.33 m. Usage: Gunns Ltd., Woodchip Mill. Centre of crane to outer edge of wharf fenders: 8.33 m. A berthing face 217 m. long. Approach from land is a bridge 78.7 m. long Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/maximum radius: 32 m. ␺ 3.81 m. wide. Maximum depth of hook below wharf deck/maximum radius: 15 m. Fender Dolphins: 5. Associated equipment/spreaders etc.: Equipped with remote Mooring Dolphins: 2 at 482 m. apart. controlled swivel gear, load leveller and fully automatic spreader for Shore Trip-Hooks: 2 at 213.4 m. apart. Steel walkway between dolphins handling containers, general cargo and bulk materials. is 1.22 m. wide. Wharf Deck Loading: 80 tonnes/sq.m. Depth Alongside: 11.5 m. at LAT. Wharf Axle Loading: 80 tonnes. Height of Deck above Datum: 5.64 m. Marshalling Area: 2.5 ha., including wharf deck. Woodchip Loader (Fixed): Situated on central dolphin with loading rate Rail: Through centre of marshalling area. of 700 tonnes/hr. Clearance with boom horizontal 22.10 m. above Reefer Outlets: 168 TEU refrigerated containers. ␺ ␺ Datum. Wharf Power: 4 415V, 30 Amp, 4 240V, 10 Amp. Wharf Power: Nil. Fresh Water: Available at maximum rate of 50 tonnes/hr. Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 30 tonnes/hr. per connection. Bunkering: Road tanker. Bunkering: Not available. No. 6 Multi-Purpose Berth: Usage: General, Container and Ro/Ro No. 2 Woodchip Berth (Southern): A concrete decked, steel piled, heavy duty berth designed for Ro/Ro, Usage: Gunns Ltd. container, conventional and bulk cargoes. ␺ A berthing face 229 m. long. Approach from land is by a causeway and A steel decked bridge 24.4 m. long 7.2 m. wide connects West a bridge 18.7 m. long ␺ 4.7 m. wide. marshalling area to the wharf. Fender Dolphins: 5. Length of wharf: 313.6 m. Mooring Dolphins: 2 at 482 m. apart. Depth alongside: 9.0 m. – 12.4 m. at L.A.T. (See ‘‘Plan’’). Shore Trip-Hooks: 2 at 210.3 m. apart. Steel walkway between dolphins Height of deck above datum: 5.05 m. is 1.07 m. wide. Cranes: (a) 50 ton portal, electric, horizontal luffing, slewing, travelling Depth Alongside: 11.2 m. at LAT. wharf crane equipped with spreaders and other equipment for the Height of Deck (Loading Dolphin) above Datum: 6.86 m. handling of 6.1 m. and 12.2 m. ISO containers and grabbing by special Woodchip Loader (Fixed): Situated on central fender dolphin with loading arrangement. (Manufacturer: Deer Park Engineering). rate of 700 tonnes/hr. Clearance with boom horizontal 20.57 m. above Lifting capacity/radius: 40 ton at 32 m.; 50 ton at 22.86 m. datum. Maximum outreach from wharf fenders: 23.67 m. (40 tonne); 14.53 m. Axle Loading on Deck and Approach: 14.3 tonnes; 50 tonnes (forklift). (50 tonne). Wharf Power: Nil. Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 40.33 m. (40 tonne); Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 30 tonnes/hr. per connection. 31.19 m. (50 tonne). Bunkering: Not available. Centre of crane to outer edge of wharf fenders: 8.33 m. Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/max. radius: 24.38 m. Beauty Point Harbour: On the Western shore within 6.5 nautical miles Maximum depth of hook below wharf deck/max. radius: 9.14 m. of the entrance. Length of travel: Length of wharf. (b) 40 tonne mobile harbour crane, with standard capacity of 40 tonnes Small Boats Marina: (under hook) and heavy lift capacity of 100 tonnes (under hook) Suitable for ocean-going craft. Constructed as a pontoon and catwalk (Manufacturer: Gottwald). type with amenities block, car park and picnic area adjacent. Standard load/radius limits: 40 tonnes at 11 m. to 31 m., then reducing Total Berths: 52. to 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. Heavy lift/load radius limits: 100 tonnes at Fresh Water: Available. 11 m. to 17 m. then reducing to 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. Max. radius: 42 m. Min. radius: 11 m. Max. outreach from wharf fenders: Inspection Head Wharf (Passenger Vessels): 33.67 m. No. 1, Northern end: 180.6 m. long, width 28.1 m., concrete decked and Maximum backreach from wharf fenders: 50.33 m. steel piled. Centre of crane to outer edge of wharf fenders: 8.33 m. No. 2, Southern end: 153.6 m. long, width 34.3 m., concrete decked and Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/max. radius: 32 m. steel piled. Maximum depth of hook below wharf deck/max. radius: 15 m. Total Length: 334.3 m., providing 2 berths. Associated equipment/spreaders, etc.: Equipped with remote Mooring Dolphins: 2 at 452.2 m. apart: Northern dolphin: 45.5 m. from controlled swivel gear, load leveller and fully automatic spreader for end of wharf. Southern dolphin: 72.4 m. from end of wharf. Depth handling containers, general cargo and bulk materials. Alongside: 9.9 m. at L.A.T. Height of Deck above Datum: 5.33 m. Swinging Room: 270 m. off North end of wharf. 210 m. off Berth No. 2. For further details see ‘‘Cranes’’. Wharf Deck Loading: 2.7 tonne/sq.m. (5 cwt/sq.ft.). Ro/Ro Ramp: 8.23 m. wide stern loading ramp with max. vehicle width Axle Loading: 12.1 tonnes. of 8.14 m. and capacity in excess of 100 tonnes. Wharf Power: 8␺240v, 10 Amp.; 8␺415v, 30 amp. Axle loading on ramp: 52.4 tonnes (forklift). Gross loads in excess of Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 30 tonnes/hr. per connection. 100 tonnes can be accommodated with reference to the Port Operations Bunkering: Road tanker. Manager. Wharf Deck Loading: 3.23 tonnes/sq.m. (672 lb./sq.ft.); 1985 extensions: Launceston: On Eastern shore 35.4 nautical miles from the entrance. 5 tonnes/sq.m. (9.3 cwt./sq.ft.). King’s Wharf: Wharf Axle Loading: A concrete decked and piled wharf providing a total berthing length of (a) Deck and pavement: 50 tonnes. 295.4 m. Equipped with 50 ton bollards every 18.3 m. (b) 1985 deck extension: 80 tonnes. Depth Alongside: Subject to siltation. Marshalling Area: East: 1.8 ha.; West: 1.5 ha. Height of Deck above Datum: 5.64 m. Total of 3.3 ha. or 3.8 ha. including wharf decks. Wharf Deck Loading: 1.3 tonnes/sq.m. (2.5 cwt./sq.ft.); ship building Transit Shed Space: 1,440 sq.m. Sheds are fitted with exhaust fans for area; 2.7 tonnes/sq.m. (5 cwt./sq.ft.) main deck. pre-shipment storage of primary produce. Axle Loading: 12.7 tonnes. Rail: At ship side, full length of berth. Transit Shed Space: 2,463 sq.m. Reefer Outlets: 72 for 144 refrigerated containers. Rail: Siding. Wharf Power: 5␺415v., 30 Amp.; 6␺240v, 10 Amp.; 1␺415v., 60 Amp. Wharf Power: 5␺415v., 30 amp. Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 50 tonnes/hr. per connection. Fresh Water: Available at max. rate of 30 tonnes/hr. per connection. Bunkering: Road tanker. Bunkering: Road tanker.

See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 161 AUSTRALIA CRANES: A range of mobile cargo handling and wharf equipment and EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: The Port of Launceston floating plant which is available for hire. operates it’s own port emergency service. Mobile Cargo Handling and Wharf Equipment: Trained assistance in emergency operations is rapidly available from Mobile Harbour Crane: Favco-Gottwald (HMK 280-89) mobile harbour the adjacent industrial complexes to offset the delay in obtaining full crane, with standard capacity of 40 tonnes (under hook) and heavy lift Emergency Services from Launceston. capacity of 100 tonnes (under hook). All Emergencies: Contact: Belc Bay Port Control. Radio: VHF Standard Load/Radius Limits: 40 tonnes at 11 m. to 31 m., then reducing Channel 16. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6382-0175. to 39.3 tonnes at 32 m., 28.2 tonnes at 40 m., 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. TELEPHONES: Not available. Heavy Lift Load/Radius Limits: 100 tonnes at 11 m. to 17 m., then STORING: Vessels stored by truck; Customs require stores be ‘‘entered reducing to 92 tonnes at 18 m., 85 tonnes at 19 m., 78 tonnes at 20 m., for export’’. 59.7 tonnes at 24 m., 43.2 tonnes at 30 m., 28.2 tonnes at 40 m., SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Various companies available. 26.0 tonnes at 42 m. In cases of emergency upon request, the pilot boat has been used These limits may vary depending on berth and crane position. Any for removing sick crew members, taking small quantities of stores and further details are available on enquiry from the Chief Engineer. repair people to vessels outside the port. Maximum radius: 42 m. SHORE LEAVE: When Immigration and Customs requirements have been satisfied there is no restriction on crew shore leave so long as they Minimum radius: 11 m. rejoin the vessel on departure. There is no need for identity cards or Maximum height of hook above wharf deck/max. radius: 32 m. shore passes except in so far that non-English speaking persons may Maximum depth of hook below wharf deck/max. radius: 15 m. wish to identify themselves. Hook speed: With no load: 84 m./min.; with 27 tonnes: 63 m./min.; with GARBAGE DISPOSAL: On request. Contact Port Control. Tel: ␣61 (3) 40 tonnes: 44 m./min. 6382-0175. Set up time on this crane is fast with outrigger pads positioned by the WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Service available. No special berth. Contact operator. Change of position can be effected by the operator from cabin. Port Control. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6382-0175. The cabin adjusts in height from the standard 17 m. up to 24 m. above SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6383-1034. wharf deck at the operator control. International telephone, chapel, library, stamps and postal service, table Closed circuit TV installation permits the operator a clear view of the tennis, pool table, T.V. and video. hook activities. Catholic, United, Baptist, Salvation Army and Anglican churches in Operations by the crane can be carried out throughout the port area the town. and consideration will be given to use within the industrial area. GENERAL: Surveys: Surveys, including Damage, Draft, On and Off Hire, The crane usually travels in an upright position but can be lowered Protest, Classification Society, Commonwealth D.O.T. and Gas Free automatically to a height of 6 m. Certification can be arranged through ship’s Agent. Associated equipment/spreaders, etc: Equipped with remote controlled Services: Ship Chandlers, P&I Club, radio repairs and divers. swivel gear, load leveller and fully automatic spreader for handling References: Australian Pilot Volume 2. AUS Charts No. 167 and 168. containers, general cargo and bulk material. Distances: From Hebe Reef Light to Launceston Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. Nautical Miles BULK CARGO FACILITIES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Hebe Reef Light 0 SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Yellow Rock Beacon 1.7 Shear Rock Beacon 2.3 BRIDGES: No bridges for large overseas shipping. Some inter-state Bombay Rock Beacon 4.7 vessels proceeding to Launceston will pass under Batman Bridge – 27 m. Point Effingham 7.4 mast height allows 0.9 m. clearance at HW. Inspection Head Wharf 8.2 STEVEDORES: Agent for ship arranges stevedores. Bell Bay No. 3 Wharf 9.5 MEDICAL: Agents should be notified to prepare for medical attention or Point Rapid 14.0 hospitalisation. Hospitals at Launceston, Beaconsfield and George Drumstick Island Light 15.9 Town. Barrett’s Point 17.0 TANKERS: See ‘‘Berthing’’. No. 4 Bell Bay Tanker Berth and Long Swan Point Beacon 20.0 Reach Thermal Station Berth. Rosevear’s Tide Gauge 25.9 DENSITY: 1012 to 1026, depending on rainfall. Dilston Light 29.5 Tamar Island 32.9 FRESH WATER: Fresh water available at all berths. Delivery 50 t.p.h. No. 7 Beacon 35.6 by hose. King’s Wharf No. 1 Light 37.1 FUEL: Direct pipe-line bunkering from Mobil Bell Bay tank farm or road Floating Plant: Launch: ‘‘Carrington’’: A 15.3 m. steel launch equipped tanker is available at Berth No. 4 or by road tanker at all other berths with VHF and 27 MHz radio. Vessel has a bollard pull of 6 tonnes and except Woodchips Berths. is used as a harbour workboat. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. Other Floating Plant: Two flat top barges 24 m.␺7.77 m. One flat top FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Tankers governed by the Association of barge 34 m.␺7.31 m. Australian Port and Marine Authorities ‘‘Rules for the Handling of AUTHORITY: Port of Launceston Pty.Ltd., P.O.Box 257C, Dangerous Goods and Oils in Ports’’. Launceston, or Mobil Road, Bell Bay, 7253 Tasmania, Australia. ␣ ␣ CONSULS: None. Tel: 61 (3) 6382-0111. FAX: 61 (3) 6382-1695. REPAIRS: R.A. Ferrall Shiplift: Adjacent to Northern end of King’s Wharf. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.portlaun.com.au Contact: C. Faulkner, General Manager. Captain C. Black, Harbour A shiplift docking complex 105.3 m.␺25 m. with a lifting platform Master. 60 m.␺18 m. operated by 16 synchronised lifting winches. A transfer system is provided for up to 3␺700 tonne displacement vessels leaving the platform free for larger vessels. Maximum Vessel Size: Length 65 m., beam 18 m., draft 5.5 m. (over LUCINDA, Queensland: 18.32 S. 146.20 E. (See Plan) 4 m. subject to tide and blocking, etc.). Displacement 2,160 tonnes LOCATION: Lucinda is a first port of call and is situated in position (ship); 3,120 tonnes (barge). Lat. 18␥ 32' S., Long. 146␥ 20' E. This port is approximately 680 miles Depth Alongside: 4.5 m. to 5.6 m. at LWOST, subject to siltation. Depth North of Brisbane. maintained by dredging. Design Keel Loading: 55 tonnes/m. Height of PORT LIMITS: See ‘‘Plan’’. Deck above Datum: 5.64 m. Crane: 17.5 ton stiff leg derrick crane covers APPROACHES: The approach channel has depth 13.2 m. Northern section of docking platform. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port Pilots Lifting capacity/max. radius: 15 ton at 25.87 m.; 17.5 ton at 19.81 m. Queensland. Location of pilotage boarding ground for the bulk sugar Min. radius: 6.40 m. Max. height of hook above deck/max. radius: 9.75 m. loading berth is Lat. 18␥ 30' S., Long. 146␥ 24' E. Max. depth of hook below deck/max. radius: 9.14 m. The pilot vessel is equipped with VHF Channels 16, 12 and 6. Deck Loading: Rear wharf: 4.2 tonnes/sq.m. (7.87 cwt./sq.ft.); No regular watch is kept. Inner/outer decks: 5.3 tonnes/sq.m. (9.69 cwt./sq.ft.). Axle Loading: For the inshore berth the pilot boarding ground is in position Platform: 4.8 tonnes (forklift). Rear wharf: 58.8 tonnes. Inner/outer Lat. 18␥ 15' S., Long. 146␥ 03.5' E. decks: 26.7 tonnes (with max. weight vessel); 45 tonnes (if less than Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great 1,500 tonne weight vessel). Transfer System Capacity: 704 tonnes. Barrier Reef to Torres Strait, and also Palm Passage is conducted by Telephones: Southern Marine Shiplifts. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6334-0222. licensed pilots available from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd. and Queensland SURVEYORS: Arranged by Agent. Coastal Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Only required at No. 4 Tanker Berth. Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening/Closing usually by Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East stevedores. Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. MAX. SIZE: 45,000 d.w.t., LOA 220 m., beam 31 m. and max. draft CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes or 250 grams of tobacco 12.3 m. Berth depth 13.6 m. per man; 1 opened litre spirits per man; stores sealed on arrival. HEALTH: Pratique available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. This is CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Certificates of loading gear and derrick carried out alongside. tests to be produced. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. TUGS: Required for all movements. One tug comes from Cairns and REPATRIATION: Arranged through ship’s Agents. another tug comes from Mourilyan. AIRPORT: Approx. 64 km. from Bell Bay and 15 km. from Launceston. BERTHING: Sugar Wharf: The sugar wharf has an approach jetty from Served by Ansett and Australian Airlines. the shore 5.76 km. in length. The berth is 224 m. long. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. The wharf is used for the export of bulk sugar which is loaded via a travelling gantry. HOLIDAYS: Good Friday, Anzac Day, Christmas Day and New Year’s The depth of water at LWOST is 13.6 m. Day close holidays, work on other holidays may be arranged through The mean Spring rise is from 0.5 m. to 2.9 m. whilst the mean water Agents. neap rise is from 1.2 m. to 2.1 m. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Port Control must be advised in the event The sugar berth was constructed to accommodate vessels of of fire. 40/45,000 d.w.t. with loading rate of up to 1,700 tonnes/p.h. at the

162 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA offshore deepwater wharf. Berth starboard side to. The maximum all up TANKERS: Berth at Breast Wharf. Load rate for bulk molasses 300 t.p.h. weight of vehicles allowed on wharf is 5 tonnes gross. There is a height through 46 cm. dockline. 25 cm. diameter (Caltex) dockline for clearance of 2.1 m. on apron. petroleum. 25.4 cm. dockline (Mobil) for petroleum products. 25 cm. Max. air draft above L.W.D. 11.0 m. (bottom of thrower). diameter dockline (CSR) for export of industrial alcohol. 15 cm. (6 in.) Max. reach from fender face 17.5 m. dockline for export of tallow. Facilities at No. 2 Berth for loading of There are 3 sheds and are confined to bulk sugar storage only. Total sulphuric acid. capacity 231,000 tonnes. DENSITY: Sea water. Inshore Berth: Length 133.35 m. Depth 9.0 m. Channel depth 3.3 m. FRESH WATER: Available all berths, rate of load 45.7 tonnes (45 tons) Berth officially closed in May 1989. per hour. FRESH WATER: Not available. FUEL: Not available. FUEL: Available at Breast Wharf by pipeline and all berths by road GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage disposal facilities will be provided on tanker. request at the shipowner’s expense. This is carried out by a private FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Normal requirements. contractor and requires ample notice. Drums are provided. REPAIRS: Small repairs can be carried out. Arrangements should be made through the agent. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not obligatory. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Normally by crew, but can be done SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. by stevedores if required. GENERAL: Stores: Available from Townsville but should be ordered prior to arrival. CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Brisbane 4001, Queensland, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. ␣ FAX: 61 (7) 3224-7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au REPATRIATION: Facilities available. Contact: Brad Fish, Chief Executive Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 8728. AIRPORT Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 7234. Email: [email protected]). Gary Campbell, : Daily service to Brisbane and thence to world-wide Communications Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 destinations. 7234. Email: [email protected]). TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Regional Harbour Master (Townsville): Captain T. Caldwell. HOLIDAYS: Bank holidays as for Brisbane, plus Waterside Workers’ Tel: ␣61 (77) 715-5135. Fax: ␣61 (77) 212-028. Picnic Day. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: All hours 000; Police Tel: 4968-3444; Fire Tel: 4957-2244; Ambulance Tel: 4957-2222. MACKAY, Queensland: 21.06 S. 149.14 E. (See Plan) TELEPHONES: Supplied by Agent or vessel. SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Contact ship’s Agent. PORT LIMITS: Along Lat. 21␥ 03.9' S. from Long. 149␥ 13.5' E. to IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Long. 149␥ 22.08' E., thence 180␥(T) to Lat. 21␥ 10.0' S. in GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Ships garbage collected from ship on request. Long. 149␥ 22.08' E. thence 270␥(T) to Long. 149␥ 20.1' E., thence Garbage to be in sealed bags. Time of collection preferrably 1030 hrs. 250␥(T) to Lat. 21␥ 12.96' S., Long. 149␥ 11.5' E. Charge $60.00 per 205 litre drum. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels whose Masters WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Contact NQ Resources Recovery. Tel: (07) do not hold a current Certificate of Exemption. The pilot boarding ground 4952-4967. is situated 1.2 miles East/S.E. of quick flash Red Southern Breakwater AUTHORITY: Mackay Port Authority, P.O. Box 3340, North Mackay, light. Queensland 4740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4955-8174. FAX: ␣61 (7) Coastal and Reef Pilotage: See ‘‘Hay Point’’. 4955-3391. Contact: John Kraft, Operations Manager ANCHORAGES: Prohibited Anchorages: (Email: [email protected]). (a) Lat. 21␥ 07.63' S., Long. 149␥ 13.20' E. Contact for Marine and Ports Division for Queensland Transport: (b) Lat. 21␥ 07.63' S., Long. 149␥ 15.70' E. Captain Barrie Lee, Regional Harbour Master, P.O.Box 107, Mackay, (c) Lat. 21␥ 06.78' S., Long. 149␥ 16.55' E. Queensland 4740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4957-7238. FAX: ␣61 (7) (d) Lat. 21␥ 05.82' S., Long. 149␥ 13.45' E. 4951-4295. RESTRICTIONS: Day or night access. Slack water entry. No restriction on departure. MAX. SIZE: Larger vessels subject to Harbour Master’s approval, state and height of tide, daylight, and draft, etc. HEALTH: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Inspection at anchorage or at berth. MARYBOROUGH (Urangan), Queensland: VHF: A VHF Port Radio Station has been established at Mackay 25.30 S. 152.49 E. (See Plan) Harbour. Frequency: Channels 67, 16, 13, 11 and 6, call sign ‘‘Mackay Harbour’’. Hours: Continuous. Inbound vessels should call on PORT LIMITS: The area between the mainland and Great Sandy Island Channel 16, 2 hours prior to arrival for instructions. from a line joining Hook Point and the Eastern extremity of Inskip Point TUGS: 1␺41 tonne B.P. and 1␺51 tonne B.P. to the parallel of 25␥ 07' S. latitude, including all rivers, creeks and BERTHING: navigable waters in the above named area. Wharf Berth Berth Berth PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for an Australian registered ship that Berth Length Length Depth Width is 50 m. or more, and a ship that is 35 m. or more (other than Australian No. (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) registered ship). Masters of vessels seeking pilotage assistance should Breast Wharf 1 123 208 10.6 33 request the services of a Pilot either through Brisbane Port Control No. 3 Wharf 3 200 200 12.8 35 VHF Channel 16 and 12 or Tel: ␣61 (7) 895-1318, or VTSO Gladstone No. 4 Wharf 4 155 200 10.6 35 Channel 16, Tel: ␣61 (7) 4973-1208. Notice of ETA and request for Pilot No. 5 Wharf 5 165 270 12.0 40 must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Slack water entry. Swinging basin 28 ft. (8.3 m.) LWOS. Mean high neap Coastal and Reef Pilotage: See ‘‘Gladstone’’. tide rise 13 ft. 4 in. (4.1 m.). Mean high spring tide rise 18 ft. 1 in. (5.5 m.). VHF: See ‘‘Pilotage’’. SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: BERTHING: Berth at Urangan is closed to shipping. Port is open for Berth No. 3 (Sugar Loading Gantry) : commercial purposes to ships of limited size. (a) Terminal Capacity: 750,000 tonnes. MEDICAL: The Hospital, situated at 185 Walker Street, Maryborough (b) Loader Height: Clear height of loader in horizontal position from may be contacted on Tel: ␣61 (7) 4123-8222. There is also a hospital top of the pier, 26 ft. (7.9 m.). Height of pier above LW, 8.7 m. at Nissen Road, Pialbo, Hervey Bay. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4120-6666. Can be used in lifting slope ‘‘V’’ position up to 14␥ above FRESH WATER: Not available. horizontal. Max. vessel’s hatch height above sea surface with CONSULS: None. which vessel may start loading even at HW, 10.7 m. (35 ft.). (c) Outreach: Max. outreach of loader from side of pier, 12.2 m. REPAIRS: Limited small repairs can be carried out. (40 ft.). Breadth of permanent fender from side of pier, 1.1 m. The DRY DOCKS: Travel lift, slipway and storage yard available in the chute can be traversed along the boom for max. distance of 6.1 m. harbour. (20 ft.). POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: (d) Movable Range. Length of movable range along pier, 135.8 m. Fire Services: For emergency calls, dial ‘‘000’’ and ask the operator for (445 ft. 8 in.). the Fire Brigade. General enquiries should be directed to Tel: ␣61 (7) (e) Loading Capacity: Nominal loading rate of 2,000 tonnes/hr. 4121-5672. The Brigade Station is situated at 98 Lennox Street, Berth No. 4 (Bulk Refined Sugar Loader) : Maryborough. (a) Terminal Capacity: 45,000 tonnes. Police Services: For emergency calls, dial ‘‘000’’ and ask the operator (b) Loading Capacity: Nominal loading rate of 500 tonnes/hr. for the Police. General enquiries should be directed to Tel: 61 (7) Berth No. 5 (Bulk Grain Conveyor/Loader) : 4123-8111. The Police Station is situated in Lennox Street, (a) Terminal Capacity: 32,000 tonnes – 8 silos (at harbour). Additional Maryborough. storage in Hinterland. Vessels at Urangan should ring Hervey Bay Police or Water Police (b) Loading Capacity: Nominal loading rate of 1,000 tonnes/hr. on Tel: ␣61 (7) 4128-5333. (c) Gantry Travel: 116 m. along the wharf. (d) Outreach (working): 7.5 m. to 19.5 m. from quay line (without Ambulance Services: For emergency services, dial ‘‘000’’ and ask the thrower), 0.2 m. to 32.0 m. (with thrower). operator for the Ambulance. General enquiries should be directed to Tel: ␣61 (7) 4113-1233. The Brigade is situated at 155 Neptune Street, Berth No. 5 (Bulk Cargo Unloader) : ␣ (a) Rail mounted level luffing slewing crane. Maryborough and at 118 Torquay Road, Hervey Bay (Tel: 61 (7) (b) 35 ton capacity at 34 m. radius. 4113-1233). 50 ton capacity at 20 m. radius. GENERAL: Tides: The mean Spring rise is 2.5 m., while the mean Neap STEVEDORES: 24 hour operations. rise is 1.3 m. at Urangan. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 163 AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, 4. Where the ladder is rigged over a bulwark, two stanchions are to Brisbane, Qld. 4001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. FAX: ␣61 (7) be securely fitted in the top of the bulwark, one on each side of 3224-7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.pcq.com.au the ladder, and steps are to be provided from the top of the ladder Contact: Gary Campbell, Communication Manager (Tel: ␣61 (7) to the deck. 3224-4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224-7234. Email: [email protected]). 5. A heaving line is to be provided for mail and the Pilot’s bag. Queensland Transport, Department of Transport, Marine 6. By night a bright light is to be provided, shaded to show Operations, Buccaneer Avenue, Urangan, Queensland 4655, downwards and forward to clearly illuminate the ladder and the Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4128-9555. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4128-9007. ship’s side. Contact: Cliff Cockburn, Senior Maritime Operations Officer. 7. Tripping lines and boat ropes are not to be used. Local Authority: Captain M. Lutze, Regional Harbour Master – 8. An officer should be in attendance at the ladder, with life-saving Gladstone. appliances ready for immediate use. Local Administrative Authority and first point of contact: Manager 9. An approved pilot hoist may be used if permission is obtained Marine Safety Bundaberg, P.O.Box 476, Bundaberg, Qld. 4670. from the Port Phillip Sea Pilot Service. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4131-5608. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4152-8528. Masters are urged to have all gear kept in first class condition, to have it inspected regularly, and to ensure always that the ladder and manropes are securely made fast. Serious accidents have occurred through MELBOURNE, including Maribyrnong River, Holden Oil inattention to these matters. Dock, Port Melbourne, Williamstown and Yarraville, Should the gear and the manner in which it is rigged not be satisfactory, pilotage services may be withheld. Victoria: 37.50 S. 144.58 E. (See Plan) Vessel’s ETA: MOST IMPORTANT – For effective use of Pilots, it is essential that the Master of a vessel requiring a Pilot for either Port LOCATION: The port is located at the Northern end of the Port Philip Phillip or Hastings, advises the Pilot Office ␤ Port Phillip Sea Pilot Bay. Service, P.O.Box 150, North Melbourne, Victoria 3051, Australia. Charts and Nautical Publications : Tel: ␣61 (3) 9329-9700, 5258-1400 (24 hours). Fax: ␣61 (3) 9326-6052. Australia Pilot Vol. II. Telex: AA 36920. Contact: Captain C. Griffiths. Sailing Directions for Victoria. ETA advice to be sent 48 hours, 24 hours and 4 hours prior to arrival. Port Handbook. Information required includes port of departure, draft on arrival, ETA and Charts: AUS. 143, AUS. 144, AUS. 154, AUS. 155, AUS. 157, request pratique. Changes in the ETA of more than 1 hour should be AUS. 158 and AUS. 350. amended immediately, and the final ETA confirmed 4 hours before List of Lights N.P. Vol. ‘‘K’’. arrival. Australian National Tide Tables AHP 11. ANCHORAGES: Quarantine Anchorage: Located S.W. of Nicholson PORT LIMITS: Vessels at anchor off Gellibrand Light are considered Knoll to the West of Portsea. Vessels should anchor in the white sector ‘‘arrived’’ for the purposes of priority of berthing. of Quarantine Light bearing 180␥(T), and in the Point Lonsdale light red DOCUMENTS: sector bearing 278␥(T) in 15.0 m. water depth (Refer to Chart AUS 158). No. of Copies Queenscliff Anchorage: Located in the red sector of the Low Light, but Required bringing up as near as possible to the N.W. side of the West Channel. Form M & S 11 (List of crew) 3 Depth 10.5 m. (Refer to Chart AUS 158). Form 42A (Stores List) 1 Port Melbourne – Inner Anchorage: Located South of Point Gellibrand, Form 5 (Articles owned or in possession of Master, Officers 1 to West of Long. 144␥ 55.1' E. and N.E. of the Outer Anchorage. Depth or crew) 11.0 m. to 14.0 m. (Chart AUS 155). Form B921 – Green – Loading Ports List 3 Port Melbourne – Outer Anchorage: Located 3 nautical miles West of Form QA3 (Declaration of animals carried as cargo), only 1 Fawkner Light and 3 miles S.E. of Point Cook. Depth 11.0 m. to 16.0 m. if on board (Chart AUS 154). Form QA4 (Declaration of ship’s pets) 1 Port Melbourne – Hobsons Bay Anchorage: Shallow draft vessels may Form QA5 (Shipmaster’s Bond to cover ship’s pets) 1 anchor in the fork between Williamstown and Port Melbourne Channels. Form A Q360 (Health Report) 2 Depth 6.5 m. to 7.5 m. Of the above, Forms 42A and 5 need only be compiled at first port Explosives Anchorage Point Wilson: Located 0.7 nautical miles N.N.E. of call in Australia. Passenger — individual Passenger Cards are utilised of the Commonwealth Explosives Pier at Point Wilson. Depth 6.0 m. therefore no List of Passengers required. Agents require 7 copies of (Chart AUS. 157). Manifest of cargo on board and at least 1 set copies Bills of Lading. Tank Cleaning: The Victorian Channels Authority, the responsible These normally received by airfreight or airmail direct from Agents at authority for the waters of Port Phillip Bay, has issued a circular which loading port outside Australia therefore not necessary for Masters to be requires all Masters to notify the Authority if they intend to anchor in the in possession of either Manifest of cargo on board or appropriate copies waters of Port Phillip for the purpose of cleaning tanks, gas freeing, of Bills of Lading. cooling down or repairs. PILOTAGE: Compulsory, except for interstate and intrastate vessels RESTRICTIONS: Depths in Approach Channels: whose Masters hold a current Exemption Certificate and vessels not Depth exceeding 35 m. in length. The Pilot Boarding Ground for Port Phillip lies 3 nautical miles to (m.) 5 nautical miles S.W. from the Point Lonsdale Lighthouse. The preferred South Channel 13.1 boarding position, because of the dangerous tidal conditions at Port (Port Phillip Bay South Channel depth restricts draft to 11.3 m. at Phillip Heads, is with the Point Lonsdale Lighthouse bearing 045␥(T) at all times, or up to 11.9 m. with tide.) a distance of 3 nautical miles. West Channel 5.0 At Hastings the preferred boarding ground is 3 miles due South of Fawkner Beacon to No. 11 Beacon 13.1 West Head. No. 70 Beacon to Port Melbourne 10.6 Both Pilot Stations are manned by a Pilot in Charge at all times. A No. 11 Beacon to No. 23 Beacon 13.1 continuous watch is kept on VHF Channels 16, 13 and 12 at Queenscliff. No. 21 Beacon to Webb Dock 12.5 At Hastings, the Pilot Station can be contacted by calling on VHF No. 23 Beacon to Swanson Dock 13.1 Channels 16 and 14. Appleton Dock 12.0 – 11.4 VHF Procedure: No. 24 Victoria Dock to Victoria Dock Entrance 11.0 Two hours prior to arrival at the boarding ground, VHF contact should Victoria Dock Entrance to and including No. 21 9.4 be made on Channel 16 by calling ‘‘Port Phillip Sea Pilots’’. Please give South Wharf position, course and speed; and ETA at Pilot Boarding Ground. Holden Basin to No. 1 Maribyrnong 13.1 – 10.0 Following the initial contact a listening watch should then be kept on The nature of the bottom in the approach channels to Port Melbourne, VHF Channel 12 for vessels bound for Port Phillip or VHF Channel 14 and in the River Yarra, is clay. for vessels bound for Hastings. Swinging Basins Diameter The pilot launch will make contact when abeam of Point Lonsdale or (m.) West Head outward bound to give final boarding directions. Appleton Dock 366 Tides at Port Phillip Heads: (See Cautionary Notice on Charts AUS. 143 Swanson Dock 329 and 158.) Holden 274 In the entrance the tidal stream runs at its strongest at times of High Port Melbourne 490 and Low Water, and the ebb stream may at times exceed 9 knots. You Gellibrand Pier 396 will be required to be in a position WESTWARD of the tidal stream in Webb Dock 390 the fairway when embarking a Pilot. Channel Junction (Port Melbourne and 420 Low powered vessels and vessels of over 10.5 m. draft should indicate Williamstown Channel) such condition in their first telegram/telex, as the time of their passage MAX. SIZE: In the Port of Melbourne, draft and length limitations for through the Port Phillip entrance may be governed by the tidal stream. navigation of vessels are determined by the Port Phillip Sea Pilot Service, Requirements for Embarkation of Pilots: and these divisions are outside the jurisdiction of the Victorian Channels 1. Make a good lee for the pilot launch with the wind and sea well Authority (VCA). abaft the beam on the weather side, and a speed of about 7 Maximum Allowable Draft: knots. 1. The Master of a vessel shall observe the following requirements with 2. The pilot ladder constructed and rigged in accordance with I.M.O. respect to maximum allowable draft: requirements and IMPA Recommendations. The ladder should (a) When navigating in the Port Melboune Channel South of the be clean, properly fitted with spreaders, well clear of all discharges junction with the Williamstown Channel, 12.1 m. with tide, 11.6 m. and outlets, and all outboard fittings which might foul the pilot without tide, a Gross Under-Keel Clearance of at least 1.5 m. is launch. The bottom of the ladder should be 1.5 m. or 5 ft. above required. the water. The distance from the waterline to the point of access Note: The required minimum Gross Under-Keel Clearance must not exceed 9 m. allowance is 1.5 m. This consists of 0.9 m. manoeuvrability 3. Two clean manila manropes of not less than 24 mm. dia. and not margin and 0.6 m. allowance for squat. more than 32 mm. dia. are to be securely made fast to the ship, (b) When navigating in the Precautionary Area to enter or exit the and must not be made fast to the ladder at any point. The Williamstown Channel, 8.5 m. with tide, 7.8 m. without tide, a manropes must not be longer than the ladder. gross Under-Keel Clearance of at least 1.2 m. is required.

164 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (c) When navigating in the Port of Melbourne Channel North of its (2) If the answers given are satisfactory Radio Pratique will be given junction with the Williamstown Channel, 10.2 m. with tide, 9.7 m. for Melbourne from a specified time and date enabling the vessel without tide, a Gross Under-Keel Clearance of at least 1.2 m. is to proceed to the berth without displaying the quarantine signal. required. (3) A Quarantine Officer will board the vessel at the berth, if the (d) When navigating in the Williamstown Channel and River Yarra to answers given on the Declaration of the Health (Q360) are found Beacon No. 52, 12.1 m. with tide, 11.6 m. without tide, a Gross to be satisfactory pratique may then be granted for all Australian Under-Keel Clearance of at least 1.2 m. is required. ports. Note: The required minimum Gross Under-Keel Clearance for (b) Notwithstanding that pratique for all ports may have been granted, (b), (c) and (d) above is 1.2 m. This consists of 0.9 m. Master will still be responsible for reporting any case of infectious disease manoeuvrability margin and 0.3 m. allowance for squat. which may subsequently occur whilst vessel is in Australian waters. (e) A Gross Under-Keel Clearance of at least 0.6 m. is required when Should a case of infectious disease (not being a quarantineable manoeuvring within docks, swinging basins, anchorages and disease) occur on board whilst vessel is at sea in Australian waters, alongside berths. Master will be required to advise by radio Commonwealth Regional Note: The required minimum Gross Under-Keel Clearance is Director of Health for State in which next port situated, who will arrange 0.6 m. This consists of a 0.6 m. manoeuvrability margin and for a Quarantine Officer to see case on arrival, Master will not be required assumes negligible squat due to slow speeds. to fill in a Supplementary Health Form and vessel will be permitted to 2. Masters must ensure that their vessel remains afloat whilst alongside proceed direct to berth without flying ‘‘Q ’’ flag. a berth. Should a case of suspected quarantineable disease occur on board Vessels over Prescribed Limits: Masters of vessels with drafts, air drafts whilst at sea in Australian waters, Master is required to radio details to and lengths exceeding the prescribed limits as set out in Port of the Commonwealth Regional Director of Health for State in which next Melbourne, berths details and ship’s maximum drafts/lengths may not port situated and await instructions. Commonwealth Regional Director operate in port waters, except with the permission of, and at the direction of Health will decide according to circumstances whether to inspect of, the Harbour Master. vessels outside Quarantine Line or permit it to proceed to berth and will Note: For information regarding application to operate in port waters over advise Master. prescribed limits, refer to the Port Information section. (c) Should it come to notice in any particular case that Radio Pratique Maintained Channel has been granted as a result of a wireless message sent in accordance Max. Size Depth 4 with sub-paragraph (a) whereas in fact wireless message contains false Berth LOA Draft1 Berth Channel (No.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) information, matter will be investigated thoroughly and reported to the Swanson Dock East 290 12.12 13.1 13.1 Director-General of Health who will decide whether radio pratique will Swanson Dock West 290 12.12 13.1 13.1 be denied in future to vessel on which Master and the ship’s surgeon Appleton Dock B 250 10.1 10.7 12.0 hold responsibility. Appleton Dock C 250 10.1 10.7 12.0 Appleton Dock D 250 10.1 10.7 12.0 Appleton Dock E 250 10.1 10.7 11.4 Appleton Dock F 225 10.8 11.4 11.4 Victoria Dock 22/24 215 8.8 9.4 11.0 VHF: A Shipping Management Centre referred to as ‘‘Harbour Control South Wharf 26 215 10.4 11.0 11.0 Melbourne’’ is established at South Wharf-Lorrimer Street, Port of South Wharf 27 215 8.8 9.4 12.0 Melbourne entrance. It is a two storied structure supported on a South Wharf 28 215 8.8 9.4 12.0 rectangular tower with an overall height of 39.6 m. South Wharf 29 215 8.8 9.4 12.0 Movement of traffic within the Port of Melbourne is controlled from South Wharf 30/31 Harbour Control who direct all shipping movements in and out of the South Wharf 33 185 11.0 11.6 13.1 port, and co-ordinate all ancillary services connected with shipping Maribyrnong 1 180 9.4 10.0 10.0 movements on a 24 hour basis. Yarraville 5 180 8.8 9.4 11.0 The radio call sign is ‘‘Harbour Control’’, and the following frequencies Yarraville 6 190 9.6 10.2 11.0 and channels are available continuously: Ͼ 190** 9.1 9.7 11.0 Channel 2, Tugs. 2 Holden Dock 185 12.1 13.1 13.1 Channel 6, Intership operations and tugs. Gellibrand Pier 130*** 11.2 12.1 11.8 Channel 8, Pilot and tugs. 145*** 10.0 10.6 Channel 12, Port Phillip working channel. Breakwater Pier 120 8.4 9.0 11.8 Channel 13, Pilot and tugs. Webb Dock 1 East 160 6.4 7.0 7.0 Webb Dock 2 East 150 6.4 7.0 7.0 Channel 16, Calling and distress. Webb Dock 3 East 185 9.4 10.0 10.0 Channel 19, Tugs. Webb Dock 4 East 250 11.9 12.5 12.5 Channel 67, Calling and safety. Webb Dock 5 East 250 11.9 12.5 12.5 All vessels fitted with VHF radio shall, when navigating or at anchor Webb Dock 2 West 200 8.5 9.1 10.0 within the Port of Melbourne, keep a continuous listening watch on Station Pier Inner East 180 10.3 10.9 10.9 Channel 12. Sttion Pier Outer East 240 10.3 10.9 10.9 When approaching the Port of Melbourne, radio communication is Station Pier Inner West 145 7.4 8.0 10.3 made with Harbour Control initially on Channel 12 and then on a Channel Station Pier Outer West 305 10.3 10.9 10.9 as directed for berthing instructions and information regarding the Notes: movement of other vessels. Vessels entering the port shall not pass ** Contact VCA for LOA Ͼ190 m. Fawkner Beacon, Charles Grimes Bridge or Shepherd Bridge without *** Distance Manifold – Stern. permission from Harbour Control Centre. This shall not apply to vessels 1. A Gross Under-Keel Clearance of 1.5 m. is required at all times, less than 20 m. in length except when such vessel is towing or licensed when navigating in the Channel South of the junction of to carry passengers. Williamstown and Port Melbourne Channels (Manoeuvrability A vessel anchored or berthed in the Port shall not leave its anchorage margin 0.9 m. and squat allowance 0.6 m.). or berth without permission from Harbour Control. This shall not apply A Gross Under-Keel Clearance of 1.2 m. is required at all times to vessels less than 20 m. in length except when such vessel is towing when navigating in Channels North of the junction of Williamstown or licensed to carry passengers. and Port Melbourne Channel (Manoeuvrability margin 0.6 m. and Vessels proceeding inwards and outwards are to report their positions squat allowance 0.6 m). to Harbour Control where applicable when passing Fawkner Beacon, A Gross Under-Keel Clearance of 0.6 m. is required when Breakwater Pier and Westgate Bridge. manoeuvring within swinging basins, docks and berths (Manoeuvrability margin 0.6 m. and no allowance for squat). 2. Port Phillip South Channel max. draft is 11.6 m., or up to 12.1 m. Movements: with sufficient tide, provided certain criteria are met. 1. The Master of an inward bound vessel shall not cause or permit 3. Vessels non-compliant with the above requirements may berth the vessel to pass Fawkner Beacon or depart an anchorage, until only subject to approval of the Harbour Master. permission has been received from Harbour Control. 4. Notification of any temporary reductions in depth will be published 2. The Master of an outward bound vessel shall: in the Victorian Notices to Mariners. (a) Not cause or permit the vessel to depart a berth or 5. Enquiries should be directed to the Duty Shipping Contol Officer anchorage until permission has been received from Harbour at Harbour Control. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9644-9700. Control. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. (b) Advise all shipping when the vessel departs from the berth. HEALTH: All overseas vessels at first port of entry to Australia or at any 3. The Master of a vessel seeking permission to proceed in subsequent ports, subject to quarantine until pratique granted or until accordance with No. 1. and No. 2. above, shall advise Harbour vessel released from quarantine. If examinations and inspections Control of the vessel’s maximum draft and, if the vessel intends satisfactory vessel granted pratique for all Australian ports. A list of to navigate within the Port Melboune Channel, Harbour Control names and addresses of passengers also required at first port of entry. shall provide advice to the Master of the movements of other 24 hours quarantine clearance of overseas vessels available. Treatment relevant vessels. In addition, the Masters of inward and outward of Crew members for illnesses other than quarantineable diseases vessels must communicate with each other to confirm their agreed arranged by private practitioners through ship’s Agent. sequence and route when rounding Breakwater Pier. Radio Pratique: Concession of Radio Pratique is available to all 4. The Master of an inward or outward bound vessel shall report to vessels except those which carry stock animals. Following requirements Harbour Control when passing Fawkner Beacon, Breakwater Pier to be met in the case of a vessel requiring Radio Pratique or permission and West Gate Bridge. to berth. 5. (a) Vessels navigating within the marked channels of the Port (a) (1) The Master of the vessel or his Agent must make a request of Melbourne may pass each other, provided there is prior (using Form Q2) to the Department of Health within the period agreement between the Masters and Harbour Control. of 24 hours prior to the arrival of vessel giving answers to all (b) Sub-paragraph 5.(a) does not apply to the following: questions on the form. (i) A vessel navigating in the Port Melbourne Channel. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 165 AUSTRALIA (ii) A non-gas free tanker in the marked channels of the Port Tugs on Tugs on of Melbourne. Length Overall (LOA) Arrival Departure 6. The Master of an outward bound vessel shall, when passing Head Head Head Head Fawkner Beacon, if on a passage to Geelong, advise Harbour (m.) In Out In Out Control of the expected time of arrival at Point Richards Channel Car carriers: Entrance Beacon. Ͻ170 with thruster 1 2 1 1* 7. The movement of bunker barges within port waters is not Ͻ170 without thruster 2 2 2 2* permitted, except at the direction of Harbour Control. Ͼ170 with thruster 2 2 1 1* Navigating in the Vicinity of Webb Dock: Ͼ170 without thruster 2 3** 3 2* 1. The Master of an inward bound vessel intending to enter the River * Less by 1 if clear berth ahead (excludes Yarra that has not reached Beacon No. 10 by the time a vessel is Berth No. 5 Webb Dock). ready to depart from Webb Dock must not proceed until the ** 2 tugs if 1 is Z-peller. departing vessel has cleared Webb Dock and crossed to the correct Tankers: side of the channel. 125 Ͻ 200 Gellibrand or Breakwater 2222 2. The Master of a vessel shall not permit the vessel to depart from Ͼ200 Gellibrand or Breakwater 3* 3* 2 2 Webb Dock unless there is sufficient time for the vessel to cross Ͻ185 Holden Dock 2221 to the correct side of the channel without hindering another vessel * 2 tugs only if both are Z-peller. which may be navigating between the Williamstown Breakwater Note: An effective bow thruster counts as 1 tug. and the River Yarra Entrance. Tugs attend for inward-bound vessels at or in vicinity of Gellibrand Note: Permission from Harbour Control to depart from Webb Dock Light for vessels proceeding either up river or to Port Melbourne berths. will generally be granted if an inward bound vessel has not passed On departure and should vessels require attendance down river, service Beacon No. 10, or an outward bound vessel has not passed West terminated in vicinity of river entrance. Tugs present for service at any Gate Bridge. point required by Owner or Agent. Ships lines, or tug lines at a charge. Precautionary Area: Crews of tugs will not accept wire tow line. Wire tow line with rope end 1. The Precautionary Area means the area off Point Gellibrand as of 5 or 6 fathoms acceptable, rope section being available for tugs towing delineated on Charts AUS. 154 and AUS. 155. hook. 2. Masters of vessels shall comply with the following when navigating the Precautionary Area: Linesmen: Services of linesmen are provided by 2 companies operating (a) When entering, transitting or leaving the Precautionary Area, in the Port of Melbourne: Melbourne Mooring Services Pty. Ltd. Contact: Tel: ␣61 (3) 9268-7477. vessels shall keep to Eastward when inward bound and to ␣ Westward when outwardbound; and Fax: 61 (3) 9268-7475. Email: [email protected] Skilled Maritime Services Pty. Ltd. Contact: Tel: ␣61 (3) 9645-6628 (b) Any inward bound vessel using the Precautionary Area shall ␣ not hinder another vessel using the Port Melbourne or (24 hours). Fax: 61 (3) 9645-6607. Email: [email protected] Wiliamstown Channels, or any vessel which is outward bound Linesmen orders should be placed with Harbour Control(HC) by the within, or which is about to enter, the Precautionary Area. ship’s Agent, who will notify HC (Movement Orders) at least 24 hours Caution: prior to the vessel movement to or from a berth, the mooring service (a) When entering, transiting and leaving the Precautionary Area, company to be used. vessels at all times should keep to Eastward when inward bound and to Westward when outward bound. (b) Any inward bound vessel shall not hinder: BERTHING: (i) Any vessel using the Port Melbourne or Williamstown Channels. (ii) Any vessel which is outward bound which is within or which Appleton Dock: is about to enter the Precautionary Area. Berth Length Remarks (c) It is essential for vessel navigating within the Port to maintain No. (m.) radio contact with Harbour Control and directly with one another. Swansea Dock: Vessels when inward bound may use the area to the East of the Port East 944 Patrick: Dedicated container berths. Melbourne Channel. Yachts and other pleasure craft should keep to the West 884 P&O Ports: Dedicated container berths. East of the Port Melbourne Channel as far as possible and avoid at all Appleton Dock: times hindering the movement of larger vessels, particularly those B 192 P&O Ports: General cargo. constrained by size and draft to the shipping channels. C 192 P&O Ports: General cargo. D 200 P&O Ports: General cargo. Notification of Dangerous Goods: At least 48 hours prior notice must be E 137 Common User Berth: Normally bulk cargo advised by the ship’s agent to the Environmental Services Section by (Subject to berth space being available). Fax: ␣61 (3) 9629-8656. F 263 ANL: Common User Berth with GRAINCO VTS: Operates on VHF Channel 12. priority. May require head in berthing. RADAR: A radar based ship monitoring system provides coverage over Victoria Dock: the whole of Port Phillip Bay, upto Point Henry on the Western side of 22 Out of commission. the Bay, and seaward of Point Lonsdale covering an area to the port 23/24 261 Common User Berth: General cargo. limits. South Wharves: Harbour Control Tower: The central site of operations, provides 26 266 ICL Bulk Cement. advisory navigational information on request, and covers the approaches 27 146 Lay-up Berth only. to Melbourne. 28 146 Common User Berth: General cargo. Point Lonsdale Signal Station is a secondary operations site and 29 146 Common User Berth: General cargo. covers areas from Port Phillip Heads to Hovel Pile (South Channel) and 30/31 Tug Berths: Not used for shipping. West Channel Pile (West Channel). 33 210 Bulk cement products. TUGS: 4 tugs are available to service vessels in the Melbourne port Maribyrnong: drawn from the 5 tugs available (‘‘Keera’’ *, 4,800 b.h.p., ‘‘Gabo’’ *, 1 Bulk Liquid Terminal: Head out only. For 3,600 b.h.p., ‘‘Corsair’’, 2,500 b.h.p., ‘‘Marimba’’, 2,500 b.h.p. and night-time arrivals, tugs required Yarraville ‘‘Gurrong’’ *, 4,850 b.h.p.). No. 5 to be clear if beam greater than * Omni-directional tugs. 19.0 m. The tugs are operated by Adsteam Harbour Melbourne. Vessels Yarraville: ordering tugs should place the order with Harbour Control (HC). 5 178 CSR: Bulk sugar/gypsum. Adsteam Harbour Melbourne. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9646-0322. Fax: ␣61 (3) 6 190 Common User Berth: Bulk cargo, upstream 9646-0217. 190 m. of berth, maintained depth 10.2 m. The following table is a guide only to typical tug usage at Melbourne 256 Down-stream 66 m. of berth, maintained and may vary according to individual Pilot/Master requirements, type of depth 9.7 m. vessel, draft and other factors, such as weather conditions. Holden Dock Tugs on Tugs on Oil Terminal: Head out only. Length Overall (LOA) Arrival Departure Gellibrand Pier Head Head Head Head Oil Terminal: Head out only. Max. (m.) In Out In Out displacement 110,000 tons. Night-time 100 Ͻ 125 1 1 1 0 departure subject to weather conditions, if 125 Ͻ 200 LOA over 250 m. * 1 tug or thruster if clear berth ahead. 2 2 2 2* Breakwater Pier Tugs not required for departure at Berths 0 213 LPG Berth: Head in only. Max. displacement Victoria Dock No. 24 or Appleton ‘B’ 110,000 tons. 200 Ͻ 230 Webb Dock: * 2 tugs if 1 is Z-peller. 2 3* 2 2 1 East 155 Brambles: Ro-Ro berth. At Victoria/Appleton/1 E-W Swanson 2 East 150 Holyman Shipping: Ro-Ro berth. /4 Webb Dock and Yarraville with clear 1 3 East 210 Patrick Stevedoring. berth ahead. 4 East 530 Patrick Stevedoring. Ͼ 230 5 East 530 Patrick Stevedoring. * 2 tugs only if both Z-peller or if 1 is 3* 3* 2 2 2 West 240 Strang WDW: Ro-Ro car terminal. Z-peller and ship has adequate thruster. Station Pier: At Victoria/Appleton/4 Webb Dock and 1 Inner East 220 TT-Line: Ferry terminal. Yarraville with clear berth ahead. Outer East 230 Cruise ship terminal. At Swanson Dock berths, with all berths 1 Inner West 160 Cruise ship terminal. clear ahead. Outer West 305 Cruise ship terminal.

166 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: Appleton Dock: The container, bulk towed from the Berth are placed over the outboard side at the fore and and general cargo terminal is located at Appleton Dock, a river terminal aft ends of the ship: on the Yarra River. 1. such wires shall have an eye in the outboard end and be made The terminal has 4 berths. Berths ’B’ and ’C’, total length of 388 m., securely fast to the ship at the inboard end, and shall be tended are dedicated multi-purpose berths. Berths ’E’ and ’F’, total length of and adjusted to remain within 1 m., of the water level to meet 388 m., are common user multi-purpose berths. All the berths have a changes in the draft of the ship; minimum depth alongside of 10.7 m. 2. in order that sufficient wire can pay out to enable the tugs to tow Bulk Loading Equipment: 6 grabs, 4 hoppers, 6 front end loaders, effectively, 55 m. of slack wire or such other lengths as required 2 excavators and 2 sweepers. by the Port Authority shall be retained between bollard and Container Handling Facilities: 75 reefer slots and a total container fairlead; and stacking capacity of 800 TEU. 3. to prevent the slack wire from running out, it shall be stopped by Storage Capacity: Open storage 2,000 sq.m. and undercover storage rope yarn or other easily broken means. 17,000 sq.m. Access Between Tanker Terminal and Ship: The Master shall provide safe access to the ship by means of a CONTAINER HANDLING FACILITIES: West Swanson Terminal: The properly rigged Gangway. Where practicable the gangway shall: terminal has 4 container berths, Berths No. 1, 2, 3, 4, a total berth length 1. be adjacent to the ship’s accommodation; and of 980 m. with a depth of 13.1 m. 2. be clear of cargo hoses and the ship and shore cargo manifolds. Cargo Handling Equipment: 6 single lift quay cranes with a max. lift Where a fire or explosion in the shore cargo manifold area could block capacity of 55 tonnes, 36 straddle carriers and a total container stacking the escape route of persons from the ship, the Master shall ensure that: capacity of 9,200 TEU. 1. the outboard accommodation ladder is turned out and rigged Also see ‘‘Max. Size’’, ‘‘Berthing’’ and ‘‘Cargo Handling Facilities’’. ready for immediate lowering; and BRIDGES: Clearance under West Gate Bridge is 51.8 m. at LW. (See 2. the outboard lifeboat is lowered to the embarkation deck and kept ‘‘Max. Size’’). ready for immediate launching. Power Cables: Two overhead power cables cross the river, one with Moorings: 61 m. (200 ft.) head-room at Yarraville and one with 56 m. (183 ft.) The Master shall ensure that any mooring wire used to secure the head-room at the entrance to Victoria Dock. ship is fitted with a rope pennant unless: STEVEDORES: ETA Advices: Firm ETA, if possible, before noon on 1. the mooring wire is secured on the Berth with a quick release previous day to arrival. If not possible no later than 1500 hrs. on day device, or previous to arrival. 2. permission to use mooring wires without pennants has been given MEDICAL: No advance notice necessary for medical attention required by the PA. on vessel’s arrival. All hospital facilities available. No inoculations Anchors Ready for Letting Go: required for vessels coming to Australia but Master should possess The Master shall ensure that immediately after the ship is secured at International Health Cards for each member of crew. the berth an anchor is walked back clear of the hawse and is kept ready TANKERS: (Also see ‘‘Anchorage’’). Holden Oil Dock at Yarraville for letting go. suitable for tankers up to 185 m. length. Max. draft 11.9 m. at LW. Depth Operation of Sea and Overboard Discharge Valves: alongside 13.1 m. Line sizes from 100 mm. to 400 mm. Marine Loading Except where the PA otherwise permits, the Master of ship handling Arm. liquid bulk dangerous substances or oils shall ensure that all sea and overboard discharge valves connected to cargo or ballast pumps are Also see ‘‘Max. Size’’. kept closed. Williamstown: Gellibrand Pier, depth alongside 10.6 m. can Any valve required to be closed by the above shall be secured by accommodate tankers up to 290 m. length. Max. draft 10.0 m. – 10.6 m., lashing or, in the case of remotely operated valve, by a suitable means depending on length. Discharge via Chicksan arms. or marking to prevent the accidental operation of the valve. Breakwater Pier, depth alongside 11.2 m. accepting tankers up to Radio Procedures: 230 m. length. Max. draft 7.6 m. – 10.6 m., depending on length. The Master of a ship having on board liquid flammable bulk dangerous Maribyrnong: No. 1 Berth, depth 10.0 m. can accommodate tankers up substances shall ensure that, whilst the ship is at a berth, the main radio to 180 m. length. Max. draft 9.4 m. Height of wharf decking 2.9 m. above transmitting aerials are earthed. ACD. Berth is used for Bulk Petrochemicals, Molasses, Lub. Oil and The Master of ship having on board liquid flammable bulk dangerous Tallow. substances shall ensure that, prior to the ship’s radar or radio equipment Line sizes: 100 mm. to 250 mm. lines; being serviced: 100 mm. to 200 mm. hoses. 1. Permission is obtained from the Melbourne Port Corporation via Also see ‘‘Max. Size’’. Victorian Channels Authority, and Ballast: Slop facilities available at Holden Oil Dock and Gellibrand Pier. 2. Any conditions imposed by the Port Authorities are observed. Safety Requirements: The Victorian Channels Authority is introducing Ship-to-Ship Transfers: The Master of a vessel in port waters shall not the following safety requirements for all tankers berthing at Melbourne cause or permit a ship-to-ship transfer to or from the vessel unless: and Masters of such vessels likely to call at Melbourne should be notified (a) The written permission of the Harbour Master has been obtained. accordingly. (b) The transfer complies with the Code contained within the Safety (a) A declaration required from the Tanker Master prior to arrival at and Environmental Requirements Section. Melbourne listing the following information which must be in the (c) The ship is anchored at the Port Melbourne Outer Anchorage. hands of the Victorian Channels Authority at least 24 hours prior POLLUTION: Emergency Management Procedures – Port Philip Region to the tanker’s arrival: Marine Pollution Contingency Plan (PPRMPCP): (i) Is the hull leak free? 1. The PPRMPCP is prepared by the Regional Marine Pollution (ii) Is inert gas system fitted and fully operational? Committee to the requirements of The Victorian Marine Pollution (iii) Is crude oil washing system fitted and fully operational? Contingency Plan (VICPLAN), which is in turn established under (iv) Are there any defects to the tanker, machinery or the authority of the Administrative Arrangements of the National equipment which would affect safe pilotage, berthing, Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil. (National Plan). cargo or ballast operations? 2. VICPLAN is an integral component of the Victorian State (v) Have stress calculations for the envisaged programme of Emergency Response Plan. cargo transfer, ballasting and bunkering been made? 3. The VCA has been designated the Lead Agency for the (vi) Is the hull stress calculated within recommended safety PPRMPCP with operational responsibility to take action to limits? respond to an oil spill. The following special information is required for liquefied gas tankers: Mandatory Notification (Pollution): (vii) Are all cargo tanks and lines oxygen free? In the event of a discharge or probable discharge from a vessel, the (viii) Is reliquefication or boil-off control equipment in good Master must: working order? (a) Make an immediate report to the local Harbour Control or Harbour (b) The following items will be required from the tanker Master Master by telephone or VHF on the numbers or frequencies listed below: immediately upon berthing for stowage in the ‘Emergency ␣ Document’ box: Melbourne Harbour Control. Tel: 61 (3) 9644-9777 (24 hours), VHF Channel 12. (i) A list of the characteristics of the cargo on board and to ␣ be handled, and position of stowage. Geelong Port Marine Control. Tel: 61 (3) 5226-6300, VHF (ii) Cargo Transfer Plan, schematic type, 2 copies required. Channel 12. Plan to include times, sequence and rate. Note: Harbour Control (Melbourne) should be advised in all (iii) Crew List. instances of oil pollution so that a POLREP can be initiated. (iv) Tanker’s general arrangement plan. (b) Take steps to prevent further discharge of the pollutant and to It is recommended that the declaration required from the Tanker contain it within the vicinity of the ship. Master regarding Section (a), Questions 1-8, be despatched by telex in (c) Without delay forward a report in writing to the Manager, Marine Pollution Response: Marine Board of Victoria, GPO Box 2797Y, an abbreviated form to Melbourne Harbour Control, Telex: HBRCON ␣ ␣ 33437, prior to the vessel berthing in Melbourne. Below is set out a Melbourne, VIC 3001. Tel: 61 (3) 9883-5331. Fax: 61 (3) sample telex message: 9655-6611. HBRCON 33437 The report should contain as much of the following information as is relevant. ATTENTION – PORT OPERATIONS (a) Name, call sign and flag of ship. QUESTIONS I, III, V, VI Yes (b) Frequency or frequencies of radio/VHF channel or channels QUESTIONS II, IV No monitored. QUESTIONS VII, VIII Not applicable (c) Name of Owner and address, telex, fax and telephone number F BLOGGS of principal place of business of Owner. MASTER, M.V. ‘‘SEASPRAY’’ (d) Name, address, telex, facsimile and telephone number of principal New Safety Requirements at Tanker Berths: Dated 31st January, 1984. place of business of: 3.2.3.3. Emergency Towing Wires: The Master of a ship having on the Charterer, Manager or Operator of the ship, or board dangerous substances shall ensure that immediately after the ship the Agent in Australia of the Charterer, Manager or Operator has berthed, wire hawsers of adequate strength to allow the ship to be of the ship. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 167 AUSTRALIA (e) Type of ship (eg. oil tanker, chemical tanker, dry cargo ship) and SHORE LEAVE: Crew allowed ashore. No passport required while gross tonnage (g.t.). ashore. (f) Date and time (state whether UTC, EST or Daylight Saving EST) of the occurrence of the incident. (g) Brief description of the incident, including any damage sustained. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Not required to be carried by crew going (h) The position, course and speed of the ship at the time of the ashore in Australia. However, Section 23 of the Migration Act 1958/1964 incident. provides that Masters of vessels entering Australia from overseas shall (i) The technical name (or, where the technical name is not known, have in their possession an identity card in an approved form for each the trade name) UN number, Classification in the International member of crew. These provisions included in the Act to ensure positive Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code (where applicable), identification available to departmental officers should any Seaman, not name of the manufacturer, quantity and concentration, of the oil being an Australian citizen, desert vessel. Should vessel arrive in or oily mixture discharged or likely to be discharged into the sea. Australia without required Seamen’s Identification Cards, seamen are (j) Type and quantity of cargo carried, including details of harmful unable to go ashore until photographer called to vessel in order to substances carried. photograph each crew member, and identification cards completed. (k) Condition of the ship. Following nationalities need not complete identification card required (l) Ability to transfer cargo and ballast. under Migration Act provided Crew members in possession of relevant (m) Cause of the discharge. Seamen’s Identity certificates/discharge book; Canada, Denmark, Fiji, (n) Whether the discharge is continuing and the approximate quantity Ghana, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Norway, South discharged. Africa, South Korea, Pakistan, United Kingdom. (o) Weather, sea and current conditions in the vicinity of the Masters of vessels, Australians and New Zealanders are not required discharge. to have such an Identification Card. (p) Where applicable, an estimate of the discharge movement and Masters are reminded that Crew members’ travel documents and the surface area of the discharge. Commonwealth of Australian Forms M.315, where applicable, are to be (q) Actions being taken with regard to the discharge and the retained in the custody of the Master at all times, and are to be produced movement of the ship. to Customs Boarding Officers upon demand. (r) Assistance which has been requested from or which has been provided by others. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Discharge into port waters or upon any wharf, DENSITY: 1000 – 1019. pier or jetty of ship’s refuse, rubbish, offensive liquid or other waste matter FRESH WATER: Water available at wharf face at 30 m. intervals. Rate is prohibited. 50-100 t.p.h. General waste and quarantine garbage may be landed in Melbourne. FUEL: Bunkering services are provided by Korevaar Marine Arrangements for collection can be made by contacting a licensed Group Pty. Ltd. Details are available by contacting the Operator direct. contractor. Korevaar Marine Group Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9397-6678. Fax: ␣61 Melbourne Mooring Services Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9268-7477. (3) 9397-7532. Email: [email protected] Fax: ␣61 (3) 9268-7475. Email: [email protected] Vessels bunkering must comply with the Harbour Master’s Direction Skilled Maritime Services Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9645-6628 (24 hours). for Bunkering (Not reproduced). Fax: ␣61 (3) 9645-6607. Email: [email protected] FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Copy of ‘‘Anti-Pollution Notice’’ is handed to Master of tankers on arrival. CONSULS: The following countries are represented by consuls in WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Collection only available by private Melbourne: contractors arranged through ship’s agent. Discharge of waste oil to road Austria, Barbados, Belgium, Chile, China, Colombia, Croatia, Czech tankers is available at all berths, depending on wheel loads. Costs Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, depend on type and quantity of waste oil to be disposed of. Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Honduras, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liberia, Malaysia, Malta, SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, 717 Flinders Street, Mauritius, Mexico, Monaco, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, ␣ Nicaragua, Norway, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, San Melbourne, Victoria. Tel: 61 (3) 9629-7083. Stella Maris Seafarer’s Centre, 600 Little Collins Street, Melbourne, Marino, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Taiwan, Thailand, ␣ Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, U.S.A., Vanuatu. Victoria. Tel: 61 (3) 9629-7494. Services available: Church services, REPAIRS: Marine repairs of any description can be carried out. There outings, dances, bus service to and from vessel, shops, bars, games is one graving dock at Williamstown – Length at floor 139.9 m. Depth (billiards, darts, table tennis, etc.), videos, postage and telephone on sill at ACD 7.26 m. Breadth at keel block level 19 m. facilities, counselling and support services, cleaning facilities. DRY DOCKS: See ‘‘Repairs’’. SURVEYORS: Germanischer Lloyd: R.L.Wright & Associates Pty.Ltd., GENERAL: 16/285 Carlisle Street, Balaclava, Melbourne (P.O.Box 29). Tel: ␣61 (3) 527-2544. Fax: ␣61 (3) 527-1544. Tidal Data: Tides at Port Phillip Heads: Chart Datum at Port Phillip Heads Most Classification societies represented locally. (Point Lonsdale) is 0.86 m. below Australian Height Datum (AHD), and OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Normally carried out by Stevedores. at Rip Bank it is 1.46 m. below AHD. The Mean High High Water on Ship’s crew may if required by vessel to do so. Crew may close hatches Nepean Bank is 2.0 m., whereas on Rip Bank it is 2.5 m. prior to sailing; but if Stevedores instructed to do so, they then claim Tides for Rip Bank and Port Phillip Heads (Point Lonsdale) may be right to finish, unless ship sails before completion of work. obtained from Point Lonsdale Signal Station on VHF Channel 12. CERTIFICATES: Register – showing vessel’s name, port of registry, Tides at Melbourne (Williamstown): Chart Datum is 0.524 m. below AHD. gross and nett tonnages and Owner. Loadline Certificate which must be The average tidal range is 0.7 m. current. Safety Radio Certificate. Safety Equipment Certificate. Light The height of the tide at Williamstown may be obtained from Harbour Dues Receipt, Ship’s Articles (British), Clearance from previous port. Control on VHF Channel 12. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes in an opened carton or 0.5 lb. cigars or 0.5 lb. tobacco. 1 bottle spirits (opened). Port Authority: On 1st March 1996 the Port of Melbourne Authority, by CARGO GEAR: This must comply with Australian Regulations, as an Act of Parliament, was divided into 2 distinct operating organisations: issued by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority. Victorian Channels Authority When working cargo with ship’s gear, certificates should be available Melbourne Port Corporation to attest to identification and good condition of all such gear. If vessel The Victorian Channels Authority is responsible for commercial on first visit to Australia and certificates not available, a declaration by shipping operating in the port waters from Port Phillip Heads until docked Master will be accepted provided gear in order. On subsequent visits at the allocated berth within the port boundaries. This responsibility certificates and identification of each item of gear must be readily includes channel maintenance, harbour control, berth allocation and produced. navigation aids. REPATRIATION: All facilities available for effecting crew changes and The Melbourne Port Corporation is responsible for all land based repatriation – namely sea, air and rail. functions within the port boundaries, this includes wharves, common user AIRPORT: Melbourne International Airport 21 km. from the port. storage areas and services to shipping. Services to shipping within the HOLIDAYS: Sunday, Christmas Day, Good Friday, Labour Day, Picnic port are provided by a subsidiary company of the Melbourne Port Day, Anzac Day: with exception of Sunday are regarded as ‘‘closed Corporation ␤ Melbourne Port Services Pty. Ltd. The responsibilities of holidays’’ and waterside workers cannot be required to work on these this subsidiary include mooring/unmooring, garbage collection, berth and days. Only work of special nature performed on these days by facility maintenance, dredging, security/fire watch, hazardous materials agreement. inspections, etc. Following ordinary holidays observed: Boxing Day, New Year’s Day, Australia Day, Easter Monday, Queen’s Birthday, Melbourne Cup Day. On Boxing Day and New Year’s Day, waterside workers will work on following classes of vessels only, namely: REPORT: 1996. (a) Passenger ships to sail on schedule. Documents: (b) Ships to finish and sail before next pick-up of labour. 2 Crew Lists. (c) Ships which in opinion of local Board of Reference, should be 2 Stowaway Lists. declared ‘‘Urgent Vessels’’. 1 Tobacco/Spirits/Personal Effects List. (d) Marine casualties. 1 Stores List. On remaining ordinary holidays work performed if required by an 1 Health Declaration. employer. Work performed on holidays subject premium rates of pay. 1 Deratting Certificate. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police/Ambulance/Fire: 000. 1 Load Line Certificate. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Port Emergency (Harbour 1 Tonnage Certificate. Control) Melbourne Tel: ␣61 (3) 9644-9777. Environmental Officer 1 Nationality Certificate. ␣ (Melbourne Port) Tel: 61 (3) 9687-3515. Safety Equipment Certificates. Also see ‘‘Pollution’’. 1 Bill of Lading. TELEPHONES: Telephone can be placed aboard at all berths. Trunk 1 Manifest (unfreighted). calls cannot be made from shipboard telephones. SERVICES: Tank cleaning and compass adjusters available.

168 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Melbourne Port Corporation, Level 48, Rialto South APPROACHES: Approach: The Facility Operations Supervisor shall Tower, 525 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000 ( Postal Address: advise by VHF radio final berthing instructions to the Master of the P.O.Box 261C, Melbourne), Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) 9628-7555. Offtake Vessel. Telex: 34211. FAX: ␣61 (3) 9628-7550. Anchoring within the Cautionary Zone surrounding the Facility is Email: [email protected] Cables: ‘‘Harbor, Melbourne’’. prohibited (See ‘‘Anchorage’’). If an Offtake Vessel cannot moor on WWW: www.melbport.com.au Contact: C. Whitaker, Managing arrival at the Facility and wishes to anchor, it shall be within the Permitted Director. J. Bennett, Manager Property Development (Tel: ␣61 (3) Anchoring Areas. Contact should be made with the Operations 962-87564). Supervisor of the Facility for information and guidance on this matter. Victorian Channels Authority, Level 6, 99 King Street, Melbourne, Offtake Vessels should make every endeavour to arrive with propeller Victoria 3000, Australia. (Postal Address: P.O.Box 205D, Melbourne, fully submerged and in association with a trim by the stern of not greater Victoria 3001, Australia). Tel: ␣61 (3) 9612-3512. FAX: ␣61 (3) than 0.015 L. 9612-3599. Telex: 34211 Harbor AA. Masters should note that in the event of arrival with excessive trim or Email: [email protected] too light a draft, berthing may be refused. WWW: www.vicchannels.vic.gov.au Contact: Captain I. Edwards, Chief PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Two Pilots shall transfer to the Offtake Vessel Executive Officer. Captain T. Muir, Manager Marine Services/Harbour when it reaches a distance of 2 nautical miles from the Facility and shall Master. conduct the pilotage during approach and mooring. It shall be an Also see ‘‘General – Port Authority’’. operational decision whether one or two Pilots shall remain on the Offtake Vessel for the time the vessel is moored at the Facility. Suitable accommodation shall be provided for the Pilots. MODEC VENTURE: 10.53 S. 126.34 E. (See Plan) Pilotage services are provided strictly subject to the Terminal Conditions. LOCATION: ‘‘Modec Venture 1‘‘, Floating Production Storage and Safe Access: Masters shall provide safe access to and from their vessels Offtake Facility, operates in the Elang/Kakatua Oilfields in the Zone of at all times in accordance with the SOLAS convention and IMO Co-operation in the Timor Sea. recommendations. Failure to comply could incur a delay in berthing or The oilfields have been developed by Joint Venturers which operate sailing, and all and any costs shall be borne by the Offtake Vessel. Any the Facility through the agency of Phillips Petroleum (91-12) Pty. Ltd. such delays may prejudice the Offtake Vessel’s acceptance in the future and Elang EPS Pte. Ltd. (EEPL). at any Facility operated by EEPL. The vessel is located in position Lat. 10␥ 52.6' S., Long. 126␥ 34.1' E. Transfer may be effected either by a 10 m. work boat from the Facility General Description: ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ is a converted 131,600 d.w.t. or by a 60 m., 1,100 d.w.t. supply boat (dimensions of boats are tanker with process facilities and a metering system to enable approximate only). stabilisation of crude oil and delivery to Offtake Vessels. ANCHORAGES: The permitted anchorage is located in position ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ has around 157,000 cu.m. total crude oil storage Lat. 10␥ 44' S., Long. 126␥ 43' E. capacity (approximately 988,000 bbls. or 128,000 tonnes). Oil is Cautionary Zone: The Offtake Vessels shall not anchor in the Cautionary delivered through a 16 in. floating hose system at a maximum rate of Zone. A Cautionary Zone is centred on the Facility and flowlines to the approximately 4,500 cu.m./hr. (28,300 bbls./hr.). Allowing for start up and Kakatua Field extends in a 2.5 nautical mile radius around the Facility slow down requirements, 103,000 cu.m. (approximately 650,000 bbls.) and the associated subsea installations. will require up to 24 hours pumping. RESTRICTIONS: Restricted Berthing Hours: Notice of Readiness shall Charts: The following charts cover the general area and site of the only be accepted during 0700 hrs. – 1600 hrs. when prevailing weather Facility: B.A. Charts No. 1047, 942A and Australian Chart No. AUS 314. conditions permit safe mooring. Also see ‘‘Weather’’. DOCUMENTS: Customs and Immigration: The Master of the Offtake MAX. SIZE: Offtake Vessels between 25,000 d.w.t. and 150,000 d.w.t. Vessel is required to complete the ‘‘Ship’s Report of Impending Arrival’’ only can be accommodated at the Facility. Maximum displacement and ensure its fax transmission to the Joint Authority’s Darwin Office tonnage is 175,000 tonnes. (Fax: (61-8) 8981-7365) at least 48 hours before the arrival of the vessel HEALTH: To secure the health and safety of persons at work in Area ‘A’, at the Terminal. consistent with the Regulations provided under Article 37 of the Documents sent to the Joint Authority shall also be copied to the ship’s Petroleum Mining Code, a request for Pratique (Health Clearance) fax Agents at Darwin who will in turn forward to Phillips (91-12) Jakarta. message should reach the Joint Authority’s Darwin Office (Fax: (61-8) The Joint Authority Inspector attending the loading of the Offtake 89-817365) no more than 24 hours, and no less than 12 hours, before Vessel will complete the ‘‘Certificate of Clearance’’ by signing and arrival, consistent with the format set out below. The Offtake Vessel stamping this Certificate, once loading of the Offtake Vessel is Master should sign and date the message. completed, before the Offtake Vessel leaves the Terminal. Documents sent to the Joint Authority shall also be copied to the ship’s Notes: Agents at Darwin who will in turn forward to Phillips (91-12), Jakarta. (a) The provision of this information to the Joint Authority is required Please answer in the prescribed order the questions as set out below, as a prerequisite to the Joint Authority giving approval for the answering ‘‘Nil’’ where appropriate. Incorrect answers could cause entry of the Offtake Vessel into Area ‘A’ of the Zone of unnecessary delay to the loading of your vessel, and any costs incurred Co-operation. to the Operators shall be to the Offtake Vessel’s account. (b) The Joint Authority Inspector in attendance may request additional Question Answer documentation, and will provide forms as appropriate. (1) Name, type and nationality of Offtake Vessel. (c) The Joint Authority Inspector retains the right to board the Offtake (2) Where from and departure date? Vessel for inspection, and at the discretion of the Master of the (3) Where bound and ETA first port? Offtake Vessel, the Joint Authority Inspector is to be provided with (4) Details of any communicable disease or illness or death accommodation and mess facilities. onboard since sailing. (d) Any crew, passengers or goods on the Offtake Vessel entering (5) If the vessel is entering in ballast, the following Area ‘A’ shall not enter other vessels or structures in Area ‘A’, declaration is required and pages 1 and 2 of the AQIS including ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ FPSO, without prior fax or other Ballast Water Reporting Form returned to your vessel’s written approval of the Joint Authority. Agents (Not reproduced). (e) In the event, crew, passengers or goods from the Offtake Vessel (a) Exchanged ballast water at sea during the voyage enter other vessels or structures in Area ‘A’, including ‘‘Modec and have recorded certification in the ship’s log Venture 1’’ FPSO, having received Joint Authority approval, the book of the time and co-ordinates when Contract Operator will notify Australian and Indonesian Customs reballasting occurred; or by fax message that such entry occurred, attaching a copy of the (b) Certification that the area where ballasting took Joint Authority approval for such entry. place is free from toxic dinoflagelates. IMO/ISM: All Offtake Vessels shall be in compliance with IMO/ISM The Terminal reserves the right to take samples of requirements and shall be required to provide copies of their certification ballast for analysis to confirm that the declaration is to the Joint Authority before the vessel is cleared to enter Area ‘A’. accurate. Reference Documents: Visiting Offtake Vessels shall be aware of the RADIO: Advice of Arrival: Incoming Offtake Vessels shall advise the Oil Companies’ International Marine Forum (OCIMF) publication Offtake Co-ordinator Jakarta, EEPL Operations Manager Jakarta and ‘‘Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at the Facility of their ETA 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours before intended Single Point Moorings’’, and shall be fitted with the appropriateequipment arrival and give the following information: in accordance with these recommendations. (1) Name of vessel and radio call sign. Offtake Vessel Safety Check: On arrival at the Facility, the Offtake (2) Inmarsat identification number and which satellite in use. Vessel shall undergo a safety check by the Facility Operator. The Offtake (3) Arrival draft and trim. Vessel Safety Check List used to perform the safety check is based on (4) Master’s name for documentation purposes. the Ship/Shore Safety Check List from the International Safety Guide ETA should be confirmed or varied, as appropriate, 24 hours before for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT). The Terminal Conditions arrival. provide that the Facility may refuse to allow the Offtake Vessel to berth Requirement to Complete Vessel Questionnaire: The Operator of the or may order the Offtake Vessel away from the berth, or otherwise Offtake Vessel shall have completed the Offtake Vessel Questionnaire, suspend or terminate provision or performance of services to the Offtake including the Forecastle Plan (Not reproduced) and transmitted to the Vessel if at any time the Offtake Vessel fails to meet the relevant safety Phillips Petroleum Offtake Co-ordinator Jakarta. The Offtake Vessel standards. Operator is obliged to provide answers to all questions before being The Master of Offtake Vessels shall have completed the Ship to Shore cleared to visit the Facility. It is imperative that if at any time the Master/Pilot Exchange Form, which shall be available to the Terminal particulars given in those answers should be seen to be inaccurate or Pilot before mooring commences. should change in any respects, the Phillips Petroleum Offtake Note: The documents mentioned above have not been reproduced. Co-ordinator Jakarta, EEPL Operations Manager Jakarta and the ARRIVAL: Arrival Conditions: The vessel shall arrive at the Terminal Operations Supervisor of the Facility shall be notified forthwith in writing. with all crude oil cargo tanks and clean ballast tanks (CBT) (if any) Without prejudice to any other consequence of such inaccuracy or inerted, and the inert gas system shall be operable while the vessel is change, failure to so notify and to provide all necessary details relating at the Terminal. EEPL may check the condition of the vessel’s tanks at thereto may cause delay at the Facility. any time. If the system fails or the tank pressure or atmosphere is outside Radio Communication with ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’: ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ has industry accepted limits, as per recommendations contained in the radio communication hours of 0700 hrs. – 1900 hrs. local time lastest ISGOTT edition, the vessel shall be unmoored from the Terminal, (2130-0930 GMT). and all and any costs incurred shall be to the Vessel Owner’s account. Call sign: S6TH. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 169 AUSTRALIA Inmarsat ‘M’ numbers: SOLAS and MARPOL Requirements: Offtake Vessels shall comply with Primary System: Tel: (873) 761-799-518 latest SOLAS and MARPOL conventions and protocols. Tankers found Fax: (873) 761-799-520 deficient and substandard in any safety requirements shall be refused Secondary system: Tel/Fax: (872) or (873) 761-952-247 permission to berth and load. Inmarsat ‘C’ number: Telex: (582/583) 456-461-310 Watch: A qualified Officer(s) with the authority to manoeuvre the main ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ is on the Indian Ocean or Pacific Ocean Inmarsat, engines shall be available at all times to proceed to the bridge depending on conditions. Incoming Offtake Vessels may communicate immediately when required for the period the Offtake Vessel is made with the Facility, which shall listen between 2130 hrs. – 0930 hrs. GMT fast. Reliable radio communciations shall be established and maintained on VHF Channel 16 and Channel 8. at all times between the Pilot on duty and the Offtake Vessel’s bridge. Also see ‘‘Health’’. All communications shall be in English, and the qualified Officer be fluent VHF: The Facility shall use VHF Channel 8 as a working frequency. in that language. Also see ‘‘Radio’’. Inert Gas: Offtake tankers intending to load at the Terminal shall ensure MOORING: After the Offtake Vessel has passed inspection by the Pilots, that the inert gas content of the tanks shall have an oxygen content not and the Terminal Conditions have been signed by the Offtake Vessel’s exceeding 8%. The Terminal inspection will include a test to verify the Master, the pilotage operation shall commence. inert atmosphere of the cargo tanks. The Pilot will fully test the operations of the engine and the steering Closed Loading: Only the ‘‘Closed Loading’’ method of loading is allowed gear before commencement of approach to the Terminal. at the Terminal. Ullage ports may be opened for short periods to allow The Pilot shall bring the Offtake Vessel to a position astern of the sampling/ullaging, provided the ISGOTT recommended procedures are Facility, when the mooring hawser shall be secured. The mooring hawser followed. Venting must be either through mast riser or hi-velocity vents shall be transferred to the Offtake Vessel either by the Facility’s work fitted with flame arrestors. Tank pressure should be such that there is boat or by pneumatic line throwing equipment which will be used to sufficient flow through the vents to minimise the build up of hydrocarbons establish initial contact using a 5 mm. messenger line. on deck. The mooring operations are the responsibility of the crew of the Offtake Control of the Transfer Operations: The Facility shall control the transfer Vessel acting under the direction of the Pilot on the Offtake Vessel’s of oil in a manner and at a rate mutually agreed between the Facility forecastle. and the Master of the Offtake Vessel. Initially, the rate will be at an Also see ‘‘Plan’’. agreed low rate until it is established that all systems are normal. It shall Mooring Equipment: Winches used to handle moorings shall be capable be the responsibility of the Offtake Vessel’s Officers and personnel to of lifting at least 15 tonnes. The bow windlass or winch that will be used monitor the loading of oil into their cargo tanks and the discharge of their for mooring shall be capable of picking up the mooring hawser and ballast. chafing chain which will have a combined weight of not more than Suspension of the Transfer: The Facility shall halt transfer operations 3.2 tonnes. When assessing the capabilities of the windlass/winch, when: allowance should be made for the efficiency loss due to friction, and (a) Radio communication between the Facility and the Offtake Vessel change of direction of the mooring messenger line between the bow is lost. Panama lead and the windlass/winch. The drum shall have a good (b) Instructed to do so by the Offtake Vessel. hauling lead from the Panama lead directed through the chain stopper (c) The emergency alarms sound on either the Facility or the Offtake in order to retrieve the hawser and chafing chains. The windlass/winch Vessel. shall have one drum empty, capable of accepting a 150 m. ␺ 72 mm. (d) Any other emergency situation concerning the Facility, the Offtake messenger line, on arrival at the Facility. Vessel or floating hose occurs. Under no circumstances shall the drum end be used to heave in the (e) Weather conditions exceed safety limits or electrical storms are in mooring system. A winch barrel only is acceptable. the vicinity. Engines on Stand-By: For the complete period the Offtake Vessel is (f) Loss of the static tow. made fast, it shall be ready to respond to requests for engine movements Action to be Taken in the Event of an Emergency: The Emergency immediately. The Offtake Vessel may be required to run its main engines Signals shall be agreed between the FPSO and the Offtake Vessel at astern on low engine revolutions for the duration of the offtake. the time of completing the Check List. Offtake Vessels shall be required to operate their engines astern to The Facility has in place an Emergency Response Plan which is prevent creeping up on the Facility or jackknifing when required. All co-ordinated with the Jakarta Operations and Darwin Logistics Base. engine movements should be made with due care. Through this plan, shore based emergency support can be activated and If for any reason there is a main engine failure, the Pilots and the controlled. Facility Operations Supervisor shall be informed immediately. If an emergency occurs, cargo and ballast operations shall Static Tow: A supply boat may be used to assist in maintaining immediately be shut down. separation between the Offtake Vessel and the Facility. A supply boat, As stated in the Terminal Conditions, the Offtake Vessel’s Master is if so used, shall undertake a static tow operation for the duration of the responsible for the Offtake Vessel at all times. In an emergency situation offtake. Its tow line shall be made fast to the stern of the Offtake Vessel on the Facility, the Facility Offtake Installation Manager (OIM) or when the Offtake Vessel is stationary and lined up for approach and Operations Supervisor shall inform the Offtake Vessel’s Master of the some 2 nautical miles distant from the Facility. The supply boat, if so situation and advise of actions the Offtake Vessel should take. If an used, should operate under the direction of the Pilots. However, the emergency situation arises on the Offtake Vessel, the Offtake Vessel’s Master of the Offtake Vessel shall always be ultimately responsible for Master shall immediately inform the Pilots and Facility of the situation all operations. and the actions being taken. MEDICAL: Medical and dental services are not available at the Facility. Departure after Berthing and Early Departure Procedures: At the In emergencies, medical evacuation by helicopter to Darwin can be completion of the transfer of cargo, approximately 6 hours are required arranged, which may take 6 hours from time of activation until the for the finalisation of figures, and the completion of all documentation casualty is in hospital. before the Offtake Vessel is cleared for sailing. However, an Early HOSES: Connection of Hose: After the mooring hawser has been made Departure Procedure is preferred for operational and safety reasons, fast, the work boat will pull the end of the floating hose to the Offtake and is as follows: Vessel’s port side. The hose end will then be lifted onboard using a crane or derrick and connected to the Offtake Vessel’s port side manifold. The Offtake Vessel’s Master provides written authorisation to the The connection of the hose is the responsibility of the Offtake Vessel’s Offtake Vessel’s Agent to sign all necessary documentation. crew, under the guidance of the Pilot. The quantity of cargo loaded is computed initially by the Operator The hose end connection is a 16 in. Camlock quick-release coupling using oil sales metered volume and a provisional density figure. A sample and will fit standard 16 in. ANSI 150 flanges. is transferred from the Facility to the Offtake Vessel. The floating hose The floating hose is fitted with a self-sealing breakaway coupling. shall be disconnected and the mooring hawser slipped. The Surveyor Manifold reducers to suit the above should be supplied by the Offtake shall complete his/her figures on the Offtake Vessel and then return to Vessel. the Facility with the Pilots and the Agent. The Offtake Vessel is then Also see ‘‘Plan’’. released from any further obligations at the Terminal and may commence CARGO OPERATIONS: Elang Crude Oil Characteristics: its voyage. Density at 15␥C: 0.7555 After departure of the vessel, a final density, sediment and water API Gravity: 55.5 content of the cargo shall be determined by the Operator. After this Viscosity at 20␥C: 1.310 cst. determination, the Operator shall inform the Offtake Vessel of gross and ␥ Pour Point: ␤51␥C net cargo (gross cargo less base sediment and water at 15 C) quantity Reid Vapour Pressure: 54.75 kPa (7.95 psi) loaded. The Offtake Vessel should advise means of communication, Crude Oil Temperature Range: 26 – 35␥C preferably fax. The net quantity shall be introduced on the Bill of Lading Sulphur Content: 0.03% in the designated ‘‘Precise Quantity Report’’ section and signed for by The properties listed above are indicative only and no warranty is given the Operator and by the Offtake Vessel’s Agent on behalf of the Offtake for the quality of the crude. The Material Safety Data Sheet of the crude Vessel’s Master. shall be supplied by the Pilot at the Facility. Rejection and Termination: If EEPL, Phillips Petroleum or the Offtake Notice of Readiness: The Notice of Readiness from arriving Offtake Installation Manager (OIM) of the Facility form the opinion that the Offtake Vessels shall not be accepted until they are 2 nautical miles from the Vessel is unsuitable for any reason, the EEPL, Phillips Petroleum or the Facility and until they are in all respects ready to load in accordance OIM of the Facility shall have the right to refuse to moor the Offtake with the Terminal Handbook and Terminal Conditions. Vessel or terminate the provision of any services, including loading of Manifold Equipment: Offtake Vessels shall have manifolds and oil to the Offtake Vessel at any time prior to its arrival at the Facility or associated offtake equipment conforming to OCIMF standards and a whilst at the Facility, as the case may be. All and any cost incurred by manifold derrick or crane rated at 10 tonnes SWL as a minimum. the Offtake Vessel by such a rejection or termination shall be to the Given the particular requirements of the Facility, Offtake Vessels Offtake Vessel’s Owner’s account (as defined in the Terminal should ensure that their mooring arrangements and equipment are Conditions). checked for suitability and can comply in all respects with the Terminal All Services – Terminal Conditions: All services provided or performed requirements before finalisation of charter arrangements and before by EEPL personnel before, during and after offtake are provided and arrival at a Facility. Failure to comply in all respects with these performed strictly subject to the terms and conditions as set out in the requirements could result in difficulties and delays at the Facility, all and Terminal Handbook and Terminal Conditions. any costs so incurred shall be to the Offtake Vessel Owner’s (as defined Tank Entry: Tank washing and tank entry is not permitted within the in the Terminal Conditions) account. Terminal limits.

170 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA BALLAST: Deballasting Operations: The Offtake Vessel shall not GENERAL: Supplies and Services: The remote deep-sea location of the commence deballasting operations without prior consultation with, and Facility severely limits the provision of services. Offtake Vessels should the agreement from the Facility Operations Supervisor. ensure that they carry supplies adequate for a return journey. Also see ‘‘Documents’’. Fees, Charges and Liability in Respect of Services: (a) A nominal charge shall be made for berthing services supplied by the Facility. This cost is currently U.S.$20,000, but subject to POLLUTION: Dirty Ballast, Slops or Refuse: Dirty ballast, slops and periodic review and may be varied without prior notification. refuse cannot be accepted at any Facility, and under no circumstances (b) All services provided or performed by EEPL in connection with can dirty ballast, slops or refuse be discharged to the sea. loading from the Facility (whether on board the Offtake Vessel or Pollution Liability: The Owner of the Offtake Vessel or Bareboat otherwise) are provided and performed strictly subject to the Charterer shall be a member of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Terminal Conditions. Before any services are provided or performed by EEPL, the Master of the Offtake Vessel shall be Federation Limited (ITOPF) or INTERTANKO and have insurance required to confirm its agreement to accept, observe, perform and covering liabilities under the International Convention of Civil Liabilities comply with the Terminal Conditions. In signing a copy of these for Oil Pollution Damage 1969 and 1992 protocols; the cargo to be loaded Terminal Conditions, the Master shall also be held to have signed shall be covered by the International Convention on the Establishment for and on behalf of the Offtake Vessel Owners (as defined in the of International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage 1992 Terminal Conditions). or equivalent. Owner of the Offtake Vessel shall have in place maximum Visitors to the Facility: Because of the limited capacity of scheduled (currently U.S.$700 million) P&I Club Insurance for oil pollution liability. flights, the difficulties in arranging extra flights and the severe Offtake Vessels shall be covered by a current ITF Certificate or accommodation constraints onboard the Facility, the attendance of equivalent. visitors is not normally possible. Pollution Control: ‘‘Modec Venture 1’’ holds a small quantity of dispersant Visitors to the Facility require Zone of Co-operation Joint Authority for pollution control. Subject to call-out delay, a helicopter may be called approval. Customs, Department of Transport Officers, independent out to dispense dispersant, should it be necessary. surveyors, ship’s Agents, buyers’ representatives and any others Without derogating from the Terminal Conditions liability for any intending to visit should inform the Phillips Petroleum Operations pollution caused by oil which has passed the Offtake Vessel’s permanent Manager (91-12) at least 5 days before scheduled arrival of the Offtake hose connection will be for the account of, and recoverable from, the Vessel. Earlier advice would be appreciated. Offtake Vessel Owners (as defined in the Terminal Conditions). Accommodation on Offtake Vessels: Offtake Vessels shall also be Offtake Vessel shall comply fully with all releveant provisions of the required to provide accommodation, where available, for all or any of MARPOL Convention. the following people for the duration of offtake: 2 Pilots from the Facility. Independent Surveyor. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Firefighting: The Facility has only firefighting Customs Officers. equipment required for its own purposes. It can give no aid to Offtake Shipping Agent. Vessels in the event of fire. Phillips Petroleum/EEPL Management Representative. No Smoking Policy: It is a Terminal requirement that all Offtake Vessels have in place and comply with a No Smoking Policy for the period that REPAIRS: Repairs are not permitted whilst an Offtake Vessel is moored the Offtake Vessel is within the Cautionary Zone of the Facility. Such a to a Facility. No Smoking Policy shall accord to the OCIMF guidelines. The carrying Under no circumstances are the main engines to be disabled for any of matches and cigarette lighters on the open deck shall be prohibited. period to time. Drug and Alcohol Policy: It is a Terminal requirement that all Offtake No Hot Work Policy: It is a Terminal requirement that no Offtake Vessel Vessels have in place and comply with a Drug and Alcohol Policy that conduct any hot work anywhere on the Vessel at any time the Offtake accords to the OCIMF guidelines. Such action in not complying with this Vessel is within the Facility’s Cautionary Zone. requirement could result in the Offtake Vessel being rejected for further This prohibition covers all types of hot work and includes, but is not liftings from any Facility operated by EEPL in the future. limited, to the prohibition of the use of welding equipment, cutting and It is an EEPL requirement that under no circumstances shall any grinding equipment, blow torches, soldering equipment and naked lights alcohol or prohibited substances be consumed by any EEPL personnel (except as permitted by the No Smoking Policy). This prohibition extends for any reason at any time. EEPL requests that Offtake Vessels to and includes such operations in the engine room. personnel also observe and respect this operating requirement whilst the Offtake Vessel is made fast to the Facility. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Offtake Vessel’s Master from Electronic Equipment: The use of electronic cameras, video equipment undertaking an action required for the safety of the Offtake Vessel or its or any other portable electronic device on the open deck is prohibited. personnel. The Pilot shall be notified of the intention to undertake such Swimming: Swimming or diving from the Offtake Vessel is prohibited. an action requiring the use of hot work. Fishing: No fishing shall be permitted from the Offtake Vessel within the Cautionary Zone. TIME: GMT plus 9.5 hours. AUTHORITY: Operator: Modec Inc., 25th Floor, Mid Plaza 2, Jln. Jend Sudirman, Kav. 10-11, Jakarta 10220, Indonesia. Contact: Operations Manager, Modec Jakarta (Tel: ␣62 (21) 570-7622. WEATHER: Prevailing winds are Southerly from May to October. The Fax: ␣62 (21) 570-0084). Operations Manager, Offtake Co-ordinator, wet season is during the Summer months, November to April, and at Phillips Petroleum (91-12), Jakarta (Tel: ␣62 (21) 251-5242. Fax: ␣62 that time the prevailing winds are N.W. (21) 570-7676). During the Summer months, the Timor Sea is subject to occasional cyclones. In January and February in particular, weather conditions and sea states may prevent mooring or loading for periods of up to a few days. MOURILYAN, Queensland: 17.36 S. 146.08 E. Inclement Weather Mooring/Unmooring: The weather conditions and (See Plan) forecasts are closely monitored before the arrival of the Offtake Vessel and during the actual offtake. In the event of deteriorating weather PORT LIMITS: Mourilyan Harbour, the area to the West of a line joining conditions or the approach of a cyclone, berthing may be delayed or if Hall Point and the outer extremity of the North Head. The port is located an Offtake Vessel is already moored and the Offtake Vessel may be 90 km. South of Cairns. unmoored in a timely manner. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. For berthing operations, the limiting significant wave height is 1.8 m. ARRIVAL: Requirement for vessels in ballast; minimum forward draft to For Offtake Vessels already moored, the design limits for the hawser be 2% of overall length, minimum after draft – propeller immersed. Draft will be approached when the significant wave height reaches 2.8 m. and to be notified to Agent in arrival telegram. winds reach 36 knots. APPROACHES: The Approach Channel has depth 9.6 m. The recommended criteria for when Offtake Vessels should be PILOTAGE: Order Pilot through Agent, as early as possible. Confirm unmoored is: through Agent or direct to Duty Pilot, Cairns. Pilot vessel, located in (i) Three occurrences of a peak mooring hawser tension greater than Mourilyan Harbour, watches on VHF Channel 16 when vessel expected 100 tonnes force within one hour. to berth (Channels 12, 8, 14 and 6 available). Pilot vessel white with (ii) A single occurrence of a peak mooring hawser tension greater orange cabin and blue trim. Pilot boards 2 miles East of harbour entrance. than 150 tonnes force. Approved pilot ladder and good lee required, not accommodation ladder. The Facility Operations Supervisor shall have absolute discretion to Vessels awaiting Pilot anchor in boarding position above, good holding. determine: Leading beacons – in line 270␥ T, showing fixed red neon. Entrance (1) The suitability of weather conditions for berthing operations to be beacons flashing – red port, green starboard. conducted. Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great (2) The suitability of weather conditions for offtake operations to be Barrier Reef to Torres Strait and also Grafton Passage is conducted by continued. This does not in any way derogate from the Offtake licensed pilots available from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots Vessel Master’s responsibility for the safety of the Offtake Vessel and Queensland Coastal Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for and other responsibilities as defined in the Terminal Conditions. details. If the Offshore Installation Manager on the advice of the Facility Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at Operations Supervisor considers weather conditions to be unsuitable for Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East mooring the Offtake Vessel and carrying out a safe transfer operation, Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. he shall declare the ‘‘port closed’’ until such time as the prevailing RESTRICTIONS: Berthing takes place for most vessels at or near slack weather conditions and weather forecast indicate that it is safe to carry water, day or night. Large vessels berthed during daylight only. On Spring out the operations. This communication will be done verbally and tides, entry restricted to at or near slack water. No turbine-powered followed by fax confirmation. vessels accepted. Night-time sailings permitted. Vessels entering or leaving – Forward draft not to be less than 2% of overall length and propeller to be immersed. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 171 AUSTRALIA MAX. SIZE: LOA 185 m. and beam 32 m., draft 10.5 m. or LOA 175 m. Certificate of Pratique. and beam 32.2 m. Ship’s Articles. Berth depth 10 m. Passports/Identity Documents for all crew members. Draft Arrival: Limited by swing basin, maximum depth 7.1 m. less 0.6 m. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. keel clearance, all vessels swing and berth port side to main wharf. PILOTAGE: Compulsory. As much notice as possible through Maritime Draft Departure: Limited by entrance depth of 8.53 m. less 0.91 m. keel Radio, Sydney (VIS), amending 2 hours prior arrival. Amendment clearance. through VHF Channel 9, to Harbour Control. Telegraphic address Also see ‘‘Approaches’’. ‘‘Marboard’’. Pilot vessel painted high-visibility orange, ‘‘Pilots’’ on HEALTH: See ‘‘Pilotage’’ and ‘‘Melbourne’’. deck-house in black paint. TUGS: 2 tugs stationed at Mourilyan. Tug usually required for unberthing. Pilot Boarding Ground: Vessels will be advised on VHF Channel 9 by Tug normally pushing or using tug’s lines, no extra charge. the Vessel Traffic Information Centre (VTIC), but will normally be BERTHING: Ships always berth port side to at Mourilyan. One sugar 125␥␺3.5 miles from Nobbys Head Light. and molasses berth, length 193 m. depth 10.0 m. LWOST. A good lee from swell and a speed of 6 knots is required. Ladder to BULK CARGO FACILITIES: be 2.0 m. above water with manropes. Sugar: Mobile gantry loader. Loading rate 1,900 t.p.h. Storage shed Pilots may be transferred by helicopter or cutter. Helicopter contact 175,000 tons. Maximum reach from fender face 14.3 m. Maximum made on VHF Channel 6. operating air draft above L.W.D. 16.2 m. Ballasted Vessels: All vessels in lightship condition, navigating within Molasses: Single pipeline. Loading rate 350 t.p.h. Storage capacity the port shall be ballasted and trimmed to ensure, where practicable, 28,000 tons. that the propeller is fully immersed and total trim should not exceed 1% STEVEDORES: No waterside workers employed. Normal ETA advices of the vessel’s overall length. to Agents for arrangement of bulk-loading staff. Slack Water Inward Movements: The Harbour Master has advised that MEDICAL: Hospital facilities available, Port Health Doctor also general when two inward vessels are programmed on the one tide, the first vessel practitioner. must present itself 3 miles due East of Nobby’s Signal Station within DENSITY: Usually 1024 – 1027 irrespective of tide. After heavy rains, 10 minutes of the due Pilot Boarding time. Failure to meet this particularly January-April, considerable freshening occurs to 1008. requirement, which may result in the second vessel facing lengthy FRESH WATER: Good water readily available, shore hoses from wharf delays, by missing the tide, may prompt the Harbour Master to provide face. Approx. 25 t.p.h. capacity. $1.00 per 1,000 litres. services to the second vessel. Owners should ensure that Masters are FUEL: Limited quantities of fuel oil and diesel oil available by road-tanker. aware of this requirement. CONSULS: None. Coastal and Reef Pilotage: See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. REPAIRS: No major facilities available. Most types of welding, light ANCHORAGES: No anchorage off the port is recommended for all machinery, and pipe-fitting can be arranged. Technicians can usually be weathers. However, a fair weather anchorage may be found South of a obtained for radar, etc., with advance notice by radio to Agents. line 127␥ from Nobbys Head Light. A good anchor watch should be GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not normally required. maintained and main engines should not be dismantled whilst at anchor. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Worked by crew. Weather conditions may deteriorate in a very short period. During CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Southerly weather, sea and swell conditions may become confused. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Vessels at anchor should weigh and proceed to sea until the weather CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. moderates. REPATRIATION: Possible. RESTRICTIONS: Entrance Channel dredged to 15.2 m. ISLW – A AIRPORT: Nearest airport at Cairns, 110 km. Regular flights available. minimum keel clearance of 10% draft required. Certain berths within port TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. may only be worked during slack water or early ebb tide. Vessels over HOLIDAYS: Various national, state and local holidays. Cargo usually 250 m. navigate in daylight only (inward). worked on all holidays except Christmas Day. MAX. SIZE: Max. d.w.t. for bulk cargo vessels dependent on 10% under POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Ring 000 on shore public telephone. keel clearance on entry or departure. TELEPHONES: No telephone aboard. PWCS Carrington Coal Terminal: Max. d.w.t. 180,000 tonnes, SHORE LEAVE: Not normally restricted. Distance to nearest township max. length 300 m., max. beam 47 m., max. draft 15.2 m. plus tide less (Mourilyan) 10 km., to Innisfail 17 km. No public transport services from 1/11th to provide 10% under keel clearance. Depth in loading basin harbour. 16.5 m. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. E.g. With a tide of 1.2 m., max. draft is 14.92 m. (tidal range this port GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. 0 m. – 2.1 m.). WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. PWCS Kooragang Coal Terminal: Max. d.w.t. 232,000 tonnes, SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. max. LOA 300 m., max. beam 50 m. Max. draft see ‘‘PWCS Carrington’’ DELAYS: Awaiting daylight or tide or, exceptionally, awaiting vacancy above. of berth or moderation of weather. No delays usually in loading. HEALTH: Refer to ‘‘Melbourne’’. GENERAL: Port normally used only for export of sugar and molasses. Newcastle is a first port of entry for quarantine purposes for the coast Deadweight (cargo on board on arrival) restrictions may apply to certain of New South Wales (See page 266 of Sailing Directions). There are no classes of vessel. Agents will advise details if applicable. quarantine anchorages in the Port and vessels proceed directly AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, alongside a berth for quarantine examination. Masters of vessels are to Brisbane 4001, Queensland, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. ensure that no persons board or land from their vessel until Free Pratique FAX: ␣61 (7) 3224-7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au is granted. Contact: Brad Fish, Chief Executive Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 8728. VHF: Contact signal station on VHF. Normal VHF watch held on Channel Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 7234. Email: [email protected]). Gary Campbell, 9, Channels 6, 8, 72 and 77 also available. Communications Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 Also see ‘‘Sydney’’ and ‘‘Radar’. 7234. Email: [email protected]). Regional Harbour Master RADAR: Nobbys Head Signal Station equipped with radar. Max. range (Cairns): Captain A. Boath. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052 7412. Fax: ␣61 (7) 64.0 miles. 4052 7451. TUGS: Tugs usually come alongside shortly after entering breakwater. Tug’s lines available for use. 4 tugs, 40-48 tonne bollard pull. BERTHING: See ‘‘Restrictions’’. Depth at NEWCASTLE, N.S.W.: 32.55 S. 151.48 E. (See Plan) Berth Length I.S.L.W. Remarks Name No. (m.) (m.) PORT LIMITS: To seaward, all waters enclosed by a radius of 3 miles Western Basin 3 245 11.6 Grain, 4␺1,000 t.p.h. from Nobbys Lighthouse. Vessels are prohibited from anchoring in the Movable loading heads. following area: ␥ Silo 6,200,000 bushels. Within the area enclosed by an imaginary line 057 from the green 4 258 11.6 Continuation of No. 3. light on the outer extremity of the Northern Breakwater and a line ␥ General cargo. 35 tonne 127 from the red light on the Southern Breakwater to the positions where gantry crane also available. both these imaginary lines meet the arc of a circle of 3 nautical miles Stern ramp at Northern end distant with the navigation light of Nobbys Head as its centre. of berth. DOCUMENTS: The Master is required to present the following Eastern Basin 1 350 11.6* Berth length with dolphins documents to the Customs Boarding Officer: 2 134 500 m. *Depth 11.6 m. for 2 Crew Lists. 46 m. width. Depth in 3 Passenger Lists. approaches 13.1 m. Used 1 Previous Ports of Call List. for timber imports, general List of Customable Articles owned by or in possession of Master cargo. Stacking area 4 ha. and Crew (Form 5, Part One, Part Two). Warehouse 4,000 sq.m. Stores List (Form 5, Part Four). Redevelopment underway. Last Port Clearance. Channel Berth 4 300 8.5 Waiting berth – water, light International Currency Transfer Report (Form 15) (carrying 10,000 and power available at or more into or out of Australia). berth. Shipmaster’s Bond (Required if Animals on Board). Dyke Berth 1 238 12.8 Tie-up. The following documents are required for sighting by the Customs Dyke Berth 2 238 12.8 Bulk zinc and lead Boarding Officer: concentrate. Loading head – Load Line Certificate. 1,200 tonnes per hour. Safety Radio Certificate. PWCS Carrington 4-5 558 16.5 Coal loading berths in Safety Equipment Certificate. Steelworks Channel. 3 Safety Construction Certificate. loading heads, loading rate Oil Pollution Prevention Certifcate. 2,500 tonnes per hour each. International Tonnage Certificate. 1,000,000 tonnes stockpile Australian Commonwealth Receipt for Light Dues and Marine Oil capacity. Pollution Levy. 6 — — Coal Transhipment Berth.

172 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Depth at Berthing: Port side to. Berth Length I.S.L.W. Remarks Dredged length at berth face:976.0 m. Name No. (m.) (m.) Berth lengths: Kooragang Island 2 183 11.6 Cement, fertiliser, K4 311.0 m. phosphate, sulphur. Located K5 315.0 m. 2 miles up river – part of K6 350.0 m. ‘‘Kooragang Reclamation Berth structure: Reinforced concrete steel piles. Open Scheme’’. Bulk discharge deck layout. and loading. 2 ship Fenders: Bridgestone super cell. unloaders, rate 650 t.p.h. Mooring system: Quick-release hooks. each. One woodchip loading Largest Vessel To-Date: ‘‘Iron Pacific’’ 231,851 d.w.t. gantry also available with Largest Cargo: ‘‘Iron Pacific’’ 183,904 tonnes. conveyor system to Number of shiploaders: 3 adjacent woodchip Max. number of shiploaders stockpile. 22,500 tonne per vessel: 1 multi-cell silo. Outreach: 55.0 m. (coal fall). 3 190 13.5 2␺500 t.p.h. vacuum Travel distance: 819.0 m. unloaders for alumina and Shiploader capacity (each): 10,500 t.p.h. petroleum coke. Dolphins Max. shiploading capacity: 10,000 t.p.h. North and South giving total Nominal loading capacity: 4,700 t.p.h. distance of 316 m. Annual Loading Capacity: 52 million tonnes. PWCS Kooragang 4 311 16.5 Kooragang Coal Loader. Annual Throughput: 43.6 million tonnes. 5 315 3␺10,500 t.p.h. coal 6 350 loaders. Coal loading head. Rate 8,000 – 10,500 t.p.h. Inbound Materials Handling System: KSR 72 7.0 Kooragang Ship Receival Rail 2␺6,600 t.p.h. Berth. Coal transhipment Stockyard Capacity: 2.5 million tonnes berth. (2␺2,500 m.␺56 m.). Steelworks Wharves: Location of former BHP Steelworks. Proposed redevelopment as Multi-Purpose Terminal. A liquid pitch loading system is also located at Berth No. 6. Stockyard Equipment: The channel leading to the Steelworks Wharves is 12.8 m. I.S.L.W. Reclaiming 2␺8,000 t.p.h. Facilities at Wharves: Water, telephones and shore power are available Stacking 13,200 t.p.h. at most wharves in the Port. A Port Corporation Patrol Officer meets all Special Services/Facilities: Two bottom dump rail receival vessels berthing. stations. Inbound and outbound BULK CARGO FACILITIES: sampling. Stockpile blending (cone PORT WARATAH COAL SERVICES LIMITED: crescent). Contact: Planning Department. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4969-0361. Fax: ␣61 (2) Future Developments: Stage 3 Expansion: To be completed 4969-0372. Telex: AA28288. Email: [email protected] by September 2001. To increase total WWW: www.pwcs.com.au PWCS annual capacity to 89 million PWCS Carrington: tonnes. Berth Dimensions and Constraints: Third stacking conveyor Berth alignment: 175␥T (6,600 t.p.h.). Number of berths: 2 Third rail receival station Dredged depth: 16.5 m. (6,600 t.p.h.). Max. sailing draft: 15.74 m. (tide restricted, minimum Third stockpile pad (1.2 km. long, UKC 0.3 m.). 0.5 million tonnes capacity). Max. LOA: 300 m. Third shiploading conveyor stream Max. beam: 47.0 m. and shiploader (10,500 t.p.h.). Vessel size range: 20,000 – 180,000 d.w.t. Maximum airdraft: 18.5 m. (measured from Chart GUIDELINES FOR VESSEL LOADING PLANS FOR COAL Datum). White horizontal band on shiploaders. LOADING AT PORT WARATAH COAL SERVICES LIMITED. Berthing: Starboard side to. 1. Pre-Arrival Requirements/Planning: Vessels are requested to submit Dredged length at berth face:615.0 m. a Coal Loading Plan at least 7 days prior to ETA. This should address Berth structure: Reinforced concrete steel piles. Open the following: deck layout. (1.1) All first passes within a hold should be as large as possible, Fenders: Bridgestone super cell. rounded to the nearest thousand tonne (’000) where possible, Mooring system: Quick-release hooks and fixed unless completing the hold. bollards. (1.2) All first passes should be the same size, unless completing Largest Vessel To-Date: ‘‘Kaien’’ 182,212 d.w.t. holds. Largest Cargo: ‘‘Bright Century’’ 151,230 tonnes. (1.3) A maximum of two passes per hold plus two trim passes. Loading Facilities: (1.4) Coal types should be completed as a continuous sequence of Number of shiploaders: 3 passes. If this is impractical, the first coal type may be used Max. number of shiploaders as the completion coal type. per vessel: 2 Also refer to Section 3 of these Guidelines. Outreach: 29.2 m. (1.5) One draft survey at approximately 97% of coal to be loaded Travel distance: 490.0 m. prior to the two trim passes. Shiploader capacity (each): 2,500 t.p.h. (1.6) Trim passes shall be of one coal type. Max. shiploading capacity: 5,000 t.p.h. (1.7) The first trim pass is to be the larger of the two trim passes. Nominal loading capacity: (1.8) Departure drafts, expected departure tide and deballast time. 1 loader 1,750 t.p.h. If deballasting is unable to keep up with loading, then loading may 2 loaders 3,000 t.p.h. cease until the vessel is then able to resume loading until completion Annual Loading Capacity: 25 million tonnes. without further stoppages. PWCS shall be notified of any intended Annual Throughput: 25.7 million tonnes. deballast delays. PWCS may transfer loading operations to another Inbound Materials Handling System: vessel if the vessel intends to stop loading to continue deballasting. Rail 1␺4,000 t.p.h., 1␺4,600 t.p.h. PWCS may transfer loading operations to another vessel if in the Road 2,500 t.p.h. view of PWCS the delay cannot be explained and a resumption time Ship 2,500 t.p.h. cannot be given. Stockyard Capacity: 1 million tonnes (4␺1,000 m.␺40 m.). 2. Cargo Maximums and Minimums: Where vessel is contracted to Stockyard Equipment: carry a cargo maximum or minimum, whether it is individual coal Reclaiming 4␺2,500 t.p.h. type or total tonnage, it shall remain the responsibility of that vessel, Stacking 4␺2,500 t.p.h. in co-operation with the draft surveyor, to load in accordance with Special Services/Facilities: Two bottom dump rail receival that agreement and Section 1 of these Guidelines. PWCS will not stations. Inbound and outbound be accountable for tonnage differences when a vessel is contracted sampling. Stockpile blending (windrow to carry a cargo maximum or minimum cargo. stacking). 3. Dual Shiploader Loading at PWCS Carrington: Vessels loading at PWCS Kooragang: PWCS Carrington should, if practical, provide two Coal Loading Berth Dimensions and Constraints: Plans. One for single shiploader operation and one for dual Berth alignment: 111␥T shiploader operations. Panamax class vessels and larger should Number of berths: 3 allow for the potential of two shiploaders loading from commenced Dredged depth: 16.5 m. loading. The Terminal Representative will advise Handymax class Max. sailing draft: 15.74 m. (tide restricted, minimum vessels of the availability of a second shiploader prior to commenced UKC 0.3 m.). loading. Consideration will be given to deballast rates. Vessels Max. LOA: 300 m. loading multiple brands of coal should allow for a different coal type Max. beam: 50.0 m. from each shiploader. The hatch pass tonnages should be equal Maximum airdraft: 21.5 m. (measured from Chart and paired for dual shiploader operation. One shiploader will load Datum). Red horizontal band on the last 8,000 tonnes of any coal type depending on operational shiploaders. constraints. Trimming will occur with one shiploader unless Vessel size range: 40,000 – 232,000 d.w.t. otherwise agreed upon. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 173 AUSTRALIA 4. Review: PWCS will confirm agreement of the Coal Loading Plan DRY DOCKS: Floating Dock: A floating dock, operated by Forgacs is after reviewing it against these Guidelines and where available, the moored in Throsby Basin. This dock has a lifting capacity of vessel’s previous Coal Loading Plans. If in the last 3 days prior to 15,000 tonnes; length overall 195 m.; clear width of entrance 33.5 m.; loading, a sailing change (tide), coal availability and/or stockyard maximum draft of vessels is 8.5 m. Adjacent to the floating dock are conflict issue exists, PWCS may request the Master to amend the repair workshops and two patent slipways, one of 1,250 tons capacity Coal Loading Plan. PWCS will seek confirmation of final tonnages, and one of 300 ton capacity. loading sequence and sailing draft when advising Vessel Entered and Vessel Sailed times, of the Master 2 days prior to Vessel SURVEYORS: (1) Associated Marine Surveyors International, Cargo Berthed. Superintendents Co. (A’Asia) Pty.Ltd., A. Fowler and Associates, Griffith 5. Loading: PWCS will, in consultation with the Master/Cargo Officer, Australia Services Pty.Ltd, Newcastle Marine Surveys Pty. Ltd., agree to load and deliver the nominated tonnage that has been S.G.S. Australia Pty.Ltd., S.G. Webb & Co.Ltd. signed for on the Coal Loading Sequence and Deviation Statement (2) American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, Lloyd’s Register, in compliance with these Guidelines. Coal flow is planned to start Norske Veritas. 20 minutes after Vessel Berthed and when the vessel and the Germanischer Lloyd: N.S.Harper & Associates, 29 Elizabeth Parade, Terminal have agreed upon the Coal Loading Plan. Coal flow will Charlestown, NSW 2290 (P.O.Box 864). Tel: (02) 49 437325. be planned to be maintained at maximum flow rates or rates OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Dependent on type of cargo and hatch previously agreed at berthing. Coal in the conveyor system will be (coal, wheat, ship’s crews closing hatches). cleared at approximately 97% of coal to be loaded according to belt weightometer tonnages to allow for a draft survey. CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Any problems identified during the draft survey concerning vessel CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. trim are expected to be corrected with a maximum of 3 passes. After the 97% of coal loaded draft survey (interim draft survey), the vessel CARGO GEAR: No additional other than wire preventers to derrick will be Completed Loading when the trim tonnage called for by the heads if rope guys used. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Master after the draft survey is delivered to the vessel as determined REPATRIATION: Normal facilities available. by the Terminal belt Weightometers and is agreed upon by the Master. Final draft surveys are expected to be completed and the AIRPORT: Two, approximately 17 miles from city. Several flights daily vessel ready for sea prior to the earliest revised sailing time based to Sydney. on the first available Port movement after Complete Loading. The TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Terminal may deliver additional coal requested by the vessel after Complete Loading, provided that it does not interfere with other HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day; Good Friday; Labour Day; Picnic Day; vessel loading programs. No tonnage less than 200 tonnes will be Anzac Day are regarded as close holidays and waterside workers cannot supplied. be required to be worked on these days. On Boxing Day, New Year’s At the Carrington Terminal, coal cannot physically be delivered to Day, waterside workers will work on following classes of vessel only: the vessel in less than 20 minutes if the stockpile is located on the (a) Passenger ships to sail on schedule; (b) ships to finish and sail Western side of the stockyard. If the stockpile is located on the before next pick-up of labour; (c) marine casualties; (d) other vessels Eastern side of the stockyard, the minimum delivery time is which are agreed between employer and WWF branch officials in the 10 minutes, unless the shiploading conveyor system is pre-charged. port concerned; if there is no agreement on a port basis, agreement as At the Kooragang Terminal, coal cannot physically be delivered to to any such ships, to be reached at Federal level. the vessel in less than 15 minutes and may take up to 20 minutes On remaining ordinary holidays, work performed as required by an if the stockpile is located on the Western side of the stockyard if the employer. Work performed on holidays subject to premium rates of pay. system is not pre-charged. If the stockpile is located on the Eastern No Saturday afternoon work unless vessel is proceeding to sea. side of the stockyard, then coal cannot be delivered to the vessel POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Dial ‘‘000’’ for Emergency. in less than 6 minutes and may take up to 10 minutes unless the shiploading conveyor system is pre-charged. PWCS will not be held Port Waratah Coal Services Limited: responsible for any short shipments as a result of the vessel calling Emergency Procedure – In the event of an emergency, use the vessel’s for additional coal that cannot be delivered to the vessel from the telephone provided or any operating mobile telephone and dial: stockpile within the specified limits, prior to the vessel’s booked sail Vessels at Carrington (Dyke) Berths: 4996 0222. time. Vessels at Kooragang Berths: 4928 0111. 6. Sailing: Sailing shall be in accordance with the NPC’s Ship Handling State: Safety Guidelines. All Cape classed vessels that are deemed to be Vessel name. tidal restricted at the time of sailing shall sail on the first available Berth number. high water whether it is the lowest High Water or the highest High Type of emergency. Water of the day (See Harbour Master’s Directive, Port Custom – Type of assistance required. Cape Class Coal Vessel, 26th November 1997). Also ensure Newcastle Harbour is called on VHF Channel 9. 7. Special Instruction: Masters seeking exemption from these Guidelines should provide in writing to the Manager Planning factual EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: All emergency situations – supporting information in support of their claim for exemption. refer to Australian Coastal Surveillance Centre. (Free call S.T.D. or NOTICE: In the past this Clause has been ignored but it will be policed reverse charge). Canberra (062) 476666. more stringently in the future. SERVICES: Compass adjusters available. PWCS Carrington: We draw the attention of both Owners and Masters STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. to the Port Corporation’s advice which is reported below: 1. Yes. 1. Subsequent to the harbour deepening and completion of 2. No restriction, except on tankships, where stores are generally development projects on Kooragang Island, the larger vessels have hand-trucked to vessel. Dispensation may be given to use vehicle or caused the surge problems to manifest itself again. The surge barge under certain circumstances. problems are considered serious and are caused by hydraulic 3. Yes. interaction of passing vessels. 5. Normal to Australian ports. 2. Therefore, for reasons of safety to vessels and personnel employed 6. Yes. Most unusual practice, extremely costly. on ship loading, extreme care will be taken with the loading of geared vessels. Loading will cease and shiploader be removed IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. from the vessel when shipping movements occur in the Steelworks GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Contact A.K. Fuge. Tel: 4928 4499. Channel. The Port Corporation have issued a notice regarding the practice of WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Contact Tiger Oil. Tel: (02) 49 484127. trimming vessels by the head and their handling characteristics. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Seafarer’s Centre (Missions to Seamen and The notice states that a marginally greater forward draft than aft has Apostleship of the Sea), 96 Hannell Street, Wickham. Tel: (02) little effect on a vessel’s manoeuvrability and handling and is acceptable. 49615007. International telephone and postage. Hours 1800-2200 It has been noted, however, that vessels have been prepared for sailing (daily). with the head down by anything up to 0.75 m. which can make steering control and handling extremely difficult. DEVELOPMENTS: Eastern Basin site proposed for redevelopment. Lee In the light of this problem the Port Corporation has announced that Berths handed over for commercial/residential development. Former where vessels are found to be excessively trimmed by the head the State Dockyard area is included in East Basin proposals. Stage 3 services of an additional tug may be required during manoeuvring. expansion of Kooragang Coal Terminal underway. Apart from the extra costs involved in hiring another tug it may be Also see ‘‘Bulk Cargo Facilities’’. that, if the vessel’s condition is not noticed until sailing time, a delay may occur whilst another tug is made available. Stand-by charges will also be incurred whilst awaiting the extra tug. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: April 1978. MEDICAL: All hospital facilities available. Harbour control: VHF Channel 9. Anchorage: Liable to the weather – attention to be paid to the Easterly, TANKERS: Bulk Berth Kooragang: Berth length 183.0 m., depth South Easterly and Southerly winds which can suddenly blow strongly alongside 11.6 m. within 1 hour’s time. Best anchorage: 108␥, two miles from South Berth has flexible discharge hoses. 200 mm. dia. 8 hole ASA flanges. Breakwater. Not recommended to anchor North of Latitude 32␥ 55' S. DENSITY: 1000 – 1023. Variance due to periods of heavy rain. FRESH WATER: Available all berths, 4 – 15 t.p.h. delivery, dependent AUTHORITY: Newcastle Port Corporation, P.O.Box 663, Cnr. Scott & on other demands. Newcomen Street, Newcastle, N.S.W. 2300, Australia. ␣ ␣ FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Written notice to Fire Brigade for tankers. Tel: 61 (2) 4985-8222. Telex: AA28761. FAX: 61 (2) 4926-4596. Cables: Marboard. Email: [email protected] CONSULS: The following countries are represented at Newcastle: WWW: www.newportcorp.com Contact: C. Oxenbould, Chief Belgium, France, Greece, Netherlands, Norway and Sweden. Executive. Captain T. Turner, Harbour Master.

174 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA NORTHERN ENDEAVOUR: 10.37 S. 125.59 E. A pilot/combination ladder shall be rigged in accordance with current SOLAS regulations as advised by the Pilot. The bottom of the ladder (See Plan) should be positioned 2.0 m. above the water level with manropes available if required. LOCATION: The ‘‘Northern Endeavour’’ Floating Production Storage A suitable lee must be provided for embarkation of personnel and and Offtake Barge (FPSO) operates in the Laminaria and Corallina oil equipment. fields in the Timor Sea, 345 nautical miles W.N.W. of Darwin, in position ␥ ␥ A responsible ship’s Officer must be on deck to meet the Pilot and Lat. 10 36' 57.6" S., Long. 125 59' 03.8" E. and is moored in the vessel’s crane or derrick, fitted with a suitable safety hook, will be approximate depth of 385 m. The Terminal is operated by Woodside required to transfer equipment from the OSV. Ship’s crew will be required Energy Ltd. to prepare the vessel for mooring and hose connection operations. General Description: The ‘‘Northern Endeavour’’ is a purpose-built The Pilot will advise the Master about the forthcoming operation and 225,000 cu.m. FPSO with LOA 273 m., beam 50.0 m. and max. draft the Master must present the vessel’s information to the Pilot prior to 18.7 m. operations commencing. Offtake Tankers are moored astern of the ‘‘Northern Endeavour’’ with Upon completion of arrival formalities, the Offtake Tanker will proceed a synthetic hawser/chafe chain combination, approximately 80 m. in under pilotage towards the OSV and commence the mooring operation. length. An emergency release mechanism is fitted on the FPSO. Inspection prior to Mooring: The Pilot and Assistant Terminal Charts: AUS. Chart No. 312, Dillon Shoals to Timor. Representative will inspect the forecastle layout and proposed securing AUS. Chart No. 4603, Australia – North Coast and Adjacent Waters. arrangements before mooring. The manifold area will also be inspected B.A. Chart No. 942A, Eastern Archipelago – Eastern Portion, Part 2, prior to mooring. Sheet 3. The Master of the Offtake Tanker should be aware that any DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Challis Venture – Documents’’. discrepancies between the information given in the FPSO Questionnaire ARRIVAL: All Offtake Tankers must comply with the following and the Offtake Tankers’ layout or equipment may result in a delay to requirements: the mooring operation or rejection of the vessel. Offtake Tanker Standards: Safety is paramount at the facility. Offtake Failure to rectify these discrepancies may ultimately result in a refusal Tankers will not be accepted for berthing and loading unless they meet to moor the Offtake Tanker at the Terminal. the following criteria: Problems with equipment used in the mooring operation that have not 1. Summer deadweight between 25,000 d.w.t. and 150,000 d.w.t., previously been brought to the notice of the Terminal, should immediately except by prior agreement, when the 150,000 d.w.t. upper limit be brought to the attention of the Pilot. can be exceeded. 2. Only Segregated Ballast Tanks (SBT), no Clean Ballast Tanks The forward mooring winch is to be tested by operation in both (CBT). directions during this inspection. 3. Current ITF Certificate or acceptable ITF conditions. ANCHORAGES: See ‘‘Restrictions’’. 4. Offtake Tankers must comply with MARPOL and SOLAS. All ship’s RESTRICTIONS: Mooring Hours: Offtake Tankers will normally be documents and certificates must be valid. moored between the hours of sunrise and sunset, weather permitting. 5. Membership of a P&I Club is required with minimum Disconnection can be carried out at any time. 1,000,000,000 USD coverage. Also see ‘‘Weather – Terminal Status’’. 6. Offtake Tankers must be able to run their engines astern at low Restricted Area and Anchoring/Drifting Areas: Subsea facilities extend revolutions for extended periods (up to 12 hours) if so requested more than 3 miles from the Terminal. To avoid damaging these facilities, by the Terminal. vessels must not anchor within the Restricted Area. Anchors must be 7. Offtake Tankers calling at the Terminal must comply with the housed and secured by bars and chains or equivalent means at all times recommendations of the current issue of the ‘‘International Safety within the Restricted Area. Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals’’ (ISGOTT), the ICS/OCIMF The 2 nautical mile cautionary zone is within the area joined by the ‘‘Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum)’’ and ‘‘Single Point following co-ordinates: Moorings Maintenance and Operations Guide’’, unless notified that Lat. (S.) Long. (E.) compliance with specific recommendations is not required. (A) 10␥ 33' 28.453" 125␥ 55' 34.681" 8. Master’s attention is drawn to Item 10 of the Terminal Conditions (B) 10␥ 33' 33.544" 126␥ 04' 30.534" (Not reproduced) and the consequences, should an Offtake Tanker (C) 10␥ 39' 53.498" 126␥ 04' 26.920" fail to comply with the conditions or be found deficient or (D) 10␥ 39' 49.356" 125␥ 55' 30.883" substandard. Offtake Tankers wishing to drift should remain within VHF range, but 9. Current International Safety Management Code Safety keep at least 5 nautical miles from the FPSO. Management Certificate must be valid. MAX. SIZE: Max. 150,000 S.d.w.t., min. 25,000 S.d.w.t. Combination Carriers: Combination carriers may be acceptable at the Also see ‘‘Arrival – Offtake Tanker Standards’’. Terminal, subject to the following requirements, in addition to the RADIO: requirements listed in the ‘Offtake Tanker Standards‘ above: Communications: The vessel’s age must be less than 10 years. 1. All responsible Officers must be experienced in tanker operations Woodside Energy Switchboard: Tel: (␣61) 8-9348-4000. and hold the appropriate petroleum endorsement. FPSO Pilot: Fax: (␣61) 8-9348-6683. 2. The vessel must have traded exclusively in oil for the previous Email: [email protected] 3 cargoes. Telex via Sat ‘C’ (Indian): Telex answerback: NORT 3. The vessel must have traded predominantly in oil during the Serial No: 97202758 previous 12 months. No: 450-301-673 Anchors: Anchors must be housed and secured with wires or equivalent Telex answerback: VNCO means at all times when within the 5 nautical miles Restricted Area. Serial No: 972027734 Strong currents, which can change rapidly and without warning, exist No: 450-301-672 in the area. Notification of ETA: The Offtake Tanker is required to forward the Arrival Conditions: On arrival, the propeller must be fully submerged, following ETA messages to the Terminal: max. allowable trim is 0.015 ␺ LOA m. by the stern. Trim by the head 72 Hours Notice: is not acceptable. Failure to comply with this requirement will delay Advise: mooring operations. AA ETA FPSO. APPROACHES: Navigation Aids: The following are available to help in BB Arrival draft forward and aft. identifying the FPSO: CC Arrival displacement. At the bow and stern of the Terminal: ии DD Master’s full name. White Morse light (U –), period 15 sec., visibility 10 nautical miles. EE Port of Registry. Red warning lights, visibility 2 nautical miles. Confirm: In restricted visibility: ии FF Tanks free of leakage and all cargo systems fully operational. A fog signal: Morse (U –) sounding at intervals not exceeding 30 sec. GG Inert Gas System (IGS) operational and tanks inerted to less At the stern, and leading directly astern: than 8% oxygen by volume. A red, white and green directional light. HH Stress calculations for cargo and ballasting made and within An ‘‘X’’ band Racon showing Morse NE (–ии). recommended safety limits. Hazards to Navigation: FPSO subsea equipment extends more than 3 nautical miles from the Terminal position. II The maximum loading rate for the loading operation at FPSO. Another facility, associated with the Buffalo Oil Field, operates in an JJ All navigation, mooring, lifting equipment and engines fully area approximately 7 miles to the E.S.E. of the FPSO. Offtake Tankers operational. are requested to observe exclusion zones and restricted areas KK Quantity of cargo on board. associated with this facility. LL Pilot ladder and equipment comply with SOLAS standards. There is a 5 nautical miles Restricted Area around the FPSO. Offtake MM Pumproom adequately ventilated and illuminated. Tankers should not approach closer than this unless Terminal permission NN Mooring communication system is operational. has been granted. OO Deck lighting is fully operational. The floating hose may extend up to 300 m. in any direction from the PP The propeller is fully submerged and that maximum trim will stern of the Terminal. not exceed 0.015 ␺ LOA (m.). Offtake Support Vessel (OSV) Mooring Buoy: A barrel-type mooring buoy QQ The vessel can load and deballast concurrently. is in position Lat. 10␥ 40.5' S., Long. 126␥ 05.7' E. The buoy is in RR The vessel has complied with voluntary regulations for approximate depth of 25.0 m. exchange of ballast water. PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Confirm that whilst moored at the Terminal: After initial VHF contact with the FPSO, an Offtake Tanker will be SS A responsible Engineer maintains a watch in the Engine advised of berthing prospects and Pilot boarding arrangements. Control Room. Boarding Arrangements: The Pilot and other personnel will board in a TT A responsible Officer maintains watch in the Cargo Control position 3 nautical miles North of the Terminal, in position Room. Lat. 10␥ 34.0' S., Long. 125␥ 59.0' E. UU A deck watch shall be maintained on the forecastle and Before entering the 5 miles Restricted Area, the Terminal must be during offtake operations at the port side manifold, with contacted on VHF Channels 16 or 12 and permission to enter obtained. communications to the Cargo Control Room. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 175 AUSTRALIA VV When moored at the Terminal, the main engine is capable should not be used as they present a striking danger to crew on the of being run astern at low revolutions for extended periods OSV. (up to 12 hours) as and when required. The messenger must be led through the appropriate fairlead and bow 48 Hours Notice: chain stopper to an empty mooring drum. This drum must be able to 1. Confirm ETA. accommodate 220 m. ␺ 28 mm. messenger and 200 m ␺ 72 mm. 2. Confirm arrival draft forward and aft. pick-up rope. 24 Hours Notice: Note: A drum end is not acceptable. 1. Confirm ETA. The Offtake Tanker’s mooring winch must be capable of lifting at least 2. Confirm Offtake Tanker has been granted Radio Pratique. 15 tonnes to allow for losses caused by changes in lead direction and 12 Hours Notice: friction. 1. Confirm ETA. After passing the mooring hawser messenger to the forecastle, the If the ETA changes by more than one hour after the 12 hours OSV will provide support to the tanker during the final phase of the notice is given, the Offtake Tanker must promptly notify the approach. The Pilot is responsible for ensuring that the OSV is utilised Terminal of the new ETA. in the most appropriate way, with a bow line, both to provide assistance Note: Failure to give 12 hours notice will extend the Allowable Laytime during the manoeuvre and to mitigate the effect of any engine or rudder by an amount equal to the period between the time the Offtake Tanker’s failure on the Offtake Tanker. The ship’s crew must be prepared to secure Final Notice was given and 12 hours before the Offtake Tanker arrived. the OSV as soon as it comes into position. Final Notice: Upon arrival, the Offtake Tanker should contact FPSO on The messenger must be run directly onto the winch drum and secured VHF Channels 16 or 12, for confirmation of arrival time and Pilot boarding using a weak link. The messenger and pick-up rope should be hove in arrangements. as the Offtake Tanker moves ahead. The pick-up line is permanently Additionally, any changes to the information provided on the attached to the mooring hawser chafe chain, which has a combined Questionnaire (Notification of ETA) should be sent to the Terminal weight of approximately 4 tonnes. immediately. The Offtake Tanker’s mooring winch must be capable of lifting at least VHF: Terminal and OSV (call sign ‘‘VHLA’’) listen on Channel 16 and 15 tonnes to allow for losses caused by changes in lead direction and operate on Channel 12. friction. Also see ‘‘Radio’’. The Offtake Tanker’s bow stopper should be closed on the third link TUGS: Offtake Support Vessel (OSV): The vessel supplied by the of the chafe chain and secured with the safety pin. Terminal is the ‘‘Total Provider’’, 2␺2,000 h.p. diesel driving twin CPP’s, After securing, the Offtake Tanker’s engine will be run astern, and LOA 45 m., draft 4.5 m., beam 12.6 m., bollard pull 50 tonnes. when the tanker is brought up to the mooring hawser, the OSV may be The ‘‘Total Provider’’ is equipped with towing winches on both the released to transfer the loading hose. The tanker’s engine will be required forecastle and aft working deck. to run astern until the hose has been transferred, the OSV made fast The OSV will stand by close to the Terminal whenever an Offtake aft and the static tow established. Tanker is expected to berth. When handling tug lines, care must be exercised at all times to ensure During cargo transfer operations, the OSV will be secured to the stern that both Offtake Tanker and tug propeller, including bow thruster, are of the Offtake Tanker on a static tow to keep it aligned with the FPSO. kept clear. On occasions, the Offtake Tanker may be required to run its engine Testing of Engines and Steering Gear: Mooring to the Terminal requires astern under Terminal instruction. close quarter manoeuvring. It is imperative that all possible steps are MOORING: Mooring and Manifold Equipment: Bow arrangements must taken to avoid loss of power to the engines or steering gear during the comply with the latest edition of OCIMF ‘‘Recommendations for mooring manoeuvre. The Pilot will test the operation of the engines and Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at Single Point Moorings’’. steering gear before commencement of the final approach. A summary of relevant requirements are detailed below. Mooring Hawser Tension: The Offtake Tanker should prepare to Manifolds and associated equipment must comply with the OCIMF disconnect if the following conditions occur: ‘‘Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated 1. More than 3 hawser tension loads of 100 tonnes within 1 hour. Equipment’’. 2. Hawser tension equals or exceeds 150 tonnes at any time. A summary of relevant requirements are detailed below (A sharp, The tension on the hawser is monitored and recorded in the Terminal’s long-handled axe is required to be made availabe on the forecastle at Central Control Room. all times): The Offtake Tanker will be advised on the hawser tension in marginal Ship Size conditions. 25,001 – 60,000 d.w.t. Over 60,000 d.w.t. If an Offtake Tanker ceases loading and disconnects from the Terminal Mooring Clear lead from bow Clear lead from bow due to Terminal closure or the approach of a cyclone, communications Winch stopper to winch drum stopper to winch drum with the Terminal must be maintained. This can be done directly with (not drum end). (not drum end). the Terminal or through the vessel’s Agent. This will enable reconnection Able to lift at least Able to lift at least and resumption of loading at the earliest possible opportunity. 15 tonnes. 15 tonnes. Static Tow: After deploying the offtake hose, the OSV will normally stand Able to store 220 m. of Able to store 220 m. of by to assist as required with the static tow. 72 mm. diameter pick-up 72 mm. diameter pick-up Both the Pilot and Master of the OSV must take the prevailing wind rope and 220 m. of rope and 220 m. of and sea conditions into consideration when assessing the need to 28 mm. messenger line. 28 mm. messenger line. connect a static tow, or whether the OSV would be more effective towing Bow 1 or 2 capable of 1 or 2 capable of over the bow or stern. Stoppers accepting either accepting 200 tonnes SWL During periods of high wind conditions, when the tanker is considered 200 tonnes SWL 76 mm. 76 mm. chafe chains. capable of maintaining the separation from the FPSO without the need or for a static tow, at the discretion of the Pilot, the OSV can stand clear 100 tonnes SWL 54 mm. of the Offtake Tanker on stand-by to assist as required. chafe chains. If at any time during the static tow operation, the Master of the OSV Lifting Minimum SWL 10 tonnes, Minimum SWL 15 tonnes. or the Pilot of the Offtake Tanker have any cause for concern with regard Equipment capable of 10 m. clear lift Minimum SWL 20 tonnes to the integrity of the tow or the safety of the OSV, either party must above each manifold, and for ships over immediately alert the other and if necessary suspend operations until able to slew each way by 160,000 S.d.w.t. 10 m. the situation has been resolved. power when under load. clear lift above each Under normal conditions, the OSV will proceed to the stern of the manifold, and able to slew Offtake Tanker to engage the static tow. A messenger line should be each way by power when passed to the OSV to enable a towline to be passed up and secured to under load. the stern of the Offtake Tanker. Cruciform SWL 25 tonnes. SWL 25 tonnes. When there is steady weight on the towline, the Offtake Tanker’s main Bollards Midway between each SWL 40 tonnes for ships engines will be stopped under direction of the Pilot and in consultation manifold pair. over 160,000 S.d.w.t. with the FPSO personnel. It is important that the OSV does not impart Midway between each excessive weight on the towline prior to stopping the Offtake Tanker’s manifold pair. engines to ensure excessive force is not applied to the FPSO mooring Manifolds Centre to centre spacing Centre to centre spacing system. of 2.0 m. of 2.0 m. The FPSO personnel shall liaise with the Pilot to monitor the load on Flange 4.6 m. from ship’s Centre to centre spacing the hawser so as to ensure excessive strain is not imparted. In addition, side. of 3.0 m. for ships over the Pilot shall liaise with the FPSO personnel to ensure that Offtake 160,000 S.d.w.t. Flange Tanker deballasting operations do not further impart excessive strain. 4.6 m. from ship’s side. A responsible crew member in radio contact with the bridge/tanker Tow Lines supplied by the FPSO: Forward Tow Line: A 15 m. ␺ 32 mm. Cargo Control Room (CCR) must be on the foc’sle at all times during plasma rope grommet (MBL 148 tonnes) is cowhitched to a the offtake operation. The foc’sle watch should report to the Offtake 200 m. ␺ 64 mm. polyester braidline (MBL 87 tonnes). Tanker’s CCR every half-hour to check communications and confirm Static Tow Line Design: A 15 m. ␺ 32 mm. plasma rope grommet there is weight on the hawser. The Pilot or Assistant Mooring Master (MBL 148 tonnes) is cowhitched to a 70 m. polyester braidline stretcher should be informed immediately if significant weight comes on the (MBL 129 tonnes), which is connected to a 630 m. ␺ 42 mm. tow wire hawser, or a jack-knife situation is developing. (MBL 114 tonnes) by a Mandal shackle (MBL 120 tonnes). Unmooring: The Offtake Tanker will generally be let go immediately after Mooring Operation: After the Offtake Tanker forecastle and manifold the hose has been disconnected and released into the sea, and the Pilot have been prepared, the Cargo Surveyor will measure the vessel’s arrival will confirm with the ship’s Master that the crew are standing by on the On Board Quantity (OBQ) and seal the sea valves. He will then proceed forecastle before stopping the ship’s engine. forward to provide advice to the ship’s crew members during the mooring The Assistant Terminal Representative (Surveyor) will advise the operation and liaise with the Pilot and OSV. ship’s crew during the unmooring operation and liaise with the Pilot. On As the Offtake Tanker approaches the OSV (approximately 350 m. the Pilot’s advice, the tanker engine will be stopped and the hawser from the FPSO), the OSV will transfer the 28 mm. messenger to a released. The pick-up line is paid out as the tanker moves astern and heaving line lowered from the tanker’s bow. the Pilot/Master must be advised if it is considered that the vessel is Note: Any heaving line used at the Terminal is to be terminated with an dropping astern too quickly to safely pay out the pick-up rope and unweighted monkeyfist or similar. Weighted monkeyfists or similar messenger.

176 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Once the pick-up line is clear, the tanker will be manoeuvred a safe Venting: Only the ‘closed loading’ method of loading is allowed at the distance away from the Terminal. Meanwhile the surveyor will proceed Terminal. to measure the cargo. Ullage ports may be opened for short periods to allow On completion of cargo survey and documentation, equipment will be sampling/ullaging, providing the ISGOTT recommended procedures are transferred to the OSV, and Terminal personnel will disembark. followed. Main Engine and Steering Gear: The ship’s engines must remain on Venting must be either through mast riser or high-velocity vents fitted ‘stand-by’ for the duration of the offtake, as they may be required at any with flame arresters. Tank pressure should be such that there is sufficient time. If there is a failure of the main engine, the Pilot must be informed flow through the vents to minimise the build-up of hydrocarbons on deck. immediately and the offtake vessel shall prepare for an emergency Commencement of Loading: A Terminal Representative will monitor disconnect. the commencement of the offtake from the Offtake Tanker’s Cargo Steering gear is to be kept fully operational or available for an Control Room. When the Cargo Control Officer is ready, he/she will immediate start, at all times whilst moored to the Terminal. advise the Terminal to commence loading at the agreed commencement Personnel Requirements: It is a Terminal requirement that for the rate. duration of an Offtake Tanker’s visit to the Terminal, at all times: When the correct cargo flow is confirmed, and the manifold is A responsible Engineer Officer maintains a watch in the Engine Control confirmed as secure, the loading rate will be increased to the agreed Room. maximum loading rate. The Offtake Tanker’s Cargo Control Officer will A responsible crew member, in communication with the Duty Officer, request the Pilot to call for the rate increases. maintains a deck watch on the forecastle. During Loading: Initial loading rate will be approximately 1,000 cu.m./hr. In addition during cargo transfer operations: Once safety and override checks are satisfactory, the rate will be A responsible Officer maintains a watch in the Cargo Control Room. increased to suit the Offtake Tanker requirements, to a maximum loading A responsible crew member, in communication with the Duty Officer, rate of 5,600 cu.m./hr. maintains a deck watch at the port side manifold. Loading rates can be adjusted at any time during the loading operation, Accommodation Requirements: Whilst at the Terminal, suitable single except during emergencies. At least 5 minutes notice should be given berth accommodation and messing facilities will be required for the Pilot to the Terminal Control Room. and Surveyor. Additional visitors, such as the Australian Customs The Offtake Tanker should compare the quantity on board (cu.m. at Service, may attend the vessel on occasions and require 15␥C) with the Terminal hourly during the offtake, and any anomalies accommodation. should be brought to the attention of the Terminal Representative on MEDICAL: Medical facilities are generally not available on the FPSO. duty. In emergency, evacuation via helicopter may be arranged through the Suspension of Offtake Operations during Calm Conditions: Terminal and vessel’s Agents. Occasionally, there may be conditions of little or no wind at the Terminal CARGO OPERATIONS: Crude Oil Specifications: Laminaria Crude Oil and in such cases, offtake operations may be stopped to prevent a is classified as a Static Accumulator Oil. Precautions required for build-up of hydrocarbon gases in the area. Suspension of operations on handling Static Accumulator Oils, including those precautions detailed the Terminal will be confirmed by the Operations Superintendent. in ISGOTT, shall be adhered to at all times. Suspension of operations on the Offtake Tanker will be confirmed by Relative Density at 15␥C: 0.74 either the Master of the Offtake Tanker or the Pilot. Specific Gravity at 60␥F: 0.7445 Suspension of Offtake Operations due to Lightning: Offtake API Gravity at 60␥F: 59.0 operations will be suspended when electrical storms are in the immediate Ambient Temperature: 37␥C vicinity of the Terminal. Offtake Tankers should ensure that hydrocarbon Pour Point: ␤20␥C venting at this time is stopped or minimised to reduce the risk of fire. Hose Connection: The hose is connected to the port side manifold. Suspension of operations at the Terminal will be confirmed by the The hose flange is fitted with a rubber ‘O’ ring, and no fibre gasket is Operations Superintendent. Suspension of operations on the Offtake required, but it is important that the ship’s flange is smooth, clean and Tanker will be confirmed by either the Master of the Offtake Tanker or free of rust. the Pilot. The ship’s crew under the supervision of a responsible Officer will Completion of Loading: make the hose connection. A Terminal Representative will provide A Terminal Representative will be present in the advice and monitor the connection of the hose (See ‘‘Plan’’). Offtake Tanker’s Cargo Control Room during any critical operations and The cargo hose is a 16 in. (400 mm.) floating hose with a breakaway well before the completion of cargo loading operations, to ensure clarity coupling fitted to the hose which will part and close in case of an of communications. If there are any concerns regarding communications, emergency disconnection. the Terminal Representative will relay instructions to the Terminal Control Room, including the ‘Stop Cargo’’ order. Hose Disconnection: On completion of loading, the offtake hose butterfly valve will be closed on the direction of the Pilot. Tanker manifold may Loading rate should be reduced to 1,000 cu.m./hr. in preparation for then be closed and the drain line opened. The cargo hose will then be stopping cargo transfer, and at least 5 minutes notice must be given to disconnected under the direction of the Assistant Terminal the Terminal before stopping cargo. Representative (Surveyor). After disconnection and blanking off, the Responsibility for stopping cargo will be agreed between Offtake hose will be lowered to sea level and released using a trip hook Tanker and Terminal at the Pre-Load Meeting, and documented on the arrangement. At the same time, the tanker’s engine will be run astern Cargo Planning Sheet before cargo operations commence. and the tug released from static tow ready to assist as necessary. On completion of loading, the Terminal Representative will confirm The Terminal Representative and ship’s crew members will then with the Terminal that flow has stopped, and advise when the tanker’s proceed forward and stand by for letting go the mooring hawser. manifold can be closed. The manifold valve must never be closed without Notice of Readiness: Notice of Readiness (NOR) may be tendered when confirmation that cargo flow has stopped. the Offtake Tanker has arrived. NOR is generally accepted when the Manifold Draining: The offtake loading hose butterfly valve will be closed Offtake Tanker is ‘all fast’ and the Pilot is satisfied that all Terminal and locked by a Terminal Representative. The Offtake Tanker manifold requirements have been met and that the vessel is in all respects ready will then be drained. to load. Crude Sampling: Crude oil sampling will be conducted by the Terminal NOR will not be accepted when the Terminal is on ‘Restricted’ or using a flow rate proportional sampler. A representative cargo sample ‘Closed’ status (See ‘‘Weather – Terminal Status’’). and final cargo density will be provided to the Offtake Tanker, Safety Check and Pre-Loading Meeting: A Deck Officer shall be approximately one hour after the completion of cargo transfer. available to accompany the Pilot or Assistant Terminal Representative Documentation and Early Departure Procedure: For operational and on an inspection of items listed in The Ship/Terminal Safety Check List safety reasons, it is usual for Offtake Tankers to use an Early Departure (Not reproduced). Procedure (EDP) under which the Master authorises his Agent to sign Following the successful completion of The Ship/Terminal Safety the Bills of Lading on his behalf. The Terminal will provide the cargo’s Check List, the Pilot will conduct a Pre-Load Meeting with the Chief Relative Density, Specific Gravity, API Gravity, BS & W, a representative Officer to discuss the proposed offtake operation and complete the Cargo cargo sample and Bill of Lading quantities shortly after completion of Planning Sheet (Not reproduced). loading. A Terminal Representative will confirm that the sea valves are closed EDP allows the Offtake Tanker to depart the Terminal as soon as the and sealed. offtake team disembarks. The Pilot will, in conjunction with the Offtake Tanker’s Master, Cargo details, including Bill of Lading figures, will be forwarded to the complete all applicable sections of the FPSO Offtake Tanker Port vessel sometime after departure via the Agent. Document (Not reproduced) before commencement of loading. Terminal Inspection: For the purpose of tanker vetting, an Offtake Tanker Pre-Loading: Following hose connection and upon satisfactory may be required to undergo a FPSO Terminal inspection. The Pilot will completion of The Ship/Terminal Safety Check List, line-up for cargo advise the Master before undertaking such an inspection and his operations may begin under the direction of the Pilot. Tanker manifold co-operation in expediting the inspection will be sought. The inspection should only be opened when advised by the Pilot. will be conducted during loading operations and will not delay the vessel. When the line-up has been confirmed, cargo transfer may begin. On completion of the inspection, the Pilot will advise the Master, in The Terminal will provide UHF and VHF radios, spare batteries and writing, of any shortcomings or deficiencies that may be observed. charger in order to ensure communications are maintained between Tank Washing and Tank Entry: Tank washing and tank entry is strictly Offtake Tanker, FPSO and OSV. Normally communications are prohibited. conducted on a dedicated UHF channel, and VHF Channel 12 is used BALLAST: The Terminal has no provision for accepting ballast or waste as back-up. water of any description. Any ballast discharge must be in compliance In the event of a loss of radio communication between tanker and with Australian Quarantine requirements. FPSO, the offtake operation will be stopped following the emergency POLLUTION: The Terminal has a limited supply of pollution control response procedures (See ‘‘Fire Precautions – Fire/Emergency equipment, and has only limited provisions to provide assistance in case Instructions’’). of an oil spill on or from an Offtake Tanker. All costs incurred, as a result At all times, Offtake Tankers visiting the Terminal must maintain of pollution from the Offtake Tanker, will be recoverable from the Offtake suitable trim, heel, stress and stability levels, such that they can sail at Tanker. Any indication of pollution, potential pollution or oil leakage is any time in case of deteriorating weather conditions or emergency. to be drawn to the immediate attention of the Pilot. The Offtake Tanker must maintain a minimum GM (Metacentric DENSITY: 1025. Height) of 0.15 m. corrected for free surface effect while inside the FRESH WATER: Not available. Terminal Restricted Area. FUEL: Not available. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 177 AUSTRALIA FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Firefighting: The Terminal cannot provide Observed Wave Wind 10 min. technical assistance in the case of fire or explosion on an Offtake Tanker. Status Height average Visibility In case of an emergency on the Offtake Tanker, the loading will cease Open Ͻ2.5 m. Ͻ20 knots Ͼ2 nautical miles immediately and the hawser quick-release system may be activated. In Restricted Ͼ2.5 m. and 20 kts. and Ͻ2 nautical miles this case, the hawser will release from the FPSO and hang into the water Ͻ3.0 m. Ͻ35 kts. off the bow of the Offtake Tanker. The Pilot will, in conjunction with the Closed Ͼ3.0 m. Ͼ35 knots. offftake tanker’s Master, arrange for the Terminal’s recovery of the Open: No limitations on berthing between sunrise and sunset. hawser as soon as possible after the release. Restricted: No Offtake Tanker is allowed to berth. An Offtake Tanker Where possible, the offtake hose will be disconnected first. However, already fast may continue offtake operations, subject to Pilot advice. if it is not possible, the hose breakaway coupling will activate. Closed: No Offtake Tanker is permitted to berth. An Offtake Tanker FIRE/EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS: already berthed will be required to depart if it is safe to do so. Terminal Fire Alarm: At this Terminal, the emergency alarm signal is an Cyclones: Tropical cyclones form in the area surrounding the FPSO, intermittent tone on the Public Address System. Your ship will also be and pass through the area generally on a West to S.W. heading before contacted by radio. turning Southwards. They occasionally exhibit highly unpredicable Fire/Emergency on the Offtake Tanker: Inform the Terminal by radio, behaviour, slowing, turning, strengthening and weakening several times stating: ‘‘Terminal, Terminal, Tanker’’ ‘‘Emergency Shut Down’’ during their life cycle. Even well-found ships should take all measures ‘‘Emergency Shut Down’’ ‘‘Emergency Shut Down’’. to stay well clear of the cyclone centres. Alternatively, use the signal ‘‘7 short and 1 prolonged blast of the ship’s In the Timor Sea area, most of the storms are tropical lows or whistle’’. developing storms and pass to the South of FPSO. However, the storms Action on Ship: can be fully developed and erratic at this latitude, for example Cyclone Fire/Emergency on Offtake Tanker: Tracy that devastated Darwin in 1974. Initiate Ship’s Emergency Response Plan. Cyclone Severity Categories: An estimate of cyclone severity is included Advise Terminal and OSV. in all tropical cyclone advisory information transmitted by the Australian Inform Terminal Respresentative. Bureau of Meteorology. Cease all ballast operations and close ballast valves. Categories of cyclone severity range from 1 for weak cyclones to 5 Close all cargo valves when Terminal Representative advises cargo for the most severe cyclones. pumping has ceased. Category 1: Strongest gust less than 125 km./hr. Terminal Representative will liaise with the Terminal regarding Category 2: Strongest gust 125 – 170 km./hr. appropriate emergency response. Category 3: Strongest gust 170 – 225 km./hr. Fire /Emergency at Terminal: Category 4: Strongest gust 225 – 280 km./hr. Stand-by and when instructed cease all cargo/ballast operations and Category 5: Strongest gust more than 280 km./hr. close all valves. Procedures Affecting Offtake Tankers: Circumstances may arise when Inform Terminal Representative. a cyclone is in the vicinity of the Terminal that will require the Pilot or Terminal Representative will liaise with the Terminal regarding Terminal Superintendent to deviate from normal operational procedures. appropriate emergency response. In particular, it may be necessary to order an Offtake Tanker to depart Action by Terminal: before the Terminal status is restricted. Fire/Emergency on Offtake Tanker: The Terminal will give the Offtake Tanker as much notice as is possible Raise the alarm. if the offtake cannot be completed. Contact Offtake Tanker. It is acknowledged that the Master of the Offtake Tanker may wish to Cease all cargo and ballast operations and close all valves. clear the area early enough to ensure that the Offtake Tanker is not at Stand-by to disconnect, emergency disconnect loading hose and risk from cyclonic activity. mooring hawser. In such situations, the Master of the Offtake Tanker has the prerogative Implement FPSO Emergency Response Plan (Not reproduced). to delay berthing or, when already connected, to cease loading and Fire/Emergency at Terminal: disconnect from the FPSO at any time. Implement FPSO Emergency Response Plan. Terminal Status During Cyclone Alert: Offtake operations will be greatly Cease all cargo and ballast operations and close all valves. influenced by forecasts of cyclone movement, intensity, wind speed and Inform Offtake Tanker and OSV. wave heights. Stand-by to disconnect, emergency disconnect loading hose and Due to the erratic nature of cyclones, it is not possible to lay down mooring hawser. absolute criteria regarding the status of the Terminal during the approach REPAIRS: No facilities at the Terminal. of a cyclone. Hot Work: Hot work is strictly prohibited. GENERAL: Fishing: Fishing of any description is not permitted within SURVEYORS: See ‘‘Pilotage’’ and ‘‘Loading’’. 5 nautical miles of the FPSO, as fishing lines may foul the subsea TIME: GMT plus 9.5 hours. equipment and jeopardise the safety of underwater operations. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: The Terminal has no reception facilities for Swimming: Personnel are not to swim or dive from the Offtake Tanker. refuse or garbage of any description. Helicopter Operations: Helicopters will arrive and depart the Terminal No refuse or garbage of any description is to be dumped into the sea usually during daylight hours and will not interrupt loading. whilst in the exclusion zone under the P(SL)A regulations. AGENCY: There are several ship’s Agents based in Darwin, Northern Incinerators are not to be used within 5 nautical miles of the Terminal. Australia. REGULATIONS: Australian Government Requirements: Prior to arrival Local Shipping Agent’s Representative Aboard FPSO: Because of the at the Terminal, the Offtake Tanker’s Master must ensure that all difficult logistics associated with travelling to and from the FPSO by Government requirements, including Ballast Water Quarantine helicopter, a Cargo Surveyor is appointed to the FPSO on a contractual requirements, have been satisfied by confirming this with the vessel’s basis and will be resident onboard. Australian Agents. The Surveyor’s work scope also includes being point of contact for all Pratique must be granted and Customs and Immigration requirements ship’s agency work that is conducted onboard the Offtake Tanker. are to be met before an offtake vessel visits the Terminal. Any ship’s agency work conducted onboard the Offtake Tanker at the Rules Within Facility Limits: All Offtake Tanker personnel must strictly FPSO Terminal will involve the use of the contracted Cargo Surveyor observe these rules while the Offtake Tanker is moored to, or within as the representative of the appointed Shipping Agent. 5 nautical miles of the Terminal. Offtake Tankers loading at the Terminal may utilise the services of Repairs and Maintenance: Repairs and maintenance to the Offtake the Shipping Agent of their choice. However, the appointed Shipping Tanker’s machinery and equipment shall be limited to those items that Agent will not be able to attend the Offtake Tanker, but will be assisted do not impair the following: where required by the contracted surveyor aboard the FPSO. 1. The propulsive power or manoeuvrability of the Offtake Tanker. OPERATOR: Head Office: Woodside Petroleum Ltd., 1 Adelaide Terrace, Perth, Western Australia 6000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 2. The firefighting or fire detection capability. ␣ 3. The safe and efficient handling of cargo, ballast, bunkers and slops. 9348-4000. FAX: 61 (8) 9348-5539. 4. The safe operation and integrity of the mooring systems. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.woodside.com.au. 5. The safe operation of electrical equipment in hazardous zones. ␣ ␣ 6. The safe operation and integrity of communications equipment. Vessel: Northern Endeavour Pilot Tel: 61 (89) 348-6673. Fax: 61 7. The safe and efficient operation of the Inert Gas System. (89) 348-6683. Email: [email protected]. 8. The safe and efficient operation of the lifting equipment. 9. The safe and efficient operation of main deck lighting. 10. The safe and efficient operation of pumproom lighting and PORT BONYTHON, S.A.: 33.01 S. 137.46 E. ventilation. (See Plan) WEATHER: The region is subject to cyclonic activity from November to April, although cyclones may occur outside this period. The region may LOCATION: Port Bonython is situated on the Western shore of Spencer be affected by several cyclones a year. The Master’s, Owners’ and Gulf, South Australia, about 160 nautical miles from the entrance to the Charterers’ attention is drawn to the Cyclone Procedures. Gulf. The port includes the new Liquids Terminal (Lat. 33␥ 01' S., Tides and Currents: When loading, and if drifting in the vicinity of the Long. 137␥ 47' E.), which is located about 9 nautical miles from the Terminal, ship’s Masters should note that current direction and rate may Port of Whyalla. change dramatically and without warning. PORT LIMITS: See ‘‘Plan’’. Winter: The dry season (April to September) is characterised by steady DOCUMENTS: Easterly winds of 10 – 24 knots driven by S.E. tradewinds over the 3 Crew Lists. Form M&S 11, Parts 1 and S. Australian continent. 1 Crew Personal Effects. Form 5. Summer: The wet season (October to March) is characterised by S.W. 1 Stores List. Form 42a. winds of approximately 10 knots (5 m./sec.) which blow for periods of 3 Loading Port List (and Ports of Call). 5 – 10 days with surges in the airflow to 16 – 24 knots (8 – 12 m./sec.) 1 Animal and Pets aboard. Form QA4. for up to 3 days. Low pressure systems, which can develop in the region, To be sighted: may intensify into tropical depressions or cyclones with commensurate Official Log Book. increase in wind strength. Additionally, local squalls are associated with Last Port Clearance. thunderstorms that are prevalent during the wet season. Seamen’s Identification Card or Passport. Terminal Status: This table provides a general guide to the status of the Safety Certificates: Construction, Equipment, Safety Equipment, Load Terminal based on sea and weather conditions. line, Radio, International Oil Pollution Prevention, Light Dues.

178 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA APPROACHES: Approaches and Entrance to Spencer Gulf: (g) Have stress calculations for the envisaged programme of cargo FROM THE EAST: handling, ballasting and bunkering been made? Vessels approaching from the East should set a course to pass no (h) Is the hull stress calculated within recommended safety limits? closer than 10 nautical miles clear of Cape Borda Lighthouse, from where Additional information required for liquefied gas tankers. a course may be set to enter the Gulf between Wedge and Althorpe (i) Are all cargo tanks and lines free of air? Islands. Tracks can be subject to strong cross sets due to the tides. On (j) Is the reliquefaction or boil-off control equipment in good working entering the Gulf a safe course should be set to pass to the West of order? Tiparra Reef Beacon, (Lat. 34␥ 04' S., Long. 137␥ 23.5' E.). (k) Any other particular information required by the Marine Authority? Vessels with local knowledge sometimes pass to the North of If any changes in conditions on board the vessel occur, after the Kangaroo Island, using Backstairs Passage and Investigator Strait. declaration has been made, the Marine Authority should be advised FROM THE WEST: without delay. Vessels approaching from the West should set a course to pass 10 nautical miles South of South Neptune Island Lighthouse, and thence into the Gulf by the previously mentioned track. Mariners are cautioned against passing within 5 nautical miles of South Neptune Island. Northern Spencer Gulf: VHF: Port Bonython Terminal has facilities for telephone and VHF radio Although good depths are available in the Northern part of the Gulf, communication. VHF Channel 16 is monitored continuously by Santos accurate navigation is essential because the navigable widths are not at Port Bonython and by the Port Manager’s Office at Whyalla, when great for deep draft ships, and the coast lines are low lying and manned. featureless. The deep water channel off Tiparra Reef is only 4 nautical miles wide. From there, set a course to pass Westward of Middle Bank. Jetty Head: Ships at the berth must remain in communication with the A buoy marks the Southern end of Middle Bank and the navigable width control room at all times, using a portable two-way radio. The control for a deep draft ship at that point is less than 3 nautical miles. room can contact the Port Manager, tugs or emergency services by From Middle Bank Beacon, steer to pass West of Yarraville Shoal telephone, VHF or UHF radio. Beacon, keeping clear of Planck Shoal (8.8 m.) and a 10 m. patch Northward of Middle Bank, both of which are marked by buoys. Report: 1988 (Updated 1998). After passing Yarraville Shoal Beacon, a course should be set to the Contact should be made with Whyalla Port Control which has Pilot Boarding ground. Channels 6, 8, 12, 16 and 67. Santos have listening watch VHF base Departure: The outward passage down the Spencer Gulf is the exact station with Channels 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16, 67 and 74. reverse of the inward passage, with the same need for very exact navigation until past Tiparra Reef. When a vessel is within a distance of 20 miles from the pilot boarding PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels when within the port position, the Master of the vessel shall ensure that an efficient VHF limits. Pilots will board inward bound vessels at a position approximately radio-telephone listening watch is maintained on Channel 16. 165␥ (T) distance 5 nautical miles from the Whyalla Entrance Beacon The Master of a vessel arriving at the port shall establish contact with (No. 1 Beacon). the Port Control Station by means of VHF radio-telephone when not less Deep draft ships will use the buoyed channel to the East of Fairway than 15 miles from the Pilot boarding position. Bank. Outward bound, ships will disembark the Pilot at the Entrance BHP Co. Ltd. will relay messages to the Port Manager after hours. Buoy 165␥ (T), distance 6.7 nautical miles from No. 1 Beacon. Call ‘‘Whyalla Harbour Control’’ on VHF Channel 16. Pilot ladders must be rigged and the embarkation and disembarkation of pilots must be supervised by a responsible deck officer. Adequate lighting must be provided at night. All pilot ladders and accommodation ladders must be clean, in good condition and must comply with the IMO RADAR: The pilot vessel is equipped with radar. There is a jetty head SOLAS Regulations. approach speed radar. Spencer Gulf shoals gradually from the entrance and careful navigation is needed in the Northern part. Recommended routes for large ships are described in ‘‘Approaches’’. If required, a Department of Marine and Harbors Pilot may be embarked, by prior arrangement, off the Port of Wallaroo (Lat. 33␥ 56' S., Long. 137␥ 37' E.). TUGS: The tugs ‘Taminga’ and ‘Turmoil’, based at Whyalla, are used ANCHORAGES: Inward bound vessels awaiting Pilot or Customs should for berthing/unberthing. Both tugs are owned by the Adelaide Steamship anchor in the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground. Water depth is about Co. Ltd. ‘Turmoil’ is a conventional single screw tug. ‘Taminga’ is 16 m. with good holding in sand. equipped with fully rotating propulsion nozzles and foredeck towing RESTRICTIONS: Except for fishing vessels of less than 500 g.r.t. and winch. She is also fully equipped as a firefighting tug and carries port service vessels, no vessel may be navigated within the port limits 14,000 litres of foam concentrate. at night without prior approval of the Port Manager. There are at present Additionally there is a large tug based at Port Pirie. no facilities for handling general cargo. MAX. SIZE: Maximum size ships permitted at terminal: Tug Details: Oil tankers: 110,000 d.w.t. Taminga 32 m. LOA 3,600 h.p. LPG carriers: 45,000 d.w.t. or 75,000 cu.m. capacity. (Larger sizes 50 tons bollard pull ahead 47 tons bollard pull astern can be handled at the discretion of the Port Manager). Turmoil 31 m. LOA 2,250 h.p. Maximum length overall – 265 m. 30 tons bollard pull Maximum draft – 15.8 m. Minimum size ships: Minimum LOA for LPG and crude carriers is 138 m. Maximum permitted berthing displacement: 110,000 tonnes. Mooring Boats: One mooring boat is available ex-Whyalla, the ‘Wanilla’, Draft: Unless with the Port Manager’s special permission, no vessel may is 350 b.h.p. If required another mooring boat can be obtained from navigate within the port or lie alongside the berth with a clearance Port Pirie. underkeel of less than 20% of her maximum draft. HEALTH: Radio Pratique: Vessels arriving from overseas and wishing to proceed direct to the berth must apply for clearance by radio. At least 24 hours before arrival the answers to the Commonwealth Quarantine BERTHING: The Port Bonython jetty is 2.4 km. in length and has a jetty Form ‘Q2‘ must be radioed to the ship’s Agent who will submit the head at right angles to the jetty. The jetty head is 140 m. in length. information in writing to the Quarantine Officer. (See ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port). If the answers are acceptable, approval to berth or Radio Pratique will be granted. Berth Layout: Note: Until clearance is received, no persons other than Port Health 1. The berth, capable of handling ships up to approximately Officials and Customs and Excise Officers will be allowed to embark or 110,000 d.w.t., consists of a concrete loading platform erected on disembark. steel piles. The minimum depth alongside the berth is 20 m. at Livestock: Masters are reminded that strict quarantine laws are in force datum. In the immediate approaches, the depth exceeds 17 m. in Australia regarding pets or livestock of all sorts. No animals or animal at datum along the berthing line over a distance of 600 m. either products may be landed without written permission. side of the berth centre. No dredging has been carried out and RADIO: Not less than 24 hours prior to the arrival of the vessel at the no siltation is anticipated in the berth area. The berth is orientated port, the Master or Agent of the vessel shall convey details to the Port 088␥ – 268␥ (T), approximately in line with the tidal currents. Manager, of the vessel’s expected time of arrival at the port, draft fore 2. Four breasting dolphins (BD1 to BD4) equipped with ABF rubber and aft, the vessel’s last port of call and whether the water-ballast is fenders hold large vessels clear of the loading platform. A row of clean. fender piles immediately in front of the platform is capped with If the vessel is scheduled to proceed direct to the berth on arrival the timber-fendered steel berthing beam against which smaller ships Master shall confirm to the Port Manager the ETA at least 4 hours prior can lie. to arrival. 3. Four mooring dolphins (designated MD1 to MD4), consisting of Declaration Prior to Arrival in Port: raked steel piles with concrete caps, lie to the East and West of The owner of a vessel having Dangerous Goods or Oil in Bulk on the breasting dolphins. Both mooring and breasting dolphins carry board shall make a declaration in writing to the Port Manager at least quick release hooks for the ship’s mooring lines. 48 hours prior to the arrival of the vessel in port providing the following 4. Deck heights above mean high water springs (M.H.W.S.) are: information: Loading platform ␣ 10.74 m. (a) Is the hull leak free? Breasting dolphins ␣ 3.5 m. (b) Is an inert gas system fitted? Mooring dolphins ␣ 5.5 m. (c) Is the inert gas system, if fitted, fully operational? Continuous fender ␣ 1.0 m. (d) Is a crude oil washing system fitted? 5. Distances, centre-to-centre, between the ABF fenders are (e) Is the crude oil washing system, if fitted, fully operational? approximately: (f) Are there any defects to the vessel, machinery or equipment, BD1 – BD2: 35 m. which may affect safe pilotage, berthing, cargo or ballast BD2 – BD3: 70 m. operations? BD3 – BD4: 35 m. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 179 AUSTRALIA Mooring Arrangements: Loading Arms: The arms are numbered 1 to 10, reading in order from 1. General Requirements: the Eastern end of the jetty head. The suggested mooring patterns for different classes of ship Size (All 150 ANSI) are shown on Plans M1 to M6. The Pilot will advise the Master No. Service Arm Coupling on mooring requirements. Any known defect or limitation in the 1 – 3 Crude, FRN, 12 in. 12 in. 300 mm. ship’s mooring system must also be reported to the Pilot before Ballast 300 mm. arrival. 4 Not operational Moorings must be properly tended so that the lines are bearing 5 an even load and the vessel is kept close alongside at all times. 6 Back springs should be as long as possible. Wherever practical, 5 – 7 Propane, Liquid 10 in. 10 in. or 12 in., all moorings that are led to a particular point should be of the or Vapour 250 mm. 250 mm. same type, i.e. either all rope or all wire, not mixed. 8 – 10 Butane, Liquid 10 in. or 12 in. 10 in. Readouts in the jetty control room indicate the load on each or Vapour 250 mm. or 250 mm. mooring hook. If the readout shows any line to be slack or 300 mm. apparently overloaded, the operator will notify the ship and the officer-in-charge shall promptly have the moorings adjusted. 2. Mooring Details – 3,000 d.w.t. (5,000 cu.m.) LPG Carrier (Plan M1): Head and stern lines (3 at each end) are run to the outer breasting dolphins. Breast lines are run to the inner breasting Ship’s Manifold Requirements: dolphins BD2 and BD3 using either the 25 tonne bollards or the Min. Height between Set back to face of mooring hooks. Springs are run to the 25 ton bollards on top of deck or other ship’s manifold or the continuous fender. Weight above obstruction and reducer if required 3. Mooring Details – 25,000 d.w.t. Tanker (Plan M2): Loading waterline lower edge of from ship’s side Head/stern lines are run to the mooring dolphins. Two breast Arm Max. Min. manifold flange † Max. Min. lines are required at each end, either to the inner mooring dolphins No. (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) or to the breasting dolphins. Springs (2 at each end), must be of 1,2,3 2.0 4.14 0.56 4.0 1.65 adequate length. 5,6,7 1.0 4.14 0.53 4.0 1.5 4. Mooring Details – 14,000 d.w.t. (22,000 cu.m.) LPG (Plan M3): 8,9,10 1.0 4.14 0.53 4.0 1.5 Two breast lines and two springs are required fore and aft. In † Unrestricted, except for safe access. the example shown the after breast lines lead forward but Minimum distance between ship’s manifolds is 2.0 m. adequate transverse restraint is provided by the stern lines to Note: If any arm moves beyond the given limits, the E.S.D. system will MD2. automatically be activated. Smaller ships may run lines to the bollards on BD2, BD3 and fender top, provided the lines do not exceed 25 ton breaking strength. 5. Mooring Details – 45,000 d.w.t. (75,000 cu.m.) LPG (Plan M4): If practicable, five lines should be run to the mooring dolphins at either end (e.g. 3 head lines and 2 for’d breast lines or 2 head Loading Operations – Crude or Full Range Naphtha (FRN): lines and 3 for’d breast lines). Two foresprings and 2 back springs 1. The Master of the vessel should ensure that his vessel is securely are also required. moored alongside at all times. All tension winches to be on manual 6. Mooring Details – 70,000 d.w.t. Tanker (Plan M5): brake. At least 4 lines are to be run at each end, i.e. 2 head/stern 2. There must be sufficient crew members, with responsible officer lines and 2 breasts or 3 head/stern lines and 1 breast line. Two supervision, on board at all times, to deal with any emergency. fore springs and 2 back springs should be run if practicable. At least one member of the duty watch shall be visible on deck 7. Mooring Details – 110,000 d.w.t. Tanker (Plan M6): at all times. Three head/stern lines and 2 breast lines must be run from 3. The terminal will cease cargo operations and may order tugs to either end of the ship. Two fore springs and 2 back springs are attend if any movement of the vessel will endanger loading arms, required, ensuring that the drift on these lines is as long as or in the absence of a proper deck watch on the vessel. possible. 4. All doors, portholes and openings from the outer deck to 8. The Pilot will advise the Master on all mooring requirements. accommodation or machinery spaces (other than the pump room) MEDICAL: There is a fully equipped base hospital at Whyalla. Medical shall be kept closed, except for entry/exit purposes. All ventilators attention can be arranged through the Agent. Only first aid facilities are through which gas can enter shall be closed and mechanical available at the jetty. ventilation shall be stopped if gas is being drawn into the system. Window type air conditioning units must not be used. Normal air CARGO OPERATIONS: Equipment: All vessels must be in a sound conditioning or mechanical ventilation may be used on full state of repair, with main engines, mooring winches, anchors and recirculation mode only. windlasses all in proper working order. 5. All cargo tank lids must be closed and secured and venting of Certification: All vessels must be in possession of a complete and valid vessel’s tanks must take place only through the venting system. set of safety certificates. All officers to be properly qualified and in 6. All ullage openings must be covered with wire gauze screens, possession of recognised certificates of competency. secured with weighted ullage plugs. All LPG vessels to be in possession of a Certificate of Fitness under 7. Should an accumulation of gas become apparent, loading should the terms of the IMO code for construction and equipment of ships be stopped or loading rate reduced at the discretion of the Marine carrying liquefied gas in bulk, also an appropriate Classification Society Supervisor or the responsible ship’s officer. Certificate. 8. Vessels in excess of 10,000 d.w.t. shall have an efficient means Complies with International Transport Federation (I.T.F.) Rules and of readily calculating bending moments and shear stresses in the Regulations as are applicable and in operation from time to time. vessel’s hull at all stages of loading or deballasting. Is entered into a Protection and Indemnity Club (P. & I.) acceptable to the Buyer and Seller’s Representative. Cargo Requirements: Vessels will not be accepted for loading unless the tanks to be loaded and the ship’s piping are free of any liquid or vapour which would knowingly contaminate or degrade the product. The Terminal assumes no responsibility for cleanliness of ship’s tanks for Loading Operations – LPG Vessels: loading. In addition to the rules applicable when loading crude oil or Gas carriers must be properly cooled down or inerted. Reliquefaction condensate, vessels loading LPG shall complete Section ‘C’ of the Safety equipment must be in good working order. Check List and also observe the following conditions: Tank washing, gas freeing, inerting or cooling down are not permitted 1. Vessel’s Master is to advise the maximum loading rate required, at the berth unless prior consent is received. the maximum working temperature and pressure of the ship’s Loading Arrangements: The jetty has been designated to load tanks and details of the previous 3 cargoes carried. refrigerated LPG, crude oil and condensate. There are 10 loading arms, 2. Ship’s relief valves to be set at maximum working pressure. all fitted with hydraulic couplings and quick-release devices. Pennant 3. Ship’s tanks to be purged of air to the satisfaction of Terminal controls are operated from No. 2, 4, 6 and 9 arms. loading officer, prior to loading. Oxygen content of tanks must be Maximum loading rates at the berth are approximately: less than 2% by volume. Crude oil 5,000 tonnes/hour 4. Personnel to be made aware of the danger of ‘‘frost burns’’. Full Range Naphtha (FRN) 3,600 tonnes/hour 5. The loading arms must be drained and cleared of liquid and all Butane 1,000 tonnes/hour pressure removed prior to disconnection. Nitrogen is connected Propane 1,000 tonnes/hour to the arms for purging. Loading Arms – Safe Envelope: 6. Tanks and pipelines to be gradually and evenly cooled down Surge: The maximum allowable movement of any arm in surge (parallel before loading to avoid any excessive thermal stresses. with the wharf) is ␾ 3 m. from the centre line. 7. Ship’s E.S.D. system to be operating satisfactorily. The closing Outreach: The maximum outreach, perpendicular to the wharf, measured of valves may be tested and timed. from the fender face is: 8. Due account should be taken of the high coefficient of volumetric (a) 300 mm. (12 in.) crude arms at a minimum operating height of expansion when determining closing ullages, and IMO filling ratio ␣ 4.14 m. above LWS: 4.8 m. to be strictly adhered to. At least 2 independent methods of (b) 300 mm. (12 in.) crude arm at height above ␣ 5.6 m.: 7.6 m. determining ullage space to be provided. (c) 150 mm. (6 in.) liquid propane arm : 6.8 m. 9. All vapours to be returned ashore or recycled and not permitted (d) All 250 mm. (10 in.) arms: 7.6 m. to be released to atmosphere. Height: Maximum of 10.5 m. above platform deck for 300 mm. (12 in.) 10. Ship’s scuppers in the cargo area must be kept OPEN while arms, less for smaller arms. Maximum allowable heights of ship’s loading LPG to allow liquid to escape overside in the event of manifold above waterline allowing for tidal range etc., is given in Table spillage.

180 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Jetty Emergency Shutdown and Surge Relief Systems: REPAIRS: Repair work or maintenance involving welding or burning or 1. The emergency shutdown (E.S.D.) system to stop loading can work which may immobilise a vessel’s engines may not be carried out be activated from the shore gangway or the ship. It is also on any vessel within the port without the written consent of the Port activated automatically in the event of the following occurring. Manager. Chipping, scraping or hammering is prohibited on any vessel Electrical power failure. where there is inflammable liquid on deck or inflammable vapour about Excessive pipeline pressure. the vessel. Only repairs of an emergency nature will be permitted on Surge in loading pump supply current. vessels while berthed. Loading arm extending outside of safe envelope. Repairs to electrical equipment, i.e. radios, radar and outside electrical Low level in shore tank. systems will not be permitted during loading operations. Jetty head cabin loss of pressure. Some routine maintenance is available at Whyalla. 2. The E.S.D. valves are power operated, backed up by emergency SURVEYORS: A Lloyds’ Surveyor is available in Adelaide. power and gas motors. Activating the E.S.D. system stops the loading pumps and closes the following E.S.D. valves: Tank GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: No gangway watchmen are suctions, valves at shore end of jetty, valves at loading arms. employed. There are security personnel employed by Santos within the All valves in the shore E.S.D. system have a closure time of complex and at the entrance gates. 30 seconds. AIRPORT: There is a regular air service from Whyalla to Adelaide. 3. Prevention of Pressure Surge Damage: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Serious damage to piping and equipment could result from pressure surge if ship’s automatic valves were slammed shut POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: All emergency facilities are available. while loading at maximum rates. For this reason records of tests There is an ambulance and fire truck within the Santos complex. Police or manufacturer’s data on the ship’s valves will be required by are available from Whyalla. See ‘‘General – Telephone Numbers’’. the terminal. If suitable test data is not available the Master may TELEPHONES: There is a Telecom telephone in the Administration be asked to operate the system to allow timing of the valves. block on the main jetty adjacent to the head of the jetty. A surge relief system incorporated in the jetty loading lines has GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage disposal available while alongside. been designed to cater for surges resulting from the following Vessel to provide containers for off-loading. Contact via agents, Adelaide conditions: Steamships, Tel: (086) 458733. (a) Crude Oil, Full Range Naphtha (FRN) and Light WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Oil terminal: Service only available for vessels Naphtha (LN). loading at berth. Capacity to handle 15,000 tons of oily water mix, no Loading rate ␦ 6,950 cu.m.p.h. chemical additives permitted. Vessel to be capable to pumping waste Ship’s E.S.D. valves: Closing time for ball valves ␦ 5 sec. Closing time for gate valves ␦ 10 sec. oil ashore. Contact: Operations, Santos Ltd., Tel: (086) 403100. (b) Propane SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. Loading rate ␦ 2,412 cu.m.p.h. REGULATIONS: Masters shall ensure that their vessels and crews Ship’s E.S.D. valves: Closing time for ball valves ␦ 5 sec. comply with the requirements of the S.A. Harbours Act, The Inflammable Closing time for gate valves ␦ 15 sec. Liquids Act and the Stony Point Port Rules. (c) Butane ␦ GENERAL: Loading rate 2,484 cu.m.p.h. Provisions: Fresh and preserved foods and other stores are available Ship’s E.S.D. valves: Closing time for ball valves ␦ 5 sec. ␦ through the Agent. Vessels may be stored at anchor, or alongsidesubject Closing time for gate valves 15 sec. to safety requirements. Separate surge drums are provided on the loading platform for Stores Handling: butane and propane. The crude oil/FRN header relieves into the 1. Loading of stores from the jetty, unless carried by hand is strictly jetty sump. The capacity of these systems is limited. forbidden during cargo operations. Stores may be taken during If the Marine Supervisor considers the ship’s valve closure deballasting with the approval of the Marine Supervisor and times to be too short he may ask for them to be locked off or he agreement of the Master, provided the following regulations are may order loading at a reduced rate. If loading time is unduly complied with: prolonged through this cause, the extra time may be charged (a) All tank hatches and ullage plugs within 16 m. (50 ft.) of the against the ship. stores handling area should be battened down. Cargo Measurement: (b) Any cargo operation which may allow vapours to escape on 1. Cargo quantity and quality will be determined by an independent to the deck should be stopped whilst stores are being handled, surveyor. Custody of all products will take place at the ship’s e.g. pumping of strippings into an after tank. manifold. (c) Metal drums or heavy metal parts likely to cause a spark 2. Shore measurement and sampling will determine quantity and should be landed on rubber matting and not be allowed to quality as follows: contact the vessel’s deck. If no matting is available, (a) Crude Oil and Full Range Naphtha (FRN): deballasting should be suspended and all tank lids/openings Quantity will be determined by shore tank dips. battened down whilst metal items of stores are landed on Quality will be determined by a sampling device designed to deck. The above items must not be dragged or rolled along automatically take a pre-determined number of samples, the vessel’s deck. proportional to the rate of flow during loading. (d) Gas cylinders should be carried by hand or transported on a (b) LPG: rubber tyred trolley. They must not be rolled along the deck Quantity will be determined on tank dips and allowance made of a vessel or jetty. for the increased vapour space. Quality will be determined by proportional sampling. 2. A derrick of 1 tonne S.W.L. is located near the shore gangway. 3. Ship’s tanks measurements will only be used when shore This derrick may be used for loading stores, with the permission measurements are not possible. of the Marine Supervisor, provided the preceeding regulations are Product Loading Data: observed. Max. Max. 3. The handling of stores from an approved barge may be carried Loading S.G. at Vapour Loading out during the cargo operations provided that the barge is secured Product Arm Size 15␥C Temp Pressure Rate aft, and the stores are loaded on to the poop of the ship. Cargo (mm.) (␥ C) (kPa) (tonnes/hr.) should be stopped while the barge comes alongside or departs, Crude Oil 300 0.802 *20␥ 62 5,000 and all barge personnel should observe the same SMOKING FRN 300 0.716 *20␥ 55 3,600 REGULATIONS as are observed on the ship. This may mean the Light 0.665 55␥ 3,600† complete prohibition of smoking on the barge while it is alongside Naphtha the ship, or within 400 m. of the ship. Propane 250 0.505 ␤42␥ 1434 1,000 Visitors: No persons other than Port Health Officials and Customs and Propane 150 0.505 ␤42␥ 1434 300 Excise Officers are allowed to embark or disembark from a vessel until Butane 250 0.575 ␤05␥ 483 1,000 clearance has been obtained and the Master’s permission has been * approximately granted. Embarking and disembarking must be by gangway only. † (cu.m./hr.) Walking through the plant is not permitted. BALLAST: One receiving tank is available with a normal working Intoxicated Persons: No person who appears in an intoxicated condition capacity of 15,000 cu.m. All ballast, other than that contained in the will be allowed on or off the vessel unless under adequate supervision ship’s permanent ballast tanks, must be discharged ashore. Ballast water of a ship’s officer. Particular attention should be paid to crew members containing tank cleaning chemicals or lead contaminants cannot be returning from shore leave. accepted owing to possible detrimental effects to the plant Rabies Control: Strict quarantine regulations are enforced in Australia. effluent-treating system and must be retained on board. It is an offence Pets are to be kept onboard in an enclosed area and are not permitted to allow discharge or escape from the ship of any liquid containing oil to be landed for exercise or for any other reason unless permission is or other contaminating material. given in writing by a Port Health Officer. The presence on board of any The request to discharge ballast must be made as soon as possible pets must be reported to the Marine Supervisor. after the vessel has been fixed for the voyage. Garbage Disposal: The dumping of garbage of any description in the DENSITY: Usually 1030. harbour is strictly forbidden. Arrangements can be made for the collection FRESH WATER: Proposed fresh water supply rate of 5 t.p.h. Fresh of garbage from ships at anchor or alongside. water is of poor quality and it is not recommended for loading. Note: The ship’s Agent will arrange for the garbage to be collected by FUEL: Not available. a launch and must not be landed on the loading berth or dolphins. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: There are 6 fire monitors at the jetty head. Weather Forecasts: Gale warnings and strong wind warnings are 1 each side of loading (manifold) platform, 50 m. apart and 12 m. broadcast over the marine VHF bands. Ships at the berth will be promptly above platform. advised of any warnings received by the terminal radio. 1 each end on jetty head in line with outer breasting dolphins 45 m. Mooring of Boats Alongside Tankers: Small craft are prohibited from East and West of loading platform and 12 m. above. approaching or remaining alongside tankers unless approval has been 2 at inboard end of loading platform and 2.5 m. above platform for given by the Marine Supervisor or from the Port Manager. fighting platform fires. Stores barges should be positioned aft of the cargo deck. 1 adjacent to Administrative Block 100 m. inboard of loading platform. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 181 AUSTRALIA Access to Jetty Area: Current Speed: Strong tidal currents occur in the berth area and 1. Vehicular Traffic: (Diesel vehicles only). approaches with maximum ebb streams running about 30% faster than Only vehicles approved by Santos and displaying a permit issued maximum floods. At spring tides, every 2 weeks, the current may reach by the Port Manager will be allowed on the jetty. a maximum of 1.7 knots (88 cm./sec.) on the ebb and 1.3 knots A safe vehicle is provided to transport ships’ crews or other (67 cm./sec.) on the flood. At ‘‘King’’ tides, twice per year, peak current persons to and from the berth. speeds will be about 10% higher. The current speeds given are for an Duly authorised stores vehicles will normally be permitted to average depth of about 10 m. Near-surface currents, which will affect unload at the services platform, located some 50 m. inshore of small vessels, run about 10% faster than the 10 m. average. the jetty head. Current Direction: Both flood and ebb currents generally set slightly 2. Personnel: across the berth, towards the shore. The peak flood stream averages (a) Only authorised persons will be allowed into the jetty area. 12␥ on to the berth. The peak ebb stream averages 7␥ on to the berth Ship’s personnel must have a pass signed by the vessel’s but varies between 16␥ ‘on’ and 2␥ ‘off’ the berth. Master for clearance by the security guard at the entrance Charts: Recommended charts are: gate. Master is to clear all personnel visiting the vessel. BA.2389 ‘St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs’. (b) New crew members signing on must be cleared by the Master BA. 407 ‘Spencer Gulf.’ or his deputy. Aus. 136 ‘Approaches to Whyalla and Port Pirie.’ (c) Ship’s Agent is to advise the Terminal of details of stores Aus. 778 ‘Pt. Lowly to Port Augusta.’ chandlers or other services required by the vessel. The driver Aus. 777 ‘Winceby Island to Point Riley.’ of any authorised delivery vehicle to furnish suitable Aus. 776 ‘Williams Island to Winceby Island.’ documentation as to his identity and company. For description of coastline, anchorages, weather notes, etc., refer to Oil Spill Clean-up Equipment: The following equipment is held at an oil the Australia Pilot, Volume 1. spill base close to the water’s edge. Oil Booms: SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: July 1999. 2,000 m. Seaboom: Inflatable curtain type. Vessel: LPG carrier, 12,900 g.t. 1,000 m. Vikoma Beach Guardian. Location: Port Bonython is located on the West shore of Spencer Gulf, 1,000 m. Shoreline Barrier. South Australia, approximately 15 miles from Whyalla. The Terminal is 200 m. Sorbent Boom: For removal of light oil film. some 15 years old and is owned by Santos Ltd. Vacuum Recovery Equipment: Oil is pumped 659 km. from the Moomba Field to Port Bonython. Two Vivovac units. The oil is then distillated into crude, condensate and LPG. One Vacuum truck, 4-wheel drive, with suction unit and 2,730 litre Depending on the size of vessel, approximately 2 LPG shipments are sludge tank. made per month, mainly for export. Oleophilic Skimmers: There is a BHP steel plant in Bonython that is in the process of being Two Mark 4 DP and one Mark 6 DP units. run down. Pollution Craft: Charts: AUS 136 and AUS 778. One 8.1 m. Shark Cat, diesel powered, shallow draft, capable of Documentation: If official Australian forms are held on board, then the carrying spray equipment. following to be faxed soonest after departure from the previous port: Floating Tanks: Arrival Report. Portable Flexi-tanks, 100 tonnes capacity. Crew Report (Crew List). Coastal Spray Units: Free Pratique Form. Two Harrier BWN units. Ballast Water Report. Dispersant: On arrival: 7 tonnes Corexit 9527 concentrate. Crew Effects Declaration (Include Serial No. and value). Floating flexi tank, 50 tonnes capacity. Ports of Call List. Sorbent Materials: Stores List. Assorted synthetic recoverable pads. Customs: Customs Officials will generally accept the ship’s standard Pumps: forms, as long as they contain all details required by the Australian official One sludge pump, 4 ␺ 2 in. pumps, portable. forms. Two ‘Lovell’ Trailers: Safety Inspections: Vessel had inspection visits from AQIS and AMSA. Fully equipped with manual clean-up equipment. Approaches: Vessel transited the Spencer Gulf along the designated Tanker Berth – Fire-Fighting Equipment: routes which are well buoyed with Point Lowly Light (Just East of the Fire Pumps: berth), being very conspicuous. 3 electric and 3 diesel pumps, located at pumping station midway Depths at the North end of the gulf are relatively shallow. along approach jetty, capacity 113,750 litres/min. @ 1,240 kPa. Plant Anchorage: The Pilots recommended anchoring within a gully in position fire pumps also start automatically if fire water demand causes drop Lat. 33␥ 06' S., Long. 137␥ 38.6' E. Holding ground good. in pressure, giving 5,005 litres/min. @ 1,240 kPa. Restrictions: Daylight berthing only. Unberthing 24 hours. Maximum Foam Equipment: berthing wind speed approximately 30 knots. The highest wind strengths Foam ring-main fed by separate pumps. are experienced in the Summer during afternoons and evenings. Storage tank capacity 9,100 litres 3% foam. Max. Size: Max. size of vessel normally handled for LPG is 75,000 cu.m. Live Hose Reels: ␺ and tankers 110,000 d.w.t. The minimum size of LPG vessel is 4, each with 30.5 m. 38 mm. hose. 5,000 cu.m. Remote controlled monitors: Pilotage: One Pilot covers Whyalla and Port Bonython and also assists 4 Monitors on elevated tower with foam and water covering ship. at Port Pirie opposite Whyalla. The Pilot boards from a fast yellow/orange 2 Monitors on elevated tower with foam and water covering berthing launch in position Lat. 33␥ 05' S., Long. 137␥ 38.2' E., 3 miles S.E. of head. Whyalla Breakwater. The Pilot departs at Buoy No. 6. Fire Boxes: The Pilot works on VHF Channel 12 and listens on VHF Channel 16 4, each with 3 ␺ 40 m. lengths of 38 mm. hose. 2 ␺ 40 m. lengths of 63.5 mm. hose. when vessels are expected. Water and foam nozzles. Pre-Arrival Information: Well before the arrival of the vessel, the Agent Extinguishers: faxes a 4 page cargo information questionnaire for Santos, requesting 2 ␺ 9 kg. chemical extinguishers in fire boxes. manifold details, condition of ship’s tanks, loading rate, etc. 1 ␺ 909 kg. dry chemical unit. Arrival: Entry is made along the gully in depth 17.0 m. to 18.0 m. Vessel 2 ␺ 22 kg. mobile dry chemical units. berths either side to, stemming the tide. There is no directional GPS Breathing Apparatus: available. 1 MSA self contained breathing apparatus and Departure: Departure is as per buoyed channel to the East of Buoy No. 8, 1 MSA resuscitation apparatus are stored at main control room. West of Buoys No. 5 and No. 7, then East of Buoys No. 4 and No. 6, Fire Tender: between the Entrance Buoy and Buoy No. 2 by the preferred route as 1,820 litres shown on Charts AUS 136 and AUS 778. 2,730 litres 3% foam concentrate. The Pilot advises not to stray from the designated track as fishing 1 ␺ 909 kg. dry chemical unit. reefs, consisting of old cars which have been dumped, appear as deep Telephone Numbers: water. Ambulance (St. John’s Ambulance) (08) 86-457777 Tugs: There are 2 tugs available, one fairly modern rotating nozzle type B.H.P. Whyalla (08) 86-404192 tug of 3,600 h.p. and one older conventional tug 2,200 h.p. Tug’s lines Doctor (Dr. White, Whyalla) (08) 86-459277 were used. Emergency Services, Santos (08) 86-403100 Berth: The berth consists of a concrete loading platform with outlying Fire Brigade (08) 86-458999, A/H (08) 86-457473 fender mooring dolphins at the end of a 1.2 mile trestle pier. The loading Captain Mansfield, Port Manager (08) 86-488160 platform is aligned on 088␥ – 268␥, length 50.0 m. At each side of the A/H (08) 86-455744 loading platform are 2 fender mooring dolphins giving a total fendered Hospital (08) 86-458711 length of 140.0 m. Minimum depth alongside 18.0 m. MLW (See ‘‘Plan’’). Oil Pollution (Terminal Emergency Services) (08) 86-403100 Mooring: Apart from fender mooring dolphins, 2 further mooring dolphins Police (08) 86-488020 are situated each side of the berth, giving 8 mooring dolphins in all which SANTOS Ltd. are connected by catwalks. All the mooring dolphins are equipped with Port Bonython Terminal (08) 86-403100 capstans and quick-release mooring hooks, which can be released Marine Supervisor A/H (08) 86-454014 remotely from the control room. The control room is on the East end of Facsimile (08) 86-403200 the loading platform. Adelaide Steamship Co. Ltd. (08) 86-458733 For average sized vessels in fair weather, the moorings are 3-2-2 fore Barwil Agencies (08) 86-440911 and aft. Generally, 2 mooring boats and a large mooring gang are Ship Chandlers available. Bridge, KB (08) 86-455603 Fenders: There are 4 flat faced shock absorbing fenders on the berth. Taxi (08) 86-457711 Cargo: The vessel loaded approximately 10,000 tonnes of LPG for Tides: For tidal predictions for the area, the Whyalla tide tables should Botany Bay on a ‘Single Voyage Coastwise Permit’, the balance was be used. for discharge in China.

182 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Chicksans: The position of Chicksans on the jetty from West to East MEDICAL: Ambulance – Yorketown Tel: ␣61 (8) 852-1200. Doctor are: available in Yorketown. ␺ Butane (C4): 3 10 in. 150 ASA (can be increased to 12 in.). TANKERS: No facilities available. Propane (C3): 3␺10 in. 150 ASA (can be increased to 12 in.). DENSITY All C4 and C3 Chicksans can be changed to either liquid or vapour : 1027. return. FRESH WATER: Available at 15 tonnes per hour ship/shore hose. C3 1␺6 in. 150 ASA with 3 in. vapour return hose. FUEL: By road tanker, by arrangement. ␺ Ballast, condensate and crude 3 12 in. 150 ASA. CONSULS: None at Port Giles. Services available from Adelaide. LPG arms can operate between 18.2 m. – 4.14 m. above sea level. The minimum distance between the manifolds is 2.0 m. The Chicksans REPAIRS: None available at Port Giles. Available from Adelaide. can operate 3.0 m. either side of the centre line in the horizontal plane. DRY DOCKS: None. Loading Rate: The maximum loading rate for C3 and C4 is 1,000 t.p.h. SURVEYORS: (1) Cargo Surveyors available through ship’s Agents, The loading of LPG products commences by gravity at up to from Port Adelaide. 300 cu.m./hr. The shore pump is brought on line to increase the loading (2) Lloyd’s Surveyor should be organised through principal Agents. rate from 300 cu.m./hr. up to 1,000 cu.m./hr. Above 1,000 cu.m./hr., Lloyd’s Agents is at Port Adelaide. 2 shore pumps are required. Other Classification Society Surveyors also available in Australia with Loading: There is no cargo recirculation line available on the jetty, so sufficient notice to ship’s Agents. None are resident in Port Giles. the first 500 cu.m. to 700 cu.m. of C3 is supplied at between ␤30␥Cto ␤37␥C, and for C4 at ␤1.5␥C, dependant on ambient temperature. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Gangway watchmen not available. The density of C3 is 0.5071 and C4 is 0.5769. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Ship’s crew. Vapour return lines are connected regardless of tank atmospheres. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Normal Australian allowances. Unless the ship’s tank atmosphere vapour purity is 85% of loading CARGO GEAR: Bulk grain loading only. product, vapour return cannot be used, except in an emergency. In an emergency, if purity is down, vapour return is flared and vessel REPATRIATION: Crew changes and repatriation possible. charged. Normally vapour is reliquified with no charge. AIRPORT: Nearest regular airport, Adelaide. Bill of Lading: Bill of Lading quantities are worked out using shore tank TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. figures. Tides: Max. current about 1.5 knots for both flood and ebb. Max. tidal HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day; Australia Day (January); Good Friday; range approximately 1.5 m. Easter Monday; Anzac Day (April); Adelaide Cup Day (May); Queen’s Gangway: There is a hydraulic shore gangway available at the East end Birthday (June); Labour Day (October); Christmas Day and Proclamation of loading platform, but of poor quality. Day (December 26th). Garbage Disposal: No facilities available. The bulk loading plant operates on all public holidays except Good Friday and Christmas Day. Stores: Stores can be brought from Adelaide, though expensive. Access for the stores lorry is possible along the jetty. The Terminal staff will lift POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: 521100 (Stansbury the ship’s stores onboard by crane at the East end of the jetty platform Tel: 524205, Edithburgh Tel: 526024, Yorketown Tel: 521100). during loading operations. Ambulance Tel: 521200 (Edithburgh Tel: 526000, Stansbury Repatriation: Crew reliefs are flown to Adelaide then by domestic flight Tel: 524100, Yorketown Tel: 521200). to Whyalla. Flights twice daily to Adelaide. The local hotel is good. Fire Tel: 521000. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Tel: ␣61 (62) 475244. TELEPHONES: Ordinary hours 0830 to 1630 to connect $60.00 and AUTHORITY: Department of Marine and Harbors of South Australia, disconnect $60.00. Overtime hours to connect $84.00 and to disconnect P.O.Box 102, 15 Darling Terrace, Whyalla, South Australia 5600, $84.00. Rental $1.14 per day. Australia. Tel: ␣61 (86) 488-161. FAX: ␣61 (86) 488-168. Contact: Captain D. Mansfield, Port Manager, Whyalla/Port Bonython SERVICES: Tank/hold cleaning services available by prior arrangement. (after hours Tel: ␣61 (86) 457682). BANKS: Not available at Port Giles. Nearest banks at Yorketown. Operator: Santos Ltd., 39 Grenfell Street, Adelaide, S.A. 5000, Bank SA, 25 Warooka Road, Yorketown. Tel: 521570, Telex: 82082. Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 218-5111. Fax: ␣61 (8) 212-5476. A.N.Z. Banking Group Ltd., 40 Warooka Road. Tel: 521211. Santos Ltd., Port Bonython. P.O.Box 344, Whyalla, S.A. 5600, ␣ ␣ STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. Australia. Tel: 61 (86) 403100. Fax: 61 (86) 403200. 1. Truck. Contact: J. Phillips, Marine Supervisor, Port Bonython. 2. – 3. Normal road access. 4. Forklift trucks can use jetty. 5. Normal Customs bond regulations apply. PORT GILES, S.A.: 35.02 S. 137.46 E. (See Plan) 6. Ship’s crew. SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Not available. PORT LIMITS: As marked on AUS. 125 (plans in the Gulf of St. Vincent). From a position the HW line in Lat. 35␥ 00.5' S. in a direction SHORE LEAVE: No restrictions. 090␥␺7 nautical miles, thence 180␥␺1.75 nautical miles, thence IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Normal Australian I.D. cards necessary, but 270␥␺6.7 nautical miles (approx.) to the shore. not required to be carried ashore. DOCUMENTS: All documents necessary for first entry vessels are as GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Notice: for other Australian ports (i.e. Customs, Health, etc.) Flinders Ports, South Australia PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilot boarding ground is 2.5 miles East of the Port Giles seaward end of the Port Giles Jetty. Pilot vessel has aluminium hull, Notice to Masters of Overseas Vessels yellow superstructure, ‘‘Pilot’’ in black on topside. Vessels proceeding Any enquiries should be directed to Flinders Ports via your ship’s to Port Giles, 24 hours’ notice required to Flinders Ports, South Australia Agent. – Port Adelaide. Under the Marpol Convention plastic items including plastic ANCHORAGES: 2.5 miles from berth. bags/bottles must not be disposed of at sea. RESTRICTIONS: Daylight berthing only. Sailing at any time. Depth in Australian Quarantine requirements channel 11.6 m. Quarantinable ships garbage: (Including galley scraps, organic refuse, MAX. SIZE: Vessels to 40,000 d.w.tonnes able to load fully and depart animal waste and used food cartons). at lowest tide. Normal limit 206 m. LOA and 40 m. beam. Larger vessels Must be stored in plastic bags or heavy duty wet strength paper bags. at Port Manager’s discretion. The bags must be stowed within rodent/bird proof containers with tight HEALTH: Radio Pratique available within 24 hours of arrival provided fitting lids. sufficient information supplied. Quarantine/Health Officer will still board Must not be incinerated, macerated/sterilised or held in an integral vessel in order to grant formal Pratique. Vessels arriving from other holding tank unless prior Quarantine permission has been obtained for Australian ports have automatic Pratique, but Health Officer may still this specific voyage. attend the vessel on arrival. Australian Quarantine also requires that: VHF: Channels available at Port Giles 16, 12, 6. Channel 16 used for Garbage disposal unit inlets/outlets must be kept sealed. general calls to Port Adelaide Outer Harbour, Signal Station. Call sign: Garbage stowage area must be kept cleaned and disinfected. Food ‘‘Adelaide Outer Harbour’’. Messages on Channel 12. Hours of operation: scraps must not be littered on deck. 24 hours per day. Messages will be relayed to Port Giles. N.B.: Under no circumstances are the ship’s crew/visitors to remove RADAR: No radar service. food stuffs/animals/pot plants from your vessel. TUGS: By arrangement from Port Adelaide. Heavy penalties apply for breaches of Australian quarantine BERTHING: Berth dimensions: Length 256 m. (840 ft.), width 39.6 m. legislation. (130 ft.), depth 11.6 m. (38 ft.), draft subject to keel clearance 0.6 m. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. (2 ft.). Vessels berth on North side of jetty, either head in or head out depending upon weather conditions. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. CRANES: None. REGULATIONS: No unusual regulations. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: 5 booms with luffing and swinging ability. DELAYS: Not normal only if another vessel is at berth loading. Loading rate; 2 or more booms 1,100 tonnes per hour, 1 boom 400 t.p.h. Chute clearance low water: 15.54 m. Cargo handled: Barley, wheat, DEVELOPMENTS: None in foreseeable future. peas. AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 19, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: None available. Adelaide, SA 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8447-0611. FAX: ␣61 (8) BRIDGES: None. 8447-0606. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Carol Whitford, STEVEDORES: Ordering of labour organised through Agent and Grain Administrative Assistant, Operations Handling Authority. (Email: [email protected]). See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 183 AUSTRALIA PORT HEDLAND, W.A.: 20.18 S. 118.35 E. (See Plan) Westerly. From Beacons 19/20 to the end of the channel at Beacons 15/16 the depth is 14.6 m. with a width of 220 m. PORT LIMITS: An arc of a circle of 10 nautical miles radius with centre The Outer Channel is outside Port Limits but within the Pilotage Area. at Hunt Point Beacon No. 47 (Chart Aus. No. 53). Also see ‘‘Notice’’. The width of the channel varies from 250 m. at Beacons C13/C14 to DOCUMENTS: 470 m. at Beacons C1/C2 and is well marked by 13 beacons. All channel 2 Copies Health Report Q360 for Quarantine Office to be beacons are fully synchronised. accompanied by Crew List showing Vaccination dates. Drying coral ledges covered with a thin layer of sand extend from the 1 Copy Store List Form 42A. All narcotics and restricted drugs to be shoreline near the harbour entrance, for a distance of up to 0.75 nautical identified by type, size and quantity. Report is to include lifeboat miles. To seaward of these ledges there are some detached sand banks kits. extending out to 1.5 nautical miles. A Spoil Bank extends seaward from 1 List Crew Possessions. Form 5, including Declaration Sheet. In the foreshore and is situated to the East of the dredged channel. It dries declaring goods, quantity, description and value to be stated. In the for most of its length, acting as a breakwater during Easterly winds. case of all watches, radios, cameras, binoculars and the like, The most conspicuous object is the Mt. Newman Mining Company’s ␥ ␥ maker’s name or brand and serial numbers must be shown. Crushing Plant situated in position 20 19.05' S., 118 35.26' E. The Port ␥ ␥ 1 Crew List and Form 3A. Comprised White Cover Sheet, 2 copies Control Tower in position 20 19.0' S., 118 34.5' E. and the Tower in ␥ ␥ plus Form 3B (white), 2 copies. position 20 18.6' S., 118 36.68' E., are also conspicuous as is the water ␥ ␥ 1 List Ship’s Pets. QA4. If any pets, including any animal, bird or fish tower in position 20 18.55' S., 118 36.7' E. on board to be accompanied by 1 pink QA5. Seaward Approaches: Separate inwards and outwards routes extend to Identification Card. Form M315. One per crew member, except as and from Port Hedland. Vessels approaching the port must, unless detailed below (depending on nationality). constrained by draft, follow the recommended inwards track to the East With reference to Seamen’s Identification Cards, a Passport size of the main channel. The main ship channel is one way outwards. Before photograph of the seamen is sufficient. A side-face photograph is not entering the Pilotage Area, vessels must call ‘‘Port Hedland Harbour ’’ required. Seamen in possession of the following National travel on VHF Channel 16 and receive approval to enter. Vessels must not documents are no longer required to have an Identification Card in enter without receiving approval. In addition vessels should then confirm Commonwealth of Australia Form M302. their ETA and draft and seek advice as to the movement of other vessels, Canada Passport or Seaman’s Identity Certificate berthing instructions and other appropriate information. Where it is Denmark Seaman’s Book necessary for deep draft vessels to use the main channel, approval to Fiji Passport or Seaman’s Certificate of Nationality do so must be obtained from ‘‘Port Hedland Harbour’’ on VHF Channel 16 and Identity prior to entry at ‘‘C1’’ and ‘‘C2’’. Inward vessels using the main channel Ghana Passport or Seaman’s Certificate of Nationality may be required to use a Pilot. and Identity Vessels should call Perth or Darwin Coastal Radio Stations for details Hong Kong Seaman’s Identity Book of any Emergency Notice to Mariners which may affect the Port Hedland India Seaman’s Identity Book or Seaman’s Approaches. Continuous Certificate of Discharge Mariners are advised to pay due regard to the strong currents which Israel Seaman’s Book exist off the coast, especially during Spring Tides. The height of Mean Italy Libretto de Navigaziona High Water Springs is 6.8 m., Mean High Water Neaps 4.7 m. and Japan Mariners Pocket Ledger maximum range is approximately 7.3 m. The flood tide sets in an Easterly Malaysia Passport or Seaman’s Identity Card direction, whilst the ebb sets North Westerly (maximum rate Identity Book approximately 1.5 knots). Vessels may request the exact height of the New Zealand tide by calling ‘‘Port Hedland Harbour’’ on V.H.F. Norway Seaman’s Document of Identity PILOTAGE: Pilotage is provided within Port Limits and within a ‘‘Pilotage Pakistan Seaman’s Identity Card or Continuous Area’’ that extends some 10 nautical miles outside Port Limits. Discharge Certificate Port Limits embrace the area up to the High Water Mark within an arc South Africa Seaman’s Record Book and Certificate of of radius 10 nautical miles, from Hunt Point Beacon (No. 47). Discharge or Seaman’s Identity Certificate or The Pilotage Area embraces the area up to the High Water Mark Certificate of Naturalisation or Identity between Port Limits and an arc of radius 20 nautical miles, from Hunt South Korea Seaman’s Certificate Book Point Beacon (No. 47). United Kingdom* Passport or Seaman’s Record Book and The Master of any vessel other than a vessel exempted under the Certificate of Discharge Port Authority’s Regulation 30, shall not cause or permit the vessel to *United Kingdom Passports may be held for surrender only if grantee enter of depart from or move within the Port or the Pilotage Area without is agreeable, otherwise an Australian Identification Card must be having first taken on a Pilot, unless authorised to do so by the Harbour available. Master. Masters are reminded that crew members’ travel documents and Regulation 30 – When pilotage is not compulsory: Commonwealth of Australia Forms M302, where applicable, are to be (1) For the purpose of Section 97(1) of the Act and subject to retained in the custody of the Master at all times and are to be produced Sub-Regulations (2) and (3) and Regulation 31, a vessel moving in a to Customs Boarding Officers upon demand. port is not required to use piloage services if the vessel: APPROACHES: (a) is a vessel operated by a defence force of Australia, other than General Description: To seaward of the Port Limit is the ‘‘Pilotage Area’’ a vessel used primarily to transport troops, fuel oil, stores or which extends out to a distance of 20 nautical miles from Hunt Point. equipment; Although this area and the navigation beacons therein come under the (b) is a vessel used for commercial fishing that is registered in jurisdiction of the Commonwealth Government, a pilotage service can Australia and has a length overall not greater than 35 m.; be provided by the Port Hedland Port Authority as directed by the (c) is of not more than 150 gross registered tonnes; Harbour Master. (d) is a vessel that: The Inner Harbour commences from a line drawn between Hunt Point (i) is under the command of an exempt Master; and Beacon (No. 47) and Airey Point Beacon (No. 46). (ii) may be moved under the authority of the exempt Master’s The Channel extends from the Inner Harbour through the Port Limit Pilotage Exemption Certificate. and out to Beacon‘‘C.1’’, some 22 nautical miles offshore in the Pilotage It is intended that only outbound vessels of 150,000 d.w.t. or more Area. will be required to take a Pilot beyond Port Limits into the Pilotage Area. The Channel has varying depths in order to make maximum use of However, if a Master requests the services of a Pilot then the Port will the tidal range. These depths are: meet that request where in the opinion of the Harbour Master it is Position Depth Position Depth reasonable to do so. Generally speaking vessels under 150,000 d.w.t. (m.) (m.) will be authorised by the Harbour Master to proceed without a Pilot in Inner Harbour 14.6 Beacon 16 14.6 the Outer Pilotage Area. Within Port Limits vessels will require a Pilot Hunt Point 14.1 Beacon 12 14.9 unless exempted by Regulation 30. Beacon 30 14.2 Beacon 4 15.8 Pilots employed by the Port Headland Pilot Company receive Beacon 24 14.4 Beacon 2 16.2 extensive training, both locally and overseas. It takes an average 2 years The turning basin in the Inner Harbour is dredged to 9.1 m. The before a Pilot is classed as an ‘‘unrestricted’’ Pilot, that is to say he is perimeter of the turning basin is marked by buoys which exhibit a flashing allowed to handle any size of vessels and is not restricted to a certain yellow light at night. The Channel is marked by beacons which are set tonnage. All unrestricted Pilots have attended Shiphandling Courses at back 23 m. from the toeline of the dredged channel. Leading lights are established to assist with navigation in a number of channel sections. the Port Revel Marine Research and Training Centre at Grenoble, From the departure basin to Hunt Point Beacon (No. 47), the channel France, where the principles of shiphandling are studied. has a large bend for most of its length, involving vessels turning through The Port has been modelled on the simulator at the Australian Maritime an angle of some 70␥. The channel width is generally greater than 300 m., College at Launceston, Tasmania, ensuring that Pilots receive training narrowing to some 244 m. at Hunt Point. Depths up to Hunt Point are in all areas of the channel experiencing a variety of wind, tide and 14.6 m. The current pattern is complex but on the flood tide a pronounced vessels. set to the Western Bank is experienced. Helicopter Boarding: Pilots will board suitable vessels by means of a From Hunt Point to Beacons 36/37 is a bend involving a single curve helicopter which will land on a hatch cover. Normally this applies to bulk with a radius of 2,540 m. Depths of 14.1 m. are available in this area. carriers and not general cargo vessels, oil or gas tankers - vessels such Channel widths are up to 240 m. and currents generally follow the line as these are not suitable for helicopter and will be boarded by launch. of the channel. The helicopter is a float-equipped Bell 206B Jetranger weighing, when From Beacons 36/37 to Beacons 30/31 the channel section is known filled to capacity, 1,360 kilos. It is fitted with VHF in the Marine band. as Goldsworthy Straight. The depths in this section are 14.2 m. and the Where a vessel is to be boarded by helicopter, the vessel must meet channel batter width is 193 m. In the section closest to Beacons 36/37 the following criteria: the current is parallel to the channel; in the Northern half of the section, (a) A hatch cover capable of supporting 2,722 kilos, that is, the current on the flood tends to set South Easterly and North Westerly possessing a load density of not less than 380 Kg./sq.m. and with on the ebb. minimum dimensions of 10.16 m. If cambered, then the angle The section between Beacons 30/31 and 19/20 is known as the should not exceed 7.5␥. Newman Straight and depths are 14.4 m. to 14.6 m. with widths varying (b) Mark a Termination Area on the hatch cover with a circle of not from 183 m. to 220 m. The current again sets South Easterly and North less than 15 cm. width and 10.16 m. diameter.

184 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (c) Mark a Touch Down Area within the termination area with a letter Pilot Ladder Specifications: ‘‘H’’ having sides of 2.0 m. and width 13 cm. or a spot not less Length of spreaders not less than 1,800 mm. (5 ft. 10 in.) than 30 cm. in diameter. The Touch Down Area is to comprise a Length of steps not less than 480 mm. (1 ft. 7 in.) square space having sides measuring no less than 7.0 m., the Width of steps not less than 115 mm. (4.5 in.) centre of which will be concentric with that of the termination area, Thickness of steps not less than 25 mm. (1 in.) and shall be free of lifting lugs, wedges, ventilators and any other Side ropes’ obstructions which are likely to hazard the flotation system. When circumference not less than 60 mm. (2.25 in.) the floats are positioned within the touchdown area as described diameter not less than 20 mm. (0.75 in.) above, the main rotor shall be contained within the termination Spacing of steps 300 mm. – 380 mm. (1 ft. – 1 ft. 3 in.) area. Recommended space between (d) The markings in (b) and (c) above shall be white or yellow on a top of one step and underside dark background. of the one above 310 mm. (12.25 in.) (e) Paint on handrails, lugs, ventilators and other obstructions on the Recommended clear space hatch cover, should be a distinctive colour which shall be highly between pairs of side ropes visible by day or night. (not specified by SOLAS). 400 mm. (1 ft. 4 in.) (f) Surrounding the termination area, there shall be an area not less The size and spacing of components can vary considerably from one than 7 m. in width in which there shall be no obstructions likely pilot ladder to another within the requirements of the SOLAS Regulations. to hazard the rotor system (i.e. higher than 0.5 m. above the hatch ANCHORAGES: When vessels are required to anchor they should do cover level). Two approach paths, at least 150␥ apart in azimuth, each approach path having a minimum of 20.32 m., and being so clear of the main channel but inside the Port Limits. The holding free of all obstacles, for an approach gradient of 40␥,uptoa ground is reported as being good on both Eastern and Western sides height of 200 ft. of the channel. Vessels should not anchor in the designated Spoil Ground (g) The combined termination area and obstruction-free area in (f) Dumping Areas or in the Prohibited Anchorage as indicated on Charts shall comprise the Helipad Area. No ship’s personnel shall be AUS. 53 and AUS. 52. within this area during helicopter operations unless they are below Departure: If the Master wishes to anchor outside prior to proceeding to hatch cover level. sea, he must advise the Pilot when leaving the berth, and the Pilot will (h) Ensure that all hatch wires, derricks, cranes, aerials, etc., are advise suitable anchorage. The Master will advise the Pilot of estimated clear of the approach paths to the Helipad Area. All loose objects time of departure in order that this may be reported to the Port Control. must be removed from this area. MAX. SIZE: Vessels of up to 315 m. LOA are able to use the port by (i) The approach paths to the helipad across both sides of the ship day and by night. shall be free of obstructions higher than 0.5 m. above hatch cover Subject to the following conditions the port may be used by vessels level. up to 330 m. LOA: All movements in the channel confined to daylight (j) An officer shall be available to escort the Pilot to and from the hours; wind speed not to exceed a steady 25 knots; inward movements helipad area. to be confined to times when the currents are the minimum possible for (k) Ships departing the Port must wash down the helipad before the the tide. Owners of such vessels should provide the Port Authority with helicopter lands (day and night). a general arrangement plan at least 2 weeks prior to vessel’s arrival. In Addition for Night Operations: Port Hedland Port Development: Port Hedland Port Authority employ a (a) The termination area shall be illuminated with floodlights situated dynamic under-keel clearance system (DUKC) which obtains sea and outside the helipad area, with the light beams directed downwards swell data from 2 fixed installations on Beacons 15 and 16. Maximum on to the hatch cover, in such a manner as not to blind the drafts, departure times and minimum under-keel clearance are all helicopter pilot. computer generated. The various swell states are still utilised by shippers (b) An illuminated wind indicator shall be displayed in a conspicuous to estimate pre-loading conditions. position clear of the helipad area and easily visible from the air Swell States: (e.g. a wind sock or answering pennant). State A Swells less than 0.25 m. in amplitude. These occur for (c) On request, when other ships are in the area, provide a means approximately 64% of the year. of identification by flashing a light towards the helicopter on State B Swells of 0.25 m. to 0.50 m. in amplitude. These occur approach. for approximately 30% of the year. Minimum Firefighting Requirements: State C Swells greater than 0.50 m. in amplitude. These occur (a) Officer-in-Charge, with two others, each of the latter manning a for approximately 6% of the year, and include swells fire hose, and all three wearing highly visible coloured vests. They generated by the passage of cyclones. should be stationed clear of, but close to the termination area. Under-Keel Clearance: (b) Fire hose nozzles of the dual purpose type. Location Swell Type A Swell Type B Swell Type C (c) Inductors and dipsticks connected to hoses for use with foam. Harbour 1.20 1.20 1.20 (d) Drums of foam-making compound FC3034 (FFE Number) or Hunt Point 1.30 1.40 1.60 equivalent, one at each fire hose position and sufficient to make Beacon 30 1.40 1.80 2.30 14,000 litres of foam. Beacon 24 1.60 2.00 2.60 (e) Dry powder extinguishers – 45 kg. Beacon 16 1.60 2.00 2.60 (f) Carbon dioxide extinguishers – 16 kg. 25 km. (Beacon ‘‘C14’’) 1.80 2.20 2.90 (g) One fire proximity suit. 39 km. (Beacon ‘‘C4’’) 2.10 2.70 3.50 (h) Fire resistant blankets and gloves. 44 km. (Beacon ‘‘C1’’) 2.20 2.90 3.70 The UKC scales take account of any likely increase in swell conditions Radio Procedure Ship/Helicopter: Before landing, the helicopter pilot in the 12 hours prior to sailing. The maximum loading drafts will be must receive clearance to land on VHF Channel 16 as follows: determined by the Port Authority at 12 hours prior to sailing and will not ‘‘(Name of ship) this is Port Hedland Pilot Helicopter, request clearance be varied in this period. to land’’. It is pointed out that ‘‘overdraft’’ will not take place because the UKC’s ‘‘Port Hedland Pilot Helicopter this is (name of ship), you are clear to (and the loading drafts) contain an allowance for any likely increase in land’’. swell conditions in the interim 12 hour period. Vessels should be ready to advise the helicopter of the relative wind Average times between: across the deck. Last Lines to Harbour 5 minutes Boarding by Pilot Boat: When boarding by pilot vessel, it is most ‘A’ Berth to Hunt Point 31 minutes important that a lee be given to allow the Pilot to board. Generally ships ‘B’ Berth to Hunt Point 31 minutes will be requested to be underway prior to pilot boarding. Failure by ships Hunt Point to Beacon 30 29 minutes to afford a lee may result in the pilot being unable to board, with Beacon 30 to Beacon 24 17 minutes consequent delay. Beacon 24 to Beacon 16 15 minutes All vessels, where the Pilot is boarding by boat, must rig a ladder in Beacon 16 to Beacon 12 12 minutes accordance with ‘‘International Maritime Organisation SOLAS Beacon 12 to Beacon 4 36 minutes Regulations’’. Under SOLAS Chapter V, Regulation 17 amended in 1973 Beacon 4 to Beacon 2 12 minutes by I.M.O.’s Resolution A263 (VIII) and in 1979 by Resolution A426 (XI), The computer programme also maintains the minimum UKC at each the following points are stressed: of the channel control points if the vessel is 15% faster or 20% slower (a) The rigging of the pilot ladders and the embarkation and than the above transit times. disembarkation of Pilots thereby, shall be supervised by a This is required because it is not necessarily known at departure responsible officer of the ship. whether a vessel will be a fast or slow vessel. The above lower and (b) Every pilot ladder shall be secured in a position clear of any upper bounds on transit times were derived from the analysis of actual possible discharges from the ship, and so that each step rests transit times for large vessels departing Port Hedland over a 3 year firmly against the ship’s side. period, and is an on-going analysis. (c) Every pilot ladder shall be secured in a position where the pilot Example of under-keel clearance programme print-out for a 200,000 can gain safe and convenient access to the ship after climbing d.w.t. vessel on an average flood tide: not less than 1.5 m. and not more than 9.0 m. Min. Average Fast Slow Location Depth UKC Time Tide UKC Time Tide UKC Time Tide UKC (d) Whenever the distance from the water to the point of access to (m.) (m.) (hr.) (m.) (m.) (hr.) (m.) (m.) (hr.) (m.) (m.) the ship exceeds 9.0 m., access must be by means of a combination of a pilot ladder and an accommodation ladder. Harbour 14.60 1.20 0945 6.37 4.27 0944 6.36 4.26 0946 6.38 4.28 (e) Adequate lighting must be provided at night. Hunt Pt. 14.10 1.40 1026 6.73 4.13 1019 6.69 4.09 1035 6.77 4.17 (f) Manila manropes of between 28 mm. and 32 mm. in diameter Beacon 30 14.20 1.80 1106 6.79 4.26 1053 6.80 4.28 1123 6.71 4.17 should be rigged on each side of the ladder for its full length. Beacon 24 14.40 2.00 1125 6.70 4.33 1110 6.78 4.41 1147 6.52 4.14 (g) The ladder should be clean. Beacon 16 14.60 2.00 1144 6.55 4.30 1125 6.70 4.47 1209 6.24 3.98 Beacon 12 14.70 2.20 1200 6.37 4.17 1139 6.60 4.41 1228 5.94 3.73 Failure by Masters to comply with the requirements outlined above Beacon 6 17.00 2.50 1236 5.81 5.84 1209 6.24 6.28 1311 5.09 5.14 has, in the past in Australian ports, resulted in delays to shipping and Beacon 4 15.00 2.70 1248 5.58 3.60 1219 6.09 4.09 1325 4.77 2.83 in some instances heavy costs against the vessel concerned. Beacon 2 15.50 2.90 1301 5.31 3.79 1231 5.90 4.36 1341 4.40 2.94

See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 185 AUSTRALIA Arrival drafts: TUGS: Six tugs, operated and managed by Teekay Industries, are The port experiences strong winds on occasions and in order to minimise stationed in Port Hedland. The fleet consists of: windage during transit of the channel and berthing, vessels should be Gross Brake Bollard Type ballasted to the following minimum arrival drafts: Tonnes (h.p.) Pull (tonnes) D.W.T. Forward Draft Aft Draft M.V. Warang 425 3600 50 Z-pellor (m.) (m.) M.V. Warilla 425 3600 50 Z-pellor Up to 10,000 2.0 No more than 0.6 m. M.V. Corunna 427 3600 50 Z-pellor 10,000 to 20,000 2.0 to 2.5 of the propeller M.V. Coongan 427 3600 50 Z-pellor 20,000 to 30,000 2.5 to 3.0 to be exposed M.V. Turner 365 3600 50 Z-pellor 30,000 to 50,000 3.0 to 5.0 6.5 M.V. Degrey 312 3156 52 Twin Screw 50,000 to 100,000 5.0 to 7.0 6.5 to 7.5 Tugs can also be utilised for the shipment of fresh water to vessels 100,000 to 150,000 7.0 to 8.0 7.5 to 8.5 at the outer anchorage at the rate of approximately 80 tonnes per tug. 150,000 to 200,000 8.0 to 8.5 8.5 to 9.5 A range of workboats are available from private operators in the port. 200,000 to 250,000 9.0 9.5 to 10.0 BERTHING: There are 5 berths situated within the Inner Harbour, two Where a vessel’s tonnage falls between any of the figures mentioned of which are owned and operated by the Port Authority. Of the three above, Masters are urged to interpolate when calculating drafts. BHP Iron Ore berths, two are located at Nelson Point and one at All vessels should advise their intended arrival draft to the Harbour Finucane Island. Master 24 hours prior to their arrival. Vessels which do not meet these Berth No. 1: This landbacked berth lies in a 347␥ – 167␥ direction and minimum draft requirements may have their berthing delayed. Vessels has a length of 213 m., with a mooring dolphin 58 m. from the Northern which may have difficulty in meeting the above drafts should notify the end. Depth alongside is 11.2 m. It is protected by a fender system which Harbour Master accordingly. was renewed in 1998. The height of the wharf deck is 9.5 m. above Vessels over 100,000 d.w.t. may be instructed to vary their drafts from datum with an apron width of 22 m. Three access ramps connect to a the above prior to berthing, because of tidal conditions which may affect bitumised stacking area. The berth and open area are all floodlit for air draft under the ship loader. security and working of cargo. General cargo is normally handled by forklift vehicles to and from the vessels or loaded direct on to road trucks. Vessels up to 230 m. LOA can be accommodated at this berth which is HEALTH: Masters of all vessels arriving from overseas and wishing to equipped with 1 ␺ 102 mm. and 2 ␺ 203 mm. bunker points (diesel proceed direct to a berth must apply for clearance by radio. only), fresh water hydrants and power connections. At least 24 hours before arrival the answers to the following questions A mechanical bulk loading facility with a capacity of 1,000 t.p.h., should be radioed to the Ship’s Agent who will submit the information operated by P&O Ports Ltd., is on this wharf. to the Quarantine Officer: Berth No. 3: Berth No. 3 is situated to the South of Berth No. 1 and is A. Name, type and nationality of vessel. constructed of steel piles with a steel and concrete decking. The wharf B. Itinerary for last 21 days. If over 21 days from last port, please runs in a 117␥–297␥ direction for a distance of 183 m. with dolphins 46 m. give name of port and date of departure. ahead and astern to facilitate the mooring of vessels. The height of the C. Name of first Australian Port and ETA. wharf deck is 9.5 m. above datum with an apron width of 13 m. The full D. Number of crew. length of the wharf is protected by a ‘‘Raykin’’ fender system. On this E. Number of passengers. wharf is a cargo shed with an area of 1,600 sq.m. supported by a further F. Have you had any deaths on the voyage? If so, please give open hard standing area of 4,200 sq.m. immediately behind the shed. details. As with Berth No. 1, all areas are floodlit, and cargo is handled by forklifts G. Have you had any cases of illness during the last 21 days with to or from the storage areas. Depth alongside in the mooring basin, a fever of 38␥C or above, and which is 275 m. long, is 13.2 m. and vessels up to 230 m. L.O.A. may (a) accompanied by rash, jaundice or glandular swelling, or berth. (b) accompanied by diarrhoea lasting longer than 24 hours. A mechanical bulk loading facility with a capacity of 1,500 t.p.h. is H. Have you had persons suffering from venereal disease during the owned and operated by the Dampier Salt Pty.Ltd. on this wharf. voyage? Fresh water is available at 50 t.p.h. and bunkers can also be obtained I. What live fish, birds, reptiles or other animals are you carrying? through 203 mm. outlets. Ships’ pets should be mentioned. A public telephone offering STD facilities is located on the Eastern J. Have you carried livestock on previous voyages in the last six corner of this berth. months? If yes, please advise type of livestock, date of voyage BHP Iron Ore Ltd. Wharf – Nelson Point: This wharf consists of and ports visited. Have all stock-carrying compartments been 2 adjacent berths known as ‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’ Berths, which form a continuous thoroughly cleaned and disinfected? line in a 117␥ – 297␥ direction from a position East of the Berth No. 3 K. Do you request radio pratique or radio approval to berth? towards Nelson Point. If the answers to the above are acceptable, ‘‘Approval to Berth’’ or The westward berth is known as ‘‘A’’ Berth and is equipped with No. 2 ‘‘Radio Pratique’’ will be granted. shiploader whilst the eastward berth is known as ‘‘B’’ Berth and is Vessels from overseas which do not submit health reports must anchor equipped with No. 1 shiploader. at the Quarantine Line and await quarantine clearance. Until clearance The overall length is 658 m. and the shiploaders can travel from one is received, no persons other than the Pilot, Port Health Officials and berth to another with an overall travel between stops of 564 m. Customs and Excise Officers will be allowed to embark or disembark. The wharf has a berth pocket 65 m. wide, 679 m. long, dredged to Until cleared, vessels must show the appropriate day or night quarantine 19.0 m. below chart datum and has, in addition, a mooring dolphin signals. located between this berth and the Berth No. 3 approximately 44 m. from Whilst alongside in Port Hedland rat guards must be placed on all the Western end, with access being gained via a walkway from ‘‘A’’ lines. Berth. The wharf is equipped with 47 Bridgestone rubber fender assemblies, each comprising 2 cell-type rubber energy absorbing units fronted by a RADIO: There is no Radio Station in Port Hedland. Perth Radio transmits steel panel which, in turn, is faced with low-friction polyurethane wear navigation warnings, including alterations to navigation aids at Port material. The wharf itself is of steel pile construction with concrete Hedland. capping, equipped with bollards and quick-release hooks along each Vessels bound for Port Hedland should advise the Harbour Master berth. 48 hours and 24 hours before their arrival, indicating their draft, fore and The two shiploaders are fully retractable and have an average loading aft, and last port. capacity of 6,500 tonnes per hour each. Shiploader No. 1 has a boom reach of 25.8 m. from the fender face and the height of the underside VHF: Port Control Tower: This communication centre is manned of the shiploader is 24.5 m. above datum. Shiploader No. 2 has a boom 24 hours a day and is equipped with 5 VHF radios covering the entire reach of 28.9 m. and a height above datum of 27.5 m. marine band. The International Call sign is ‘‘Port Hedland Harbour’’. All Vessels will normally swing on entry and berth starboard side to. VHF communication is recorded on a digital recorder. Starboard gangways should be rigged prior to arrival so that no delay Instructions concerning shipping movements, allocation of berths and is incurred in the boarding of Quarantine and Customs Officers upon related matters are passed to ships, Pilots and berthing gangs through berthing. Bunkers are not available on these berths, although emergency the Control Tower. In addition, relevant shipping information, in particular supplies of fresh water may be requested. Fresh water outlets are changes to orders out of office hours, are also passed to agents, customs available, situated at the wharf face, close to the bridge position of and quarantine as required. vessels mooring. Vessels are required to obtain permission from the Control Tower BHP Iron Ore (Goldsworthy) Ltd.Pier – Finucane Island: This is before entering, leaving or moving from place to place within the Port situated on the Western side of the Harbour on Finucane Island, and and are required to verify equipment serviceability. This verification on lies S.W. of Hunt Point Beacon (No. 47). The face of the jetty extends completion, must in the case of non-piloted vessels, be passed to the over a distance of 220 m. and lies in the 017␥– 197␥ direction. It consists Tower by radio or other suitable means. Where a vessel is piloted, an of 7 breasting dolphins with Bridgestone cell fenders on all 7 dolphins. Equipment Check List must be handed to the Pilot. There are 2 dolphins ahead and 3 astern of the jetty to facilitate the During the cyclone season in North West Australia, ships alongside mooring of vessels. These dolphins are set back from the line of the will be instructed to set and maintain watch on VHF Channel 16 during berth face and have no fenders. the early stages of the ‘‘alert’’ phase. The distance from the Northern Mooring Dolphin to the Southern Mooring Dolphin is 430 m. and the dredged mooring basin 370 m. long, Use of VHF: Vessels must maintain listening watch on Channel 16 at 61 m. wide, has a depth of 17.0 m. below datum. The shiploader has all times when anchored inside the Port Limits. Should a vessel at anchor an overall length of travel of 225 m. and a max. capacity of 4,500 t.p.h. wish to communicate by VHF with another vessel then it must first advise Vessels will normally berth port side to, heading out to sea. Ship’s ‘‘Port Hedland Harbour’’ who will allocate a working channel. gangways should be rigged prior to berthing on the off-side as gangways The Tower is equipped with Decca and Transas VTS System radar. are not acceptable on the jetty. A launch service is available to ferry The Port Control Tower will advise tide height (above chart datum) personnel to the town. Ship’s personnel are not allowed on the loading and wind strengths on request. facility. Provision for a future second loading berth ahead of the existing A Marine Citizens Band radio is also installed and a listening watch jetty has been made. is maintained on 27.88 MHz. for distress calls from private pleasure craft. The height of the shiploader underside in the raised position above chart datum is 24.1 m.

186 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA The loader is not completely retractable behind the berth face but AIRPORT: An average of 3 return jet flights operate daily between Perth retracts to a position 0.84 m. behind the fender line. and Port Hedland. In addition, several charter companies operate from Fresh water and fuel are not available at this berth. the Port Hedland Airport, which offers a high standard of service Stowage Factors: Most recent stowage factors of iron ore cargoes comparable to that of city terminals. loaded at Port Hedland have been approximately as follows: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Fine Ore 2,723 kg. per cu.m., HOLIDAYS: See ‘‘Stevedores’’. or 0.3672 cu.m. per tonne. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: ␣61 (91) 731444; Ambulance Lumpy Ore 2,355 kg. per cu.m., Tel: ␣61 (91) 731800; Fire Tel: ␣61 (91) 732555; Hospital Tel: ␣61 (91) or 0.4247 cu.m. per tonne. 732144. Run of Mine Ore 2,643 kg. per cu.m., STORING: Supplies of food, liquor, cigarettes, etc., are readily available or 0.3784 cu.m. per tonne. in Port Hedland. Yandi Ore 1,970 kg. per cu.m., Providores will generally meet vessels on arrival but early advise to or 0.508 cu.m. per tonne. the ship’s Agent of a vessel’s requirements is desirable. Marra Mamba 1,800 kg. per cu.m., SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Provided by Sealanes Ship Supply. Tel: ␣61 or 0.556 cu.m. per tonne. (91) 731604. Fax: ␣61 (91) 731895. However, as these factors sometimes vary from cargo to cargo, it is Services: Pilot boat services to vessels that cannot be serviced by recommended that Masters check with loading Agents for each shipment helicopter. Passenger launches for Agents, crew ferries, providores to before finalising stowage plans. vessels at anchor in Outer Anchorage or berth at Finucane Island. Stores STEVEDORES: Waterside Labour: All employment of ship and shore run, garbage collection and line running. labour for the working of cargo vessels is drawn through P&O Ports GARBAGE DISPOSAL: By arrangement. labour force. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: By arrangement. Stevedores in the port are licensed by the Port Authority. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Seafarers’ Centre, Lower Wedge Street, Port Under present manning scales, most vessels can be worked on a Hedland. This Centre, which is jointly administered by the Missions to 24 hour day. Seamen and the Apostolatus Maris, is located in Wedge Street, adjacent There are 5 ‘‘closed holiday’’ days: Labour Day, Good Friday, Anzac to the Port Authority workshop. Day, WWF Picnic Day and Christmas Day. Normal working days are Church services can be arranged to suit individual denominational Monday to Sunday with shift starts at 0800 hrs. and 2000 hrs. needs. Payment to the waterside workers for their labour is based on the A licensed bar is operated. There is a gift and souvenir shop together following schedule: with facilities for international telephone calls, foreign money exchange Day Shift Monday to Friday 0800 – 1500 Single time and library exchange. Recreational facilities include pool tables, darts, 1500 – 2000 Double time table tennis and TV. Bus tours may be arranged. Night Shift Monday to Friday 2000 – 0300 Double time The Centre opens as follows: 0300 – 0800 Treble time Monday to Friday 1100 hs. – 1400 hrs. and 1800 hrs. – 2200 hrs. Day Shift Saturday 0800 – 1500 Double time Saturday 1600 hrs. – 2200 hrs. 1500 – 2000 Treble time Sunday 1600 hrs. – 2030 hrs. Day Shift Sunday 0800 – 1500 Double time & half All facilities are offered during those hours, and a warm welcome is 1500 – 2000 Treble time always extended to all seamen visiting the Centre. No stevedoring operations are carried out on any of the private berths DELAYS: Delays of port operations, including delays of other vessels within the port. waiting for berth, caused by a vessel which for any reason is not prepared MEDICAL: Medical attention may be arranged through the Agent. No and able to move from the berth when so ordered, are chargeable to person will be attended unless he is provided with a letter from the Master the vessel which causes such delays. authorising such treatment. All costs incurred will be charged to the NOTICES: To ship’s Agents – Dated May 1995. vessel. Vessels arriving without Chart Aus. 53, Approaches to Port Hedland: The Government operated Regional Hospital of approximately It is compulsory for ALL vessels arriving off the entrance to Port 110 beds, caters for most medical requirements. Where necessary, Hedland to have on board a current edition of Chart Aus. 53 – seriously ill patients are flown to Perth in aircraft of the Royal Flying Approaches to Port Hedland. Doctor Service. The local ambulance service is well organised both in Vessels, which do not have a copy of the said chart, will not be granted equipment and manpower, and additionally, the pilot helicopter may be an exemption to approach or to enter the anchorage area. chartered for the emergency uplift of sick or injured seamen from vessels Vessels, which do not have the relevant chart, will have a chart standing offshore. delivered by helicopter or pilot boat, at the Owner’s expense. : Connections: 10 in. lines with 8 in. flexible hoses. Discharge TANKERS The recommended arrival route into Port Hedland anchorage is via rates depend on grade and consignee. Local Installations: Shell, B.P. and Ampol. the Eastern approaches. DENSITY: Average 1026. Port Marine Officers will be requested to question arriving ships prior FRESH WATER: See individual berths. to entry being granted. FUEL: See individual berths. GENERAL: Tonnage Dues: All vessels entering the Port, excluding Bunkering Agents: Commonwealth or Australian fishing vessels, are subject to payment of B.P. Australia Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (91) 731422. a tonnage fee based on the GRT of the vessel. Additionally, a berth fee Shell Co. of Australia Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (91) 731365. is charged for vessels using the Port Authority’s berths, based on an Ampol Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (91) 731042. hourly rate using vessel length. CONSULS: At present, there is no Consular representation at Port Mooring Gangs: Gangs for the mooring or unmooring of vessels using Hedland. Port Hedland Port Authority’s berths are supplied from P&O Ports REPAIRS: Comprehensive repairs can be effected. Radar, radio and permanent labour force. Decca servicing and repairs are available. Welding, engineering, fitting Mooring and unmooring charges vary depending on circumstances. and turning, electrical, plumbing, refrigeration and air conditioning, diving A schedule of updated charges may be obtained from P&O Ports on and building services are located in close proximity to the Port. Limited application. fumigation facilities are available. Sand-blasting equipment, cranes, Oil Pollution: The main stocks of oil dispersant and spray equipment, compressors, etc., may be hired. provided by AMSA under the National Plan for use on the North West SURVEYORS: An Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) surveyor coastline, are stored in Port Hedland. is located in Port Hedland, and can be contacted by Tel: ␣61 (91) 732598 Further information on this service can be obtained from The (after hours 731770), Fax: ␣61 (91) 732887 and mobile 018 937759. Commonwealth Marine Surveyor. There is a firm of Marine Surveyors based in the port. Comprehensive Explosives Regulations: Dangerous cargoes in the port shall be survey inspections and reports can be prepared by Intertek Testing, managed in accordance with Regulation AS 3846 and the Department Tel: ␣61 (91) 732310 (after hours 732360). of Mineral and Petroleum Resources ‘‘Dangerous Goods (Transport) – STOWAWAYS: No unauthorised person should be allowed aboard the Dangerous Goods in Port Regulations 2001’’. vessel. Cases of attempted stowaway have occurred. Masters should Whistle Signals: It is an offence to sound a ship’s whistle whilst alongside take all necessary care and precautions to prevent stowaways. a harbour berth unless permission is obtained from the Port Control Any stowaways aboard on arrival should be reported to the Customs Tower - Call sign ‘‘Port Hedland harbour’’. Boarding Officer to prevent their unauthorised landing. It should be noted Weather Conditions: For full details refer to ‘‘Australia Pilot Vol. V’’. The that all responsibility for the repatriation of stowaways is to the account season for cyclones on the North West coast of Australia is during the of the vessel concerned. Summer months - November to April - with an average of one cyclone CERTIFICATES: The following documents should be available for per year. inspection: Ship’s papers, including the following certificates: A weather observation station at the Port Hedland Airport is equipped (a) Register. with long distance weather radar and this unit, together with similar (b) Load Line. stations at Broome, Learmonth and Dampier - aided by meteorological (c) Safety Equipment. satellite data - has proven invaluable in cyclone tracking. To assist in (d) Safety Radio. this service, six hourly weather reports are invited from Masters by the (e) Safety Construction. Commonwealth Department of Meteorology. (f) Australian Light Dues Receipt. Climate: Port Hedland’s climate ranges from extremely hot and, at times (g) State Light Dues Receipt humid during the Summer to pleasantly warm days and cool nights during (h) Articles of Agreement and Account of the Crew Winter (May to September). (or equivalent). Using averages taken over 80 years, Port Hedland’s coldest month (i) Oil Record Book. is July, with an average maximum temperature of 27␥C and a minimum (j) Register of Cargo Gear. of 12␥C. The hottest month is December, with an average daily maximum (k) Gas Free Certificates for OBO’s. of 37␥C and a minimum of 24␥C although during Summer maximum Valid Derat or Exemption Certificate. temperatures of 46␥C are not uncommon. Crew’s Identity Documents. The average yearly rainfall is 307 mm. and rain falls on an average International Vaccination Certificates of all persons aboard. of 31 days per year. However, this amount of rain can fall in a very short CARGO GEAR: Ship’s gear used. Mobile cranes up to 70 tons capacity period during the cyclone season and long very dry spells without rain may be hired. Crane of 120 tons capacity owned by BHP Iron Ore. can be experienced. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 187 AUSTRALIA Crew Members Left Ashore at Time of Departure: Deserters: Masters PORT KEMBLA, N.S.W.: 34.28 S. 150.54 E. (See Plan) are to inform the Customs Boarding Officer or Agent at the time of vessel’s departure if any members are absent without leave from the PORT LIMITS: In the absence of any specific clause in the Charter Party, vessel. This applies even if the vessel is continuing on to an Australian the local custom is that a vessel, having obtained Pratique, is considered port. Customs require that all crew members’ identity documents by held to be an ‘‘arrived ship’’ when it has crossed an imaginary line 5 miles by the Master at all times whilst in Australian waters. The Master will be from the Signal Station (Sometimes the weather is unsuitable for ships required to complete a declaration as to the crew member’s absence. to anchor). Ships generally berth on turn of arrival so competing ships Customs may also examine the absent crew member’s personal effects. are registered as they cross the ‘‘5 mile line’’. Repatriation and Hospitalisation: No crew member may be signed-off The Port Limits are within an arc 2.5 nautical miles radius from the any vessel trading between Australian ports and overseas ports without end of the Eastern Breakwater. prior permission of the Sub-Collector of Customs. Charts: Chart No. Aus 195. Agents wil be required to sign maintenance guarantees covering crew DOCUMENTS: The Master is required to present the following members landed for hospital treatment and repatriation. documents to Customs 48 hours prior to arrival at Port Kembla. Crew members may be hospitalised without Customs permission if a Crew List. medical emergency arises. Customs must be informed of this as soon Passenger List. as possible after hospitalisation. If a crew member does not rejoin a Previous 4 Ports of Call. vessel on departure, procedures will be identical to repatriation. Ship’s Inward Cargo Report. Services: Security patrols, garbage disposal, laundry and dry cleaning The following documents to be presented to the Boarding Officer on services are available and can be arranged through ships’ agents. arrival: AUTHORITY: Port Hedland Port Authority, P.O.Box 2, Port Hedland, List of Goods owned or in the possession of the Master and Crew. W.A. 6721, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9173-1400 (office hours: 0730 hrs. – Narcotics and Restricted Drugs List. 1700 hrs.). Port Control Tower: (8) 9173-1019 (24 hours). FAX: ␣61 Underbond Stores List. Last Port Clearance. (8) 9173-1760. Email: [email protected] The following documents are required to be sighted by the Customs WWW: www.phpa.wa.gov.au Contact: I. Hutton, Chief Executive Boarding Officer: Officer. Captain L. Copeman, Harbour Master Load Line Certificate. (Email: [email protected]). Safety Radio Certificate. Safety Equipment Certificate. Safety Construction Certificate. Australian Commonwealth Light Dues and Oil Pollution Certificate. PORT HUON, Tasmania: 43.10 S. 146.59 E. (See Plan) Certificate of Pratique. Valid Passport/Seaman’s Book for all crew and passengers. PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and Australian Also see ‘‘Hobart’’. Masters without an exemption; this service operates 24 hours per day. Pilots equipped with VHF. PORT LIMITS: ‘Harbour’ means so much of the waters of the River Pilot Boarding Ground: Vessels awaiting the arrival of the Pilot should Derwent and its estuary as lie to the Northward of a line drawn from the be in a position North of a line running Eastward from Wollongong Light Derwent Light (on the Iron Pot Islet) to Kelly Point, on North Bruny; and on the approach leads (See ‘‘Pilot Boarding’’ on AUS 195). together with so much of the D’Entrecasteaux Channel as lies to the After confirmation has been received from the Signal Station that the Northward of a line drawn from the Southern end of Partridge Island to Pilot is proceeding to the ship, vessels should get underway and proceed Southport Island; and together with all bays and estuaries opening either at a speed not exceeding 6 knots along the line of the leads, at no time into the said River Derwent or the said D’Entrecasteaux Channel. approaching closer to the entrance than 3 nautical miles. DOCUMENTS: As for all Australian Ports. There are 2 pilot boarding grounds, the inner is situated about 3 miles N.N.E. of the breakwaters on the leads. The outer pilot boarding ground PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels exceeding 35 m. in is 4 miles from the breakwaters and is for all vessels over 250 m. LOA. length. For vessels bound to Port Huon from the North, via the Pilot ladders should be rigged on the starboard side and be 2.0 m. D’Entrecasteaux Channel, the Pilot boarding ground is on a line drawn above the water and comply with SOLAS Regulations and IMO from the Iron Pot Lighthouse (Chart AUS. 171 – Lat. 43␥ 03.7' S., ␥ Standards. On departure, ladders should be rigged on the port side Long. 147 25.5' E. Gp.Fl. (3) W 9 secs. 20 m. 11 nautical miles); to 2.0 m. above the water. Kelly’s Point on the Northern tip of Bruny Island. For vessels bound to Pilot Station (PKPC). Tel: ␣61 (2) 4275-0157, 4275-0156. Port Huon from the South, the Pilot boarding ground is on a line drawn Coastal and Reef Pilotage: See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. from the Southern end of Partridge Island (Chart AUS. 173 – ␥ ␥ ANCHORAGES: Masters are advised that in heavy weather conditions Lat. 43 24.6' S., Long. 147 06.0' E.) to Southport Island. Notice of ETA the anchoring area off Port Kembla may prove unsatisfactory, and should and request for a Pilot must be advised at least 24 hours in advance. be prepared to weigh anchor and proceed to sea. Confirmation or amendment of this ETA must be made not less than While awaiting berth, Pilot or orders, vessels should not anchor in 6 hours prior to the vessel’s arrival at the Pilot Station. For additional ‘‘anchor prohibited’’ area adjacent to the entry leads. Anchoringpositions, information on this section see ‘‘Hobart’’. otherwise, are at the Master’s discretion. Foul ground exists close by ANCHORAGES: There are no safe anchorage positions South of the the pilot boarding grounds. pilot line. However, vessels wishing to anchor may be guided by the Vessels should not anchor between the islands as this is foul ground. Pilot on VHF to positions in the D’Entrecasteaux Channel where there Time of anchoring, position and berthing fore and aft drafts should be is good holding ground. reported to the Vessel Traffic Centre on VHF Channel 11. A continuous RESTRICTIONS: Navigation is on a 24 hour basis, however the draft watch should be kept on VHF Channels 11 and 16. of vessels navigating within Hospital Bay, Port Huon, is restricted RESTRICTIONS: An artificial harbour, formed by two breakwaters with to 9.0 m. an entrance of 305 m. and a depth of 16.75 m. ISLW at the entrance. Leading from the Outer Harbour there is an Inner Harbour Basin, which MAX. SIZE: Vessels of up to 190 m. long and 9.0 m. draft can be is entered through a 165 m. wide channel, having a depth of 15.25 m. accepted at Port Huon Wharf, while vessels of up to 160 m. in length ISLW. The port consists of the Outer Harbour and the Inner Harbour. and 8.0 m. draft are about the maximum for the Australian Paper In the Outer Harbour the swinging basin is approximately 457.2 m. with Manufacturers’ Wharf. a minimum depth of 10.70 m., and in the Inner Harbour the swinging HEALTH: The local medical practitioner boards vessels after berthing basin is approximately 365 m. with a depth of 15.25 m. and acts for the Commonwealth Dept. of Health. Immigration/Customs Large Ships and Night-Time Navigation: The maximum dimensions for Officers travel by road from Hobart and board after Pratique has been ships entering Port Kembla Harbour is 295 m. granted. Quarantine Authorities must be informed of suspected disease Ships between 290 m. and 295 m. in length require special approval or fever at least 18 hours before arrival. from the Harbour Master. VHF: See ‘‘Hobart’’. There is no maximum beam restrictions. However ships whose beam TUGS: Tugs from Hobart are available for assisting vessels. However, exceeds 45 m. should advise the Harbour Master. because of the distance involved additional notice is required, and tug Darkness: Maximum length 290 m. charges are at higher rates. Under-Keel Clearance: To allow for safe passage in the port, the BERTHING: under-keel clearance for ships entering Port Kembla is required to be Port Huon Pier: The East side has a quay length of 172.6 m., with a not less than 1.37 m. water depth of 7.6 m. and the West side a quay length of 203.4 m., with Maximum Arrival Draft ␦ (15.25 ␣ Height of Tide ␤ 1.37) m. a water depth of 9.8 m. The under-keel clearance for ships departing the port is required to Australian Paper Manufacturers Wharf: The berthing head has a length be not less than 8% of the vessel’s draft. of 82 m. and a water depth of 8.2 m. This wharf is not utilised at present. Maximum Departure Draft (15.25 ␣ Height of Tide) m. Ϭ 1.08. STEVEDORES: Labour allocated and supplied from Hobart. Alongside Berth, vessels are required to have UKC of 0.6 m. in the Outer Harbour and 0.3 m. in the Inner Harbour. MEDICAL: A local doctor is available and a hospital is situated at Franklin MAX. SIZE: The deepening project at Port Kembla has been completed (4 miles). and the port can now handle vessels in the 150,000 d.w.t. range for ore FRESH WATER: Available only at Port Huon Pier. discharge and coal loading. FUEL: Limited supplies provided by road tanker from Hobart (40 miles). The depths are now as follows: Fruit ships usually call at Hobart for bunkers. Entrance Channel 15.25 m. ISLW. Iron Ore Discharge Berths: GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: See ‘‘Hobart’’. No. 1 Depth alongside 12.8 m. ISLW. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: See ‘‘Hobart’’. No. 2 Depth alongside 15.75 m. ISLW. CARGO GEAR: At Port Huon Pier, discharge/loading is by ship’s gear No. 2 Coal Berth: Max. LOA 315 m. Max. beam 55 m. Max. airdraft 23 m. and at A.P.M. Wharf a fixed conveyor belt system from the shore is used. Depth alongside 16.25 m. at LW. Grain Terminal: Max. LOA 315 m. Max. beam 45 m. Max. airdraft 17.0 m. TELEPHONES: A telephone is connected to all vessels on arrival. Max. sailing draft 15.20 m.–15.88 m., depending on tide. UKC of not less AUTHORITY: Hobart Ports Corporation (See ‘‘Hobart’’). than 8% required for loaded vessels.

188 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Arrival Draft: Ship’s Agents and Masters are advised that to ensure a No. 1 Coal Berth: Length 285 m. Depth 11.6 m. at LW. One shiploader safe entry at all times, vessels shall have minimum drafts of 2% of LOA loads 300 tonnes/hr. Direct loading through either the rail tippler or road forward and 3% of LOA aft. The propeller should also be fully immersed. hopper to 1 loading head. Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’. In windy conditions, it will be prudent to have the vessel ballasted as No. 2 Coal Berth: Shiploading: The berth is dredged to 16.25 m. below deeply as possible. Failure to ensure that these conditions are met may LW and the access channel to 15.25 m. The geometry of the berth and result in delays to entry. shiploaders will permit the loading of 10,000 d.w.t. to 150,000 d.w.t. HEALTH: The Master of an overseas vessel is required to notify vessels. Quarantine not more than 24 hours or less than 12 hours before the The berth is equipped with 2 shiploaders with a peak capacity of vessel arrives at first Port of Entry. There is no objection to notification approximately 3,900 tons/hr. each. The loaders function in the same earlier than 24 hours in advance at weekend and holiday periods. Early manner as the reclaimers with one machine loading coal at full capacity notification is also necessary in the case of high risk vessels, for example: whilst the other positions itself at the next hatch. Quarantine illness, Asian Gypsy Moth. Multi-Purpose Berth: Length 300 m. Depth alongside 16.25 m. This berth All questions on the Quarantine Request for Pratique (Health handles up to 2 vessels on designated East and West berths. Clearance) must be answered before Radio Pratique will be granted. Grain Terminal: Maximum length of ship 315 m. Max. airdraft 17.0 m. The Master of an overseas vessel must be aware that while in the Depth alongside 16.25 m. The berth and loading facilities are capable limits of an Australian port, food remains subject to Quarantine. Any of loading ships of 120,000 d.w.t. Grain will be loaded by 2 shiploaders persons taking food ashore from a vessel subject to Quarantine are liable with a loading rate of 2,500 t.p.h. each, 1,600 tonnes per hour whilst to Prosecution under the Quarantine Act 1908. trimming. Storage capacity 260,000 tonnes. All garbage for Quarantine must be stored in plastic bags or heavy Operator: Tel: ␣61 (2) 4224-6444. WWW: www.graincorp.com.au duty paper bags and placed in rodent proof containers with the lids STEVEDORES: Working times: (Not including B.H.P. and coal loader closed. An authorised Quarantine Garbage Contractor will collect on labour). Mondays, Wednesday and Fridays. All overseas vessels must make 1st shift: 0730 hrs. to 1530 hrs. – Monday to Sunday their garbage available to the authorised contractors (this includes 2nd shift: 1530 hrs. to 2330 hrs. – Monday to Sunday vessels which have been to other Australian ports) unless approval from 3rd shift: 2330 hrs. to 0730 hrs. – Monday to Sunday a Quarantine Officer has been given. There are sufficient forklifts, excavators, bobcats, environmental All animals on overseas vessels must be confined at all times whilst hoppers, tractors, bulldozers, etc., available to handle all general and in Australian ports. bulk cargoes as necessary. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’ and ‘‘General – Health’’ before first port. MEDICAL: There are sufficient doctors, dentists, etc., to handle all VHF: A continuously manned Vessel Traffic Centre (Port Kembla eventualities; also two well equipped modern hospitals. Harbour) maintains constant contact with the Pilot, pilot tender, tugs and TANKERS: Max. length of vessel 232 m. with depth alongside 10.67 m. launches. In addition, a VHF radio-telephone system provides or 233 m. LOA with depth 9.0 m. communication for vessels at sea or at anchor. DENSITY: Average 1025. Whilst anchored off the Port of Port Kembla, it is necessary to maintain FRESH WATER: Fresh water is available at all berths. radio watches, as officially a vessel is at sea until entering the FUEL: All grades of marine fuel oils including marine diesel and marine breakwaters into the port. Port operations channel is Channel 11. gas oil are available. Pipeline delivery of heavy fuels is available at BHP Traffic Management: Vessel’s ETA must be advised by Agents 24 hours No. 1 and No. 2 Bulk Discharge Berths, No. 1 Products Berth, and at prior to arrival so that services can be coordinated and allocated. the Old Coal Terminal and the New Coal Terminal. Delivery of all grades All vessels proceeding to Port Kembla are required to call ‘‘Port by road tank wagon is possible at all berths. Delivery by pipeline is at Kembla Harbour’’ on Channel 16, 4 hours and 2 hours before arrival to 150 – 180 tonnes per hour. Delivery by road averages 40 tonnes per confirm ETA. hour (using 2 road tank wagons). On approaching 5 miles off, vessels should call ‘‘Port Kembla Harbour’’ REPAIRS: There are no drydocking facilities, but several marine on Channel 11, and remain on that frequency and await instruction for engineering companies operate here, who can handle most types of berthing and Pilot boarding. repairs. TUGS: At the present time 4 tugs (1␺42 tonnes, 1␺45 tonnes and SURVEYORS: Marine/Cargo Surveyors: 2␺51 tonnes B.P.) are available, 24 hours per day, provided previous Christy & Griffin. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4274-4279. notification is given. Conway Marine Surveyors & Consultants. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4226-4410. Vessels over 250 m. LOA proceeding to the New Coal Berth require OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Crew or stevedores. 4 tugs and vessels 200 m. – 250 m. require 3 tugs. Vessels less than CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 200 m. LOA require 2 tugs. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Adsteam Harbour Towage. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4274-6060. CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. WWW: www.adsteam.com.au AIRPORT: Kingsford Smith International Airport, Sydney (80 km.). BERTHING: Outer Harbour: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. No. 4 Jetty: Length 228.6 m. Width 15.5 m. Facilities for loading HOLIDAYS: See ‘‘Sydney’’. sulphuric acid. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Tel: 000. TELEPHONES: Pilot Station Tel: ␣61 (2) 4275-0156. Vessel Traffic A new jetty head has been built to accommodate bulk liquid carriers. ␣ The berthing basin is 220 m. long, with depth 11.5 m. Length of berth Centre Tel: 61 (2) 4274-4571. 80 m. (See ‘‘Plan’’). Telephones available. Inflammable Liquids Berth: T-head with dolphins can accommodate SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Off-shore service may by provided by: vessels up to 185 m. LOA, with draft 10.67 m., or 233 m. LOA with draft Adsteam Marine Services Port Kembla, No. 4 Jetty, Port Kembla, 9.0 m. This berth is also used for bunkering, however, no priority is given N.S.W. 2505. for bunkering ships over tankers. C.B. Air, Albion Park Aerodrome, Albion Park Rail, N.S.W. 2527. No. 6 Jetty: Length 298.7 m. Width 30.5 m. Depth 9.8 m. for first 205 m., T.N.T. Air Charter, 2 Hayes Road, Rosebery, N.S.W. 2018. then sloping to 7.3 m. Bunker facilities available by road. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Mooring at Berth No. 6: The Outer Harbour is sometimes affected by GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Theiss Environmental Services. surge action, and Masters of vessels berthed at Jetty No. 6 must ensure Tel: 42711588. No drums or skips provided except by special request. Charges: A$95 per collection plus A$1.0 per kilo. Collections: Monday, that their vessels do not have less than the minimum moorings: Wednesday and Friday mornings. Minimum mooring: 4 head lines 4 stern lines WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Cleanaway. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4271-6166. 2 fore springs 2 aft springs Fax: ␣61 (2) 4271-4253. Tanker trucks: 19,000 litres. Shore tanks At least one head line, one stern line, one fore spring and one aft capacity: 55,000 litres. Charges: A$100 per hour plus approximately spring shall be doubled up. 15 cents per litre. The linesmen are aware of these requirements and will assist ship’s SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, Darcy Road, Port Kembla, crew securing the vessel on arrival. N.S.W. Tel:␣61 (2) 4274-6498. International telephone, sightseeing Prior to using/testing engines alongside the berth, permission in writing tours, church services, shop and mini-bus collection. must be obtained from the Harbour Master. The handling of ship’s lines on the shore, unless in an absolute SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: December 1982 (Updated 2000). emergency, must be done by approved personnel. It is therefore Old Coal Berth (No. 1 Coal Berth). recommended that Masters ensure that their vessel is adequately Restrictions: The following information is required prior to arrival berthing: secured on arrival, allowing for seasonal winds and, in the Outer Harbour, 1. Stem of each type of coal. swell patterns. For any advice regarding the number and placement of 2. Stowage, tonnage and type of coal each hold. mooring lines, please consult the Pilot when berthing. 3. Commencing holds – one loading head. Inner Harbour: 4. Trimming holds. Broken Hill Pty. No. 1 Products Berth (Private): Length 192 m., depth 5. Expected departure draft. 11 m. Bunker facilities available. 6. LOA, gross and nett tonnages. Broken Hill Pty. No. 1 Bulk Berth (Private): Length 278 m., depth The vessel must conform with the following criteria: 12.8 m. Discharging by 2␺17 ton grab unloaders, each nominally Vessels must not present for loading with hatch coaming more than 600 t.p.h. Outreach 32 m. Loading by conveyor-fed loading head – coke 17.4 m. above ISLW. 700 t.p.h. and coal 1,000 t.p.h. Bunker facilities available. Minimum size of hatch openings (without prior arrangement with Broken Hill Pty. No. 2 Bulk Berth (Private): Length 310 m., depth harbour authority) when using trimming head 4.9 m. ␺ 4.9 m. 15.75 m. Discharging by 1␺35 ton grab unloader, nominally 2,000 t.p.h. The Harbour Master requires not less than 0.3 m. UKC during loading Outreach 32 m. Bunker facilities available. operations. Broken Hill Pty. Ro-Ro Terminal (Private): Depth 11 m. Accommodates Due to the short travel range of the loading gantries it is recommended starboard quarter ramp vessels up to 183 m. that with the larger size vessels, i.e. LOA 228.6 m. and upwards, to avoid Broken Hill Pty. No. 2 Products Berth (Private): Length 210 m., depth moving along the berth during the final phases of loading that loading 12.2 m. 2␺30.5 ton cranes. Access to the berth is limited by depths of be programmed to complete in the centre hatches. 10.7 m. in the approach channel. Max. Size: Max. LOA 285 m., max. beam 45 m. Max. loaded draft Ro-Ro Terminal: Depth 9.0 m. Accommodates stern ramp vessels up 11.4 m. ␣ tide – 0.3 m. to 183 m. in length. Access to the berth is limited by depths of 10.7 m. Berthing: The berth is constructed with a concrete decking on steel piles in the approach channel. and has a length of 215 m. Bollards are placed at 18.29 m. intervals Operator: Tel: ␣61 (2) 4228-0288. WWW: www.pkct.com.au with provision for mooring lines beyond the actual berth. Maximum pull See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 189 AUSTRALIA load of each bollard is 85.63 k/t. Depth of water at the berth is 11.60 m. Vessels LOA 300 m. ISLW with a bottom of natural sand and clay. This depth extends for a Vessels Beam 45 m. distance outward from berth of 12.19 m. and for a distance alongside Approach channel depth 15.25 m. below ISLW of 267 m. Berthing basin depth (sand bottom) 16.25 m. below ISLW Depth after 12.19 m. distance outward from berth is 13 m. ISLW Underkeel clearance while moving 8% draft increasing to 15.25 m. ISLW in the main channel. Tide variation – mean high of high tides 1.4 m. Vessels usually berth port side alongside. Sailing restrictions: Bulk Cargo Facilities: There is one loading gantry at ship’s side which Weather conditions – Pilot’s discretion has a travelling range along the berth of 150 m. Vessels normally berth port side to berth. It is fitted with a telescopic loading chute with a trimming head attached Tug requirements: over 250 m. – 4 tugs which has the effect of throwing the coal in any given direction. 200 m. – 250 m. – 3 tugs Each boom has an outreach from the wharf fender of 19.8 m. Maximum under 200 m. – 2 tugs angle of raise is 80␥, working range of boom is horizontal to 11␥ below under 108 m. – 1 tug the horizontal. 2 – Berth No.2 For the purpose of estimating expected loading time it is recommended Length of berth face 287.12 m. that a figure of 700 t.p.h. be used. Length between extreme mooring bollards 400 m. Length between centres of end fenders 250 m. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: January 1983 (Updated 2002). Fendering–8Seibu Type W 2000H␺1500L buffer fenders at 35.64 m. Documents: Australian Customs Service – Notice to Master: centres. Section 64 of the Australian Customs Act (1901) requires that the Bollards – 10␺100 tonne quick release hooks following documents are completed and presented to Customs within –6␺120 tonne quick release hooks 48 hours of arrival at the first Australian port: –2␺100 tonne storm bollards Form 2A: Passenger Report (only required if carrying passengers). 3 – Shiploaders – 2 travelling shuttling bridge type (only one in operation Form 3A: Crew Report. at a time). Form 3B: Crew Report. Nominal loading rate 5,000 t.p.h. It is also requested that the Master please complete a Ship’s General Outreach (␣ reach of chute when tilted) 32 m. (␣8m.) Information sheet, that was included with these papers. Throw – pivoting spoon type 5 m. maximum Section 64 of the Australian Customs Act (1901) also requires that (dependent on flow characteristics and moisture content) the following documents are completed prior to the vessel’s arrival, and Air Draft 22.40 m. above ISLW presented to Customs at the first Australian port: Shiploader travel: park to park 235 m. Form 5, Part One: Ship’s Report of Arrival. common range 185 m. Form 5, Part Two: Crew Effects Declaration and Notice. 4 – Operating Authority Form 5, Part Four: Report of Ship’s Stores. Port Kembla Coal Terminal Ltd. Quarantine Notice or Declaration (QA3, QA4 and QA5), see below. P. O. Box 823, These forms may be sent to shipping agents by Facsimile, Telex or Wollongong East, Radio Telephone. Alternatively, they may be presented to the shipping N.S.W. Australia 2520. agent at the vessel’s last overseas port before Australia, and then sent Fax: ␣61 (2) 4228-7605. on to the Australian Agent. Repairs: There is an efficient diving service – Commercial Diving Service Please note: Under this legislation, there can be heavy fines imposed Pty. Ltd., (Shipping repair and maintenance division underwater), for failure to comply with these requirements. 3 South Avondale Road, Dapto P.O.Box 126, Dapto 2530, N.S.W., Harbour Master’s Note: Australia. Neil Johnson Tel: ␣61 (2) 4261-4179. Keith Johnson Tel: ␣61 Also please supply Ship’s Bunker figures on arrival including quantity, (2) 4261-4980. specific gravity and temperature. Telephones: Placed on board on arrival at New Coal Berth. Additional Documents: Telephone Numbers: Form QA3 Animal Cargo 1 Refers to cargo only. One for Port Kembla Port Corporation. each relevant port. Nil return Office ...... ␣61 (2) 4274-0201, 4275-0100 not required. Pilot Station...... ␣61 (2) 4275-0157 Form QA4 Ship’s Pets 1 Nil return not required. Vessel Traffic Centre ...... ␣61 (2) 4274-4571 and 4275-0159 Form QA5 Shipmaster’s Bond 1* Required only if ship has pets Adsteam Harbour Services Port Kembla ...... ␣61 (2) 4274-6060 * In duplicate General: Pilotage: Embarkation of Pilots: Masters of vessels are requested to Pollution: The Board views very seriously any kind of pollution. The carry out the following procedure when embarking a Pilot: regulations provide for heavy penalties on conviction. Attention is invited 1.1 Make a good lee for the pilot launch and proceed at a speed to the following: of about five knots. 1. Oil of any description – Discharge or escape from a ship – 1.2 The pilot ladder, clean and fitted with spreaders at intervals, is Penalty up to $50,000. to be rigged well clear of all discharges and outlets, and of all Failure to inform of discharge or escape: Penalty up to $10,000 outboard fittings which might foul the pilot launch. The bottom Cost of dispersing or dealing with oil: May be recovered from of the ladder is to be maintained at a position approximately Master or Owner. 1.5 m. above the water. The distance from waterline to point of 2. Other Pollutants – (Including dangerous goods) access must not exceed 9 m. Discharge or escape into port : Penalty up to $400. 1.3 Two clean 24 mm. in diameter manilla manropes are to be 3. Dangerous Goods rigged. The manropes are to be securely made fast to the ship. Failure to keep pipeline or hose gastight and free from leakage: On no account must they be made fast to the ladder at any Penalty up to $200. point. Failure to keep dangerous goods which have escaped in as 1.4 Where the ladder is rigged over a bulwark, two stanchions not small an area as possible: Penalty up to $200. less than one metre in length are to be securely fitted in the Failure to report escape of dangerous goods from a pipeline or top of the bulwark, one on each side of the ladder. Steps are hose within 24 hours: Penalty up to $200. to be provided from the top of the bulwark to the deck. 1.5 A heaving line is to be provided for mail and the Pilot’s bag. AUTHORITY: Port Kembla Port Corporation, P.O.Box 89, Port 1.6 By night a bright light shaded to show downwards and clearly Kembla, N.S.W. 2505, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 4275-0100. FAX: ␣61 illuminate the ladder and ship’s side is to be in position before (2) 4274-0643. Email: [email protected] the pilot launch approaches. WWW: www.kemblaport.com.au Contact: P. McGavin, Chief Executive 1.7 Tripping lines and boatropes are not to be used. Officer. Captain W. Hoogendoorn, General Manager Marine and Port Note: Masters are urged to have all the abovementioned gear kept in Operations (Tel: ␣61 (2) 4275-0132. Email: [email protected]). first class condition and to have it inspected frequently and to ensure Captain R. Choppin, Assistant Harbour Master/Pilot. always that the ladder and manropes are securely made fast. Serious accidents have occurred through inattention to these matters. Should the abovementioned gear and the manner in which it is rigged not be satisfactory, pilotage services may be PORT LATTA, Tasmania: 40.51 S. 145.23 E. withheld. (See Plan) VHF: It is necessary to maintain a VHF watch on Channel 11, whilst anchored off the port. DOCUMENTS: Vessel must supply to Agent at least 24 hours prior to Berthing: Outer Harbour: arrival: The under mentioned rules are provided for the guidance of Masters Customs Form 3B, Crew Report. of vessels berthed in the Outer Harbour, Port Kembla. Customs, Ship’s Impending Arrival Report. (a) Main engines should not be taken adrift or major repairs AQIS Quarantine Declaration for Vessels (Pratique). commenced unless arranged by prior consultation with the AQIS Ballast Reporting Form (Pages 1 and 2). Harbour Master. The following documents must be prepared ready for Customs to collect (b) Power for main engines should be available at four hours’ on vessel’s arrival: notice during normal weather conditions. Customs Form 3A, Crew Report. (c) Upon being advised by the Port Authority, power for main Customs Form 3B, Crew Report (in duplicate). engines should be available at one hour’s notice. Customs Form 5 Part 1, Ship’s Report of Arrival. (d) Sufficient crew should be maintained on board to enable Customs Form 5 Part 2, Crew Effects Declaration. removal of vessels from jetties to be effected if such removal is Customs Form 5 Part 4, Ship’s Report of Ship’s Stores. considered necessary for the safety of the vessel and/or other Customs Form B921, Ports of Call List. vessels. Last Port Clearance (Must be surrendered to Customs). Inner Harbour: New Coal Berth is located between Berth 12 and Berth 14. Customs/Quarantine will request to inspect/review the following See ‘‘Plans’’. certificates: Port Kembla Coal Terminal Derat Certificate. 1 – Navigation restrictions Safety Radio Certificate.

190 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Safety Equipment Certificate. SURVEYORS: Briar Maritime Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6429-3272. Fax: ␣61 (3) Safety Construction Certificate. 6429-3264. Mobile Tel: 0418140085. Load Line Certificate. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Ship’s responsibility. International Oil Pollution Certificate. CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Documents’’. Vessel Particulars. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Tobacco, 200 cigarettes or 8 ozs. tobacco Registered Tonnage Certificate. per man. Wine/Spirit, 1 quart per man, bottle/bottles must be unsealed. Crew Identity Documents (Passports/Seaman’s Books). CARGO GEAR: None required. AMSA Marine Navigation Levy REPATRIATION: Agents can arrange repatriation and crew changes. AMSA Marine Pollution Levy. AIRPORT: Nearest airport 25 miles at Wynyard with daily domestic AQIS Ballast Water Research Levy. flights to mainland for international flight connections. Note: These levies must be paid prior to departure and are valid for TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. 3 months. Certificates/receipts must be presented on demand. HOLIDAYS: Cargo loading continuous throughout public holidays. PILOTAGE: Compulsory pilotage from anchorage to berth. Pilot remains POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police, Stanley ␣61 (3) 6458-1104; on board throughout loading. Pilot station equipped VHF radio Channels Ambulance, Smithton ␣61 (3) 6452-1221; Fire, Stanley ␣61 (3) 16, 12, 14, 67 and 74. Pilots and line boats stationed at small boat 6458-1202. Source through Loading Master/Pilot (always on board), or harbour, Port Latta. Pilot boards at anchorage (2 miles N.E. of seaward Marine Office on VHF Channel 14. end of jetty). Vessels communicate with Port Latta Marine Department TELEPHONES: Arrange mobile telephones with Agent. on normal ship-shore frequencies, through Australian coastal stations, SERVICES: Compass adjusting, radio and radar repairs, supply of charts addressing message to vessel’s local Agent, or ‘‘Danbar’’ Telex: AA and publications; sounding paper and course recorder paper; Notice to 59059. ETA required 10 days, 2 days, 1 day prior. Accommodation Mariners; extension of Safety Equipment Certificates arranged by Agent, ladder to be rigged and ready on port side. with maximum possible notice. ANCHORAGES: 1 mile radius from point with Rocky Cape Light bearing SHORE LEAVE: Arrange through Pilots. Sufficient crew remain on 130␥ (T) ␺ 5 miles (30 metres). board to handle vessel for clearing berth – to include ten (10) competent RESTRICTIONS: Vessels over 100,000 tonnes d.w.t. berth in daylight deck crew, five (5) forward and five (5) aft. only. Other vessels berth on arrival, day or night, weather permitting. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Minimum depth of water in berth and approaches 15.25 m. (50 ft.) at GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. I.S.L.W. A static 1.5 m. (5 ft.) under keel clearance required at all times, WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. or 10% of draft whichever is the greater, plus 0.5 m. allowance for SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. movement of vessel. GENERAL: Charts: Port Dalrymple to Circular Head, AUS 798 and MAX. SIZE: LOA 245 m. (804 ft.), beam 38.5 m. (126 ft.), draft 16.0 m. Stokes Point to Circular Head, AUS 790. (52.5 ft.). Vessels in excess by prior consultation. Tide Predictions: See ‘‘Port of Stanley’’ – Australian National Tide HEALTH: Commonwealth appointed Quarantine Officers will board Tables. Mean Spring range of tide 2.5 m. (8.42 ft.). Correction for Port Latta – 0.6 m. vessel at anchorage or berth when Port Latta is first port of call. Minimum Officials: Marine Supervisor/Pilot boards on arrival. Other officials board 12-24 hours advance notice of pratique to Agent. Quarantine Officer after berthing. requires 1 copy Crew List. Derat Certificate can be issued at this port. Stores: Available by line boat during loading. Contact: North West VHF: Call sign ‘‘Port Latta’’. Providores (Tel: ␣61 (3) 6431-2148. Fax: ␣61 (3) 6431-4020) or Channel 16 Calling on arrival. International Ship Chandler Co. (Tel: ␣61 (3) 6331-9776. Channel 14 Port operations. Email: [email protected] Fax: ␣61 (3) 6331-9934). Channel 74 Shiploading. AUTHORITY: Danbar Marine Services, P.O.Box 313, Wynyard, Channel 12 Additional working channel. Tasmania 7325, Australia. Tel: (03) 64381222. FAX: (03) 64381194. Channel 67 Additional working channel. Telex: AA 59059. Email: [email protected] Contact: Captain TUGS: One tug is available ‘‘Fullerton Cove’’, 2,500 h.p. 40 tons bollard D.R. Gunn, Marine Supervisor/Manager. pull. Tug is on 30 minutes standby notice when in berth. Note: Danbar Marine Services operate the port facility on a contract Second tug required for berthing of ships of 90,000 d.w.tonnes and basis for the mine owners, Australian Bulk Minerals, P.O.Box 659, over. Second tug, 2,500 h.p. (40 ton bollard pull). Burnie, Tasmania 7320, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) 6432-3377. FAX: ␣61 N.B. Second tug comes from Burnie (3 hours’ steaming). (3) 6432-3390. 2 line boats are available. On call 24 hours when a vessel is in berth. Licensed to carry 5 passengers. Used to transport all persons and goods ship to shore. PORT LINCOLN, S.A.: 34.42 S. 135.50 E. (See Plan) Tug will join vessel at pilot ground. Tug stationed at Port of Stanley and will stay with vessel throughout loading. The use of tug or ship line PORT LIMITS: is at discretion of Pilot. Northern Limit: From Pt. Boston Light in a direction 059␥␺3 miles. BERTHING: Special towage may be required. Confirm with Port Southern Limit: From Cape Donington Light in a direction 059␥␺3 miles. Company. Propeller submerged with vessel at or near even keel. Full Eastern Limit: A line joining outermost ends of North and South limits. ballast, including hold ballast, required for manoeuvring and air draft Charts: Chart No. AUS 134. considerations. Vessels less than 50,000 d.w.t. will not be required to DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. fill the holds with ballast water, but all ballast tanks must be full. Vessels APPROACHES: Depth in approach Channel 14.2 m. (Main Pier). usually berth port side alongside using starboard anchor. In Easterly PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilot boards 1.5 miles S.E. of Boston Point. weather, vessel may berth starboard side alongside. Accommodation RESTRICTIONS: Daylight berthing only. Unberthing day or night. ladder to be rigged and ready on landward side. MAX. SIZE: Mooring Lines required: LOA: (a) Under 100,000 tonnes deadweight. Seven (7) 200 m. lines forward Tankers 178 m. includes backspring. Similar aft. Grain 263 m. (b) 100,000 tonnes deadweight plus. All mooring lines must comply with Phosphate 196 m. Classification Society requirements. Ore berth where vessel secures Draft: Deepest draft 14.7 m. VHF: Radio telephone in operation. Channels 6, 12, 16 and 67. 3.9 m. (12.8 ft.) clear of loading facility to three (3) mooring buoys forward Office hours 0845 – 1700, Monday – Friday. and three (3) aft. Backsprings to protection dolphins. Polypropylene or TUGS: 1 tug (40 tonne bollard pull) available. similar material required. Confirm with Port Company. BERTHING: Kirton Point Jetty oil tanker berth at ‘‘T’’ head, berthing Main engines required to be on thirty (30) minutes standby notice. space 280 m. ␺ 40 m., depth 32 ft. (9.7 m.). Shipping Pier depth 27 ft. Mooring winches to be fully operational and maximum power available (8.2 m.) and 28 ft. (8.5 m.). at all times. Two bulk grain loading berths 330 m. long, depth 15.0 m., with (c) Vessels less than 50,000 d.w.t. require only 6 lines of length, 200 m. 2 travelling loaders with combined capacity of 4,000 tonnes an hour and fore and aft. an outreach of up to 35.5 m. on each side of jetty. Vessels up to Loading/Discharging: A 1,830 m. (6,000 ft.) long steel structure from 80,000 d.w.t. can be accommodated. the shore carries the ore conveyor. A berth, 250 m. long, depth 12 m. to accommodate general cargo Shiploader: Two (2) radial arm type (one loading at any given time). including bagged grain, phosphate rock and sulphur vessels. Rate: Nominal rate 2,259 long tons per hour. Dean Lurkin Collection Pty. Ltd. (DLC): Jetty and berth in Proper Bay Working Hours: 24 hours/day, every day weather permitting. with mooring dolphins. Distance between outer dolphins 882 ft. (270 m.). Outreach: (a) Central: 24.82 m. (81.4 ft.). (b) Max. slew: 17.82 m. Depth 34 ft. (10.4 m.) MLWS. Channel depth 9.1 m. Lay-up berth only. (58.5 ft.). Max. beam 80 ft. (24 m.). Max. LOA 183 m. Throw: Max. 3.9 m. (12.7 ft.). Working Trajectory 1.8 m. (5.9 ft.). TANKERS: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Height: (Airdraft) 15.3 m. FRESH WATER: Available at jetty and shipping pier. Not available at Travel: 79.25 m. (260 ft.) for one loader. Total coverage both loaders B.H.P. (Proper Bay) Berth, 164.6 m. (540 ft.) including 6.1 m. (20 ft.) dead area between loaders. FUEL: Diesel and limited fuel oil by road tanker only. Stowage Factor: Iron ore pellets 0.4767 cu.m./tonne. Angle repose 27␥. AIRPORT: There is a scheduled 1 hour air service to Adelaide with up Under the IMO Bulk Code, the pellets are deemed to be Appendix ‘‘C’’, to 6 flights a day. and are described as cohesive. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Australian Coastal Surveillance Centre-Canberra. Tel:␣61 (2) 6247-5344. Telex: AA62349. MEDICAL : Minimum of 24 hours notice required by Agent to arrange STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. doctor. Hospitals situated at Smithton, 19 miles; Wynyard, 25 miles. 1. Yes. TANKERS: No facilities. 2. Operations at Harbour Master’s discretion. DENSITY: 1025-1027. 3. Yes, right alongside. FRESH WATER: Limited quantity from tug – 50 tons. Rate 14 tonnes/hr. 4. Yes. Cost: A$10.00 per tonne. 5. Normal Australian Regulations. FUEL: Not available. 6. Yes. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Standard Mines Department fire regulations. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Collection available on request to ship’s agent CONSULS: No consulates. or Quarantine Officer. Drums with covers on truck or trailer used to REPAIRS: Carried out by local contractors through Agent. Only minor convey garbage in plastic bags from ship to deep burial disposal site. repairs possible. Charges: A$50.00 per service. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 191 AUSTRALIA WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: West Coast Liquid Waste, Tel: ␣61 (8) BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Berth No. 2: Five identical slewing loading 8684-3574. 10,000 litres per load, as many loads as necessary. Cost to booms with spouts. be discussed on removal due to availability of pump sites and distance. Maximum outreach from wharf edge 17.2 m. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: The Missions to Seamen, Washington Street, Port Gross loading rate 800 t.p.h. (one boom 400 t.p.h.). Lincoln. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8683-0036, 8682-1714 or 8682-5370. Telephone, Boom clearance at wharf edge 19.9 m. above Chart Datum. postal services, currency exchange facilities and refreshments. Berths No. 5 and 6: Zinc and lead concentrates. A gantry loader from AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 354, (King Street), Port Lincoln, stockpile. S.A. 5056, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8682-3633, 8682-3723. FAX: ␣61 Gross loading rate 600 t.p.h. (8) 8682-6725. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Captain Discharge slinger clearance 12.8 m. above Chart Datum. R.J. Cobban, Harbour Master and Port Manager Berth No. 10: Grab unloading bridge. (Email: [email protected]). MEDICAL: All medical and dental facilities available. Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 19, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port Adelaide, TANKERS: No facilities. SA 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (88) 447-0611. FAX: ␣61 (88) 447-0606. DENSITY: Between 1029 and 1035. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Carol Whitford, FRESH WATER: Fresh water available all berths at rate of approx. Administrative Assistant, Operations 20 t.p.h. (Email: [email protected]). FUEL: There are no bunkering facilities at any berth. Limited quantities of diesel oil may be obtained by road tanker. REPAIRS: Subject to special arrangements. PORT PIRIE, S.A.: 33.10 S. 138.08 E. (See Plan) SURVEYORS: Classification Society Surveyors available by prior arrangement. Private surveyors available. PORT LIMITS: As per broken magenta lines passing through Ward Spit OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening/closing carried out by ship’s Beacon, to the North, and Eastern shoal North Beacon, to the South, crew. of entrance to Germain Bay on Chart AUS 136. CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Charts: Chart No. AUS 136. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: As per Australian Regulations. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. REPATRIATION: Facilities available. PILOTAGE: Compulsory. The Pilot Boarding Station is South-West to AIRPORT: There are no regular flights to or from the port. Charter aircraft West and within 2 miles of Eastern Shoal North Beacon can be arranged. (Lat. 33␥ 04.55' S., Long. 137␥ 45.50' E.). Transport to Adelaide is by bus. Bus transport is most frequent – The regulation pilot ladder should be secured so that the lowest step duration of journey 3 hours. is 1.5 m. clear of the water. Manropes must be provided but a boat rope TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. is not required. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: ␣61 (86) 398 4000. Fire Pilotage distance is 17 miles and time occupied is approximately Tel: ␣61 (86) 323000. Ambulance Tel: ␣61 (86) 321111. 2 hours. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: In an emergency whilst at ANCHORAGES: Vessels awaiting a Pilot should anchor near the Pilot anchor or in the vicinity of the port (i.e. not berthed), contact can be Boarding Station which is good holding ground. made with ‘‘Port Pirie Harbour’’, if during working hours. Outside those Exempt vessels only may anchor within Germein Bay. However, hours, radio contact with ‘‘Adelaide Outer Harbour’’. Both contact points anchorage near Cockle Spit is not recommended for vessels of light draft will immediately contact appropriate local or regional emergency under adverse weather conditions. organisation. MAX. SIZE: Channel width 92 m. TELEPHONES: All vessels in port will have telephones placed aboard Max. LOA Max. Beam by Agent. Local calls only available. (m.) (m.) STORING: By truck alongside vessel. Forklifts can be used if required. Daylight 185.0 30.0 SHORE LEAVE: Unrestricted. At Night 180.0 28.0 IDENTIFICATION CARDS: As per Immigration Authority Regulations. Vessels over these lengths and beams at Harbour Master’s discretion. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Service is available and its use is compulsory. The entrance, river channel and harbour area are dredged to Contractors truck attends vessel. No garbage to be landed prior to truck’s 6.4 m. LWOST. The keel clearance of any vessel proceeding in the arrival. Charges: A$40.00 per full day in port plus A$2.70 per crew harbour or channel should be 0.76 m. and vessels over 22.0 m. the member per full day in port. minimum keel clearance should be 0.91 m. Refer to agent for contact number. Max. draft at HWOST is 8.1 m., keel clearance of 0.9 m. required. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Small quantities only. See above or contact Vessels have sailed from the port under suitable tidal conditions with agent for large quantities. drafts in excess of 8.23 m. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, 37 Florence Street, Port Note 1: It is recommended that the maximum draft should be decreased Pirie. Services: library, telephone, postal service, canteen, souvenirs, by 0.20 m. when ‘‘fixing’’ vessels in advance, to allow for possibility of television, snooker, table tennis, hospital visits. Open daily from the tide being less than that predicted due to weather conditions. 1900 hrs. Note 2: The LW heights should be considered when fixing deep vessels GENERAL: Tides: MHW Springs 2.65 m., Neaps 1.65 m. Generally tidal to ensure that the vessel always remains afloat in the berth. heights of 2.74 m. or over occur at Springs about 50% of the days of HEALTH: For first port vessels, Radio Pratique is available 24 hours the year. However, tides are affected by weather and may be up to prior to arrival, after satisfactory response to information sought by Agent, 0.61 m. above or below predictions. formal Pratique will be granted after berthing. AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, 153 Ellen Street, Port Pirie, SA 5540, In the event of suspected disease or fever on board, authorities must Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 632 1455. FAX: ␣61 (8) 632 5918. be informed prior to Pilot boarding. VHF: Port Pirie is serviced by Channels 16, 12, 8, 67 and 6. Vessels Cables: DMH Pirie. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Port arriving at the port should advise ‘‘Port Pirie Harbour’’, as soon as contact Manager. Flinders Ports, PO Box 19, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port Adelaide, can be established, of their ETA and draft, also the position anchored, ␣ ␣ if applicable. Exempt vessels should advise same and seek clearance SA 5015, Australia. Tel: 61 (8) 8447 0611. FAX: 61 (8) 8447 0606. to enter the port. Listening watch is kept from 0845 hrs. to 1700 hrs., WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Carol Whitford, Monday to Friday, (except public holidays) or by arrangement. Administrative Assistant, Operations There is no visual signal station. (Email: [email protected]). There is no radio telegraph station at Port Pirie. All such messages are handled through ‘‘VIA’’ Adelaide and are forwarded to or from Port Pirie by land-line. PORT STANVAC, S.A.: 35.06 S. 138.28 E. (See Plan) TUGS: Two tugs, bollard pull 11 tonnes and 22 tonnes. BERTHING: Vessels are normally berthed in the order of first arrival at The Marine Terminal is situated on the Eastern shore of the Gulf of the Pilot Boarding Station and are usually swung prior to berthing. St. Vincent, 18 miles South of Port Adelaide in Lat. 35␥ 06' S., Long. Main engines must not be immobilised and static engine tests must 138␥ 28' E., bearing 219␥, 4.0 miles from Marino Light. Mariners are not be made without prior approval of the Harbour Master. referred to current hydrographic chart AUS 780. Berths: Vessels berthed at No. 1 should not exceed 152.40 m. The Terminal berths are open and unprotected. Consequently at all (500 ft.) LOA. times a vessel must be in a suitable condition, with sufficient deadweight Dredged to: and personnel on board to vacate the berth immediately on short notice. Berth Depth Width Length Normal usage The Terminal comprises a single buoy mooring served by a 36 in. No. (m.) (ft.) (m.) (ft.) (m.) (ft.) (900 mm.) submarine pipeline, for the discharge/loading of crude oil 1 7.3 24 30 80 152 500 Fishing tankers of up to 300,000 tonnes deadweight, limited to 17.1 m. draft, and 2 8.2 27 30 100 190 600 Silo-Bulk Grain a product berth alongside the jetty for the loading/discharge of vessels 3 7.3 24 30 100 198 650 Tugs & Launches up to 42,000 tonnes displacement, limited to 10.7 m. draft. The product 4 5.8 19 25 107 350 Tugs & Launches berth is attached to the seaward end of a pier which extends in a direction 5 8.2 27 30 100 198 650 Concentrates, of 300␥(T) from the shore. Fertiliser, The Terminal operates 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Multi-purpose, Vessels are berthed at the SBM at any time, 24 hours a day, subject to Overseas prevailing conditions and Duty Marine Officer’s discretion. Vessels at the 6 8.2 27 30 100 183 600 Zinc Concentrates, product berth are berthed in daylight hours only, subject to tides and/or Overseas suitable weather conditions, and may depart at any time. Cargo handling 7 8.2 27 30 100 145 475 Container, operations are continuous whilst a vessel is in the berth. Breakbulk, Lead, DOCUMENTS: Inward clearance is effected on board the vessel by the Steel, Coal, Customs Boarding Officer after the vessel has berthed. This official is Fertiliser, Interstate also the Superintendent of the Mercantile Marine Office. 8 8.2 27 30 100 180 590 Lead, Coal The following documents are required: 9 8.2 27 30 100 180 590 Lead, Coal Clearance from last port. 10 8.2 27 30 100 158 520 Lead Concentrates, Crew List in duplicate on Form M & S 11, and in addition 3 copies on Limesand plain paper. CRANES: 6␺7.5 ton electric cranes are available at Berths No. 6, 8 Store List on Form 42A (1 copy). and 9. Dutiable articles owned by Master and Crew on Form 5 (1 copy).

192 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Form C & E 886, Loading Port List (1 copy for each Australian port The bow and stern mooring buoys are each fitted with 1␺40 mm. of discharge). diameter preventer wire. These wires will be taken to the ship by launch Cargo Manifest (B/L). and secured on board under the supervision of the Mooring Master. Livestock Notice (Form QA4) if any livestock on board, plus The berth is equipped with a Woodfield Flow Boom which handles all Shipmaster’s Bond (Form QA5) in duplicate. loading hoses, except the 2 solvent hoses. There are 2␺14 in. lines Necessary forms will be supplied by the ship’s Agent on a vessel’s which are for transferring white oils and taking off clean ballast. There first visit to the terminal. are 2 ␺ 16 in. lines for transferring black oils and taking off dirty ballast. Clearance outward is granted on board before sailing. No documents Each of these 4 lines uses a 10 in. hose. In addition there are 2␺6in. are required by the Master when clearing outwards – the ship’s Agent solvent lines utilising 6 in. hoses and 1␺12 in. line using an 8 in. hose handles all clearance documents at the Customs House. for loading lube oils. PILOTAGE: Prior to berthing at Port Stanvac vessels will be boarded Typical loading rates are: by the Duty Marine Officer in the anchorage area. The Duty Marine Black oils 1,600 tonnes/p.h. both lines. Officer will advise the Master on the pilotage of the vessel to the berth White oils 1,400 tonnes/p.h. both lines. and in respect of mooring and unmooring of the vessel. At the offshore Solvents 100 tonnes/p.h. each line. moorings he will also advise on the hoisting and lowering of the Lub oils 500 tonnes/p.h. one line. submarine hoses and on loading/unloading. He will remain on board Multiple grades can be loaded simultaneously if segregation and safety while the vessel is moored at the off-shore berth. The Duty Marine Officer are assured. will carry out his duties subject to the authority of the Master of the Ballast at 700 tonnes/p.h. is discharged through a 16 in. line to shore. vessel. Ballast reception facilities are limited. On completion of deballasting Vessels are requested to have a pilot ladder and manropes, rigged clean salt water is to be discharged for approximately 15 minutes. on the leeward side for the safe embarkation and disembarkation of the Notice of Readiness: Notice of Readiness will be accepted when vessel Duty Marine Officer. At night the ladder area should be efficiently is securely berthed or, if berth is occupied, from the time the vessel is illuminated. Pilot ladder and manropes should remain rigged during ‘brought up’ at anchor off the port in, or adjacent to, the recommended vessel’s stay in port, whilst in the offshore berth. anchorage. If the vessel’s freeboard is more than 9 m. then the accommodation Draining of Hoses: Crude oil discharge hoses are cleared by creating a ladder should be rigged in conjunction with the pilot ladder. vacuum on the submarine crude oil line. All product hoses are drained ANCHORAGES: Vessels awaiting to berth at Port Stanvac are advised by gravity and ship’s personnel are requested to co-operate with the to anchor in the following positions unless instructed otherwise: Terminal Operators to ensure complete draining of hoses. Drip trays Crude Oil Vessels: Using starboard anchor, one nautical mile North must be placed in position to catch any oil which may remain in the of the SBM. hoses and oil absorbent material must be in readiness to absorb and Product Vessels: With Marino Rocks Lighthouse bearing 090␥(T) clean up any small leaks. distance 4.0 miles in 11 fathoms of water. Emergency Signal: Should normal ship to shore communication fail, the Holding ground in these anchorages is good with a hard sand bottom. emergency signal to stop the flow of oil will be one or more blasts of RESTRICTIONS: Approaches from the West through Investigator Strait; the ship’s whistle each blast of NOT LESS THAN 10 SECONDS from the East, through Backstairs Passage. DURATION. In the case of a fire this should be supplemented by a Minimum depth in channel to jetty berth is 40 ft. (12.2 m.). Vessels continuous sounding of the ship’s general alarm system. Steam or air can approach the SBM from any direction, depending on existing should never be shut off the whistle whilst the ship is in port. conditions at the time of berthing. A charted depth of 23.0 m. above the Signals: Vessels discharging or loading shall, by day, display the lowest predicted astronomical tide within 400 m. of the buoy, and a international code inflammable flag and by night, a red light, where it minimum depth of 20 m. within 1,500 m. of the buoy position. can be clearly seen and visible all around the horizon. Height of tide, 9.0 ft. (2.7 m.) HHW, and 4.6 ft. (1.4 m.) LHW. MEDICAL: Medical and Dental treatment is available if required. The MAX. SIZE: SBM: Agent should be informed of the treatment required. LOA: 345 m. BALLAST: No dirty ballast may be discharged into the sea. Beam: No limitation. Ballast reception facilities are limited. Advance notice is required for Draft: 17.1 m. the discharge of ballast and/or slops to the shore. Deadweight: 300,000 tonnes. There are no shore ballast facilities for the SBM. Products Berth: Max. size limitations for vessels using the product berth POLLUTION: Extreme care must be taken to avoid pollution of water are: by oil. A $50,000 fine, plus the cost of any clean-up can be imposed on, LOA: 183 m. among others, a Master of any vessel which causes pollution of the sea Beam: No limitation. by oil Draft: 10.7 m. The contents of engine-room and pumproom bilges must not be Displacement: 42,000 tonnes. discharged into the sea. All pumproom and sea suction and overboard Note: Ships at the Product Berth must have a parallel flat side at the discharge valves must be securely lashed before loading or discharging lightship waterline of a minimum of 49 m. and maintain a minimum operations commence. freeboard whilst loading of 1.7 m. If vessels need to unlash sea suction valves, the Duty Port Manager Maximum freeboard 10.50 m. along main deck at any time. must first be informed. The ship’s pumps must be started and a vacuum HEALTH: Vessels will be boarded by the Department of Health Officer obtained before opening any sea valve. either at the anchorage or in the berth. The area around the ship’s manifold and overside in the vicinity of the If Radio Pratique (See ‘‘Radio’’) has not been obtained prior to arrival submarine hoses, when on the SBM, shall be efficiently illuminated at international quarantine signals must be exhibited until the vessel is night during loading and discharge operations. cleared by the Department of Health Officer. All deck scuppers must be plugged and sealed before commencement RADIO: Arrival Message: Masters are requested to contact their Agents of loading or unloading. 7 days before their estimated arrival at the port, giving the following A stand-by warning must be given to the Terminal Operator not less information: than fifteen (15) minutes before any cargo transfer is completed. When ETA topping off, the loading rate will be reduced by the Terminal Operator Number and nationality of crew aboard. as required. Crew’s state of health. FRESH WATER: Fresh water at approximately 25 cu.m.p.h. is available Advise if the hull is free of leaks. at the product berth. Whether bunkers are required and, if so, the quantity. There is no fresh water connection at the SBM. Crude oil vessels The number of crew members, if any, who require the services of a requiring water must arrange, via their Agents. Doctor or a Dentist. FUEL: No bunkers available at the SBM. Fuel oil and diesel oil are Advise if inert gas system is in good working order and conforms to available at the Product Berth. SOLAS. CONSULS: Most nations, with the exception of the Arabian countries Advise if ship has C.O.W. on board and if crude oil washing is required and the Panama Republic, have Consulates in Adelaide. at Port Stanvac and conforms to SOLAS. REPAIRS: Port Stanvac is an open roadstead and while vessels are Further ETAs should be sent 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours prior moored at either berth, the main engines must be maintained in to arrival. The 24 hours message must also confirm that the hull is free readiness to enable the vessel to leave the berth under full power at all of leaks. If there is any change to the 24 hours ETA then advice should times. No engine repairs which may interfere with this requirement will be promptly transmitted. be permitted. VHF: Port Stanvac Refinery is equipped with VHF radio operating on No welding, hotwork or scaling is permitted on vessels whilst at either the following frequencies: Channel 16 (156.8 MHz) calling and standby berth. All repairs must be carried out in the anchorage. There are 2 repair only; Channel 14 (156.7 MHz); Channel 9 (156.45 MHz). firms in Adelaide capable of handling emergency voyage repairs. Details Masters of vessels proceeding to Port Stanvac are required to of any emergency repairs should be included in the ETA message. establish VHF radio contact with Port Stanvac (call sign ‘‘Port Stanvac’’) CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: All dutiable goods declared on Form 5 as soon as possible prior to arrival to confirm the vessel’s ETA. Masters (See ‘‘Documents’’), should be ready for possible collection and sealing will be advised on which Channel they should maintain a listening watch by Customs. Non Australian crew members are allowed to retain: while in the Port Stanvac area and to receive instructions related to 200 cigarettes (opened carton) or 0.5 lb. tobacco or 40 cigars or berthing, cargo operations and other matters. 300 Biddies and 1 opened bottle (quart) of liquor. TUGS: Tugs are not normally used for berthing at the Product Berth. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. BERTHING: SHORE LEAVE: Launch services are available from SBM. A fee is SBM: See ‘‘Operator’s Report’’. charged for this service. Port Stanvac is an open, unsheltered roadstead Product Berth: The Product Berth has a fixed all round green light and it is emphasised that vessels must be in readiness to vacate the mounted on top of the hose boom. berth immediately on receiving instruction to so do. All vessels are berthed port side alongside heading in a direction Vessels requiring launch services from the anchorage should contact 240␥(T). their Agents for availability and charges. Mooring line requirements are that vessels may be required to use Vessel’s crew members and visitors are not allowed to walk through 8 mooring lines, in good condition. The headline can be a wire rope but, the Refinery. Access from the wharf to the Main Gate, and vice versa, if so, must have a 15 m. synthetic tail. The stern line must be a floating must be by car or taxi only. Taxis may be ordered through the Main synthetic line so as not to foul the propeller on berthing. Gate personnel. Taxis are free as far as the Main Gate. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 193 AUSTRALIA GENERAL: Gangway: A shore gangway is provided at the Product Owing to swell conditions, a clean pilot ladder is required for departure. Berth. This should be rigged so that it is 1 m. above sea level and provided Ship’s accommodation ladder should be rigged on the leeward side with 2 clean manropes. in the off-shore berth. This ladder is required to comply with Australian Standard Garbage: The dumping of garbage into the sea at Port Stanvac is Specification No. 1267 of 1975 which is based on the requirements of STRICTLY PROHIBITED by law. PENALTY $2,000 FINE. the SOLAS Convention and the Navigation Act. Laundry: Laundry facilities are available in Port Adelaide. Master should A pilot hoist or accommodation ladder is not considered suitable for advise requirements to his Agent prior to arrival. disembarking. Stores and Provisions: Stores can be delivered by vehicle at the Product Whilst in the berth, the appropriate accommodation ladder is used for Berth and by launch at the SBM. Masters are reminded that the SBM access to the ship. is open and exposed and that the delivery of stores cannot be Port Walcott Pilots are a private organisation located at 106 Meares guaranteed. Arrangements for the handling of stores should be made Drive, Point Samson. Pilots on VHF Channels 16 and 14 (Also see through the Duty Port Manager on board the vessel, or the ship’s Agent. ‘‘Authority’’). Stores ordered in excess of the above quantities must be arranged ANCHORAGES: Recommended Anchorages: via the ship’s Agent. Bearing of Jarman Island Lighthouse. Masters are advised that whenever possible they should arrange to No. 1 191␥␺6 miles receive stores at other ports where facilities for storing may be more No. 2 201␥␺6’’ convenient. No. 3 196␥␺7’’ The company will not accept responsibility for any stores handled at No. 5 213␥␺7’’ the Terminal. No. 6 200␥␺8’’ Tides, Current and Depths of Water: The predicted tide times at Port No. 7 208␥␺8’’ Stanvac are approximately 10 minutes earlier than the tidal predictions No. 8 215␥␺8’’ for Outer Harbour, Port Adelaide. However, the times and heights may No. 9 222␥␺8’’ be affected quite markedly by the prevailing weather conditions. The No.10 204␥␺9’’ tidal current flows in a N.S. direction and on occasions may reach 1 knot. No. 11 210␥␺9’’ Weather: From September to May, the prevailing winds are from the No. 12 217␥␺9’’ South, S.E. to East. During the remainder of the year, winds are generally For smaller ships: from North, West to S.W. At times winds may reach gale force. ‘F’ 175␥␺6.7 miles and ‘A1’ 184␥␺5.2 miles. RESTRICTIONS: Max. draft for different tidal heights in order to obtain OPERATOR’S REPORT: August 1993 (Updated 2000). 10% U.K.C. The Crude Berth is a single buoy mooring. Based on the availability of 16.0 m. at low water. Max. size vessel acceptable as follows: Tide Draft Tide Draft Tide Draft Tide Draft LOA: 345 m. (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) (m.) Beam: No limitation. 2.9 17.18 3.7 17.90 4.5 18.63 5.3 19.36 Draft: 17.1 m. 3.0 17.27 3.8 18.00 4.6 18.72 5.4 19.45 Deadweight: 300,000 tonnes. 3.1 17.36 3.9 18.09 4.7 18.81 5.5 19.54 Berthing 24 hours, subject to weather. Sailing any time. For berthing, 3.2 17.45 4.0 18.18 4.8 18.90 5.6 19.63 vessel will require 2 tongue type bow chain stoppers, complying with 3.3 17.54 4.1 18.27 4.9 19.00 5.7 19.72 OCIMF specifications, suitable for 76 mm. chain. ␺ 3.4 17.63 4.2 18.36 5.0 19.09 5.8 19.81 Discharge is through 1 16 in. (400 mm.) floating hose, connected to 3.5 17.72 4.3 18.45 5.1 19.18 5.9 19.90 port manifold, using 16 in. ASA flanges. 3.6 17.81 4.4 18.54 5.2 19.27 6.0 20.00 Hoses are lifted singly by ship’s derrick/crane (minimum SWL Controlling Depths for ships to the Service Jetty is 8.2 m. and Ore Jetty 10 tonnes). 12 m. For sailing from the Ore Jetty – 16.0 m. Max. weight of hose 6.5 tonnes. For vessels bound for Lambert Service Jetty – 8.2 m. Max. discharge pressure at ship’s manifold 1,000 KPA (150 PSI). Berthing of ore carriers is usually carried out at about 1 hour – 2 hours Only petroleum products handled at Port Stanvac. before HW. Berthing times other than HW at discretion of Harbour No gas or chemicals imported or exported at this facility. Master. Part loaded ore ships are restricted to berthing at HW. The turning AUTHORITY: Mobil Refining Australia Pty.Ltd., P.O.Box 821, area has a least depth of 12 m. and a U.K.C. of 1.5 m. is required. Drafts Morphett Vale, South Australia 5162. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8392-6319. ␣ of up to 13 m. may be accommodated, but ships are strongly advised FAX: 61 (8) 8392-6449. Contact: Duty Marine Officer. to contact the Harbour Master for advice prior to arrival. Sailing from the Ore Jetty is at 1 hour before HW. No variation can normally be permitted. The 18 mile exit route is ‘graded’ from 16 m. to PORT WALCOTT, W.A.: 20.37 S. 117.11 E. (See Plan) 17.4 m. to accommodate tidal variations. Drafts for sailing are calculated by adding the height of tide to the Port Walcott includes Cossack (defunct), Point Samson, Cape Lambert controlling depth and then deducting one eleventh of that total to give (operational) and Dixon Island (possible future). an U.K.C. of 10% of draft. PORT LIMITS: Pecked line joining the following positions: Owing to tidal peculiarities, berthing at the Lambert Service Jetty is Latitude Longitude Remarks either at about 2.5 hours before HW or 3.5 hours after HW. (a) 20␥ 25.48' S. 116␥ 53.02' E. On Aus. 741 Lat. 20␥ 25.4' S. ␥ ␥ ␥ MAX. SIZE: (b) 20 25.32' S. 116 57.10' E. On Aus. 741 Lat. 20 25.2' S. Berth No. 1 Berth No. 2 Berth No. 3 (c) 20␥ 25.80' S. 117␥ 04.58' E. On Aus. 55 & Aus. 740 in a ␥ DWT 225,000 323,000 323,100 direction 273 54' to the West LOA 355 m. 355 m. 355 m. border; on Aus. 57 in a direction ␥ Beam 50 m. 55 m. 60 m. 113 18' to the East border. Largest ship to date (February 1994), the ‘‘Bergeland’’, 322,944 d.w.t., (d) 20␥ 28.00' S. 117␥ 10.00' E. LOA 339 m. and beam 55 m. (e) 20␥ 28.00' S. 117␥ 17.50' E. (f) 20␥ 31.10' S. 117␥ 17.50' E. On Aus. 55 & Aus. 741 in a HEALTH: Pratique may be given by radio. Pratique is automatic if having direction 113␥ 36' to the East called at another Australian port. border. RADIO: Advise Agent of ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours (g) 20␥ 36.90' S. 117␥ 31.60' E. Thence in a direction 180␥ to the prior to arrival. HWL. VHF: VHF communications are available on a limited basis – a watch Charts: AUS 55, 56, 740, 741, 326 and 327. being kept on both Channels 16 and 14. Hours are approx. 0830 hrs. – Port Walcott Pilots are Agents for the Chart and Map Shop in 1200 hrs. and 1300 hrs. – 1630 hrs. Monday to Friday. The station is Fremantle who can supply all charts and publications. also manned if it is thought that urgent communication is necessary. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. TUGS: Two tugs, ‘‘Pannawonica 1’’ and ‘‘Lambert’’, are available for APPROACHES: Approaches are marked by 5 light buoys. The first is use. Both tugs are 4,800 h.p. (60 tonnes bollard pull). One line launch in position Lat. 20␥ 23.45' S., Long. 117␥ 25.34' E. and is fitted with a is available. Tugs supply towing equipment. 3 cm. Racon – morse code ‘‘K’’. From a position about 1 mile East of BERTHING: this buoy, ships should proceed on a course 183␥ for 7 miles, then 252␥ Cape Lambert Service Jetty: is owned by Robe River Iron Associates for 10 miles to the anchorage area. Ships should not attempt to enter (R.R.I.A.). The neck is 457.20 m. long and the berthing head is 155.45 m. via Bass Pass. long. Off each end of the head is a mooring dolphin some 27.43 m. Exit Channel: Marked by some 28 buoys and beacons. Pilotage is away. This permits a vessel of about 190.50 m. long to berth. There is compulsory for all ships in this area. a min. depth of 10 m. at LW. The height of the jetty, above LW, is PILOTAGE: Pilots resident at Point Samson. 24 hours service. Pilotage 10.67 m. Cargo is handled by ship’s gear. The jetty is designed for road is compulsory anywhere in the port, except that, with permission, ships transport only. It was built to normal Australian standards and 110 ton may enter port and proceed via the Eastern route to anchorage. Ships locomotives have been landed. This is not a common-user berth and should not enter via Bass Pass except with Pilot. permission must be obtained from the Port Authority before any cargo, Pilots will, generally, board and leave ships by means of a small other than R.R.I.A. cargo, is handled. helicopter. Ships which cannot accept a helicopter must advise the Lambert Ore Jetty: is owned and operated by R.R.I.A. It extends Harbour Master at least 48 hours prior to arrival. All crew members 2.88 km. to sea in a 046.75␥ direction. It is double sided and capable of should keep well clear of the hatch on which the helicopter will land. handling ships up to 323,000 d.w.t. Max. beam at No. 1 is 50 m., No. 2 Helicopter is fitted with marine VHF radio. Call sign ‘‘Port Walcott Pilot is 55 m. and No. 3 is 60.0 m. The depth of water in No. 1 and No. 2 (SE) Helicopter’’. Berths is 19.5 m. and in No. 2 (NW) Berth is 19.8 m. Ships should Pilotage will be provided, on request, from Buoy No. 1. However this arrange their trim so that there is always an under-keel clearance of will only be just prior to a ship berthing. Ships may anchor, outside port 1 m. when in the berth. There are two shiploaders designed to operate limits, to the East of No.1 Buoy. at 7,500 t.p.h. Ships berth ‘head out’ and are secured to dolphins, parallel Pilot Ladders, Hoists, etc: On arrival, Pilots will accept a pilot hoist, a to the jetty. These dolphins are 7.62 m. above Datum. The height of the pilot ladder not exceeding 9 m. in length, an accommodation ladder if jetty is 18.6 m. above Datum and the booms of the shiploaders are the weather is suitable or a combination of pilot ladder and approximately 30.5 m. above LW. Max. distance between hatches is: accommodation ladder. No. 1 Berth, 234 m. and No. 2 Berth, 236 m.

194 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Operator: Robe River Iron Associates, P.O. Box 21, Wickham, CERTIFICATES: Ore/Oil carriers require inspection by surveyor if W.A. 6720. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9159-2122. Fax: ␣61 (8) 9159-2157. previous cargo was oil. Gas-free Certificates over 24 hours old are not The following letters from R.R.I.A. were handed to the Master on arrival accepted. in November 1991. CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Letter No. 1: REPATRIATION: Carried out regularly. SHORE LEAVE AND VISITORS – PORT WALCOTT AIRPORT: At least 1 jet flight per day to Perth from Karratha, flight time In connection with crews and visitors to ships berthed at Port Walcott, 2 hours. would you please draw to the attention of Masters, upon arrival of their ships, the following regulations: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. All crew going to or returning from shore leave must do so by vehicle: HOLIDAYS: Iron ore is loaded 24 hours a day throughout the year. either a taxi, bus, the agent’s car or a Government vehicle. Private TELEPHONES: Not available at the berths. The Pilots supply a mobile vehicles are NOT permitted to traverse our mining lease except in special telephone for use of the crew (with phone cards). circumstances. Should you wish to invite visitors to your vessel, kindly SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Port Walcott has limited ship-to-shore apply to the undersigned with a full list of names so that a pass may be transport with the only non-fishing commercial craft being R.R.I.A. owned arranged. Taxi or bus hire should be arranged directly with the ship’s tugs (2) and workboat. All these craft are available for emergency use. agent on berthing. Charter craft are available through ship’s Agent. Crew members and visitors may walk only directly between the point The local ship’s Agents are conversant with the availability of charter of embarkation/disembarkation and the seaward end of the loading craft and ship Masters and Owners would be well advised to operate wharf. through their Agent. Other than embarkation/disembarkation to and from the vessel, NO A helicopter Pilot Service commenced at Port Walcott in July 1984. CREW MEMBERS OR VISITORS ARE PERMITTED TO WALK ON THE This service may be available for emergency use. Contact should be MINE SITE. made through the Pilot’s Office. Safety helmets and steel capped boots are not required when only Port Walcott Pilots, PO Box 61, Wickham, W.A. Tel: ␣61 (8) embarking/disembarking to and from the vessel. 9187-1329. Fax: ␣61 (8) 9187-1601. Signed: Senior Manager – Operations. SHORE LEAVE Letter No. 2: : Crew members are allowed ashore by pre-arranged In welcoming you to Cape Lambert, we would like to advise that your bus or taxi – nearest town is 10 miles away. No crew members or visitors vessel is subject to various Port Health, Customs, Immigration, Maritime are permitted to walk on the mine site. and other regulations as follows: Also see ‘‘Berthing – Letter No. 1’’. Loading Operations: GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. The responsibility for safe and correct loading of the vessel rests WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. entirely with the Master. GENERAL: Port Walcott is connected by sealed roads to the towns of Shore personnel are available to operate the loading machinery and Wickham, Roebourne, Karratha, Dampier and Port Hedland, each of to assist the vessel in every way they can, but it must be appreciated which has a hospital and other facilities. The sealed road also extends that they are not qualified in the skills of correct stress-loading of a vessel, to Perth, some 1,580 km. away. nor in achieving a desired draft condition. Tides: Spring range is 5.70 m. (18 ft. 9 in.). Masters must therefore ensure that a competent officer is on duty Stores: Providores operate here. Freezer, chiller, dry and Bond stores throughout the loading period, that he visits the deck frequently, and are available but advance notice is preferred. maintains a continuous check on the draft. Access: Access from the ship to the shore is by means of ship’s Communication between your duty officer and the ShiploaderOperator is by a private VHF radio frequency. A radio may be collected from the accommodation ladder to a dolphin at the ore jetty and by means of a Shiploader Operator’s cabin by your officer at the commencement of brow at the Service jetty. loading and returned immediately upon completion of loading. This must Moorings: 1. Any wire ropes should terminate in a fibre rope tail of at be done without delay. The responsibility of safekeeping and return of least 20 m. length, including eye. the shipper’s radio remains the responsibility of the ship’s Master, who 2. Spring lines should be laid out on deck, prior to coming alongside, will be held liable for any loss or damage to the equipment. Please note for a distance of approx. 80 m. from the ship’s lead. In the case of wires, that these radios should be exchanged with the Shiploader Operator on the rope tail would be included in this 80 m. This arrangement should a regular basis (0700 hrs., 1500 hrs. and 2300 hrs. daily) to prolong permit easy lowering vertically to the appropriate dolphin. battery life. Tides: Spring range is 5.8 m. (19 ft.). One ship’s crew member should at all times be available to communicate with shore personnel. Any change to the original loading plan should be communicated to the Shiploader Operator. This notice SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: November 1991. should be in writing and signed by the Master. Vessel: 190,000 d.w.t. OBO. Tonnages indicated by the shore belt scale are to be taken as Mooring: Vessel used one tug each end with tugs ropes. approximate only and no reliance is to be placed on these for correct If springs are wires, 50 m. messengers are required. stress-loading of the vessel, nor for the achievement of the final desired Head and stern lines sent by boat. draft. First lines ashore are forward breast lines by boat. Washing Down: Ore spillage on deck and dust which accumulates during the course Stern lines sent ashore (ropes) by heaving line. of shiploading must not be washed into the berths. Vessels are required As vessel comes alongside, the first after lines (breasts) are sent to defer wash-down until after they have cleared from the berth, outward. ashore by heaving line. Shore Leave and Visitors: Cargo: Letter from Berth Operator: Robe River Iron Associates, as owners and operators of Cape Lambert The commodity to be loaded in your vessel is Robe River Iron Ore port and mine-site areas, wish to draw your attention to the attached sinter fines and the following data has been derived via the use of regulations relating to shore leave and visitors (See ‘‘Letter No. 1’’). recognised international and national test procedures as is required in Notice to Port and Towage Users: the IMO Bulk Cargoes code. By-Law 75 promulgated under the Gazetted Cape Lambert Ore Wharf (A) Physical/Chemical Proportions: By-Laws. i. Transportable Moisture Limit : Not applicable Towage Rates and Conditions: ii. Moisture Content (ISO 3087) : 6.0 – 7.5% (Continuous The use of tug boats to assist vessels inwards and outwards shall be testing) at the discretion of the Master. In all cases, the rates set out in the Average moisture content will be confirmed by tests carried out Second Schedule shall be payable in respect of towage services during loading. available to all vessels berthing and unberthing into and out of any berth, iii. Angle of Repose at Moisture or any of the Company’s marine facilities whether such services are levels stated : 32␥ – 34.5␥ used or not used. iv. Stowage Factor (Bulk Density): 0.50 – 0.55 cu.m./tonne It is the intent of this By-Law that if tugs and workboats have been 1.82 – 2.00 tonnes/cu.m. mobilised then they are available. 20 cu.ft./ton If the pilot choses not to bring the tugs onto towlines, this is a matter v. Iron Content : 56.5 – 57.5% (Continuous for his judgement, however if tugs and craft are in attendance and testing) available for use, then full payment at the gazetted rate is required This commodity is not considered to be a cargo which will liquify during irrespective of whether their services are used or not. Conversely, if tugs transport. and craft are not available, no charges will be levied irrespective of (B) Chemical Hazard: whether the Master has signed an application form in accordance with i. Classification : Nil By-Law 75. ii. Description of Hazard : Nil Your co-operation in these matters is appreciated. Kindly indicate receipt iii. Precautions to be taken : Nil of this letter by signing the attached copy. iv. Emergency Procedures : Nil Signed: Manager – Marine. ␺ It is certified that for the cargo nominated, any relevant hazards CRANES: 2 5 ton mobile cranes. pertaining to marine transport have been properly described and that STEVEDORES: Labour for stevedoring purposes is controlled by the information given is based on the latest available including experience Association of Employers of Waterside Labour. Requests for labour in storage prior to shipment. should be made through an Agent or Stevedore. Hours of work are usually 0800 hrs. – 2130 hrs. and 2130 hrs. – 0630 hrs. This labour operates at Lambert Jetty. AUTHORITY: Department of Transport, 1 Essex Street, Fremantle, TANKERS: Tankers berth ‘head-in’ or ‘head-out’ at Lambert Service ␣ Jetty at discretion of Harbour Master. The deeper water (10.67 m.) is at W.A. 6160, Australia. Tel: 61 (8) 9239-2399. the seaward end. Discharge is through an 8 in. pipeline which is situated Port Walcott Pilots, P.O.Box 61, Wickham, WA 6720, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9187-1329. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9187-1601. about the centre of the berth. ␣ Also see ‘‘Restrictions’’ and ‘‘Berthing’’. Email: [email protected] Contact: Captain W. Ginty (Tel: 61 (8) 9187-1085, Mobile 0438-051844). Captain P. Horton (Tel: ␣61 (8) FRESH WATER: Fresh water available at both wharves – ships supply ␣ own hoses with 2.5 in. quick release fittings. 9187-1710, Mobile 0427-444948). Captain M. Allan (Tel: 61 (8) FUEL: Not available. 9187-1085, Mobile 0419-701216). See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 195 AUSTRALIA PORTLAND, Victoria: 38.20 S. 141.36 E. (See Plan) The berth currently handles aluminium ingots, general cargo, containerised cargo, livestock and bulk tallow. It also has the capacity PORT LIMITS: As much of the waters of Portland Bay as lie Westward to handle fully integrated container and Ro-Ro traffic. No. 5 Transit Shed of a line bearing due North from Point Danger to the opposite shore of is located nearby. Portland Bay. Berth No. 6: Guaranteed depth alongside is 12.2 m. Maximum draft is DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 11.5 m. Length of the berth is 228.6 m. APPROACHES: Approach from the West: A safe course into Portland Berth No. 6 is at right angles to K.S. Anderson Wharf and 137 m. to Bay can be maintained by rounding Lawrence Rocks at a distance of the West. The berth is designed for the handling of bulk cargoes but, 1.5 nautical miles offshore and altering until a course of 330␥(T) can be as with Berth No. 5, it is also used for the handling of general cargo as steered, which will clear the Southern side of the Bay between Point well as livestock. Danger and Portland by 1.5 nautical miles. Steer this course until Whaler The concrete apron is 21 m. wide, backed by a stacking area of Point Lighthouse bears 270␥(T) approximately 2.5 nautical miles distant 24.5 m.␺152 m. where course can be altered for the harbour entrance. Smelter Berth: The guaranteed depth alongside is 12.5 m. Maximum Approach from the East: A straight course after rounding Lady Julia draft is 12.2 m. Length of the berth is 203 m. The berth was constructed Percy Island, 18 miles from the breakwater. to service the import shipping requirements of Portland Aluminium. PILOTAGE: Compulsory except for Master holding valid Pilotage The Smelter Berth is located on the Main Breakwater, 198 m. North Exemption Certificate. Pilot boards approximately 1.5 nautical miles of K.S. Anderson Wharf. E.N.E. of the main breakwater light. Pilot is available 24 hours and S.L. Patterson Berth: The S.L. Patterson Berth is situated on the Lee 24 hours notice required. Breakwater, approximately 457 m. from the seaward end of the The pilot launch has an orange hull and yellow superstructure and Breakwater. displays ‘‘Pilot’’ on the sides. The berth is 76 m. long and designed for vessels up to 38,000 tonnes Pilot ladder must be positioned about 1.0 m. above the sea level with deadweight. Guaranteed depth alongside is 11.0 m. at low water. 2 manropes slightly shorter. The ladder should be clean and in Maximum permissible draft is 10.0 m. compliance with SOLAS Regulations and ISO Standards. Single length S.L. Patterson Berth may also be utilised as a loading berth for stores, ladder with non-slip surface. All ropes on ladder and manropes to be a fitting-out or repair berth, or for undertaking surveys. manila (not nylon or polypropylene). A responsible officer to stand-by Trawler Berth: Located adjacent to the Port of Portland Authority when Pilot boarding or disembarking. Pilot boarding area to be properly Slipway. Berthage for 8 trawlers, plus 3 berths reserved for fitting out lit in the hours of darkness. and repairs to vessels are available. ANCHORAGES: Portland Bay is clear of all dangers and safe anchorage may be found 1.6 – 2.0 nautical miles N.E. of the Main Breakwater. Safe The causeway length is 260 m. Maximum depth alongside is 5.0 m. anchorage for small vessels is available between the Lee Breakwater Loadings on Berths: and Whalers Point. Holding ground is good, and excellent shelter is Axle Load obtainable from Westerly weather. Anchoring is not recommended in (tonnes) (kg./sq.m.) strong Easterly or South-Easterly weather, as there may be a confused Berth No. 1 Wharf Structure 14.0 2,500 sea and swell. Berth No. 2 Wharf Structure 14.0 2,500 RESTRICTIONS: The Harbour is bounded by 2 breakwaters, enclosing Berth No. 2 Transit Shed 5.0 5,000 101 hectares. The entrance is 244 m. wide. Berth No. 6 Wharf Structure 20.0 3,400 Swinging Basin: Between the two breakwaters, bounded by Berth No. 6 Tanker Berth Wharf Structure 12.0 1,250 and the Lee Breakwater and the turning circle is 440 m. in diameter. Berth No. 5 Wharf Structure 52.0 6,200 Depth of water in the harbour is based on a datum of 0.082 m. above Smelter Berth 52.0 3,000 LWOST. Mean rise and fall is approximately 0.75 m., but the prevailing Roadways Axle Load – Road Traffic Authority Regulations apply. wind and atmospheric pressure can cause variations to tidal prediction. Weighbridge to 50 tonnes. Weather: (Winds, freak weather conditions): The tidal stream off Portland Further details are available upon request to the Marine/Operations is weak and variable, and is largely the result of wind conditions. Manager, who will assist with advice on any special requirements. South Western Victoria is influenced by low pressure systems of the CRANES: No shore crane facilities available in any berths and ships Southern Ocean, which have a predominant effect on the regional are required to use their own gear for cargo operations. A wide variety climate, which can give rise to rapid and sudden weather changes. of mobile cranes are available for hire locally. 24 hour notice of MAX. SIZE: Largest vessel handled up to date: requirements is advisable. Max. deadweight – 81,796 tonnes. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Bulk Grain Terminal: Owned and operated Max. draft departure – 12.85 m. by Graincorp Pty. Ltd., giving a total storage capacity for grain and Max. draft arrival – 12.01 m. woodchips of 180,000 tonnes. Max. length – 263 m. Main Silo: Storage capacity 60,000 tonnes. 24 cylindrical bins, each of Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. 2,800 cu.m. capacity. Ten star bins, each of 730 cu.m. capacity. HEALTH: Portland is a First Port of Entry. When requiring Pratique, Horizontal Stores: Two stores with a total capacity of approximately inform the Port Health Officer of the ETA, number of crew and 120,000 tonnes, linked with grain terminal and ship loading facilities. passengers and the state of health of the complement. Use the Seagram Ship Loaders: Length 16.8 m., width 3.7 m., height 27.4 m. prefix ‘‘3P Portland’’ for all cabled messages. All requirements as for STEVEDORES: The Port of Portland has currently 14 registered Melbourne. waterside workers plus a substantial supplementary labour poolavailable VHF: Maritime VHF operating on Channels 12 and 16 is installed in the for shipping requirements. Harbour Master’s Office and on the tugs. The waterside workers in the port have an enviable reputation for Listening watch is maintained on Channel 16 between 0800 hrs. and speedy and efficient cargo handling. Hours of work are 0800 hrs. – 1700 hrs., Monday to Friday only. Contact on this channel can however 1500 hrs., 1500 hrs. – 2300 hrs. and 0000 hrs. – 0700 hrs. Extended be anticipated outside these times, but only when shipping is expected. shifts can be worked to 1700 hrs. and 0100 hrs. each day, by TUGS: Two omni-directional propulsion stern drive tugs with 2,880 h.p., giving 36 tons bollard pull are available. arrangement. BERTHING: MEDICAL: Medical, dental and optical services are available. Notice not K.S. Anderson Wharf – Berth No. 1: The guaranteed depth alongside is necessary, but advisable if treatment required. Full hospital facilities 12.7 m. Maximum draft is 12.2 m. Departure draft may be increased to available. Cholera vaccinations essential if ship comes from affected 12.5 m. or more with tide on written application to the Harbour Master. areas. International Certificates must be current. If the draft of any vessel loading a full cargo at Berth No. 1 is in excess DENSITY: Salt 1025, generally at all tides. of 11.0 m., then the length of the vessel is restricted to 260 m. and the FRESH WATER: Obtainable in unlimited quantities at a loading rate of beam to 33 m. up to 90 t.p.h. at K.S.A. Berths and 200 t.p.h. at Berths No. 5 and 6. Berth No. 1 has an apron of 17.5 m. width with 3 sets of rail tracks. FUEL: By road to all berths. Immediately behind the apron is a transit shed (77 m. ␺ 33.5 m.) and REPAIRS: There are a number of firms which undertake ship repairs. open storage space of approximately 0.5 hectares. John Beever (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 2235. The berth is suitable for bulk grain, general and Ro-Ro cargoes. It has Keppel Price Engineering Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 2091. rail access and is connected to the V/Line (Public Transport Corporation) Telex: Prince AA 55687. Fax: ␣61 (3) 5523 1389. rail system. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Watchmen required, undertaken by K.S. Anderson Wharf – Berth No. 2: The guaranteed depth alongside is member of crew. 11.5 m. Maximum draft is 11.0 m. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: By arrangement between ship’s Berth No. 2 is a continuation of Berth No. 1. It is suitable for bulk grain Agent and stevedore. and general cargo. The apron of 17.5 m. width backed by a general ␺ CERTIFICATES: Health, Derat, Load Line, Ship’s Register, Articles. cargo shed (152.5 m. 36.5 m.). A rail track along the East side of the Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. shed is covered by a canopy for direct discharge or loading into, the CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: According to local Customs Department transit shed. The roadway East of the rail track is 18.5 m. wide, backed by another (1992) one litre alcohol/200 cigarettes or 0.5 lb. cigars or 0.5 lb. tobacco rail track and 5,574 sq.m. of open stacking area. every 7 days to 10 days when in port. The 2 berths have a total length of 396.24 m. CARGO GEAR: As no shore cranes available alongside any berths, The 27 m. high lateral traversing shiploaders operate over the full ship’s gear is required for loading or discharging of general cargo (See length of the 2 berths, providing loading rates of up to 1,200 tonnes per ‘‘Cranes’’). Bulk grain loading facilities are available at KSA Berths No. 1 hour for various types of grain, and woodchips. Vicgrain Pty. Ltd.controls and 2. Woodchip loading facilities are available at Berth No. 6 and KSA shore-based grain handling. No. 1 Berth. The transit sheds on Berths No. 1 and 2 can be used when the loaders REPATRIATION: Facilities exist for repatriation of crew. are in operation. AIRPORT: A daily air service is maintained between Portland and Note: As there is only one conveyor belt, grain can only be loaded at Melbourne. 4 flights daily connecting with all interstate and international Berth No. 1 or Berth No. 2 at one time. services. Berth No. 5: The guaranteed depth alongside is 12.7 m. Maximum draft TIME: GMT plus 10 hours (Australian Eastern Standard Time). Daylight is 12.2 m. Departure draft may be increased to 12.5 m. or more with tide saving is adopted, normally late October to early or mid-March (GMT on written application to the Harbour Master. Length of the berth is 230 m. plus 11 hours). It is a heavy duty cargo berth located along the East side of No. 2 Quay.

196 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day, Australia Day, Labour Day, Good Friday, Berth No. 2: Berth has a concrete deck 18.5 m. wide and is 122 m. long Easter Saturday, Easter Monday, Easter Tuesday, Anzac Day, Queen’s (400 ft.), constructed to take a superimposed weight of 7 cwt per sq.ft. Birthday, Show Day, Christmas Day and Boxing Day. This berth is suitable for all types of cargo including containers, Waterside workers will perform cargo operations only by prior explosives and ammonium nitrate and is equipped with a fixed leg crane arrangement. Work performed on holidays subject to premium rates of with a S.W.L. of 25 tonnes. The pivot point of the crane is situated 22 m. pay. (72 ft.) from the junction of Berths No. 1 and No. 2 and 7.3 m. (24 ft.) POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 1999; from the outside line of the berth fenders. The S.W.L. of 25 tonne is at Ambulance Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 1666; Fire Brigade Tel: ␣61 (3) radius of 33.5 m. (110 ft.) with the hook 24.3 m. (80 ft.) above the deck. 5523 2998; Hospital Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 0333. There is a mooring dolphin situated 49 m. (160 ft.) South of this berth, TELEPHONES: Telephones are to be provided by ship’s Agent. which can safely accommodate mooring lines from vessels required to SERVICES: Tank cleaning, dirty ballast, sludge and chemical waste moor over the South end of the berth. disposal available, subject to nature and quantity. Compass adjusting, This berth is in a continuous line with Berth No. 1, to provide 291 m. radio and radar repairs, nautical publications can be organised with prior (954 ft.) of mooring space plus the above mentioned dolphins at either notice. end. BANKS: Local branches: Berth No. 3: Berth consists of 4 berthing dolphins in line with No. 1 and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd., 44 Percy Street. 2 Berths with mooring dolphins at both ends to give an overall length of Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 1588. ␣ 238 m. (780 ft.). It is normal practice to place head lines on South end Commonwealth Banking Corporation, Percy Street. Tel: 61 (3) of No. 2 Berth from larger vessels using the dolphin berth. There is a 5523 1722. ␣ distance of 49 m. (160 ft.) between the South end of Berth No. 2 and National Australia Bank Ltd., 64 Percy Street. Tel: 61 (3) 5523 2233. the mooring dolphin. All dolphins are of concrete construction. State Bank of Victoria, 73 Percy Street. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 3433. ␣ This berth is currently used for loading bulk salt and discharge of Westpac Banking Corporation, 62 Percy Street. Tel: 61 (3) petroleum products. 5523 1555. Dry Shed Storage: A store shed (45 m. ␺ 10 m.) is provided adjacent SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: North Western Shipping & Towage Co. Pty. Ltd., PO Box 187, Portland, Victoria 3305. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5521 7253. to Berth No. 1 and is available to shippers by prior arrangement. It is of Fax: ␣61 (3) 5521 7259. steel frame construction with non-flammable metal walls. The western SHORE LEAVE: Crew members allowed ashore. wall has continuous sliding doors and at each end (i.e. North and South) IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. there are double metal roller doors. A sliding metal door is situated at GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Garbage drums are placed alongside by Port the centre of East wall giving an opening of 6 m. (20 ft.). Authority personnel. Daily collections at 1000 hrs. Charges are levied Container Terminal: The Port Authority has a container terminal available according to the number of drums used. For any queries, contact Harbour for use subject to prior arrangements. This terminal is suitable for both Master. dry cargo and refrigerated cargo containers. Concrete pads have been WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Waste oil disposal service available, subject designed to take containers stacked 2 high and electrical hook up points to the nature and quantity. Contact: Westvic Petroleum Services, are adjacent to each pad. PO Box 230, Portland, Victoria 3305. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 1800. They will The terminal is serviced by road, has full security fencing, flood lights require prior notice and particulars of waste oil for disposal. for night operation, with office space and telephone. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Missions to Seamen, 61 Cliff Street, Portland, Equipment: The Port Authority has available 1 forklift truck of 3 tonne Victoria 3305. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5523 2776. Facilities: Shop, currency lift capacity. Stevedores also have one forklift truck. exchange, international telephone service for seafarers, church service, CRANES: A 25 ton crane (fixed leg) is available on Berth No. 2 to handle postage facilities and indoor games available at the club. Mission warden containers and other cargo. visits every ship on arrival. BULK CARGO FACILITIES: The loading section of this facility is GENERAL: High freeboard and light draft vessels arriving to anchor, situated on Berthing Dolphin No. 2 and is in a fixed position, hence it is and/or for immediate inward pilotage must maintain full sea ballast necessary to shift ship during loading operations. The unit is designed condition until securely berthed. This also applies to vessels with large for a loading rate of 1,000 t.p.h. A weigh hopper is not provided and final wind prone superstructures such as livestock carriers, woodchip vessels, tonnage loaded is responsibility of vessel’s Loading Officer calculated etc. by draft survey. The dumping of large amounts of ballast water within port limits is only A. Height from wharf deck to underside of loading boom in working permitted when evidence can be produced that voluntary ballast position is 23 m. (75 ft.). exchange procedures have been complied with on the high seas. B. Height from wharf deck to trimmer in retracted position is 16 m. Immobilisation of main engines at the berth is only permitted upon (52 ft.). written application to the Harbour Master. As a general rule, main engine C. Maximum extension of telescopic chute and trimmer in working propulsion systems should always be available at short notice. position is 21 m. (68 ft.). AUTHORITY: Port of Portland Pty. Ltd., Barton Place, PO Box 292, D. Maximum outreach of loading head is 16.5 m. (55 ft.). Portland, Victoria 3305, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (3) 5525 0900, 5525 0981. E. Trimmer can be rotated and trimmer belt can be raised or lowered FAX: ␣61 (3) 5521 7488. Email: [email protected] at the direction of the Deck Officer in charge of loading. WWW: www.portofportland.com.au Contact: Captain V. Vijayapalan, Marine Manager. Captain Peter S. Gracias, Deputy Marine Manager. F. Dolphin berth deck is 6.4 m. (21 ft.) above water line at MLWOST. STEVEDORES: Agent advises stevedoring company of ETA. Requisitions to be lodged for labour before 1300 hrs. on previous day. ROCKHAMPTON, including Port Alma, Queensland: No requisition can be lodged from 1300 hrs. Friday to 1300 hrs. Monday. MEDICAL: All medical requirements carried out by Agent. Hospital 23.24 S. 150.33 E. (See Plan) available 40 miles from Port Alma. DOCUMENTS: All documentation carried out by ship’s Agents either in TANKERS: Petroleum products can be discharged at Berth No. 3. Rockhampton or at main Agent’s office. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. 10 in. discharge lines. No slop facilities. 1 berth 32 ft. LWOST. PILOTAGE: Agent notifies Pilot of ETA, and boarding time then Hazardous Cargo: The Port is authorised to handle exposives and other determined by Pilot, taking into consideration circumstances prevailing. hazardous cargo. Fire protection service. Pilot boards from a 15 m. white launch. Pilots can be contacted by FRESH WATER: Fresh water available by road transport only, VHF Channels 8, 12 and 16, or radio-telephone 2182 and 2760 kHz. necessitating road haul of 69 km. Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great FUEL: Fuel oil and other bunkers can be arranged by road tankers from Barrier Reef to Torres Strait is conducted by licensed pilots available fuel terminals situated in Gladstone. Contact ship’s Agent in advance. from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland Coastal FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Rockhampton Port Authority can provide fire Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for details. prevention and detection services. Fire pumps and hoses available. Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at CONSULS: See ‘‘Brisbane’’. Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East REPAIRS: Minor repairs only. Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Crew. ANCHORAGES: Anchorage for Port Alma is Timandra Buoy, approximately 13 miles from Port. Vessels Cleared to enter may anchor OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Crew. at Sea Hill. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Under supervision of Australian Customs. RESTRICTIONS: Channel depth 7.3 m. LWOST. Berth depth 9.5 m. CARGO GEAR: As per the Navigation Act. See ‘‘Melbourne’’. LWOST. Keel clearance of 2 ft. required. Max. draft dependent on height REPATRIATION: Facilities available. of tide. AIRPORT: Regular services 43 miles from Port Area. HEALTH: Port Alma is a First Port of Entry for overseas vessels and TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. full quarantine and customs facilities are available when required. There is a quarantine anchorage at Sea Hill Point on the approach channel. HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day, Good Friday, April 25th and Waterside The Port is also a designated timber port, and facilities are available Workers’ Picnic Day. for the issue of Derat Certificates. Fumigation services for both ships POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Tel. No. 000. 40 miles distance. and cargo are provided by private firms based at Rockhampton, and TELEPHONES: No provisions for placing telephone on board ship. under the control of the Commonwealth Department of Health. Public telephone near container yard. VHF: Port Authority call sign: ‘‘Port Alma Wharves’’, all usable channels. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Listening watch on Channel 16 when vessel due at Fairway Buoy. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Service provided at Berths No.1 and 2 with TUGS: Tug assistance obtainable if required, from Port of Gladstone, drums placed on wharf. Collection is at 0730 hrs. daily. subject to sufficient notice. At Berth No.3 by prior arrangement only. BERTHING: Berth at Pilot’s discretion after receiving advice from Agent WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No service available. as to ETA. Berths allocated by Port Manager. Berth No. 1: Berth has a concrete deck 18.5 m. wide and 169 m. long SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. (554 ft.) constructed to take a superimposed weight of 5 cwt. per sq.ft. GENERAL: The Port is serviced by both road and rail and land is This berth is suitable for all general cargo, including frozen meats and available if required by Shippers subject to negotiation. other meatworks products. There is a mooring dolphin situated 43 m. The Port Authority has fire fighting equipment to meet requirements (140 ft.) North of this berth, which can safely accommodate mooring for handling hazardous type cargo and provides linesmen and line lines from vessels required to moor over the North end of the berth. Launch for mooring of vessels. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 197 AUSTRALIA AUTHORITY: Rockhampton Port Authority. P.O.Box 9, Rockhampton, The hose connection equipment is contained in two large aluminium Queensland 4700. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4827-2133. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4922-6096, boxes which should be lifted onboard at the Arrival Position and landed Port Office 4934-6928. Email: [email protected] just forward of the port manifold. WWW: www.rpa.qld.gov.au Contact: C.R. Munro, Port Manager Pilot/Mooring Master and Tanker Safety Officer: Chevron will provide a (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4934-6931 (Port Office); 4934-6103 (after hours); Pilot/Mooring Master to: 0418799386 (mobile)). P.R. Black, Chief Executive Officer (a) Assist in piloting and manoeuvring the tanker in and out of the (Tel: 4928-4795 (after hours); 0418791839 (mobile)). moorings. (b) Advise on mooring the tanker. (c) Advise on connecting and disconnecting the loading hose. (d) Advise on matters concerning the safety of the tanker and SALADIN MARINE TERMINAL, W.A.: Terminal facilities. 21.24 S. 115.03 E. (See Plan) (e) Act as Terminal Representative during the loading of the tanker. The Master, or one of his qualified Deck Officers, must be on the LOCATION: The Saladin Marine Terminal is located to the North East bridge at all times while the tanker is being manoeuvred. of Thevenard Island, Western Australia. The moorings are located Chevron will provide a Tanker Safety Officer to: ␥ ␥ 3.5 nautical miles offshore at Lat. 21 24.3' S., Long. 115 02.8' E. (a) Assist the Pilot/Mooring Master in deploying the tanker’s Refer to the current hydrographic chart AUS-743 for further anchors, by observing and reporting the position of the tanker’s information. bow relative to the leads (range). Arrival Position: The Arrival Position is 2.0 miles West of the Saladin (b) Assist the Pilot/Mooring Master in the mooring of the tanker and Buoy. act as Terminal Representative during rest periods taken by the DOCUMENTS: Cargo Documentation and Inspection: Pilot/Mooring Master. (a) Documents, such as the Bill of Lading, Quality Certificate, Quantity Accommodation for Chevron Personnel: The tanker shall provide Certificate, Time Loading Report, Certificate of Origin, Cargo victualling and accommodation for the Pilot/Mooring Master and Tanker Manifest and Master’s Receipt for Documents/Samples, etc., will Safety Officer. Additional personnel may at times be required by Chevron be prepared at the Marine Terminal. When the tanker has been to board tankers. The Pilot/Mooring Master will advise numbers on such loaded, the documents will be completed onboard the tanker for occasions. the Master’s signature. MINIMUM STANDARDS OF ACCEPTANCE: A tanker will be accepted (b) The official Bill of Lading quantity will be relayed to the for loading at the Terminal provided it conforms to the minimum Pilot/Mooring Master by radio. In the event of a dispute, the tanker requirements described herein. Chevron may at its discretion refuse to will be requested to recheck the measurement and calcuations of moor or load any tanker which does not conform to the requirements or the quantity, but the Pilot/Mooring Master will not witness such is deficient in any manner whatsoever. In all cases, the Tanker Suitability measurement and calculations. After both tanker and Terminal Assessment Form must be completed. figures have been verified, should an appreciable difference still Size: exist, receipt of a Letter of Protest will be acknowledged by the See ‘‘Max. Size’’. Pilot/Mooring Master. Deballasting: The Terminal will not be responsible for any free water or (c) Letters of Protest, if any, should be handed to the Pilot/Mooring deadfreight. For acceptance at the Terminal, tankers must have Master for onward delivery to Chevron. The Mooring Master will segregated ballast tanks, or otherwise comply with the ballast regulations acknowledge receipt of the Letter of Protest only, and is not detailed in ‘‘Ballast – Ballast Operations‘‘ below. authorised to approve such letters or otherwise. Inert Gas System: The cargo tanks will be checked on arrival to verify (d) From time to time Owners, Charterers, consignees, or other that they are inerted to 8% oxygen or less by volume and pressurised interested parties, may appoint third party inspectors to survey the as required by existing regulations. Vessels with tanks not properly loading operation on their behalf. Any delays caused by such inerted and/or with an inoperative Inert Gas System will be rejected. In inspectors shall be considered delays caused by the tanker. the event of failure of the Inert Gas System during tanker (e) The Pilot/Mooring Master shall keep an Operations Log in the form loading/deballasting operations, or if the tank atmosphere exceeds 8% contained in Schedule F (Not reproduced) of the times of all oxygen, cargo/ballast operations will be stopped, and if the deficiency operations, delays, quantities loaded, ballast discharged and is not promptly corrected, the tanker will be removed from the berth. arrival and departure drafts. Mooring Equipment: See ‘‘Mooring – Mooring Equipment’’. (f) Prior to the disembarkation of the Pilot/Mooring Master, the Tanker Crane/Derrick: The tanker shall have a crane or derrick on the port side Master shall sight and verify the times and details contained in the with a minimum SWL of 10 tonnes. Arrangements for lifting and securing Operations Log, sign the log in the space provided and affix the hose must comply with the Oil Companies International Marine Forum tankers’ official stamp thereto. (OCIMF) recommendations. (g) Should the Master so require, the Pilot/Mooring Master will sight, Personnel: The tanker shall provide competent personnel to perform, verify and sign the tanker’s Record of Operations prior to his supervise and approve all work to connect and disconnect the loading disembarkation. hose. APPROACHES: The approach channel to the Marine Terminal is Manifold Specification: The tanker’s manifold shall be capable of being marked by navigation buoys, fitted with lights and radar reflectors. connected to 300 ANSI Flangelok coupling and comply with the OCIMF Warning: Tankers should not navigate outside the designated approach Standards for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment. channel as areas outside the channel have been incompletely surveyed. Tanker Loading: Tankers loading at the Marine Terminal must comply Saladin Marine Terminal Approach Channel: with the latest SOLAS and MARPOL Conventions and Protocols. Name/Number Buoy Top Tankers found to be deficient or substandard in safety requirements will Position Colour Mark Light not be permitted to moor and load. ‘‘Saladin’’ Yellow with 2 Triangles Q (9) 15 sec. Responsibility of Owner: The onus is exclusively on the Master or Owner (West Cardinal) broad black Apex to Apex to ensure that the tanker is seaworthy and that all equipment is and Lat. 21␥ 23.9' S. band remains in good working order and condition. Failure by Chevron to reject Long. 114␥ 55.5' E. any tanker not meeting the requirements will not relieve the owner of 1. (Starboard) Green Triangle Fl.G (2) 5 sec. liability. Lat. 21␥ 24.0' S. Apex up Safety and Pollution: See ‘‘Pollution’’. Long. 114␥ 56.4' E. Tank Inspections: 2. (Port) Red Square Fl.R (2) 5 sec. (a) When nominating a tanker for loading at the Terminal, the shipper Lat. 21␥ 23.8' S. shall provide Chevron with a statement in writing that the Long. 114␥ 56.3' E. nominated tanker has satisfactorily undergone a ship inspection, 3. (Starboard) Green Triangle Fl.G (3) 8 sec. based on Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) Lat. 21␥ 23.2' S. Apex up guidelines, and that the results of the inspection are acceptable Long. 114␥ 57.8' E. to the shipper as at the time of inspection, and at the time of 5. (Starboard) Green Triangle Fl.G (4) 10 sec. nomination. Lat. 21␥ 22.5' S. Apex up (b) Where a tanker has not undergone an inspection as specified in Long. 114␥ 58.6' E. (a), Chevron, at its absolute discretion, may accept the tanker for 7. (Starboard) Green Triangle Q G (2) 10 sec. loading at the Terminal, subject to the tanker undergoing an Lat. 21␥ 21.9' S. Apex up inspection prior to loading commencing, by a qualified inspector Long. 114␥ 59.7' E. at the shipper’s sole cost. In such case, Notice of Readiness shall 9. (Starboard) Green Triangle Q G (3) 10 sec. not be tendered until the shipper provides Chevron with a written Lat. 21␥ 21.8' S. Apex up statement including, without limitation, by fax, that the inspection Long. 115␥ 00.3' E. was satisfactory. 11. (Starboard) Green Triangle Q G (4) 6 sec. RESTRICTIONS: Berthing: Berthing shall take place in accordance with Lat. 21␥ 21.8' S. Apex up ␥ the requirements laid down in Chevron’s Marine Operating Procedures Long. 115 00.7' E. Manual: 15. (Starboard) Green Triangle Q G (5) 10 sec. (a) During the flood tide, generally near slack water. Lat. 21␥ 22.6' S. Apex up ␥ (b) When sustained wind speeds at the Terminal do not exceed Long. 115 01.8' E. 15 knots. PILOTAGE: The Pilot/Mooring Master will board at the Arrival Position (c) When the swell is less than 0.7 m. which is 2 nautical miles West of Saladin Buoy. Tankers should have (d) Provided that forecast winds do not exceed 25 knots and swell their port crane/derrick ready to lift equipment including hose connection does not exceed 0.7 m. (Note: A greater restriction may be equipment from the mooring vessel. imposed in the case of beam winds or for tankers whose slab side Pilot Boarding: The pilot ladder shall be available to the Pilot/Mooring area exceed 5,300 sq.m.). Master and be kept at a proper height for his safe use for boarding and (e) When there is no tropical cyclone, or tropical depression which is disembarkation. When the distance from the water to the deck exceeds likely to develop into a cyclone, within 400 nautical miles of the 9.0 m., the pilot ladder shall be rigged with the accommodation ladder Terminal, or likely to pass within that range within 24 hours of the or an approved mechanical pilot boarding appliance used. The tanker tanker berthing. shall provide an adequate lee for embarking and disembarking the (f) In daylight. Pilot/Mooring Master.

198 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Note: In order to berth, the tanker must be at the Arrival Position at least 27. Is tanker fitted with a crane or derrick? 3 hours before the slack tide. A tanker arriving after this time may be 28. Safe working load of crane or derrick? requested to await suitable tide conditions. 29. Helicopter landing capability, winch or land on? Masters are warned that anchor holding ground is poor throughout ETA messages shall be sent to each of the following centres: the area. Thevenard Island: Tel: ␣618 9184-3832 (office hours or by Unberthing: The tanker shall unberth, in accordance with the criteria laid arrangement). Fax: ␣618 9184-3899. down in the Chevron Marine Operating Procedures Manual: Perth (all hours): Tel: ␣618 9216-4299. Fax: ␣618 9216-4484. (a) During the flood after completion of loading; or Notice of Readiness: (b) After consultation with the Master, when there are winds greater Subject to any agreement between the Owner and the vendor of the than 25 knots or swells greater than 0.7 m. forecast for or crude oil to be lifted, provided Chevron is supplied with a copy of that prevailing at the Terminal area (Note: A greater restriction may be agreement not less than 5 days before the ETA, Notice of Readiness imposed in the case of beam winds or for tankers whose slab side will be accepted when the tanker is all fast in the berth (i.e. when all area exceeds 5,300 sq.m.). mooring lines, back-up lines and swamped moorings are made fast). (c) When a cyclone is expected to be within 400 nautical miles of the Terminal within 24 hours and is considered to present a threat to VHF: Communications with Pilot/Mooring Master: the Terminal. 1. Approaching the Terminal: Tankers shall listen to VHF Channels 16 Arrival Condition: The tanker shall arrive ballasted to at least one quarter and 14 when within 100 nautical miles of the Terminal. of its Summer deadweight tonnage, with propeller (and bow thruster if The Saladin Marine Terminal does not keep a listening watch on any fitted) submerged, unless directed to carry more ballast by the marine radio channel. Pilot/Mooring Master during adverse weather. Tankers should have a The Pilot/Mooring Master can be contacted by prior arrangement on stern trim of less than 4.0 m. the following international maritime VHF frequencies, call sign ‘‘Saladin Tidal Berthing: Berthing at the Marine Terminal shall take place in Terminal’’ Channel 16 – 156.8 MHz. – Safety and Calling; Channel 14 daylight during periods of flood tides unless otherwise approved by the (156.6 MHz.) – working channel. All messages should be passed to the Pilot/Mooring Master. Terminal through the tanker’s local Agent. Generally berthing will take place at low water slack tide or high water 2. During Berthing and Loading: Chevron will provide portable UHF slack tide, to avoid the period of strongest tidal stream in the middle of radios for communications between the tanker and the Terminal onshore the flood tide. control room during berthing, loading and unberthing. The direction of the tidal stream is approximately 120␥ on flood and Channels used are: ␥ 300 on ebb and attains a rate of 1.3 knots at springs. Channel 1 469.775 MHz. Unberthing may take place at any time during the flood tide or other Channel 2 469.800 MHz. times as approved by the Pilot/Mooring Master. MAX. SIZE: The Marine Terminal is restricted to tankers which have: TUGS: Tug and Mooring Vessel: Chevron shall provide 2 vessels to (a) A loaded displacement of between 40,000 tonnes and assist in mooring tankers at the Saladin Marine Terminal. 180,000 tonnes, (a) A twin screw omni-directional propulsion tug of at least 35 tonnes (b) a maximum beam of 47 m. and bollard pull is used on a tow line from its bow to the tanker’s stern (c) a maximum slab side area of 6,384 sq.m., being the product of when berthing. It will be positioned as near to the centre line as the overall length and moulded depth. possible. The tug will stand by throughout the loading and will Tankers with a slab side area in excess of 6,384 sq.m. may be assist in unberthing. accepted for berthing and loading, provided that the tanker has been (b) A mooring vessel will be used to run mooring lines. the subject of computer mooring analysis by Chevron Petroleum The tug and mooring vessel shall be under the direct control and Technology Company. supervision of the Pilot/Mooring Master. Any service and/or facilities Minimum Water Depth/Underkeel Clearance: The minimum water depth provided by Chevron, including but not limited to the services of a in the vicinity of the berth and in the approach channel is 15.60 m. LAT Pilot/Mooring Master, Tanker Safety Officer, tug, mooring vessel and (Lowest Astronomical Tide) Thevenard. their crew, or mooring and loading equipment, shall be at the tanker’s To provide a safety margin, should sailing be delayed for any reason, sole risk. the following underkeel clearances shall be maintained at all times, up Chevron shall not be held liable for any costs or delays incurred due to and including low water, following the tanker’s projected sailing time: to a vessel awaiting a tug or mooring vessel to berth. (a) Prior to commencement of loading Chevron will advise the Master Tankers should be ready to receive 2 large aluminium boxes from the of the sailing under-keel clearance in accordance with the swell utility vessel, containing hose connection equipment, at the time the Pilot type running at the fairway entrance at that time. A transmitting boards. These boxes will be lifted onboard the tanker using the port wave rider buoy is installed at the fairway entrance to monitor the crane or derrick. The back-up lines and Terminal mooring tails will be swell conditions. Sailing underkeel clearance is related to the low delivered to the tanker when the Pilot/Mooring Master boards. water following the tanker’s projected sailing time. BERTHING: Order of Berthing: Tankers will normally berth in the order Swell Type A: Swell up to 0.32 m. Underkeel clearance 1.8 m. of arrival, but due regard will also be given to nominated date ranges, Swell Type B: Swell from 0.32 m. – 0.72 m. Underkeel clearance and such other matters as Chevron deems relevant to a fair and 2.8 m. (b) When a swell in excess of 0.7 m. is detected during the loading, necessary berthing order. loading will be suspended and the tanker may be unberthed to MOORING: MOORING EQUIPMENT: The tanker shall be equipped with await more favourable weather conditions. mooring equipment which complies with the minimum specifications RADIO: Initial Message: All incoming tankers must advise the Saladin described below. Marine Terminal of their ETA not less than 96 hours before arrival, and Mooring Winches: The mooring winches shall: thereafter at intervals of 48 hours, 24 hours and 12 hours before arrival (a) Be power operated and capable of warping the tanker, at the Arrival Position. Should the expected ETA change by more than (b) have a mooring line permanently attached, 1 hour following the 12 hour arrival notice, the incoming tanker must (c) be capable of making fast mooring lines by securing brake on promptly notify the Terminal of the new arrival time. winch, Time to be used for ETA is local time, which is UTC plus 8 hours (d) have warping drums capable of handling back-up lines and throughout the year. swamped mooring lines, The first message should also include: (e) if equipped with constant tension devices, have these devices 1. Name of tanker and flag. disconnected and the brake fully applied, 2. Inmarsat telephone number including satellite in use (872 or 873). (f) number at least 8 and be located: 3. Inmarsat fax number including satellite in use (872 or 873). (i) Poop deck – four, 4. Name of P&I Club. (ii) fo’c’s’le head – one each port and starboard, located in such 5. Cargo requirements in cu.m. at 15␥C. a position that the port and starboard swamp mooring lines 6. (a) Total quantity and condition of ballast. may be hove in and made fast to adjacent mooring bitts. (b) Ballast to be discharged at Chevron Terminal. (Single winches in these positions, located so that ropes may (c) Ballast loaded in which port? be similarly handled from either side may be aceptable), and 7. Maximum loading rate through 1␺12 in. hose. (iii) aft main deck – one each port and starboard. Tankers fitted 8. Arrival draft. with only one winch in the aft main deck area will be accepted 9. Estimated departure draft. provided a line can be deployed mechanically from that winch 10. Distance bridge to bow in metres. to each beam. On tankers fitted with only one winch where 11. Distance bow to manifold in metres. only one of the two lines can be handled (hauled or veered) 12. Are all tanks inerted below 8%? at once, berthing may be delayed in marginal weather. A 13. Can vessel carry out closed loading? tanker will not be accepted where only one mechanical line 14. Master’s name as he or she wishes it to appear on the Bills of can be deployed and the other would be handled by hand. Lading. Mooring Bitts: The tanker shall have at least 8 sets of mooring bitts. 15. Last Port of Call. Each set shall be of a size and be located near a mooring winch to 16. Next Port of Call. enable making fast the back-up lines or the swamped mooring lines as 17. Discharge port of Thevenard Blend crude oil. the case may be. 18. Confirmation that tanker has a Clean Bill of Health. 19. What electrical voltage has tanker and what socket type? Mooring Lines: 20. Number of shackles (shots) of cable on each anchor cable. (a) The mooring line on each mooring winch shall have a minimum 21. (a) Number and location of mooring wires/ropes on winches. breaking strain (MBL) of 80 tonnes. Tankers with mooring lines (b) Number and location of spare mooring ropes. with a MBL of less than 80 tonnes will be accepted at the discretion 22. (a) Diameter and breaking strain of mooring ropes/wires. of Chevron. Tankers with mooring lines of less than 80 tonnes (b) Diameter and breaking strain of spare mooring ropes. MBL may be subject to greater than normal delays awaiting 23. Are mooring bitts located so that back-up lines may be hove in berthing in marginal weather conditions. and made fast to the bitts? (b) Each mooring line shall have a minimum length of 220 m. 24. Diameter and safe working load of bitts. (c) Each mooring line, if wire, shall have a fibre tail (attached to each 25. Holding power of mooring winch brakes. wire) provided by the Terminal, 25 m. in length and 56 mm. in 26. Is manifold OCIMF standard? diameter. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 199 AUSTRALIA Bow Anchors: The anchors shall: HOSES: Hose Connection: (a) Be located on each port and starboard bow, 1. Upon completion of the mooring operations, the loading hose will (b) have a minimum of 10 shackles of chain in tankers up to be connected to the tanker’s port manifold. The hose connection 50,000 tonnes load displacement and a minimum of 12 shackles will be made by the tanker’s crew who must be under the in tankers over 50,000 tonnes load displacement and supervision of a responsible deck officer. The Pilot/Mooring Master (c) comply with a Classification Society recognised by the Australian will advise on the correct procedures to be adopted. Maritime Safety Authority. 2. The crane/derrick rigged on the port side will be used to hoist the loading hose and assist in its connection to the port manifold. The Back-up Lines, Swamped Mooring Lines and Terminal-ProvidedMooring crane/derrick will be used during loading to suspend and take the Tails: The Terminal will provide 3 back-up lines (if required) to back up weight of the loading hose. the tanker’s mooring wires or ropes at positions considered necessary 3. When the loading hose is hung-off at the tanker’s rail, and lowered by the Master, acting on advice from the Pilot/Mooring Master. The to manifold level, the blank flange on the end of the hose shall be polyester back-up ropes are 220 m. in length by 56 mm. diameter and removed and the loading hose bolted to Flangelok spool previously have 2.0 m. protected eyes at each end. The mooring tails and back-up secured to the tanker’s presentation manifold. lines will be delivered to inbound tankers at the arrival position shown 4. The propeller shall not be turned over with the main engine while in Schedule A (Not reproduced). the loading hose is connected, or after it has been disconnected The swamped mooring lines shall be hove onboard with a messenger without first notifying the Pilot/Mooring Master. of at least 24 mm. diameter, provided by the tanker to the warping drum Fittings and Connections Available at the Marine Terminal: Chevron of the mooring winch. The back-up lines and swamped mooring lines will make available the following fittings to connect the loading hose to will be made fast to the bitts, being stoppered off, using the ‘Chinese’ the tanker’s manifold: or ‘Westcountry’ method, HMPE stoppers supplied by the Terminal (a) A 300 mm. 150 ANSI Flangelok coupling and attached spool piece. Chevron. This Flangelok will be secured to the tanker’s presentation flange The Terminal will provide 25.0 m. long by 56 mm. diameter polyester prior to lifting the loading hose. The loading hose will be bolted to mooring tails, which will be substituted for the tanker’s own mooring tails the Flangelok spool flange. in tankers fitted with mooring wires. The mooring tails will be shackled (b) hanging-off connecting chain and specially modified ‘‘Blake to the tanker’s mooring wires if required. Stopper’’ for use with loading hose. ␺ (c) nylon straps and associated slings to suspend loading hose from Submarine Anchor Trenches: Two areas, 140 160 m., have been tanker’s crane/derrick runner. prepared to receive the tanker’s anchors. These areas have shallow (d) flange gaskets and grease. trenches which were intended to improve the anchor holding ground Also see ‘‘Loading’’. which is flat, featureless rock. Whilst the trenches may provide some improvement in the anchor’s holding power, only the weight of the anchor and deployed cable can be relied upon. CARGO OPERATIONS: Throughout the loading operation, a responsible deck officer shall be in charge of operations, either on deck, or in the cargo control-room. In addition, an efficient deck watch in Mooring Operations/Procedure: constant contact with the cargo control-room must be maintained at all Tanker Mooring Procedure: times. (a) The Saladin Marine Terminal is approached through a 10 mile Loading rates can be reduced on request at any time. Except in an channel, marked by spar buoys. emergency, 10 minutes notice should be given to the Pilot when rate (b) After passing Buoy No. 15, a course is shaped to proceed to a reduction is required. position between 1.5 and 1.7 miles from the moorings. Course is Valves must not be closed against the oil flow without permission from altered to starboard to make a final approach to the moorings on the Terminal. Part or full closure of valves during loading is extremely a base course of 210␥ (T), on a predetermined transit with the lead dangerous and can cause extensive damage to equipment. Subject to (range) spar buoys and the rear lead (range) mark on Thevenard the provisions of ‘‘Conditions of Use’’, the Master will be held liable for Island. any damage arising from such malpractice. (c) The mooring is a conventional buoy mooring, with 6 mooring buoys Crude Oil Handling Facilities – Onshore: and 2 swamped mooring lines. The swamped mooring lines are The onshore storage and pumping facilities include: at the port and starboard shoulders. These swamped mooring lines (a) 3 ␺ 350,000 bbl. (55,618 kilolitre) floating roof tanks; lie on the sea bed when not in use, well clear of the manoeuvring (b) 2 gas turbine centrifugal loading pumps rated to deliver up to area. The mooring buoys and swamped mooring lines are 20,700 bbls. (3,300 cu.m.) per hour of Thevenard Crude Oil Blend; connected by 176 m. of 90 mm. and 76 mm. anchor cable, to and 914 mm. diameter anchor piles driven 14.0 m. into the bed rock. (c) associated control and monitoring equipment. Two areas, 140 m. ␺ 160 m. have been prepared to receive the tanker’s anchors. These areas have trenches 6.0 m. wide, 2.0 m. Crude Oil Handling Facilities – Marine: deep and 140 m. long at 20 m. intervals, cut into them to provide The submarine pipeline is comprised of the following 2 sections: (a) Linking the shorebase facilites on Thevenard Island to the Marine a holding ground for the tanker’s anchors. The bottom is solid rock ␺ outside these areas, with a sparse covering of sand. Terminal is 6,426 m. of 584 mm. 12.7 mm. steel pipeline, the (d) An open running moor is carried out, dropping the starboard anchor seaward end of which is marked with a spar buoy. first, running ahead and paying out between 9 and 11 shackles (b) At the seaward end of the pipeline described in (a) there is a flexible (shots) of cable depending on the tanker’s size. When the tanker rubber hose measuring 75 m. of 400 mm. and 9 m. of 300 mm. is in the correct position to drop the second anchor, the port anchor tail/rail hose (which flexible rail/tail hose is referred to in these is let go. The starboard cable is put into gear and the cable weighed Regulations as the ‘‘Loading Hose’’). The ‘‘Tanker’’ end of the as the tanker is manoeuvred astern into the berth, whilst the port tail/rail hose is fitted with a 300 mm. (12 in.) locking butterfly valve. anchor cable is paid out. The seaward end of the loading hose is marked with a yellow (e) Whilst working the anchors, as much information as possible conical buoy. should be passed by the officer-in-charge of the foc’sle to the The tanker’s manifold shall be in compliance with the Oil bridge to the vessel’s Master. The amount of cable paid out, the Companies International Maritime Forum (OCIMF), Standards for direction the cable grows in and the weight on the cable, are vital Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment, and its information for the Pilot/Mooring Master. presentation flange shall be equipped with a 300 mm. (12 in.) ANSI (f) As the tanker is manoeuvred into the berth, the Pilot/Mooring Class 150 flange. Master will advise the Master which of the tanker’s mooring Commencement Checks: The submarine pipeline is left full of crude oil ropes/wires, at the after end of the main deck, will be sent away between tanker loadings. When all hose connections have been made first. and approved, and safety checks as outlined in the International Safety (g) Once the tanker is in position and all the tanker’s lines are fast, a Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals have been completed, the butterfly mooring vessel will pick up the swamp mooring lines in sequence valve on the loading hose shall be opened. The butterfly valve on the and tow them alongside the tanker. The tanker should provide a loading hose will be bolted in the open position before loading heavy messenger with which to heave the swamp mooring lines commences and should be checked frequently during the course of onboard. The first part of the swamp mooring line to come onboard loading. is the swamp mooring tail which is 30 m. ␺ 32 mm. of hawser laid polyester rope. This soft line is connected by a shackle to 48 m. Loading Commencement: The tanker’s manifold is opened and crude of 26 mm. steel wire rope, which is in turn connected by a 40 mm. oil shall be loaded by gravity. Once checks for flow have been completed snotter to the 88 mm. or 75 mm. polyester superline, which is in on the tanker, the Pilot/Mooring Master will be advised to start the loading turn connected by a 32 mm. HMPE snotter to the 88 mm. or pumps. 75 mm. polyester which is made fast onboard. The swamp Warning Against Back Pressure: The submarine pipeline and loading moorings have a weak link with a minimum breaking load of hose may be damaged if subjected to sudden increases in pressure. 90 tonnes. Back pressure on the loading hose at the tanker’s rail must not exceed (h) The back-up and swamp mooring lines should be hove as tight 700 Kpa./100 p.s.i. To avoid damage to the loading equipment the tanker as possible, stoppered off using the polyester stoppers supplied shall ensure that the following precautions are taken: by Chevron and made fast to the tanker’s bitts. It is important that (a) The flow of crude oil shall not be shut off by closing the tanker’s the back-up and swamp mooring lines are made fast in this way. valve or the butterfly valve on the loading hose without the prior (i) The tanker is not considered all fast in the berth until all the approval of the Pilot/Mooring Master. preventer lines and swamped mooring lines are made fast as (b) As many tanks as possible are to be open during loading. At least required by the Pilot/Mooring Master. 2 tanks must be open while onshore pumps are operating at full (j) Once the tanker is all fast, a mooring vessel will tow the hose speed. If the Master considers it necessary to load into only one marker buoy alongside and the Pilot/Mooring Master will advise tank, or to reduce the loading rate for safety or its operations, he the tanker’s crew on the connection of the loading hose. A shall notify the Pilot/Mooring Master in sufficient time to reduce responsible officer and sufficient members of the tanker’s crew the loading rate. should be available at the manifold to carry out this operation.

200 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA (c) The Master shall advise the Pilot/Mooring Master when 500 cu.m. (c) When operating the oil content monitor required by MARPOL of crude oil are required to complete the loading, so that the Regulation 13A, the monitor record shall be kept, and the onshore pumps can be eased down slowly and reduced to idle. record given to the Pilot/Mooring Master for inclusion with the (d) The Master shall advise the Pilot/Mooring Master when 60 cu.m. tanker’s in port documents. of crude oil are required to complete loading, so that the onshore (d) The discharge ballast from dedicated clean ballast tanks pumps can be stopped and loading completed by gravity. (CBT) will be carried out in daylight, so that the quality of the (e) On completion of loading, the tanker’s manifold valve is to be ballast being discharged to the sea can be constantly closed slowly to minimise the surge pressure of oil in the pipeline. observed. Availability of Deck Machinery: The Master shall ensure that the deck (e) If possible, an independent inspector shall inspect the ballast machinery is available for immediate use at any time during the loading tanks at the port where the ballast is taken on and certify that operation. the ballast is clean. Test Calls During Loading: In order to check radio communications (f) Prior to the discharge of the ballast, an independent inspector between the tanker and the onshore control-room, the tanker shall call shall inspect the tanks or tanks containing the ballast, and Saladin Terminal every hour at 15 minutes past the hour, and advise certify that it is clean and take samples of the ballast, one the Terminal of the previous hour’s loading rate and total quantity loaded. sample to be retained on board and the other to be kept by Saladin Terminal shall call the tanker every hour at 45 minutes past Chevron. the hour, and advise the tanker of the wind direction and speed, together (g) The Master of the tanker shall make a declaration that the with swell conditions. lines used for the discharge of such ballast are clean, and that Should either of these calls fail to establish communications between the blanks separating the discharge line and the crude oil lines the tanker and the shore, after taking reasonable steps to re-establish and tanks are tight and free from leaks. communications, the onshore Terminal will shut down loading until (h) Where this ballast forms part of the ballast required to keep communications are re-established. If the tanker cannot contact the the tanker at the required safe arrival draft, it should be Terminal, the Pilot/Mooring Master shall be advised. The Pilot/Mooring understood that it will not be discharged until an equivalent Master will activate the Emergency Paging System. amount of crude oil has been loaded to maintain a safe draft as required by these regulations. Suspension of Loading during Strong Winds: During periods of strong POLLUTION: Safety: winds the Pilot/Mooring Master may advise the tanker’s Master to (a) Tankers which could in the opinion of Chevron possibly contravene discontinue loading and disconnect the loading hose. the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 as The loading hose may be hung-off ready to slip or be laid down. amended by the 1978 Solas Protocol, will not be accepted. Hose Disconnection: (b) The tanker shall be in a state of readiness at all times to leave (a) On completion of loading by gravity, the tanker’s manifold valve the moorings. shall be closed slowly. If the manifold valve is of the type that Tankers visiting the Saladin Marine Terminal must comply with the cannot be closed slowly, the flow of oil shall be stopped by slowly minimum safety requirements specified in the International Safety Guide closing a proportional tank valve. The back pressure at the rail will for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT). be monitored during this operation. Once the tanker’s proportional Pollution: Tankers shall: valve and/or manifold has been closed, and it is confirmed that all (a) Comply with the relevant provisions of the InternationalConvention oil flow has ceased, the hose end butterfly valve will be closed. for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships defined as the Finally, the Pilot/Mooring Master will instruct the onshore Terminal ‘‘Convention’’ in the Pollution of Waters by Oil and Noxious to close the sealine valve. Substances Act 1987 of the State of Western Australia and the (b) The tanker personnel shall make every effort to drain the manifold Protection of the Sea (Prevention of Pollution from Ships) 1983 of outboard of the manifold valve between the manifold valve and the Commonwealth, and comply with other legislation of the State loading hose end butterfly valve. or Commonwealth pertaining to pollution; (c) When the hose is disconnected from the manifold, sufficient drip (b) ensure that no rubbish is dumped from the tanker at or near the trays must be available to contain any oil remaining in the spool Marine Terminal; pieces and reducer and the blind flange will be replaced on the (c) provide evidence to Chevron that the tanker has in force hose. The weight of the hose is taken on the blind pulling flange insurances and certificates as are required of the owner of ships and the hose lifted above the deck. The hose is raised to sufficient under Australian Law; and height to enable the weight to be taken off the hanging-off chain. (d) provide evidence to Chevron that any cargoes carried by the tanker The hanging-off chain is then slipped and secured to the support are either owned by, or deemed owned by, a member of CRISTAL, chain. The hose is lowered to the rail and hung off by the slipping being the Contract Regarding an Interim Supplement to Tanker chain to the Blake Slip. The crane hook is removed from the blind Liability for Oil Pollution dated January 14th 1971, as amended pulling flange. from time to time. (d) The hose buoy is then slipped and recovered by the mooring TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. vessel. The Pilot/Mooring Master will instruct the mooring vessel SERVICES: General Facilities: None of the following services are to commence towing the hose buoy, and when the weight comes available at the Terminal: on the hose buoy chain, the order will be given to slip the hose. (a) customs or quarantine; The handle of the Blake Slip is pulled and the hose falls into the (b) ship’s agency, repairs, surveying, bunkers or potable water; sea. The mooring vessel tows the hose buoy to its resting position. (c) medical, consular, telephone, accommodation or laundry; CARGO INFORMATION: Saladin Crude Oil Properties: If a tanker requires any of the above services, most can be obtained API Gravity 38.04␥ API at the Port of Dampier. Chevron’s prior approval should be obtained if Density at 15␥C in vacuum 0.8342 g/ml the attendance of any person to the tanker requires the services of the Reid Vapour Pressure 4.70 psi mooring vessel. Pour Point ␤30␥C GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. Flash Point (Abel) ␤32␥C WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. Viscosity at 20␥C 1.732 cSt GENERAL: Cathodic Protection: A tanker equipped with Impressed The average load temperature of the crude oil will vary from Summer Current Cathodic Protection Systems shall ensure the system is switched to Winter. As a guide, the minimum temperature during Winter (May to off prior to approaching the moorings until the tanker is unberthed. The October) can be expected to be about 28␥C. In the Summer (November Master will be required to sign a declaration to the effect that the to April), the maximum temperature can be expected to be about 36␥C. Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System is turned off before the Masters requiring more information about loading temperature should tanker is allowed to berth. contact the Terminal. AUTHORITY: Operator: Chevron Australia Pty.Ltd., 250 St. Georges Terrace, Perth, WA 6000. Postal Address: GPO Box S1580, Perth, BALLAST: Dirty Ballast Handling Facilities: There are no facilities at the ␣ ␣ Marine Terminal to receive ballast from tankers. WA 6001, Australia. Tel: 61 (8) 9216-4000. FAX: 61 (8) 9216-4444. Contact: Michael Huggins, Marine Co-Ordinator (Tel: ␣61 Ballast Operations: (8) 9216-4299. Fax: ␣61 (8) 9216-4044. Mobile: 61-41-218-6507. 1. As there are no ballast or slop reception facilities at the Marine Pager: 61-8-9324-4745. Email: [email protected] Terminal, all tankers must arrive with clean ballast suitable for Terminal: Saladin Marine Terminal, Thevenard Island. Tel: ␣61 (8) discharging directly to sea in accordance with the standards set 9184-3832 (Office hours or by arrangement). FAX: ␣61 (8) by the International Conventions. Tankers arriving with ballast 9184-3899. unsuitable for discharge to sea will be rejected for loading. Any tanker rejected because of contaminated ballast or sea pollution will automatically invalidate her Notice of Readiness and will lose SPRING BAY, Tasmania: 42.33 S. 147.56 E. any priority of loading. Tankers discharging contaminated ballast overboard shall be subject to the anti-pollution laws of Australia. (See Plan) Penalties for pollution are severe. 2. Tankers arriving at the Marine Terminal should have sufficient DOCUMENTS: As for all Australian ports. ballast to ensure safe handling and manoeuvrability in the PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilot boards from a tug (black hull, red funnel prevailing weather and sea conditions and in accordance with good with black top), on a line joining Pt. Home Lookout and Stapleton Pt. seamanship practice. (see Chart AUS 170). ETA is usually sent to vessel’s Agent 72 hours 3. Tankers should have the ability to deballast concurrently with prior to vessel’s arrival and confirmed 24 hours and 6 hours before arrival loading operations, and any crossovers between cargo and ballast at the Pilot station. ETA should also be sent to Harbour Master, Hobart, system must be blanked. VHF Channel 16, call sign ‘‘Hobart Harbour’’. The tug from which the 4. Where a tanker arrives with clean ballast which is not part of a Pilot boards leaves Spring Bay Wharf 30 minutes before a vessel is due at the Pilot Station, and also keeps a listening watch on VHF Channel 16. segregated ballast system, and wishes to discharge such ballast ANCHORAGES: A good anchorage can be found in depths of 22 m. over the side, the following conditions shall be met: approximately 1.25 miles South of Windlass Bay. (a) The tanker must be operating with dedicated clean ballast RESTRICTIONS: The wharf is used exclusively by vessels loading wood tanks in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 13(9) chips from Tasmanian Pulp and Forest Holdings. The main wharf, on or (10) of the MARPOL Annex 1992 revision. which the wood chip loader is situated, is 243.8 m. long with additional (b) The tanker must comply with MARPOL Regulation 13A 1992 dolphins (3) and a mooring block for head, stern and breast lines. Ships revision. are normally berthed port side to. The shiploader is a fixed structure and See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 201 AUSTRALIA vessels loading are required to move up and down the wharf using their 9.0 m., the pilot ladder shall be rigged with the accommodation ladder own lines. Vessels are berthed and unberthed 24 hours a day, at the or an approved mechanical pilot boarding appliance used. Pilot’s discretion. Lights have been installed on the wharf for this purpose. The Offtake Tanker musts provide an adequate lee for embarking and Should a vessel require to immobilise her engines, application must be disembarking the Pilot/Mooring Master, who will board at the arrival made to the Harbour Master; if permission is granted a tug will be position. required to stand by alongside. At times when a Pilot/Mooring Master is boarding from a tender vessel MAX. SIZE: The minimum depth alongside the wharf is 10.7 m. and the with a high superstructure, he will request a pilot ladder with manropes mooring dolphins and ship loading facilities were designed to at a height of 4.0 m. above the water. accommodate specialised ships with an overall length of 210 m. No Note: Tender vessel stands by on VHF Channels 8 and 16. difficulty envisaged in working ships having an overall length up to ANCHORAGES: The Offtake Tanker Anchorage is located in position 243.8 m. Lat. 20␥ 15' S., Long. 116␥ 15' E. HEALTH: Immigration/ Customs Officers travel by road from Hobart and Note: Masters are warned that anchor holding ground is poor throughout board after Pratique has been granted. Quarantine Authorities must be the area, and that the Master should exercise the utmost caution when informed of suspected disease or fever at least 18 hours before arrival. anchoring and whilst laying at anchor. Also see ‘‘Melbourne’’. RESTRICTIONS: Restricted Berthing Hours: Berthing will not normally TUGS: 2 tugs are stationed at Spring Bay. One of the tugs is used to take place during the hours of darkness (defined as 30 minutes before embark and disembark the Pilot as well as assisting in berthing and sunrise and 30 minutes after sunset) unless the Pilot/Mooring Master unberthing. Should tugs be required to stand-by during loading and the Offtake Tanker Master determine and agree the local prevailing operations an additional charge will be made in respect of crews’ wages conditions outside of daylight hours are favourable to proceed with the etc. It is customary to use the tug’s lines, for which an additional charge berthing. is made. MAX. SIZE: Offtake Tankers of between 25,000 d.w.t. and MEDICAL: A local doctor is available and well equipped health clinics 150,000 d.w.t. only can be accommodated at the Marine Facility. are situated at Triabunna (3 miles) and Orford (7 miles). RADIO: ETA and Arrival Procedures: DENSITY: 1025. Distant Notices: The Offtake Tanker shall notify the Operator at its Perth FRESH WATER: Limited supplies are available from wood chip factory. office at least 10 days prior to arrival and again 7 days prior to arrival, FUEL: None laid on to the wharf. In an emergency limited supplies could the ETA of the Offtake Tanker at the Facility. be provided by road tankers from Hobart. Approaching Notices: The Offtake Tanker proceeding to the Stag Marine FIRE PRECAUTIONS: No special fire precautions other than Facility shall notify the Marine Facility PIC of its ETA not less than non-smoking or lighting of fires or use of naked lights. 96 hours before arrival, amending or confirming the ETA at intervals of CONSULS: None, nearest at Hobart. 48 hours, 24 hours and 12 hours before arrival at the approved REPAIRS: No facilities available for major repairs, but the wood chip anchorage area. factory may be able to assist in minor repairs. Local Hobart firms Failure to comply with the above procedure may result in the Pilot/ available. Mooring Master not being available on the Offtake Tanker’s arrival. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: None available. The time used for ETA is local time (GMT plus 8 hours throughout OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Hatches opened by the ship’s crew. the year). CERTIFICATES: Register, Load Line Certificate, Derat Certificate, Light Notification should be communicated to the following: Dues, Articles of Agreement, Clearance from previous Port. For Attention: Operations Manager CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Reference: Stag Crude Lifting REPATRIATION: Facilities available through Hobart. Apache Perth Office: Tel: 61 (08) 9422 7222 AIRPORT: Hobart Airport is situated 49 miles from Spring Bay Wharf. Fax: 61 (08) 9422 7445 Frequent services operate to the mainland and New Zealand from where Postal: P.O.Box 477, West Perth, WA 6872. services operate world wide. Stag Marine Facility (PIC): TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Tel: 061-891-855371 HOLIDAYS: See ‘‘Hobart’’. Ships may be loaded on days which are Fax: 061-891-855368 regarded as holidays in Hobart. Communications: The Offtake Tanker should contact the Marine Facility POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police, 62573116; Ambulance, on VHF Channel 16 when within 40 nautical miles of the Marine Facility 62573129; Fire, 62573187. and confirm the Offtake Tanker’s ETA. Use VHF Channel 16 for call-up TELEPHONES: A telephone is connected to all vessels on arrival. to confirm working channel. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. The Marine Facility can also be contacted by telephone and fax on: AUTHORITY: Hobart Ports Corporation (See ‘‘Hobart’’). CPF PIC: Tel: ␣61 (891) 855371. Fax: ␣61 (891) 855368. Control Room: Tel: ␣61 (891) 855370. Fax: ␣61 (891) 855367. ‘Dampier Spirit’ Tel: Inmarsat ‘A’ 1320144. STAG MARINE TERMINAL: 20.17 S. 116.15 E. Fax: Inmarsat ‘A’ 1320145. (See Plan) Notice of Estimated Time of Arrival: To: Apache Energy Limited LOCATION: The Stag Marine Facility is located approximately Attention: Operation Manager 33 nautical miles N.W. off the port of Dampier and approximately ‘‘Reference Stag Crude Lifting’’ 17 nautical miles S.E. of ‘‘Wandoo B’’ Platform. Operations Department Perth Fax Number: The Terminal consists of a Central Production Facility (CPF), a CALM 61 (08) 9422 7445 Buoy located 1 nautical mile to the North of the CPF and an FSO Tanker, Details to be communicated: the ‘‘Dampier Spirit’’. Estimated Time of Arrival. hours local time. Stag CPF: Lat. 20␥ 17.5' S., Long. 116␥ 16.433' E. ␥ ␥ CALM Buoy: Lat. 20 16.395' S., Long. 116 16.492' E. Name and Registration of Tanker. Charts and Publications: Australian Charts No. 741, 742 and 327. Australian Pilot V. Radio Call Sign. DOCUMENTS: Before berthing, the Pilot/Mooring Master, Agent, Surveyor and one Marine Operator’s representative will board the Offtake Cargo Requirements. Tanker. The Agent will generally have the Customs documents. However, Customs may elect to attend the Offtake Tanker. Deballasting Time, if not concurrent with hours Notice of Readiness: Notice of Readiness will only be accepted during loading. the hours 0700 hrs. – 1600 hrs. The Offtake Tanker shall not tender its Notice of Readiness until 2 nautical miles from the Marine Facility and Maximum Loading Rate. t.p.h. until otherwise in all respects ready to approach moor and offtake in accordance with these requirements and the Stag Marine Facility Arrival Draft Fore and Aft. metres berthing terms. Notice of Readiness cannot be tended when the Marine Terminal is Distance in metres from bow to loading metres closed. manifold. ARRIVAL: On arrival at the Marine Facility, the Offtake Tanker will go to either the approved anchorage or be prepared to proceed directly to Distance from bridge conning position to metres the berth, as directed by the Person-in-Charge (PIC). bow. The Surveyor will check the cargo tanks. The Pilot/Mooring Master and Marine Facility Operator’s representative will carry out an inspection Confirmation that inert gas system is tested of the Offtake Tanker, then review the Stag Marine Facility Operating and working and that all cargo tanks are at Procedures Document GF-91-IG-001 with the Offtake Tanker Master or below 8% oxygen level. and confirm any special conditions imposed due to prevailing local conditions. Confirmation of the capability to carry out Note: The Offtake Tanker must provide victualling and accommodation closed system loading. for the Pilot/Mooring Master Marine Facility representative, Cargo Surveyor and Customs Officer to the standard of a Senior Officer. Master’s full name for preparation of Bills APPROACHES: Cautionary Zone: Designated by Australian Maritime of Lading. Safety Agency (AMSA) is 3 nautical miles around the Facility where vessels are to avoid anchorage. Refer to Australian Charts No. 327, 741 Last port of call. and 742. Confirmation that Tanker has a clean Bill Restricted Zone: There is a restricted zone of 0.25 nautical miles (500 m.) around each of the CPF, the CALM Buoy pipeline and FSO of Health. If there is any sickness on board, Tanker. give all available information as to the PILOTAGE: Pilot Ladder: The pilot ladder must be available to the possible type of sickness. Pilot/Mooring Master and be kept at a proper height for his safe use for Advice of voltage of power supply and type boarding and disembarkation, as required by the SOLAS requirements of fittings (UK, European, Japanese, etc.). for pilot ladders. When the distance from the water to the deck exceeds

202 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA

Segregated ballast on board. tonnes Facility services, to order an Offtake Tanker to leave the berth, or to prohibit an Offtake Tanker from berthing or reberthing) if: Port of origin of ballast on board. (a) Offtake Tanker fails to comply with the provisions and requirements of the Terminal Handbook or the OCIMF standards, Has ballast water exchange taken place at Yes/No or is not fit in every way to berth and load, and such failure to sea whilst on your voyage to Stag Facility? comply or unfitness, in the opinion of the PIC, is liable to jeopardise the absolute safety of berthing or cargo transfer operations; or (b) Master of Offtake Tanker wishes to undertake repairs to the Offtake Tanker. Offtake Tanker Mooring Equipment: VHF: See ‘‘Radio’’ – ‘‘Communications’’. (a) Offtake Tankers must have a forecastle layout and equipment suitable for a single point mooring in accordance with OCIMF standard. The Offtake Tanker must be fitted with a centre Panama type fairlead and 200 tonnes SWL bow chain stopper capable of BERTHING: The Marine Facility consists of: handling the standard OCIMF 76 mm. diameter chafing chain. (a) Central Production Facility (CPF) comprising a 6 legged jacket (b) The bow winch must be capable of pulling 15 tonnes and should and deck structure. The CPF has a top deck height of 47.5 m. have one empty drum to take the 80 mm. diameter messenger above water, and stands in approximately 46.0 m. of water. line. The drum must have a good hauling lead from the Panama (b) 1␺8 in. (203 mm.) diameter sub-sea steel pipeline delivers export fairlead directed through the chain stopper or Smit Bracket in order product to a CALM Buoy, located approximately 1 nautical mile to retrieve the chafing chain and hawser. (2 km.) to the North of the CPF. (c) Under no circumstances will the warp end be used to heave in (c) CALM Buoy of the Bluewater turret buoy type anchored by the system. A winch drum only is acceptable. 6(3␺twin 92 mm. ␺ 300 m.) marine chain catenary anchor (d) Offtake Tankers should have the following equipment: system in 47.0 m. of water. The CALM Buoy is designed to Forward at the forecastle: accommodate Offtake Tankers up to 150,000 d.w.t. (i) One 72 mm. diameter, 220 m. polypropylene mooring rope or (d) FSO Tanker will generally be moored to the CALM Buoy. When other man-made fibre (any rope which does not float is the FSO Tanker is not moored at the CALM Buoy, the Offtake unacceptable). Tanker will be required to moor and load directly from the CALM (ii) One 24 mm. diameter, 150 m. polypropylene messenger line Buoy. or other man-made fibre. (iii) Mooring winches capable of handling 200 m. ␺ 80 mm. and ␺ General Description of the FSO Tanker: 110 m. 48 mm. pick-up lines on the winch drum (not on the drum end) and lift 15 tonnes. Note: If moored at the CALM Buoy at time of arrival of the Offtake Tanker. Aft at the stern: Name: ‘‘Dampier Spirit’’ (i) One 72 mm. diameter, 220 m. mooring rope of polypropylene LOA: 244.8 m. or man-made fibre (any rope which does not float is Breadth: 42.67 m. unacceptable) Depth MLD: 21.5 m. (ii) The origin and proof Load Certificate for the emergency tow Design Loaded Draft (Summer): 14.662 m. line shall be available for inspection by the Pilot. Cargo Oil Tanks (including slops 10%): 126,763 cu.m. (iii) Mooring winches to handle the rope. Slop Tanks 100%: 2,768 cu.m. The Offtake Tanker shall also prepare a bare drum on a suitable stern Port of Registry: Nassau winch, capable of fast recovery of a damaged tow line to allow minimum Call Sign: C6PN4 delay for the function of main engine(s) astern movement. Note: The main stern towing arrangement shall be supplied by the Navigational Lights: Tender. The Offtake Tanker shall make ready suitable arrangements aft Stag CPF: Characteristic ‘‘U’’ 15 seconds. at the stern for fairleading and attachment of the Tender’s tow rope. CALM Buoy: Characteristic ‘‘U’’ 30 seconds. Crane and Manifold: The Offtake Tanker should have manifolds and FSO: Tanker navigation lights and signals as per associated offtake equipment conforming to OCIMF standards and a international regulations when moored at the CALM manifold derrick or crane rated at 10 tonnes SWL, have a 10.0 m. clear Buoy. lift above each manifold to top and lower underload and slew each way by power under load. CALM Buoy/FSO Tanker Mooring: When the FSO Tanker is moored to The ship’s amidship derrick or crane should be prepared to receive the CALM Buoy, it is via a 250 tonnes SWL hawser and chafe chain. the Marine Facility mooring box from the Tender at the time the Agent The floating product loading hose from the CALM Buoy is connected to and Pilot arrive alongside. the FSO Tanker via a port side forward loading manifold. Note: Loading from the FSO Tanker will be via the Offtake Tanker’s starboard side. Loading from the CALM Buoy will be via the Offtake Nomination of Offtake Tanker: Each nominated Offtake Tanker is Tanker’s port side. obliged to provide answers to the Questionnaire (See ‘‘Appendix’’)before Before proceeding to the berth, the Offtake Tanker’s anchors shall be being accepted to berth at the Marine Facility. It is imperative that if at secured and latched and the main engine tested astern. any time the particulars given in those answers should be found to be An Offtake Tanker with an impressed current cathodic protection in error or inaccurate or have changed in any respect, the Owner shall system must ensure that it is switched off prior to approaching the facility forthwith notify the Marine Facility Operator at Perth office and the PIC. and until the Offtake Tanker has unberthed. Without prejudice to any other consequences of such error, inaccuracy Note: or change, failure to so notify and to provide all necessary details relating Apache will provide UHF radios for communications between the thereto may cause delay or may result in rejection of the Offtake Tanker Offtake Tanker and the CPF or FSO Tanker as the case may be, during on arrival at the Marine Facility. berthing, loading and unberthing. In addition to all other requirements, any nominated Offtake Tanker MOORING: The Offtake Tanker will generally moor to the stern of the must: FSO Tanker or if the FSO Tanker is not moored to the CALM Buoy, 1. Comply in all respects with all MARPOL and SOLAS directly to the CALM Buoy. requirements, including a conforming Inert Gas System (with an FSO Tanker Berth Mooring Hawser oxygen level below 8%). On location to stern of the 200 tonnes SWL ␺ 70 m. 2. Be entered on full entry terms with a P&I Association that is a FSO Tanker member of the International Group of P&I Associations. Not on CALM Buoy 250 tonne SWL ␺ 70 m. 3. Be able to run engine(s) astern for the intended duration of the location offtake operation, if so required by the PIC. 4. Only have segregated ballast tanks. Preparation for Mooring: 5. Be able to undertake all offtake operations using a closed loading (a) To ensure a smooth and trouble free berthing at the Stag Marine or transfer method. Facility, the Master of the Offtake Tanker should: 6. Have onboard an up-to-date Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency 1. Prepare one empty drum on the focsle winches to receive the Plan (SOPEP) Manual, approved by its certifying authority. marine facility pick-up line and having good lead from the fairlead to the chain stopper to receive the chafe chain attached to the CALM Buoy hawser. Offtake Tanker Crew: 2. Prepare the Offtake Tanker’s 24 mm. ␺ 150 m. poly (a) The Offtake Tanker must be fully manned so as to comply with messenger line to pass from the fo’c’sle winch through the the standards set out in the International Safety Guide for Oil fairlead and around port side bow. Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT). (b) The Tender will receive the ship’s messenger at port side behind (b) The Offtake Tanker crew must be qualified to the requirements the fo’c’lse and attach to the marine facility pick-up line, chafe of the International Convention on Standards of Training chain and hawser assembly. Certification and Watch Keeping for Seafarers (STCW). If any (c) The ship’s 72 mm. ␺ 220 m. soft line shall be stored in preparation infringement of safety regulations occur due to the inability of the for use either on stand-by on another winch or flaked onto the Offtake Tanker’s crew to operate safely and efficiently, the Offtake deck, in the event there is need to substitute the marine facility Tanker will be required to rectify the situation or leave the berth. pick-up line. (c) The Offtake Tanker Owners must comply with minimum Terms (d) The main towing arrangement shall be provided by the Tender. of Conditions of employment of the Master and crew covered by The Offtake Tanker shall make ready suitable arrangements at an International Transport Federation (ITF) Agreement, an ITF the stern for fairleading and attachment of the Tender’s tow rope. equivalent agreement or a bonafide Trade Union Agreement, (e) Aft, the 72 mm. ␺ 220m. polypropylene or man-made fibre rope acceptable to the ITF. (any rope that does not float is unacceptable) shall be prepared The PIC shall be entitled to take such action as he thinks fit (including in readiness to be used from the Offtake Tanker as the emergency without limitation the right to terminate provision or performance of tow rope by the Tender. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 203 AUSTRALIA Berthing: Departure After Loading: Unless otherwise permitted by the Operator, (a) While approaching the berth, the fore deck crew will prepare a Offtake Tanker shall depart within 6 hours of completion of loading. An messenger to pass through the fairlead outboard on the port side Early Departure Procedure is available should this be required or and lead it aft to clear the flare of the bow. necessary for any reason, and is as follows: (b) When the Tender comes alongside, lower the messenger down (a) The quantity of cargo loaded is computed initially by the Marine to the Tender, the Tender will attach the pick-up line. Facility Operator using oil transfer metered volume and a (c) Heave in the pick-up line on th winch drum (not the drum end). provisional density figure. (d) During berthing at the FSO or CALM Buoy, the Tender will hold (b) The appropriate gross cargo so determined will be introduced on the loading hose clear of the Offtake Tanker. the ‘‘Bill of Lading’’ in the designated ‘‘Approximate Quantity Floating Offtake Hose: Report’’ section. Loading Hose 150 ANSI Flange Fitting (c) After departure of the Offtake Tanker, a final density, bottom From FSO Tanker 16 in. (406 mm.) ␺ 270 m. sediment and water content of the cargo will be determined by the From CALM Buoy 8 in. (203 mm.) ␺ 270 m. Marine Facility Operator. After this determination, the Marine Note: Loading from the FSO Tanker will be via the Offtake Tanker’s Facility Operator shall inform the Offtake Tanker by facsimile of starboard side. Loading from the CALM Buoy will be via the port side. gross and nett cargo quantity loaded. The nett quantity will be introduced on the Bill of Lading in the designated ‘‘Precise Quantity Picking-up the Hose/Connection: Report’’ section and signed for by the Agent and the Stag Marine (a) When the Offtake Tanker is all fast in the berth, the Tender will Facility Operator. bring the loading hose alongside under the crane/derrick hook BALLAST: Preparation for Arrival: An Offtake Tanker arriving at the and attach the lifting chain to the hook. Marine Facility must have sufficient ballast to ensure safe handling and (b) The loading hose is then lifted to deck level and the lashings to manoeuvrability in the prevailing weather and sea conditions and in the hang-off chain are removed. accordance with good seamanship practice. On arrival, the Offtake (c) The loading hose is then lifted higher until there is sufficient hose Tanker must be ballasted to at least 30% of its Summer deadweight available to connect to the manifold. tonnage, with propeller (and bow thruster if fitted) submerged, unless (d) The hanging-off chain is then made fast to a quick-release on the advised to carry more ballast by the Pilot/Mooring Master during adverse deck. weather. (e) The Camlock on the loading hose is then connected to the Offtake Facilities: No dirty ballast reception facilities. Tanker’s manifold. The Pilot/Mooring Master must be consulted before commencement (f) The loading hose is then secured with ropes fore and aft to prevent of any deballasting operations. the loading hose moving. POLLUTION: In the event of an overflow and/or escape of oil into the (g) The loading hose is then supported by a webbing sling at the water, loading will be suspended immediately on the vessel concerned. centre. Loading will not be resumed until the area has been cleared of oil and Also see ‘‘Plan’’. conditions declared safe by the Pilot/Mooring Master or PIC. The Master of the Offtake Tanker shall be solely responsible for FRESH WATER: Not available. connecting and disconnecting the Marine Facility’s loading hose to the FUEL: Not available. Offtake Tanker’s manifold. REPAIRS: Not allowed. TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. MEDICAL: No medical facilities available. WEATHER: Environmental Conditions: The Stag Marine Facility is in open and unsheltered waters. On occasions, weather conditions may CARGO OPERATIONS: Loading and requirements during loading: preclude mooring operations. (a) The Offtake Tanker main engines will always be in a state of Seasons: Winter June to August. readiness or stand-by. If at any time during the loading operation, Summer October to March. maintenance or breakdown conditions prevent the Offtake Tanker During the transition months of engine room from stand-by for operation, then the Duty Officer of April, May and September, either the Offtake Tanker must notify the Pilot/Mooring Master the Summer or Winter regime immediately. may predominate. (b) The Tender will generally make fast aft from the Offtake Tanker Cyclones: The normal cyclone season is November to as soon as the loading hose is connected. April; the majority of tropical cyclones which (c) Once the Offtake Tanker is all fast in the berth, a bow watch affect the Stag area are between January and equipped with communications to the Cargo Control Room must March. be kept for the whole period. Wind: Winter From the S.E. quadrant. (d) Every hour, the bow watch will report to the Offtake Tanker’s Duty Summer From the S.W. quadrant. Officer with the distance off the FSO Tanker (or CALM Buoy as Electrical activity: Thunderstorms may develop during the Summer the case may be) and bearing. The bow watch will report period. immediately, if the Offtake Tanker is closing onto the FSO Tanker Sea (average Swell Normally from the West, height (or CALM Buoy as the case may be). conditions): (significant) 1.5 m., with a period of (e) The Offtake Tanker’s Duty Officer will advise the FSO Tanker (or 10 seconds. CPF if the FSO Tanker is not on location, as the case may be) Maximum 3.8 m. and Tender every hour of the bearing and distance from the FSO Tides: Twice per day. Tanker (or CALM Buoy as the case may be). Spring Range 4.0 m., speed 1.3 knots. (f) If the Offtake Tanker is tending to ride up to the FSO Tanker (or Neap Range 1.0 m., speed 0.4 knots. CALM Buoy as the case may be) at any time, the Offtake Tanker’s Direction: Duty Officer will ask the Tender to start engines and hold the Flood To the S.E. Offtake Tanker off the FSO Tanker (or CALM Buoy as the case Ebb To the N.W. may be). SAFETY: On arrival at the Marine Facility, the Offtake Tanker will be (g) When the Offtake Tanker is ‘‘lined-up’’ and the FSO Tanker (or subject to a safety check by a representative of the Marine Facility CALM Buoy as the case may be) is ready, a communications check Operator in accordance with the ISGOTT and facilities berthing terms will be carried out to confirm the communications procedure is in (Not reproduced). The berthing terms provide that the Marine Facility place and understood prior to commencement of loading. may refuse to allow the Offtake Tanker to berth or may order the Offtake (h) When communications are confirmed and safety checks complete, Tanker away from the berth, or otherwise suspend or terminate provision the Offtake Tanker’s manifold and hose valves will be opened and or performance of services to the Offtake Tanker if at any time the Offtake loading will commence. Tanker fails to meet the relevant safety standards or is otherwise a (i) Every hour during loading, the Offtake Tanker’s Duty Officer will hazard to the marine facility. notify the loading figures and hourly loading rate to the FSO Tanker APPENDIX: (or CPF as the case may be) and include: Tanker Pre-Selection Questionnaire 1. Rail pressure. To: Apache Energy Limited 2. Position of Offtake Tanker to FSO Tanker (or CALM Buoy as Attention: Operations Manager the case may be). ‘‘Reference Stag Crude Lifting’’ Operations Department Perth Fax Number: Loading Rates: 61 (08) 9422 7445 (a) Via the FSO – 3,240 cu.m./hr. Postal: P.O.Box 477, West Perth, WA 6872 (b) Direct from the CALM Buoy – Estimated maximum 200 cu.m./hr. Stag Crude – Crude Properties: Name of Tanker: Official No.: API Gravity: ␥ API 18.3 D.w.t.: Port of Registry: Specific Gravity: 60/60␥F 0.9447 Year of Construction: Class: Density at 15␥C: kg./l 0.9442 Distance of Manifold from Bow: Metres: Total Sulphur: wt.% 0.10 Ship’s side: Metres: Total Nitrogen: wt.% 0.073 Distance Fairlead to Chain Stopper: Metres: Basic Nitrogen: wt.% 0.03 Butane and Lighter: vol.% Nil Please complete all questions Yes No Reid Vapour Pressure: psi Nil 1. Do the Master and Senior Officers speak Pour Point: ␥C ␤30␥ English? Wax Content: wt.% 0.2 2. Does the Tanker meet ISGOTT UOP K Value: 11.1 requirements? Total Acid Number: mg KOH/g 0.45 3. Does the Tanker have a designated Flash Point (Pensky-Martens): ␥C 110␥ helicopter landing area? Gross Heating Value: MJ/kg. 43.8 4. Has the Tanker undergone a recent Net Heating Value: MJ/kg. 41.3 inspection based on OCIMF guidelines? Kinematic Viscosity at 20␥C: cSt 124.0 5. What was the date of inspection – Date: N/A N/A Kinematic Viscosity at 40␥C: cSt 38.50 6. What port was the inspection conducted – N/A N/A Port:

204 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Please complete all questions Yes No WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Service available from Collex Waste 7. Inspected by whom for which Company – N/A N/A Management Pty.Ltd. (see above) by road tanker at bulk berth and Company: Ro-Ro berth. 8. Does the Tanker comply with MARPOL and SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. SOLAS requirements? GENERAL: Road and Rail Access: Road access to both berths. 9. Does the Tanker comply with the I.S.M. Tidal Data: Mean High Water Springs 3.5 m. Code? Mean High Water Neaps 3.2 m. 10. Is all the ship’s documentation valid? References: Australia Pilot Vol. II. Charts: AUS.353, AUS.798. List of 11. Is the Tanker Control Room equipped with a Lights NP Vol. ‘‘K’’. Australian National Tide Tables AHP 11. Marine VHF Radio and Wind Speed Imports: Coal and bentonite. Direction Read Out? Exports: Timber, agricultural products. 12. Is the Tanker able to run its main propulsion Reefer Points: Situated on Breakwater Wharf and near Roll-on/Roll-off astern if required to do so by the Terminal? facility. 13. Confirm that the Tanker’s engine(s) will be AUTHORITY: Hobart Ports Corporation, P.O.Box 96, Stanley, available for immediate start at all times Tasmania 7331. Tel: (03) 64581271. Mobile: 0419526219. FAX: (03) whilst connected to the FSO Tanker or 64581442. Email: [email protected] Contact: Mrs.Y.M. Tierney, CALM Buoy and that the engine room will be Administration Officer. manned at all times whilst at the Terminal. Hobart Ports Corporation (See ‘‘Hobart ’’). 14. Confirm that the Tanker will provide a floating line (200 m.␺72 mm.) minimum for the Tender Vessel to hold the Tanker off the FSO or CALM Buoy if required. STRAHAN, Tasmania: 42.10 S. 145.20 E. (See Plan) 15. Confirm that the Tanker is fitted with PORT LIMITS: ‘‘Port of Strahan’’ means all waters of Macquarie Harbour 200 tonnes SWL OCIMF 76 mm. chain and all bays and estuaries opening into that harbour, but not beyond an stopper. imaginary line bearing 000␥ (True) for a distance of 1.20 km. from Watts 16. Does the Tanker comply with minimum Hill and thence bearing 090␥ (True) to the shore line. terms and conditions covered by an ITF DOCUMENTS: As for all Australian Ports. Agreement, equivalent agreement or a PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels exceeding 35 m. in bonafide Trade Union Agreement acceptable length. All Pilots are stationed at Hobart and special arrangements must to the ITF? be made in advance if a Pilot is to be provided. Usual minimum notice 17. Confirm the lifting equipment derrick is able is 24 hours by contacting Hobart Ports Corporation by telephone (03) to top and slew under power whilst under 62351000, or Fax (03) 62346116 (Port Tower). The Wharf Officer at load. Strahan may be contacted on telephone No. (03) 64717201. Please provide the following with the completed Questionnaire: The Pilot Boarding Ground is outside the bar (Chart B.A. No. 3531, A legible copy of the forecastle head deck arrangement, showing the Lat. 42␥ 12.0' S., Long. 145␥ 13.0' E.). The pilot launch is fitted with VHF proposed lead from the Panama fairlead to the recovery winch drum radio (Channels 16, 12, 8 and 6) and the Pilot will advise the ship by (not the drum end). radio of the time he intends to board. The plan is to be signed and stamped with the company name and ANCHORAGES: There are no safe anchorage positions outside the Port date to acknowledge that the plan is accurate and that all equipment of Strahan. The fairway is unprotected from the weather and during shown is accurate and that all equipment shown is in a fully serviceable North-Westerly gales the outside bar breaks heavily making entry and operational condition. impossible. Note: Oil/bulk/ore carriers or any form of combination carriers will NOT RESTRICTIONS: be accepted. (i) Navigation within the port for vessels requiring a Pilot is only during The Offtake Tanker will be subject to inspection on arrival at the daylight hours. anchorage off the Marine Facility. (ii) The entrance to Macquarie Harbour is 70 m. wide and very strong I acknowledge that if the Offtake Tanker fails to comply with any tidal streams can be experienced – up to 6 knots. relevant section of this Handbook or the requirements of the Operating (iii) The tides are unpredictable. In Westerly gales the flood tide can Procedures or the Handbook, it may be rejected or delayed, and that run for 20 hours and when the wind backs to the South the ebb we will be responsible for the consequences of all loss or damage or can run out for 20 hours. delay or any costs or expenses caused directly or indirectly by any such (iv) A bar having a least depth of 5.5 m. exists outside the entrance, rejection or delay. however the lead depth in the inner channel is 3.8 m. I warrant that all information given in this Questionnaire is true and MAX. SIZE: Largest vessel recently – ‘‘Pacific Bold’’, LOA 66.45 m., correct in every particular and that I have authority to sign this draft 4 m. Questionnaire on behalf of the Offtake Tanker’s Owners. HEALTH: Australian Commonwealth Rules apply. Signed: ...... Date: ...... TUGS: None available and not required. Name: ...... BERTHING: One wharf – depths varying from 3.7 m. to 5.5 m. alongside. Title: ...... The port is now mainly used by fishing vessels. GENERAL: No swimming, fishing or photography is permitted while MEDICAL: The nearest hospital and doctor at Queenstown (30 miles). vessel is in the vicinity of the Terminal. FRESH WATER: Limited fresh water available from town water supply. Maintenance: No overside painting, chipping and scaling allowed whilst FUEL: Bunkers may be obtained by road tanker. at the berth. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: None available. AGENCY: No ship’s agency services are provided by the Marine Facility OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Hatches are opened by ship’s crew. Operator. Any Offtake Tanker arriving from a foreign port must make AIRPORT: A small airport is located 3 miles from Strahan. prior arrangements for Quarantine and Customs clearance through its AUTHORITY: Hobart Ports Corporation. (See ‘‘Hobart’’). Agent. OPERATOR: Apache Energy Ltd., Level 3, 256 St. Georges Terrace, Perth, W.A. 6000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9422-7222. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9422-7445. WWW: www.apachecorp.com Contact: Stag Operations SYDNEY, N.S.W.: 33.51 S. 151.12 E. (See Plan) Coordinator. ␣ ␣ PORT LIMITS: Seaward Port Limits: An arc of a circle of 4 nautical miles Terminal: Tel: 61 (8) 9185-5371, 9185-5370. FAX: 61 (8) ␥ 9185-5368, 9185-5367. Contact: Person-In-Charge (PIC). radius, centred on Hornby Light (which is at Lat. 33 50.1' S., Long. 151␥ 16.8' E.). DOCUMENTS: 2 Crew Reports (Form 3A). STANLEY, Tasmania: 40.46 S. 145.18 E. (See Plan) 2 Crew Lists (Form 3B). 1 Report of Ships Stores (Form 5 Part 4). LOCATION: The Port of Stanley on the Northern coast of Tasmania is 2 Crew Effects Declaration (Form 5 Part 2). situated on the Southern side of Circular Head. (Lat. 40␥ 46' S., ␥ 2 Ports of Call and Loading Lists (B921). Long. 146 18' E). It is protected by the Breakwater Pier. The ore loading 2 Passenger Reports (Form 2A). facility owned by Australian Bulk Minerals (Port Latta) lies about 2 Passenger Lists (Form 2B). 5 nautical miles to the S.E. 2 Quarantine Declarations Pratique (Form PI 1212). PILOTAGE: Pilotage is compulsory. The Pilot boards one nautical mile 2 Ballast Water Reporting Forms. S.E. of the Breakwater. Contact Marine Superintendent Port Latta. 3 Forms C & E886 (Ports of Call). RESTRICTIONS: Depth in approaches 9.0 m. at LWOST. The nature 1 Form QA3 (Declaration of Animals Carried as Cargo). of the bottom is sand. 1 Form QA4 (Declaration of Ship’s Pets). VHF: ‘‘Port Latta’’ on Channel 16 during office hours. 1 Form QA5 (Shipmaster’s Bond to Cover Ship’s Pets). TUGS: 1␺24 ton bollard pull. Ship’s Agents are required to submit 2 Cargo Manifest, and at least BERTHING: Breakwater Pier: Length 161 m. Depth 8 m. Cargo shed 2 sets of Bills of Lading. These are usually received direct from the 55 m.␺15 m. loading port, and so need not be on board. Roll-on/Roll-off Berth: Length 100 m. Ramp 6.4 m. wide. Depth 8.8 m. Ships carrying dangerous goods must obtain special approval to enter to 5.8 m. at the inner end. port (See ‘‘Restrictions’’ – ‘‘Entry and Departure Restrictions’’). FRESH WATER: Available. Rate 18 t.p.h. Shipmaster’s Report: October 1988. FUEL: Fuel oil and diesel oil available by road tanker. First Port: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. REPAIRS: Minor repairs possible. Second Port: 3 Crew Lists, 2 Ports of Call Lists. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Collex Waste Management Pty.Ltd., Also see ‘‘Radio Officer’s Report’’. P.O.Box 431, Rosny, Tasmania 7018. Tel: (03) 62447171. Fax: (03) PILOTAGE: Compulsory for seagoing commercial ships (unless 62447181. specifically exempted). Preliminary arrangements for a Pilot must be Collex Waste Management Pty.Ltd., P.O.Box 249, Altona North, made through a local Agent accredited by the Corporation. Victoria 3025. Tel: (03) 3609333. Fax: (03) 3609290. Drums and skips All seagoing commercial ships entering the port (including those provided, collection as required. exempted from pilotage) are to report to ‘‘Sydney Harbour Control’’ on See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 205 AUSTRALIA VHF Channel 16 when 3 hours from Port Limits. Harbour Control will for calculating underkeel clearance is the berth depth (See ‘‘Berthing’’ advise vessels to change to VHF Channel 13 for exchange of arrival or ‘‘Tankers’’) except at No. 1 Gore Cove (controlling depth 13.7 m.) and information. The vessel will be instructed to maintain watch on No. 2 Gore Cove (controlling depth 9.7 m.). Channels 13/16 and to call again on VHF Channel 13 when 1 hour from While alongside, ships are to maintain a minimum underkeel clearance the Port Limits and when 5 miles from the Port Limits. of 0.6 m. All vessels under the conduct of a licensed Pilot or exempt Master Tankers proceeding to No. 1 Gore Cove with a draft exceeding will be requested to briefly test their engines astern before entering Port 10.0 m., or length overall exceeding 250 m., or beam exceeding 36.5 m., Limits. The Port Corporation will accept testing of the ship’s main engines or deadweight exceeding 80,000 tonnes, are to take Pilot 1.5 hours astern within 12 hours of their arrival at Sydney, provided such testing before slack water. The absolute maximum permitted draft is 13.7 m., can be supported by a main engine data logger read-out. but the actual draft is to be such that, in the approach channel of 13.7 m. The Pilot boarding place is at Lat. 33␥ 50.1' S., Long. 151␥ 21.6' E., depth, the required underkeel clearance is achieved at 1 hour before which is 4 miles due East of Hornby Light. slack water. Vessels are not permitted inside Port Limits or to proceed Westward At the AGL Wharf, Mortlake, ships are to berth at slack water. of the Pilot Boarding Ground without specific instruction from ‘‘Harbour In all other cases berthing and unberthing is at any state of tide, Control’’. provided the required underkeel clearance is maintained. The pilot vessel is a 15 m., aluminium, semi-planing vessel, with The minimum permissable draft for a ship manoeuvring within the port metallic grey hull and yellow-orange topsides; the word ‘‘Pilot’’ is is equivalent to the following percentages of the ship’s length overall: prominently displayed on each side of the deckhouse. The pilot vessel Ships not exceeding 100,000 tonnes deadweight: Forward 2%, Aft 3%. operates from a shore base within the harbour. When proceeding to a Ships exceeding 100,000 tonnes deadweight: Forward 3%, Aft 4%. ship the pilot vessel will call on VHF Channel 13 and change to Channel 6 However, large tankers departing Gore Cove are exempted from these to give Pilot boarding instructions. requirements, should the Harbour Bridge clearance pose a problem. In general, a ship which is about to take Pilot should steer a course MAX. SIZE: In general, the maximum permitted size of ships is governed which puts the sea on the quarter opposite to that on which the pilot directly by berth length and depth (See ‘‘Berthing’’ and ‘‘Tankers’’) and ladder is rigged. The ship should have about 7 knots headway as the by depth in approaches. Also see ‘‘Bulk Cargo Facilities’’ and pilot vessel comes alongside. ‘‘Restrictions’’ – ‘‘Underkeel Clearance’’. The bottom of the pilot ladder is to be 2.0 m. to 3 m. above the HEALTH: Masters of all overseas vessels arriving from international waterline. The ladder is to be rigged (if possible) through an opening in waters (and vessels which have touched international land, uncleared the bulwarks or guard rails (or through a door in the ship’s side). If there vessels or sea installations) must provide to the Australian Quarantine is no available opening in the bulwarks or guard rails, steps (with and Inspection Service (AQIS), information in relation to the vessel prior handrails) shall be securely fastened inside the bulwarks or guard rails, to its arrival in its first Australian port of call. The information to be leading from the top of the bulwarks or guard rails to the ship’s deck. provided is prescribed in the Quarantine Regulations 2000 and covers On each side of the ladder there is to be a clean handrope of 32 mm. a variety of subjects such as: vessel details, recent movement history, (diameter) manila rope. The handropes are to be led through stanchions, live animal cargo, ballast water management, sanitation and the health one metre high, fixed to the ship’s bulwarks or guard rails. There are to status of passengers and crew. be no knots in the handropes. A tripping line may be used, but is to be The Quarantine Act 1908 requires the Master to declare the health attached not lower than the bottom spreader (which is to be the fifth step (or Pratique) status of the vessel and its passengers and crew, prior to from the bottom). berthing or arriving at their first Australian port. If the highest point of a pilot ladder would be more than 9 m. above The information must be submitted on an AQIS approved form, called the waterline the pilot ladder is to be rigged in combination with an the Quarantine Pre-Arrival Report (QPAR), within the stipulated accommodation ladder. The accommodation ladder is to be secured so timeframe of 12 to 48 hours prior to the estimated arrival time of the as to prevent it swinging away from the ship’s side. The pilot ladder, and vessel. Once forwarded to AQIS, the information supplied on the QPAR the handropes, are to be secured to the ship’s side above the lower is assessed by a quarantine officer, and an Approval to Berth may then platform of the accommodation ladder. The Pilot must be able to transfer be granted by fax. The Quarantine Officer will issue the vessel’s Master, safely and easily from the pilot ladder to the accommodation ladder. The through the Agent, documentation to advise the Master that an inspection accommodation ladder is to be rigged so that a person ascending the of the vessel is required. ladder is moving towards the ship’s bow. The lower platform of the The QPAR and related information can be found on the AQIS Website accommodation ladder is to be horizontal. The lowest point of the at WWW: www.aqis.gov.au/shipping accommodation ladder is to be 6 m. to 7 m. above the waterline. The QPAR consists of 36 questions, 1-16 are about the ship’s Pilot hoists are not favoured. If a hoist is used in a ship with freeboard particulars for vessel’s first port of call in Australia, questions 17-26relate not exceeding 9 m., a conventional ladder (with handropes) must be to the vessel’s health status and risk of bringing in exotic pests, rigged immediately alongside the hoist, so that the Pilot can transfer quarantinable or infectious diseases and animal related risks and safely and quickly to the ladder if the hoist fails. If a hoist is used in a questions 27-36 are about the management of the vessel’s ballast water. ship with freeboard exceeding 9 m., a combination ladder must be rigged Notwithstanding that Pratique may have been granted, the Master will immediately alongside the hoist. Note particularly that a pilot hoist is not still be responsible for reporting any cases of infectious diseases which accepted as an alternative to a combination ladder. may subsequently occur while the ship is in Australian waters. Such Master’s should note that the Corporation places great emphasis on report is to be made by radio if the ship is at sea when the case is the safety of its pilots. Delays may occur if boarding arrangements are discovered. found to be substandard. VHF: Harbour Control oversees the Vessel Traffic Management System of the port. The Centre operates continuously. It may be contacted by ANCHORAGES: There is no recommended anchorage off the port, but ␣ ␣ ships frequently anchor close Northward, off the suburb of Manly (see VHF or by Tel: 61 (2) 9296-4000, Fax: 61 (2) 9247-7804 or Chart Aus 200), however vessels should not anchor closer to the coast Email: [email protected] than 3 nautical miles for environmental reasons. The Corporation Harbour Control operates the following VHF stations: cautions any ship anchoring off the port to keep a close anchor watch, Call sign ‘‘Harbour Control’’ – calling and working Channels 16/13. Area of coverage – within 5 miles of the port. This station controls the because the area is susceptible to sudden, unpredicted changes of Vessel Traffic Management System (VTS) for the port; broadcasts weather. navigational, meteorological, and tidal information at 5 minutes past each Restricted Area: There is a Restricted Area off the port bounded by a hour; and allocates channels for ship/tug communication (such channels line drawn from North Head in a direction 090␥ (T) and a line drawn from ␥ comprise 68, 69, 72 and 8, in that order of preference). Hornby Light in a direction 130 (T) and the arc of a circle of 4 nautical Ships underway within the port must maintain continuous listening miles radius centred on Hornby Light. The mid-entrance markers, in line ␥ watch on Channel 13. 294 (T), divide the Restricted Area into 2 sectors. The Northern sector When the ship arrives at 5 miles from the port, ‘‘Harbour Control’’ is is ‘‘Area A’’; only ships which are entering the port may pass through to be notified (See ‘‘Pilotage’’); and the ship is to obtain permission from ‘‘Area A’’. The Southern sector is ‘‘Area B’’; only ships which are leaving ‘‘Harbour Control’’ prior to entering the port. One hour prior to ship’s the port may pass through ‘‘Area B’’. Anchorage is prohibited within the departure ‘‘Harbour Control’’ is to be notified; and the ship is to obtain whole of the Restricted Area. The ship is not to be navigated along the permission from ‘‘Harbour Control’’ prior to departing the berth. line of the mid-entrance markers. Both inwards and outwards ships are required to report (to ‘‘Harbour RESTRICTIONS: Entry and Departure Restrictions: Arrival and Control’’) passing each of the following locations (if applicable): Line Zulu departure of tankers to and from Gore Cove is restricted to daytime Sea Buoy, Bradley’s Head, Fort Denison, Longnose Point, Looking Glass operations. Point and Wentworth Point. Arrival at, and departure from, Overseas Passenger Terminal (OPT) Safety, urgency and distress calls should be made on Channel 16, is not permitted during peak operating periods for commercial vessels which is continuously monitored by both ‘‘Sydney Radio VIS’’ and (0700 hrs. – 0930 hrs. and 1600 hrs. – 1830 hrs. Mondays to Fridays, ‘‘Sydney Harbour Control’’. and 0700 hrs. – 0930 hrs. and 1200 hrs. – 1300 hrs. Saturdays, with the RADAR: There is a IVSS covering the approaches to the port and the exception of public holidays). inner and outer harbour areas. Ships seeking radar information should Except as indicated above, manoeuvring is generally permitted at any contact ‘‘Harbour Control’’. time of day. (For tidal restrictions see ‘‘Underkeel Clearance, Tidal Also see ‘‘VHF’’. Restrictions and Minimum Draft’’ below). TUGS: There are 4 modern, twin-screw tugs with bollard pulls of Ships carrying dangerous goods must not enter port unless the Master 40 tonnes to 50 tonnes. These tugs are operated by: of a ship conveying dangerous goods has the approval of the Corporation Waratah Towage Pty. Ltd., 2-3 Montague Street, Balmain, Sydney, before entering port. The approval to enter is usually made on the NSW 2041. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9818-9400. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9818-9430. Master’s behalf by the ship’s Agent. The Master or ship’s Agent is Telex: AA25195. required to declare all dangerous goods to Sydney Ports Corporation at A fleet of small tugs is operated by: least 24 hours prior to arrival. Use of the Sydney Port Integrated Port Stannard Bros. Launch Services Pty. Ltd., 2-3 Montague Street, System (ShIPS) is a compulsory Sydney Ports Corporation requirement Balmain, NSW 2041. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9818-9400. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9818-9440. for all accredited ship’s Agents. Consequently ALL dangerous goods to This company also provides the port’s lines persons. be imported, exported or transiting the port are to be lodged electronically Four tugs are available during the day shift (Monday – Friday). Outside on ShIPS unless special permission has been obtained. day shift hours, tugs are available at 2 hours call-in. Orders for the Underkeel Clearance, Tidal Restrictions and Minimum Draft: Ships weekend and outside office hours must be ordered during office hours underway outward-bound are to maintain a minimum underkeel (Monday – Friday). Orders must be placed by the ship’s local Agent. clearance equivalent to 10% of ship’s draft; for inward-bound large Tugs normally join a ship in the vicinity of Fort Denison. Tugs always tankers, this requirement is increased by 0.2 m. The controlling depth take a ship’s line when they are to tow from their hook, but may use

206 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA their own line when making fast alongside. There is no extra charge for than 51.5 m. headway. For a further 73 m. on either side there is not using tugs’ lines. less than 49.9 m. headway. When in use, a painting gantry reduces these Tugs are required for most vessels for berthing, unberthing, shifting, headways by 2.8 m. mooring at buoys and when anchoring. STEVEDORES: Patrick, the Australian Stevedore, G.P.O.Box 3918, BERTHING: Except as indicated in ‘‘Bulk Cargo Facilities’’ and Sydney, NSW 2001. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9299-2188. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9247-9259. ‘‘Specialised Cargo-Handling Facilities’’ loading and discharging is by P&O Ports (NSW) Pty. Ltd., G.P.O.Box 51, Rozelle, NSW 2039. ship’s gear (also see ‘‘Cranes’’). Except where otherwise indicated the Tel: ␣61 (2) 9352-3400. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9352-3422. quoted depth is the least depth over the entire berth length; in many WWW: www.poports.com.au cases a greater depth is available if the ship does not require the full Patrick operate at No. 3, No. 4, No. 5 and No. 7 Darling Harbour. berth length. General, Ro-Ro, Lo-Lo, and Bulk stevedoring operations at any Nominal common-user berth in the port, using a fleet of 75 forklifts; 3 Liebherr Berth Length Depth Function cranes; and ancillary equipment. (m.) (m.) P&O Ports Stevedoring provides General, Ro-Ro, Lo-Lo, and Bulk Overseas Passenger 300 10.5 Passengers stevedoring services at any common-user berth in the port, using a fleet Terminal (OPT) of 79 forklifts, and ancillary equipment. P&O Ports operate a container No. 3 Darling Harbour 229 11.2 General/Ro-Ro/Lo-Lo terminal at No. 4, 5 and 6 White Bay and car facilities at No. 1 and 2 No. 4 Darling Harbour 289 11.0 General/Ro-Ro/Lo-Lo Glebe Island. P&O Ports has a depot at Rozelle Bay for packing and No. 5 Darling Harbour 336 10.5 General/Ro-Ro/Lo-Lo unpacking containers, and for bonding and storing of containerised cargo Darling Harbour 343 9.8 General/Ro-Ro/Lo-Lo/ and break-bulk cargo. Passenger Terminal Passengers Normal hours of work at common-user berths are: No. 1 Glebe Island 234 11.9 P & O Ports (Cars) The port works 7 days a week in 3 shifts (0730 hrs. – 1430 hrs., No. 2 Glebe Island 234 12.0 P & O Ports (Cars) 1500 hrs. – 2200 hrs., 2300 hrs. – 0600 hrs.). Rates are negotiable. No. 7 Glebe Island 229 11.1 Sugar, cement Labour for Monday to Friday shifts must be ordered not later than the No. 8 Glebe Island 120 7.0 Penrice Soda Ash morning of the day previous to requirement. Labour for Saturday and Terminal Sunday shifts must be ordered not later than Friday morning. Firm ETA’s No. 1 White Bay 168 9.8 Lay-up are consequently very important; the ship’s agent should be advised No. 2 White Bay 168 9.8 Lay-up immediately if the ETA changes, so that labour orders can be amended. No. 3 White Bay 279 10.5 P & O Ports (General) Main commodities handled are: No. 4 White Bay 265 10.8 P & O Ports (General) Imports – containers; motor vehicles; CKD’s; lumber; paper products; No. 5 White Bay 203 10.4 P & O Ports (General) heavy-lifts; steel; bulk oil and general cargo. No. 6 White Bay 203 11.0 P & O Ports (General) Exports – containers; steel and bulk cargoes and general cargo. Buoy Moorings: The private terminals employ their own labour force of stevedores. No. 4 Athol Bight 300 radius 11.7 Lay-up MEDICAL: Ship’s Agents can arrange medical attention without prior No. 1 Point Piper 260 radius 13.5 Lay-up notice, but notice should be given if possible. Full hospital, medical, For tanker berths (See ‘‘Tankers’’). Road access is available to all dental and ophthalmic services are available. If the ship has passed fixed berths. Rail access is available to the following berths: No. 1 and through a yellow fever zone crew must be inoculated against yellow No. 2 White Bay; No. 3 and No. 4 White Bay; No. 1 and No. 2 Glebe. fever. Otherwise, no inoculations or vaccinations are necessary, but they The Royal Australian Navy has extensive fixed berthage, buoy berths, can be carried out if required. and dolphin berths in the port. TANKERS: CRANES: No. 4 White Bay: 2 portainer cranes of 46 tons lifting capacity Nominal Nominal and 1␺53 ton portainer crane. Berth Length Depth Company No. 3, 4, 5 Darling Harbour: 3 mobile container-handling cranes (m.) (m.) (‘‘Liebherr’’), owned by Patrick, the Australian Stevedore (1␺120 tonnes, No. 1 Gore Cove 320 13.7 Shell Co. of Aust. Ltd. 1␺100 tonnes and 1␺47 tonnes). No. 2 Gore Cove 190 9.7 Shell Co. of Aust. Ltd. CRUISE FACILITIES: See ‘‘Berthing’’. Ballast Point 172 9.4 Ampol BULK CARGO FACILITIES: (For berth lengths and depths – see Chowder Bay 172 12.0 Royal Australian Navy ‘‘Berthing’’). (Ships may berth without hold ballast, because loading units All berths are located in sheltered areas and are seldom affected by are fully retractable). wind; no special moorings are required. Shore gangways available at No. 7 Glebe Island: A common user bulk dry cargo discharge facility, No. 1 Gore Bay only. Each terminal has first-response equipment for oil equipped for self-discharging vessels, using wharf manifold to pipelines, spills, and can readily call upon other terminals’ equipment. The conveyors and adjacent storage silos. Corporation has an oil spill combat team on continuous duty with an The types of cargo discharged at this facility include bulk cement and extensive range of oil spill combat equipment. Industry and Government bulk refined sugar. have local, regional and national contingency plans for oil spill combat. Glebe Island’s grain elevators were redeveloped during 1993 to Ship-to-ship transfers are seldom undertaken at this port, but floating provide 28,000 tonnes of bulk refined sugar storage capacity. fenders are available. Cargo handling: No. 1 Gore Cove: Line diameters 1␺102 mm. and Cement storage of 35,000 tons consists of 16 converted wheat silos. ␺ These facilities also include a transfer tower, a conveyor gantry from 4 254 mm.; maximum discharging rate 4,000 tonnes/p.h. (with crude wharf to silos, chain conveyors on the silos and bagging facilities. oil, using 2 hoses); 350 tonnes dirty slops, 6,000 tonnes dirty ballast Operator: Sugar Australia Pty. Ltd., Lot 1, Sommerville Road, Glebe (total for terminal); S.G. 0.645 to 0.98; maximum temperature ␣ ␣ 50␥ Celsius; shore steam is available. Island, Sydney, NSW 2034, Australia. Tel: 61 (2) 9555-9422. Fax: 61 ␺ ␺ (2) 9555-9655. No. 2 Gore Cove: Line diameters 5 152 mm. and 1 203 mm.; No. 8 Glebe Island: Penrice bulk soda ash unloading berth. The berth maximum discharging rate 2,000 tonnes/p.h.; S.G. 0.645 to 0.98; maximum temperature 50␥Celsius. has a mobile gantry with 2 pneumatic suction nozzles. Handling rate ␺ ␺ 125 tonnes/p.h. (maximum); 80 tonnes/p.h. (average). Maximum beam No. 3 Gore Cove: Line diameters 2 102 mm. and 10 152 mm.; maximum discharging rate 400 tonnes/p.h.; S.G. 0.845 to 0.98; 13.7 m. Maximum length overall 100 m. Maximum draft: unrestricted for ␥ the size of ship using the berth. (Also see ‘‘Note’’ at end of this section). maximum temperature 50 Celsius. Note: No. 7 and 8 Glebe Island and No. 1 and No. 2 White Bay are in Operator: Shell Co. of Australia Ltd., Manns Avenue, Greenwich, Sydney, NSW 2065, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 8437-1238. Fax: ␣61 (2) close proximity. To allow a ship to berth or unberth at No. 1 Balmain it 8437-1203. is frequently necessary to shift astern a ship at No. 7 Glebe; in the astern Ballast Point: Line diameters 102 mm., 203 mm. and 254 mm.; maximum position it is usually only possible to load the ship’s forward hatches. A discharging rate 1,000 tonnes/p.h.; no slop facilities; S.G. 0.84 to 0.95; similar shift is sometimes necessary to allow a ship to berth or unberth maximum temperature 60␥ Celsius; no shore steam available. at No. 8 Glebe Island. A concession in tonnage rates is allowed when DENSITY: The relative density throughout the port is 1025. a ship at No. 7 Glebe Island is shifted, but full rates are charged for FRESH WATER: Fresh water is readily available at all berths. There is Pilot, tugs and linesmen. no restriction on quantity. The water is clean and sweet, and contains Operator: Penrice Soda Products Pty. Ltd., Berth 8, Glebe Island, ␣ ␣ fluoride. Sydney, NSW 2034, Australia. Tel: 61 (2) 9555-7500. Fax: 61 (2) At fixed berths, delivery is from the town mains. Delivery rate is 9818-2526. approximately 30 tonnes p.h. Hiring or usage of shore hoses attracts a CONTAINER HANDLING FACILITIES: No. 4 and No. 5 White Bay charge. comprise a container terminal. Containers are also handled at No. 3, 4 Charges at private berths are generally the same. At buoy or dolphins and 5 Darling Harbour, using mobile cranes. berths delivery is either by a large or by small tug with barge under tow. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’ and ‘‘Cranes’’. The amount of fresh water supplied per tug or barge varies between SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: 40 and 140 tonnes, depending upon the transport used. The delivery Operator: P&O Ports (NSW) Australia Ltd. See ‘‘Stevedores’’. rate varies between 35 tonnes p.h. and 60 tonnes p.h. Roll-on/Roll-off: Ships equipped with angled stern ramps are handled at Where possible at least 24 hours’ notice is required for vessels No. 3, 4, 5 and 8 Darling Harbour and No. 5 and 6 White Bay. requiring fresh water at buoys or anchorage. Car-carrying: Car-carrying ships with side ramps and/or angled stern FUEL: Fuel (and a wide range of lubricants) is available from: ramps are handled at No. 1 and 2 Glebe Island and No. 8 Darling Ampol Pty. Ltd., Head Office, 167 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW 2000. Harbour. Tel: 1-800-655-315. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9981-1159. Grades: Marine Bunker Liquid Chemicals: Small quantities of liquid chemicals are handled at Fuel Oil, 10-300 centistokes at 50␥C. Light Marine Diesel Oil, 2.1-7.4 the tanker terminals (See ‘‘Tankers’’). centistokes at 40␥C. Gas Oil or Distillate, 2-5.8 centistokes at 40␥C. Bulk Oils: Handled at the tanker terminals (See ‘‘Tankers’’). Vegetable Orders accepted 0700 to 1540 (Mon-Fri). 48 hours’ notice. and lube oils are occasionally handled at dry cargo berths. BP Australia Ltd., GPO Box 5222, Melbourne, VIC 3001. Tel: ␣61 (3) Note: The sister port of Botany Bay has a major facility for the handling 9268-4111. Fax: ␣61 (3) 9639-0261. Grades: Interfuel – viscosity 38.2 of liquid chemicals, bulk oils and liquefied gas. centistokes at 40␥C. Light Diesel Oil – viscosity 2.721 at 40␥C. Orders BRIDGES: The majority of the port’s berths lie beyond the Sydney accepted 0700 to 1400 (Mon-Fri). One week’s notice. Harbour Bridge, which is a single span, steel arch bridge. Maximum Mobil Oil Australia, 417 St. Kilda Road, Melbourne, VIC 3004. Tel: ␣61 headway is 53.4 m. above chart datum at the centre (prominently (3) 9252-3405. Fax: ␣61 (3) 9252-3065. Grades: Bunker Fuel, marked). For 45 m. on either side of the centre there is not less than 32-130 centistokes at 40␥C. Diesel Gas Oil, 3 centistokes. Orders 53.0 m. headway. For a further 64 m. on either side there is not less accepted 0730-1600 (Mon-Fri). 48 hours’ notice. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 207 AUSTRALIA Shell Co. of Australia Ltd., Greenwich Gore Bay Terminal, Greenwich CARGO GEAR: Except as indicated under ‘‘Bulk Cargo Facilities’’ and Road, Gore Bay, NSW 2065. Tel: ␣61 (2) 8437-1222. Fax: 6␣1 (2) ‘‘Specialised Cargo Handling Facilities’’ loading and discharging is by 8439-4169. WWW: www.shell.com Grades: Marine Fuel Oil, 100 to 380 ship’s gear. (Also see ‘‘Cranes’’). centistokes at 50␥C. Light Marine Diesel Fuel, 1.8 to 5.8 centistokes at Lighters, of 100 to 400 tonnes capacity, are available from: 40␥C. Gas Oil (Distillate), 1.8 – 4.8 centistokes at 40␥C. Orders accepted Harbour Lighterage Pty. Ltd., Oxley St., Glebe, NSW 2037. Tel: ␣61 0800 to 1630 (Mon-Fri). 48 hours’ notice. (2) 9660-1922. Delivery by pipeline at tanker berths. Delivery at other berths – heavy Stannard Bros. Launch Services Pty. Ltd., P.O Box 92, Balmain, fuel by bunker barge only (‘‘Amorena’’: minimum 150 tonnes, maximum NSW 2041. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9316-6733. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9818-9440. per load 1,100 tonnes; ‘‘Esar Sydney’’: minimum 100 tonnes, maximum REPATRIATION: Full facilities are available for effecting crew changes per load 1,500 tonnes); light fuel and lubricants (bulk or drummed) by and arranging any necessary repatriation. barge or truck. AIRPORT: Sydney (Kingsford-Smith) Airport is 9 km. from the city FIRE PRECAUTIONS: There are no additional requirements beyond centre. There are frequent flights to and from many national and those internationally practised. international destinations, served by: Air India, Air New Zealand, Air CONSULS: The following countries maintain consulates in Sydney: Niugini, Alitalia, Ansett Airlines of Australia, British Airways, Cathay Argentina, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Pacific Airways Ltd., Continental Airlines, Garuda Indonesian Airlines, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Cook Islands, Costa Rica, Japan Air Lines, KLM Royal Dutch Airlines, Lufthansa, Malaysia Airline Croatia, Cuba, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, System (MAS), Philippines Air Lines, Qantas Airways, Singapore Egypt, Egypt, Estonia, Fiji, Finland, France, Gabon, Germany, Greece, Airlines, South African Airways, TWA Trans World Airlines, Thai Guatemala, Honduras, Haiti, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Israel, Italy, International, United Airlines, UTA French Airlines and Yugoslav Airlines Japan, Kiribati, Korea (Republic of), Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, (JAT). Luxemburg, Madagascar, Malaysia, Malta, Mauritius, Mexico, Morocco, TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, PapuaNew HOLIDAYS: (Throughout New South Wales): January 1st*, (New Year’s Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Day) January 26th*, (Australia Day); Good Friday and Easter Monday**; Russia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, April 25th* (ANZAC Day); second Monday in June (Queen of Australia’s Switzerland, Syria, Thailand, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Official Birthday); first Monday in August (Bank Holiday); first Monday Turkey, Tuvalu, Uruguay, United Kingdom, U.S.A., Vietnam and in October (Labour Day); 25th December* (Christmas Day); Yugoslavia. 26th December* (Boxing Day). REPAIRS: Groom Bros. Pty. Ltd., 18 Munro St., North Sydney 2060. *When any of these dates is a Sunday the next day (Monday) is a Tel: ␣61 (2) 9957-3855. holiday. When 26th December is on a Monday the next day (Tuesday) Groom Bros. is experienced in hull and engine repairs, overhauls, pipe is a holiday. renewals and steel fabrication. **Easter Day (the Sunday between Good Friday and Easter Monday) Australian Defence Industries (ADI), Naval Engineering Division, is generally the first Sunday after the first full moon after 21st March. Garden Island, NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9562-2018. Fax: ␣61 (2) POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: There are numerous stations around and 9562-3821. adjacent to the port. The telephone number for all emergency services DRY DOCKS: ADI’s Garden Island facility operates the largest is 000 (tell the operator which service is required). graving dock in the Southern Hemisphere. It is capable of docking ships ‘‘Harbour Control’’ (See ‘‘VHF’’) have direct lines to the emergency up to 110,000 tonnes deadweight, together with a floating dock of services. The Corporation has an emergency service tug, with firefighting 1,000 tonne lift capacity. capability, on continuous standby. The Water Police service has patrol ADI has developed extensive capabilities at this one location and launches on continuous duty, and can summon helicopter assistance at provides all skills and resources required for the repair, conversion and short notice. modernisation of commercial vessels. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: In the event of an SURVEYORS: Marine Surveyors (serving principally Shipowners,vessel emergency within the port appropriate contingency plans will be Agents and Maritime Solicitors): implemented by the port’s Duty Harbour Master (for Marine Avdall and Bozier Pty.Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9906-1277. A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) emergencies) or the Police (for shore emergencies). 9427-3193. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9906-1030. Contact: Captain M.J.L. Bozier, For marine emergencies beyond the port area the central authority Captain M.H. Murray. (for the whole of Australia) is: Federal Sea Safety and Surveillance Gibson, Minto and Aiton Pty.Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9810-0501. A/Hrs: ␣61 Centre, Canberra: (2) 9523-0982. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9555-1532. Contact: Captain N. Aiton, Tel: Reports and Enquiries 180-062-2153 (free-call). ‘‘Ausrep’’ Enquiries ␣61 (2) 6230-6880. Captain A.M. Kirkland, Captain D.J. Read. ␣ Ian Loftus and Associates Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9418-2276. Search and Rescue 61 (2) 6230-6888. ␣ ␣ Telex: AA62349. A/Hrs: 61 (2) 9418-2276. Fax: 61 (2) 9418-2386. Contact: L. Loftus. ␣ Keith Highfield Pty.Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9871-7129. A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) Fax: 61 (2) 6230-6868. 9871-7129. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9872-6815. Contact: W.K. Highfield. TELEPHONES: Telephones are not available at buoy berths, but VHF Pyett and Co. Tel: ␣61 (419) 498378. After hours and Fax: ␣61 (2) link calls can be made (even at fixed berths) by calling Sydney Radio 9344-8589. Contact: Captain D. Pyett. on Channel 26 or Channel 23 (but check channel free before calling). S.G.Webb and Co.Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (49) 622029. A/Hrs: ␣61 (49) SERVICES: Sullage, garbage, and bilge slops disposal services are 633027. Fax: ␣61 (49) 615901. Contact: Captain S.J. Hunter. available. Shore Power (240V/15A/50Hz and 415V/30A/50Hz or Marine Surveyors (serving principally Marine and Insurance Solicitors): 415V/60A/50Hz) is available at many fixed berths. Extension of BT Howard and Assoc.Pty. Ltd. Tel:␣ 61 (2) 9639-6335. A/Hrs: ␣61 certificates is possible. Many other services are available, including: (2) 9639-6335. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9686-2193. Contact: B.T. Howard. compass adjusting; radio and radar repairs; charts and nautical Clifford Marine Services. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9438-3411. A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) publications; sounding and course recorder paper; Notices to Mariners 9958-0529. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9436-3104. Contact: A.J. Clifford. (Australian, New Zealand, British, USA and Indian); and safety equipment. Mathias and Assoc. Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9871-1026. A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) BANKS: Almost 100 banks have branches or representative offices in 9871-7686. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9871-5824. Contact: Captain J.R. Mathias. the port, including the following: Toplis and Harding Marine. Tel: A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) 9810-7925. Tel: ␣61 ␣ ANZ Banking Group Ltd., 2/20 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000. (2) 9427-0684. Fax: 61 (2) 9428-1477. Contact: V.C. Grant-Mitchell. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9227-1911. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9227-1824. (NSW), Bank of America, 19 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) Marine Surveyors with General Practice: 9931-4200. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9223-1023. Associates Marine Surveyors International Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (49) ␣ ␣ ␣ Bank of China, 12/39 York Street, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: 61 (2) 622877. A/Hrs: 61 (49) 586689. Fax: 61 (49) 615901. 9267-5188. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9262-1794. Contact: Captain K.E. Schjenken. Bank of New Zealand, 8th Floor, 333-339 George Street, Sydney, Captain Downes and Associates Pty. Ltd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9969-1444. ␣ ␣ ␣ ␣ NSW 2000. Tel: 61 (2) 9325-2222. Fax: 61 (2) 9325-2211. A/Hrs: 61 (2) 9969-1277. Fax: 61 (2) 9969-1277. Contact: Captain Banque Nationale de Paris, 60 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, A.M. Downes. NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9232-8733. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9221-3026. ITS – Caleb Brett. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9669-3833. A/Hrs: ␣61 (2) 9822-4484. ␣ ␣ Citibank Ltd., 1 Margaret Street, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: 61 (2) Fax: 61 (2) 9669-3341. Contact: Captain P. Kanagasabi. 8225-1000. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3310-6015. Quinlans Marine Surveys. Tel: ␣61 (490 325014. A/Hrs: ␣61 (49) ␣ Commonwealth Bank of Australia, 2nd Floor, Corner Pitt Street and 325014. Fax: 61 (49) 325014. Contact: Captain J.M. Quinlan. Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9378-2000. Fax: ␣61 ␣ ␣ SGS Australia Pty. Ltd. Tel: 61 (49) 692222. A/Hrs: 61 (49) (2) 9378-3668. ␣ 827244. Fax: 61 (49) 621569. Deutsche Bank of Australia Ltd., Level 20, 225 George Street, Sydney, Email: [email protected] Contact: Captain NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9258-1234. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9258-1400. M.H. Hall-Thompson. Hong Kong Bank of Australia Ltd., 10/1 O’Connell Street, Sydney, The following classification societies maintain surveyors at the port: NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9255-2888. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9255-2332. American Bureau of Shipping. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9956-7322. Fax: ␣61 (2) Macquarie Bank Ltd., 1 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 9954-4233. (2) 9237-3333. Fax:␣61 (2) 8232-3350. Bureau Veritas. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9212-4588. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9212-4202. National Australia Bank Ltd., 8th Floor, Centennial Plaza, Germanischer Lloyd. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9233-1119. Fax: ␣61 (2) 300 Elizabeth Street, Sydney, NSW 2000. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9213-2265. 9233-3315. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9215-6465. Lloyd’s Register. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9262-1424. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9290-1145. Westpac Banking Corp., 60 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW 2000. Nippon Jaiji Kyokai. Tel: ␣61 (2) 2233-7751. Fax: ␣61 (2) 2223-3051. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9213-2032. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9223-1483. Det Norske Veritas. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9922-1966. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9929-8792. STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Ship to provide a watchman (Crew Ships can be stored by truck at all fixed berths, and by barge at all member) at all times. berths. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Hatches are normally opened and Dry cargo ships can take stores while the ship is working cargo; closed by ships’ crew. However, if it is necessary to close hatches during trucks and barges are permitted alongside. Tankers can also take loading in order to load containers on deck, the hatches are usually stores while the ship is working cargo; barges are permitted alongside, closed by wharf labour. but trucks are stopped at least 30 m. from the ship. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: 200 cigarettes (or equivalent in tobacco Forklift trucks are available only at dry cargo berths. Stores are products), and 1 litre of alcohol (opened) per crew member. normally loaded by ship’s crew, but shore labour is available if required.

208 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA An ‘‘Application to Take on Board Ship’s Stores’’ (Form 43) must be AUTHORITY: Sydney Ports Corporation, Level 8, 207 Kent Street, lodged with Customs by the ship’s Agent. Once approval has been given P.O.Box 25, Millers Point, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) by Customs, the Agent lodges an ‘‘Entry for Exportation of Customable 9296-4999. FAX: ␣61 (2) 9296-4742. Telex: 72046 Msbspt. and Excisable Goods’’ (Form B958) to allow goods to be delivered from Email: [email protected] WWW: www.sydports.com.au bond. Contact: Captain B. Pacheco, Harbour Master, Sydney Ports SHIP SUPPLY SERVICE: Supply by Water Transport: Supply craft, if Corporation (Email: [email protected]). Shane Hobday, available, will be provided by Stannard Bros or Harbour Lighterage if a General Manager Port Services (Tel: ␣61 (2) 9296-4902. Fax: ␣61 vessel requests ship stores to be delivered at an anchorage or buoy (2) 9241-4389. Email: [email protected]). mooring within the Port. Also see ‘‘VHF’’ for details of Port Operations Centre numbers). Should a vessel, which has been anchored off the Port for a protracted period, require stores replenishment in quantity, the normal procedure would be to enter the port, and anchor ‘‘on the bank’’ to enable stores THEVENARD, S.A.: 32.09 S. 133.39 E. (See Plan) to be loaded relatively quickly and in quantity. Should a vessel anchored off the port require delivery of individual PORT LIMITS: As marked on Chart AUS. 120 (Approaches to (limited) packages of stores, then this could be supplied, subject to Thevenard). weather and sea condiitons. DOCUMENTS: All documents necessary for first entry vessels are as Supply by Helicopter Services: for other Australian ports (i.e. Customs, Health, etc.). A. Commercial: PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Pilots board approximately 2 miles seaward The following helicopter companies will provide stores transportation of Entrance Beacon (3 miles seaward of No. 1 Light Beacon). Pilot vessel services if requested. has orange hull and yellow superstructure. ‘‘Pilot’’ in black on (a) Heli-Aust Bankstown superstructure. Vessels awaiting Pilot for extended periods should 24 hour service anchor approx. 235␥ – 4 miles from Entrance Beacon. Vessels Tel: ␣61 (2) 9791-0322. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9791-0360. approaching Pilot Station should take care not to approach the Entrance (b) Heli-flite Beacon before Pilot has boarded owing to restricted sea room. 24 hour service ANCHORAGES: Outer Anchorage as above. Inner Anchorage for Tel: ␣61 (2) 9766-0200. Fax: ␣61 (2) 9766-0222. vessels awaiting berth available in Murat Bay. This is a safe anchorage The following helicopter services (Non-Commercial) are available in for several vessels at one time, with good holding ground. Pilotage is cases of emergency, i.e. evacuation of a sick/injured crew member(s) necessary to Inner Anchorage. or delivery of essential medical supplied, or similar cases of an RESTRICTIONS: Daylight berthing only for vessels without bow thruster emergency nature. or oversize vessels. Sailing at any time. Sailing times depending on tide. B. Non-Commercial: Tides may be greatly effected by prevailing weather conditions – adverse (a) Services – Westpac weather can cause a large depression below the predicted height. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9311-3499 or Channel depth 8.2 m. (27 ft.) LW. There is a minimum depth of 5.5 m. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9311-3122 (emergency only) (18 ft.) in the swinging area off the berths. (b) Careflite MAX. SIZE: LOA 180 m., beam dependent on LOA as determined by 24 hour emergency service Suez Canal formula, but not more than 28 m.. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9891-6144. Arrival drafts: As vessels are permitted to discharge clean ballast whilst SHORE LEAVE: There are normally no restrictions on crew members’ alongside, drafts should be as follows: Fore: 2 m. (min.). Aft: 6 m. (max.). shore leave. Crew members are not required to carry identification HEALTH: Radio Pratique available within 24 hours of arrival providing documents while ashore (See ‘‘Identification Cards’’). sufficient information is supplied. Quarantine/Health Officer will still board IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Under Section 23 of the Migration Act vessel in order to grant formal Pratique. Vessels arriving direct from 1958/64, Masters of ships entering Australia from overseas are required other Australian Ports have Automatic Pratique, but Health Officer will to have in their possession an identity card (in an approved form) for still attend the vessel on arrival. each member of the crew (other than for crew members exempted as VHF: Channels available: 16, 12, 8, 6 and 67. below). This provision is included in the Act to ensure that positive Channel 16 used for general call up, and Channel 12 usually used for identification is available to Customs officers if a crew member deserts Port operations. Call Sign: Thevenard Port Control. Hours of operation: the ship. Cards can be prepared after arrival of the ship, but shore leave Monday to Friday 0845 hrs. – 1700 hrs. except Public holidays, or by will be delayed until this has been completed (a photograph is required). arrangement. The following persons are not required to possess identification cards: TUGS: One tug of 11.4 tonnes bollard pull (650 h.p.), ‘‘Wandana’’. citizens of Australia; citizens of New Zealand; Masters of all ships. BERTHING: Berth dimensions: Length 198 m. (650 ft.). Width 30 m. Citizens of the following countries need not complete identification (100 ft.). Draft subject to keel clearance of 0.76 m. (2 ft. 6 in.) for vessels cards, provided they possess a relevant Seaman’s Identity Book or up to 8.2 m. (27 ft.) draft, and 0.91 m. (3 ft.) for vessels over 8.2 m. (27 ft.) Discharge Book: Canada, Denmark, Fiji, Ghana, Hong Kong, India Israel, draft. One wharf, 2 berths, depth alongside 9.8 m. (32 ft.). Head in or Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Norway, South Africa, South Korea, Pakistan, head out berthing dependent on prevailing weather conditions at time and United Kingdom. of berthing. All of the above documents must remain in the Master’s custody at BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Movable gantry and conveyor bulk loading all times, and must be produced upon demand by Customs Officers. plant. Single loading spout for each berth, however loading of only one ␣ vessel at a time is possible. The plant will be manned on a two shift GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Contact Seaway Disposal. Tel: 61 (2) basis for 24 hours, with overtime as necessary for vessels loading 9810-2472. gypsum or salt, and from 0800 hrs. to 2300 hrs. (two shifts), overtime WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: By tanker trucks only. as required. Grain loading possible from 0800 hrs. – 2300 hrs. every day Metropolitan Liquid Waste Disposal: Tel. 412 1388. of the week. Liquid waste in bulk or drums is accepted at the Lidcombe and/or Bulk Handling Plant Rates: Wheat 400/450* tonnes per hour. Oats Castlereagh Depots. 200 tonnes per hour. Barley 480 tonnes per hour. Gypsum 900 tones Charges as follows: per hour. Salt 800 tonnes per hour. Tankers containing bulk liquid waste accepted at Lidcombe Depot *Dependent on which silo grain is taken from. only $114 per tonne. SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: None. Drum Material non-flammable $170 per tonne. BRIDGES: None. Sludge $20 per tonne. STEVEDORES: Ordering of labour organised through Agents and Grain SEAMAN’S CLUBS: Flying Angel, 320 Sussex Street. Tel: ␣61 (2) Handling Authority. Loading rates as above. 9264-9900. Services: Meals, snacks, football, shop, money exchange, MEDICAL: One private medical practice available (2 Doctors). Also one international telephone and mini-bus service. dental practice. District hospital located at Ceduna (distance 4 km.). REGULATIONS: There are regulations concerning oil, noise and smoke Ambulance service also available, with connecting air ambulance service pollution; carriage and handling of dangerous goods; and safety. In the for transport to Adelaide, if necessary. Vaccination certificates as for all event of an alleged breach of such regulations the ship’s Master may Australian ports. authorise the Agent (if agreeable) to accept any subsequent summons DENSITY: Average density 1027 – 1028. to appear in court on behalf of the Master; this avoids delaying the sailing FRESH WATER: Available at 20 tonnes per hour. of the ship. FUEL: Diesel oil available from permanent bunkering facility. Fuel oil available by road tanker providing sufficient notice is given of requirements (approximately 10 days). RADIO OFFICER’S REPORT: September 1990. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Usual precautions necessary, having in mind Sydney was the second port of call in Australia. danger of grain dust. Local Fire Brigade available. International shore Documents: Customs and Quarantine will board the ship. Sealed connection should be connected. envelope from Customs in Melbourne handed over. CONSULS: None. 2 Ports of Call Lists. REPAIRS: Minor repairs possible. 1 Ship’s Pets. DRY DOCKS: None. 3 Crew Lists. SURVEYORS: (1) Cargo Surveyors available – will be arranged by Agents as required. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: October 1994. (2) Lloyd’s Surveyor should be organised through principal Agents. Documents: On our most recent visit to Sydney, which was our first port Lloyd’s Agent is at Port Adelaide. of arrival, the following documents were required by Australian Customs: Other Classification Society Surveyors also available in Australia with 2 3A – Crew Reports (cover sheet). sufficient notice to Agents. None resident at Thevenard. 2 3B – Crew Lists. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening and closing by ship’s crew. 2 Forms 5 (Part one) – Ship’s Report of Arrival. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Normal Australian allowances. 1 Form 5 (Part two) – Crew Effects Declaration. CARGO GEAR: Bulk loading only. 1 Form 5 (Part four) – Report of Ship’s Stores. REPATRIATION: Can be achieved. Arrangements should be made 1 Vessel Pro-Forma. through ship’s Agent. 3 Ports of Call Lists. AIRPORT: 7 km. to airport. Kendell Airlines, 6 flights per week. 16 seater 3 2A – Passenger Reports (if required). aircraft. Charter flights can be arranged. 3 2B – Passenger Lists (if required). TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 209 AUSTRALIA HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day; Australia Day (January); Good Friday; TANKERS: Caltex Fuelling Jetty: 1␺100 mm. pipeline. Loading and Easter Monday; Anzac Day (April); Adelaide Cup Day (May); Queen’s discharging rate 80 t.p.h. Storage capacity 1,000 tons. Birthday (June); Labour Day (October); Christmas Day and Proclamation DENSITY: Salt at all states of tide. Day (December 26th). FRESH WATER: Not available to shipping. The bulk loading plant operates on all public holidays except FUEL: Bulk distillate available at Caltex Jetty, approx. 20 t.p.h. Good Friday and Christmas Day. CONSULS: Nil. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: ␣61 (8) 8628-7020. REPAIRS: Deck and engine repairs, excluding large castings. Ambulance Tel: ␣61 (8) 8625-2014. Fire Tel: ␣61 (8) 8625-2000. CERTIFICATES: Normal Commonwealth of Australia requirements. See EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: ‘‘Coastwatch’’ (Australian ‘‘Melbourne’’. Coastal Surveillance Organisation) free telephone call from all Australian REPATRIATION: Available. ports by STD or reverse charge Tel: ␣61 (62) 475244. AIRPORT: Airport on Horn Island, 2 miles by launch, 4 miles by bus. TELEPHONES: Not available. Seven flights per week by Australian Airlines. Private charter plane SERVICES: Tank and hold cleaning facilities available. available. BANKS: TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd., Poynton Street, HOLIDAYS: Normal Queensland Public Holidays. No cargo can be Ceduna, SA 5690. Tel: 252202. worked on Christmas Day, Good Friday, Anzac Day. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police 69 1520. Ambulance 69 1501. Bank SA, Poynton Street, Ceduna, SA 5690. Tel: 252060. TELEPHONES: STD facilities available with several public boxes STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. available on the island. 1. By truck. SERVICES: Garbage disposal. Apply to Harbour Master. 2. — GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Available only by arrangement with Torres 3. Wharf access available for trucks. Shire Council. Tel: 070-691336. 4. Wharf access available for fork lifts. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. 5. Normal Customs Bond Regulations apply. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. 6. Labour available for storing. DELAYS: As wharf space limited and berthing is on a ‘‘first come, first SHORE LEAVE: No restriction. served’’ basis, delays vary with amount of shipping. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Normal Australian ID cards necessary, but AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, not required to be carried ashore. Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-7088. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Flinders Ports collect garbage on request. FAX: ␣61 (7) 3224-7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au Garbage to be placed in plastic bags so as to be handled by one man Contact: Brad Fish, Chief Executive Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 8728. during normal working hours. No extra fees for collection charged apart Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 7234. Email: [email protected]). Gary Campbell, from Quarantine Act ␦ $40.00 per day plus $2.70 per man per day. Communications Officer (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 Outside normal working hours (0800 hrs. – 1630 hrs.) callout fees apply 7234. Email: [email protected]). Regional Harbour Master (Cairns): Captain A. Boath (Tel: ␣61 (7) (double time). ␣ WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. 4052 7412. Fax: 61 (7) 4052 7451). SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. Thevenard Football Club, 500 m. from wharf, Thevenard Hotel (licensed), 200 m. from wharf. Ceduna Hotel (licensed), 1 km. from wharf. Various church organisations are available, TORRES STRAIT, including Great Barrier Reef: check with ship’s agent. (See Plan) REGULATIONS: No unusual regulations. DELAYS: May be experienced due to awaiting tide or awaiting loading (A) REEFREP SHIP REPORTING SYSTEM of other vessels during periods of heavy shipping. (B) AUSTRALIAN REEF PILOTS LTD. AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, Jetty Road, Thevenard, SA 5690, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8625-2077, 8625-2617. FAX: ␣61 (8) (C) TORRES PILOTS 8625-3100. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au (D) HYDRO PILOTS Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 19, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port Adelaide, NOTE: SA 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8447-0611. FAX: ␣61 (8) 8447-0606. The companies in Sections (B), (C) and (D) provide Australian WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Carol Whitford, Government licenced pilots. Administrative Assistant, Operations For full details of pilotage services, see Australian Notice to Mariners (Email: [email protected]). No. 23, ‘‘Great Barrier and Torres Strait Pilotage Services’’.

(A) REEFREP SHIP REPORTING SYSTEM: THURSDAY ISLAND (Port Kennedy), Queensland: Reporting Instructions Summary: 10.35 S. 142.13 E. (See Plan) Ships are required to make their first REEFREP report and commence participation in the SRS system either: LOCATION: The port is a community port located in a natural harbour. on departing Queensland ports within the REEFREP area, e.g.: Wharf facilities are established on both Thursday Island and Horn Island. Hay Point, Mackay, Abbot Point, Townsville, Lucinda, Mourilyan, General Description: The port services the needs of these two islands Cairns, Cape Flattery, Thursday Island. and also operates as a major transshipment point for the supply of OR essential cargoes to other islands of Torres Strait. if not departing a port, on reaching the first SRS reporting point en The strategic location of the port means that a number of government route e.g. agencies are based at the port including Customs and Fisheries Patrols. High Peak, Blossom, Palm Passage, Grafton Passage, Bramble,Daru, Booby – see below. DOCUMENTS : See ‘‘Melbourne’’. At the first SRS reporting point, a full REEFREP is required. PILOTAGE: Pilotage compulsory. ETA 48 hrs. before arrival stating max. draft and direction from which vessel arriving to: Duty Pilot, Cairns. Tel: 0500-500-212. Fax: (07) 4031-9612. Further amended ETA if Identity, Ship Type, Position, Track, Speed, Draft, Cargo, necessary prior to arrival. Pilot boards 1.5 miles West of Goods Island Coastal Pilot details, any damage, defects, limitations, or Scott Rock as required. Duty Pilot will advise boarding ground after deficiencies. receipt of max. draft and direction from which vessel arriving. Pilot vessel white hull, orange top, flying pilot flag. Vessel awaiting Pilot to anchor However, because of the AUSREP/REEFREP interface West of Black Rock in Normanby Sound or South of Tuesday Islets. arrangements, if the ship has already submitted an AUSREP SP for that Also see ‘‘Torres Strait’’. voyage, the ship will normally only need to: ANCHORAGES: West of Black Rock in 5.5 fathoms. Nurses’ Home identify itself to the SRS; over shoulder of Black Rock 098␥ (T) with two white beacons S.E. side report its location and the next mandatory reporting point (See ‘‘Plan’’) Goods Island in line 005␥ (T). it is heading for, and ETA at or speed to that point; RESTRICTIONS: Daylight movements only. Draft restricted to 6.0 m. confirm that there are no changes to the information already provided; LWOST. Deep draft vessels subject to tide. or alternatively HEALTH: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. report any changes or additional information relevant to the voyage VHF: Call sign ‘‘Thursday Island Harbour’’. Listening watch during through the SRS area. working hours. Channels 67, 16, 12 and 6. Following the first report to the SRS, further position reports are Torres Straits Pilots on Channels 16 and 12. Pilot vessel on required at each subsequent mandatory reporting point (See ‘‘Plan’’) and Channels 16 and 6. Call sign ‘‘Reef Pilots’’. Watch maintained when in any case at intervals not exceeding 12 hours. vessels are expected. For the effective operation of the system it is also a requirement to RADAR: None. report to the SRS if the ship: TUGS: No tugs. deviates significantly from its track reported in its last REEFREP; alters its speed significantly, for reasons other than normal course and BERTHING: or speed alterations under the Colregs. Wharf Length Depth (m.) (m.) Main 30.0 3.40 Safety related reports and reports of incidents involving Engineers 27.5 4.20 Dangerous Goods, Harmful Substances and/or Marine Caltex 22.9 5.00 Pollutants must be made to the SRS without delay. There are barge ramps at Main Wharf and Horn Island Wharf. CRANES: Crane with 25 ton lifting capacity at Horn Island. A surface picture of all reported shipping operations in the SRS area MEDICAL: Notice of required medical attention with ETA message to is maintained in the SRS centre, ‘‘REEFCENTRE’’ at Hay Point. The Harbour Master. Hospital, four doctors available. Vaccinations, etc., as SRS shipping plot is built up from: per Commonwealth of Australia requirements. radio reports from ships;

210 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA the use of automatic identification systems; Cairns Cairns PBG – launch – or (by arrangement) data obtained from the SRS radar sites at: land-on helicopter – Lat. 16␥ 44' S., Hay Point, Penrith Island, Green Island, Hammond Island, Sue Island Long. 145␥ 45' E. (Warraber Island) and Pelorus Island. BARRIER REEF ENTRANCES: Hydrographers Blossom Bank – land-on helicopter only – Passage Lat. 19␥ 43' S., Long. 150␥ 26' E. The Master is responsible for ensuring that the information Palm Passage Pith Reef – land-on helicopter only – Lat. 18␥ 13' S., required by the SRS is reported to ‘‘REEFCENTRE’’. All Long. 147␥ 07' E. VHF calls should be on the SRS working frequencies, see Grafton Euston Reef – launch – or (by arrangement) ‘‘Plan’’. Passage land-on helicopter – Lat. 16␥ 39' S., Long. 146␥ 14' E. If a ship is unable to contact ‘‘REEFCENTRE’’ by VHF radio, the GREAT NORTH EAST CHANNEL: following alternatives are available (message identifier REEFREP): Dalrymple Island24 hour launch – Lat. 9␥ 34' S., Long. 143␥ 24' E.(The official gazetted pilot boarding ground). Telephone International ␣61 749 563 581 NORTHERN TERRITORY: Facsimile International ␣61 749 563 367 At the ports of Darwin, Gove, Groote Eylandt, Bing Bong and Weipa. Telex International ␣71 464 83 NEW SOUTH WALES: Inmarsat C Perth LES Access Code 43 At or outside Port Kembla, Botany Bay, Sydney or Newcastle. ANY OTHER PLACE: H/F Townsville Radio VIT By arrangement with Australian Reef Pilots. MAXIMUM DRAFT AND UNDER-KEEL CLEARANCE: Australian Reef Pilots will accept for pilotage through Torres Strait, the Inner Route Ships of the following categories are required to participate and Great North East Channel ships with a maximum draft of 12.2 m. in the SRS: (Ref: Australian Marine Notice 23/1994). 1. All ships of 50 metres or greater in overall length. GANNET PASSAGE (BOOBY ISLAND) AND PRINCE OF WALES 2. All oil tankers, liquefied gas carriers, chemical tankers CHANNEL: Gannet Passage or Varzin Channel at Booby Island, and or ships coming within the INF Code, regardless of the Prince of Wales Channel, as the main tidally restricted areas, control length. the passage of deep draft vessels. Throughout this area, which extends 3. Ships engaged in towing or pushing where the towing for some 30 miles from Booby Island, through the Prince of Wales or pushing vessel or the towed or pushed vessel is Channel to the Herald Patches buoy, the following minimum Under-Keel within Category 1 or 2, OR where the length of the tow Clearances (UKCs) apply: (measured from the stem of the towing vessel to the Gannet and Varzin after end of the tow) exceeds 150 metres. Drafts Passages P.O.W. Channel Definition of an Oil Tanker – ‘‘Oil Tanker’’ includes the (m.) (m.) (m.) definition in Regulation 1(4) of Annex I to MARPOL 73/78 up to 11.90 1.0 1.0 together with those ships other than oil tankers to which over 11.90 1.0 10% of draft Regulation 2(2) of Annex I to MARPOL 73/78 applies, that Masters of deep draft vessels are advised that speed reductions may is, ships ‘‘fitted with cargo spaces which are constructed be necessary while in Torres Strait. and utilised to carry oil in bulk of an aggregate capacity of Tide Gauges: Radio-transmitted tide gauges for Booby Island, Goods 200 cu.m. or more’’. Island, Turtle Head and Ince Point are broadcast on VHF Channel 88. These gauges can be monitored throughout a vessel’s transit to ensure Note: For full details of the SRS mandatory reporting requirements see an adequate UKC is maintained. AMSA Marine Orders Part 56, AUSREP and REEFREP ship reporting The tidal information in Torres Strait is continuously recorded and instructions for the Australia area or Australian Notice to Mariners periodically updated. Check hydrographic surveys are also periodically No. 22A. carried out by the Royal Australian Navy Hydrographic Service. AUTHORITY: Queensland Transport, Maritime Division, G.P.O. TO ORDER A PILOT: Box 2595, Brisbane, QLD 4001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224-2832. TORRES STRAIT: FAX: ␣61 (7) 3404-3089. Email: [email protected] SOUTH AND EAST BOUND via Inner Route or Great North East WWW: www.transport.qld.gov.au/maritime Contact: Principle Advisor Channel: Five days before arrival, contact Australian Reef Pilots (Telex (Nautical) (Email: [email protected]). AA140003 BRISBANE, answerback REEFS, or cable 4BREEFS BRISBANE), giving ETA, boarding ground required (Booby or Goods Island), maximum draft, destination and required pilot disembarking (B) AUSTRALIAN REEF PILOTS PTY. LTD.: place (if different from destination). 24 hours and 6 hours before arrival, confirm ETA to telex AA48822 PILOT SERVICES: Licensed pilots of the Australian Reef Pilots are THURSDAY ISLAND (answerback TORIND), or cable 4ITORIND available for Torres Strait, the full length of the Inner Route of the Great THURSDAY ISLAND. Advise Torind if the vessel has sufficient clearance Barrier Reef, the Great North East Channel and the reef entrances at (minimum 20.9 m.) to enable a helicopter to land. Hydrographers Passage, Palm Passage and Grafton Passage. Three hours before arrival at Booby Island, or 2 hours before arrival In addition, pilots are available for pilotage to Umuda and Kumul at Goods Island, confirm ETA to ‘‘REEF PILOTS’’ on VHF Channel 20. through China Strait and Raven Channel in Papua New Guinea and also NOTE 1: Ships using direct ship-to-shore telex should note that the telex Clarence Strait near Darwin, by arrangement with Australian Reef Pilots. machine at the Pilot Station on Thursday Island is tended only in office Compulsory Pilotage: Pilotage is compulsory in the Inner Route of the hours (0700 – 2000 EST). During outside hours, it is more reliable to Great Barrier Reef between Cape York (Lat. 10␥ 41' S.) and Cairns cable 4ITORIND. (Lat. 16␥ 40' S.), and also at Hydrographers Passage. All vessels 70 m. NOTE 2: Masters should keep in mind when advising changes in ETA or more in length and all loaded oil tankers, chemical carriers and liquified that pilot launches are based at Thursday Island, and take 2 hours for gas carriers, regardless of length, are required by law to use the services the trip to Booby Island and one hour to Goods Island. of a licensed pilot. NOTE 3: Masters of deep draft vessels will receive a cabled reply from Whitsunday Passage – Compulsory Pilotage: A compulsory pilotage TORIND, advising them when predicted tidal conditions will permit a area has been declared for the Whitsunday Passage region (See ‘‘Plan’’). transit of Gannet/Varzin and the Prince of Wales Channel on the day of All vessels of 70 m. or greater in LOA, and all loaded oil, chemical and arrival. liquified gas tankers, are to carry a Pilot licenced by the Commonwealth NORTHBOUND via the Inner Route: If in an Australian port, instruct the when transitting the area. Agent to arrange a pilot with Australian Reef Pilots, giving as much notice Australian Maritime Safety Authority will issue details in the 2002 issue as possible and advising the departure port, ETD, maximum draft and of Australian Notice to Mariners No. 22 (Not reproduced). destination. Also see ‘‘Plan’’. If from an overseas port and requiring a pilot at any offshore pilot IMO Recommendation A (710) on Pilotage: The attention of boarding ground, 5 days prior to arrival, advise Australian Reef Pilots of Shipmasters is drawn to the IMO Recommendation on Pilotage in Torres ETA at the nominated boarding ground, maximum draft and destination. Strait and the Great North East Channel, which recommends that: WESTBOUND via Great North East Channel: Five days prior to arrival Ships of 70 m. and over and all loaded oil tankers, chemical carriers at Dalrymple Island, advise Australian Reef Pilots of ETA, maximum or liquified gas carriers, irrespective of size, use the services of a draft and destination. Queensland Coast and Torres Strait Pilot when navigating in the HYDROGRAPHERS PASSAGE (See also HAY POINT): Torres Strait and the Great North East Channel. Four days prior to arrival at Blossom Bank, advise Australian Reef BOARDING STATIONS: Pilots of ETA, maximum draft, destination, and confirm suitability for TORRES STRAIT: land-on helicopter transfer. Booby Island – 24 hour launch or land-on helicopter – Lat. 10␥ 36' S., 24 hours and 6 hours prior to arrival, advise Telex AA 146023, Long. 141␥ 50' E. answerback REEFS, or cable 4MREEFS MACKAY (via Townsville Goods Island – 24 hour launch or land-on helicopter – Lat. 10␥ 34' S., Radio, VIT) confirming or amending the ETA. Long. 142␥ 04' E. PALM PASSAGE: QUEENSLAND COAST: Five days prior to arrival at Pith Reef, advise Australian Reef Pilots In any port or at the following offshore grounds: of ETA, maximum draft and destination. Brisbane Pt. Cartwright – launch – Lat. 26␥ 43' S., This initial message will be acknowledged by Australian Reef Pilots. Long. 153␥ 11' E. Masters will be advised of future ETA update requirements. Gladstone North Point – launch – Lat. 23␥ 44' S., GRAFTON PASSAGE: Long. 151␥ 22' E. Five days prior to arrival at Euston Reef, advise Australian Reef Pilots Whitsunday Penrith Island – land-on helicopter only – of ETA, maximum draft and destination. Region Lat. 21␥ 00' S., Long. 149␥ 57' E. This initial message will be acknowledged by Australian Reef Pilots. Bailey Island – land-on helicopter only – 24 hours and 6 hours before arrival, confirm ETA to 4CREEFS Lat. 21␥ 00' S., Long. 149␥ 36' E. CAIRNS or telex 146120 REEFS. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 211 AUSTRALIA COMMUNICATIONS: Dalrymple Island Dalrymple Island (PBG) – Lat. 9␥ 34' S., TELEX AND RADIO MESSAGES: All ETAs should be given in Eastern Long. 143␥ 24' E. – 24 hour launch. Standard Time (GMT ␣ 10 hours). Queensland, unlike other Australian QUEENSLAND COAST: States, has no Summer Time. In any port or at the following offshore stations: All initial messages addressed to Australian Reef Pilots office will be Brisbane Pt. Cartwright – Lat. 26␥ 43' S., Long. 153␥ 11' E. – acknowledged. Masters will be advised of future ETA update 24 hour launch. requirements. Gladstone* North Point – Lat. 23␥ 44' S., Long. 151␥ 22' E. – VHF: The standard VHF radio call-sign for Australian Reef Pilots in all 24 hour launch, land-on helicopter by arrangement. areas is ‘‘REEF PILOTS’’. Whitsunday Edward Island – Lat. 20␥ 12' S., Long. 149␥ 14' E. – Calling/working channels: Region Land-on helicopter. Torres Strait Channel 20 calling and working (long range Cairns* Cairns Fairway – Lat. 16␥ 49' S., Long. 145␥ 51' E. VHF). – 24 hour launch, land-on helicopter by Cairns/Grafton Passage Channel 20 calling and working (long range arrangement. VHF). Note: Masters of ships transiting the Inner Route to or from New Zealand Palm Passage Channel 16 calling, Channel 12 working. or Southern Australian ports are advised that a facility exists to board Hydrographers Passage Channel 16 calling, Channel 9 working. and land pilots by helicopter off Edward Island in the Whitsunday Region Bailey Island, (see above). The boarding ground lies on the direct track outside the Penrith Island Channel 16 calling, Channel 9 working. Whitsunday Passage and involves no deviation. Dalrymple Island (GNEC) Channel 20 calling and working (long range BARRIER REEF ENTRANCES: VHF). Hydrographers Blossom Bank – Lat. 19␥ 43' S., Long. 150␥ 26' E. – INTERNATIONAL RADIO WATCH HOURS: All vessels are requested Passage Land-on helicopter. to maintain International Radio Watch hours when between Carpentaria Palm Passage Pith Reef – Lat. 18␥ 13' S., Long. 147␥ 07' E. – Light Vessel and Gubbins Reef in the Inner Route or Bramble Cay in 24 hour land-on helicopter (Subject to availability). the Great North East Channel (see AUS N.M. 415/1975). A continuous Grafton Euston Reef – Lat. 16␥ 39' S., Long. 146␥ 14' E. – VHF watch on Channel 16 should be maintained over the same area in Passage 24 hour launch. accordance with the SOLAS 74 Requirements (Chapter IV Reg. 8, as GREAT NORTH EAST CHANNEL: ␥ ␥ amended 1981). Dalrymple Island Lat. 9 34' S., Long. 143 24' E. – 24 hour launch. REFERENCES: Australia Pilot, Vol 3, (NP15), and Annual Australian Daru or Umuda Pilots can be retained to assist with berthing at Notices to Mariners, No. 22, 23 and 24. Anchorage the floating storage vessel at Daru or Umuda. ANY OTHER PLACE: By arrangement with the Brisbane office. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995. PILOT TRANSFER METHOD: Pilot transfers are conducted by launch Pilot’s Report following Anchorages: in all areas except Hydrographers Passage (Blossom Bank) and Eastern side – Prince of Wales Channel: Lat. 10␥ 32.0' S., Whitsunday (Edward Island) by land-on helicopter. Palm Passage (Pith Long. 142␥ 31.5' E. Depth 17.0 m. Reef) is serviced by daylight only land-on helicopter when available. As Western side – Prince of Wales Channel: Lat. 10␥ 33.5' S., an alternative, vessels unable at Palm Passage to accept a land-on Long. 142␥ 04.0' E. Depth 12.0 m. helicopter are advised that a launch service is available at Euston Reef References: Charts AUS No. 292/296 respectively. (Grafton Passage). Pilots also report following facilities on Thursday Island: In other boarding areas, and subject to aircraft availability and the 1. Good medical facilities, evacuation either by helicopter or pilot suitability of the ship, transfers by land-on helicopters may be possible launch. For more extensive treatment, patients sent by Flying Doctor and Masters should request this service when ordering a pilot through Service to Cairns. the Brisbane office. 2. Mail, air freight, limited stores can be arranged by pilot MAXIMUM DRAFT AND UNDER-KEEL CLEARANCE: boat/helicopter. The Torres Pilots will accept for pilotage through Torres Strait, the Inner 3. Immigration facilities/Customs facilities on Thursday Island. If Route – South of Cape Flattery and Great North East Channel ships necessary, urgent crew/Superintendent joiners/leavers via with a maximum draft of 12.2 m. as directed by the Australian Maritime launch/helicopter. Safety Authority (AMSA) acting on behalf of the Australian Government. Regular service flights between Cairns/Thursday Island. GANNET AND VARZIN PASSAGES (BOOBY ISLAND) & PRINCE OF Thursday Island is the Northern Administrative Headquarters for the WALES CHANNEL: Gannet and Varzin Passages and the Prince of Federal and Queensland Governments for Cape York area. Wales Channel, as the main tidally restricted areas, control the passage of deep draft vessels. Throughout this area, which extends for some 30 miles from Gannet and Varzin Passages, through the Prince of Wales AUTHORITY: Head Office: Australian Reef Pilots Pty.Ltd., Suite 30, Channel and to the Herald Patches Buoy, the following minimum Under 2 Argyle Street, Breakfast Creek, Qld 4010, Australia. (Postal address: Keel Clearances (UKCs) apply: P.O.Box 338, Albion, Qld 4010, Australia). Tel: ␣61 (7) 3262-4600, ␣ Gannet and Varzin (413) 878792 (24 hours). FAX: 61 (7) 3262-5633. Telex: AA 140003, Drafts Passages P.O.W. Channel answerback REEFS. Cables: 4BREEFS BRISBANE. up to 11.90 m. 1.0 m. 1.0 m. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.reefpilots.com.au ␣ 11.90 m. up to 12.2 m. 1.0 m. 10% of draft Contact: D. McKellar, Logistics Manager (Tel: 61 (7) 3262-4600 Masters of deep draft vessels are advised that speed reductions may (24 hours)). ␣ ␣ be necessary while transiting Torres Strait. Mackay Pilot Station: Tel: 61 (7) 4957-4877. Fax: 61 (7) Tide Gauges: Radio-transmitted tide gauges operate from Booby Island, 4953-0736. Telex: AA 146023 REEFS. ␣ ␣ Goods Island, Turtle Head and Ince Point. These gauges can be Cairns Pilot Station: Tel: 61 (7) 4055-8311. Fax: 61 (7) 4055-7828. monitored throught a vessel’s transit to ensure an adequate UKC is ␣ ␣ Thursday Island Pilot Station: Tel: 61 (7) 4069-1570. Fax: 61 (7) maintained. 4069-1812. Telex: AA 48822 TORIND. Email: [email protected] The tidal information in Torres Strait is continuously recorded and periodically updated. Check Hydrographic Surveys are also periodically carried out by the Royal Australian Navy Hydrographic Service. Advice about any increase in maximum draft will be promulgated in (C) TORRES PILOTS : Notices to Mariners and other nautical publications. TO ORDER A PILOT: PILOTAGE SERVICES: Licensed pilots of the Torres Pilots are available Please give 4 days notice to our Head Office ‘‘TORRES BRISBANE’’ for Torres Strait, the Inner Route of the Great Barrier Reef, the Great by Telex: AA 140222 (answerback TORRES) or Fax: ␣61 (7) 3839-5242 North East Channel and the reef entrances at Hydrographers Passage, or email (Email: [email protected]). Palm Passage and Grafton Passage. Please advise the following details: In addition, Torres Pilots are available for pilotage in Papua New Pilot boarding ground or port. Guinea waters (including ports of Daru and to and from the Kumul Time/Date Pilot required (LT␦UTC␣10 hours). Offshore loading facility) and also Clarence and Dundas Straits near Destination. Darwin by arrangement with the Head Office in Brisbane. Maximum Transit Draft. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels 70 m. or more in overall length Vessel’s Telex or Fax numbers. and all loaded oil tankers, chemical tankers and liquified gas carriers, Any other requirement. regardless of length, for the Inner Route of the Great Barrier Reef, SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS: between Cape York (Lat. 10␥ 41' S.) and Cairns Roads (Lat. 16␥ 49' S.) Torres Strait, Inner Route and Great North East Channel (GNEC): or when passing through Hydrographer’s Passage (off Hay Ships entering Great Barrier Reef via Torres Strait or Great North East Point/Mackay). Channel (GNEC): The IMO Recommendation - Resolution A710(17) - covering pilotage Boarding grounds: Booby Island, Goods Island and Dalrymple Island. in Torres Strait and Great North East Channel applies. After ordering Pilot with our Head Office ‘‘TORRES BRISBANE’’, AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT RECOMMENDATION ON PILOTAGE: revised ETA messages at 48, 24 and 12 hours should be sent directly The attention of Masters is also drawn to an additional recommendation to Thursday Island Pilot Base ‘‘TORRES THURSDAY ISLAND’’. by the Australian Government that Masters unfamiliar with the other Email: [email protected] Telex: AA 148048 (answerback areas of the Great Barrier Reef, outside the compulsory and IMO TORRES) or Fax: ␣61 (7) 4069-2252. recommended areas, should also engage the services of a Pilot. Grafton and Palm Passages: Compulsory Pilotage: See ‘‘Part (B) – Pilot Services’’ – Compulsory After ordering Pilot with our Head Office ‘‘TORRES BRISBANE’’, please Pilotage. send revised ETA messages 48, 24 and 12 hours to ‘‘TORRES Also see ‘‘Plan’’. BRISBANE’’. BOARDING STATIONS: Hydrographers Passage: TORRES STRAIT: After ordering Pilot with our Head Office ‘‘TORRES BRISBANE’’, please Booby Island Lat. 10␥ 36' S., Long. 141␥ 50' E. – 24 hour launch, send revised ETA messages 48, 24 and 6 hours prior to arrival directly land-on helicopter by arrangement. to Hamilton Island Pilot Base ‘‘TORRES HAMILTON ISLAND’’. Goods Island Lat. 10␥ 34' S., Long. 142␥ 04' E. – 24 hour launch, Email: [email protected] Telex: AA 146085 (answerback land-on helicopter by arrangement. TORRES) or Fax: ␣61 (7) 4946-8280.

212 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Queensland Ports: (D) HYDRO PILOTS: Pilots are available from all Queensland Ports and Fairways. Masters are asked to provide as much notice as possible to ‘‘TORRES PILOTAGE SERVICES: Hydro Pilots (Aust) Pty.Ltd. was established in BRISBANE’’ of these pilotage requirements. June 1996 by 3 practising Queensland Coastal Pilots, all holding current Other Areas: Master Class 1 Foreign Going Certificates and current AMSA licences Umuda/OK Tedi/Daru: Pilotage is available to the storage vessel for Hydrographer’s Passage. presently anchored near Daru or Umuda. Our Pilots can assist Masters The Company was formed when the Pilots identified a need for an with berthing and unberthing if required. Our Dalrymple Island Pilot exclusive and dedicated Pilot Service for Hydrographer’s Passage to Boarding Ground is only 20 miles from Daru Anchorage. enhance the safe passage of vessels through the ecologically sensitive Port Moresby: Pilots are available on request to or from Port Moresby. Great Barrier Reef. Pilots are available 24 hours and board/disembark from vessels at COMMUNICATIONS: Blossom Bank (Lat. 19␥ 44.0' S., Long. 150␥ 25.5' E.) by own land-on RADIO MESSAGES: ETAs should be given in LT helicopter (Bell 206 Jetranger and a twin engine Agusta 109 C). (LT␦GMT/Z␣10 hours) and indicated in message. Blossom Bank is approximately 120 nautical miles due East from the All messages to TORRES will be acknowledged. major coal port of Hay Point, consequently making this the longest VHF: Pilot launches and helicopters used by the Service keep a listening helicopter transfer of marine pilots in the world. watch on Channel 16 when on station. In the Torres Strait and Cairns Helicopter call sign ‘‘Hydro Helicopter’’. area the Service maintains a long-range VHF watch on Channel 79. At ETA’s should be directed to HYDROPILOTS, Telex No. AA48105. Hydrographers Passage ships will be asked to change to Channel 9 Updated ETA’s should be sent 48 hours, 24 hours, 12 hours and after initial contact is made on Channel 16. 6 hours prior to arrival at Blossom Bank. The call sign for Service launches and helicopters is ‘‘Torres Pilots’’. Compulsory Pilotage: See ‘‘Part (B) – Pilot Services’’ – Compulsory Vessels approaching Torres Strait from the West should make contact Pilotage. on Channel 16/79 with the Thursday Island base Pilot Station 2 hours Also see ‘‘Plan’’. prior to reaching the Pilot Boarding Ground. Channel 79 has extended To Order a Pilot: Inbound: Vessels requiring Pilots should give 4-5 days notice to the Mackay Office, advising ETA (local times) at the Blossom range but if no contact has been made on this channel, ‘‘Torres Pilots’’ ␥ should be called on Channel 16. Bank Pilot Boarding area, located in position Lat. 19 43' S., Long. 150␥ 26' E., maximum draft, destination, and confirming that the INTERNATIONAL RADIO WATCH HOURS: All vessels are requested ship is suitable for land-on helicopter. Vessels should confirm their ETA to maintain International Radio Watch hours when between Carpentaria 48 hours, 24 hours, 12 hours and 6 hours prior to arrival by telex, fax or Light Vessel and Gubbins Reef in the Inner Route or Bramble Cay in email. the Great North East Channel, (see Australian Notice to Mariners Outbound: Arrange through the Mackay Office or through the ship’s No. 415/1975). A continuous VHF watch on Channel 16 should be Agent, advising ETD, departure point, destination, and confirming maintained over the same area in accordance with the SOLAS 74 suitability for land-on helicopter. requirements (Chapter IV Reg. 8, as amended 1981). AUTHORITY: Hydro Pilots, P.O.Box 4018, South Mackay, QLD 4740, REFERENCES: Australian Pilot, Vol. 3, 1973; pp 81 & 234-237. Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4944-0455. FAX: ␣61 (7) 4944-0755. Australian Notices to Mariners No. 138/1970, 415/1975, 37/1978. Telex: AA48105 HPILOT. Voicemail: ␣61 (7) 4944-0455. Australian Annual Notice to Mariners No. 22 and 23. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.hydropilots.com.au Contact: Captain R.A. Swain, NOTICES: Dated 1st February 1998. Director. Notice to Ship Operators and Owners Pilotage in the Great North East Channel All vessels proceeding from South East Asian ports or Suez via the TOWNSVILLE, Queensland: 19.15 S. 146.50 E. Torres Strait to ports in the South West Pacific must either transit the Inner Route (inside the Great Barrier Reef) or alternatively via the Great (See Plan) North East Channel (GNEC). Our pilotage services to and from Port Moresby and the Umuda/Ok PORT LIMITS: Jurisdiction: The Townsville Port Authority exercises Tedi storage vessel will continue to be available. jurisdiction over the Port of Townsville. Signed: Operations Manager. Commencing at the HW mark at the most Northern extremity of Cape Cleveland, thence by a line to a point Lat. 19␥ 05' 30" S., Long. 146␥ 52' E., thence by a line due Westward to 146␥ 45' E., thence by a line due South to HW mark at a point on the mainland, thence by HW SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: December 1993 (Updated 2002). mark to the point of commencement and including all navigable rivers Torres Strait Pilot Associations: communicating with that area and the banks and shores and foreshores On this occasion (loaded passage from Kumul to Dalian), we were thereof. instructed to sail via Torres Strait. The Harbour Master, representing Queensland Transport, controls the Torres Pilot of the Torres Pilot Service boarded at Kumul during final movement of vessels within the port area whilst the allocation of berths stage of loading on December 2nd and left vessel off Booby Island on and moorings is controlled by the Port Authority. December 3rd at 1506 hrs. APPROACHES: The approach to Cleveland Bay from the Southward is clear of dangers, with the exception of Salamander Reef, the Four-foot Nomination: On this occasion I selected ‘‘Torres Strait Brisbane’’, merely Rock, and the Twenty-foot Rock, all these lying within a radius of 3 miles guided by the ‘‘Guide’’. The given information herein was in line with my of Cape Cleveland Lighthouse. experience earlier this year (April), when we also passed through Torres To clear these dangers, passing North of them bring Mount Marlow Strait. in transit with the extremity of Hawkings Point, bearing 265␥ (258␥ Mag.) We sent our initial telex to ‘‘Torres Brisbane’’, copied to the old telex before approaching within 5 miles of Cape Cleveland, which will then number of Thursday Island Pilots, unaware of the present situation of bear 252␥ (245␥ Mag.). Proceeding into Cleveland Bay a depth of not two competitive Pilot Associations covering the same area. However, less than 8.2 m. will be obtained by keeping North of the line Mount within one hour I knew there were now two Associations. Marlow in line with Hawkings Point. I then nominated Coastal Pilots (Torres Pilots) as their pilot could join Approaching Cleveland Bay from the Northward, passing East of the vessel at Kumul. Two reasons for that decision, the weather was Magnetic Island a vessel should keep at least half a mile off Magnetic not very favourable in the area, and having a pilot already on board Island shore to obtain not less than 9.1 m. of water at L.A.T. The shore saves up to one hour, as you can now pass Dalrymple Island at full is steep to except for Orchard Rocks off the N.E. extremity of the island. speed, no slacking down, etc. There is good holding ground everywhere in Cleveland Bay and Performance: In my opinion, both Pilot Associations will perform equally. vessels awaiting Pilot should anchor according to draft and as close to They are the same pilots as in earlier days, only they split themselves the fairway beacons as possible (See ‘‘Plan’’ – ‘‘Prohibited Anchorage on July 1st 1993. Area’’). Torres Pilots kept the Brisbane Office with the telex number, and have Entrance Channels: Depth in the 92 m. wide entrance channels, which kept their relations with agencies. are marked by pairs of lighted beacons, is 11.7 m. at LAT (subject to Reef Pilots kept the launches in Torres Strait and the old telex change). numbers, but severed connections with agencies. DOCUMENTS: Customs: 3 Crew Lists – Form M & S–11. Passages: For most passages through Torres Strait, Barrier Reef and 3 Passenger Lists, if applicable. Great North East Channel, both Associations can be used. 3 Lists of Ports of Call. When coming from New Zealand, there is no deviation, only that the 1 Form 42A – Ship’s Stores pilot is on board for an extra 180 miles. However, coming from the South 1 Form 5 – Articles Owned by or in the possession of Master, Officers (Australia/Tasmania), ships have to deviate. and Crew. 1 Form QA4 – Quarantine Notice. 2 Forms QA5 – Quarantine Shipmaster’s Bond. AUTHORITY: Head Office: Torres Pilots Pty. Ltd., Brisbane 2 Inward Manifests. Operations Office, 13th Floor, 145 Eagle Street, Brisbane, Australia. 1 Bill of Lading. (Postal address: GPO Box 209, Brisbane, Qld 4001, Australia). 1 Form 40 – Application for Clearance and Guarantee to Pay Duty. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3839-5144. FAX: ␣61 (7) 3839-5242. Telex: AA140222 PILOTAGE: Pilotage is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, subject TORRES. Email: [email protected] to notice. WWW: www.torrespilots.com.au After Hours Contact: Perry Sutton, Pilot Boarding Ground Alpha (‘A’) is located in position Director (Tel: ␣61 (7) 3399-1478). Lat. 19␥ 06.57' S., Long. 146␥ 54.16' E. ␣ Pilot Boarding Ground Bravo (‘B’) is located in position Thursday Island Pilot Station/Dalrymple Island Pilot Station: Tel: 61 ␥ ␥ (7) 4069-2251. Fax: ␣61 (7) 4069-2252. Telex: AA 148048 TORRES. Lat. 19 09.5' S., Long. 146 55.5' E. Email: [email protected] Unless a Master is the holder of a Current Certificate of Exemption, ␣ pilotage is compulsory and vessels requiring the service should cable Hamilton Island Pilot Base: Tel: 61 (7) 4946-8249. Telex: AA draft and probable time of arrival to their Agent, or to the Pilot Station, 146085. Email: [email protected] Townsville, from their last port of departure, or advise by radio at least See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 213 AUSTRALIA 48 hours before arrival (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4781-1684. Fax: ␣61 (7) VHF: Townsville Radio, call sign ‘‘Townsville Harbour’’. 4781-1681). Port on Channels 12 and 16 (continuous). The pilot vessel is equipped with VHF Radio, having international Small Craft on Channel 67. Channels 8 and 12 and all working channels. Pilots and Tugs on Channels 6, 8, 10 and 13. Vessels will be advised by VHF radio which boarding ground is to be TUGS: Under licence from the Authority, North Queensland Marine used. Drafts up to 10.0 m. are accepted at the Pilot Boarding Ground Towage Pty. Ltd., operates 2 tugs, one with 45 tonnes and one with Bravo (‘B’). Ships with an arrival draft exceeding 8.0 m. should proceed 42.5 tonnes bollard pull, which are available to shipping at all hours. to Pilot Boarding Ground Alpha (‘A’). Drafts between 7.0 m. and 8.0 m. Additional tugs, if required, may be brought from neighbouring ports. shall require advice from the Duty Pilot as to which pilot boarding ground Tugs are equipped with VHF and SSB radios. to use. The necessity to use tugs is at the sole discretion of the Regional Coastal and Reef Pilotage: Pilotage through the Inner Route of the Great Harbour Master, and depends upon the vessel size, draft and the berth Barrier Reef to Torres Strait, and also Palm Passage, is conducted by being occupied. licensed pilots available from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots BERTHING: Cargo Handling: and Queensland Coastal Pilot Service Pty. Ltd. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’ for No. 1 Berth is used exclusively by tankers for bulk oil, gas and sulphuric details. acid discharge and by all types of vessels for bunkering. Masters are advised that pilotage in the Inner Route and at No. 2 Berth, equipped with an ore unloading gantry crane, is used for Hydrographers Passage is compulsory. Pilotage in the Great North East nickel ore. Channel is recommended by IMO. See ‘‘Torres Strait’’. No. 3 Berth is leased to M.I.M. Holdings Ltd., and is operated and ANCHORAGES: Boundaries: Orchard Rocks/Cape Cleveland. controlled by Northern Shipping and Stevedoring Pty.Ltd. Typical Cleveland Bay Depths 8.2 m. to 12.2 m. cargoes handled are lead ingots, refined copper, nickel and zinc. Also RESTRICTIONS: Under-Keel Clearance: used for containerised cargo, live cattle exports (by rail) and fertiliser Dead Weight Tonnage Under-Keel Clearance imports. Sea & Platypus Channel No. 4 Berth has a landing pad, supported by steel piling, to service Channel Inner Harbour stern angle ramp Ro/Ro vessels. The molasses pipeline to this berth is Up to 40,000 tonnes 0.90 m. 0.60 m. capable of loading up to 400 tonnes p.h. Bulk cement is imported from 40,000 – 50,000 tonnes 1.10 m. 0.90 m. Gladstone. Motor vehicles are also imported at this wharf. Over 50,000 tonnes 1.30 m. 0.90 m. No. 7 Berth supports a bulk shiploader through which passes mineral All vessels in the Outer Harbour are required to maintain a minimum concentrates and ore at the rate of 1,000 tonnes/hr. Minerals and Under-Keel Clearance (UKC) of 1.3 m. at all times. fertilisers are exported over this wharf. The berth is also equipped with Vessels alongside every berth in the Inner Harbour are required to bunker pipelines. remain afloat at all time with a minimum clearance of 0.3 m. No. 8 Berth services the export frozen beef trade with cargoes drawn For vessels arriving in the ballast condition, the forward draft must be from freezer stores adjacent to the harbour. It also serves as a general not less than 2% of the vessel’s overall length and the after draft propeller purpose berth with scrap metal and fertiliser being handled at the wharf. fully immersed. The berth also provides access to storage in Suter Pier Shed. Harbour Depths at L.A.T.: No. 9 Berth is the raw sugar loading berth. A bulk shiploader delivers (m.) sugar to carriers at the rate of 2,000 t.p.h. The berth is also equipped Sea Channel 11.7 with bulk molasses loading pipeline facilities. Platypus Channel 11.7 No. 10 Berth is a general purpose berth and is leased to Patrick – Deep Draft Swing Basin, to Berths 1, 2 and 3 11.7 The Australian Stevedore. A stern Ro/Ro ramp is also available. Live *No. 1 (Tanker) Berth 12.1 cattle are exported over this wharf (by road). Mining materials are *No. 2 Berth 12.1** exported to Papua New Guinea and Indonesia. The wharf is also used *No. 3 (Portainer Crane only) Berth 11.6 by the Australian Defence Forces from time to time. *No. 4 (General Cargo and Ro-Ro) Berth 10.6 No. 11 Berth is known as the Outer Berth Mineral Concentrates *No. 7 (Minerals) Berth 11.2 Loading Facility. Lead and zinc concentrates are placed onto a conveyor *No. 8 (Freezer) Berth 10.2 *No. 9 (Bulk Sugar Gantry) Shed 12.2 system by front end loader and transported to the 1,350 tonnes/hr. No. 10 (Container/Ro-Ro Berth) 9.7 shiploader. The facility is owned by BHP World Minerals. No. 11 12.1 Wharf Sheds: Free and bonded warehousing is available within 4 km. * Depths at 4.5 m. off fender piles. of the wharves. ** Not beyond 785 m. mark on quay. Storage Facilities: Oils: All major Oil Companies operate terminals close Depths as per December 2001. Consult latest notices for amended to the Port. depths. Raw Sugar: 2 storage sheds of 285,000 tonnes total capacity. MAX. SIZE: Fertiliser: 1␺90,000 tonnes covered storage shed. Max. Length of Wharf Deck at Concentrates: 170,000 tonnes covered storage area and 40,000 tonne Berth Length Vessel L.A.T. covered storage area located in the Northern balloon loop. No. (m.) (m.) (m.) Cement: 30,000 tonne bulk cement silo. 1 250 238 5.46 Sulphur: 1␺10,000 tonnes covered storage shed. 2 281 238 6.07 Open space storage for sulphur, crude lead and refined copper. 3 283 238 6.07 Also see ‘‘Tankers’’ and ‘‘LPG/LNG Facilities’’. 4 220 200 5.46 Container Terminals: No. 3 Berth, with an area of 1.2 hectares, has 4 Ro-Ro pad – 5.09 storage accommodation for 184 dry containers. 7 183 225 5.37 No. 8 Berth, with an area of 0.4 hectares for storage of 200 dry 8 213 205 5.77 containers and 10 reefer containers. 9 248 238 5.77 No. 10 Berth, with an area of 2.6 hectares, can accommodate 10 160 152 5.27 400 containers, 18 of which may be connected to refrigeration power 11 240 195 9.45 outlets. Decking of all wharves is between 4.81 m. and 5.79 m. above datum. Northern Shipping and Stevedoring Terminal with an area of Largest Single Cargo: Inward 66,804 tonnes of bulk ore. Outward, 1.6 hectares has a holding capacity of 25 refrigerated containers and 67,672 tonnes of raw sugar. 1,200 dry containers. Deepest draft vessel, 13.05 m. Longest vessel, 262.08 m. Largest Container Terminals work 24 hours per day, seven days per week to vessel (Tanker) 85,108 d.w.t. effect speedy turn around of shipping. Appendix: Conditions of Vessels Berthing No. 4 Berth: The following STEVEDORES: Port Labour: 3 stevedoring companies engage their own conditions will apply to the arrival and departure of vessels at No. 4 labour under enterprise agreements. Berth. Working Hours: Working hours can be arranged with the individual Arrival: stevedores up to continuous 24 hours/day, 7 days a week. Length of vessel Vessel at No. 3 Berth MEDICAL: Advance notice not particularly required unless urgent to No. 4 Berth (not closer inshore than) assistance required. Hospital facilities available. Health book inspected 200 m. 350 metre mark by boarding doctor. 190 m. 340 TANKERS: Diameter of load/discharge lines: white fuel 10 in., black fuel 180 m. 330 12 in. No residue discharge facility available. One tanker at berth at any 170 m. 320 time. 160 m. 310 Chemicals: 150 m. 300 Two sulphuric acid tanks, total capacity 17,000 tonnes. 140 m. 290 Molasses: 4 bulk storage tanks of 60,000 tonnes total capacity. 130 m. 280 Also see ‘‘Shipmaster’s Report’’. Departure: LPG/LNG FACILITIES: There are 5 LPG storage tanks, with a total Length of Vessel Vessel at No. 3 Berth capacity of 1,250 tonnes. to No. 4 Berth (not closer inshore than) DENSITY: Average density 1025 at all times. 200 m. 310 metre mark FRESH WATER: Fresh water is available at all berths. 190 m. 300 FUEL: Bunker fuel oil is available through pipelines at Berths No. 1, 3, 180 m. 290 7, 8 and 9. Distillate is available through pipelines at Berth No. 1, subject 170 m. 280 to oil company approval. Road tankers are used to bunker small ships Dependant on weather, type and characteristic of vessel using Berth at other berths. No. 4, the above conditions are subject to alteration, which will be FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Firefighting Equipment: Throughout the Port determined by the Regional Harbour Master or his delegate. there are 19 hydrants in conspicuous red boxes which are connected HEALTH: Pratique: Townsville is a First Port of Entry and notification to flaked hoses with spray nozzles. The opening of a hydrant of quarantine inspection. Requirements should be made not more than automatically brings an electric pump into operation. 24 hours nor less than 12 hours in advance. Inspections may be carried The various oil terminals at Townsville have a stock of over out at all hours at the wharf or at the quarantine anchorage, at the 10,000 litres of foam additive. discretion of the Quarantine Officer. Rat guards are to be maintained on Stocks of over 40,000 litres of foam concentrates are stored at various all mooring lines while vessels are berthed in the Townsville Harbour. locations throughout the city. Firefighting foam stocks immediately

214 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA available within the port area are tug ‘‘Giri’’, 13,000 litres and storage No Chicksans, only flexible hoses available. (Berth No. 1) 21,000 litres. Fresh water is available through meter. Tie up was 3-1-2 each end. Firefighting monitors are also provided at No. 1 Tanker Berth, with There is one lineboat available. foam making capability. Terminal: LPG receiver was ‘Boral’. They have storage facility 1,200 m. DRY DOCKS: Ship Repair: A slipway situated on the Eastern side of away (5␺500 cu.m. pressure bullet tanks). They are able to handle Ross Creek is capable of accommodating vessels up to 67 m. in length minimum ␤25␥C (First 250 tonnes and last 100 tonnes to be at a and 800 tonnes deadweight. A modern ship repair workshop is attached minimum of ␣2␥C), ideally at ambient. which has a lathe for shafts up to 7.2 m. in length. We discharged Propane at 200 t.p.h. at 10 bar BP (Temperature GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: This service is arranged through the ␣6␥C). The line to terminal 10 in. and hose is 6 in. ASA 300. Positioning ship’s Agent. is critical as hose only just reaches ship’s manifold, due to jetty fendering OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Optional for either crew or recently being extended outwards. stevedores. Customs: If First Port of Entry, inward papers to be submitted via Agent CERTIFICATES: by Fax at least 7 days beforehand. Failure to do this might delay vessel. Passenger Ship Safety. International Load Line. The following are required on Australian Forms: Ship Safety Construction. Crew Report List (Alphabetical order), Ship’s Inward Cargo Report, Ship Safety Equipment. Quarantine Declaration, Report of Ship’s Stores, Ports of Call List, Ship’s Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy. Report of Arrival. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Tobacco: 200 cigarettes or 250 grams Plus on arrival, Crew Effects Declaration (Alphabetical order). tobacco on arrival and then can be purchased by the packet from bar Customs are generally fair and reasonable. on board. Wine and/or spirits: 1 opened bottle (26 oz.) spirits or wine If sailing coastwise, Customs then issue ‘Rider Envelope’ with all on arrival and then spirits by the glass and wine by the bottle, from the relevant documents plus Clearance to next port. bar on board. Customs also act for Immigration and sign crew on and off. CARGO GEAR: Australian Navigation Department requirements. Telephone: Portable Cellphone provided by Harbour Authority for safety, REPATRIATION: Full facilities exist for effecting crew changes and it can also be used for Australian internal calls. arranging repatriation. There is a payphone at base of jetty in Watchman’s Cabin. AIRPORT: Townsville Airport is located 9.6 km. from the city. Card phones by Control Tower about 10 minutes walk. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. Airport: Frequent internal flights to Brisbane from Garbutt Airport, about HOLIDAYS: Cargo can be worked on all holidays except Christmas Day, 10 km. from port. Good Friday, Anzac Day (25th April), Labour Day (First Monday in May) Seaman’s Club: Small Missions to Seafarers open in evening at base and the Waterside Workers’ Picnic Day (First Tuesday in November). of Control Tower. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police, Ambulance or Fire ‘‘000’’, and ask to be connected to service required. Construction: Reclaimed land to East of port being infilled. Non-Emergency Numbers: Police Tel: 4759-9777, Ambulance Port: The port handles Panamax bulk carriers with nickel ore (import) Tel: 4725-4899, Fire Station Tel: 4771-2111, Hospital Tel: 4781-9211. and sugar and concentrates (export). Petroleum products also handled. SERVICES: Services available for compass adjusting, radio and radar service. A floating boom and an oil skimming device is available to deal with oil spills. Oil absorbent pads used for minor spills. Oil spill equipment AUTHORITY: Townsville Port Authority, P.O.Box 1031, Townsville, to be deployed in accordance with the port of Townsville Oil Spill Queensland 4810, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4781-1500. FAX: ␣61 (7) Contingency Plan. 4781-1525. Email: [email protected] SHORE LEAVE: Crew members allowed shore leave. WWW: www.townsville-port.com.au Contact: Barry Holden, Chief GARBAGE DISPOSAL: A garbage collection vehicle will call at each Executive Officer. ship which has ordered the service before 0800 hrs. each day or at other Regional Harbour Master, Queensland Transport, P.O.Box 1921, times as directed by the Quarantine Officer. Townsville, Queensland 4810, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4771-5135. All garbage must be kept in sealed plastic bags on board the vessel FAX: ␣61 (7) 4721-2028. Contact: Captain A. Caldwell. until the arrival of the collection vehicle. The ship’s crew is required to deliver garbage to the collection vehicle. Bags will be supplied to the vessel on arrival. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Disposal possible, 24 hours notice required. Contact contractors or ship’s Agent. USELESS LOOP: 26.5 S. 113.24 E. NQ Resource Recovery. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4774-7333 (24 hours). JJ Richards. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4774-5555 (Office hours (Garbage)), 040-338-7108 (24 hours). Also see ‘‘Carnarvon’’. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: The Missions to Seafarers, No. 9 Berth. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4772-2774. Shop, international telephone service, church services DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. arranged, 8 seater bus, postage facilities, licence to sell beer and spirits, APPROACHES: Vessels from the North proceed direct to Denham library, currency exchange, email facilities available, chapel and games Channel and vessels from the South can navigate through Naturaliste area. Channel with caution using Chart AUS 747 or AUS 749. GENERAL: Security: Townsville Port Authority operates a 24 hour Marine Service Unit to maintain current Australian and IMO security PILOTAGE: Compulsory. Available throughout 24 hours, though vessels requirements. The port area is also under 24 hour electronic surveillance. calling at the port for the first time are recommended to arrive no earlier than 0500 hrs. or to allow a daylight approach to the berth. SHIPMASTER’S REPORT: August 1995 (Updated 2002). Notice for pilotage service should be sent to the appointed Australian Charts: AUS. No. 256 and 257. Agent. ETA’s should be given on departure from the previous port with Approach: Magnetic Island provides a good landmark. updates at least 72 hours, 48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival. It is Beaconed channel can be visually confusing in daylight. Radar important that final ETA is correct and must be amended if necessary. provides the best indication of channel alignment. Vessels must provide a good lee for pilot boat with ladder usually on North Cardinal Beacon (Lat. 19␥ 07.7' S., Long. 146␥ 51' E) the starboard side, 1.5 m. above the waterline. (conspicuous) which should be left to port on approach, marks S.E. line It is important that vessels arrive in full or good ballast condition of deep water. otherwise they may be unable to berth. Anchorage: Generally exposed. Pilots remain on board during transit to Useless Loop. Pilots: VHF range is poor, masked by Cape Cleveland to South and ANCHORAGES: All vessels must anchor at the pilot boarding ground Magnetic Island to the North. Pilot on VHF Channels 16/12 throughout situated 1 mile North of Denham Channel, in position Lat. 25␥ 52' S., 24 hours. Contact Pilot 1 hour prior to arrival. ␥ Pilotage available 24 hours but dependent on draft/tide. Long. 113 15' E. and wait for further instructions on VHF Channel 16, Entry possible in winds up to 30 knots and departure in winds of if arrival early on final ETA. Otherwise, Pilot will call on VHF Channel 16 20 knots – 25 knots maximum. Pilots board as per AUS. No. 256. Alpha approximately 1 hour prior to vessel’s arrival. and Bravo grounds dependent on draft. RESTRICTIONS: See ‘‘Ballast’’. Pilots use fast orange vessel. MAX. SIZE: Max. LOA 180 m., beam 28.0 m., air draft from waterline Vessel has to wait off North Cardinal Beacon. Beware of set onto to top of hatch coaming 13.0 m. minus the tide. Magnetic Island. Channel: Depth 11.7 m. Datum. VHF: Initially call on Channel 16. Port works on Channel 12. Vessels Maximum size of vessel for port is 13.3 m. draft (dependent on tide) should call ‘‘Shark Bay Pilot’’, 1 hour prior to arrival for boarding at the discretion of the Regional Harbour Master, and 238 m. LOA. instructions. The leading lights not constantly lit. They can be requested, to be TUGS: None. activated by calling ‘‘Townsville Harbour’’ on VHF Channels 16 or 12. BERTHING: One berth. Owned and operated by Shark Bay Joint Lights stay on for 45 minutes. Ventures. Conveyor belt system from salt stock pile to ship gross rate Strong cross currents at certain times of year running from S.E. 1,100 t.p.h. for salt. Dolphin type jetty length 189 m. runs approximately Large vessels entering/leaving through the narrow breakwater North and South in direction and 2.1.cables from Topper Island. Minimum entrance require plenty of power. depth at berth 10.06 m. LWOST. Rise of tide approximately 0.91 m. Tugs: 2 Z-peller tugs of 45 tons bollard pull. Tugs’ lines used. Tugs meet vessel just outside breakwater. Winds predominantly S.E./S.W. Berth: The multi-user tanker/liquids berth on Eastern Breakwater handles As the loading equipment is fixed, the vessel must shift from hatch to all products and LPG. The berth is of modern concrete construction hatch as required. (tanker type ‘T’ jetty) and has good fenders. Length of fender landing is As strong winds prevail in the area, vessels should plan for a minimum 95 m. There are 2 mooring dolphins either side of central section. of ship shifts to prevent crew exhaustion. As no shore weights are The berth is dredged to 12.1 m. datum. available, the ship’s officers must load by draft, and a careful check of Normal maximum length handled is 230 m. LOA. deballasting is advised. Berthing is nearly always starboard side alongside. Cargo Handling Facilities: One extendable ship loader with outreach Short shore gangways may be available, otherwise use ship’s brow 22.5 m. This is telescopic and will rotate through 360␥ with a trimming from amidships. spout. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 215 AUSTRALIA BALLAST: Vessels will only be berthed on proof of ocean ballast Least depth of 20.2 m. in an isolated location near the Southern exchange and with full ballast on arrival. Some dispensation may be boundary, in position Lat. 20␥ 39' 02.0" S., Long. 115␥ 37' 49.9" E. allowed with the latter, dependent on current weather conditions, Least depth of 20.1 m. in an isolated location, in position providing the propeller is fully immersed, and trim does not exceed 2% Lat. 20␥ 36' 53.4" S., Long. 115␥ 40' 51.6" E., at the Western end of a of the LOA. large sand bank, approximately 1.5 km. long and 250 m. wide, extending DENSITY: 1028. from W.S.W. to E.N.E. FRESH WATER: Not available. Departure: After completion of loading, a vessel’s departure should be FUEL: Not available. as prompt as practicable. It is recommended that the Master exercises REPAIRS: Not available. caution, particularly with tidal set until well clear of the Terminal platforms SURVEYORS: Available with prior notice. and subsea pipelines. Once clear of the berth and the Pilot has GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Shore gangways utilised. disembarked it is recommended that the Master follows the OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: By ship’s crew. recommended course laid down on the appropriate hydrographic chart. TIME: GMT plus 8 hours. No Summer time. PILOTAGE: The Pilot, Loading Master and Rigger will board via a launch STORING: Provisions may be arranged through the Agent with sufficient in position Lat. 20␥ 40' S., Long. 115␥ 40' E. All vessels should ensure notice and is effected with ship’s gear from a boat. that a good lee is provided and the derrick or deck crane is ready to SHORE LEAVE: Any crew member proceeding ashore must be pick up the terminal equipment container from the launch. accompanied by the Agent or other Company personnel as access is Accommodation and meals are to be provided for 5 persons (Pilot, directly on to the mine site. Loading Master, Rigger, Surveyor and Agent’s representative), if GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. applicable. REGULATIONS: As per Port Information booklets supplied by the Agent Pilot ladders should be rigged in accordance with all relevant or from the Company on arrival. S.O.L.A.S. Regulations. AUTHORITY: Department of Transport, 1 Essex Street, Fremantle, ANCHORAGES: The recommended anchoring position is W.A. 6160, Australia. Tel: (08) 9239-2399, 9216-8999. FAX: (08) ␥ ␥ 9430-6229. Contact: Director Marine Safety. Lat. 20 40' S., Long. 115 40' E., but due to the variable holding qualities of the whole area it is recommended that Masters exercise the utmost caution when anchoring and whilst laying at anchor. RESTRICTIONS: Terminal operational throughout 24 hours. VARANUS ISLAND TERMINAL: 20.38 S. 115.36 E. Restricted Zone: There is a restricted zone of 500 m. around each (See Plan) platform. The tanker must give exploration and production platforms a minimum 2.5 nautical mile clearance. LOCATION: The onshore terminal is situated on Varanus Island which Also see ‘‘Mooring’’ – Paragraph (d). is the largest of the Lowendal group of islands. The offshore Tanker MAX. SIZE: The terminal is designed to accommodate vessels from Terminal is situated 2.0 miles offshore in Lat. 20␥ 38' S., 20,000 d.w.t. tonnes to 140,000 d.w.t. tonnes. The largest dimensions Long. 115␥ 36' E. (See ‘‘Plan’’). Masters are referred to the current being: hydrographic chart Aus. 742 for further information. (a) Deadweight 140,000 tonnes (approximate). NOTE: In May 1992, two additional unmanned offshore platforms, (b) Length overall (LOA) 300 m. ‘‘Campbell’’ in Lat. 20␥ 24' S., Long. 115␥ 42' E., and ‘‘Sinbad’’ in (c) Beam 46 m. Lat. 20␥ 29' S., Long. 115␥ 43' E., were installed, including high pressure (d) Draft 17 m. subsea gas pipelines. The ‘‘Gipsy’’ subsea wellhead and marker buoy Vessels exceeding the following dimensions cannot be (special pillar light buoy Fl.Y. 4 sec.) are located in position accommodated at the Loading Terminal unless express permission is Lat. 20␥ 38.20' S., Long. 115␥ 43.64' E. A subsea pipeline runs W.N.W. granted by Apache Energy Ltd. between Lat. 20␥ 36.17' S., Long. 115␥ 36.82' E. and Lat. 20␥ 38.15' S., RADIO: ETA and Arrival Messages: Vessels proceeding to the Varanus Long. 115␥ 43.95' E. Island loading terminal shall notify Apache Energy Ltd. (See ‘‘Operator’’), ARRIVAL: Tanker Specification: Each tanker arriving at the moorings their estimated time of arrival at least 14 days prior to and again 7 days for loading shall comply with OCIMF guidelines, and without prejudice thereto, the ETA of the vessel at the mooring, not less than 96 hours to the foregoing, shall: before arrival, amending or confirming the ETA at intervals of 48 hours (a) Be of recent build and well maintained. and 24 hours before arrival at the Terminal. Failure to comply with the (b) Be of such size and draft, equipped and manned so as to be in above procedure may result in the Pilot not being available on the every way fit to enter, secure at the mooring, load at and leave vessel’s arrival. the mooring safely and without delay and always safely afloat. Ballast Water: Quantity, condition and origin of ballast water on board (c) Be seaworthy, with all winches for mooring lines and anchors in to be advised in the 96 hour message. Facilities are not available for full operating conditions and prepared at all times to be able to dirty ballast or slops to be pumped ashore. safely vacate the mooring. Declarations Prior to Arrival: The following declarations are to be (d) Have clean segregated ballast. included and verified in the 24 hour message: (e) Have a fluent English speaking Master and senior officers. (a) Is the hull leak free? (f) Comply with the minimum terms and conditions of employment of (b) Is an inert gas system fitted? the Master and crew covered by an International Transport (c) If fitted, is the inert gas system fully operational? Federation (ITF) agreement or a bona fide trade union agreement (d) Confirm there are no defects to the vessel, machinery and acceptable to the ITF. equipment, which may effect safe pilotage, berthing, cargo or (g) Be manned and maintained so as to fully comply with the standards ballast operations? set out in International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals (e) Have stress calculations for the envisaged programme of cargo (ISGOTT). handling and ballasting been made? (h) Comply with all laws, regulations, codes, requirements and (f) Is the hull stress calculated within recommended safety limits? directives of the Commonwealth of Australia and the State of Vessel Nomination Documents: Vessel nomination to Seller’s Western Australia, including without limitation: Representative should include the following: 1. The Navigation Act 1912 and Protection of the Sea (Civil 1. Vessel’s name. Liabilities) Act 1981 (each as amended) of the 2. Flag. Commonwealth. 2. Those applying on the approach to and at the departure from 3. Year of build. the mooring, including without limitation all environmental, 4. Inmarsat fax number and using which satellite (872 or 873). safety and other regulations existing at the time of presentation 5. S.d.w.t. (Summer d.w.t.). of the tanker for loading. 6. LOA. 3. Provide certificates of insurance as are required of Owners, 7. Arrival draft. Charterers or Masters of ships under Australian law. 8. Beam. (i) Comply with the appropriate International Maritime Organisation 9. Distance bow to manifold. (IMO) recommendations. 10. Distance bow to bridge. (j) Be owned by or demise chartered to a member of the International 11. Length of part and stable cable in shackles. Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Limited (ITOPF). 12. Crane or derrick – SWL. (k) Meet requirements of the Civil Liability Convention 1969 as 13. Whether fitted with IGS/COW/SST. amended. 14. Mooring line has rope tail or not (Yes/No). (l) Comply in all respects with all MARPOL and SOLAS requirements, 15. Length of mooring lines. including a conforming Inert Gas System (with an oxygen level 16. Length of rope tail. below 8%). 17. Last port. (m) Be entered on full entry term with a P&I Association that is a 18. Last cargo. member of the International Group of P&I Associations. 19. Destination. (n) Current International Safety Management Code Safety 20. Ballast (STB/CBT) discharging at Varanus in tonnes – Varanus Management Certificate must be valid. has no facility for dirty ballast. Discretionary Acceptance: A vessel will be accepted for loading at the 21. Loading quality and loading rate. port provided it conforms to the minimum requirement described by the 22. Loading date range. Terminal. The Operator may, at its discretion, refuse to moor or load 23. Winch layout. Are winches pedestals, fairleads and bitts suitable any tanker that does not conform to the requirements or is deficient in to heave in and make fast to preventers and swamp moorings? any manner whatsoever. 24. Single or double drum on winches. For vessels which do not comply with the Terminal specifications, any 25. Officer / crew nationality. costs shall be for the Owner/Operator’s account. 26. English spoken or not (most important). APPROACHES: Water Depth: Within the 0.5 nautical mile mooring 27. Accommodation on board – Minimum 5 places required (Pilot, circle, there is a least depth of 20.4 m. Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT). Loading Master, ship’s Agent, Surveyor and one Apache Within the conical approach area (060␥/240␥ and 120␥/300␥ boundaries) operations staff). depths in excess of 20.4 m. are found. 28. Conformance with Procedure for Port of Varanus Marine There is an area of least depth 20.4 m. centred on Lat. 20␥ 37' 38.8" S., Operations (Marine Pilot will take on board in documentation Long. 115␥ 36' 15.2" E. package).

216 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA 29. Voltage/ Socket. ‘on-watch’ representative who will pass on as appropriate to the 30. Master’s full name. Operator’s onshore personnel. 31. Helicopter landing facilities (Yes/No). (e) The Pilot/Loading Master is to be informed when 200 tonnes is VHF: The Terminal maintains a listening watch on Channel 16 required to complete loading so that the loading rate can be eased down, throughout 24 hours. Vessels should tune their sets to Channel 16 when and again at 50 tonnes so that the loading pumps may be stopped and within VHF radio range of the Lowendal Islands and as soon as the loading completed by gravity. When loading is completed the ship’s practicable thereafter contact the Island Radio Room and confirm the manifold valve is to be closed slowly. When the manifold valve is closed vessel’s ETA at the Pilot Boarding Station. the butterfly valve will be closed. VHF Marine Channels available: (f) During loading the tank tops should be kept closed at all times, Channel 16 – Calling and distress. ullage plugs should be kept closed at all times except when sampling, Channel 9 – Offtake Vessel/Terminal working Channel. gauging, thieving or inspecting. Channels 74 and 67 – Operators working Channels. (g) Portable UHF radios will be supplied for communication between TUGS: Tugs are available to assist with berthing/unberthing operation, the tanker and terminal. Hourly checks between tanker and terminal will using tug’s line. be required so that undetected radio failure can be minimised. Cargo BERTHING: Offshore: Pipeline: A 4,200 m. long ␺ 762 mm. (30 in.) Control Room should monitor VHF Channel 9 as a back-up means of pipeline leads from the shore to the Tanker Terminal. At the pipeline communications. end manifold (PLEM) there is a ball valve at the 406 mm. (16 in.) take Loading Rates: Two cargo pumps are normally in operation at any one off prior to connection to the submarine hose. time during loading, maintaining an average loading rate of Hose: The submarine hose is 73.15 m. (240 ft.) long, consisting of 2,900 cu.m./hr. (18,240 bbls./hr.). 8␺9.144 m. (30 ft.) sections, including (from the PLEM) 4␺406 mm. BALLAST: Vessels should arrive at ballasted draft acceptable to the (16 in.) hoses, 2␺406 mm. (16 in.) buoyancy chamber hoses, pilot, a cargo free vessel is normally requested to maintain maximum 1␺406 mm. (16 in.) to 305 mm. (12 in.) reducer and 1␺305 mm. (12 in.) segregated ballast on board, to assist steerage. rail hose. At the end of the 305 mm. (12. in) hose there is a butterfly Clean Segregated Ballast: This ballast water will be discharged valve spool piece and a 12 in. flange fitted with camlocks for connection consecutively within the loading. The Pilot/Loading Master must be to the ship’s manifold. The weight of hose to be handled by the ship is notified prior to any deballasting and at least one quarter of the Summer 4.0 tonnes when full of crude oil. deadweight must be loaded before deballasting commences. Moorings: The mooring consists of an 8-leg Multi-Point Mooring (MPM), Also see ‘‘Arrival’’. with 4 buoyed legs and 4 swamped legs. FRESH WATER: Not available. Although the ship’s anchors will be laid out during the berthing, due FUEL: Not available. to the variable seabed holding qualities, swamped moorings will be CONSULS: None. picked up and tensioned to back up the ship’s anchors. REPAIRS: No facilities available. MOORING: Mooring is conducted with tug assistance throughout SURVEYORS: None locally. 24 hours, subject to weather conditions. WEATHER: Tide Times and Heights: The times of high and low water Mooring Equipment: All tankers must have sufficient equipment for at the moorings may be calculated by subtracting approximately mooring at the Terminal: 35 minutes from Barrow Island times (tanker moorings) as published in (a) A minimum of 4 sets of bitts are required on the after deck and the Australian National Tide Times. The above tidal information can only a set of bitts on the port and starboard side at the after end of the main be taken as a guide as times, direction, height, and rate of flow may deck forward of the bridge front. A set of bitts on the port and starboard vary dependent upon weather conditions. side of the main deck forward and a minimum of 2 sets of bitts on the Tidal Flow: The tidal flow at the Tanker Terminal is approximately forecastle. All the above mentioned sets of bitts must be able to accept 173␥/353␥ and may attain a speed of 2 knots at Spring tides. preventer lines or swamp moorings which must be hove tight and made GENERAL: Agency: No ship’s agency services are provided by Apache fast. Energy Ltd. Tankers arriving from foreign ports must make prior (b) A minimum of 2␺2 drum tension winches on the aft deck and a arrangements for quarantine and Customs clearance through their minimum of 1␺2 drum tension winch on the after end of the main deck Agents. Dampier Agents and Customs attend on arrival, Customs only with at least 220 m. of good quality mooring line on each winch are on departure. required. In the case of mooring wires, they shall have attached to them Services: Laundry and Stores not available locally. fibre tails at least 10 m. in length and with a minimum breaking strain Ship’s crews cannot be accommodated ashore on Varanus Island. of at least 25% greater than the wire to which they are attached. There OPERATOR: Apache Energy Ltd., P.O. Box 477, West Perth, must be sufficient winches forward, in line with the bitts, to make fast Western Australia 6872, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9422-7300, 2 swamp lines right forward, and 2 swamp line breast ropes on the 9422-7222. FAX: ␣61 (8) 9422-7318, 9422-7445. forward main deck. WWW: www.apachecorp.com Contact: Operations Manager. (c) Prior to berthing vessels should have on the after deck and the after end of the main deck, 2 mooring lines securely joined together giving an effective length of approximately 440 m. WALLAROO, S.A.: 33.56 S. 137.37 E. (See Plan) (d) Vessels should have adequate bridge wing searchlights for berthing at night. PORT LIMITS: A line following the coast line at the HW mark between (e) Bow anchors port and starboard with a minimum of 10 shackles Point Riley and Point Hughes; thence a line drawn 270␥ from Point of chain cable at each anchor for tankers less than 50,000 S.d.w.t., and Hughes for 1.5 miles and thence a line drawn 360␥ to meet a line at least 12 shackles of cables at each anchor for tankers greater than 270␥ from Point Riley for 1.5 miles. 50,000 S.d.w.t. Charts: Chart No. AUS 777. Tanker Positioning: The Master shall position the tanker as set out below DOCUMENTS: All documents necessary for first entry vessels are as and ensure that this position is checked and maintained continuously for other Australian ports (i.e. Customs, Health, etc.). during the loading. PILOTAGE: Pilots board approximately 1 mile seaward of Entrance To guard against kinking of the loading hose, the tanker must be Beacon. Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels awaiting Pilot for extended secured within the mooring to position the cargo manifold connection periods should anchor 1 mile–2miles to seaward of Entrance Beacon. point, approximately 25 m. ahead of Marker Buoy No. 4, i.e. PLEM Spar Vessels approaching Pilot Station should take care not to approach the Buoy, with the tanker’s starboard side positioned to stand off the Marker Entrance Beacon before Pilot has boarded due to restricted sea room. Buoy No. 4 by approximately 20 m. – 30 m. (compensation must be ANCHORAGES: Outer Anchorage as above. made for current or weather influence against the spar buoy). RESTRICTIONS: Daylight berthing only. Sailing at any time. Sailing Also see ‘‘Plan’’. times dependent upon tides. Tides may be greatly effected by prevailing CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: weather conditions. A high pressure system in Bight may cause tides Onshore: Storage: 3 tanks with storage capacity of 750,000 bbls. to be depressed below predicted levels and conversely a low pressure (119,250 cu.m.). system may cause tides to be above predicted heights. Channel depth Pumps: The 3 cargo pumps are rated at 1,654 cu.m.p.h. each. 8.4 m. LW. There is a minimum depth of 8.4 m. in the swinging basin Also see ‘‘Ballast’’. off the berths. MEDICAL: No services available. Under-Keel Clearance in Channel: CARGO OPERATIONS: Submarine Hose Handling and Loading: 1. 21.3 m. – 27.4 m. beam, clearance 0.75 m. (a) Prior to arrival vessels must have the starboard derrick or crane 2. Over 27.4 m. beam, clearance 0.90 m. or 10% of draft. rigged and ready for pick up of the terminal deck box and the submarine MAX. SIZE: LOA 200 m., beam 30 m. Consideration may be given to hose weighing approximately 4 tonnes. accommodating larger vessels on a restricted draft. (b) The PLEM is marked by a spar buoy and the end of the submarine Arrival Drafts: As vessels are permitted to discharge clean ballast whilst hose is marked by a pick-up buoy. alongside, drafts should be as follows: 2 m. minimum forward and 8.5 m. (c) The Loading Master will review with the Master the hose maximum aft. connection, loading procedures and hose disconnection procedures HEALTH: Radio Pratique available within 24 hours of arrival providing detailed in the Procedures. sufficient information is supplied. Quarantine/Health Officer will board (d) Once hose connection begins, the tanker’s propeller must not be vessel after arrival in order to grant formal Pratique. Vessels arriving turned until the hose is disconnected and laid back onto the seabed, directly from other Australian ports have automatic Pratique, but Health unless it is turned by use of the turning gear only. Officer will attend the vessel on arrival. Loading Cargo: VHF: Channels available, 16, 12, 8, 6, 67. Channel 16 used for general (a) During loading operations, a responsible deck officer must be call up, and Channel 6 is usually used for port operations. Call sign; present to supervise the tanker’s crew and approve the hose ‘‘Wallaroo Harbour’’. Hours of operation; Monday to Friday 0845 hrs. to connections. 1700 hrs. except Public Holidays, otherwise by arrangement. (b) During loading at least one ship’s tank is to be open to the inflow TUGS: One tug ‘‘Lucinda’’. Launch available to run lines. of oil and the inflow of oil is not to be shut off by closing ship’s valves BERTHING: Jetty extends 870 m., W.N.W. from the foreshore abreast or the hose valve without prior approval of the Pilot/Loading Master. the town. There are 3 berths on either side of the jetty, extending over (c) In order to reduce back pressure at the ship’s rail, as many tanks a length of 400 m. from the outer end. as possible should be open during loading. In any event the ship’s rail Coir springs are provided at all berths and vessels may lie alongside back pressure should not exceed 150 p.s.i. (1,035 kPa). in all weathers. Vessels may be required to berth either head to sea or (d) During the loading, all communications from the tanker’s personnel head in, dependent upon weather conditions prevailing at the time of regarding policy matters are to be channelled through the Pilot or his berthing. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 217 AUSTRALIA Berths Length Depth Width Dredged Area NB. Under no circumstances are the ship’s crew/visitors to remove food (m.) (m.) (m.) stuffs/animals/pot plants from your vessel. No. 1 North 84 9.5 25 Heavy penalties apply for breaches of Australian Quarantine legislation. No. 2 North 290 9.5 36 WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities available. No. 3 North 68 7.3 25 SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. No. 1 South 168 9.3 25 REGULATIONS: No unusual regulations. No. 2 South 198 8.2 30 DELAYS: May be experienced due to awaiting tide or awaiting bulk No. 3 South 76 7.3 25 loading berth during grain season. CRANES: None. AUTHORITY: Flinders Ports, P.O.Box 19, 296 St. Vincent Street, Port BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Grain: No. 2 North Berth – 5 fixed Adelaide, SA 5015, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (88) 447-0611. FAX: ␣61 (88) manoeuvrable spouts. Served by a conveyor bulk loading plant. Rated 447-0606. WWW: www.flindersports.com.au Contact: Carol Whitford, at 800 t.p.h. Maximum working clearance of spout above LW 17.4 m. Administrative Assistant, Operations Maximum coverage spout tip from W.F.A. 20.12 m. The plant is manned (Email: [email protected]). on a 2 shift basis from 0800 hrs. to 2300 hrs. daily, Sunday to Friday and from 0800 hrs. to 1500 hrs. Saturdays. SPECIALISED CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: None. BRIDGES: None. WANDOO MARINE TERMINAL, W.A.: STEVEDORES: Ordering of labour organised through Agents and Grain 20.08 S. 116.25 E. (See Plan) Handling Authority. MEDICAL: 2 private medical practices available, also 1 dental surgery LOCATION: The Wandoo SPM Marine Terminal Installation is the crude located in adjacent town (12 km.). District hospital is located at Wallaroo. oil facility for the Mobil Wandoo Field. The installation is located 74 km. Ambulance service also available and may be used to transport seriously N.W. of Port Dampier, Western Australia. injured patients to Adelaide if required. Vaccination certificates as for all The SPM Marine Terminal consists of Wandoo B Concrete Gravity Australian ports. Structure Production Platform, Wandoo A monopod and CALM buoy. TANKERS: No facilities available. The CALM buoy is situated 1,200 m. North of the production facility and DENSITY: Average density between 1028 – 1030. the arrival anchorage is Lat. 20␥ 05' 00" S., Long. 116␥ 23' 48" E. The FRESH WATER: Available at 17 tonnes/p.h. By prior arrangement may monopod is 2,100 m. S.S.W. of the Wandoo B Production Facility. be boosted to 60 tonnes/p.h. Wandoo ‘B’ Lat. 20␥ 07' 43" S., Long. 116␥ 26' 04" E. FUEL: Available by arrangement in small quantities from Adelaide by CALM Buoy Lat. 20␥ 07' 02" S., Long. 116␥ 26' 02" E. road tanker. Wandoo ‘A’ Lat. 20␥ 08' 19" S., Long. 116␥ 25' 17" E. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Usual precautions necessary, bearing in mind Charts: Australian Charts No. 741, 415 and 327. Australian Pilot danger of grain dust. Local fire brigade available. International shore Volume V. connection should be in position. DOCUMENTS: The Master should provide a Notice of Readiness on CONSULS: None. arrival, and have the vessel presentable for an inspection on arrival. REPAIRS: Minor repairs available locally, marine engineers available At anchor before berthing, the Agent, Surveyor and Pilot/Mooring from Adelaide. Master will board the vessel. The Agent will have Customs papers, Cargo DRY DOCKS: None. Surveyor will check the cargo tanks and the Pilot will carry out an SURVEYORS: (1) Cargo Surveyors available – may be arranged by inspection of the vessel, then go through berthing and loading Agents as required. procedures. (2) Lloyd’s Surveyor should be obtained through principal Agent. APPROACHES: Restricted Zone: Set at 500 m. around the installation. Lloyd’s Agent is situated at Port Adelaide. Caution Zone: Two nautical miles around the installation where vessels (3) Other Classification Society Surveyors also available in Australia. are to avoid entering and/or anchoring. See Charts No. 741, 415 and 327. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening and closing by ship’s crew. Navigational Aids: CALM Buoy: Yellow every 15 seconds. Range CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Normal Australian allowances. 5 nautical miles. Characteristic ‘‘U’’. CARGO GEAR: No shore based cargo gear apart from bulk grain plant. Monopod and production facility exhibit white flashing lights every Other berths - ship’s gear. 30 seconds. Characteristic ‘‘U’’. Range 10 nautical miles. REPATRIATION: May be arranged through ship’s Agent. PILOTAGE: Pilot boarding position is Lat. 20␥ 05' 00" S., AIRPORT: None. Bus connection twice daily to Adelaide. Long. 116␥ 23' 48" E. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. ANCHORAGES: Anchorage Area: HOLIDAYS: New Years Day; Australia Day (January); Good Friday; Latitude Longitude Easter Monday; Anzac Day (April); Adelaide Cup Day (May); Queen’s (1) 20␥ 04.50' S. 116␥ 22.00' E. Birthday (June); Labour Day (October); Christmas Day and Proclamation (2) 20␥ 04.50' S. 116␥ 23.80' E. Day (December 26th). The bulk loading plant operates on most public (3) 20␥ 05.50' S. 116␥ 22.00' E. holidays. (4) 20␥ 05.50' S. 116␥ 23.80' E. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Police Tel: 211200. Ambulance The holding is poor. Tel: 232069. Fire Tel: 232000. RESTRICTIONS: No night berthing. EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: ‘‘Coastwatch’’ (Australian Berthing only undertaken when the wind speed at the Terminal does Coastal Surveillance Organisation) free telephone call from all Australian not exceed 25 km./hr. and when there is no tropical cyclone, or tropical ports by STD or reverse charge (62) 476666. depression which is likely to develop into a cyclone, within 400 nautical TELEPHONES: Telephones placed aboard on arrival. Cost approx. miles of the Terminal, or likely to pass within that range within 24 hours $60.00 plus $1.08 per day rental plus calls. of the tanker berthing. SERVICES: Tank and hold cleaning services available. Maximum bow to centre manifold 120 m. BANKS: Bank SA, Owen Terrace, Wallaroo. There are no freeboard limitations. STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. MAX. SIZE: 1. By truck. LOA: No restriction. 2. – Beam: No restriction. 3. Wharf access available for trucks. Summer d.w.t.: 100,000 tonnes. 4. Wharf access available for forklifts. Draft: 50 m. 5. Normal Customs Bond Regulations apply. The minimm size of vessel accepted is 40,000 tonnes S.d.w.t. 6. Labour available for storing. RADIO: The Master is required to advise ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, SHORE LEAVE: No restrictions. 24 hours and 12 hours in advance. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: Normal Australian ID cards necessary, but VHF: Communication is with a full marine VHF radio, and is manned not required to be carried ashore. from 0600 hrs. to 1800 hrs. (local time) and stands by on Channels 16 GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Notice: and 79. Flinders Ports, South Australia Additionally, the facility operates a UHF radio with the following Wallaroo 2 working channels: Notice to Masters of Overseas Vessels 1. 463.45 MHz Ships quarantinable garbage is collected on Monday/Wednesday/Friday 2. 450.15 MHz in the Port of Wallaroo. The Production Facility Operations Room is manned 24 hours and A fee is levied for this service. Exemption from collection/fees will not stands by on UHF Channel 1 (463.45 MHz) for call up and Channel 2 apply if your vessel has an incinerator, macerator/steriliser or integral (450.15 MHz) as the working channel. The tanker support vessel also holding tank, approved by Australian Quarantine. stands by on the same VHF Channels 16 and 79 and UHF 3 over the Any enquiries should be directed to Flinders Ports, South Australia via 24 hour period. your ship’s Agent. The facility can also be contacted by vessels outside Australia by Under the Marpol Convention plastic items including plastic bags/bottles telephone on: must not be disposed of at sea. OIM* Tel: 08-91-439-472. Fax: 08-91-439-443. Australian Quarantine Requirements Control Room Tel: 08-91-439-440. Quarantinable Ships Garbage: Comm’s Room Tel: 08-91-439-442. Fax: 08-91-439-441. (includes galley scraps, organic refuse, animal waste and used food * Offshore Installation Manager cartons) TUGS: One tug/support vessel capable of a bollard pull of 25 tonnes – must be stored in plastic bags or heavy duty wet strength paper bags. shall normally be available. Tug on VHF Channels 16 and 79 (24 hours). The bags must be stowed within rodent/bird proof containers with tight BERTHING: C.A.L.M. Buoy System: Position Lat. 20␥ 07' 02" S., fitting lids. Long. 116␥ 26' 02" E. It is 15 m. in diameter and is anchored in 54 m. of – must not be incinerated, macerated/sterilised or held in an integral water, 1,185 m. South of the production facility. The buoy is anchored holding tank unless prior Quarantine permission has been obtained for by 6 legs of anchor chain, attached to 6␺15 tonne Stevpris anchors and this specific voyage. classified for 100,000 tonne vessels. Australian Quarantine also requires that: Berthing: While approaching the SPM, the forward crew will prepare a – garbage disposal unit inlets/outlets must be kept sealed. messenger to pass through the fairlead, outboard on the port side, and – garbage stowage area must be kept cleaned and disinfected. Food lead it aft to clear the flare of the bow. When the tug/support boat comes scraps must not be littered on deck. alongside, lower the messenger down to the boat. They will attach the

218 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA 300 m. long pick-up line and heave in the pick-up line on the winch drum Berth Length Depth at L.W.D. (not on a drum end). (m.) (m.) When the vessel is fast the hose is picked up, the tug/support vessel Lorim Pt. 548 12.3 will keep the hose clear while berthing and then bring the hose alongside. Evans Landing 191 9.9 MEDICAL: Emergency medical facilities are available, and the crew Heavy Equipment Wharf 114 9.5 members would be transferred via tug to the Wandoo platform, then to CRANES: 1␺150 tonne P&H, 1␺70 tonne P&H, 1␺26 tonne and Dampier (Karratha Airport) via helicopter. 1␺3 tonne. CARGO OPERATIONS: Wandoo ‘B’ will produce at peak production BULK CARGO FACILITIES: Lorim Point East: 40,000 barrels per day. The storage capacity of the CGS is 400,000 Bauxite: One travelling, luffing, slewing shiploader. barrels and will have the capacity to load tankers at the rate of 300,000 Loading rates: barrels per day, using 2 export pumps (approximately 13,000barrels/hr.). Raw bauxite: 6,000 t.p.h. Tankers will carry out a closed loading with the inert gas vented Calcined bauxite: 1,000 t.p.h. through the mast riser. Live storage capacity: 350,000 tons. Tankers must have a presentation flange 16 in. (400 mm.) to take a Dead storage capacity: 400,000 tons. 16 in. (400 mm.) overrail loading hose on their manifold. Max. reach from fender face: 20.3 m. Hose: 250 m. ␺ 400 mm. (16 in.) floating hose with a breakaway Max. operating air draft above L.W.D.: 18.3 m. coupling butterfly valve and Camlocks. The hose is picked up on the Lorim Point West: Not used for loading, lay-up only. port side. BRIDGES: None. Crane/Derrick: The crane/derrick must have a minimum SWL of STEVEDORES: No special advice required. None available for working 10 tonnes and be fitted with a safety hook. on ships. On arrival, the crane/derrick should be rigged on the port side to pick MEDICAL: Inoculations per Australian Regulations. No notice required up the tanker box. for medical attention. Urgent cases flown out and treated at Cairns. Hospital facilities available for minor cases. BALLAST: No slops or dirty ballast accepted. ␺ FRESH WATER: Not available at the berth. However, tug may be used TANKERS: Lorim Point West: 1 200 mm. pipeline for heavy fuel oil during fair weather to proceed to Dampier to arrange for utilities within imports. Max. discharge rate 400 t.p.h. Evans Landing: 24 hours. Should this happen, then the tanker shall use own engine to ␺ maintain her station. 1 200 mm. line for distillate, aviation fuel and motor fuel. FUEL: See ‘‘Fresh Water’’. Total storage capacity: 24,400 tons. AIRPORT: An airport is available in Karratha, which accesses the DENSITY: Dry Season 1024. Wet Season 1012. These figures can vary Wandoo platform by helicopter. However, repatriation/crew changes considerably. FRESH WATER: Available at all berths. 5 t.p.h. from the Wandoo facility are not possible. FUEL: Not available. TIME : GMT plus 8 hours. FIRE PRECAUTIONS: Observe general safety precautions. GENERAL: Customs: Services available at Dampier. CONSULS: None. Weather: November to April is normal cyclone period. Wandoo platform REPAIRS: Not available. area is most exposed during January to March. DRY DOCKS: None. Officials: The tanker shall provide victualling and accommodation for the SURVEYORS: Lloyd’s Surveyor available at Cairns. Pilot and Mooring Master to the standard of a senior officer. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not available. Charges: Port Entry Fees (CALM Buoy Berthing) have now been set at OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Work carried out by crew. A$25,000.00 per tanker berthing. The charge will be invoiced to Owners CERTIFICATES: Ship’s Register, Load Line, Safety Radio and Safety via the shipping agents Burns Philp Pty.Ltd. Dampier. Equipment Certificates. See also ‘‘Melbourne’’. OPERATOR: Wandoo Production Alliance, Level 8, BNZ House, CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 30 The Esplanade, Perth, W.A. 6000, Australia (P.O.Box L902, Perth, CARGO GEAR: See ‘‘Berthing’’. WA 6001). Tel: 61-8-9480-0300. FAX: 61-8-9480-0318. REPATRIATION: Can be arranged. Email: [email protected] Contact: George Wilson, Wandoo AIRPORT: 10 km. from port. Served by major airline with daily service Production Alliance Manager. Stephen Graham, Marine Coordinator. to Cairns. TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. HOLIDAYS: Vessels are loaded and berthed or sailed at any time. POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: Emergency ‘‘000’’. Police ␣61 (7) WEIPA, including Albatross Bay, Queensland: 40699119, Ambulance ␣61 (7) 40699811, Fire ␣61 (7) 40697444. As no telephone supplied contact ‘‘Weipa Harbour’’ on Channel 16 for these 12.42 S. 141.41 E. (See Plan) services. SERVICES: Not available. PORT LIMITS: Seaward boundary commencing at a point at HW mark ␥ SHORE LEAVE: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. on the Western Extremity of Duyfken Point, thence by a line in a 173 (T) IDENTIFICATION CARDS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. direction to the HW mark at Boyd Point. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Not available. DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. PILOTAGE: Vessels requiring Pilot may apply to Duty Pilot, Weipa SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None available. (Tel: ␣62 (7) 40699497. Fax: ␣62 (7) 40697420), 48 hours before REGULATIONS: Vessels may not immobilise without written permission arrival, confirming ETA 24 hours before. Vessels to give Duty Pilot their from the Regional Harbour Master, Cairns (Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052 7412. draft. Generally speaking minimum berthing draft should be, forward 2% Fax: ␣61 (7) 4052 7451). of vessel’s length and aft, the propeller completely immersed. DELAYS: The only delays to be normally expected are as under Pilot boat is 15 m. (length), named ‘‘Melville’’ and painted white and restrictions, i.e. awaiting tides. orange. It may be contacted on VHF Channel 16. Pilot boards 2 miles GENERAL: Stores: Very limited stores are available. Large orders could West of Fairway Beacon. be supplied if several days notice given by Telex/Fax. Coastal Pilotage: Pilotage services between Weipa and Torres Strait, or DEVELOPMENTS: The Alumina Plant at Weipa has been deferred between Weipa and Darwin via Clarence Strait, are conducted by Pilots indefinitely. available from Australian Reef Pilots Ltd., Hydro Pilots and Queensland AUTHORITY: Ports Corporation of Queensland, GPO Box 409, Coastal Pilot Service Pty.Ltd. Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 7088. Also see ‘‘Torres Strait’’. FAX: ␣61 (7) 3224 7234. Email: [email protected] WWW: pcq.com.au ANCHORAGES: Anywhere in Albatross Bay except between 2 lines Contact: Brad Fish, Chief Executive Officer, Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 8728. situated 1 mile North and South respectively of the line of leads and Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 7234. Email: [email protected] Gary Campbell, extended to the port limits. Communications Officer, Tel: ␣61 (7) 3224 4346. Fax: ␣61 (7) 3224 RESTRICTIONS: Weipa Approach Channel is 7.8 miles long with a 7234. Email: [email protected] minimum depth of water 10.8 m. LAT. Usually vessels up to 30,000 d.w.t. Regional Harbour Master – Cairns, Marine Operations, PO Box 1787, Cairns, Queensland 4870, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (7) 4052 enter channel at any stage of the tide. Vessels of over 30,000 d.w.t. ␣ enter at any stage of the flood up to 2.5 hours before HW. 7412. FAX: 61 (7) 4052 7451. Contact: Alan Boath, Harbour Master. Duty Marine Pilot. Tel: ␣61 (7) 40697170. Fax: ␣61 (7) 40697420. Usually vessels up to 30,000 d.w.t. can berth at any state of the tide. ␣ Vessels of over 30,000 d.w.t. due to their departure draft and existing After hours Tel: 61 (7) 40699497. tug power must berth starboard side alongside and can do so at any stage of the flood tide. Vessels normally depart 1 hour 15 minutes before HW. Some vessels up to 30,000 d.w.t. can depart on LW. WHYALLA, S.A.: 33.02 S. 137.36 E. (See Plan) MAX. SIZE: Maximum LOA 255 m. Beam 35.41 m. Draft depends on height of tide and 90 cm. (3 ft.) keel clearance is required. LOCATION: Situated on Western shore of Spencer Gulf opposite to and HEALTH: Weipa is not classed as a First Port of Entry. See ‘‘General 27 miles by sea from Port Pirie. Open to all Southerly winds, which seldom interfere seriously with operations. – Health’’ before first port. Buoyage: ‘‘IALA’’ Buoyage system ‘‘A’’ has been adopted. VHF: Call ‘‘Weipa Harbour’’ on Channel 16 on arrival 2 miles West of The system is that the port hand beacons are red in colour, lights red, Fairway Beacon. Tugs operate on Channels 6, 8 and 12. Vessels to topmarks can shape and even numbered. The starboard beacons are advise ‘‘Weipa Harbour’’ passing Fairway Beacon inward and outward green in colour and lighting, topmarks cone shape and odd numbers. and on arrival at and prior to departure from the wharf. Facilities: Jetty for iron ore loading, and dredged harbour with one main RADAR: No port radar. wharf for steel and general cargo, and for bulk cargoes of coal, coke, TUGS: Vessels entering North of Cora Bank, tugs join at No. 25 Beacon. limestone, salt, etc. Harbour berths are safe berths. Vessels entering South of Cora Bank, tugs join at No. 19 Beacon. Tugs DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. are usually used in the lashed up position using tug’s lines. PILOTAGE: Compulsory except for Australian vessels whose Masters 3 tugs are available of 23, 42 and 46 tonnes bollard pull, of which only hold Exemption Certificates. Pilots board 1.7 miles - 143␥ from Fairway 2 are in use at any one time. Buoy. Vessels requiring Pilot should request service in sufficient time BERTHING: Loading and discharge at Humbug Point generally by ship’s enable Pilot be ordered before 1600 hrs. Monday to Friday and should gear but mobile cranes may be hired if required. show prescribed signal within at least 10 miles of Whyalla. If delayed Evans Landing Wharf is generally only used for petrol and distillate berthing, Master informed by radio and recommended anchor at Pilot discharge. boarding station (see above). See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 219 AUSTRALIA ANCHORAGES: Quarantine line extends in direction 241␥ from Black Form 957 (Entry for Exportation) is then completed showing all details Point to Coast Southwestward of port. Quarantine anchorage shown on and value of the goods, and signed by the Ship Owner or his Agent, Australian Chart AUS.135, lies Southeastward of quarantine line and and lodged with Customs within 7 days. Eastward of jetty. Anchor in close proximity to Pilot boarding area. 6. Shore labour is not available for storing. Vessels should not anchor on harbour or jetty leads, but should anchor, Storing at the Ore Loading Jetty: draft permitting, approximately 1 mile North of Outer Fairway Beacon. Modest amounts can be loaded by launch on the port side using ship’s Holding ground good with hard clay and sand bottom. cranes. Launch charges from A$211.00 – A$445.00 per hour. RESTRICTIONS: Vessels will not be moved within port by Pilot unless Small orders can be manhandled to ship’s starboard side at the jetty. at least 10% of max. draft in water beneath keel. Vessels always berth head out, starboard side to the ore jetty. Also see ‘‘Berthing’’. SHORE LEAVE: Crew members permitted shore leave, and launches, HEALTH: Whyalla is a Port of First Entry. 48 hours’ notice of request at ship’s option, provide regular schedule to anchorage – weather for Pratique required. Pratique granted at anchorage or in berth. Also permitting. see ‘‘Melbourne’’. Crew members are required to use taxis through steelworks from all Also see ‘‘General’’ before first port – Answers required to questions berths. in Quarantine form by radio. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Service available Monday, Wednesday and RADIO: Advise local Agent (a) on departure from previous port advising Friday morning. Additional services available with 24 hours notice. ETA and total cargo for discharge Whyalla (if any); (b) 48 hours prior Drums provided alongside wharf. Wet garbage to be in bags in leakproof arrival giving ETA; (c) 24 hours prior arrival giving ETA; (d) advise any drums, dry garbage to be bagged. Contact ship’s Agent for details on alteration in ETA; (e) advise estimated draft on arrival fore and aft. These charges. cables necessary in order ensure loading and labour. Cables to be WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Not available. signed with Master’s name. Cables sent outside working hours should SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. Facilities available to seamen on request be prefixed ‘‘Shipserv’’. In event vessel arriving direct from overseas port to Whyalla Tourist Information Service. OneSteel can also assist. requiring Pratique, following additional advice to be cabled: No. of crew, GENERAL: Stores: Marine and bonded stores can be procured by nationality, and whether health vaccination certificates required. arrangement with Adelaide. 5 days notice required. Small amounts can VHF: Port equipped with VHF. Service maintained 24 hours a day. be arranged locally. Consult Agent for details. Call sign ‘‘Whyalla Harbour’’. AUTHORITY: Port Authority: OneSteel Whyalla Steelworks, P.O.Box TUGS: All tugs fitted VHF radio. 2 tugs available between 32 and 52 tons 147, Whyalla, South Australia 5600 Tel: ␣61 (8) 8640-4084. bollard pull. Wire towropes not to be used unless risk of damage to tug Telex: AA 80270. Cables: ‘‘Hematite’’ Whyalla. Contact: Trevor undertaken by ship. Charge for use of tug’s lines. Orders for tugs to be Pengilly, Bulk Berth Co-ordinator. made at least 2 hours before required and not later than 1530 hrs. Flindersports, 293 St.Vincent Street, Port Adelaide, SA 5015, Monday to Friday. Ferry services undertaken to ships at anchorage Australia. Tel: ␣61 (08) 470611. Contact: Moin Ahmed, Port Manager outside harbour when requested. and Harbour Master – Whyalla/Port Bonython BERTHING: No. 2 Jetty: Max. length of vessel 250 m. Depth of water (Tel: ␣61 (8) 8632-1455. Mobile: ␣61 (418) 806-915). alongside 11.6 m. LW (Temporary restriction 11.4 m.). Approach Channel depth 10.7 m. LWOST. Swinging basin, depth 10.7 m. LWOST. Stowage factor iron ore, 13 cu. ft. – 15 cu. ft. per ton. No stevedoring WYNDHAM, W.A.: 15.28 S. 128.06 E. (See Plan) incurred and generally cargo loaded lower holds and no trimming necessary. LOCATION: The port is situated at the head of the Cambridge Gulf and Whyalla Harbour: About 1.25 miles to North of Iron Ore Jetty. Entrance is the Northernmost port in Western Australia. Channel 120 m. wide and approx. 3,100 m. length. Water depth in Charts: Australian Chart No. AUS 32. Channel and basin 10.0 m. LWOST. Depth of water at Harbour Wharf PORT LIMITS: All waters in the Cambridge Gulf South of a line 10.7 m. LWOST. 4 berths, full wharf 700 m. extending from Cape Dussejour to the summit of Hill 437 on Lacrosse STEVEDORES: Shift work 24 hours per day on continuous 7 day roster. Island, thence to Cape Donett. Conventional stevedoring shift work 20 hours per day 0800 hrs. – DOCUMENTS: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. 1800 hrs. and 2200 hrs. – 0800 hrs. At least 24 hours notice for labour APPROACHES: Generally speaking, it is preferable to arrive at the Pilot requirements. Station at daybreak. Approach Medusa Bank and pass Westward. Steer 180␥ until Lacrosse Island Lighthouse bears 040␥, distance 2 miles. Alter MEDICAL: Resident doctors and hospital available. ␥ DENSITY: Density of water approximately 1028 to 1035 therefore course to 145 to a position with Shakespeare Hill and Cone Hill in transit (086␥), Cone Hill distance 4 miles. The course should then be altered vessels must load light. ␥ FRESH WATER: Available at No. 2 Jetty and all wharves. to 225 . Course clears Guthrie and East Banks and puts Black Cliff right ahead. FUEL: Bunkering not normally undertaken. Fuel oil, coal and diesel oil It will be noted that a conspicuous hill (un-named) is sighted available at Whyalla Harbour Wharf in emergencies only, by road tanker immediately behind Black Cliff Point and these together form an excellent from Adelaide. lead down this part of the Gulf to a position off Islet Point. From this REPAIRS: Consult ship’s Agents before maintenance or repairs point onwards pilotage is fairly complicated. There is a submerged wreck undertaken. off the jetty, which must be considered when berthing and unberthing. SURVEYORS: The following Surveyors available anytime if advance From 10 miles North of the wharf, there is a least depth of 5.5 m. in the notice given: (1 hour flight from Adelaide). buoyed channel. Vessels deeper than 5.0 m. must have sufficient tide. Lloyd’s Register: 171 Commercial Road, Adelaide, South There are depths between 9.0 m. and 10.0 m. close to the track in Australia 5015. Tel: Adelaide 2410366. After hours: Adelaide 2936846. the approach to and just inward from the pilot station. Vessels with more Fax: 3412009. than 8.0 m. draft should carefully consider the tide. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Not available. PILOTAGE: Compulsory for all vessels over 500 g.r.t. entering the port REPATRIATION: Air, road and rail facilities available. except those whose Masters have pilotage exemptions. Pilot Boarding POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: In event of accident contact Agent or Ground, Nicholl’s Point bearing 214␥ distance 5.2 miles (Lat. 14␥ 58.2' S., OneSteel. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8640-4000. St. John’s Ambulance Services Long. 128␥ 10.3' E.). By special arrangement, and if the vessel has no (Tel: ␣61 (8) 8645-7777) available 24 hours daily or call ‘‘Whyalla charts and subject to weather, the Pilot will board at the Outer Pilot Harbour’’ on VHF Channel 16. Boarding Ground, Lacrosse Island Light bearing 351␥ distance 4.7 miles. Aerial Ambulance available for transfer of patients to a metropolitan Pilotage in daylight only, though lights are being installed. hospital. Pilot is not stationed permanently at Wyndham. ETA advice is required EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: Whyalla Police 7 days, 48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival. 7 day notice should include Tel: ␣61 (8) 8648 8020. arrival draft. State Emergency Service Tel: (8) 8644 0088. The approaches Channel has a minimum depth of 5.5 m. (C.D.). Local Emergencies within OneSteel Area, including Ships Alongside: RESTRICTIONS: The max. length of vessel permitted to navigate the e.g. Accidents, fire, flooding, deaths, electrical faults causing hazards, Gulf is 190 m. overall. Longer vessels fitted with bow thrusters have oil spills and other pollution. used the port by special permission from the Harbour Master. Dial 4000 from OneSteel internal telephones or ␣61 (8) 8640 4000 The Gulf is not navigable during hours of darkness at present (but from external telephones. lights are being installed). BANKS: A.N.Z. Banking Group, Forsyth Street, Whyalla 5600. MAX. SIZE: Length 190 m., draft 8.0 m. Max. displacement Tel: ␣61 (8) 8645 7122 26,000 tonnes. Larger vessels require clearance from the Harbour Commonwealth Banking Corporation, Forsyth Street, Whyalla 5600. Master. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8645 8666. RADIO: ETA: Shipserve ‘‘Harbour Master Wyndham’’ required notice as National Bank of Australia, Forsyth Street, Whyalla 5600. Tel: ␣61 (8) above (See ‘‘Pilotage’’) prior arrival. The 24 hours message should be 8645 8033. timed to be delivered before 1500 hrs. local time on the day before arrival Westpac Banking Corporation, Forsyth Street, Whyalla 5600. so that arrangements can be finalised, when possible, in working hours. ␣ Indicate max. draft in the 5 day notice. Tel: 61 (8) 8645 7155. VHF: ‘‘Wyndham Port’’ on Channel 16 during office hours STORING: See ‘‘Prelims’’. (0700 ␤ 1600). Storing at the Blast Furnace Wharf: TUGS: None. 1. Vessels can be stored by trucks. BERTHING: There is a jetty of 314 m. in length. The jetty face is subject 2. Vessels can store during loading or discharging if the vessel can to siltation. Max. draft alongside must be discussed with the Harbour provide cranes and labour for this purpose. Barges not used at this wharf. Master. The Northern berth is dredged to a depth of 4.0 m., and Southern Storing must not cause any delay to stevedoring operations. berth is dredged to a depth of 8.0 m. at Chart Datum. Conventional stevedoring operations cease between 1800 hrs. and Ordinary moorings are used. A launch is on station to run lines. There 2200 hrs. is no tug available. 3. Trucks can proceed alongside at all berths. CARGO HANDLING FACILITIES: By ship’s gear only direct to motor 4. Forklifts are available for hire and can be used at all berths. Bulk transport. Forklift trucks and pallets are used for handling general cargo berth has an 8 ton axle loading limit. where suitable. 5. Application to load stores should be made to Customs by submitting A container park and facilities for handling and storage of reefer a requisition showing details of items required, prior to loading. (150reefer points) and dry containers ashore has been installed. At least 24 hours notice is required by Customs during business hours, Bulk Loader on South Berth, grain loading rate 120 t.p.h. The loader Monday to Friday. is 105 m. from the South end of berth. Airdraft 16.4 m. Outreach 9.7 m.

220 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information. AUSTRALIA Equipment: awaiting Pilot or suitable tide may anchor between 1 and 2 miles East Cranes: of the breakwater entrance – sand bottom and good holding ground. 1␺45 ton P&H. Pilot ladder 2.0 m. up from waters edge for inward vessels, ladder on 1␺20 ton HYCO rough terrain crane. starboard side, port side for departure, plus manropes. 1␺5 ton BHB crane. ANCHORAGES: Masters familiar with the port and pilotage vessels may Forklifts: proceed to an anchorage downstream of the Harwood Bridge for berthing 2␺23 ton forklifts (1 top lift). at Harwood Sugar Mill in 5.0 m. of water or to a position midway between 1␺9 forklift. Freeburn Island and Illuka Wall in 6.0 m. of water for vessels berthing 2␺5 ton forklifts. at Goodwood Island wharf. Also see ‘‘Pilotage’’. 1␺2.5 ton forklift. RESTRICTIONS: Vessels can enter the port day or night. The only Intra Terminal Transport: restrictions would be on bar conditions and the height of tide in relation 3 tractors. to vessel’s draft. 10 ISO IC container trailers. MAX. SIZE: Max. LOA 120 m. The main restriction is draft of vessel Loading Rates: With equipment currently available, approximate load which is 3.4 m. to Goodwood Island Wharf plus height of tide, such tides rates are as follows: being almost identical to Sydney in both height and time. Cattle 400 head/hr. HEALTH: Australian Commonwealth Rules apply. Fodder 30 tonnes/hr. VHF: The base station with call sign ‘‘Yamba Harbour Control’’ is situated Agricultural products 200 tonnes/hr. behind the Wooli Head Lighthouse. A continuous watch is not (All-purpose bulk loader) maintained, only on prior notice that a vessel is due. Initial calls are Molasses 100 tonnes/hr. made on Channel 16, another Channel will be used after contact has Fuel 400 tonnes/hr. been made. The pilot vessel, which also acts as tug, if required, has Containers (Ship’s gear) 10 containers/hr. Channels 16, 12, 6, and 8. Ammonium nitrate (Bulka bags, ship’s gear) 120 tonnes/hr. RADAR: There is no Port Control Radar. Fertiliser (Bulk, ship’s gear) 120 tonnes/hr. TUGS: There are no commercial tugs, the pilot vessel may act as a tug STEVEDORES: Labour is available 24 hours a day by prior advice. if required either by the Master of the vessel or on advice from the Pilot. Ordinary working hours 0700 hrs. – 1500 hrs. Monday to Friday. The ‘‘Francis Freeburn’’ is 460 b.h.p. and five tonnes bollard pull. Useful Contact Numbers: P&O Ports. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8981-8533. BERTHING: Main general cargo berth is Goodwood Island Wharf. This Fax: ␣61 (8) 8941-0604. is a concrete decked, concrete piled wharf with timber and rubber fender Patricks Stevedores. Tel: ␣61 (8) 8941-1368. Fax: ␣61 (8) piles. Permissible wheel loading (Cargo stacking – 2,750 kg./sq.m.; 8941-1670. forklift truck wheel loads – 6 tonnes (12 tonnes max. axle load); mobile Western Stevedores. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9430-6530. Fax: ␣61 (8) crane loads – special permission required; gross vehicle weight for trucks 9430-6532. – 40 tonnes), wharf 70 m., deck floor 2,600 kg./sq.m. Vessels of greater MEDICAL: A small modern hospital is located in Wyndham. Doctors are than 70 m. length can secure at the berth as bollards are available 24 m. and 30 m. up and downstream respectively from the wharf. The least always on call. A dentist is available in Kununurra and visits Wyndham depth alongside the wharf is 7.0 m. An 18 m. ␺ 12 m. covered storage periodically. shed is available. The shed can not be used for general cargo, if goods FRESH WATER: Available at both berths at 20 t.p.h. approximately. under Customs control are stored therein. A large paved cargo stacking FUEL: Available by arrangement with oil companies. area is available, together with container washdown facilities and a small REPAIRS: Limited facilities. incinerator for waste cargo packing. The port has been upgraded to a CERTIFICATES: See ‘‘Melbourne’’. Port of First Entry to Australia for cargo ships only. Ship’s gear is usually TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. employed, but mobile cranes up to 50 tonnes capacity are available at GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Limited facilities. reasonable notice for extended hire. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: Limited facilities. There are no Roll-on/Roll-off traffic berths or berths for handling liquid SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. chemicals or LPG carriers. The berth at Goodwood Island is suitable for GENERAL: Tidal Range: Tidal range can be up to 8.0 m. during Spring loading or discharging explosives. tides. Very strong tidal currents can be experienced in the Cambridge STEVEDORES: Working hours are from 0800 – 1900 hrs. 5 days per Gulf and Western arm. week, weekends by arrangement, also second and third shifts by AUTHORITY: O.R.D.C. – Wyndham Port, P.O.Box 186, Wyndham, arrangement. WA 6740, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (8) 9161-1203. FAX: ␣61 (8) MEDICAL: Full hospital facilities at Level 2 available without prior notice, 9161-1244. Email: [email protected] Contact: Captain David Level 3 on transfer to Grafton or Lismore with specialist services. Jones, Harbour Master. Steve Forrest, Port Manager. DENSITY: 1020 – 1025. FRESH WATER: Good quality potable water available in unlimited quantities at 30 tonnes/p.h. per connection, ship’s hoses used at the YAMBA, N.S.W.: 29.26 S. 153.21 E. (See Plan) present time. FUEL: Nearly all grades of fuels and lubricants are available by road PORT LIMITS: One nautical mile Eastwards of the ends of the North transport with arrangements being made through Agent. and South Breakwaters defines the seaward limits of the port. CONSULS: Nearest at Sydney or Brisbane. DOCUMENTS: REPAIRS: Routine maintenance and boilermaking assistance to light 2 Crew Lists, Form M&S 11. engineering standards. The nearest foundry is in Ballina, 1 hour’s drive 1 Port of Call List. from the port. 2 Passenger Lists, Forms M308, 309, 310 (2 each). DRY DOCKS: Slipway for vessels up to 800 tonnes displacement or flat 1 Crew Personal Effects List, Form 5. bottom barges up to 1,100 tonnes displacement. SURVEYORS: Lloyd’s Agents who also represent other Classification 1 Store List, Form 42A. Societies and Surveyors can be brought from Sydney or Brisbane at 1 Animal Pets aboard, Form QA4. short notice. A Cargo Surveyor is resident in the port. Ship’s Log. GANGWAY/DECK WATCHMEN: Gangway and deck watchmen are not 1 Last Port Clearance. normally used in this port but can be obtained at Union award rates, 1 Narcotics List. with prior notice to the Agent. Watchmen engaged by stevedores for 1 Arms and Ammunition List. main gates. 1 Bonded Stores List. OPENING/CLOSING HATCHES: Opening/closing normally handled by 1 Cargo List. stevedores whilst alongside or by ship’s crew before arrival. 1 Stowage Plan. CUSTOMS ALLOWANCES: Australian Commonwealth Regulations 1 Bill of Lading. apply. 1 Maritime Declaration of Health. CARGO GEAR: Discharge or loading of cargo at Goodwood Island 1 I.O.P.P. Wharf is by ship’s gear, however mobile cranes up to 50 tonnes capacity 1 Derat Certificate. are available for extended hire at short notice. 1 Oil Record Book. REPATRIATION: Scheduled aircraft to Sydney are available twice daily 1 Tonnage Certificate. at Grafton Airport, 1 hour’s drive away. Rail connections to and from 1 Certificate of Registry. Sydney are also available at Grafton. All facilities exist for changes of 1 Dangerous Cargo List. crew and repatriation of seamen with prior notice to Australian Customs Safety Certificates: Construction, Equipment, Safety Equipment, Load at Coffs Harbour. Line, Radio. AIRPORT: See ‘‘Repatriation’’. Where possible, cargo manifests and stowage plans should be TIME: See ‘‘General’’ before first port. forwarded by airmail ahead of the vessel to the local Agent. HOLIDAYS: Christmas Day, New Year’s Day, Anzac Day and Good PILOTAGE: The Clarence buoyage is IALA ‘‘System A’’. Pilotage is Friday. compulsory for all craft exceeding 30.0 m. LOA, unless a current Pilotage POLICE/AMBULANCE/FIRE: All services are available through the Exemption is held by the Master. local wharf office. Notice of ETA and request for a Pilot must be made to the Harbour Police: Iluka 6646 6019: Maclean 6645 2444. Master 72 hours prior to arrival and confirmed 24 hours and 2 hours prior Fire: If unanswered Tel: 42 0222. to arrival. Cable address is ‘‘Pilot Yamba’’. Confirmation of ETA is Ambulance: Maclean 54 2420/45 2020. required 2 hours before arrival breakwater. VHF Channel 16 is In an emergency dial 000. continuously watched 1 hour before last given ETA and ETA may be EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION CENTRE: All emergencies are confirmed or adjusted on this frequency. Pilot boat is 15 m. LOA and is co-ordinated through Canberra. Ships at sea can call Rescue a black hulled tug with black funnel and white superstructure, called Coordination Centre on Tel: 1800-641792. ‘‘Francis Freeburn’’. The usual international signals may be employed TELEPHONES: Not available. by vessels requiring a Pilot. The Pilot boarding point may vary according SERVICES: A compass adjuster resides at the port. to weather and sea conditions, if possible it will be 1 nautical mile N.E. STORING: Vessels can be stored by trucks, all ‘‘under Bond’’ goods of the breakwater, otherwise Pilot will either issue instructions or lead are subject to Australian Bureau of Customs control. Trucks can proceed vessel into the river and board just inside breakwater entrance. Pilot alongside vessel at berth during storing. Fork lift trucks can be used on boarding arrangements must be according to IMO rules. Vessels wharf to handle stores. Local riggers can be employed to assist storing. See guidelines on how to compile and submit information to us (page vi). 221 AUSTRALIA SHORE LEAVE: When Immigration and Customs requirements have been satisfied, there is no restriction on crew shore leave, so long as NOTES they rejoin the vessel before departure. Please also advise Shipping Guides Ltd. IDENTIFICATION CARDS: There is no need for identity cards or shore passes except in so far as non-English speaking persons may wish to be able to identify themselves. GARBAGE DISPOSAL: Subject to Plant Quarantine Regulations, skips on wharf for rubbish. Charge is covered with normal utility wharf charge. WASTE OIL DISPOSAL: No facilities. SEAMAN’S CLUBS: None. DELAYS: Berthing delays are very infrequent, only possible delay would be due to adverse bar conditions. AUTHORITY: NSW Waterways Authority, Maritime Assets Division, P.O.Box 11, Millers’ Point, Sydney 2000, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 9364-2111. FAX: ␣61 (2) 9296-4742. WWW: www.waterways.nsw.gov.au Contact: John Sturday (Email: [email protected]). Local Office: Captain Alan Jones, Pilot, P.O.Box 143, Yamba, NSW 2464, Australia. Tel: ␣61 (2) 6646-2002. FAX: ␣61 (2) 6646-1596. Email: [email protected] WWW: www.yamba.nsw.gov.au

222 We welcome all advice, updates and additions to this information.